need – Radio Free https://www.radiofree.org Independent Media for People, Not Profits. Tue, 29 Jul 2025 07:38:20 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://www.radiofree.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/cropped-Radio-Free-Social-Icon-2-32x32.png need – Radio Free https://www.radiofree.org 32 32 141331581 Gaza journalist’s URGENT MESSAGE: ‘We need to eat! We need this war to stop!’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/28/gaza-journalists-urgent-message-we-need-to-eat-we-need-this-war-to-stop/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/28/gaza-journalists-urgent-message-we-need-to-eat-we-need-this-war-to-stop/#respond Mon, 28 Jul 2025 16:10:09 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=c068646437af6bba16ec73001832969e
This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by The Real News Network.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/28/gaza-journalists-urgent-message-we-need-to-eat-we-need-this-war-to-stop/feed/ 0 546519
To Each According to Their Need https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/14/to-each-according-to-their-need/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/14/to-each-according-to-their-need/#respond Mon, 14 Jul 2025 13:50:21 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=159895 To whatever extent we reach our potential in this world, my grandmother would be furious if I didn’t say that it was due to a combination of our individual talents and the societal conditions – the real existing material conditions, as a good Marxist might say – that have shaped our lives. But while she […]

The post To Each According to Their Need first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

To whatever extent we reach our potential in this world, my grandmother would be furious if I didn’t say that it was due to a combination of our individual talents and the societal conditions – the real existing material conditions, as a good Marxist might say – that have shaped our lives. But while she would probably not admit it, the faith in her eyes – the challenge to imagine with others a better world and actively move with them towards it, to engage in collective struggle to achieve a more humanistic society – that faith will always remain with us.

Dorothy Ray Healey remembrance, Jewish Women’s Archive

“Without vision, the people perish.” This famous quote from Proverbs 29:18 in the Old Testament is absolutely on target, based on my experiences over many years. A variation of this quote—if you don’t know where you’re going, any road will get you there—underlines the danger of not having a vision. A road to nowhere is a dangerous road.

Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels had a vision, summed up in the phrase, “from each according to their ability, to each according to their need.” Was this an original idea back then, 177 years ago? I don’t think so.

In his younger years Marx was connected to religion; he was baptized as a Lutheran at the age of six. He studied religion, ultimately leading him to develop his well-known critique of it as an “opiate of the people.”

The book of Acts is a religiously oriented history of the first years and decades of the Christian church after Jesus of Nazareth was killed. In chapters two and four, it is made clear that in these early days of the Christian religion, the concept of “from each according to their ability, to each according to their need” was a central vision.

Here’s how it is described in Acts 2: 44-45: “All who believed were together and had all things in common; they would sell their possessions and goods and distribute the proceeds to all as any had need.” And similarly in Acts 4: 32 and 34: “Now the whole group of those who believed were of one heart and soul, and no one claimed private ownership of any possessions, but everything they owned was held in common… There was not a needy person among them, for as many as owned lands or houses sold them and brought the proceeds of what was sold.”

I’m pretty sure that Dorothy Healey got this. She was the first socialist I ever heard quote Bible verses as she made her case from the podium speaking to hundreds of mostly young people at a national conference of the now-defunct New American Movement in 1974. I don’t remember exactly what she said, but I remember thinking that I wished I could do that. Why did I feel that way?

One reason is that I had generally positive experiences growing up in the church my parents took me to every Sunday, as well as with others in my extended family, especially my grandparents, who were devout Christians. But it was also because, as I became a peace and justice and impeach Nixon activist in my late teens and early 20’s, and as I was exposed to individuals who looked to Marx and Engels and “scientific socialism” as their “bible,” it seemed to me that one thing both had in common was a vision for a very different kind of society than the one dominating much of the world.

And let’s be real: what both also have in common is the corruption of the original vision of their founders as they grew politically stronger and more institutionalized. That is a reality that can never be forgotten, something those of us today need to study and learn from going forward.

Healey tried to put the two positive visions together. She believed in Christian/Marxist unity. She may or may not have been an atheist, I don’t know, but her life was grounded in the best of both those worlds.

All of us have a responsibility to “imagine with others a better world and actively move with them towards it, to engage in collective struggle to achieve a more humanistic society” with the long term goal, one many of us will not see, of human societies where the abilities of all are used to meet the economic, social and cultural needs of all. We must hold fast to this vision whatever the odds against us right now.

The post To Each According to Their Need first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Ted Glick.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/14/to-each-according-to-their-need/feed/ 0 544253
Rural Communities Need the Community Schools Approach More Than Ever https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/01/rural-communities-need-the-community-schools-approach-more-than-ever/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/01/rural-communities-need-the-community-schools-approach-more-than-ever/#respond Tue, 01 Jul 2025 20:10:09 +0000 https://progressive.org/public-schools-advocate/rural-communities-need-the-community-schools-approach-more-than-ever-bryant-20250701/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Jeff Bryant.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/01/rural-communities-need-the-community-schools-approach-more-than-ever/feed/ 0 542276
We need immigrants TO REPORT CRIME #SSHQ #ViceNews #asylum #immigration #Biden #Obama https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/22/we-need-immigrants-to-report-crime-sshq-vicenews-asylum-immigration-biden-obama/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/22/we-need-immigrants-to-report-crime-sshq-vicenews-asylum-immigration-biden-obama/#respond Sun, 22 Jun 2025 14:01:03 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=3979ab7fbef63c11ab27621622753ef0
This content originally appeared on VICE News and was authored by VICE News.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/22/we-need-immigrants-to-report-crime-sshq-vicenews-asylum-immigration-biden-obama/feed/ 0 540474
"We Need Louder Voices": Why Newark, New Jersey Mayor Ras Baraka is Running for Governor https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/05/we-need-louder-voices-why-newark-new-jersey-mayor-ras-baraka-is-running-for-governor/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/05/we-need-louder-voices-why-newark-new-jersey-mayor-ras-baraka-is-running-for-governor/#respond Thu, 05 Jun 2025 18:00:37 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=274e1100c7b8ebdca181d1d256e561cb
This content originally appeared on Laura Flanders & Friends and was authored by Laura Flanders & Friends.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/05/we-need-louder-voices-why-newark-new-jersey-mayor-ras-baraka-is-running-for-governor/feed/ 0 536827
Why do we need the blues? Discover the answer on the full behind-the-scenes of "Crossroads" https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/why-do-we-need-the-blues-discover-the-answer-on-the-full-behind-the-scenes-of-crossroads/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/why-do-we-need-the-blues-discover-the-answer-on-the-full-behind-the-scenes-of-crossroads/#respond Wed, 28 May 2025 06:00:43 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=3807bb0a98b5d687a2cb4b1eae112e51
This content originally appeared on Playing For Change and was authored by Playing For Change.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/why-do-we-need-the-blues-discover-the-answer-on-the-full-behind-the-scenes-of-crossroads/feed/ 0 535136
US press freedom groups launch Journalist Assistance Network to address growing need for legal, safety, immigration resources  https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/22/us-press-freedom-groups-launch-journalist-assistance-network-to-address-growing-need-for-legal-safety-immigration-resources/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/22/us-press-freedom-groups-launch-journalist-assistance-network-to-address-growing-need-for-legal-safety-immigration-resources/#respond Thu, 22 May 2025 13:30:00 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=481029 New York, May 22, 2025 – Five major U.S.-based press freedom organizations announced Thursday the launch of a network to provide legal and safety resources and training to journalists and newsrooms in the United States. 

The Journalist Assistance Network comprises five founding members: the Committee to Protect Journalists, Freedom of the Press Foundation, International Women’s Media Foundation, PEN America and the Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press. 

Since the November 2024 U.S. election, requests for assistance from journalists and newsrooms in a wide range of areas have increased significantly to each of the five groups. The requests include everything from digital and physical security advice, to immigration guidance, to legal risk assessment and newsgathering support. 

“Journalists and newsrooms from across the country are increasingly concerned about a raft of measures and actions that threaten press freedom in the United States,” said CPJ CEO Jodie Ginsberg. “We hope this network will make it easier for individuals and media organizations to locate advice and assistance.” 

The Committee to Protect Journalists, Freedom of the Press Foundation, International Women’s Media Foundation, PEN America and the Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press will:

  • Coordinate holistic safety and legal training for U.S. journalists, journalist organizations and newsrooms.
  • Promote safety and legal resources to help reporters understand what assistance is available.
  • Refer requests for support to other and any member organizations within the Journalist Assistance Network who can meet the specific need. 

“We hope that by making it clear that we are working together – and that through any one of these organizations you have access to the resources of the broader coalition – we can help reporters get the best information in the fastest way possible,” said IWMF Executive Director Elisa Munoz.

The five organizations have many years of experience working together and have been actively collaborating to provide safety and legal training and assistance across the United States, along with a number of other organizations and partners working in the field of press freedom and journalist protection. They have deep experience in physical safety, digital security, legal support, mental health, and online abuse defense.

“We want to make it easy for any journalist who needs help to find it, no matter the issue. We’re bringing our organizations together, each with specific expertise in the areas where we know the needs are most critical, to do just that,” said Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press President Bruce D. Brown.

“With the unprecedented number of journalists in dire need of more digital security and legal protection, this coalition could not come at a better time,” said Freedom of the Press Foundation Executive Director Trevor Timm. “It’s all hands on deck in this unprecedented moment, and by working together we will be able to help more journalists than ever before.” 

“With both the media and civil society increasingly under attack in the U.S., it is particularly important that organizations like ours come together to ensure that journalists and newsrooms can find the support they need to continue doing their vital work,” said PEN America Interim Co-CEO Summer Lopez.

The network is expected to expand over time to include participating partners that offer services, resources and information in these fields and to better direct requests for support. Please contact emergencies@cpj.org if you are interested in more information about joining the network.

Notes for Editors

The Committee to Protect Journalists is an international non-profit organization headquartered in the United States. It provides free digital and physical safety training, individual advice and resources to journalists and newsrooms, as well as financial assistance for short-term emergency support to journalists following an incident related to their work. CPJ provided safety training and advice to more than 950 journalists in the United States in 2024 compared to 106 the previous year and just 20 in 2022. For media queries, please contact press@cpj.org.

The Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press provides free legal support and legal resources, including training, direct legal representation, and reporting guides, to protect First Amendment freedoms and the news gathering rights of journalists both nationally and locally in the U.S. The Reporters Committee’s Legal Hotline is available 24/7 to working journalists and offers a privileged, secure way to obtain legal help from its attorneys. For media queries, please contact media@rcfp.org.

Freedom of the Press Foundation (FPF) protects and defends press freedom in the United States. Its digital security training team has taught thousands of journalists how to better protect themselves online. FPF also builds secure communications tools used by many of the nation’s top investigative news organizations, systematically tracks press freedom violations in the United States, and advocates for stronger laws protecting reporters’ rights at the local, state and national level. For media queries, please contact trevor@freedom.press

The International Women’s Media Foundation (IWMF) strengthens equal opportunity and press freedom worldwide. In the United States, IWMF offers customizable Hostile Environment and Emergency First Aid Trainings (HEFATs), in-person newsroom trainings, and one-on-one safety consultations. Topics can include risk assessment, contingency plans, personal security, psychosocial and mental health awareness, and preparedness discussions surrounding active shooters and protests. In 2024, the IWMF trained and surveyed 610 journalists across 200 media outlets in 13 U.S. states. For media queries, please contact cfox@iwmf.org

PEN America stands at the intersection of literature and human rights to protect free expression in the United States and worldwide. Its digital safety programming focuses on helping journalists, writers, and their advocates navigate online harassment and other safety challenges; collaborating with media organizations, publishers, and other institutions to strengthen safety infrastructure; conducting research and advocacy on digital safety and free expression; and working in coalition with partner organizations to fight back. PEN America also co-led, alongside the Aegis Safety Alliance and Journalist Assistance Network members, a recent pilot project to coordinate proactive and reactive safety support for U.S.-based journalists and news outlets at risk following the US election. For media queries, please contact strimel@pen.org.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/22/us-press-freedom-groups-launch-journalist-assistance-network-to-address-growing-need-for-legal-safety-immigration-resources/feed/ 0 534303
"We Need Ukraine In The EU" https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/20/we-need-ukraine-in-the-eu/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/20/we-need-ukraine-in-the-eu/#respond Tue, 20 May 2025 12:35:09 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=dda825caba2566a4255cdedcdb1ce760
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/20/we-need-ukraine-in-the-eu/feed/ 0 533931
Open letter from John Cusack: ‘The children of Gaza need your outrage – end the siege’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/open-letter-from-john-cusack-the-children-of-gaza-need-your-outrage-end-the-siege/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/open-letter-from-john-cusack-the-children-of-gaza-need-your-outrage-end-the-siege/#respond Mon, 19 May 2025 06:35:35 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=114888 Pacific Media Watch

American film star celebrity John Cusack, who describes himself on his x-page bio as an “apocalyptic shit-disturber”, has posted an open letter to the world denouncing the Israeli “mass murder” in Gaza and calling for “your outrage”.

While warning the public to “don’t stop talking about Palestine/Gaza”, he says that the “hollow ‘both sides’ rhetoric is complicity with power”.

“This is not a debate with two sides that can be normalised — and all the hired bullshit in print and on tv will never change the narrative,” he said.

Palestinian freelance photojournalist Fatma Hassouna
Palestinian freelance photojournalist Fatma Hassouna . . . murdered in an Israeli air strike on after it was announced about her film on Gaza being screened at the Cannes Film Festival. Image: Fatma Hassouna

His statement comes as hundreds of directors, writers, actors have denounced Israeli genocide in Gaza and the film industry’s “silence,” “indifference” and “passivity” coinciding with the Cannes Film Festival.

More than 350 prominent directors, writers and actors signed an open letter condemning the genocide and the “official inaction” of the film industry in regard to the mass suffering.

The industry open letter was published on the first day of the Cannes festival. It began by calling attention to the fate of 25-year-old Fatma Hassouna, a Palestinian freelance photojournalist, who was murdered in an Israeli air strike on April 16.

She was assassinated after it was announced that Iranian director Sepideh Farsi’s film Put Your Soul on Your Hand and Walk, in which she Hassouna was the star, had been selected in the ACID parallel, independent film section of the festival.

She was about to get married.

Cusack’s own open letter, offered as a template at X@JohnCusack last week, said:

“To Whom it May Still Concern

“There is a genocide unfolding before our eyes in Gaza. Not a metaphor, not a tragedy in the abstract — a genocide. Carried out in real time, in front of satellites, smartphones, and sanitized press conferences. And what has the so-called “land of the free” done? Applauded. Armed. Rationalised. Looked away.


London protest: ‘No to another Nakba”    Video: Al Jazeera

“The blood in Gaza does not just stain the hands of those launching the missiles. It stains every hand that signs off on the bombs, every hand that wrings itself in liberal anguish but does nothing, and every hand that beats its chest in right-wing bloodlust cheering it all on.

“The American far right sees in this mass killing a projection of its own fantasies — walls, camps, and the unrelenting dehumanisation of the “other.” No surprise there. And where are the liberals? Their silence is violence. Their hollow “both sides” rhetoric is complicity with power. And mass murder. And the machine of empire—greased with our taxes, shielded by our media, and excused by our moral debauchery .
How’s everybody at the Met gala doing tonight ?

American actor John Cusack
American actor John Cusack . . . “If you claim to care about justice – if you ever marched, ever lit a candle for any cause – then your voice should be raised now.” Image: Wikipedia

“If you claim to care about justice — if you ever marched, ever lit a candle for any cause — then your voice should be raised now. Or it means nothing. The children of Gaza do not need your sorrow. They need your outrage. Your pressure. Your courage.

“End the siege. End the weapons shipments. End the lies. Call this what it is: a genocide.

“And if your politics cannot confront that—then your politics are worthless.

“In furious solidarity

“John Cusack”


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/open-letter-from-john-cusack-the-children-of-gaza-need-your-outrage-end-the-siege/feed/ 0 533698
Open letter from John Cusack: ‘The children of Gaza need your outrage – end the siege’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/open-letter-from-john-cusack-the-children-of-gaza-need-your-outrage-end-the-siege-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/open-letter-from-john-cusack-the-children-of-gaza-need-your-outrage-end-the-siege-2/#respond Mon, 19 May 2025 06:35:35 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=114888 Pacific Media Watch

American film star celebrity John Cusack, who describes himself on his x-page bio as an “apocalyptic shit-disturber”, has posted an open letter to the world denouncing the Israeli “mass murder” in Gaza and calling for “your outrage”.

While warning the public to “don’t stop talking about Palestine/Gaza”, he says that the “hollow ‘both sides’ rhetoric is complicity with power”.

“This is not a debate with two sides that can be normalised — and all the hired bullshit in print and on tv will never change the narrative,” he said.

Palestinian freelance photojournalist Fatma Hassouna
Palestinian freelance photojournalist Fatma Hassouna . . . murdered in an Israeli air strike on after it was announced about her film on Gaza being screened at the Cannes Film Festival. Image: Fatma Hassouna

His statement comes as hundreds of directors, writers, actors have denounced Israeli genocide in Gaza and the film industry’s “silence,” “indifference” and “passivity” coinciding with the Cannes Film Festival.

More than 350 prominent directors, writers and actors signed an open letter condemning the genocide and the “official inaction” of the film industry in regard to the mass suffering.

The industry open letter was published on the first day of the Cannes festival. It began by calling attention to the fate of 25-year-old Fatma Hassouna, a Palestinian freelance photojournalist, who was murdered in an Israeli air strike on April 16.

She was assassinated after it was announced that Iranian director Sepideh Farsi’s film Put Your Soul on Your Hand and Walk, in which she Hassouna was the star, had been selected in the ACID parallel, independent film section of the festival.

She was about to get married.

Cusack’s own open letter, offered as a template at X@JohnCusack last week, said:

“To Whom it May Still Concern

“There is a genocide unfolding before our eyes in Gaza. Not a metaphor, not a tragedy in the abstract — a genocide. Carried out in real time, in front of satellites, smartphones, and sanitized press conferences. And what has the so-called “land of the free” done? Applauded. Armed. Rationalised. Looked away.


London protest: ‘No to another Nakba”    Video: Al Jazeera

“The blood in Gaza does not just stain the hands of those launching the missiles. It stains every hand that signs off on the bombs, every hand that wrings itself in liberal anguish but does nothing, and every hand that beats its chest in right-wing bloodlust cheering it all on.

“The American far right sees in this mass killing a projection of its own fantasies — walls, camps, and the unrelenting dehumanisation of the “other.” No surprise there. And where are the liberals? Their silence is violence. Their hollow “both sides” rhetoric is complicity with power. And mass murder. And the machine of empire—greased with our taxes, shielded by our media, and excused by our moral debauchery .
How’s everybody at the Met gala doing tonight ?

American actor John Cusack
American actor John Cusack . . . “If you claim to care about justice – if you ever marched, ever lit a candle for any cause – then your voice should be raised now.” Image: Wikipedia

“If you claim to care about justice — if you ever marched, ever lit a candle for any cause — then your voice should be raised now. Or it means nothing. The children of Gaza do not need your sorrow. They need your outrage. Your pressure. Your courage.

“End the siege. End the weapons shipments. End the lies. Call this what it is: a genocide.

“And if your politics cannot confront that—then your politics are worthless.

“In furious solidarity

“John Cusack”


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/open-letter-from-john-cusack-the-children-of-gaza-need-your-outrage-end-the-siege-2/feed/ 0 533699
Open letter from John Cusack: ‘The children of Gaza need your outrage – end the siege’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/open-letter-from-john-cusack-the-children-of-gaza-need-your-outrage-end-the-siege-3/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/open-letter-from-john-cusack-the-children-of-gaza-need-your-outrage-end-the-siege-3/#respond Mon, 19 May 2025 06:35:35 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=114888 Pacific Media Watch

American film star celebrity John Cusack, who describes himself on his x-page bio as an “apocalyptic shit-disturber”, has posted an open letter to the world denouncing the Israeli “mass murder” in Gaza and calling for “your outrage”.

While warning the public to “don’t stop talking about Palestine/Gaza”, he says that the “hollow ‘both sides’ rhetoric is complicity with power”.

“This is not a debate with two sides that can be normalised — and all the hired bullshit in print and on tv will never change the narrative,” he said.

Palestinian freelance photojournalist Fatma Hassouna
Palestinian freelance photojournalist Fatma Hassouna . . . murdered in an Israeli air strike on after it was announced about her film on Gaza being screened at the Cannes Film Festival. Image: Fatma Hassouna

His statement comes as hundreds of directors, writers, actors have denounced Israeli genocide in Gaza and the film industry’s “silence,” “indifference” and “passivity” coinciding with the Cannes Film Festival.

More than 350 prominent directors, writers and actors signed an open letter condemning the genocide and the “official inaction” of the film industry in regard to the mass suffering.

The industry open letter was published on the first day of the Cannes festival. It began by calling attention to the fate of 25-year-old Fatma Hassouna, a Palestinian freelance photojournalist, who was murdered in an Israeli air strike on April 16.

She was assassinated after it was announced that Iranian director Sepideh Farsi’s film Put Your Soul on Your Hand and Walk, in which she Hassouna was the star, had been selected in the ACID parallel, independent film section of the festival.

She was about to get married.

Cusack’s own open letter, offered as a template at X@JohnCusack last week, said:

“To Whom it May Still Concern

“There is a genocide unfolding before our eyes in Gaza. Not a metaphor, not a tragedy in the abstract — a genocide. Carried out in real time, in front of satellites, smartphones, and sanitized press conferences. And what has the so-called “land of the free” done? Applauded. Armed. Rationalised. Looked away.


London protest: ‘No to another Nakba”    Video: Al Jazeera

“The blood in Gaza does not just stain the hands of those launching the missiles. It stains every hand that signs off on the bombs, every hand that wrings itself in liberal anguish but does nothing, and every hand that beats its chest in right-wing bloodlust cheering it all on.

“The American far right sees in this mass killing a projection of its own fantasies — walls, camps, and the unrelenting dehumanisation of the “other.” No surprise there. And where are the liberals? Their silence is violence. Their hollow “both sides” rhetoric is complicity with power. And mass murder. And the machine of empire—greased with our taxes, shielded by our media, and excused by our moral debauchery .
How’s everybody at the Met gala doing tonight ?

American actor John Cusack
American actor John Cusack . . . “If you claim to care about justice – if you ever marched, ever lit a candle for any cause – then your voice should be raised now.” Image: Wikipedia

“If you claim to care about justice — if you ever marched, ever lit a candle for any cause — then your voice should be raised now. Or it means nothing. The children of Gaza do not need your sorrow. They need your outrage. Your pressure. Your courage.

“End the siege. End the weapons shipments. End the lies. Call this what it is: a genocide.

“And if your politics cannot confront that—then your politics are worthless.

“In furious solidarity

“John Cusack”


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/open-letter-from-john-cusack-the-children-of-gaza-need-your-outrage-end-the-siege-3/feed/ 0 533700
With Friends in Media, Brazil’s Coffee Workers Don’t Need Enemies https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/16/with-friends-in-media-brazils-coffee-workers-dont-need-enemies/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/16/with-friends-in-media-brazils-coffee-workers-dont-need-enemies/#respond Fri, 16 May 2025 17:55:50 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9045498  

It seems like an odd moment for the US media to do a hit job on Brazil’s coffee industry.

Protective tariffs have been used since the 1800s in the US to protect domestic industry and increase employment. As Raúl Prebisch, Celso Furtado and other economists influential on Latin America’s “Pink Tide” argued, tariffs are also fundamental for Global South nations to escape from the prison of agricultural commodity export dependence, by enabling them to industrialize through import substitution.

Regardless of heterodox economists’ arguments in favor of import tariffs, however, there seems to be little sense in the US government imposing tariffs on products that can never be produced nationally, like bananas or coffee. This is what it did on April 2—the day after April Fool’s day—when President Trump announced new, blanket tariffs on all imports from 57 countries around the world.

Compared to other countries (like Cambodia or Madagascar) in the Global South, Brazil, which had a trade deficit with the United States in 2024, got off relatively easy, with 10%. One sector that will hurt, however, is coffee.

Brazil is the largest coffee producer in the world, and its largest export market is the United States. Brazil exported $1.8 billion, or 15% of its total coffee production, to the United States in 2024. In 2025, US consumers will have to foot the bill for a 10% tariff on a product whose price has already increased by 6.9% this year, due to the effects of climate change weather events on last year’s harvest cycle.

‘Harvested by trafficked slaves’

AP: Labor group sues Starbucks, saying it ignores slave-like conditions for workers in Brazil

AP (4/24/25): “Eight Brazilian coffee workers…allege… they were put in filthy housing and the cost of their transportation, food and equipment was deducted from their pay.”

The US’s new tariffs on Brazil came into effect on April 5. Nineteen days later, a Delaware-based NGO named Coffee Watch, which provides no funding transparency on its website, conducted a media blitz against Brazil’s coffee industry. It issued a letter to the US Customs and Border Protection, demanding a halt on all Brazilian coffee imports to the United States. On April 24, the New York Times, Guardian and AP, which sells content to hundreds of sites and newspapers, ran simultaneous articles on Coffee Watch’s campaign.

Coffee Watch built on the stories of eight workers rescued by Brazilian federal labor inspectors from what the Brazil’s government called “slave-like conditions.” These workers came from five of Brazil’s 330,000 coffee farms. Coffee Watch and other quoted experts extrapolated from their cases to advocate for a complete halt of Brazilian coffee exports to the United States—itself a country where hundreds of thousands of undocumented immigrants work on farms under conditions that could be categorized as “slave-like” within Brazil’s legal framework.

The New York Times article (4/24/25), headlined “Forced Labor Taints Brazilian Coffee, Say Complaints to US Authorities,” detailed a lawsuit filed against Northern companies, including Starbucks, Nestlé and Dunkin’, on behalf of eight workers from five of the 19,000 farms affiliated with the Cooxupé cooperative. The article, by the Times‘ Ephrat Livni, went on to describe Coffee Watch’s efforts to force the US Customs and Border Protection to block all coffee entering from Brazil.

“This isn’t about a few bad actors,” the Times quoted Etelle Higonnet, the founder and director of Coffee Watch. “We’re exposing an entrenched system that traps millions in extreme poverty and thousands in outright slavery.”

The subheading of the Guardian article (4/24/25) read, “Brazil has been the world’s leading coffee producer due to the forced labor of enslaved Africans and Afro-Brazilians.”

AP (4/24/25) quoted International Rights Advocates founder Terry Collingsworth, who is representing the plaintiffs, saying, “Consumers are paying obscene amounts for a cup of Starbucks coffee that was harvested by trafficked slaves.”

More labor rights than US

NYT: Forced Labor Taints Brazilian Coffee, Say Complaints to U.S. Authorities

New York Times (4/24/25): “The laborers end up…harvesting coffee under conditions not so different from those of their enslaved forebears.”

From reporting like this, the casual reader might think that Brazil’s coffee industry is based on slave labor, and that many or most of the people who work picking coffee are enslaved. This is a greatly misleading depiction of the very real labor issues in Brazil.

Although landless agricultural workers in Brazil, like nearly everywhere else in the world, suffer from low wages, lack of job stability and oppressive labor conditions, Brazil’s coffee farm workers have significantly better labor rights than farm workers in the United States. Nearly half of the US farm workforce are undocumented immigrants with no labor rights whatsoever, in fear of being arrested, imprisoned and/or deported by ICE.

The arguments advanced to justify banning coffee imports from Brazil to the US rely on outliers representing a tiny portion of the workforce, not the norm, as these sensational articles present.

Brazil’s coffee industry provides 580,000 full time jobs and millions of harvest-season temp jobs. According to Coffee Watch’s own letter, the highest number of workers rescued from “slave-like conditions” in any year since 2003 was 333, in 2023.

When Higonnet tells the Times that “thousands” of coffee workers in Brazil work in “outright slavery” (a more than semantic leap from the Brazilian legal category of “slave-like” working conditions), she is misleadingly referring to Coffee Watch’s composite figure of 4,128, cited in Coffee Watch’s letter to Customs as the total number of coffee workers rescued from “slave-like” conditions between 2003 and 2024.

Whereas the number of 221 workers rescued from slave-like conditions in 2024 certainly doesn’t represent the total number of workers subjected to those conditions that year, no methodology is presented to estimate what that undercount might be. The number of Brazil’s federal labor inspectors is 2,800, including 900 new hires this year, and the number estimated by IPEA needed to bring Brazil up to international standards is 3,700, so an undercount is a clear possibility, but it’s certainly a far cry from Collingsworth’s insinuation that most Starbucks coffee purchased from Brazil was produced by “trafficked slaves.”

On the back of slave labor

Guardian: ‘Morally repugnant’: Brazilian workers sue coffee supplier to Starbucks over ‘slavery-like conditions’

Guardian (4/24/25): “Starbucks charges like $6 for a cup of coffee, where most of that has been harvested by forced laborers and child laborers.”

Like the United States and most other countries in the Americas, Brazil was built on the back of slave labor, and was the last country to eradicate it, in 1888. The legacy of this today is that it has the highest Afro-descendent population outside of Africa, and huge problems of structural racism, including large but shrinking levels of inequality, and lack of opportunities for the poorest segments of society, which are disproportionately constituted of the 56% of the nation’s population that is Afro-Brazilian.

There is a large population of landless rural workers, who with support from the Landless Workers’ Movement (MST in Portuguese) and the National Confederation of Agricultural Workers (CONTAG) have been successfully fighting for land rights since the end of the US-backed military dictatorship in 1985. Today, although millions of landless rural workers toil away in degrading conditions for low wages on farms producing export commodity crops like coffee, sugar and soy—some of which cross the line into violating Brazil’s slave-labor legislation—there is also a growing population of millions of family farmers who don’t employ anyone.

Today, 78% of Brazil’s 330,000 coffee farms, producing around 48% of the total amount of coffee, are small-holder family farms. If Coffee Watch succeeds in lobbying the US government to halt imports from Brazil, the hardest-hit sector will be the same group that fair trade advocates work to empower. Without millions ferreted away in investment funds and offshore holdings, it’s the family farms that run the risk of financial ruin, not the agribusiness plantations, or companies like Starbucks and Nestlé that work with them. When small farmers lose their livelihood, they often become rural workers themselves, which, as Coffee Watch’s own letter to Border Patrol demonstrates, are among the lowest-paid and most vulnerable labor sectors in Brazil.

Based on the actions of five farms that belong to a cooperative of 19,000 of them, Coffee Watch and the media organizations supporting its campaign are targeting an industry largely composed of family farmers. It’s reminiscent of Operation Car Wash, an “anti-corruption” campaign backed by the US DoJ that bankrupted Brazil’s five largest construction and engineering companies, and caused 4.4 million direct and indirect job losses, under the guise of punishing a handful of corrupt business executives.

Just as was the case with corruption in the construction industry, the directors of the farms, the cooperative and the US corporations they sell to deserve to be held liable for their labor crimes. But punishing the industry as a whole will cause disproportionate suffering for the working class and poor, and raise Brazil’s level of extreme poverty.

Different definitions

Coffee Watch’s letter to acting Customs Commissioner Pete R. Flores cited US and International Labor Organization (ILO) legislation on slave labor used to justify the demand to block coffee imports from Brazil, but uses the Brazilian federal government’s much wider definition of “slave-like” labor conditions for the facts and figures used to back its argument.

Brazil, a nation with a long history of slavery and oppressive labor conditions in rural areas, first recognized modern slavery as a problem in 1995, and widened its definition of “slave-like” labor in 2003 under President Lula da Silva. It created a series of enforcement mechanisms to hold companies accountable for violating labor laws, including a “dirty list” of companies convicted of using slave labor. These employers are required to pay a minimum of 20 months salary at minimum wage to each rescued worker, as well as court fines, and can face up to eight years in prison.

Companies stay on the dirty list for two years and, during this time, are blocked from receiving government contracts or credit. Among the best-known companies that have appeared on the list is FEMSA, the world’s largest bottler of Coca-Cola. FEMSA was put on the list in 2018 after labor inspectors discovered truckers and warehouse workers at one of its Brazilian plants were being forced to work between 80 and 140 hours of overtime per month.

This was one of many cases in which “slave-like” working conditions, although oppressive and illegal, did not mean they were being held captive or forced to work for no remuneration. Brazil’s definition of slave-like working conditions has some overlap with US and ILO law, for example, holding workers in captivity and forcing them to work for very low or no wages. But it also includes things that are legal in the US, even for those US agricultural workers who are not undocumented, let alone the US’s 800,000 prison slave laborers.

As Brazil’s National Justice Council explains, the 2003 change in Brazil’s definition of slave labor represents

significant progress in the fight against this social problem, because it goes beyond lack of freedom, expanding the criminal definition of slavery to include cases of subjection to degrading working conditions, exhaustive work hours or debt bondage.

Coffee Watch’s own letter to Flores states:

The Brazilian approach to forced labor is somewhat more expansive than the ILO’s, as it may allow for prosecution of employers who subject workers to extremely degrading conditions, regardless of whether coercion was present in the employment relationship.

Any single violation of Brazil’s different criteria for slave-like working conditions makes the employer liable. This can include things like excessively long work days, not having an adequate number of bathrooms for the number of workers, making workers rent gloves and other safety equipment from the employer, not compensating workers for transportation to and from the work site, and not providing an adequate amount of drinking water. It would be easy enough for an organization such as Coffee Watch to verify this, but it’s a fair assumption to make that at least some of the coffee workers rescued from slave-like conditions since 2003 were victims of oppressive labor conditions that would not constitute slave labor by ILO or US legal criteria.

Landless rural laborers

This is in no way meant to minimize the oppression of those rural workers in Brazil’s coffee trade who are working in what Brazil’s government calls slave-like conditions. With over 1 million people employed in the sector, however, their situation is an outlier. Much more troublesome are the low wages and lousy working conditions that represent the norm in the industry—especially the fact that most temporary harvest laborers work off the books, outside of many of the safeguards in place to protect worker rights.

Another problem is the low number of labor inspectors—the result of six years of gutting of the Labor Ministry by neoliberal presidents Michel Temer and Jair Bolsonaro, who, thanks to a constitutional amendment passed in 2017, left the government with neoliberal spending caps. These were only partially dismantled by a compromise amendment called the New Fiscal Framework, enacted as Lula returned to power in 2023.

Capping social spending increases at 2.5% per year above inflation may have led to the compromise of only hiring 900 of the 1,800 inspectors needed to bring Brazil up to international labor standards, but the fact remains that Brazil has not reached the goal of one inspector for 10,000–15,000 workers recommended by the International Labor Organization.

Around the world, landless rural laborers are among the most oppressed, poorest members of the labor force. Nevertheless, Brazilian coffee farms are not regularly raided by masked government police and their workers thrown into prison camps. In this political juncture, US institutions have little moral standing to criticize labor rights for agricultural workers in other countries—especially in countries like Brazil, whose labor rights issues stem in part from the US-backed military dictatorship’s systematic campaign of arrest, torture and murder of labor union leaders.

Fundraising boost

The idea that Trump’s US Customs and Border Protection would act to increase the price of coffee right now, in the name of “human rights,” based on abuses in five coffee farms, is very unlikely. This exposes the move as a publicity stunt, clearly designed to boost fundraising and legitimacy for a new NGO.

If Coffee Watch were focused more on improving the lives of coffee workers than on institutional promotion, it could show solidarity by supporting the MST and CONTAG in their fight to help landless agricultural workers start their own farms.

Taking big corporations like Starbucks and Nestlé to task for failing to obey local labor laws is commendable. But given the long history of US NGOs acting as regime change cheerleaders for the US State Department in Latin America, the priority that many of these organizations place on self-advancement over benefiting their target populations, and the long, cushy relationship between sleazy corporations like ExxonMobil and NGOs like Transparency International USA, can human rights guidelines for the Global South established by a US organization with no funding transparency really be trusted?

You would think a publication like the New York Times would exercise enough due diligence to include the voice of, say, someone from Brazil’s DA office, or an official from an agency that works to monitor, punish and prevent occurrences of slave-like working conditions. Instead, it published a slightly modified press release from Coffee Watch, and the journalists involved probably thought they were doing their good deed for the month.


Featured image: Cachoeirinha farm in Nova Resende, Brazil, on the government’s “dirty list” for labor abuses (photo: Ministry of Labor and Employment).

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Brian Mier.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/16/with-friends-in-media-brazils-coffee-workers-dont-need-enemies/feed/ 0 533456
‘We need calls now!’ Republicans slip nonprofit killer bill into tax package https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/we-need-calls-now-republicans-slip-nonprofit-killer-bill-into-tax-package/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/we-need-calls-now-republicans-slip-nonprofit-killer-bill-into-tax-package/#respond Tue, 13 May 2025 18:43:47 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334062 U.S. Speaker of the House Rep. Mike Johnson (R-LA), accompanied by House Majority Whip Tom Emmer (R-MN) and House Majority Leader Steve Scalise (R-LA), speaks during a news conference following a House Republican conference meeting at the U.S. Capitol on May 6, 2025 in Washington, DC. Photo by Andrew Harnik/Getty Images"If Democrats capitulate to the wanton destruction of crucial civil society institutions, they had better expect civil society to burn them to the ground for that betrayal."]]> U.S. Speaker of the House Rep. Mike Johnson (R-LA), accompanied by House Majority Whip Tom Emmer (R-MN) and House Majority Leader Steve Scalise (R-LA), speaks during a news conference following a House Republican conference meeting at the U.S. Capitol on May 6, 2025 in Washington, DC. Photo by Andrew Harnik/Getty Images
Common Dreams Logo

This story originally appeared in Common Dreams on May 13, 2025. It is shared here with permission under a Creative Commons (CC BY-NC-ND 3.0) license.

House Republicans on Monday quietly revived a proposal that would grant the Trump administration broad authority to crush nonprofits it views as part of the political opposition, from environmental justice organizations to news outlets.

Fight for the Future and other advocacy groups called attention to the measure, which was buried in the final pages of the House Ways and Means Committee’s draft reconciliation bill, starting on page 380.

A markup hearing for the legislation is scheduled to take place on Tuesday at 2:30 pm ET.

The proposal would empower the U.S. Treasury Department to revoke the tax-exempt status of nonprofits deemed material supporters of terrorism, with only a hollow simulacrum of due process for the accused organizations. It is already illegal for nonprofits to provide material support for terrorism.

“The House is about to hand the Trump administration the ability to strip nonprofits of their 501(c)3 status without any reason or recourse. This is a five-alarm fire for nonprofits nationwide,” said Lia Holland, campaigns and communications director at Fight for the Future. “If the text of last autumn’s H.R. 9495 is passed in the budget, any organization with goals that do not line up with MAGA can be destroyed with a wink from Trump to the Treasury.”

The measure passed the Republican-controlled House late last year with the support of more than a dozen Democrats, but it never received a vote in the Senate.

“This terribly thought-out legislation means that under the current administration, every environmental, racial justice, LGBTQ+, gender justice, immigration justice, and—particularly—any anti-genocide organization throughout the country may be on the chopping block,” said Holland. “If Democrats capitulate to the wanton destruction of crucial civil society institutions, they had better expect civil society to burn them to the ground for that betrayal.”

WE NEED CALLS NOW! HR 9495, now known as Section 112209, if passed, would give the Trump administration unprecedented power in suppressing nonprofits, by allowing the administration the power to strip organizations of their tax exempt status! Call 319-313-7674

Fight for the Future (@fightforthefuture.org) 2025-05-12T23:53:44.833912Z

The GOP’s renewed push for what opponents have called the “nonprofit killer bill” comes as the Trump administration wages war on nonprofit organizations, threatening to strip them of their tax-exempt status as part of a sweeping attack on the president’s political opponents.

“In the months since inauguration, Trump and his Cabinet have found other means of cracking down on political speech—particularly speech in favor of Palestinians—by deporting student activists and revoking hundreds of student visas. He has already threatened to attempt to revoke the tax-exempt status of Harvard University, part of his larger quest to discipline and punish colleges,” journalist Noah Hurowitz wrote for The Intercept late Monday.

“But the nonprofit clause of the tax bill would give the president wider power to go after organizations that stand in his way,” Hurowitz added.

Robert McCaw, government affairs director at the Council on American-Islamic Relations, said Monday that “this provision is the latest in a growing wave of legislative attacks on constitutional rights.”

“CAIR is urging every member of the Ways and Means Committee to VOTE NO on the inclusion of this provision and to support an expected amendment to strike the language,” the group said in a statement. “Three Democratic members of the committee—Reps. Brad Schneider (Ill.), Tom Suozzi (N.Y.), and Jimmy Panetta (Calif.)—previously voted in favor of the Nonprofit Killer Bill on the House floor last year. They must reverse course and vote to oppose it in committee.”


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Jake Johnson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/we-need-calls-now-republicans-slip-nonprofit-killer-bill-into-tax-package/feed/ 0 532762
Michigan’s Incarcerated Women: The Urgent Need for Resources  https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/michigans-incarcerated-women-the-urgent-need-for-resources/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/michigans-incarcerated-women-the-urgent-need-for-resources/#respond Tue, 13 May 2025 16:02:01 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=46374 A February 2025 article published by Women’s eNews highlighted the deep systemic injustices and problematic treatment of incarcerated women in Michigan’s justice system. Many of these women are serving long sentences for offenses “linked to their unaddressed trauma,” Natalie Holbrook Combs reported, highlighting a lack of advocacy and resources for…

The post Michigan’s Incarcerated Women: The Urgent Need for Resources  appeared first on Project Censored.


This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Kate Horgan.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/michigans-incarcerated-women-the-urgent-need-for-resources/feed/ 0 532734
India/Pakistan: Urgent need to protect civilians amidst escalating hostilities https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/08/india-pakistan-urgent-need-to-protect-civilians-amidst-escalating-hostilities/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/08/india-pakistan-urgent-need-to-protect-civilians-amidst-escalating-hostilities/#respond Thu, 08 May 2025 19:12:10 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/india-pakistan-urgent-need-to-protect-civilians-amidst-escalating-hostilities Responding to the escalating armed engagement between India and Pakistan, Carolyn Horn, Programme Director for Law and Policy at Amnesty International said:

“The escalation of hostilities between India and Pakistan has already taken a toll on civilians. Amnesty International is concerned by reports of loss of civilian lives in both India and Pakistan. In every armed conflict, protecting civilians is paramount— it’s a fundamental principle of international humanitarian law which binds all nations. Deliberate, indiscriminate or disproportionate attacks harming civilians or damaging civilian infrastructure such as homes, hospitals, schools, and essential services, are strictly prohibited under the Geneva Conventions and their additional protocols and under customary international law.

“Amnesty International calls on the governments of India and Pakistan to uphold their obligations under both international human rights and humanitarian law. They must take all necessary measures to protect civilians and minimize any suffering and casualties in both countries. As forces from both countries are now engaged in open hostilities, Amnesty International insists that neither security nor justice will be achieved with the senseless loss of more civilian lives.

In every armed conflict, protecting civilians is paramount.
Carolyn Horn, Programme Director for Law and Policy at Amnesty International

“We extend our condolences to the families on both sides of the border who have lost their loved ones and borne the devastating cost of the current escalation in what has been a long-standing conflict. We unequivocally condemn the deliberate targeting and unlawful killing of civilians by armed groups during the horrific attack in Pahalgam, Kashmir, on 22nd April and call for an independent, transparent and thorough investigation to bring the suspected perpetrators of the atrocity to account through fair trials, without recourse to the death penalty.”

Background

India conducted several airstrikes in Pakistan and in Pakistan-administered Kashmir in the early hours on Wednesday, 7 May 2025. Pakistan officials claim that 31 people have been killed and 57 injured by the air strikes including children, women and families and claims one civilian was killed by drone-related attacks on 8 May.

Meanwhile, India’s army claims that at least 15 civilians were killed and more than 40 injured by Pakistani shelling on its side of the line of control since the airstrikes.

The escalation of hostilities between the two nuclear-armed countries came after the horrific killing of at least 26 civilians, mainly tourists and families, by five members of armed groups near Pahalgam in the Indian-administered Jammu and Kashmir on 22 April. India claims it has evidence linking the armed attack to Pakistan – a claim Pakistan denies. Pakistan has said that India has not offered any evidence to support its claim and has requested for an independent investigation.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/08/india-pakistan-urgent-need-to-protect-civilians-amidst-escalating-hostilities/feed/ 0 531910
Rep. Becca Balint To Fellow Dems: "People need to see us fighting for them." #politics #trump https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/24/rep-becca-balint-to-fellow-dems-people-need-to-see-us-fighting-for-them-politics-trump/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/24/rep-becca-balint-to-fellow-dems-people-need-to-see-us-fighting-for-them-politics-trump/#respond Thu, 24 Apr 2025 17:03:11 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d05f2cec67b3ec08718773634c2e3b10
This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by The Intercept.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/24/rep-becca-balint-to-fellow-dems-people-need-to-see-us-fighting-for-them-politics-trump/feed/ 0 529219
A simple tweak to tax law has helped bring solar power to the communities that need it most https://grist.org/business/clean-energy-tax-credits-transferable-markets-inflation-reduction-act-repeal/ https://grist.org/business/clean-energy-tax-credits-transferable-markets-inflation-reduction-act-repeal/#respond Tue, 22 Apr 2025 08:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=663608 Last year, the Boston Community Solar Cooperative announced plans for its first community solar project: 81 kilowatts of panels atop an affordable housing complex in a low-income, historically Black Boston neighborhood. The success of the project depends, in large part, on tax credits the Inflation Reduction Act established in 2022. Because the solar panels will sit on a subsidized apartment building in a low-income community, up to 50 percent of the project’s cost could ultimately be recouped through tax credits. But, in all likelihood, once the project’s completed, the Boston Community Solar Cooperative won’t actually receive those credits — and that’s by design.

Instead, the cooperative intends to sell its tax credits as soon as it can, said Gregory King, the organization’s president. This will bring in more cash early on, reduce the amount of debt required, and improve the financial outlook of the project. 

In the past, a scheme like this would have required whoever purchased the credits to retain an ownership stake in the project for at least five years — an unthinkable prospect for a cooperative that aims to provide its member-owners, primarily Black and brown residents of disinvested areas of Boston, with a modest passive income from the energy generated by the panels. But the Inflation Reduction Act, or IRA, not only revamped old tax credits and introduced fresh ones, it also made these credits transferable. In other words, anyone developing a clean energy project who didn’t have enough tax liability to take full advantage of the tax credits could sell them to a company that did, without ceding ownership.

This change has enabled countless clean energy projects to get off the ground. Wind farms, geothermal plants, large-scale battery facilities, electric vehicle charging banks, manufacturing projects, and even mining operations for critical minerals have all taken advantage of the tax credits markets that emerged and matured in just a year and a half after transferability went into effect. Crux Climate, one of the companies that built a platform to facilitate tax credit transfers, estimates that $24 billion worth of IRA-related credits were exchanged in 2024 alone.

A person wearing jeans and a tool belt carries a solar panel across a roof, with a deep blue sky behind them
A worker carries a solar panel for rooftop installation in Las Vegas in 2023. David Becker for the Washington Post via Getty Images

“Before the IRA passed, it was very difficult for a lot of renewable energy developers to take full advantage of the tax credits,” said Charles Harper, a senior policy lead with the climate advocacy nonprofit Evergreen Action.

This is because tax credits work as a form of discount on a business or individual’s annual tax bill, allowing them to cut a chunk out of what they owe the government based on the dollar value of the credit. This can save a lot of money — if you owe enough taxes in the first place. “Tax credits are only good if you have enough tax liability that you owe the government to remove,” Harper said.

The IRA made it easier for project developers without major tax liabilities, like the Boston Community Solar Cooperative, to sell their credits at a discount before breaking ground on a solar or wind project. This allows the developers to bring in much-needed cash to pay for equipment and labor. Meanwhile, buyers — which can include banks, companies, and even some high net-worth individuals — get an additional write-off on their own hefty tax statements.

It was technically possible to shift tax credits from one entity to another before the IRA, but the process was complicated and onerous, meaning very few players had the appetite to sell or buy credits. “The largest banks make up the overwhelming share of that market,” said Alfred Johnson, CEO of Crux Climate. This limited how many developers could actually sell their tax credits and often made the deals inaccessible to small developers and community-based projects.

“Transferability was a godsend in many ways, because it simplified the process,” said Derek Silverman, co-founder of Basis Climate, another site for trading tax credits. 

Before a clean energy developer can list a credit for sale on an exchange like Crux Climate, they must first get their credits pre-approved by the Treasury Department. To do so, they need to submit paperwork showing that they control the site where the project will be developed and that they have a contract with a customer who will purchase the electricity once it’s flowing.

The process isn’t frictionless, but it’s no longer as difficult as it was before the IRA. Now, instead of navigating complex legal agreements to move tax credits from developer to investor, “it’s like going and buying a Walmart gift card for 85 cents on the dollar,” said Jon Abe, CEO of the clean energy investment firm Sunwealth, “but with a lot more paperwork.”

That 85-cents-on-the-dollar discount is what attracts buyers to these markets. On Crux Climate’s platform, the actual per-dollar markdown shifts based on the size of the transaction, from 89 cents or less for the smallest deals to 95 cents for the largest. 

But even if the developers of smaller projects sell their tax credits for a deeper discount, it can still make a pronounced impact. Based on King’s estimates, Boston Community Solar Cooperative could bring in around $150,000 from its tax credit sales. And last year, Basis Climate helped the solar service provider Navajo Power Home sell credits for $355,000 to support a project that is bringing solar and battery systems to Navajo Nation and providing electricity to more than 100 homes that would otherwise have to rely on diesel generators.

“Solar is pretty capital-intensive. So to the degree that you could use someone else’s money and not have to take on debt to bring that capital to your project,” King said, “you’re much more likely to have projects that pencil,” or make financial sense.

A white man in a blue suit wearing glasses holds out his right arm while speaking into a microphone. He is standing in a hallway, with several people crowded around him.
Speaker of the House Mike Johnson speaks to reporters after the House passed a Republican blueprint for budget reconciliation in early April.
Andrew Harnik / Getty Images

In addition to making material improvements in disadvantaged communities, the transferable tax credits have spurred private investments that create jobs and expand domestic manufacturing, all while helping big businesses lighten their tax load. Yet these tax credits are under threat as congressional Republicans work through budget reconciliation, a special legislative process that allows Congress to fast-track spending legislation and bypass the Senate filibuster. (The IRA itself was adopted through budget reconciliation.) 

Right now, the main priority for Republicans in this process is extending tax cuts worth $4.5 trillion over a decade that would primarily benefit the wealthy, and reducing federal spending by at least $1.5 trillion to make up some of the difference. It’s not yet clear what might get cut, but the IRA tax credits are being considered. In February, House Speaker Mike Johnson told reporters that his approach to repealing the IRA would “be somewhere between a scalpel and a sledgehammer.”

But an estimated 85 percent of IRA-related investments have flowed into Republican districts, inspiring four Senate Republicans to come out in favor of the tax credits this month. This came after nearly two dozen House Republicans co-signed a letter in March in defense of the law’s tax provisions. “If at least a handful of those 21 House members are serious about protecting investment and jobs in their districts that the [IRA tax credits] are providing,” said Harper, “then that would be huge.”

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline A simple tweak to tax law has helped bring solar power to the communities that need it most on Apr 22, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Syris Valentine.

]]>
https://grist.org/business/clean-energy-tax-credits-transferable-markets-inflation-reduction-act-repeal/feed/ 0 528240
“Need the World to Pay Attention”: Sudan Faces World’s Worst Displacement Crisis After 2 Years of War https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/17/need-the-world-to-pay-attention-sudan-faces-worlds-worst-displacement-crisis-after-2-years-of-war/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/17/need-the-world-to-pay-attention-sudan-faces-worlds-worst-displacement-crisis-after-2-years-of-war/#respond Thu, 17 Apr 2025 12:30:37 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=4ab98b26b056c6c08bfa8d526cc9fba9 Seg sudan emi

Sudan is facing the world’s largest humanitarian crisis after two years of war between the Sudanese army and the paramilitary Rapid Support Forces, or RSF. Thousands have died, and some 13 million have been forcibly displaced. There are also widespread reports of sexual and ethnically motivated violence and a worsening hunger crisis. Emtithal Mahmoud, a Darfurian refugee and humanitarian activist, describes how the violence has impacted her own family, including in a recent RSF attack on the Zamzam refugee camp where fighters killed and tortured many civilians. “They kidnapped 58 of the girls in my extended family, and we are still searching for them,” says Mahmoud. “We need the world to pay attention.” Unlike the Darfur crisis of the early 2000s, when it was on the agenda of many world leaders, the current conflict is being largely ignored by the international community, says Jan Egeland, secretary general of the Norwegian Refugee Council. “It is by far the worst displacement crisis in the world,” notes Egeland.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/17/need-the-world-to-pay-attention-sudan-faces-worlds-worst-displacement-crisis-after-2-years-of-war/feed/ 0 526682
Part 2: Author Omar El Akkad on Moral Failure of the West in Gaza & the Need for Active Resistance https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/17/part-2-author-omar-el-akkad-on-moral-failure-of-the-west-in-gaza-the-need-for-active-resistance/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/17/part-2-author-omar-el-akkad-on-moral-failure-of-the-west-in-gaza-the-need-for-active-resistance/#respond Thu, 17 Apr 2025 12:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=7b1edd8662196f1c74fe3c554a9c23d7
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! Audio and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/17/part-2-author-omar-el-akkad-on-moral-failure-of-the-west-in-gaza-the-need-for-active-resistance/feed/ 0 526770
Libraries are Priceless and They Need Our Support https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/libraries-are-priceless-and-they-need-our-support/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/libraries-are-priceless-and-they-need-our-support/#respond Tue, 15 Apr 2025 05:55:22 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=360630 Growing up as an avid reader, I loved trips with my mom to our local library. It also served as a community space where I attended many birthday parties and baby showers to celebrate our neighbors. If you love your local library too, you’ll want to listen up. A few weeks ago, President Trump issued an More

The post Libraries are Priceless and They Need Our Support appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

Growing up as an avid reader, I loved trips with my mom to our local library. It also served as a community space where I attended many birthday parties and baby showers to celebrate our neighbors.

If you love your local library too, you’ll want to listen up.

A few weeks ago, President Trump issued an executive order calling for the elimination of the Institute of Museum and Library Services (IMLS), adding to a growing list of illegal efforts to bypass Congress and abolish entire government agencies. All staff at the agency were placed on administrative leave on March 31.

IMLS is an independent federal agency that provides crucial financial support to America’s 125,000 public, school, academic, and special libraries and museums nationwide.

In fiscal year 2024, Congress set aside $266.7 million for IMLS. It may sound like a big number, but that’s just 0.003 percent of the federal budget. It amounts to only about 75 cents per person. The savings will be minimal, but the costs will be huge.

Completely dissolving the agency would cancel important grants that help states support and expand library programming and services. They’d effectively disappear, creating immense financial insecurity for libraries across the country and hurting their ability to serve their communities.

Beyond carrying books and DVDs, libraries provide essential programs and resources to the people they serve. While every library is unique, offerings include: helping students with homework or research, reading and literacy programming for children of all ages, as well as English language, GED, and citizenship classes.

Many libraries also offer employment assistance for job seekers, braille or audio books for individuals with visual impairments, and bookmobile services for those who can’t get to their library. And this list is surely incomplete.

Slashing federal library funding will have devastating repercussions for libraries everywhere, with rural communities and small towns experiencing the brunt of the impact. Over 30 million Americans are served by rural library systems — and over three-fourths of public libraries serve areas with fewer than 25,000 people.

My home state of New Mexico is largely rural, with 127 public and tribal libraries. In remote and unincorporated places, libraries even offer telephone service and drinking water for residents who don’t have access to it.

Computers and high-speed internet are another library service that over 77 million Americans depend on every year. Many libraries also distribute non-partisan voter information and serve as polling stations during elections.

In recent years, libraries in the United States have come under a “culture war” assault as certain politicians and extremists try to censor books about race/ethnicity, gender, and sexuality in their catalogs. The administration’s targeting of IMLS builds on this onslaught, seeking to further undermine truth and dismantle libraries as pillars of equitable access to information and opportunity.

The return on the small investments taxpayers make in libraries is enormous, including increased literacy and economic opportunities. What’s more, libraries are one of the only accessible and free gathering spaces in many communities. Two-thirds of Americans think that closing their local public libraries would hurt their communities, Pew Research found.

Our libraries deserve more support, not less. So what can you do?

Contact your legislators directly: Tell Congress to hold the line against the Trump administration and DOGE and protect this vital funding and agency.

Show up: Attend community meetings to advocate for continued funding and emphasize why libraries matter. Visit your local library — and get a card if you don’t have one already!

Speak out: Share your support online and tell your own library stories. Use hashtags like #FundLibraries or #ShowUpForLibraries and check out the American Library Association’s social media toolkit at ala.org/advocacy.

The post Libraries are Priceless and They Need Our Support appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Aspen Coriz-Romero.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/libraries-are-priceless-and-they-need-our-support/feed/ 0 525743
Keystone oil spill shows need to protect rights to protest and free speech https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/keystone-oil-spill-shows-need-to-protect-rights-to-protest-and-free-speech/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/keystone-oil-spill-shows-need-to-protect-rights-to-protest-and-free-speech/#respond Fri, 11 Apr 2025 18:35:34 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/keystone-oil-spill-shows-need-to-protect-rights-to-protest-and-free-speech In response to a reported 3,500 barrels of oil spilling from the Keystone pipeline this week in North Dakota, Sushma Raman, Interim Executive Director of Greenpeace USA, said:

“We know fossil fuels are unhealthy at every stage of their life-cycle. There is no failsafe way to transport oil and gas, and the risks unfairly fall on the people who live near the route, while the company reaps the benefits. The Keystone spill – the latest in a long history of spills – shows exactly why we need to protect protest, free speech, and the right to speak up against harm. Everyday people, public watchdogs, and advocacy groups have a right to raise their voices and criticize a corporation when their health and livelihoods are on the line.

“Yet this type of ordinary advocacy is exactly what is under attack in the more than $660M jury verdict against Greenpeace entities in a lawsuit brought by pipeline company Energy Transfer. Oil companies know that protest works – which is why they’re trying to make the stakes so high no one will be willing to take the risk,” Raman said.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/keystone-oil-spill-shows-need-to-protect-rights-to-protest-and-free-speech/feed/ 0 525243
We Need a Trade Policy That Works for People https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/we-need-a-trade-policy-that-works-for-people/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/we-need-a-trade-policy-that-works-for-people/#respond Fri, 11 Apr 2025 05:52:40 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=360256 As someone who strongly opposed disastrous unfettered free trade deals with China, Mexico and other low-wage countries, I understand that we need trade policies that benefit American workers, not just large corporations. Targeted tariffs can be a powerful tool to stop corporations from outsourcing American jobs. They can help level the playing field for American More

The post We Need a Trade Policy That Works for People appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

Photograph Source: The White House – Public Domain

As someone who strongly opposed disastrous unfettered free trade deals with China, Mexico and other low-wage countries, I understand that we need trade policies that benefit American workers, not just large corporations. Targeted tariffs can be a powerful tool to stop corporations from outsourcing American jobs. They can help level the playing field for American autoworkers or steelworkers to compete fairly against companies who have moved production to countries where they can pay starvation wages.

But Trump’s chaotic across-the-board tariffs are not the way to do it.

Imposing steep tariffs on countries like Germany or France will not bring jobs back to America. These are not low-wage countries. Corporations are not shutting down plants in America and moving them to Switzerland. Trump’s blanket tariffs will just raise prices for American consumers and hurt our relationships with allies, undermining our global position.

Trump’s trade chaos – changing policy from day to day – is rapidly undermining our economy and making it impossible for households and small businesses to function. How can you plan for next week, let alone next year, when the rules might change tomorrow? People in my home state of Vermont are hurting.

This is exactly why the Constitution gives Congress sole authority to raise taxes and “to regulate Commerce with foreign Nations,” not the President. What Trump is doing is unconstitutional. Trump has claimed supposed “emergency” powers to bypass Congress and impose unilateral tariffs on hundreds of countries. The last president to try something like this was Richard Nixon, and his overreach prompted Congress to pass the law Trump is now abusing. This is another step toward authoritarianism.

And let’s be clear about why Trump is doing all this: to give massive tax breaks to billionaires. These tariffs will cost working families thousands of dollars a year, and Trump plans to use that revenue to help pay for a huge tax break for the richest people in America. That is what Trump and Republicans in Congress are working on right now: If they have their way on the tariffs and their huge tax bill, most Americans will see their taxes go up, while those on top will get a huge tax break.

Enough is enough. We need a coherent trade policy that puts working people first.

The post We Need a Trade Policy That Works for People appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Bernie Sanders.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/we-need-a-trade-policy-that-works-for-people/feed/ 0 525077
“All Governments Lie”: Why We Need a Radical and Independent Free Press Now https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/09/all-governments-lie-why-we-need-a-radical-and-independent-free-press-now-3/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/09/all-governments-lie-why-we-need-a-radical-and-independent-free-press-now-3/#respond Wed, 09 Apr 2025 05:55:14 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=360055 If the Government makes a mistake, the newspapers will find out and the problem may then be fixed. But if freedom of the press were lost, the country would soon go to pieces. — I.F. Stone Media scholar Carl Jensen was deeply influenced by the independent muckraking journalists of the twentieth century—so much so that More

The post “All Governments Lie”: Why We Need a Radical and Independent Free Press Now appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

If the Government makes a mistake, the newspapers will find out and the problem may then be fixed. But if freedom of the press were lost, the country would soon go to pieces.

— I.F. Stone

Media scholar Carl Jensen was deeply influenced by the independent muckraking journalists of the twentieth century—so much so that he founded Project Censored at Sonoma State University, in 1976, in the wake of the Nixon administration’s Watergate scandal, as a watchdog organization focused on exposing “the news that didn’t make the news.” Project Censored began in a sociology course Jensen taught at Sonoma State, but quickly evolved into a national effort to promote independent journalism and news literacy. The Project produced an annual list of the most important investigative news reports, which attracted attention—and praise—from some of Jensen’s best-known contemporaries, including broadcast journalists Walter Cronkite and Hugh Downs, reform activist Ralph Nader, and a contemporary muckraker, investigative journalist I.F. “Izzy” Stone.

Jensen’s purpose was not to tear down so-called “mainstream” media outlets but to constructively criticize their news judgment. By showing what the major media missed, or even “censored,” he hoped to improve what he saw as the lifeblood of democracy: a truly free press. Industry professionals didn’t always take kindly to such criticism, which led Jensen to turn his critique into a systematic study of what they did cover. He discovered a morass of fluff, sensationalism, and pap—what used to be called “yellow journalism” in the early 1900s. Jensen called it Junk Food News in 1983. He saw that the public would ultimately pay the price for the major media outlets’ myopic focus and critical omissions in the form of accelerating civic decay. Sadly, he wasn’t wrong.

Today, we are awash in 21st-century versions of junk food news, as produced by corporate media and propagated on social media. Worse, we are also subject to ‘round-the-clock infotainment and propaganda masquerading as journalism, what Jensen’s successor, sociologist Peter Phillips, called News Abuse in the early 2000s (now also referred to as malinformation). Of course, numerous media critics and scholars—including Edward Herman, Noam Chomsky, Ben Bagdikian, Neil Postman, and Robert McChesney—have long warned against rising levels of mis- and disinformation, increased consolidation of media ownership, and their combined toll on press freedom and a well-informed public. In the last decade, with the moral panic around the weaponized epithet of “fake news,” these challenges have spawned a cottage industry of so-called fact-checkers—supposedly objective third parties trying to reverse the troublesome trend of declining public trust in the Fourth Estate.

However, most of those efforts have been exposed as Trojan horses for re-establishing corporate media dominance in a digital era of podcasts, TikTok, Instagram reels, and “tweets” (or “posts” as they are now called on X). As Wall Street Journal editor-in-chief Emma Tucker bemoaned last year at the World Economic Forum (WEF) in Davos, news industry leaders are losing control of the narrative:

“If you go back really not that long ago, as I say, we owned the news. We were the gatekeepers, and we very much owned the facts as well. If it said it in the Wall Street Journal, the New York Times, then that was a fact. Nowadays, people can go to all sorts of different sources for the news, and they’re much more questioning about what we’re saying. So, it’s no longer good enough for us just to say, this is what happened, or this is the news. We have to explain– almost like explain our working. So, readers expect to understand how we source stories. They want to know how we go about getting stories. We have to sort of lift the bonnet, as it were, and in a way that newspapers aren’t used to doing and explain to people what we’re doing. We need to be much more transparent about how we go about collecting the news.”

“Lift the bonnet.” “Explain to people what we’re doing.” It’s almost as if the public wants more fact-based, transparently sourced reporting in their news, not partisan propaganda. And, go figure, in a rabidly consumerist culture, they want receipts too. Tucker seems to agree, though the corporate media and their advertisers/investors from Big Pharma, Big Tech, the Military-Industrial Complex, and other powerful institutions whose narratives the public is questioning, likely do not. For Tucker and other gatekeepers, this public scrutiny is inconvenient, perhaps even impertinent, but also a market reality news organizations must now at least pay lip service to addressing. Perhaps this is what has contributed to record-low levels of approval and trust of the news media among the public.

Indy Journalism Can Build Public Trust While Fighting Fake News

Media scholars have described this conundrum as an epistemic one, the ushering in of a “post-truth” world “in which objective facts are less influential in shaping public opinion than appeals to emotion and personal belief.” The mis- and disinformation ecosystem that has emerged in this post-truth climate has establishment institutions from the WEF to Congress and the mass media themselves clutching pearls. Even the American public has come to believe that the lack of trustworthy information is a greater threat than terrorism. With the return of Donald Trump to the presidency, these concerns, along with increasing existential attacks on journalists and the news media itself, including ABCCBSNPR/PBS, and even the Associated Press as “enemies of the American people,” are growing rapidly and in unprecedented ways.

There certainly are major issues with corporate media and establishment outlets, which we at Project Censored have documented for nearly half a century. However, our critiques are not meant to undermine major media for partisan gain. Instead, the Project’s criticisms of corporate news expose systemic gaps and slant in coverage, in order to pressure the nation’s most prominent news outlets to use their massive budgets and influence to serve the public good, rather than private interests, by holding corporate and government abusers of power accountable. Given the well-documented limitations of corporate media, we support a robust, independent, and public media system, because a commercial, for-profit model cannot “tell the people what is really going on,” as George Seldes once put it. The solution to our present journalistic woes does not lie with industry leaders, biased fact-checkers, or Big Tech content moderators. It rests on critical media literacy and a fiercely independent free press.

In support of this proposed solution, Project Censored advocates for a healthy democracy by promoting news literacy education, especially by providing hands-on training in critical media literacy for students, through our curriculum, student internships, and Campus Affiliates Program, each of which distinguishes Project Censored from other news watch organizations and press freedom groups. Further, each year, Project Censored also recognizes some of the best independent journalists, reporting factually, transparently, and ethically in the public interest, pointing out that these are among the best advocates of news literacy, literally teaching by example. So, ironically, the very solutions to the revitalization of our failing Fourth Estate are its most radical independent practitioners, not their owners/employers or meddling partisan outsiders. History shows this to be the case, and we should listen to what the past can teach us.

“All Governments Lie”

Among the many books Jensen published, one of the most significant might be Stories That Changed America: Muckrakers of the 20th Century. In it, he collected exemplary work by nearly two dozen legendary journalists, his selection of the previous century’s most significant truth-tellers, including excerpts from decisive reports by Ida Tarbell (The History of the Standard Oil Company), Lincoln Steffans (The Shame of the Cities), Upton Sinclair (The Jungle and The Brass Check), George Seldes (In Fact), Edward R. Murrow (In Search of Light), and I.F. Stone (I.F. Stone’s Weekly). As Jensen wrote, “Their words led to a nationwide public revolt against social evils and [decades] of reforms in antitrust legislation, the electoral process, banking regulations, and a host of other social programs.” The reporting Jensen collected in Stories That Changed America continues to inspire those of us who believe journalism can make a difference.

“All governments lie, but disaster lies in wait for countries whose officials smoke the same hashish they give out,” the iconic muckraker “Izzy” Stone once wrote. But Stone had great faith in the power of the press to expose and counter those lies. We need brave, independent journalists and newsrooms to tackle the most controversial and suppressed issues of our era. Stone relentlessly exposed governmental prevarications and injustices throughout his career. He also saw the shortcomings of his own profession, to the point of resigning from the National Press Club in 1941, rather than kowtowing to its racism and political sycophancy. After realizing he had limited influence in the establishment press, he started I.F. Stone’s Weekly and dared to report the truth on his own. He took on McCarthyism at a time when his peers were being attacked, arrested, deported, and disappeared. He fought for truth and peace in the face of the unjust, murderous conflicts of the Cold War, especially in Vietnam. Sound familiar?

Governments lie. Stone’s insight is timeless, but it seems more relevant than ever in 2025. The Trump administration and its enablers bombard us daily with lies and half-truths, what Reporters Without Borders has characterized as “a monumental assault on freedom of information.” At best, the establishment press seems capable of little more than chronicling the barrage; at worst, they capitulate to it.

The notion of a press “watchdog” on a governmental leash did not begin with the current administration—as Jensen and his students at Sonoma State noted in 1976 looking back on the eve of Richard Nixon’s re-election, no major news outlet even mentioned the Watergate scandal—and the roots of a subservient press reach back to the earliest history of American journalism on the presidency. But the return of Trump to power is a nadir for many of our cherished freedoms, including those of the First Amendment, which links freedom of speech and press with the rights to assemble and petition—and the public, our democracy, needs journalism that can help us awaken from what historian Timothy Snyder has described as a “self-induced intellectual coma” that is characteristic of  “the politics of inevitability.”

The Izzy’s Are Coming!

Calling out counter-democratic measures is one way to resist the onslaught of authoritarianism. A free press provides the means for this, but people need to act in response. Rather than complain that “the left” needs a media power like Rupert Murdoch’s to “compete,” we should open our eyes and support the amazing people and organizations doing this invaluable work already. Project Censored highlights the most important but under-reported independent news stories each year, promoting the work of independent journalists, news outlets, and press freedom organizations that exemplify “media democracy in action.” Their work embodies the very spirit of resistance and amplifies the voices of those trammeled by oligarchs and would-be despots.

The Park Center for Independent Media (PCIM) at Ithaca College shares this ethos, supporting independent media as a bulwark against everyday injustices and creeping tyranny. Among the only academic centers of journalism in the United States focused solely on independent media, each year, PCIM honors the leading independent journalists of our time with its Izzy Award, named in honor of I.F. “Izzy” Stone. April 30 marks the seventeenth annual award ceremony, which will also be the occasion for numerous muckraking journalists and free press organizations to convene and build coalitions, strengthen solidarity, and fight to protect our democratic republic from anyone, whether they bat for Team Red or Team Blue, who would subvert it for their own private gain.

The Izzy Award celebrates the practice of radical muckraking journalism in the public interest, and its continuing relevance in our current Gilded Age of Big Tech plutocracy. The work at PCIM and Project Censored reminds us that we cannot wait for change to simply emerge; we must create it ourselves. If past is prologue, we also have much to learn from and pass on to the next generation, whose experiences and voices will inform and express the stories that change America again, to paraphrase Jensen.

Now is not a time for cowering; it is a time to exhibit what political activist and whistleblower Daniel Ellsberg called civil courage, regardless of the odds. Or, as Izzy noted, it is time “to defend the weak against the strong; to fight for justice; and to seek, as best I can to bring healing perspectives to bear on the terrible hates and fears of [humankind], in the hope of someday bringing about one world, in which [people] will enjoy the differences of the human garden instead of killing each other over them.”

Hear, hear. Let’s not get lost in the smoke of the hashish blown in our faces by elite media and government actors. Let’s instead recognize and support the reportorial canaries in the coal mines, from the climate crisis and Kafkaesque raids on the vulnerable among us to the dismantling of education, attacks on the arts, and an ongoing genocide. Let’s act on the information independent journalists share at their own risk, for we ignore them at our own.

This first appeared on Project Censored.

The post “All Governments Lie”: Why We Need a Radical and Independent Free Press Now appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Mickey S. Huff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/09/all-governments-lie-why-we-need-a-radical-and-independent-free-press-now-3/feed/ 0 524612
“All Governments Lie”: Why We Need a Radical and Independent Free Press Now https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/08/all-governments-lie-why-we-need-a-radical-and-independent-free-press-now-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/08/all-governments-lie-why-we-need-a-radical-and-independent-free-press-now-2/#respond Tue, 08 Apr 2025 15:02:14 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=157269 Media scholar Carl Jensen was deeply influenced by the independent muckraking journalists of the twentieth century—so much so that he founded Project Censored at Sonoma State University, in 1976, in the wake of the Nixon administration’s Watergate scandal, as a watchdog organization focused on exposing “the news that didn’t make the news.” Project Censored began […]

The post “All Governments Lie”: Why We Need a Radical and Independent Free Press Now first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
Media scholar Carl Jensen was deeply influenced by the independent muckraking journalists of the twentieth century—so much so that he founded Project Censored at Sonoma State University, in 1976, in the wake of the Nixon administration’s Watergate scandal, as a watchdog organization focused on exposing “the news that didn’t make the news.” Project Censored began in a sociology course Jensen taught at Sonoma State, but quickly evolved into a national effort to promote independent journalism and news literacy. The Project produced an annual list of the most important investigative news reports, which attracted attention—and praise—from some of Jensen’s best-known contemporaries, including broadcast journalists Walter Cronkite and Hugh Downs, reform activist Ralph Nader, and a contemporary muckraker, investigative journalist I.F. “Izzy” Stone.

Jensen’s purpose was not to tear down so-called “mainstream” media outlets but to constructively criticize their news judgment. By showing what the major media missed, or even “censored,” he hoped to improve what he saw as the lifeblood of democracy: a truly free press. Industry professionals didn’t always take kindly to such criticism, which led Jensen to turn his critique into a systematic study of what they did cover. He discovered a morass of fluff, sensationalism, and pap—what used to be called “yellow journalism” in the early 1900s. Jensen called it Junk Food News in 1983. He saw that the public would ultimately pay the price for the major media outlets’ myopic focus and critical omissions in the form of accelerating civic decay. Sadly, he wasn’t wrong.

Today, we are awash in 21st-century versions of junk food news, as produced by corporate media and propagated on social media. Worse, we are also subject to ‘round-the-clock infotainment and propaganda masquerading as journalism, what Jensen’s successor, sociologist Peter Phillips, called News Abuse in the early 2000s (now also referred to as malinformation). Of course, numerous media critics and scholars—including Edward Herman, Noam Chomsky, Ben Bagdikian, Neil Postman, and Robert McChesney—have long warned against rising levels of mis- and disinformation, increased consolidation of media ownership, and their combined toll on press freedom and a well-informed public. In the last decade, with the moral panic around the weaponized epithet of “fake news,” these challenges have spawned a cottage industry of so-called fact-checkers—supposedly objective third parties trying to reverse the troublesome trend of declining public trust in the Fourth Estate.

However, most of those efforts have been exposed as Trojan horses for re-establishing corporate media dominance in a digital era of podcasts, TikTok, Instagram reels, and “tweets” (or “posts” as they are now called on X). As Wall Street Journal editor-in-chief Emma Tucker bemoaned last year at the World Economic Forum (WEF) in Davos, news industry leaders are losing control of the narrative (emphasis added):

If you go back really not that long ago, as I say, we owned the news. We were the gatekeepers, and we very much owned the facts as well. If it said it in the Wall Street Journal, the New York Times, then that was a fact. Nowadays, people can go to all sorts of different sources for the news, and they’re much more questioning about what we’re saying. So, it’s no longer good enough for us just to say, this is what happened, or this is the news. We have to explain– almost like explain our working. So, readers expect to understand how we source stories. They want to know how we go about getting stories. We have to sort of lift the bonnet, as it were, and in a way that newspapers aren’t used to doing and explain to people what we’re doing. We need to be much more transparent about how we go about collecting the news.

“Lift the bonnet.” “Explain to people what we’re doing.” It’s almost as if the public wants more fact-based, transparently sourced reporting in their news, not partisan propaganda. And, go figure, in a rabidly consumerist culture, they want receipts too. Tucker seems to agree, though the corporate media and their advertisers/investors from Big Pharma, Big Tech, the Military-Industrial Complex, and other powerful institutions whose narratives the public is questioning, likely do not. For Tucker and other gatekeepers, this public scrutiny is inconvenient, perhaps even impertinent, but also a market reality news organizations must now at least pay lip service to addressing. Perhaps this is what has contributed to record-low levels of approval and trust of the news media among the public.

Indy Journalism Can Build Public Trust While Fighting Fake News

Media scholars have described this conundrum as an epistemic one, the ushering in of a “post-truth” world “in which objective facts are less influential in shaping public opinion than appeals to emotion and personal belief.” The mis- and disinformation ecosystem that has emerged in this post-truth climate has establishment institutions from the WEF to Congress and the mass media themselves clutching pearls. Even the American public has come to believe that the lack of trustworthy information is a greater threat than terrorism. With the return of Donald Trump to the presidency, these concerns, along with increasing existential attacks on journalists and the news media itself, including ABCCBSNPR/PBS, and even the Associated Press as “enemies of the American people,” are growing rapidly and in unprecedented ways.

There certainly are major issues with corporate media and establishment outlets, which we at Project Censored have documented for nearly half a century. However, our critiques are not meant to undermine major media for partisan gain. Instead, the Project’s criticisms of corporate news expose systemic gaps and slant in coverage, in order to pressure the nation’s most prominent news outlets to use their massive budgets and influence to serve the public good, rather than private interests, by holding corporate and government abusers of power accountable. Given the well-documented limitations of corporate media, we support a robust, independent, and public media system, because a commercial, for-profit model cannot “tell the people what is really going on,” as George Seldes once put it. The solution to our present journalistic woes does not lie with industry leaders, biased fact-checkers, or Big Tech content moderators. It rests on critical media literacy and a fiercely independent free press.

In support of this proposed solution, Project Censored advocates for a healthy democracy by promoting news literacy education, especially by providing hands-on training in critical media literacy for students, through our curriculum, student internships, and Campus Affiliates Program, each of which distinguishes Project Censored from other news watch organizations and press freedom groups. Further, each year, Project Censored also recognizes some of the best independent journalists, reporting factually, transparently, and ethically in the public interest, pointing out that these are among the best advocates of news literacy, literally teaching by example. So, ironically, the very solutions to the revitalization of our failing Fourth Estate are its most radical independent practitioners, not their owners/employers or meddling partisan outsiders. History shows this to be the case, and we should listen to what the past can teach us.

“All Governments Lie”

Among the many books Jensen published, one of the most significant might be Stories That Changed America: Muckrakers of the 20th Century. In it, he collected exemplary work by nearly two dozen legendary journalists, his selection of the previous century’s most significant truth-tellers, including excerpts from decisive reports by Ida Tarbell (The History of the Standard Oil Company), Lincoln Steffans (The Shame of the Cities), Upton Sinclair (The Jungle and The Brass Check), George Seldes (In Fact), Edward R. Murrow (In Search of Light), and I.F. Stone (I.F. Stone’s Weekly). As Jensen wrote, “Their words led to a nationwide public revolt against social evils and [decades] of reforms in antitrust legislation, the electoral process, banking regulations, and a host of other social programs.” The reporting Jensen collected in Stories That Changed America continues to inspire those of us who believe journalism can make a difference.

“All governments lie, but disaster lies in wait for countries whose officials smoke the same hashish they give out,” the iconic muckraker “Izzy” Stone once wrote. But Stone had great faith in the power of the press to expose and counter those lies. We need brave, independent journalists and newsrooms to tackle the most controversial and suppressed issues of our era. Stone relentlessly exposed governmental prevarications and injustices throughout his career. He also saw the shortcomings of his own profession, to the point of resigning from the National Press Club in 1941, rather than kowtowing to its racism and political sycophancy. After realizing he had limited influence in the establishment press, he started I.F. Stone’s Weekly and dared to report the truth on his own. He took on McCarthyism at a time when his peers were being attacked, arrested, deported, and disappeared. He fought for truth and peace in the face of the unjust, murderous conflicts of the Cold War, especially in Vietnam. Sound familiar?

Governments lie. Stone’s insight is timeless, but it seems more relevant than ever in 2025. The Trump administration and its enablers bombard us daily with lies and half-truths, what Reporters Without Borders has characterized as “a monumental assault on freedom of information.” At best, the establishment press seems capable of little more than chronicling the barrage; at worst, they capitulate to it.

The notion of a press “watchdog” on a governmental leash did not begin with the current administration—as Jensen and his students at Sonoma State noted in 1976 looking back on the eve of Richard Nixon’s re-election, no major news outlet even mentioned the Watergate scandal—and the roots of a subservient press reach back to the earliest history of American journalism on the presidency. But the return of Trump to power is a nadir for many of our cherished freedoms, including those of the First Amendment, which links freedom of speech and press with the rights to assemble and petition—and the public, our democracy, needs journalism that can help us awaken from what historian Timothy Snyder has described as a “self-induced intellectual coma” that is characteristic of  “the politics of inevitability.”

The Izzy’s Are Coming!

Calling out counter-democratic measures is one way to resist the onslaught of authoritarianism. A free press provides the means for this, but people need to act in response. Rather than complain that “the left” needs a media power like Rupert Murdoch’s to “compete,” we should open our eyes and support the amazing people and organizations doing this invaluable work already. Project Censored highlights the most important but under-reported independent news stories each year, promoting the work of independent journalists, news outlets, and press freedom organizations that exemplify “media democracy in action.” Their work embodies the very spirit of resistance and amplifies the voices of those trammeled by oligarchs and would-be despots.

The Park Center for Independent Media (PCIM) at Ithaca College shares this ethos, supporting independent media as a bulwark against everyday injustices and creeping tyranny. Among the only academic centers of journalism in the United States focused solely on independent media, each year, PCIM honors the leading independent journalists of our time with its Izzy Award, named in honor of I.F. “Izzy” Stone. April 30 marks the seventeenth annual award ceremony, which will also be the occasion for numerous muckraking journalists and free press organizations to convene and build coalitions, strengthen solidarity, and fight to protect our democratic republic from anyone, whether they bat for Team Red or Team Blue, who would subvert it for their own private gain.

The Izzy Award celebrates the practice of radical muckraking journalism in the public interest, and its continuing relevance in our current Gilded Age of Big Tech plutocracy. The work at PCIM and Project Censored reminds us that we cannot wait for change to simply emerge; we must create it ourselves. If past is prologue, we also have much to learn from and pass on to the next generation, whose experiences and voices will inform and express the stories that change America again, to paraphrase Jensen.

Now is not a time for cowering; it is a time to exhibit what political activist and whistleblower Daniel Ellsberg called civil courage, regardless of the odds. Or, as Izzy noted, it is time “to defend the weak against the strong; to fight for justice; and to seek, as best I can to bring healing perspectives to bear on the terrible hates and fears of [humankind], in the hope of someday bringing about one world, in which [people] will enjoy the differences of the human garden instead of killing each other over them.”

Hear, hear. Let’s not get lost in the smoke of the hashish blown in our faces by elite media and government actors. Let’s instead recognize and support the reportorial canaries in the coal mines, from the climate crisis and Kafkaesque raids on the vulnerable among us to the dismantling of education, attacks on the arts, and an ongoing genocide. Let’s act on the information independent journalists share at their own risk, for we ignore them at our own.

The post “All Governments Lie”: Why We Need a Radical and Independent Free Press Now first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Mickey Huff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/08/all-governments-lie-why-we-need-a-radical-and-independent-free-press-now-2/feed/ 0 524460
“All Governments Lie”: Why We Need a Radical and Independent Free Press Now https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/03/all-governments-lie-why-we-need-a-radical-and-independent-free-press-now/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/03/all-governments-lie-why-we-need-a-radical-and-independent-free-press-now/#respond Thu, 03 Apr 2025 16:35:17 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=46153 If the Government makes a mistake, the newspapers will find out and the problem may then be fixed. But if freedom of the press were lost, the country would soon go to pieces. — I.F. Stone By Mickey Huff Media scholar Carl Jensen was deeply influenced by the independent muckraking…

The post “All Governments Lie”: Why We Need a Radical and Independent Free Press Now appeared first on Project Censored.


This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Kate Horgan.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/03/all-governments-lie-why-we-need-a-radical-and-independent-free-press-now/feed/ 0 523499
"The Darkest Hour of Need": Burmese Junta Continues Bombing in Aftermath of Devastating Earthquake https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/01/the-darkest-hour-of-need-burmese-junta-continues-bombing-in-aftermath-of-devastating-earthquake-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/01/the-darkest-hour-of-need-burmese-junta-continues-bombing-in-aftermath-of-devastating-earthquake-2/#respond Tue, 01 Apr 2025 14:26:45 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=87a20a58709490b4cb298a00793672af
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/01/the-darkest-hour-of-need-burmese-junta-continues-bombing-in-aftermath-of-devastating-earthquake-2/feed/ 0 522964
“The Darkest Hour of Need”: Burmese Junta Continues Bombing in Aftermath of Devastating Earthquake https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/01/the-darkest-hour-of-need-burmese-junta-continues-bombing-in-aftermath-of-devastating-earthquake/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/01/the-darkest-hour-of-need-burmese-junta-continues-bombing-in-aftermath-of-devastating-earthquake/#respond Tue, 01 Apr 2025 12:36:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=fdea66e7b3609c4bf7dcb197a1a5fa34 Seg3 maung burma

We get an update on “the darkest hour of need” for the Burmese people, from Maung Zarni, a Burmese human rights activist, after a 7.7-magnitude earthquake hit Burma Friday, leaving at least 2,700 dead, with the death toll expected to rise as rescue efforts continue. Aid groups in the worst-hit areas of Burma, also known as Myanmar, said there was an urgent need for shelter, food and water. The country’s civil war has complicated efforts to reach those injured and made homeless in the disaster, and Amnesty International says the military needs to allow aid to reach areas of the country not under its control.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/01/the-darkest-hour-of-need-burmese-junta-continues-bombing-in-aftermath-of-devastating-earthquake/feed/ 0 522950
Multi-disciplinary artist Jack Rusher on the need to sustain your creative drive in the face of technological change https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/31/multi-disciplinary-artist-jack-rusher-on-the-need-to-sustain-your-creative-drive-in-the-face-of-technological-change/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/31/multi-disciplinary-artist-jack-rusher-on-the-need-to-sustain-your-creative-drive-in-the-face-of-technological-change/#respond Mon, 31 Mar 2025 07:00:00 +0000 https://thecreativeindependent.com/people/multi-disciplinary-artist-jack-rusher-on-the-need-to-sustain-your-creative-drive-in-the-face-of-technological-change For a non-programmer, tell me about how you go about using a programming language to make generative art.

This will touch on something that is unusual about how I use programming languages in general. The common practice in the industry is one that involves very slow feedback loops, these things we call compile-test cycles: edit, compile, test. I tend to use programming languages that are much more interactive. This is the family of programming languages that come down to us from the communities of LISP and SmallTalk, primarily. In these languages, you’re engaged in a conversation with the computer — your program is running the whole time, you’re modifying it while it’s running, and you can inspect the state within the program to see what’s happening.

This is particularly good for exploratory programming, but also for art making. I can have a sketch running that is using a generative system I’ve created to produce some kind of visual effect. I could think, “What if this parameter were slightly different?” and instead of building a bespoke control panel to do that, I can execute a tiny snippet of code inside my editor that changes what’s happening in the program, so I’m still working in the same medium and I don’t need to switch to a different tool.

I might start with a blank canvas with a loop running that is redrawing something, but it doesn’t know what it’s redrawing yet. Then I will gradually add elements, and those elements may have some innate structure. They may be drawn from nature in some way. Often, in my work, I will start with some natural system I found intriguing, and I’ll think, “What would have to happen geometrically to create a thing that has a form like that?” Then I’ll try to build a system where I’m planting the seed, but the growth happens within the simulation.

I also do a lot of work that is inspired by different periods of art. Maybe there will be something Bauhaus-inspired; I’ll look at a pattern Kandinsky drew by hand and think, “What if I wanted an infinite number of those that were all as good as the one he did by hand? What would I need to tell the computer for it to know [how to do that]?” In that sense, my artwork is often at that meta level. I’m less interested in the single-object output than I am interested in the underlying system that makes things of that nature possible.

Golden Aizawa Attractor, 2021

Your background is traditionally technical. How has that influenced your identity or your sense of aesthetics as an artist?

I don’t regard scientists and artists as fundamentally different kinds of people. In fact, I regard them as more alike than they are different.

The sort of division you see among people in modern American culture is, to me, a cultural artifact; it’s just an accident of education. I would say the same thing about athletics. The jocks versus geeks division is an entirely synthetic thing that arose in post-1950s America and spread in a diseased way to other parts of the world. There’s nothing about being good at using your nervous system to move your body through space that would make you bad at using your nervous system to reason about geometry.

Based on some early tests that show an aptitude or a proficiency, we’ve narrowly focused people into what we think is going to be the box in which they will perform, when we should be spending more time cultivating what people are innately and immediately good at but also filling in the rest of the profile. So if you’re somebody who finds mathematics easy but is intimidated by the idea of drawing classes, then you should be doing that. These things are all aspects of humanity, and it’s a mistake to leave any of them behind.

In your 2019 ClojuTRE talk on computational creativity, you gave a brief survey of historical definitions of creativity. After absorbing all of those, where do you net out? What grand unified theory of creativity do you subscribe to?

I think it’s the fundamental aspect that makes us human beings. Creative problem-solving is the thing that we do better [than any other species]. Communication is the other thing that we do better, which allows us to do creative problem-solving in groups. If you want to know why we’ve spread over the entire world and lived in every kind of ecosystem successfully, it’s because we’ve been able to creatively solve problems along the way. Without that, I don’t think we’re really people. Leaving aside your creative drives as an individual is a mistake, because it’s leaving aside your birthright as a human.

A question in the AI discourse right now is whether AI will ever be able to create the way a human does. Large language models can create reasonable facsimiles of mediocre writing and drawing, but that sort of path-breaking creative synthesis still seems to be uniquely human. As someone who has been in this field for a long time, what do you think is coming in terms of the influence of AI?

To touch on the first part of what you said, about mediocrity: when you have a big statistical model that is essentially taking the sum and then the average of the internet, whether it’s in words or pictures, then you can expect the output to be [average] by definition. Now, you can steer these models to get you somewhat surprising outputs, and that’s cool. I have some friends who train their own models and build complex workflows to come up with things that are very nice in terms of the outputs they achieve. For me, mostly, if I’m using a prompt to an LLM to generate an image, I can get an output that looks okay to good, because I word good and I have enough taste to pick the images that I think are okay. But after I’ve done that, I don’t feel like I’ve done anything, because I don’t feel like there’s any of me in the output.

I think a lot of where our good stuff comes from is actually from how the act of making the art changes us as individuals. Ages ago, I went to art school at night while I was doing a startup in Silicon Valley. I’d been a lifelong musician, and playing music my whole life meant that I heard everything differently. When I hear the leaves rustling, I hear the rhythm of the leaves rolling along the ground. When I hear the whistle on my kettle, I know what pitch it is. So I thought, “I’ll go to art school, and maybe it will change the way I see.” And of course it did. There’s no way you can learn to draw in charcoal and capture light and shadow without it changing the way you see everything for the rest of your life.

What if we take away the need to do any of those things to produce those outputs? Then we get an entire generation of people who do not transform themselves into having a higher level of perception. What does that do for our ability to discriminate between what is just AI slop and what is actually something amazing and beautiful? It’s leaving behind part of our birthright as humans, to outsource some of the best stuff we have going to the machines, even if the machines can do it.

Also, the more stuff there is, the more sifting has to be done to find the good stuff. Making a machine for the unlimited production of mediocre junk means that the signal-to-noise ratio is getting worse all the time, and I dislike this vigorously.

On the other hand, I think these technologies can become the components of amazing engineering solutions later on. An example of this, not in the artistic context, is that I took some LLMs and I attached them to a query apparatus for WikiData, the database version of Wikipedia. I was able to use the LLM to get the data into the system from natural language. Then I do a query against this fact database, and then I take the series of dry facts that it returns and have it reformatted as nice, flowing prose. So I get something that you can get into and out of with human language that doesn’t hallucinate any details, and this is actually immediately useful.

I think many things of that nature are coming. Artistic tools where the trained model is more like a paintbrush and less like an outsourced cheap artist are going to be extremely powerful. In cinema, I think we’ll see the cost of making movies drop to one-one-hundredth of the time and one-one-hundredth of the cost using these kinds of tools, because CGI is such an important part of film production already. In this sense, when the good tools come out of it, you will see actual artists be able to do more and better.

Asemic Writing, 2020

Have you been able to find a balance between the things you do to pay the bills and the things you do to satisfy an artistic impulse? Do you find the same amount of creativity and joy in your work at Applied Sciences as you do in the art you make?

Here, I have to start by saying that I’m in a position of ridiculous privilege. I came of age at a time when the things I liked to do for fun were among the most lucrative things you could do for a living.

Throughout my career, I have been able to work on only things I’m interested in and be paid very well for them, both on the science and programming side and also on the art side. Obviously, I make more money from the tech stuff than the art stuff. But in years when I’m more active, like in 2020, I made enough that I could have made a living in Berlin just from the art side. This is possible. It’s difficult and it requires a lot of luck, but it is possible. So I’m in the weird position where I don’t have to choose between the things I love and the things that pay the bills because everything I get paid for is also something I love. And I recognize the tremendous privilege of that statement.

What do you think it takes to do that, beyond luck? Are there things a person can do to be more likely to have that kind of outcome?

Having a very active daily practice, and never letting it get away from you, is incredibly important. Björk has a fantastic quote about not letting yourself get gummed up and only releasing something every seven years because it puts you out of the flow of creating: “Don’t hold your breath for five or seven years and not release anything, and then you’ve just got clogged up with way too much stuff… You lose contact to the part of you, your subconscious, that’s writing songs all the time, and the part of you that’s showing it to the world… That’s more important, to sustain that flow, than to wait until things are perfect.”

Whatever it is that you do, you have to really do it. If you have a choice between doing it for three hours on Sunday or doing it for 15 minutes a day for the rest of the week, do it 15 minutes a day, because what you do every day is what your brain is working on when you’re not paying attention. Your subconscious is making progress on the things you do constantly. There’s a bowdlerization of Aristotle’s Nicomachean Ethics that gets quoted a lot, which is that excellence is just a function of habit. It’s what you do repeatedly. Lean into it. Do the work.

And — this is the bad news, because many programmers or artists are not necessarily interested in standing up on a chair and shouting about themselves in public—if you do beautiful work and nobody sees it, you’re not going to have a good career. You have to find a way to surface what you’re doing.

If it were five to 10 years ago, I would say to get a Twitter account, communicate with the kinds of people who are interested in the kind of thing you do, post all of this work that you’re doing as your daily practice, and you will be noticed. Today, it’s a more complicated situation. Some arsonists have set fire to Twitter and it’s now full of smoke and dead bodies, so very few people you would want to find your work will go to that place. I think we’re in an interregnum where there isn’t a good public space to demonstrate excellence for most arts. But it is important that you find a way to do that, or you will likely go unnoticed.

Taijiquan Performance Converted to Picasso-esque Plotter Doodles, 2019

I also wanted to ask you about your time AT&T Research, formerly Bell Labs. Bell Labs has a mythical place in tech lore. It was a hotbed of innovation and a Schelling point for practically every computer science pioneer you’ve ever heard of. Did that still penetrate the company’s DNA when you were there?

It was definitely a unique environment. First, as in any such situation, it was the people. You had a large concentration of brilliant people all in one place. That’s always a good thing.

The facility where I worked, the Claude Shannon Lab, was in a leafy suburb in New Jersey. We would go down to eat in the cafeteria, and there were floor-to-ceiling glass windows, and we would see deer outside. In my wing, the people in the other offices were Bjarne Stroustrup, the inventor of C++, and David Korn, who created KornShell. I used to ride in his minivan from downtown Manhattan, because there were a bunch of us who preferred to live in the city. So the vibe had mostly to do with the people, and then the facility itself being the perfect leafy campus environment, but tuned for grown-ups — well, eternally Peter Pan grown-ups.

We did some great work there, even though when I worked there it was after the heyday. Unix was invented around the time I was born, so I missed out on all those great things. But I know most of those people because I was very young when I got started in the industry, and they weren’t dead yet. Some of them are still walking around. So I have all the stories, I’m happy to report. The vibe, I think, was still similar, but obviously the level of work, while good, wasn’t as world-shaking as it was earlier in the 20th century.

Why do you think that was? Was it a function of something changing in the way the work was supported?

There were a couple of things. One is that the way research was supported changed. Here we come back to that idea of patronage. Both artists and scientists have in common that they do their best work when they are left alone and allowed to chase their own curiosity and their own aesthetics and their own feelings. The appetite and the surplus to allow that has decreased year on year since the middle of the 20th century.

There was a period where this was really celebrated, and it was considered a good use of funds to have people do things that may pay you back nothing but also may give you a whole different world. You would fund it with some faith in the fact that if the people are talented enough, something good will come out of it.

After the Reagan–Thatcher revolution, that became less of a thing. Ideologically, everything shifted to this idea that you should have a return-on-investment angle on what happens. And because you can’t predict the outcome of research, it is effectively impossible to have a return on investment attitude towards it.

A great example of this is the iPhone. The capacitive touch display was invented 25 years before that at Bell Labs by somebody who was just chasing their own interest. If that person hadn’t had the opportunity to plant those seeds, then Apple could not have reaped the benefits later. Right now, I feel like we’ve really shifted towards reaping, and left sowing to be somebody else’s problem. This will continue to harm us in the future, because if we keep doing basically the same things over and over again, we won’t have any new seed corn.

There are certainly little pockets where that focus on something other than ROI still exists. But I agree. It feels like everyone recognizes the value of something like Bell Labs, yet very few people have the risk appetite or long-term thinking to fund that anymore.

It’s not just the absence of a Bell Labs sort of thing. There are other social opportunities available that are not followed. For example, I was talking to some people who will remain nameless but who are very high in an organization that makes a popular search engine and browser. I wanted them to fund some improvements to a text editor called Emacs that I’ve been using for nearly 40 years. With a good team working on it and with some actual financial support, a lot could be improved. Around half of their employees use Emacs, so it seemed like it would even pay them back, in some sense. But they told me that the most their enormous, many-billions-a-year company could possibly [contribute] was funding for some student [project].

This kind of thing is insane. These are public goods that they consume, but they don’t see it as their responsibility to help support that commons. This is a problem with open-source software in general — it is insufficiently supported. It’s shared infrastructure, and shared infrastructure requires shared support.

Isolation 3, 2020

If you could reshape the way the internet has evolved, where would you start?

I would try to prioritize [changing] some of the infantilizing drives of current products. It is very fashionable at the moment to believe that if a person can’t use something immediately on first seeing it, then it should be thrown away, because people are stupid and have no patience. This is a prevalent way of thinking about user interfaces. But if you look at the user interface of the violin, it’s terrible for quite a while. You have to put in some effort before you can do anything useful with the violin. But then you can do something that you simply cannot do with a tiny children’s xylophone. There are effects you can achieve if you’re willing to put in the work.

I feel like there’s a large area to explore of slightly more difficult things that have a higher ceiling. I believe you should raise the floor as much as you can, but you shouldn’t do it by lowering the ceiling.

I would like to make it more possible for people to, for example, automate things on their own; end user programming is the technical term for this. In a system like HyperCard, this was very effective. People could build systems to run their entire business inside of this very cool piece of software that you ran on a Macintosh. I don’t see a modern thing that is as good. There’s more we can do to democratize the programmatic aspects of owning a computer so that people have more power as individuals.

There have to be these open-box systems where you can play with the parts. Otherwise, you’re strictly a consumer. On Instagram, that’s exactly how I feel. I post my artwork there, but that’s the limit of what I can do. Someone else has decided the limits of my world. And I resent that.

At the end of your talk on creative computation, you give some recommendations for programmers who want to get in touch with their creative side: take an art course, meditate, take psychedelic mushrooms. I assume those recommendations still hold, but what else would you recommend to anybody who wants to connect with their creativity?

The important thing, and I tried to stress it in that talk, is that you can approach things as a reasoning and reasonable agent who is putting one fact in front of another and trying to be very orderly and systematic. That is an important way of being. But there’s another way of approaching things, which is to open yourself up to your own intuition and to feel your way through things. That’s no less important a way of being. You have to have both to be a complete human being. So whether a person is a programmer who isn’t as in touch with their intuition, or they’re an artist who is not as in touch with their ability to be analytical, I feel that whichever side you’re coming from, you should be trying to fill in the part at which you are the weakest so that you can be a more complete person.

For a lot of people, getting in touch with the intuitive side also has to do with the body itself, because many people are very disembodied. So, going to a yoga class, taking up meditation, doing things that allow you to realize that you are an embodied creature, and then starting to listen to how your body is feeling. Having a daily practice of checking in with yourself can automatically and immediately start to open you up to being able to do creative things. If you combine that with the daily practice of journaling or drawing or something else that allows you to focus those feelings and externalize them in some way, very quickly you’ll discover you have an artistic side you never knew was there.

Jack Rusher recommends:

Immerse yourself in generative art history, starting from the late 15th century but really taking off in the 20th with people like Bridget Riley, Sol Lewitt, Vera Molnár, Frieder Nake, Georg Nees, Manfred Mohr, and Laurie Spiegel.

I’ve known many people to fail at taking up meditation until they try an app like Headspace. For that reason, I’d like to recommend the free and open-source meditation app Medito.

In the search for embodiment, it’s important to develop some kind of personal daily habit. Everyone has different cultural and aesthetic preferences regarding which kind of exercise seems more or less for them. If you like the idea of lifting weights and being strong, you might consider finding someone to coach you through Starting Strength. If you’d prefer to be in a more meditative and feminine-coded space, you might consider ashtanga yoga. Maybe you grew up dancing and you’re already quite flexible, but you’re starting to have weird aches and pains—consider pilates! These are all roads to the same place—choose the one that speaks to you or find another that does (rock climbing! Brazilian jiujitsu! circus training!).

Likewise, several traditions offer more or less the same concrete advice on how to get a grip on your mind, but present the advice differently. Buddhism, Stoic philosophy, and cognitive behavioral therapy all take you to the same place, with the main choice being whether you prefer to receive mysticism, philosophy, or a medical prescription. I recommend you investigate at least one of them.

Decomposition of Phi, 2021


This content originally appeared on The Creative Independent and was authored by Rebecca Hiscott.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/31/multi-disciplinary-artist-jack-rusher-on-the-need-to-sustain-your-creative-drive-in-the-face-of-technological-change/feed/ 0 522640
You Need to See This! 🌍💫 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/29/you-need-to-see-this-%f0%9f%8c%8d%f0%9f%92%ab/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/29/you-need-to-see-this-%f0%9f%8c%8d%f0%9f%92%ab/#respond Sat, 29 Mar 2025 15:00:41 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=5e17a30198654afc4cb4a301c17127de
This content originally appeared on Playing For Change and was authored by Playing For Change.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/29/you-need-to-see-this-%f0%9f%8c%8d%f0%9f%92%ab/feed/ 0 522459
The CDC Buried a Measles Forecast That Stressed the Need for Vaccinations https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/28/the-cdc-buried-a-measles-forecast-that-stressed-the-need-for-vaccinations/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/28/the-cdc-buried-a-measles-forecast-that-stressed-the-need-for-vaccinations/#respond Fri, 28 Mar 2025 20:35:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/measles-vaccine-rfk-cdc-report by Patricia Callahan

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

Leaders at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention ordered staff this week not to release their experts’ assessment that found the risk of catching measles is high in areas near outbreaks where vaccination rates are lagging, according to internal records reviewed by ProPublica.

In an aborted plan to roll out the news, the agency would have emphasized the importance of vaccinating people against the highly contagious and potentially deadly disease that has spread to 19 states, the records show.

A CDC spokesperson told ProPublica in a written statement that the agency decided against releasing the assessment “because it does not say anything that the public doesn’t already know.” She added that the CDC continues to recommend vaccines as “the best way to protect against measles.”

But what the nation’s top public health agency said next shows a shift in its long-standing messaging about vaccines, a sign that it may be falling in line under Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr., a longtime critic of vaccines:

“The decision to vaccinate is a personal one,” the statement said, echoing a line from a column Kennedy wrote for the Fox News website. “People should consult with their healthcare provider to understand their options to get a vaccine and should be informed about the potential risks and benefits associated with vaccines.”

ProPublica shared the new CDC statement about personal choice and risk with Jennifer Nuzzo, director of the Pandemic Center at Brown University School of Public Health. To her, the shift in messaging, and the squelching of this routine announcement, is alarming.

“I’m a bit stunned by that language,” Nuzzo said. “No vaccine is without risk, but that makes it sound like it’s a very active coin toss of a decision. We’ve already had more cases of measles in 2025 than we had in 2024, and it’s spread to multiple states. It is not a coin toss at this point.”

For many years, the CDC hasn’t minced words on vaccines. It promoted them with confidence. One campaign was called “Get My Flu Shot.” The agency’s website told medical providers they play a critical role in helping parents choose vaccines for their children: “Instead of saying ‘What do you want to do about shots?,’ say ‘Your child needs three shots today.’”

Nuzzo wishes the CDC’s forecasters would put out more details of their data and evidence on the spread of measles, not less. “The growing scale and severity of this measles outbreak and the urgent need for more data to guide the response underscores why we need a fully staffed and functional CDC and more resources for state and local health departments,” she said.

Kennedy’s agency oversees the CDC and on Thursday announced it was poised to eliminate 2,400 jobs there.

When asked what role, if any, Kennedy played in the decision to not release the risk assessment, HHS’ communications director said the aborted announcement “was part of an ongoing process to improve communication processes — nothing more, nothing less.” The CDC, he reiterated, continues to recommend vaccination “as the best way to protect against measles.”

“Secretary Kennedy believes that the decision to vaccinate is a personal one and that people should consult with their healthcare provider to understand their options to get a vaccine,” Andrew G. Nixon said. “It is important that the American people have radical transparency and be informed to make personal healthcare decisions.”

Responding to questions about criticism of the decision among some CDC staff, Nixon wrote, “Some individuals at the CDC seem more interested in protecting their own status or agenda rather than aligning with this Administration and the true mission of public health.”

The CDC’s risk assessment was carried out by its Center for Forecasting and Outbreak Analytics, which relied, in part, on new disease data from the outbreak in Texas. The CDC created the center to address a major shortcoming laid bare during the COVID-19 pandemic. It functions like a National Weather Service for infectious diseases, harnessing data and expertise to predict the course of outbreaks like a meteorologist warns of storms.

Other risk assessments by the center have been posted by the CDC even though their conclusions might seem obvious.

In late February, for example, forecasters analyzing the spread of H5N1 bird flu said people who come “in contact with potentially infected animals or contaminated surfaces or fluids” faced a moderate to high risk of contracting the disease. The risk to the general U.S. population, they said, was low.

In the case of the measles assessment, modelers at the center determined the risk of the disease for the general public in the U.S. is low, but they found the risk is high in communities with low vaccination rates that are near outbreaks or share close social ties to those areas with outbreaks. The CDC had moderate confidence in the assessment, according to an internal Q&A that explained the findings. The agency, it said, lacks detailed data about the onset of the illness for all patients in West Texas and is still learning about the vaccination rates in affected communities as well as travel and social contact among those infected. (The H5N1 assessment was also made with moderate confidence.)

The internal plan to roll out the news of the forecast called for the expert physician who’s leading the CDC’s response to measles to be the chief spokesperson answering questions. “It is important to note that at local levels, vaccine coverage rates may vary considerably, and pockets of unvaccinated people can exist even in areas with high vaccination coverage overall,” the plan said. “The best way to protect against measles is to get the measles, mumps, and rubella (MMR) vaccine.”

This week, though, as the number of confirmed cases rose to 483, more than 30 agency staff were told in an email that after a discussion in the CDC director’s office, “leadership does not want to pursue putting this on the website.”

The cancellation was “not normal at all,” said a CDC staff member who spoke anonymously for fear of reprisal with layoffs looming. “I’ve never seen a rollout plan that was canceled at that far along in the process.”

Anxiety among CDC staff has been building over whether the agency will bend its public health messages to match those of Kennedy, a lawyer who founded an anti-vaccine group and referred clients to a law firm suing a vaccine manufacturer.

During Kennedy’s first week on the job, HHS halted the CDC campaign that encouraged people to get flu shots during a ferocious flu season. On the night that the Trump administration began firing probationary employees across the federal government, some key CDC flu webpages were taken down. Remnants of some of the campaign webpages were restored after NPR reported this.

But some at the agency felt like the new leadership had sent a message loud and clear: When next to nobody was paying attention, long-standing public health messages could be silenced.

On the day in February that the world learned that an unvaccinated child had died of measles in Texas, the first such death in the U.S. since 2015, the HHS secretary downplayed the seriousness of the outbreak. “We have measles outbreaks every year,” he said at a cabinet meeting with President Donald Trump.

In an interview on Fox News this month, Kennedy championed doctors in Texas who he said were treating measles with a steroid, an antibiotic and cod liver oil, a supplement that is high in vitamin A. “They’re seeing what they describe as almost miraculous and instantaneous recovery from that,” Kennedy said.

As parents near the outbreak in Texas stocked up on vitamin A supplements, doctors there raced to assure parents that only vaccination, not the vitamin, can prevent measles.

Still, the CDC added an entry on Vitamin A to its measles website for clinicians.

On Wednesday, CNN reported that several hospitalized children in Lubbock, Texas, had abnormal liver function, a likely sign of toxicity from too much vitamin A.

Texas health officials also said that the Trump administration’s decision to rescind $11 billion in pandemic-related grants across the country will hinder their ability to respond to the growing outbreak, according to The Texas Tribune.

Measles is among the most contagious diseases and can be dangerous. About 20% of unvaccinated people who get measles wind up in the hospital. And nearly 1 to 3 of every 1,000 children with measles will die from respiratory and neurologic complications. The virus can linger in the air for two hours after an infected person has left an area, and patients can spread measles before they even know they have it.

This week Amtrak said it was notifying customers that they may have been exposed to the disease this month when a passenger with measles rode one of its trains from New York City to Washington, D.C.


This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Patricia Callahan.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/28/the-cdc-buried-a-measles-forecast-that-stressed-the-need-for-vaccinations/feed/ 0 522351
Opponents of Elon Musk Don’t Need Jeremy Clarkson https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/25/opponents-of-elon-musk-dont-need-jeremy-clarkson/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/25/opponents-of-elon-musk-dont-need-jeremy-clarkson/#respond Tue, 25 Mar 2025 05:42:43 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=358315 Tens of thousands of people across the globe have protested Elon Musk’s role in destroying the lives of millions of people in this country, as well as the threat he and Trump present to the world. No program of value ranging from Veterans’ benefits, health care, social security, clean air, and workplace safety are safe More

The post Opponents of Elon Musk Don’t Need Jeremy Clarkson appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>
Tens of thousands of people across the globe have protested Elon Musk’s role in destroying the lives of millions of people in this country, as well as the threat he and Trump present to the world. No program of value ranging from Veterans’ benefits, health care, social security, clean air, and workplace safety are safe from President Donald Trump chief hatchet man Elon Musk, the world’s richest man, best-known Nazi, and sometime chairman of the board of Tesla.

So, it isn’t surprising that the Tesla Takedown campaign has blossomed with large and enthusiastic protests with people from all walks of life and ages to stop this madness. As a result, Tesla’s stock has tanked with its brand now viewed as more akin to Hitler’s Volkswagen than a vehicle to fight climate change. In Germany, Tesla’s sales have crashed and a miniscule number of people have said they will buy one in the future.

Tesla Takedown is one of the many raging streams of opposition to Trump and Musk, most visible with Bernie Sanders “The Fighting Oligarchy Tour ” drawing thousands of people, many in Republican strongholds, across the country. As Bernie declared at a recent rally at Arizona State University:

“It’s not just oligarchy that we are going to fight. It’s not just authoritarianism that we’re going to fight. We will not accept a society today in which we have massive income and wealth inequality, where the very rich have never done better while working families are struggling to put food on the table.”

Income inequality, fear of authoritarianism, and working class concerns are not where you usually find British television personality Jeremy Clarkson, an enthusiastic Thatherite, multi-millionaire, former co-host of Top Gear and the Grand Tour, and currently the host of Clarkson’s Farm on Amazon Prime.

Let’s be clear that he is not on our side, but he has taken the opportunity to puff out his chest and declare that he was right all along about Elon Musk. Musk sued Clarkson for defamation for a critical review of one of Tesla’s early vehicles nearly two decades ago. Musk lost the case. Musk, like Trump, uses lawsuits whatever their merit to silence critics. So, it was a good thing that Musk lost the suit. And, Clarkson is greatly enjoying the turn-of-event against Musk. But, he can’t leave at that.

He recently wrote in the Sunday Times:

The fact, then, is this. I was always scrupulously fair with my car reviews. Musk claimed I wasn’t. And this is his payback. And what makes it so juicy is that he’s being pecked to death by the very people who put him on the pedestal in the first place. The eco hippies.

“Eco-hippies” is the type of nasty swipe that Clarkson likes to make against anyone concerned about climate change. The fact is that Tesla cars were bought by a largely upper, middle-class grouping, where climate change was a way Musk marketed his cars to them. The turn against Musk is not first and foremost about his cars, but his political role in the Trump administration.

I’ve seen a lot of people passing around Clarkson’s pompous column, Seventeen years after that nice Mr. Musk sued me, victory is mine, as if it is something that vindicates our opposition to Trump and Musk. It is not. Clarkson is a notorious bigot and misogynist, who was fired from the BBC’s top-rated Top Gear for assaulting a staffer. For opponents of Trump and Musk, Jeremy Clarkson is not our friend.

The post Opponents of Elon Musk Don’t Need Jeremy Clarkson appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Joe Allen.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/25/opponents-of-elon-musk-dont-need-jeremy-clarkson/feed/ 0 521270
Opponents of Elon Musk Don’t Need Jeremy Clarkson https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/25/opponents-of-elon-musk-dont-need-jeremy-clarkson-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/25/opponents-of-elon-musk-dont-need-jeremy-clarkson-2/#respond Tue, 25 Mar 2025 05:42:43 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=358315 Tens of thousands of people across the globe have protested Elon Musk’s role in destroying the lives of millions of people in this country, as well as the threat he and Trump present to the world. No program of value ranging from Veterans’ benefits, health care, social security, clean air, and workplace safety are safe More

The post Opponents of Elon Musk Don’t Need Jeremy Clarkson appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>
Tens of thousands of people across the globe have protested Elon Musk’s role in destroying the lives of millions of people in this country, as well as the threat he and Trump present to the world. No program of value ranging from Veterans’ benefits, health care, social security, clean air, and workplace safety are safe from President Donald Trump chief hatchet man Elon Musk, the world’s richest man, best-known Nazi, and sometime chairman of the board of Tesla.

So, it isn’t surprising that the Tesla Takedown campaign has blossomed with large and enthusiastic protests with people from all walks of life and ages to stop this madness. As a result, Tesla’s stock has tanked with its brand now viewed as more akin to Hitler’s Volkswagen than a vehicle to fight climate change. In Germany, Tesla’s sales have crashed and a miniscule number of people have said they will buy one in the future.

Tesla Takedown is one of the many raging streams of opposition to Trump and Musk, most visible with Bernie Sanders “The Fighting Oligarchy Tour ” drawing thousands of people, many in Republican strongholds, across the country. As Bernie declared at a recent rally at Arizona State University:

“It’s not just oligarchy that we are going to fight. It’s not just authoritarianism that we’re going to fight. We will not accept a society today in which we have massive income and wealth inequality, where the very rich have never done better while working families are struggling to put food on the table.”

Income inequality, fear of authoritarianism, and working class concerns are not where you usually find British television personality Jeremy Clarkson, an enthusiastic Thatherite, multi-millionaire, former co-host of Top Gear and the Grand Tour, and currently the host of Clarkson’s Farm on Amazon Prime.

Let’s be clear that he is not on our side, but he has taken the opportunity to puff out his chest and declare that he was right all along about Elon Musk. Musk sued Clarkson for defamation for a critical review of one of Tesla’s early vehicles nearly two decades ago. Musk lost the case. Musk, like Trump, uses lawsuits whatever their merit to silence critics. So, it was a good thing that Musk lost the suit. And, Clarkson is greatly enjoying the turn-of-event against Musk. But, he can’t leave at that.

He recently wrote in the Sunday Times:

The fact, then, is this. I was always scrupulously fair with my car reviews. Musk claimed I wasn’t. And this is his payback. And what makes it so juicy is that he’s being pecked to death by the very people who put him on the pedestal in the first place. The eco hippies.

“Eco-hippies” is the type of nasty swipe that Clarkson likes to make against anyone concerned about climate change. The fact is that Tesla cars were bought by a largely upper, middle-class grouping, where climate change was a way Musk marketed his cars to them. The turn against Musk is not first and foremost about his cars, but his political role in the Trump administration.

I’ve seen a lot of people passing around Clarkson’s pompous column, Seventeen years after that nice Mr. Musk sued me, victory is mine, as if it is something that vindicates our opposition to Trump and Musk. It is not. Clarkson is a notorious bigot and misogynist, who was fired from the BBC’s top-rated Top Gear for assaulting a staffer. For opponents of Trump and Musk, Jeremy Clarkson is not our friend.

The post Opponents of Elon Musk Don’t Need Jeremy Clarkson appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Joe Allen.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/25/opponents-of-elon-musk-dont-need-jeremy-clarkson-2/feed/ 0 521271
We Need A New Progressive Program, And We Need It Now! https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/we-need-a-new-progressive-program-and-we-need-it-now/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/we-need-a-new-progressive-program-and-we-need-it-now/#respond Fri, 21 Mar 2025 05:57:25 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=357861 Progressives, put aside your justifiable detestation of Donald Trump and his Musky minions for one second, and answer this question: Q: What’s the most important difference between MAGA Republicans and Democrats? A: MAGA Republicans have a program for change. Yes, it’s a terrible program: a toxic mix of pro-oligarchy economic policy, tribal-nationalist politics, patriarchal social More

The post We Need A New Progressive Program, And We Need It Now! appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

Photograph by Nathaniel St. Clair

Progressives, put aside your justifiable detestation of Donald Trump and his Musky minions for one second, and answer this question:

Q: What’s the most important difference between MAGA Republicans and Democrats?

A: MAGA Republicans have a program for change.

Yes, it’s a terrible program: a toxic mix of pro-oligarchy economic policy, tribal-nationalist politics, patriarchal social values, and hatred of the public sector.  But MAGA policies are based on a relatively coherent ideology that identifies what right-wingers consider the main sources of oppression – the administrative state, left-leaning universities and news media, undocumented immigrants, street criminals, and foreign competitors – and that promises to eliminate or transform them.

MAGA leaders believe that the American system is broken and that they know how to rebuild it.  Therefore, once in power, they implement immediate measures to change existing institutions. True, these initiatives tend to be poorly thought through, arbitrary, and inhumane, and they generate legal challenges to the authority of the President and other executive officials.  But social movements with a program for change frequently strain or violate existing norms.  Furthermore, their advocates tend to take strong action, while defenders of the established status quo seem content just to talk.

Talk about role reversals!  By acting as change-agents, the MAGA-pols have maneuvered the Democrats into the position of acting as backward-looking defenders of the Establishment.  The anti-Trumpers mean well, but all their handwringing about the President’s authoritarianism, venality, and cruelty will not change the fact that his forces have a program for change, and they do not.

Most Democratic politicians do not think that the system is broken, only that it needs minor repairs.  As a result, the policies and public actions they envision for the future differ hardly at all from those of a Joe Biden or a Bill Clinton. Most of them embrace a mishmash of liberal (but not too liberal) attitudes regarding domestic political issues and militaristic flag-waving (which they call “American global leadership”) in foreign affairs.  Raise the minimum wage they say – but not too high, and don’t even think about altering the established system of private financial power and “management rights.”  Tax the rich, but not too severely, and never talk about redistributing wealth to poor and near-poor working people.  Support clean energy and environmental protection – but protect the fossil fuel industries!  Work for international peace – but don’t antagonize the military-industrial complex!

This sort of vacuous, passive thinking, not just the benighted views of the MAGA base, were responsible for the disastrous decline in Democratic votes in the last election and, therefore, for the Trump victory.  On the other side, MAGA leaders working through right-wing think tanks like the Heritage Foundation and correctly assessing the high degree of civic discontent developed radical policies purporting to solve working people’s problems.  That these policies made no sense was politically irrelevant.  In 2024, there was no leftist alternative to the rightists and their Project 2025.  When there is no Left, and when the existing system fails to satisfy people’s basic needs, discontented voters predictably turn Right.

The Urgent Need for New Discussions and Organization

What would a genuinely progressive program look like?  I have a few ideas about this – and I’m sure you do, too – but we desperately need discussions starting immediately and continuing through the year to surface key ideas, assess their effectiveness and practicality, and convert them into workable policy proposals. Think tanks can sponsor some of these exchanges, but people of all ages and backgrounds can meet in churches and clubs, high schools and universities, town halls, popular bars, and other public forums to let their views be known.

One goal crucial to these deliberations is the need to unite key sectors of the population that Trump and MAGA-ism have divided: in particular, workers in high tech and public service industries and those in older industries and occupations.  Note that the need for unity does NOT require that we become more “moderate.”  On the contrary, it means developing problem-solving solutions radical enough to make problems based on unnecessary scarcities and manipulated insecurities disappear, and to change key elements of a dysfunctional market-driven system.

Here are a few of the specific issues that I would raise at a public discussion. But make up your own list – the more, the merrier!

Problem: The Oligarchy.  Solution: Redistribute wealth and power.  Like drunks after a bad night before, pretty much all the Dems now declare themselves allies of the People against the Bad Oligarchs. But raising the minimum wage and taxing the rich a bit more will not change the system that has produced fifty years of wage stagnation, deep urban poverty, rural decay, and gross inequality.  

Why not consider a 100% income tax on incomes over $1 million, and a wealth tax designed to lessen our exploding social disparities?  Why not talk about nationalizing Big Pharma and the high-tech giants that depend on government grants and research to survive?  Oligarchical capitalism inevitably produces authoritarian politics designed to serve the billionaires’ interests by crippling the labor movement and privatizing social services. Why not reverse Citizens United, finance election campaigns publicly, and stop the legalized bribery of American politicians?  How about slashing the administrative state’s vast corporate welfare programs instead of the public interest programs that MAGA hates?

Problem: Unnecessary scarcities. Solution: Democratic planning.  Politicians of both major parties spend most of their time arguing about conflicts that need not exist at all if the scarcities that generate them could be eliminated.  But it takes planning to reduce scarcity, and to all Reps and most Dems planning is a dirty, “socialist” word.

Isn’t this absurd?  Since economic planning is tabooed, deep poverty persists, along with the street crime and mass incarceration that it generates.  Because Trump hates industrial policy, he relies on tariffs (i.e., corporate welfare) to stimulate domestic industry and gives us — ta dah! — trade wars.  With a modicum of community-controlled planning we could develop a rational, humane immigration policy – but the politicians would rather play anti-immigrant games.  In one of the world’s richest countries, marginalized social groups compete against slightly better-off groups for jobs and college admissions.  Why fight over DEI, when with popular control over our economy we could easily create enough jobs and college slots for everyone?

Problem: The American Empire and its endless wars. Solution: Positive peace.  Many of Trump’s opponents are enraged by his apparent unwillingness to maintain the system of “global order” instituted by regimes since World War II – a system designed to maintain American hegemony as the world’s leading military power and international decision-maker.  They don’t seem to understand that most of the world’s people consider Trump’s weird mix of selective imperialism, nuclear militarism, and “America First” isolationism an improvement over Biden-era warmongering.

The progressive opposition needs to consider what America’s foreign policy should be other than a revival liberal gun-running masquerading as democracy promotion.  What does genuine internationalism look like in an era of increasing nationalist prejudice and threats of war?  How can peaceful conflict resolution leading to positive peace become the chief driver of U.S. global policy?  Reducing the trillion-dollar U.S. military budget by at least half would open the door to secure funding of social security and other needed public services.  In international as well as national politics, there is nothing to fear but fear itself.

It’s time to talk together about all these issues – and many, many others.  Some influential liberals will no doubt warn that “divisive” discussions are dangerous since they could split the party and strengthen Trump – but listening to this sort of “wise advice” is what got us where we now are.  By contrast, right-wing ideologues like Steve Bannon risked splitting the Republican party to give it a philosophy and program reflecting their values and capable of energizing a mass base.  On the strategic level, the left-hating Bannon understands Marx and Lenin a good deal better than most of those declaring themselves leftists! To prevent Trump and his successors from consolidating a permanent dictatorship of the oligarchs, the Democratic Party needs to become a force for systemic change – or else yield to those capable of forming a genuinely progressive party.

This is why we need discussions now.  Reacting to every Trumpian initiative with anger and despair, while refusing to formulate an alternative program to change a broken system, simply plays the MAGA game.  I don’t want to hear any more denunciations of Trump by outraged Congresspeople or cable news anchors longing for a return to power by the “good” oligarchs and “responsible” generals and spy chiefs.  You don’t defeat the Far Right by sentimentalizing the Respectable Center.

We need to learn from our mistakes.  We need a genuine people’s party.  And a people’s party needs a credible program for positive change.  Let’s stop obsessing over the Demagogue-in-Chief and get on with the business of creating that program.

The post We Need A New Progressive Program, And We Need It Now! appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Richard Rubenstein.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/we-need-a-new-progressive-program-and-we-need-it-now/feed/ 0 520511
We Need Faith-Based Immigration Reform https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/we-need-faith-based-immigration-reform/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/we-need-faith-based-immigration-reform/#respond Wed, 19 Mar 2025 06:00:03 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=357690 ICE raids, detentions and mass deportations now underway utterly disregard religious principles regarding the treatment of migrants and immigrants.  In the Old Testament, Leviticus Chapter 19 enjoins followers to "treat the alien who resides with you no differently than the natives born among you.”  In the New Testament, Matthew, Chapter 25, God says to the righteous "I was a stranger, and you welcomed me." In the Holy Quran, Verse 17:70 asserts that everyone's God-given human dignity must be respected. More

The post We Need Faith-Based Immigration Reform appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

Photograph by Nathaniel St. Clair

As a Catholic-educated youth from the Midwest, now in my eighties, I am appalled by the President’s current policy of mass deportation. I view the nationwide ICE raids and harsh treatment of detainees as sorely lacking in the social justice of religious teaching.

Operating without moral limits, the indiscriminate deportation of undocumented immigrants proceeds apace, with cruel and humiliating treatment of those apprehended and deported. Young men handcuffed and shackled are forced onto planes heading to the Guantanamo prison or to third countries, where they are incarcerated under undisclosed conditions. Others are held in one or another of the many for-profit “detention centers” scattered about the United States. The ICE roundups target not only criminals and gang  members,  but also undocumented foreign-born residents who have resided peacefully and productively in the U.S. for years or even decades.

ICE raids, detentions and mass deportations now underway utterly disregard religious principles regarding the treatment of migrants and immigrants.  In the Old Testament, Leviticus Chapter 19 enjoins followers to “treat the alien who resides with you no differently than the natives born among you.”  In the New Testament, Matthew, Chapter 25, God says to the righteous “I was a stranger, and you welcomed me.” In the Holy Quran, Verse 17:70 asserts that everyone’s God-given human dignity must be respected.

In his February 10 letter to the Bishops of the United States. Pope Francis stressed the “infinite and transcendent dignity of every human person.” Referring to the mass deportations in America, he said, “The rightly formed conscience cannot fail to …express its disagreement with any measure that… identifies the legal status of some migrants with criminality.”  While acknowledging a nation’s right to “keep communities safe from those who have committed violent or serious crimes,” the Pope warned that an immigration policy “built on the basis of force, and not on the truth about the dignity of every human being, begins badly and will end badly.”

In its January 2025 Statement, which draws from Catholic social teaching on migration, the U.S. Conference of Catholic Bishops (USCCB) proposed the following six elements of immigration reform:

1. Enforcement efforts should be targeted, proportional, and humane.

2. Humanitarian protections and due process should be ensured.

3. Long-time residents should have an earned pathway to citizenship.

4. Family unity should remain a cornerstone of the U.S. system.

5. Legal pathways should be expanded, reliable, and efficient.

6. The root causes of forced migration should be addressed.

Based on such principles and especially on the inherent dignity of every human person, faith-based immigration reforms would limit deportations to convicted criminals, drug traffickers, and gang leaders; and assure humanitarian protections for detainees, expand pathways to legal status or citizenship (especially for long-term residents), promote family unity, and address the root causes of forced migration (such as violence or economic crisis).  As the Bishops Conference document states, “a country’s rights to regulate its borders and enforce its immigration laws must be balanced with its responsibilities to uphold the sanctity of human life, respect the God-given dignity of all persons and enact policies that further the common good.”

Faith-based immigration reform would also relieve the terrible fear and anxiety that now afflict our immigrant population–anxieties that keep children out of school, prevent their parents from reporting crime, and discourage  medical and court appointments.

Fortunately, there is in the legislative pipeline a bill that would address at least three important principles of faith-based reform: legal pathways, asylum reform, and humanitarian concerns. The bipartisan Dignity Act of 2023 would greatly strengthen enforcement efforts at the U.S.-Mexico border. At the same time  it would create new options for obtaining lawful status for many or most of the 12 million documented immigrants now in our country. The bill’s Dignity Program would offer deferral from removal for seven years and employment and travel authorizations for those who comply with the conditions. Some elements of the program would even create a pathway to citizenship.

The Dignity Act of 2023 falls short of some biblical principles in its emphasis on immigration ceilings, its strict application requirements, and its failure to define humanitarian standards for the so-called “Humanitarian Campuses.”  Despite the bill’s shortcomings, the USCCB called the Dignity Act of 2023 “a welcome step in the right direction.”

Let’s hope that a more welcoming Dignity Act will one day replace today’s cruel ICE raids and mass deportations. Faith-based immigration reform would recognize the dignity of each person, whether immigrant or asylum-seeker.

The post We Need Faith-Based Immigration Reform appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by L. Michael Hager.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/we-need-faith-based-immigration-reform/feed/ 0 519994
We Urgently Need a Global Peace Movement to Combat Climate Change and Avoid Nuclear Apocalypse https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/04/we-urgently-need-a-global-peace-movement-to-combat-climate-change-and-avoid-nuclear-apocalypse/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/04/we-urgently-need-a-global-peace-movement-to-combat-climate-change-and-avoid-nuclear-apocalypse/#respond Tue, 04 Mar 2025 06:53:23 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=356268 Reading all the news in my temporary flat at Cambridtge University, where my wife is on a year’s sabbatical leave, I’m able to view all the slaughter in the world and the chaos, increasingly blatant presidential power-grabbing and corporate influence in the US with a certain degree of detachment. That has made me think that More

The post We Urgently Need a Global Peace Movement to Combat Climate Change and Avoid Nuclear Apocalypse appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

Image by Valeriia Miller.

Reading all the news in my temporary flat at Cambridtge University, where my wife is on a year’s sabbatical leave, I’m able to view all the slaughter in the world and the chaos, increasingly blatant presidential power-grabbing and corporate influence in the US with a certain degree of detachment. That has made me think that it is time for a reassessment of the whole international political situation we’ve been mired in since the end of World War II.

These days seem so reminiscent of 1938, or even 1913, those years leading up to the two World Wars, when there was a grim, seemingly inevitable slog towards war in Europe and, in the case of WWII, also in the western Pacific. During both those antebellum times there were interlocking webs of mutual assistance treaties that had been created as bulwarks against a war, premised on the notion that if attacking a weak country would mean going to war against a number of countries bound by treaty to come to that country’s assistance, such an initial attack would not happen.

In the end, that idea failed catastrophically and in fairly short succession. Instead of preventing war, such treaties instead assured that any first attack would spread like the spark of a prairie fire that under dry climate conditions, or, in a political context, an environment of mutual distrust and paranoia, spreads out of control. In a span of just 31 years during the first half of the 20th Century, that resulted in a total of 85-107 million civilian and military deaths — 70-85 million of these occurring in WWII, and 15-22 million in WWi.

With the benefit of hindsight, I have to say it looks like the tired trope that WWII happened because British Prime Minister Neville Chamberlain appeased Adolf Hitler, has it wrong. Chamberlain was mindful of the incredible destructive power of the modern military war machines of the major powers in the late ‘30s and was trying to prevent a war from happening. He failed not because he was naive but because the network of treaties obliged Britain and France to go to war against Germany once Hitler and Stalin attacked Poland which then meant a war across virtually all of Europe and in its colonial possessions. Similarly, in 1914, a massive war was assured by the interlocking mutual assistance treaties among the European powers, who ended up having to go to war over a single anarchist’s assassination of the heir to the Austrian throne since not responding would have besmirched the honor of those bound by the treaties.

But surely both those wars could have been avoided and over 100 million lives saved — 100 million men, women and children!. As war clouds began to loom on the horizon both times, the governments of the various potential combatants should have held a grand meeting and worked out a rational solution to their disagreements, grievances, fears and perceived threats. Doing so would not have been seen by the populations of the nations as appeasement but as cause for relief.

In today’s world, where we have incomparably more destructive weapons that would make a global conflict vastly more lethal, with death tolls numbered in the billions, not millions, and could potentially wipe out what passes for “civilization,” quite possibly humanity, and even potentially life on Earth. (The total tonnage of explosives used in all of WWII, including the two atomic bombs dropped by the US on Hiroshima and Nagasaki, was 3 megatons. Since the largest thermonuclear bomb in the US nuclear arsenal at present, the B83 is 1.2 megatons, that means just three of these bombs, each designed to be delivered by a low-flying B-1 bomber moving at supersonic speed, would alone significantly exceed the destructive power of all weapons used by all sides in WWII. And there would be hundreds or even thousands of nuclear bombs used in a global nuclear war, or even in a war between two of the larger nuclear nations. )

Back in the most scary days of the Cold War and nuclear arms race, British philosopher and Nobel Peace Laureate Bertrand Russell, in calling for nuclear disarmament, was widely linked to the protest chant “Better Red than Dead!” Though he insisted it wasn’t his phrase, he said he agreed with its rationality. Certainly in the era of nuclear weapons its opposite, “Better dead than Red,” makes no sense at all, since opposing launching a nuclear war is not an act of individual courage, but rather of mass murder/suicide. Meanwhile, the problem with mutual assistance treaties is that they automate the decision to go to war once one country attacks another that is protected by such a pact. No matter the reason for the invasion, the signers all are bound to join the fray. That is unacceptable madness where nuclear weapons are involved.

Given this reality, and the numbers of human beings who would die in even a limited war between two nuclear nations, it is time for the nations of Europe and the Asia-Pacific and the United States, to come together in a global conference to de-escalate the rhetoric, the threats, and the paranoia and to work out a way to get along. The starting point is a global ceasefire in all conflicts and the calling of a global peace conference. The people of the world need to demand this of their leaders.

There is, we know, a crisis facing humanity that is much bigger than any crisis faced by individual nations. A crisis of survival that while it may not be felt yet or acknowledged by many, is inexorably approaching. That is the climate catastrophe of global heating which will make the world unlivable at worst, and certainly incapable of supporting even the current population of 8.31 billion people alive today.

That crisis is daunting already and will become increasingly daunting as the years slip by with no concerted global action to address it. Humanity has thus far done little and in many cases has been slipping backwards, particularly in the US. In fact quite the opposite, the nations of the world together spent $2.1 trillion on war and preparation for war in 2024 and are on track to spend more this year even if a major war doesn’t break out.

The US, by conservative estimates, spent $811 billion that year, almost three times China, the second biggest arms spender at $298 billion. America’s arms spending also exceeds the spending of the next nine biggest military spenders, including China, India, Saudi Arabia, Russia, the United Kingdom, Germany, France, Japan, and South Korea.

it is thus incumbent on the US, the country with the largest and most powerful military the world has ever known—one which enjoys the most geographically protected location, bounded as it is by thousands of miles of ocean separating it from countries that could even contemplate attacking it—to take the first step in moving towards a world without war.

How such a winding down of the threat of war can be worked out at the United Nations remains to be seen. But the first task, which would set things moving in the right direction, would be to end the very dangerous war between Ukraine and Russia, and the Israeli war on Gaza. and the West Bank.

Both these conflicts should be resolvable. In the case of Ukraine, it is clear that Russia invaded Ukraine, but it is also clear that the invasion of Ukraine was driven by a legitimate fear Russia — a nation repeatedly attacked over its history by powerful nations to its west — had of the US-promoted drive to sign up nations that were formerly under the control of the Soviet Union or were part of the old Soviet Union, bringing them under the protection of NATO and even placing US military equipment and nuclear weapons and delivery systems at bases in those countries near to or even bordering Russia, and was pushing to do the same with Ukraine, a former soviet (state) of the USSR.

There had been a golden opportunity, with the 1991 collapse of the Communist government of the USSR and its dissolution into the Russian Federation and a group of smaller new independent states. At that point Russia, whose economy was in collapse, would have welcomed being brought into the European Union and NATO (the military pact created expressly to “contain” the USSR), but the US was not interested in doing that, so it didn’t happen.

Even Henry Kissinger, the hardline Secretary of State and national security advisor to Richard Nixon during the Vietnam War, a committed anti-Communist and no soft-hearted peacenik, at that historical inflection point in world history, had argued against the US “taking advantage” of Russian weakness to expand NATO and against continuing with the “containment strategy” of the Cold War. Instead of listening to him, a series of US presidents beginning with Bill Clinton and on through Joe Biden did just that, with the result that Russia recovered economically and rearmed in response to the threat posed by NATO and turned towards a increasingly powerful ally, China, leading to the situation we have today.

“Stupid’ is the only word to apply to US policy since the Reagan-Gorbachev summit that brought an end to the Cold War and the only major nuclear disarmament agreement of that frightening era.

With Russia having invaded and conquered 20% of Ukraine and with the US and a number of major NATO allies having provided Ukraine with over a billion dollars’ worth of advanced weaponry to combat Russian troops and even to launch missiles and drones deep into Russian territory, it will be difficult now to get back to a condition of mutual trust, but it must be done. And again, it has to be the US that takes the lead. It is not the US that is threatened, it is the European countries that remember being attacked by Germany (and in Poland’s case, the Germany and the Soviet Union) in 1939, and it is Russia, attacked by France in 1812 and by Germany in 1941-45 ad that the we were threatening with nuclear missiles and in nuclear-capable bombers and supersonic fighter bombers placed in NATO countries throughout the Cold War, and that was having NATO bases placed in countries right on its borders in the more recent 1991-2022 period.

So let’s, as citizens of the US, start letting our government — Senators, Representatives and President Trump and the mass media — know that we want an honest peace in Europe. The US and the European nations of NATO need to offer an end to all the sanctions that have been plaguing Russia in return for an immediate ceasefire, a neutral an independent Ukraine, recognition of the majority Russian regions of eastern Ukraine as either an autonomous state or as part of Russia, following an internationally supervised plebiscite, and a dismantling of the anachronistic NATO, with the proviso that NATO could be revived if Russia were to return to hostilities against Ukraine. In return, Russia would be invited to become part of the European Economic Community.

Turning to the Gaza war, the solution is relatively simple: That festering sore of a captive and subjugated Palestinian population under the thumb of the Israeli state has been allowed to go on for way too long. Again its roots go back to the Cold War that followed World War II, which saw the US adopt and bankroll the new state of Israel founded in 1948 as a reliable ally in the strategically important oil-rich Middle East and North Africa at a time that the Arab nations and the Persian nation of Iran were trying to rid themselves of the colonial bonds and legacy of France and the UK. So important to the US was Israel during that era of US-USSR global rivalry that Washington allowed Israel to establish a theocratic apartheid and specifically Jewish state, with Palestinians suffering political exclusion, second-class status, pogroms, property expropriation, and expulsions.

All that abuse of a captive people has to end in order for peace to come to that powder-keg region. The US alone has the power to stop it. Israel’s genocidal leveling of Gaza over the last two years had been perpetrated largely using the planes, howitzers, tanks, rockets, bombs and diplomatic cover provided by the United States. If the Trump administration and Congress were to cut off those weapons and the spare parts needed to keep American planes flying, Israel would have to back off. The US could demand that Jewish Israeli settlers who been allowed to expropriate and move into territory in the conquered and Israeli-occupied West Bank must be compelled to return stolen lands, IDF forces would have to leave Palestinian territory, and a major redevelopment program to enable the creation of a viable Palestinian state would have to be undertaken.

After those two conflicts are resolved, the world can move on to solving other smaller conflicts, and proceed with a phased reduction by all countries of their outsized military forces, beginning with the US, which should offer an immediate unilateral 25% reduction in its military budget, including offering to a negotiate major reduction in its and Russias’s still absurdly huge nuclear stockpiles. (Russia has 5977 nuclear weapons and the US has 5428 — numbers so large that if even a significant percent of them were used by only one country in a successful first-strike, would destroy both countries and much of the world.)

The time for such action to move towards global peace is now!

President Trump claims he wants peace, both in Ukraine and in Gaza, but he’s going about it wrong. It’s not “Peace through American strength” that the world needs; it’s leadership towards global peace through example by the world’s most powerful nation“ that is called for at this historic time. And that will only happen if the American people, many of whom are fed up with massive military spending of needed funds, demand it.

Then we can really start to confront the real enemy of mankind: climate apocalypse.

The post We Urgently Need a Global Peace Movement to Combat Climate Change and Avoid Nuclear Apocalypse appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Dave Lindorff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/04/we-urgently-need-a-global-peace-movement-to-combat-climate-change-and-avoid-nuclear-apocalypse/feed/ 0 516329
‘We Need A Lot More Money’: British Security Specialist Pitches Rearmament Bank | Ukraine War https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/02/we-need-a-lot-more-money-british-security-specialist-pitches-rearmament-bank-ukraine-war/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/02/we-need-a-lot-more-money-british-security-specialist-pitches-rearmament-bank-ukraine-war/#respond Sun, 02 Mar 2025 16:35:47 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=bfad17bfa67e14bda36b38d3d9d25748
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/02/we-need-a-lot-more-money-british-security-specialist-pitches-rearmament-bank-ukraine-war/feed/ 0 515855
Providers of Gender-Affirming Care Need Support, Too https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/21/providers-of-gender-affirming-care-need-support-too/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/21/providers-of-gender-affirming-care-need-support-too/#respond Fri, 21 Feb 2025 22:36:30 +0000 https://progressive.org/op-eds/providers-of-gender-affirming-care-need-support-too-deng-20250221/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Wisteria Deng.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/21/providers-of-gender-affirming-care-need-support-too/feed/ 0 514707
‘We Need to Understand the Political Economy That’s Given Rise to RFK’CounterSpin interview with Anne Sosin on RFK Jr. and rural health https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/11/we-need-to-understand-the-political-economy-thats-given-rise-to-rfkcounterspin-interview-with-anne-sosin-on-rfk-jr-and-rural-health/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/11/we-need-to-understand-the-political-economy-thats-given-rise-to-rfkcounterspin-interview-with-anne-sosin-on-rfk-jr-and-rural-health/#respond Tue, 11 Feb 2025 22:33:29 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9044163  

Janine Jackson interviewed Dartmouth-based Anne Sosin about Robert F. Kennedy Jr. and rural health for the February 7, 2025, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

 

Hill: Public health experts, scientists warn senators on confirming RFK Jr

The Hill (1/13/25)

Janine Jackson: A Senate panel voted narrowly this week to advance the nomination of Robert F. Kennedy Jr. for secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services. Kennedy has been emphatically opposed by a range of public health experts for reasons including, but not limited to, his stated belief that vaccines have “poisoned an entire generation of American children.” Yes, his children are vaccinated, but he wishes he “could go back in time” and undo that.

Also, that Covid-19 is targeted to attack Caucasians and Black people, while Ashkenazi Jews and Chinese are most immune; that the HPV vaccine causes a higher death risk than the cancer it prevents; that fluoride causes IQ loss; that Vitamin A and chicken soup are cures for measles; that AIDS is not caused by HIV; and that we had almost no school shootings until the introduction of Prozac.

Nevertheless, Kennedy may soon be overseeing Medicare, Medicaid and the Affordable Care Act, coordinating the public health response to epidemics, as well as the approval process for pharmaceuticals, vaccines and supplies.

Our guest says RFK Jr is absolutely a threat to public health, but nixing his nomination is not the same thing as meaningfully engaging the problems that lead people to support him.

Anne Sosin is a public health researcher and practitioner based at Dartmouth College. She joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Anne Sosin.

Anne Sosin: Thank you so much for having me on the show.

FAIR: Pundits Try to Make ‘Progressive’ Case for Kennedy

FAIR.org (12/5/24)

JJ: There are a number of people, in lots of places, who have centered their lives perforce on concerns around food and health and medicine. And they see a guy who seems to be challenging Big Pharma, who’s saying food additives are problematic, who’s questioning government agencies. There are a lot of people who are so skeptical of the US healthcare and drug system that a disruptor, even if it’s somebody who says a worm ate his brain—that sounds better than business as usual. And so that’s leading some people to think, well, maybe we can pick out some good ideas here, maybe. But you think that is the wrong approach to RFK Jr.

AS: I think that that’s misguided. Certainly, there are some people who see RFK as a vehicle for championing their causes. And there are other people who think that we should seek common ground with RFK, that we should acquiesce, perhaps, on certain issues, and then work together to advance some other causes.

And I think that that’s misguided. I think we need to recognize what’s given rise to RFK and other extreme figures right now, but we need to make common cause with the communities that he’s exploiting in advancing his own personal and political goals.

JJ: And in particular, you’re thinking about rural communities, which have played a role here, right? What’s going on there?

AS: Yes. My work is centered in rural communities right now, and I think we need to understand the political economy that’s given rise to RFK and other figures—the social, economic, cultural and political changes that have given him a wide landing strip in rural places, as well as some of the institutional vacuums that RFK and other very extreme and polarizing figures are filling.

JJ: Expand on that, please, a little.

Anne Sosin

Anne Sosin: “Resistance to public health measures often, in my view, reflects unmet need.”

AS: So we’re seeing growing resistance in some places, including rural communities, to public health and interventions that have long been in place, including vaccination and fluoridation. And resistance to public health measures often, in my view, reflects unmet need.

Sometimes those needs are material. We see that people resist or don’t follow public health programs or guidance because they don’t have their material needs met. And those material needs might be housing, paid leave or other supports that they need. But the unmet need might also be emotional or affective, that some people may resist out of a sense of economic or social dislocation, a feeling of invisibility, or something else. And those feelings get expressed as resistance to public health measures that are in place.

And so understanding and recognizing what those unmet needs are is really important. And then thinking about how do we address those needs in ways that are productive, and don’t undermine public health and healthcare, is really important.

JJ: Vaccinations are obviously a big concern here, particularly as we may be going into another big public health concern with bird flu. So the idea that vaccines cause disease is difficult to grapple with, from a public health perspective. Vaccines can’t be a “choose your own adventure” if they’re going to work societally. And it almost seems like, around vaccination, we’re losing the concept of what public health means, and how it’s not about whether or not you decide to eat cheese, you know? There’s kind of a public understanding issue here.

AS: I think you’re correct. I think we’ve seen, just in the US, an increasing DIYification of public health, a loss of the recognition that public health means all of us. Public health is the things that we do together to advance our collective health. And the increased focus on individual decision-making really threatens all of us.

NPR: For Some Anti-Vaccine Advocates, Misinformation Is Part Of A Business

NPR (5/12/21)

And we look for it around vaccination: We have seen very well-funded initiatives to undermine public confidence in vaccination over the last several years. There has been a lot of money spent to dismantle public support and public confidence in vaccination and other lifesaving measures. And it really poses a grave threat, as we think about not only novel threats like H5N1, but also things that have long been under control.

JJ: Finally, I took a quick look at major national media and rural healthcare, and there wasn’t nothing. I saw a piece from the Dayton Daily News about heart disease in the rural South, and how public health researchers are running a medical trailer around the area to test heart and lung function. I saw a piece from the Elko Daily Free Press in Nevada about how Elko County and others are reliant on nonprofits to fill gaps in access to care, and that’s partly due to poor communication between state agencies and local providers.

And I really appreciate local reporting; local reporting is life. But some healthcare issues, and certainly some of those that would be impacted by the head of HHS, are broader, and they require a broad understanding of the impact of policy on lots of communities. And I just wonder, is there something you would like to see news media do more of that they’re missing? Is there something you’d like them to see less of, as they try to engage these issues, as they will, in days going forward?

AS: Certainly local coverage is essential, and I’m really pleased when I see local coverage of the heroic work that many rural healthcare providers and community leaders are delivering. We see very creative and innovative work happening in our rural region, in our research, in our community engagement. And so it’s very encouraging when I see that covered.

But all of the efforts on the ground are shaped by a larger policy landscape and a larger media landscape, larger political landscape. And what we see, often, is efforts to undermine the policies that are critical to preserving our rural healthcare infrastructure. We see well-funded media efforts to erode social cohesion, to undermine our community institutions, to sow mistrust in measures such as vaccination. We see other work to harden the divisions between urban and rural America, and within rural places.

And so I hope that media will pay attention to the larger forces that are shaping the landscape of rural life, and not just see the outcome. It’s easy to take note of the disparities between urban and rural places, but it’s much harder to do the deep and complex work of understanding the forces that generate those uneven outcomes across geographic differences.

JJ: All right, well, we’ll end on that important point.

We’ve been speaking with Anne Sosin, public health researcher and practitioner based at Dartmouth College. Anne Sosin, thank you so much for joining us today on CounterSpin.

AS: Thank you for the invitation.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/11/we-need-to-understand-the-political-economy-thats-given-rise-to-rfkcounterspin-interview-with-anne-sosin-on-rfk-jr-and-rural-health/feed/ 0 513304
Mark Brown on China deal: ‘No need for NZ to sit in the room with us’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/08/mark-brown-on-china-deal-no-need-for-nz-to-sit-in-the-room-with-us/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/08/mark-brown-on-china-deal-no-need-for-nz-to-sit-in-the-room-with-us/#respond Sat, 08 Feb 2025 22:59:22 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=110569 By Caleb Fotheringham, RNZ Pacific journalist

Cook Islands Prime Minister Mark Brown says New Zealand is asking for too much oversight over its deal with China, which is expected to be penned in Beijing next week.

Brown told RNZ Pacific the Cook Islands-New Zealand relationship was reciprocal.

“They certainly did not consult with us when they signed their comprehensive partnership agreement [with China] and we would not expect them to consult with us,” he said.

“There is no need for New Zealand to sit in the room with us while we are going through our comprehensive agreement with China.

“We have advised them on the matter, but as far as being consulted and to the level of detail that they were requiring, I think that’s not a requirement.”

Brown is going to China from February 10-14 to sign the “Joint Action Plan for a Comprehensive Strategic Partnership”.

The Cook Islands operates in free association with New Zealand. It means the island nation conducts its own affairs, but Aotearoa needs to assist when it comes to foreign affairs, disasters, and defence.

NZ seeks more consultation
New Zealand is asking for more consultation over what is in the China deal.

Foreign Minister Winston Peters said neither New Zealand nor the Cook Island people knew what was in the agreement.

“The reality is we’ve been not told [sic] what the nature of the arrangements that they seek in Beijing might be,” he told RNZ Morning Report on Friday.

In 2023, China and Solomon Islands signed a deal on police cooperation as part of an upgrade of their relations to a “comprehensive strategic partnership”.

Brown said he had assured New Zealand “over and over” that there would be no impact on the countries’ relationship and “no surprises”, especially on security aspects.

“But the contents of this agreement is something that our team are working on with our Chinese counterparts, and it is something that we will announce and provide once it is signed off.”

He said it was similar to an agreement New Zealand had signed with China in 2014.

Deep sea mining research
Brown said the agreement was looking for areas of cooperation, with deep sea mining research being one area.

However, he said the immediate area that the Cook Islands wanted help with was a new interisland vessel to replace the existing ageing ship.

Brown has backed down from his controversial passport proposal after facing pressure from New Zealand.

He said the country “would essentially punish any Cook Islander that would seek a Cook Islands passport” by passing new legislation that would not allow them to also hold a New Zealand passport.

“To me that is a something that we cannot engage in for the security of our Cook Islands people.

“Whether that is seen as overstepping or not, that is a position that New Zealand has taken.”

A spokesperson for Peters said the two nations did “not see eye to eye” on a number of issues.

Relationship ‘very good’
However, Brown said he always felt the relationship was very good.

“We can agree to disagree in certain areas and as mature nation states do, they do have points of disagreement, but it doesn’t mean that the relationship has in any way broken down.”

On Christmas Day, a Cook Islands-flagged vessel carrying Russian oil was seized by Finnish authorities. It is suspected to be part of Russia’s shadow fleet and cutting underwater power cables in the Baltic Sea near Finland.

Peters’ spokesperson said the Cook Islands shipping registry was an area of disagreement between the two countries.

Brown said the government was working with Maritime Cook Islands and were committed with aligning with international sanctions against Russia.

When asked how he could be aligned with sanctions when the Cook Islands flagged the tanker Eagle S, Brown said it was still under investigation.

“We will wait for the outcomes of that investigation, and if it means the amendments and changes, which I expect it will, to how the ship’s registry operates then we will certainly look to make those amendments and those changes.”

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/08/mark-brown-on-china-deal-no-need-for-nz-to-sit-in-the-room-with-us/feed/ 0 512947
Sámi need better legal protections to save their homelands https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/sami-need-better-legal-protections-to-save-their-homelands/ https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/sami-need-better-legal-protections-to-save-their-homelands/#respond Tue, 04 Feb 2025 09:15:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=658236 A new report from Amnesty International says “green colonialism” — the appropriation of land and resources for environmental purposes — threatens indigenous Sámi culture in Sweden, Norway, and Finland. Written with the input of the Saami Council, a voluntary nongovernmental organization, the report highlights human rights violations connected to Sámi lands being treated like sacrifice zones for global climate goals and green financial interests.

“We see that states continue to promote the same types of industrial activities and exploitation of nature as before, but now under new labels and justifications,” said Saami Council President Per-Olof Nutti. “These processes are often extremely lengthy and complex, leaving the Sámi with little or no opportunity to influence our own future.” 

Sámi homelands, known as Sápmi, stretch across northern Norway, Sweden, Finland, and Russia, and the report’s authors highlight that climate change threatens Sámi people in two ways: direct environmental impacts, and an increasing number of green energy projects and extractive industries needed for the green transition.

A map showing the Sámi homelands in Norway, Sweden, Finland, and Russia.
A map of Sápmi, the Sámi homelands that cross through Norway, Finland, Sweden, and Russia. Grist / Clayton Aldern

The report focuses on three case studies in Norway, Sweden, and Finland. Because of the war in Ukraine, the authors said it was impossible to do research there. In Norway, the Fosen wind farm was greenlit in 2010 without Sámi consent and resulted in legal battles spanning years. In 2021, the country’s Supreme Court ruled that the wind farm was unconstitutional; however, turbines are still in operation because of a settlement last year. In Finland, exploration permits to build a mine in Sápmi have angered Sámi leaders, but the Sámi lack the legal mechanisms to protect the area. In Sweden, a nickel mine in Rönnbäcken, in reindeer-herding territory, was given exploration permits starting in 2005. The Sámi say the effort threatens the land essential to herding reindeer, and the long battle has exacerbated racism from non-Sámi locals in the area. 

“There are many more,” said Elina Mikola, an Amnesty International researcher. “This development is really worrying, and it’s obvious that there will be more and more of these land-use conflicts in the near future.”

The report’s authors highlight that the Sámi, as Indigenous people, have collective rights that are enshrined in international treaties and law — specifically, the right to self-determination: the right of Indigenous peoples to freely determine their political status and futures through the exercise of free, prior, and informed consent, also known as FPIC. However, the report also reveals that Sweden, Finland, and Norway have failed to adequately implement FPIC and other international laws that would protect Sápmi from exploitation.

The report took three years to complete, partly, because of intersecting laws in different countries. Like many Indigenous communities, Sámi homelands don’t sit squarely within one state’s borders and can span multiple jurisdictions. Mikola said that the report wanted to focus on the Sámi and not individual countries. “It’s a bit of a de-colonial approach because we really wanted to treat the Sámi as all one nation, one area.” 

In addition to including FPIC reform, the report recommends Finland, Sweden, and Norway review their regulations and implement laws that strengthen the protection of traditional livelihoods like reindeer herding. The authors also recommend that Sámi people be compensated for their time when consulting with companies and governments — a practice enshrined in international human rights law that would allow the Sámi to maintain cultural traditions.

Spokespersons from Finland, Norway, and Sweden did not respond to requests for comment by publication.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Sámi need better legal protections to save their homelands on Feb 4, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Taylar Dawn Stagner.

]]>
https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/sami-need-better-legal-protections-to-save-their-homelands/feed/ 0 512286
The Need for Immediate Relief https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/22/the-need-for-immediate-relief/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/22/the-need-for-immediate-relief/#respond Wed, 22 Jan 2025 23:00:18 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/the-need-for-immediate-relief-ervin-20250122/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Mike Ervin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/22/the-need-for-immediate-relief/feed/ 0 510691
The Need for Immediate Relief https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/22/the-need-for-immediate-relief/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/22/the-need-for-immediate-relief/#respond Wed, 22 Jan 2025 23:00:18 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/the-need-for-immediate-relief-ervin-20250122/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Mike Ervin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/22/the-need-for-immediate-relief/feed/ 0 510692
Syria: Urgent Need to Document Assad Government’s Abuses https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/09/syria-urgent-need-to-document-assad-governments-abuses/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/09/syria-urgent-need-to-document-assad-governments-abuses/#respond Thu, 09 Jan 2025 17:03:57 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=0a502fefd23bb7250b5cf0ad1366ef77
This content originally appeared on Human Rights Watch and was authored by Human Rights Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/09/syria-urgent-need-to-document-assad-governments-abuses/feed/ 0 508992
Why We Need Major Reforms in the H-1B Program https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/02/why-we-need-major-reforms-in-the-h-1b-program/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/02/why-we-need-major-reforms-in-the-h-1b-program/#respond Thu, 02 Jan 2025 21:46:24 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/why-we-need-major-reforms-in-the-h-1b-program Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.), current Chairman of the Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions (HELP), today released the following statement on H-1B guest worker visas and recent debate concerning the program:

There has been a lot of discussion lately about the H-1B guest worker program. Elon Musk and a number of other billionaire tech company owners have argued that this federal program is vital to our economy because of the scarcity of highly skilled American engineers and other tech workers. I disagree. The main function of the H-1B visa program and other guest worker initiatives is not to hire “the best and the brightest,” but rather to replace good-paying American jobs with low-wage indentured servants from abroad. The cheaper the labor they hire, the more money the billionaires make.

In 2022 and 2023, the top 30 corporations using this program laid off at least 85,000 American workers while they hired over 34,000 new H-1B guest workers. There are estimates that as many as 33 percent of all new Information Technology jobs in America are being filled by guest workers. Further, according to Census Bureau data, there are millions of Americans with advanced degrees in science, technology, engineering, and math who are not currently employed in those professions.

If there is really a shortage of skilled tech workers in America, why did Tesla lay-off over 7,500 American workers this year – including many software developers and engineers at its factory in Austin, Texas – while being approved to employ thousands of H-1B guest workers?

Moreover, if these jobs are only going to “the best and brightest,” why has Tesla employed H-1B guest workers as associate accountants for as little as $58,000, associate mechanical engineers for as little as $70,000 a year, and associate material planners for as little as $80,000 a year? Those don’t sound like highly specialized jobs that are for the top 0.1 percent as Musk claimed this week.

If this program is really supposed to be about importing workers with highly advanced degrees in science and technology, why are H-1B guest workers being employed as dog trainers, massage therapists, cooks, and English teachers? Can we really not find English teachers in America?

Let’s be clear. To the extent that there may be labor shortages in our country in some highly specialized areas that need to be filled by employees from abroad through the H-1B program, we must utilize this program as a very short-term and temporary approach. In the long term, if the United States is going to be able to compete in a global economy, we must make sure that we have the best educated workforce in the world. And one way to help make that happen is to substantially increase the guest worker fees large corporations pay to fund scholarships, apprenticeships, and job training opportunities for American workers. This is something that I have advocated from my first days as a U.S. senator.

Further, we must also significantly raise the minimum wage for guest workers, allow them to easily switch jobs, and make sure that corporations are required to aggressively recruit American workers first before they can hire workers from overseas. The widespread corporate abuse of the H-1B program must be ended.

Bottom line. It should never be cheaper for a corporation to hire a guest worker from overseas than an American worker.

Mr. Musk, Mr. Ramaswamy, and others have argued that we need a highly skilled and well-educated workforce. They are right. But the answer, however, is not to bring in cheap labor from abroad. The answer is to hire qualified American workers first and to make certain that we have an education system that produces the kind of workforce that our country needs for the jobs of the future. And that’s not just engineering. We are in desperate need of more doctors, nurses, dentists, teachers, electricians, plumbers, and a host of other professions.

Thirty years ago, the economic elite and political establishment in both major parties told us not to worry about the loss of blue-collar manufacturing jobs that would come as a result of disastrous unfettered free trade agreements like NAFTA and Permanent Normal Trade Relations with China (PNTR). They promised that those lost jobs would be more than offset by the many good-paying, white-collar information technology jobs that would be created in the United States.

Well, that turned out to be a Big Lie. Not only have corporations exported millions of blue-collar manufacturing jobs to China, Mexico, and other low-wage countries, they are now importing hundreds of thousands of low-paid guest workers from abroad to fill the white-collar technology jobs that are available.

At a time of massive income and wealth inequality, when the richest three people in America now own more wealth than the bottom half of our country and when the CEOs of major corporations make almost 300 times more than their average workers, we need fundamental changes in our economic policies. We need an economy that works for all, not just the few. And one important way forward in that direction is to bring about major reforms in the H-1B program.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/02/why-we-need-major-reforms-in-the-h-1b-program/feed/ 0 508253
Sudan: urgent need to protect civilians https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/16/sudan-urgent-need-to-protect-civilians/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/16/sudan-urgent-need-to-protect-civilians/#respond Mon, 16 Dec 2024 05:00:10 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=6587b4622cb7cc90751013de500587cc
This content originally appeared on Human Rights Watch and was authored by Human Rights Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/16/sudan-urgent-need-to-protect-civilians/feed/ 0 506201
Sudan: urgent need to protect civilians https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/16/sudan-urgent-need-to-protect-civilians-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/16/sudan-urgent-need-to-protect-civilians-2/#respond Mon, 16 Dec 2024 05:00:10 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=6587b4622cb7cc90751013de500587cc
This content originally appeared on Human Rights Watch and was authored by Human Rights Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/16/sudan-urgent-need-to-protect-civilians-2/feed/ 0 506202
Need for Anticipatory Strategies for Oncoming Trumpism https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/13/need-for-anticipatory-strategies-for-oncoming-trumpism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/13/need-for-anticipatory-strategies-for-oncoming-trumpism/#respond Fri, 13 Dec 2024 23:28:49 +0000 https://nader.org/?p=6410
This content originally appeared on Ralph Nader and was authored by matthew.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/13/need-for-anticipatory-strategies-for-oncoming-trumpism/feed/ 0 505989
With “Friends” Like this Peace Movement Doesn’t Need Enemies https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/11/with-friends-like-this-peace-movement-doesnt-need-enemies/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/11/with-friends-like-this-peace-movement-doesnt-need-enemies/#respond Wed, 11 Dec 2024 22:41:49 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=155331 Why did Steven Staples join Pierre Poilievre, Justin Trudeau and other genocide promoters in smearing an anti-NATO demonstration as “antisemitic”? On Saturday the Council of Canadians Treasurer and board member sent his PeaceQuest list an error filled, anti-Palestinian, power-serving ‘questionnaire’. As Israel’s holocaust in Gaza enters its fourteenth month, Staples published “4 ways to ‘shake […]

The post With “Friends” Like this Peace Movement Doesn’t Need Enemies first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
Why did Steven Staples join Pierre Poilievre, Justin Trudeau and other genocide promoters in smearing an anti-NATO demonstration as “antisemitic”?

On Saturday the Council of Canadians Treasurer and board member sent his PeaceQuest list an error filled, anti-Palestinian, power-serving ‘questionnaire’. As Israel’s holocaust in Gaza enters its fourteenth month, Staples published “4 ways to ‘shake off’ antisemitism claims. Can the pro-Palestinian movement take advice from Taylor Swift?” At the top of his smear against those challenging Canada’s complicity in genocide Staples quotes anti-Palestinian bigot Jim Good. A few posts below the one quoted by Staples, Good wrote on Facebook: “Return the hostages. Surrender. Recognize Israel. The only peaceful way forward. Otherwise Israel will annex Gaza. No country wants Palestinians. Don’t let them in to Canada! Everywhere they go it’s death to this, death to that. Death, death, and more death. They are insane! Anyone supporting them is a willing dupe.”

In a post just below that one, Good notes, “Fuck off with your Intifada bullshit. Hamas are like ISIS. A warped, perverted death cult. Incapable of peace. … They’d love to start a civil war, here. They hate us. They want us to die.

Hamas want it to hurt. Their hatred is that strong. They are mad. Hamas hide behind their own children, intentionally draw fire, and escape into a tunnel, leaving the families to perish. They’re convinced if they die martyrs they’ll have a great afterlife. 18 virgins or something like that.”

Alongside quoting a not-so-subtle racist expressing hate towards those being ethnically cleansed, Staples cites police and politicians’ lies sullying activists. In his genocidal apologia, the self-proclaimed “respected figure in global peace advocacy” states that “cars [were] alit by demonstrators” at the main anti-NATO protest in Montreal last week. While the police initially blamed protesters for setting fires in two cars, TVA and the Montreal Gazette subsequently reported that they backtracked after evidence emerged that tear gas canisters fired by the police were likely responsible (the fact police sent anti-war protesters to hospital is also ignored by Staples). In making his case that “the pro-Palestinian movement … can’t seem to shake off the accusation that it harbours antisemitism, or is itself antisemitic”, Staples sloppily merges two different protests. He writes that “a woman in the Montreal march was recorded giving a Hitler salute” and saying, “the final solution is coming your way”. But that incident took place a day before the anti-NATO demonstration in reaction to a small group of genocide advocates counter-protesting a large anti-holocaust rally that was part of a student strike at Concordia University. The Sieg Hitler gesture transpired as maybe 200 marchers arrived from Dawson College to the Concordia rally. Older than the largely teenage college students and walking in an oddly aggressive manner, I took note of the woman before seeing subsequent media reports of her actions. In fact, I happened to film the woman’s Sieg Hitler gesture, which appears to be prompted by a pro-genocide protester yelling something. The first part of her odd outburst — suggesting pro genocide activists are Nazis — is a damaging tactic, but not morally objectionable from my standpoint. The final solution reference is odious.

Despite losing her Second Cup franchise at the Jewish General Hospital due to her actions, the incident remains somewhat suspect. It wouldn’t surprise me if she was a plant designed to discredit a historic student strike for Palestine, which saw more than 40 student association representing 85,000 students in Quebec vote to stop classes for two days to pressure their institutions to sever all ties with Israel. Her relatively inconsequential outburst garnered as much attention as the historic student strike (Staples, for his part, mentioned her but not the strike).

As for the Friday “Block NATO” protest that led to some smashed windows, the Montreal police explicitly rejected claims of antisemitism. They neither saw anything anti-Jewish nor received any complaint to that effect. But Staples echoed Poilievre and Trudeau. (Jagmeet Singh had the good sense to stay out of it.)

At best, Staples’ argument is that if anti-genocide forces just conceded more to the genocide lobby’s antisemitism panic the movement would be more palatable to the power structure. At worst, he’s expressing power-worshipping anti-Palestinian racism under the guise of opposing antisemitism.

As part of his strategy to ‘mainstream’ the movement, Staples believes anti-holocaust activists should devote more attention to the “terrible crimes committed by Hamas on October 7”. But he omits mention of the far greater violence and oppression inflicted on Palestinians in Gaza prior to October 7, not to mention the last fourteen months of hell.

As part of centering Israeli and Jewish Canadian sensitivities, Staples wants the movement to echo the genocidal state’s atrocity propaganda, decrying that some “justify the attacks (or deny the well-documented rapes) at worst.” I invite Staples to provide his audience with the name of an Israeli woman raped during what was organized as a quick strike bid to tear down the Gaza cage on October 7.

Staples make a bizarre, paternalistic, demand of Canadians opposing their country’s complicity in a holocaust. He writes, “the movement should be clear that it seeks a truly democratic and legitimate leadership based on the values of peace and justice, not rape and murder.” Is he suggesting Canadians should decide Palestinian leadership? And isn’t it Israel that has murdered (or jailed) virtually every Palestinian leader that didn’t submit to its colonial project?

While Staples frames his missive as “advice” to help “the movement”, it doesn’t seem like he’s actively participated in the popular uprising against Canada’s role in genocide. If Staples hasn’t marched in some of the hundreds of demonstrations against the genocide he should hang his head in shame.

This isn’t the first time Staples has echoed the genocidal mainstream narrative. He’s repeatedly two-sided the holocaust against the long-oppressed Palestinians, publishing “Might pro-violence chants undermine Gaza peace rallies?” and “Israel and Hamas leaders benefiting from Gaza war” (only one side has largely been killed).

Claiming to be an important player in “global peace advocacy”, Staples joined the establishment in criticizing a historic student strike for Palestine that broadened to challenge a belligerent militarist alliance meeting in Montreal. With ‘friends’ like Staples the anti-war, anti-genocide and pro-Palestinian movements don’t need enemies.

Any progressive donating to PeaceQuest should redirect their assistance to groups actually opposing Canada’s complicity in genocide.

The post With “Friends” Like this Peace Movement Doesn’t Need Enemies first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Yves Engler.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/11/with-friends-like-this-peace-movement-doesnt-need-enemies/feed/ 0 505676
‘Regulatory Agencies Need to Make Sure Amazon Is Broken Up or Contained’CounterSpin interview with Arlene Martinez on Amazon misconduct https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/regulatory-agencies-need-to-make-sure-amazon-is-broken-up-or-containedcounterspin-interview-with-arlene-martinez-on-amazon-misconduct/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/regulatory-agencies-need-to-make-sure-amazon-is-broken-up-or-containedcounterspin-interview-with-arlene-martinez-on-amazon-misconduct/#respond Tue, 10 Dec 2024 22:27:22 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9043325  

Janine Jackson interviewed Good Jobs First’s Arlene Martinez about Amazon‘s subsidized misconduct for the December 6, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

 

Jeff Bezos

Jeff Bezos (CC photo: Daniel Oberhaus)

Janine Jackson: “It is difficult to get a man to understand something when his salary depends upon his not understanding it.” So wrote Upton Sinclair in 1934. It’s hard not to think about that as we see corporate news media report on Amazon, whose leader is, of course, the owner of the Washington Post, but whose influence as retailer, landowner, policy shaper is multi-tentacled in ways you and I probably don’t even know.

That outsized, multi-front power is behind the resistance to Amazon, the urgent need to illuminate what a private company on this scale can do in the country and the world’s political, consumer, regulatory, labor ecosphere, and what needs to happen to address that power.

Arlene Martinez is deputy executive director and communications director at Good Jobs First. She joins us now by phone. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Arlene Martinez.

Arlene Martinez: Hi. Thanks for having me.

Good Jobs First: Amazon’s a Bad Actor, and Governments Should Stop Rewarding it

Good Jobs First (11/29/24)

JJ: You wrote recently, with colleagues, that the #MakeAmazonPay campaign was about calling attention to Amazon‘s

mistreatment of workers, disregard for consumers whose data it misuses, bullying of small local businesses and accelerating climate destruction, especially during the holiday shopping season.

That’s before we get to how we the people enable all of that through government subsidies, which we will talk about.

But first, let’s talk about some of the documented complaints and concerns about Amazon‘s day-to-day practices, the way they operate. Because it’s not about “hating them because they’re beautiful.” It’s not about jealousy because they built a better mousetrap. This is concern about things that just shouldn’t happen, period, right?

The Nation: Amazon Says Its Injury Rates Are Down. They’re Still the Highest in the Industry.

The Nation (5/2/24)

AM: That’s right. And I really liked the way that you opened up our conversation here, because it’s really hard to overstate just how powerful Jeff Bezos is, and how many areas Amazon is in, and the way that they run their business across all the different areas that they touch, how harmful it is, whether you’re talking about the environment, and all the data centers that they’re building as they capitalize on AI, artificial intelligence. Or the way that they are so punishing to workers that the injury rate is several times that of any other warehouse company. How they drive down wages wherever they locate. How they squeeze small businesses; a report from the Institute of Local Self-Reliance found that 45 cents of every dollar that a business made selling on the Amazon platform went to Amazon.

So I could just go on and on, but there are so many ways that Amazon harms the entire ecosystem of business worldwide. And one of the worst parts about it, and there are a lot of bad parts about it, is that we are subsidizing that, because communities are giving Amazon billions of dollars in direct cash payments. They don’t have to pay their taxes, or they’re given straight cash, or reduced land, whatever the case may be. And that doesn’t even begin to include the procurement and other public contracting money that they received. I’ll open there.

JJ: Well, and I want to get into that. I think for many folks, maybe they’ve heard about workers being cheated out of wages, but that is so crucial to the subsidy conversation. But let’s start with the fact that we do have evidence that Amazon is under-serving their workers, not just in terms of wages, but also in terms of health and safety, and what do we know about that?

Violation Tracker: Discover Which Corporations are the Biggest Regulatory Violators and Lawbreakers Throughout the United States.

Good Jobs First: Violation Tracker

AM: We run a database called Violation Tracker, where we look at over 450 regulatory agencies that we get data from, so we can begin to see part of Amazon‘s behavior toward its workers. We capture how much money Amazon has stolen from its workers, in the form of wages, and we also look at some health and safety violations.

One of the reasons that Amazon‘s dollar total is so much lower than, for example, Bank of America, which has billions and billions and billions of dollars in penalties and fines—Amazon‘s comparative total is so much lower because the federal agencies that are in charge of protecting workers only have the authority to give thousands of dollars in fines, versus a regulatory agency that oversees banks that can give billion dollars in fines in one single case. So what we see is, as bad as Amazon‘s record is, and it is bad, it would be worse if we treated workers with the same care and with the same concern that we do as investors who got cheated on an investment.

JJ: That’s so deep, because it speaks to, like, folks might want to get mad at a corporation, like Amazon, but then you also have to understand the weakening of the regulatory agencies that are meant to be addressing that. It’s not as simple as one might hope it would be. And folks have heard, for example, on this show, talking about the IRS saying, “We understand that rich people cheat more on their taxes than poor people, but it’s easier for us to go after poor people, because it’s much simpler.” And so a company like Amazon can just make things so complex, in a regulatory framework, that it’s very hard to address the harm that they’re doing. It’s kind of a big-picture problem.

Arlene Martinez

Arlene Martinez: “So many of the issues with Amazon, and the reason that Amazon exists in the first place, is because we’ve lacked a lot of the regulatory mechanisms to contain it from ever becoming this big.”

AM: Yeah, that’s right. So many of the issues with Amazon, and the reason that Amazon exists in the first place, is because we’ve lacked a lot of the regulatory mechanisms to contain it from ever becoming this big. If, for example, some of the antitrust legislation had been implemented and upheld, Amazon never might have been able to grow to this size. That’s why it’s been so promising in recent years to see the FTC and Lina Khan really take on corporate giants like Amazon, which have essentially become monopolies and dominate entire spaces. So it really is a big structural issue.

I get asked a lot about, should people just not shop on Amazon? Well, that would be nice. I mean, I don’t shop on Amazon, but that isn’t the answer. Like I said, it would be nice, but the answer is really these structural problems that enabled Amazon to get so big in the first place. And these regulatory agencies need to flex their muscle to make sure that Amazon is broken up, or contained, or not allowed to dominate entire industries and sectors the way that it is.

And you’ve probably seen it’s moving into even more areas. Now it’s going into chips, and now it’s going into pharmacies and healthcare. And its goal is to dominate the world, and it’s headed there without some proper agency there flexing their muscle to rein it in.

JJ: I wanted to pull you out on one question, which is data centers, which is, we hear, and folks at the local media level may hear, Amazon‘s coming in, and they’re going to locate here, and that’s going to provide jobs. And sometimes what they’re talking about is data centers. Why don’t data centers equal jobs? Can you talk a little bit about that?

ProPublica: How a Washington Tax Break for Data Centers Snowballed Into One of the State’s Biggest Corporate Giveaways

ProPublica (8/4/24)

AM: Data centers are essentially huge warehouses that just store big, basically, server farms. They’re just running data all the time, and there’s very few people that are needed to actually staff these facilities. So they don’t create many jobs, because there aren’t many functions that are required as part of these data centers. I mean, there’s the construction phase, and then a few dozen people that are needed to staff them.

And yet they’re getting what’s often several million dollars per job. We did a study in 2016 that looked at the average for the Apples, the Googles, the Amazons, the Metas, was about $2 million per job. But we’ve seen a lot of cases now where it’s a lot higher per job, and a community can never make that money back.

But I think the other question, too, and I think what gets missing from a lot of stories that I see about data centers, is why data centers are getting subsidized in the first place. When you think about what an incentive was supposed to even do in the first place, it was to spur something to happen that wouldn’t otherwise happen.

We know that AI is the future. These companies are racing to build data centers, because they have to, to remain competitive. So there is absolutely no business case to be subsidizing companies to build a data center, especially considering the low job return.

NPQ: Corporate Economic Blackmail and What to Do about It

Nonprofit Quarterly (8/7/24)

JJ: In this deep piece about corporate government giveaways, you cite Neil deMause, who is a FAIR favorite, who, with Joanna Cagan, wrote Field of Schemes about subsidizing sports teams’ building of new arenas, and it’s kind of a familiar template, where folks say we’re going to bring in profit, and yet it’s something that would happen anyway. There’s kind of a—it’s not even a bait and switch, it’s just misinformation that is put forward to cities, when something like a sports team, or something like an Amazon, says, “We’re going to bring a lot of stuff to your community, and therefore you should subsidize our taxes.”

And some of us are like: “Well, wait, you’re a business. You’re going to make a profit here. Why would we subsidize it?” There’s kind of a big-picture misunderstanding here.

AM: Yeah, and part of it is that it just becomes irresistible for a lot of politicians to have the opportunity to stand next to a Jeff Bezos, or some other high-ranking official, or a billionaire owner of a sports team. And then you have access to these box-level seats that you couldn’t afford on your own. And all of that is really irresistible. So there’s really a very human element to giving subsidies that are proven to not drive economic development, like a stadium, which study after study has shown does nothing to improve the lives of residents in that community, but it just becomes very irresistible.

And I think on a local level, too, with someone—I was a reporter for many years, covering a lot of city council meetings and school board meetings, and knowing that these council members, most of them who are part-time, get a few hundred dollars a month in pay, they want to do good for their community, and they think bringing in an Amazon is a good move for their community, without realizing what they’re really doing is bringing in a company that hurts their workers, pays them very little and damages their existing small businesses in their community. But they’re thinking they’re doing a good thing.

JJ: Well, and part of it is a kind of numerical thing where media talk about, “Well, these folks will pay this money in taxes,” and that makes it sound like it’s a profit. There’s kind of a basic math problem that sometimes happens here. When you talk about tax breaks to be given to whatever entity, media can sometimes present that as though that’s money that’s going into the tax coffers, which is not what’s happening.

NPQ: How the Tax Subsidy Game Is Played: A Consultant Shares Corporate Secrets

Nonprofit Quarterly (8/3/22)

AM: That’s right. I mean, there’s a lot of companies that really profit based on the size of the incentive. There are a lot of site location consultants, for example. The bigger the subsidy, the more their percentages. So their drive is to get the biggest subsidy possible, even though it isn’t in the best interest of their community.

JJ: Subsidies are sold to communities as profit, as though it’s going to be money, somehow, that’s going to go right into the community, when that’s not the way it plays out.

AM: Yes, and this is a big issue in our space, in terms of the media coverage that we often see. It’s because you get what are called “economic impact reports,” and I say “economic impact” in quotes because it isn’t actual economic impact, and it’s nowhere close to being a cost/benefit analysis. What it does is it takes this big, big smorgasbord of everything, every dollar that’s spent on construction phase, or supply chain, or the entire salary sometimes of a worker is included in this economic impact report. And a lot of times you have no idea what’s actually in there, because the people who produced it say it’s proprietary, and they won’t give it to the public.

And a lot of times, those people that are hired to produce the economic impact report, and we see this a lot in the stadium space, are people who are working for the team owners, or who are working for Amazon, they will be the ones producing these economic impact reports. So you have a real conflict of interest that I think is missed sometimes in the reporting, and just makes these studies bogus.

When I talk to reporters about how to cover and report on economic development incentives, I tell them to ask for everything that went into that economic impact report. And if they don’t release it, then don’t include their numbers, and say that they won’t give it to you.

JJ: That gets right to the point of transparency, which I just wanted to ask you about. I think that, whether you understand an issue or don’t, transparency about what’s happening ought to be ground zero. And yet that is difficult to get from some corporations, and also from some government agencies. But journalists should have that as a basic fundamental.

AM: Yes. And we also run these databases called Amazon Tracker and Subsidy Tracker, and both of them look at companies that have received subsidies. And you’ll see, among Amazon subsidies, and also Subsidy Tracker, which is broader, you’ll see a lot of entries that say “undisclosed,” because even though a company is getting public money, they’re not releasing the value of that subsidy. Reporters should insist on that, and make it really clear in stories when they’re not getting it.

Real News Network: Chasing clicks through ad money, media does PR for Amazon while ignoring human costs of ‘Prime Day Deals’

Real News Network (7/22/23)

JJ: And I’ll end on that. But I will say that, obviously, I’m angry about media for my job, but it’s not that they don’t do critical stories sometimes; it’s this connecting of the dots. So when I see a storyline that says that Amazon or Walmart is a “successful business,” and then I see another story that says, oh yeah, a lot of their workers still need to rely on public assistance to not starve. But then on the other page, I’m still reading Amazon as a “successful business.” So I feel like at a certain point, it’s not about there’s never any good stories or critical stories. It’s about a failure to connect the dots, to say, “What does it mean for a company to be ‘successful’ right now, and what harm is required to get to that?”

AM: Those are all such great points, and it’s true that we have seen a lot of really amazing reporting around Amazon, and Bloomberg is the outlet that reported about how Amazon was driving down wages in the warehouse sector, because they took an industry-wide look, and were able to see that anytime Amazon entered a community, wages dropped for the entire sector, including non-Amazon workers.

And the Morning Call in Allentown, Pennsylvania, wrote one of the first stories, 12 years ago, to report on ambulances being placed outside of Amazon warehouses, rather than Amazon investing in air conditioning and heating for their workers. So they were getting ill from heat exhaustion.

So there has been a lot of amazing reporting, but I think you’re right in connecting all those dots, it’s very hard to see. And when Amazon releases a press release about how they gave a $500,000 loan, reporters repeat that as if it’s some gift, even though it might not include the fact that Amazon got a billion dollars in that same community as a subsidy. So it is a mixed bag.

JJ: I appreciate the bright critical spots. I’m upset about the fact that it doesn’t seem to get stirred into an understanding of what we, as a democratic society, should ask from corporations, and why do we call a company “successful” whose workers need to rely on public assistance? There’s some kind of connected story that’s not happening there.

Promarket: “Business Journalism Fails Spectacularly in Holding the Powerful to Account”

ProMarket (5/30/17)

AM: I’ll just add, I remember as a reporter—and I was a reporter for many years—I was very fixated on holding government accountable. Really felt like that was a big role of mine, and I spent a lot less energy thinking about holding corporations accountable. And now that I’ve left the space, and I’m in this nonprofit watchdog space, and a lot of my work involves corporate governance, and overseeing their practices, I really see those gaps even more stark, and how, in general, I think journalists don’t do the best job about covering companies, and we could do a lot better, which is why I think shows like yours are so helpful, why I hope organizations like ours are useful, so that we start putting the same kind of scrutiny on corporations that we have long done on governments.

JJ: I will just add, we hope for journalists to look to see critically powerful actors, and those powerful actors are in corporations, and they’re in government. And then here’s us, we the people, and that’s where we would look for journalists to look out for the public interest, however that is affected by whatever forces are in power, and that’s why I appreciate your work.

AM: Thank you so much.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Arlene Martinez. She’s deputy executive director and communications director at Good Jobs First. You can find their extensive work on Amazon and other corporate and government accountability on GoodJobsFirst.org. Arlene Martinez, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

AM: Thanks for having me, and thanks for your work.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/regulatory-agencies-need-to-make-sure-amazon-is-broken-up-or-containedcounterspin-interview-with-arlene-martinez-on-amazon-misconduct/feed/ 0 505551
West Papuan leader praises People’s Tribunal ruling as proof of ‘need for freedom’ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/west-papuan-leader-praises-peoples-tribunal-ruling-as-proof-of-need-for-freedom/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/west-papuan-leader-praises-peoples-tribunal-ruling-as-proof-of-need-for-freedom/#respond Tue, 10 Dec 2024 04:26:13 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=108033 Asia Pacific Report

A leader of a major West Papuan political movement has praised the recent judgment of the Permanent People’s Tribunal on the Melanesian region colonised by Indonesia for the past 63 years.

“Indonesia knows they have lost the political, legal, and moral argument over West Papua,” said United Liberation Movement for West Papua (ULMWP) interim president Benny Wenda.

“Their only remaining tactics are brutality and secrecy — brutality to crush our struggle and secrecy to hide it from the world.”

Saying he welcomed the release of the judgment of the Permanent People’s Tribunal (PPT) on West Papua, he added: “Our independence is not only urgent for West Papua, but for the entirety of Planet Earth.”

After testimonies from West Papuans on the ground and from legal and academic experts, the tribunal found Indonesia guilty on all four counts:

  • Taking by various means the ancestral land of the Indigenous Papuan people against their will, employing racial discrimination which leads to the loss of culture, traditions and Indigenous knowledge, erases their history and subsumes them into the Indonesian national narrative;
  • Violent repression, including unlawful detention, extra-judicial killing, and population displacement in West Papua as a means of furthering industrial development;
  • Organised environmental degradation, including the destruction of eco-systems, contamination of land, the poisoning of rivers and their tributaries and of providing the permits, concessions and legal structure of non-compliance for national and foreign companies to invest in West Papua in a way that encourages environmental degradation; and
  • colluding with national and foreign companies to cause environmental degradation, population displacement and sustain violent repression in West Papua.

“This judgment is a total vindication of everything the West Papuan liberation movement has been saying for decades. We are not safe with Indonesia,” said Wenda.

“If we continue to be denied our right to self-determination, everything that makes West Papua unique will disappear.”

Guilty of ‘ecocide’
The PPT had found the Indonesian state guilty of ecocide, of “rapidly destroying our forest” and “poisoning our rivers” through mines, plantations, and huge agribusiness food estates.

“But not only this: the judges also linked Indonesia’s ecocidal destruction to the systematic destruction of West Papua as a people,” said Wenda.

“As they put it: ‘ecological degradation can’t be disaggregated from state and corporate projects which are tending toward the obliteration of a people, or what was called by more than one witness a ‘slow genocide’.”

The PPT adds to the large body of evidence
The PPT adds to the large body of evidence, including independent studies from Yale University and Sydney University, arguing that West Papuans are the victims of a genocide. Image: PPT screenshot APR

The PPT found in West Papua everything that the UN High Commissioner for Human Rights would also find — ecocide, genocide, ethnic cleansing, and mass displacement, said Wenda.

“That is why Indonesia continues to deny the UN access to West Papua, despite more than 110 countries demanding their visit.”

Wenda said thde ULMWP considered this judgment a “significant step forward in our quest for liberation”.

‘Nothing left to save’
“The case for self-determination presented by the PPT is comprehensive and undeniable. We already know that our people want freedom — the West Papuan People’s Petition for self-determination was signed by 1.8 million Papuans, more than 70 percent of our population.

“Now the PPT has shown how urgently we need it.,” Wenda said

“Our independence is not only urgent for West Papua, but for the entirety of Planet Earth.

Because Papuans are the stewards of the third largest rainforest in the world, the Indonesian occupation is one of the most severe threats to a habitable global climate.

“If Indonesia continues to destroy our forest at its current rate, there will soon be nothing left to save.”

Judges of the Permanent People's Tribunal deliberate over the West Papuan issue
Judges of the Permanent People’s Tribunal deliberate over the West Papuan issue. Image: ULMWP


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/west-papuan-leader-praises-peoples-tribunal-ruling-as-proof-of-need-for-freedom/feed/ 0 505393
Musicians First Hate on why things don’t always need to make sense https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/08/musicians-first-hate-on-why-things-dont-always-need-to-make-sense/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/08/musicians-first-hate-on-why-things-dont-always-need-to-make-sense/#respond Fri, 08 Nov 2024 08:00:00 +0000 https://thecreativeindependent.com/people/musicians-first-hate-on-why-things-dont-always-need-to-make-sense How did you guys meet? How did you decide to start a band?

Joakim Wei Bernild: I’m not going to get into how we met, but as to how the band started out, I think Anton was the initiator—he’d made some music and called me up, right?

Anton Falck: I had made a demo song and some music guy had heard it, randomly, and wanted to book me for a festival, and I was like, “What the fuck?” And then I felt like I had to make a band. Joakim was a natural choice, because we were both noobs, so we were on the same level, on the same page.

JWB: Even though we only had one or two songs, we were given a 45-minute slot.

AF: We didn’t understand then that we had the power to say that we wouldn’t be able to play for that long.

JWB: We sat down and made 45 minutes’ worth of songs.

AF: Really long songs.

I’m going to assume that “Holiday,” one of your earliest singles, which is fairly standard-length and radio-ready, wasn’t one of them. I love the journey—the sort of “breakup in paradise” plot line—that “Holiday’s” lyrics chart. Its first lines—“Good, skin-kissing summer days/ Sun City, I’m here to stay”—capture the feeling, the boundless optimism, that characterizes the first moments of going on vacation. I still like to listen to it whenever I’m stepping out of an airplane, down one of those staircases on wheels. It’s the perfect score for that moment: the humid air of somewhere tropical hitting you in the face, and you’re all hyped up about how much leisure lies ahead of you.

AF: It’s funny because I’m really not a vacation person. I’ve never traveled to a warm country with palm trees just to relax. I tried doing it for the first time two years ago. I went on a normal holiday because we’d been traveling so much, seeing the world, but always through the lens of being on tour. It is a very different way of traveling. I find that going—just going—on a vacation is really, really weird. I don’t know what to do with myself. It’s not for me. I think that, for me, the song is more of a metaphor, somehow—a state of mind.

I had taken the song’s refrain—“Our love was a holiday”—and the plea that it ends on—“Won’t you just hold me one last time?”—to describe a kind of romance that can’t be fitted into a routine, and can only exist in this exceptional, time-out-of-time space of a vacation.

JWB: We had a few years, three or four years, during which we toured a lot, and that’s when we wrote that song.

AF: When you’re a musician at our level of the industry, the work of touring is its own reward, because you know you’re not going to come home with a ton of money. It was always about trying to have as much fun as possible while away. We knew it was a specific time in our lives that we would look back on at some point, one that wouldn’t last forever. Touring is this weird kind of holiday. You’re away from home, but it’s still work.

You’re both from Denmark. A lot of ink has been spilled on the topic of the outsized success that Scandinavians—and, I think, Swedes in particular—enjoy in the field of popular music. There’s this cultural hypothesis that it’s because they place a great deal of emphasis on music education programs and choral music in early childhood.

AF: It could also have something to do with the way a language is built. When Swedish people talk, they sound like they’re singing. I speak Swedish, and for a long time when we were writing songs, I would sing in Swedish first to come up with the melodies, then translate the lyrics, because we don’t want to release music in Swedish.

JWB: We’ve done something similar with Japanese. We don’t speak Japanese, but we can emulate the way it sounds to come up with melodies.

AF: Languages really change the way you sing. Japanese songs rarely rhyme, but somehow they don’t sound weird. If you were to sing without rhyming in Danish, it would sound really, really strange.

Did you guys see that movie Triangle of Sadness? So much of the dialogue didn’t hit my ear right, and I think that had a lot to do with the fact that Ruben Östlund, the film’s writer and director, was working outside his native language. It struck me that what might figure as a hurdle for someone writing a film in which the characters engage in believable exchanges might actually be ideal for someone writing really moving pop songs, which tend to deal in hyperbole and cliché. To write a pop song in English, you don’t necessarily need to be extremely acquainted with how native speakers actually go about using it in their day-to-day lives. What do you make of your choice to write and record music in English?

AF: We never could have written the same songs in Danish; listening to them would probably make us want to throw up. Then, of course, there’s the practicality of wanting to be understood by as many people as possible, to have an audience outside of little baby Denmark, a country of only six million people. When I write in English, I find myself falling into using the same 500 words that are nearest to me. In English, we can get away with expressing ourselves in a way that is somehow more blunt and honest. I spend a lot of time reading thesauruses, looking words up online, or even taking my lyrics and translating them into Latin or Portuguese, then translating the output into yet another language, back and forth a few times in Google Translate, and then bringing them back into English. Somehow, Google Translate will fuck it up or add some weird extra layer, and sometimes—by doing shit like that—I’ll find the most beautiful words. We proudly use a lot of cheat codes.

There’s this line in your song “Someone New” that goes, “Hey baby, this is goodbye. Like, ‘talk to you never.’” How eye-roll-inducing that would be as a line of dialogue in a film or a novel! Yet it plays so well in the context of a pop song; it really lands.

AF: We’re always trying to position ourselves right on the cusp of irony and a kind of seriousness that can be cringe. It might be hard for people to decipher, but we actually—most of the time—mean everything we say.

JWB: It’s difficult for us to imagine what it would be like to listen to our music as a native English speaker. I often think about that with rap music, where all of these really harsh things are said. If the same things were being said in Danish, I don’t know if I could bear being out in society—to hear that playing in the background, very casually, in the supermarket while I shop.

Speaking of supermarkets, I wanted to ask you guys about money—

AF: How much do you need?

A lot! Last year, you had an installation at the Copenhagen Contemporary, a kind of popup shop called the First Hate Supermarket, stocked with items—such as framed portraits and towels with your faces printed on them—that far surpassed the typical merchandise offering for bands.

AF: I don’t know how this compares internationally, but in Denmark right now, people are really focused on owning the right apartment, the right designer clothes, the right car—maybe a Tesla if they can. Everybody’s having kids and everything has to look perfect. For a while, we were also considering where to take this project, sort of along those lines. Did we want to follow our guts and keep making weird, alternative pop music? Should we record a song in Danish and make it a national hit in Denmark and try to make money off it? We put so much work into the music, but when it comes down to it, with the way the music industry is put together now, with Spotify and streaming, we aren’t really making any money from the music. We want to make a living from what we do, but people only want to buy things. The “Supermarket” was a provocation. We wanted to make money by selling all of this stuff that is external to the music, while also drawing attention to the reality that it’s one of the only ways that we can make a living.

Much of the merchandise was emblazoned with this logo, a sort of amalgamation of various planetary symbols, that appears throughout your imagery as a band. Your song “Fortune Teller” features a play on words in the phrase “pull up,” which means both the action of drawing a Tarot card and, in contemporary slang, of arriving somewhere in style. Is astrology something you believe in? Is magic?

AF: It’s a funny tendency how, in the last few years, everyone in our generation got a deck of Tarot cards or downloaded some kind of astrology app, but these things have definitely always been a theme for us. The First Hate symbol is more than just a logo; it’s also a rune or a sigil. It’s a way of directing a lot of energy into a single symbol—and it doesn’t have to be something that other people understand for it to make sense to us. I mean…maybe if you know, you know.

Your first full-length album was titled A Prayer for the Unemployed. What kinds of jobs have you guys held—or not held?

AF: We’ve always been hustling different jobs. Our friend Dee, who’s from Scotland, found a laminated card in a church where she grew up that said “A Prayer for the Unemployed,” and we thought that was really funny.

When your song “Commercial” was released in the spring of 2022, I and many other barely employed members of our generation’s creative class were, perhaps a little cynically, banking on the belief that investing in cryptocurrencies and other digital assets would be our ticket to long-term financial solvency. I would listen to that song on repeat during the days when it was my job to moderate a group chat for the owners of an NFT—a literal .gif that they had purchased for hundreds of dollars. I was supposed to whip them into a frenzy, insisting that the token’s value was poised to surge, and muting or blocking users for expressing what we called “F.U.D”—which, initially, I thought stood for “fucked-up discourse,” but actually stood for “fear, uncertainty, and doubt.” It was weird, the way that song’s refrains of “Money loves me” and “Pump the prices” were uncanny echoes, almost word for word, of the sorts of sentiments I was being paid to encourage and reward.

JKB: What you were doing there is very much what major labels do with their artists. They take an artist and pump them up and give them loans—money, but also jewelry and fancy cars—and then they push the image that a certain rapper, a certain singer, is so successful, that people come to believe it. And then they are! That’s also like a magic spell, in many ways.

The chorus of your new song “Run Down Love” goes: “Run down love/ Run down my thighs/ Run down love / cruising tonight.” It seems to be about cruising for sex, the chance sexual encounter in a public place. How do things like chance, serendipity, and randomness play into your process of composing and recording songs?

JWB: This feels like a bit of a cliché, but sometimes when we are recording, the first attempt will sound the absolute best, and you can’t replicate it, and you can’t edit it.

AF: When we’re writing lyrics, sometimes a sentence pops out of nowhere, and then we build a whole song around that. All of these small moments of luck are much more valuable than sitting down with the intention of working with a theme, somehow. And yeah, that song is about cruising, which is, as you said, all about luck: you never know who’s hiding in the bush.

How did you land upon your band’s name? Is it an inversion of “first love?” A play on “first date?”

AF: Thank you bandnamemaker.com.

Really? That’s a bit of randomness.

AF: Most of the things we do are very random. Things don’t have to make sense to begin with.

JWB: You can always give them meaning later.

First Hate Recommends:

Fame by Andy Warhol (aphorisms and collected vignettes, published posthumously, 2018): I (Anton) am a big fan of short books. And this one is the best one of them all. Andy Warhol has such a witty and intelligent way of dissecting society in his essays about beauty, fame and love. I dream myself into his Manhattan. Sometimes it feels painful to be born in the wrong era. This is the only book I read again and again. I always buy the whole stack when I come across it because it only costs a dollar—it fits right in your pocket—and it’s such a nice thing to give to a friend.

Garageband (the music production software that comes pre-installed on Apple computers): We started making music in Garageband, in our bedrooms back in the day. For anybody who wants to make music, but doesn’t know how, this is your easy way to stardom. We made our first EP in Garageband using only the preset sounds; we sang into the computer mic and had no idea what “mix” and “master” meant. This was 12 years ago. The computer mic and the software are even better and easier now. Don’t be afraid. Just make something. + there is a tutorial for every hurdle you come across on YouTube.

“Latest Videos - Hymns, Dances, Experiential Testimonies, movies, etc” from The Church of Almighty God (video playlist): Delving into the cyber-archeological depths of YouTube is a big pleasure for both of us. Sometimes Joakim will spend whole nights, trading his beauty sleep for music videos and other videos on YouTube because he just cannot stop. One thing that really blew our minds: this Chinese Christian channel that produces the most uncanny TV shows you will ever see. God truly works in mysterious ways. Like, wow.

While Standing in Line for Death by CAConrad (poetry, 2017): Joakim got this book as a gift from a friend and decided to gift me a copy after being moved by the poems. It’s an incredible collection of “rituals” written by a non-binary poet who lost the love of their life to a gang of homophobes who tortured and murdered him in cold blood for being gay. It’s a sad reminder of the fight we have to keep fighting for freedom, and the souls and hearts we lost on the way. As a queer person, this hits a lot of spots, but I’m sure it will for anyone no matter their orientation.

Iranian sour cherry juice (drink): This Persian delicacy should be enjoyed responsibly, as it can make you faint. Except for making your blood sugar levels drop drastically, it has a flavor that cannot be described without failing to convey its deliciousness. If you have a Persian friend, ask them how to get in touch with this rare and amazing liquid.


This content originally appeared on The Creative Independent and was authored by Karim Kazemi.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/08/musicians-first-hate-on-why-things-dont-always-need-to-make-sense/feed/ 0 501027
Almost 1/3 of tree species are facing extinction in the wild. We need strong laws to protect them. https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/02/almost-1-3-of-tree-species-are-facing-extinction-in-the-wild-we-need-strong-laws-to-protect-them/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/02/almost-1-3-of-tree-species-are-facing-extinction-in-the-wild-we-need-strong-laws-to-protect-them/#respond Sat, 02 Nov 2024 13:00:04 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=b8d19f51047a81ad5f11163b7a86a72f
This content originally appeared on Human Rights Watch and was authored by Human Rights Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/02/almost-1-3-of-tree-species-are-facing-extinction-in-the-wild-we-need-strong-laws-to-protect-them/feed/ 0 500141
‘We need to speak out and speak loud’: Communities of color battle targeted disinformation https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/18/we-need-to-speak-out-and-speak-loud-communities-of-color-battle-targeted-disinformation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/18/we-need-to-speak-out-and-speak-loud-communities-of-color-battle-targeted-disinformation/#respond Fri, 18 Oct 2024 18:26:11 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/we-need-to-speak-out-and-speak-loud-communities-of-color-battle-targeted-disinformation-alzate-20241018/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Eliana Alzate.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/18/we-need-to-speak-out-and-speak-loud-communities-of-color-battle-targeted-disinformation/feed/ 0 498175
Abortion Rights & Bodily Autonomy at Stake: What Voters Need to Know for Election Day 2024 https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/18/from-ballots-to-bodies-abortion-trans-rights-the-battle-for-bodily-autonomy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/18/from-ballots-to-bodies-abortion-trans-rights-the-battle-for-bodily-autonomy/#respond Fri, 18 Oct 2024 15:41:55 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=595e962c45f4dcf39657dceea972a261
This content originally appeared on Laura Flanders & Friends and was authored by Laura Flanders & Friends.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/18/from-ballots-to-bodies-abortion-trans-rights-the-battle-for-bodily-autonomy/feed/ 0 498172
“They need a show like yours to lay it out.” https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/17/they-need-a-show-like-yours-to-lay-it-out/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/17/they-need-a-show-like-yours-to-lay-it-out/#respond Thu, 17 Oct 2024 15:55:22 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=154a388e4f3de4b566ddbc541c271699
This content originally appeared on VICE News and was authored by VICE News.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/17/they-need-a-show-like-yours-to-lay-it-out/feed/ 0 498019
Thinking of going solar? Wait until you need a new roof. https://grist.org/climate-energy/thinking-of-going-solar-wait-until-you-need-a-new-roof/ https://grist.org/climate-energy/thinking-of-going-solar-wait-until-you-need-a-new-roof/#respond Thu, 17 Oct 2024 08:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=650449 Not too long ago, Bryan and Summer Stubblefield wanted to outfit their California home with solar panels. They were considering an electric vehicle, and powering it with the sun seemed like the right choice for both their pocketbook and the planet. 

They contacted a few contractors, who provided quotes in the $28,000 range for the solar system. But each bid came with a caveat: photovoltaic panels can last 25 years or more, but the roof on their 2,000-square-foot home had about 10 years left in it. This made for a difficult decision: Pay for a replacement now, which would nearly double the cost of the project, or install all that hardware knowing they’d need to remove and reinstall it when it came time to reroof — a job that can cost hundreds of dollars per panel.

“At that point we froze,” said Bryan Stubblefield. “The fact that we had one more decision to make caused pause.”

The Stubblefields are far from alone in this dilemma, said Amy Atchley, one of the contractors the couple contacted. Among the first questions her company,Amy’s Roofing and Solar, asks a customer is the age and condition of their roof. About half need work done to accommodate solar and, she says, the path forward can be particularly vexing for those who still have five, 10, or even 15 years to go before needing a reroof.

“It’s really hard to counsel people,” she said. “Most people just decide to wait.”

Residential solar systems usually provide 5 to 11 kilowatts of power, which, with some 5 millions homes tapping the sun, adds up to over 38 gigawatts nationally. That’s the equivalent of more than 11,000 wind turbines. Aside from helping mitigate climate change, photovoltaic panels can also help provide resiliency against outages. But when homeowners have to align their desire to go green with the age of their roof, those benefits can be delayed — or frightfully expensive. 

One reason the question can be so vexing is because unlike solar panels, tax incentives don’t help offset underlying roof issues — even when addressing them is done while going solar. The Internal Revenue Service makes clear that the federal tax credit that can cover as much as 30 percent of a photovoltaic system does not include “traditional building components that primarily serve a roofing or structural function.” 

The Stubblefields said the lack of assistance “absolutely” influenced their decision to wait. But Bryan Stubblefield said he understands that it would be quite expensive for the government to subsidize such a major expense.

The potentially good news is that — regardless of roofing incentives — the residential solar market is nascent enough that it may not yet need to worry much about losing customers like the Stubblefields. The half a million or so residential solar systems that come online each year is far short of the 5 million or so homes that need a new roof each year. That means that there are still plenty of potential solar customers who need a new roof anyway — and it’s a demographic that many companies are targeting.

“The best time to go solar is when you’re getting a new roof,” said Kealy Dewitt, vice president of marketing and public policy at the roofing company GAF. The organization recently designed a product it calls Timberline Solar, which incorporates a photovoltaic panel into a shingle that is installed much like a conventional shingle. If GAF can get more people who need new roofs to convert to solar shingles, Dewitt said it would be “a massive deployment opportunity for clean energy.”

Atchley agrees. Although there may be some situations where it makes financial sense to install panels and dismantle them later to reroof, waiting to do it all at once makes the most sense. Many of her customers find her while seeking bids for a roof and end up installing solar, too. It rarely happens the other way around, she said.

Like Dewitt, she thinks the government could do more to incentivize integrated roofing and photovoltaic technologies. Her company, for example, sells a metal roof designed to easily accept solar and have a lifespan almost twice that of the average panel. It doesn’t currently qualify for clean energy incentives. 

“You’re getting the roof and solar,” she said. “It should count.”

Lawmakers have tried to address this issue. In 2021, democratic members of Congress introduced the “RAISE the Roof Act” that would have expanded the solar tax credit to include these integrated solutions. Such efforts have gone nowhere, however, leaving many would-be solar adopters with difficult calculations to make about their roof. That includes the Stubblefields, who have since moved.

“It looks like we have about 5 to 10 years left on the roof,” said Bryan. “We’re faced with the same question again.”

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Thinking of going solar? Wait until you need a new roof. on Oct 17, 2024.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Tik Root.

]]>
https://grist.org/climate-energy/thinking-of-going-solar-wait-until-you-need-a-new-roof/feed/ 0 497952
Chef Ashleigh Shanti on being the inspiration that others might need https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/10/chef-ashleigh-shanti-on-being-the-inspiration-that-others-might-need/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/10/chef-ashleigh-shanti-on-being-the-inspiration-that-others-might-need/#respond Thu, 10 Oct 2024 07:00:00 +0000 https://thecreativeindependent.com/people/chef-ashleigh-shanti-on-being-the-inspiration-that-others-might-need You begin your cookbook, Our South: Black Food Through My Lens, by giving the reader a clear sense of your focus. You write that the cookbook is not going to be a Southern cookbook, or a chef cookbook. It’s more about challenging the belief that Black cuisine is monochromatic. Did you always know that this would be the lens for the book?

When I thought about why I wanted to embark upon this very special yet very challenging thing that I’ve never done before, one of the things that I kept coming back to was that I knew that there were recipes that were very familiar to me and very special to the regions that I felt like made me who I am as a chef that needed to be highlighted, documented, talked about. And one of the moments that I kept going back to was me being a young chef and having a really hard time finding this lens. And I just know that having that information and having those food ways [and] their history talked about on such a platform—having that readily available for me, I think, would’ve been very transformative. So, no, I didn’t know initially that this is how it was all going to play out.

I appreciate the way that you take us through your early childhood. You describe yourself as a precocious only child in Coastal Virginia, and how that was really important as one of your earliest food experiences. And then you also talk about your grandparents, their relationships to food and the land, and the visits that you made to family members throughout the South. What was it like to revisit these memories?

Revisiting the memories of my childhood was a really large part of writing this. And doing that was very nostalgic. I learned a lot about my family—some things that I didn’t know. It helped me to see the power of food. It really showed me how powerful food was in my family because, I mean, I even was finding skeletons in closets. And ones that I couldn’t believe were right in front of me growing up, all along. Those moments where we allowed the kitchen to be the gathering place, those integral moments where food was at the center—that just showed me how food truly is the great unifier. So, yes, it was a very special and emotional time diving back in that way.

You give us this great visual of your journey, going to Hampton University to study business marketing, but spending your time watching Food Network and cooking. You’d later go on to be a finalist in Top Chef. How have TV and pop culture been important in your journey?

For my family— my parents—me wanting to be a chef was a really hard sell. And for me, knowing that this is something that I wanted to do, I felt that I needed proof that I could do it. I wouldn’t call Virginia Beach a food city. I didn’t live in New York City, where you know who’s cooking the food in the kitchen. So when I was actually looking for tangible examples, it was easy to turn to places like Food Network and see someone like Rachael Ray or Bobby Flay and find inspiration in that. And also, being a latchkey kid, my parents worked quite a bit growing up, so I wasn’t supposed to be, but I did watch a lot of Food Network when they were at work… That was an introduction to ingredients that I didn’t have readily available and I wasn’t accustomed to. Things like Food Network had a pretty big impact on my formative years, and just falling in love with food.

Was it surreal, then, to be on Top Chef later?

Yes. Definitely, I feel like for the first time, I was able to understand what that phrase “out-of-body experience” meant. It was really important for me at that time to ground myself, and just remember that I had worked really hard to get there, but also that I was so grateful to be in that space with such amazing talent. Yeah, it was a pretty wild experience.

One thing that you’re really transparent about is how the food you grew up with, you didn’t really see as the food that you “should be” making as a chef. You write that you fantasized about going to restaurants that you read about in magazines like Food & Wine and that you felt like earning the respect of your peers in the kitchen meant cooking the food that you were seeing in these magazines. Why was it important to include this internal struggle?

It was important to include because there was a moment—this intersection in my career—where I just stopped caring what people thought. I just turned away from what I felt was this box that I was put in as a Black chef. In doing that, I readily turned to the food that was most familiar to me. And I was in a position where I was able to put that food in the same restaurants that I would’ve never expected to [see it] before. And the response was very warm… It was a really defining moment for me as a chef.

You mentioned that sometimes you felt like leaving the industry entirely. One thing that came to mind for me was just this, I think, push and pull that sometimes creative folks have—it’s like the industry itself as an institution can really get you down, but it’s not always necessarily about the craft. What fueled you to keep going?

I mean, it’s that thing you said: It’s the institution, I think, that can really grind my gears—this French hierarchy that doesn’t have the same warm, fuzzy feelings that I grew up with. And for me, people talk about hating their jobs often—and that’s not something I’ve ever experienced because I’ll never stop loving food. As long as my job relates to food, I’m always going to love it, and that’s always the thing that continues to pull me back in. So, I mean, I think it’s that—and just the respect of the humble Southern ingredient, and the makers that work so hard to get these beautiful things on our tables. Those are the things that allow me to continue to have that drive, even when the industry itself doesn’t always feel so good.

In 2020, you started to collaborate with other chef friends, putting on pop-up events, and then you were able to open your own restaurant, Good Hot Fish, in 2024. What were your priorities when you were starting your own space?

I was so focused on finding a creative space. I knew that, at the time, that creative space was owning my own restaurant and finally feeling like I have ownership of my own stories. And having that autonomy that I never really felt like I had as a chef—and being able to travel and cook with chefs that I really admire.

My biggest thing as a Black chef, as a woman that’s only worked for white people [is] I never felt like I had a seat at the table. And while I’ve put in so much sweat equity, I’d never felt like I learned the guts of how to run a restaurant. I helped so many people open their own restaurants, but I still just felt like I didn’t get it.

And that was the one thing that was really special about that time—I had friends that would sit me down and we would just go over their P&L statements for hours. And they would go over food and labor costs with me. That was something that I really cherished. Beyond that, of course, it was [about] having that platform where I could cook food without any real boundaries, and get some honest immediate feedback about it as well.

You shared that you realized, later in your career, that you weren’t the first person in your family who had multiple side hustles—that you were part of this long lineage of women who were also using their talent in the kitchen. What’s your advice, or what are some insights, for folks in creative careers that are maybe feeling unsure about this feeling of patching together side hustles? Or, maybe, folks who aren’t feeling ready for the leap, but they have something in mind that they want to pursue?

A lot of my drive is driven by just my personality. I don’t know if this is advice, but just in describing my personality and where that drive comes from, it is because of—even your question, what advice for other creators, because there isn’t a lot of advice out there. People often feel like there’s a glass ceiling and they can’t [do it] because there aren’t a lot of examples and they don’t see a lot of people like them doing it. And that is part of what drives me and why I push myself.

So I don’t even know if that is advice necessarily, but it is something to reflect on as a creative, especially Black and Brown creatives. Sometimes what keeps me in the game is that there’s going to be a lot of people, I would hope, that look like me and can find a reflection of themselves and find hope in that. It’s easy for me to note how much fulfillment I find in my career as well. And of course, there are things about what I do that can feel thankless, but I’ve been able to find such reward in what I do. So I think just focusing on what that reward and fulfillment is for you, and going after that is probably the best bit of advice I can give. Because it’s going to be really hard, so sometimes you really do just have to stare at the finish line.

Yeah, definitely. You’ve also mentioned that, in Asheville, you’re really surrounded by a lot of writers, and makers, and artists, and how you feel really grateful for that community. I’m curious: Is community and collaboration something that also feeds your drive at this point in your career?

Yes, and part of my gratitude in living here is that there’s just so much creativity around me, and that also fuels me. I talk about that in the book—we have so many makers around us, even just from the folks that grow our iceberg lettuce for our wedge salad to the trout farmers. And the folks that mill our cornmeal 15 miles down the road. That inspires me. And when I have a really special product like that in my hand, I want to make sure that I do it its due diligence. So, I mean, even down to the ingredient and just knowing that there’s a restaurant a couple blocks away that is doing some really cool things too. There’s a really incredible chef community here that’s super tight-knit, and that certainly helps when times get tough.

I would imagine you keep very busy, but I was curious if there are any non-cooking, non-food avenues of inspiration that you find?

Yes, but it’s funny because it all ends up tying back to food. I really enjoy nature and specifically foraging, fishing. Those are things I really enjoy. And of course, I usually do something with my harvest. But, yeah, I’m starting to get into more design stuff. My wife and I just bought a house not too long ago, so that’s been a fun and very, very new undertaking. So maybe a new interest, we’ll see if it sticks.

That’s exciting, congratulations!

Thanks.

In your cookbook, there’s such a visual lushness both in the photography that you include, but also just in your writing and the way that you’re setting these scenes from your childhood to present time. Why was this an important part of your process?

So, I mean, obviously, I’m a new writer, so I think I was doing a lot of what just comes naturally to me. I talked about just going back and revisiting a lot of those places. I did that physically as well. And even my proposal was written in my childhood home—a lot of times, I was just sitting in my backyard, the first place I ever foraged. And so maybe I was cheating a little, but that made it really easy to put all of these descriptors around these places, because I was in it. And also, the memories are so vivid. I can often close my eyes and just be in them again. And of course, like you said, the photography—I was able to go back to all of these places and just instantly feel like a kid again, and [access] a lot of those memories as an adolescent just learning what food meant to me.

What are some recent or significant interactions that you’ve had with other folks who have resonated with your story?

One thing I will never forget is this little sweet girl named Marley, who I think, at the time, was in the fourth grade. It was when I was a chef at Benne on Eagle, and it was during Black History Month. She did her Black History Month project on me and did her presentation in front of the class. Her mom took pictures, and at the time, I think I wore a bandana almost every day to work. She wore a bandana and had a little chef shirt on. It was really cool. And I still have the pictures from that.

We have another little regular that comes into Good Hot Fish all the time and wrote us this letter that inspired some merchandise. And it’s just things like that that really keep me going and make me smile… Like I said, some days can feel a little thankless, and those are things I hold onto.

Ashleigh Shanti recommends:

All About Love by Bell Hooks. This book has taught me a lot about love and its many forms. Profound but straight to the point, I find myself referring to this book through just about every phase of life.

Photos of old Black Asheville by photographer Andrea Clark. I’m thankful Andrea captured such a special time in Asheville’s Black history. Her photos hang in my restaurant and looking at them gives me a sense of joy and hope for the future.

Citric acid. I love citric acid. It’s the white powder that coats your favorite sour candy. It’s fun to use to adjust the acid in cocktails or to give your favorite spice blend a punch.

Brittany Howard – “What Now”. I can’t stop playing this funky album at the restaurant. It feels groovy and nostalgic but fresh. It’s fun to see people in our dining room getting down while they dine.

Hoka Ora Primo. These are my new kitchen shoes for as long as I can find them. Good kitchen shoes are nearly impossible to find and naturally, after 10+ hours on your feet, you experience discomfort. These foot pillows make me feel like I’m walking on clouds.


This content originally appeared on The Creative Independent and was authored by Eva Recinos.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/10/chef-ashleigh-shanti-on-being-the-inspiration-that-others-might-need/feed/ 0 497045
We Need Gun Safe Storage Laws https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/03/we-need-gun-safe-storage-laws/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/03/we-need-gun-safe-storage-laws/#respond Thu, 03 Oct 2024 22:02:10 +0000 https://progressive.org/op-eds/we-need-gun-safe-storage-laws-dix-20241003/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Griffin Dix.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/03/we-need-gun-safe-storage-laws/feed/ 0 496247
U.S. Workers Need Paid Parental Leave https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/01/u-s-workers-need-paid-parental-leave/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/01/u-s-workers-need-paid-parental-leave/#respond Tue, 01 Oct 2024 21:21:55 +0000 https://progressive.org/op-eds/us-workers-need-paid-parental-leave-daugherty-20241001/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Kali Daugherty.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/01/u-s-workers-need-paid-parental-leave/feed/ 0 495891
Net-zero targets are everywhere. But to be effective, they need accountability. https://grist.org/accountability/net-zero-targets-are-everywhere-but-to-be-effective-they-need-accountability/ https://grist.org/accountability/net-zero-targets-are-everywhere-but-to-be-effective-they-need-accountability/#respond Wed, 25 Sep 2024 08:15:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=648741 Averting a worst-case global warming scenario will require the world’s largest institutions to reduce their emissions of greenhouse gases, and do it fast. Over the last decade and a half, a standard form has emerged in which governments and corporations have made their promise to do so: the net-zero target. This is generally a voluntarily self-imposed deadline, usually decades away, by which the institution’s emissions will not necessarily actually reduce to zero, but rather by which they will at least be ostensibly canceled out by carbon offsets.

As a strategy, the net-zero target has been criticized by climate advocates; at its worst, it can be a vague, unenforceable greenwashing program. But global efforts are underway to write standards for what makes a good one — and hold the target-setters to them. The net-zero targets that have actually been adopted display a surprisingly wide variety in terms of their substance: some refer to all greenhouse gas emissions, and others only to carbon dioxide; the strongest include sector-specific implementation plans and credible near-term targets, and cover all three emissions scopes up and down the value chain.

On Monday, the Net Zero Tracker, a collaboration between four climate organizations, released its most recent “Net Zero Stocktake” — a survey of the world’s climate pledges, including evaluations of how serious the plans are to actually follow through on them. Since the group began publishing such reports annually since 2021, it has found that, at the national level, after years of more and more countries setting net-zero targets, the growth of such pledges has now leveled off, with 147 countries, as well as the European Union, having now set a target. They include most of the highest-emitting countries. China, the world’s largest emitter, committed to carbon neutrality by 2060 in 2020 at the UN General Assembly. A significant exception is Azerbaijan, the oil-rich, gas-leaking host of November’s COP29 UN climate change conference, which has no net-zero target.

But net-zero targets continue to proliferate in subnational governments, especially at the state and regional levels, and in the private sector. In the 18 months since the 2023 report was published, the number of companies with net-zero targets has increased by 23 percent, and local regions by 28 percent. (Cities’ pledges only increased by 8 percent.)

The growth of regional targets is important because local governments play an important role in helping countries actually achieve decarbonization. “Subnational regions have huge responsibility for realizing net zero on the global scale,” said Sybrig Smit, a coauthor of the report, in a press briefing, adding that, in countries that have adopted national targets, “the credibility of those net zero targets simply increases when also on lower levels of government this ambition level is shown.” In the U.S., 19 states have net-zero targets — and five of them aim for an earlier deadline than the federal goal of 2050.

But the pledges vary widely in substance — and very few meet anything like a gold standard. “For all the subnational governments and companies, only a very small percentage of them actually meet all of the robustness or the integrity criteria” that were tracked in the report, said Takeshi Kuramochi, another of the report’s coauthors, in the briefing. For example, of the companies surveyed (the 2,000 largest in the world), only about half of those with net-zero targets covered all greenhouse gases, rather than just carbon dioxide. The metric that companies and governments alike scored worst on was clarity on the use of offsets: less than 10 percent of the net-zero targets set by companies, cities, and regions specify how much they will use offsets to achieve their goal.

While the overall landscape of net-zero targets appears plagued by insincerity, the report’s authors gave credit to those whose pledges were more substantive — and highlighted their role in leading by example, particularly as standards are formalized for net-zero targets. The report spotlights Costa Rica’s 2030 net-zero target, which covers all greenhouse gas emissions and includes sector-specific and interim targets. In the private sector, Google and the Volvo Group received special commendation in the report for covering all three emissions scopes — which means they can’t simply pass their emissions onto suppliers or ignore the footprint of their electricity usage. 

Giving credit where it’s due — in the hopes of incentivizing better performance through public scrutiny — is part of the theory of change according to which setting best practices for net-zero targets might actually be an effective mechanism for climate action. 

“Ultimately, a lot of things will need to be regulated, and that’s a positive thing,” said Catherine McKenna, a former Canadian environment minister who chaired a United Nations expert group on nonstate net-zero targets, in the briefing. “It creates a level playing field. It means there are consequences if you don’t do the work, and if you are doing the work then you can demonstrate that you are doing the work. We need to distinguish between those who are and those who aren’t, and [ensure] that the people who are doing the work feel really good.”

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Net-zero targets are everywhere. But to be effective, they need accountability. on Sep 25, 2024.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Gautama Mehta.

]]>
https://grist.org/accountability/net-zero-targets-are-everywhere-but-to-be-effective-they-need-accountability/feed/ 0 495107
Some 1,900 pagodas at Myanmar’s Bagan in need of repair | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/24/some-1900-pagodas-at-myanmars-bagan-in-need-of-repair-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/24/some-1900-pagodas-at-myanmars-bagan-in-need-of-repair-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Tue, 24 Sep 2024 20:34:41 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=fe8625e22c39d8dcb0e5ba40b6053470
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/24/some-1900-pagodas-at-myanmars-bagan-in-need-of-repair-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 495097
Archaeologist: Some 1,900 pagodas at Myanmar’s Bagan in need of repair https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/bagan-pagodas-damaged-09242024154022.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/bagan-pagodas-damaged-09242024154022.html#respond Tue, 24 Sep 2024 19:42:35 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/bagan-pagodas-damaged-09242024154022.html Heavy rains and flooding during the recent rainy season caused damage to about 1,900 pagodas at the UNESCO World Heritage site of Bagan, and many of the ancient Buddhist temples are now at risk of collapse, an archaeologist told Radio Free Asia.

Heavy rains and flooding during the recent rainy season caused damage to about 1,900 pagodas at the UNESCO World Heritage site of Bagan, and many of the ancient Buddhist temples are now at risk of collapse, an archaeologist told Radio Free Asia.

The deterioration over the last few months to the temples – many of which were built between the 10th and 13th centuries – follows several years of inadequate preservation work, according to Thura Aung, former secretary of the Myanmar Archaeology Association.

Additionally, the 2021 military coup d’etat and subsequent fighting between factions in the region has left the Bagan Archaeological Zone understaffed, he said.

“Currently, the staff at Bagan’s Archeological Department is insufficient, and there is no plan to address the shortage,” he said. “Bagan is a vast area with numerous temples, but the available workforce is inadequate. There is no strategy in place to resolve the staffing issue.”

Bagan’s soaring spires and iconic Buddhist pagodas and temples, a main attraction for Myanmar’s tourism industry, are popular with religious pilgrims and tourists who scale the monuments to watch the sun set.

20240924-MYNAMAR-BAGAN-FLOODING-PAGODAS-002.jpg
Pagoda No. 1042 “Sinka” Pagoda Saty Taw at Thit Shwe Laung Ward, Bagan City, Sept. 12, 2024. (U Htun Lin Aung via Facebook)

A major earthquake in 1975 severely damaged more than half of the area’s pagodas and temples and toppled the notable Buphaya Pagoda, which broke apart and fell into the Irrawaddy River.

Restoration work was carried out in the 1990s when a previous military junta ruled Myanmar, but the work was criticized by art historians and preservationists worldwide for its use of modern materials and scant adherence to original architectural styles.

In 1996, Myanmar officials put in an initial application for the Bagan archeological site and pagodas to become a UNESCO World Heritage Site. The bid was rejected, apparently because of poor management strategies and improper restoration work.

Bagan was finally added to the World Heritage list in 2019. But much of Bagan’s preservation oversight fell away after the 2021 coup when teams from France, South Korea and Japan withdrew.

“In the past, the pagodas were constructed with tightly compacted, well-baked bricks, pressed layer by layer with great care, which is why they withstood time,” a resident of Bagan who has worked on pagoda restoration told RFA. 

“If a collapse were due to age, it would be understandable,” he said. “But now, the temples are collapsing before their time, and this is due to the methods, and most importantly, the quality of the materials used.”

Maintaining the temples requires the proper baking of bricks and ensuring correct proportions, he said. Workers must also seal ramps and terraces with water-resistant materials and remove any wild plants that grow on the pagodas.

‘Cement is prohibited’

A report released by the military junta’s Ministry of Information on Sept. 13 acknowledged that stairways, brick walls and decorated archways have recently deteriorated at noted temples such as Shwezigon, Thatbyinnyu and Htilominlo.

Additionally, the lower terraces and sections of platforms have collapsed at two pagodas in the Hnetpyittaung pagoda group. Damage was also found at three other nearby pagodas, according to the report.


RELATED STORIES

Construction in ancient city of Bagan goes unchecked under junta

Interview: ‘We Recommend That All Governments Include Risk And Disaster Management In Their Management Plans’

Myanmar President Visits Bagan to Survey Quake-Damaged Pagodas


These temples are currently being repaired, said Kyaw Myo Win, director of the Bagan branch of the junta’s Department of Archaeology.

“Since becoming a World Heritage Site, all restoration work has adhered to traditional principles. Even the use of cement is prohibited,” he said. “We recreate the original mortar using the same traditional mixing methods, and when we use bricks, they match the original size and color.”

20240924-MYNAMAR-BAGAN-FLOODING-PAGODAS-003.jpg
A pagoda damaged by heavy rains in the Bagan Archaeological Zone, Sept. 13, 2024. (Ministry of Information)

But according to Thura Aung, there is no consistent practice in place for maintaining the pagodas. Modern, readily available materials are too often being used for repairs, he said.

“The claim that they are preserving the original method is just on paper,” he said. “In reality, it’s being revised without maintaining its true authenticity.”

Critics have also cited an increase in construction projects in the ancient city that are undertaken without heritage impact reports and have disrupted irrigation systems and water drainage in the increasingly urbanized landscape.

Last week, junta leader Senior General Min Aung Hlaing visited Bagan to inspect recent repairs aimed at preventing future flooding from the zone’s lakes and reservoirs, several junta newspapers reported.

Translated by Kalyar Lwin. Edited by Matt Reed.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Burmese.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/bagan-pagodas-damaged-09242024154022.html/feed/ 0 494931
Climate Activist Kumi Naidoo on the Need for a Fossil Fuel Non-Proliferation Treaty https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/24/climate-activist-kumi-naidoo-on-the-need-for-a-fossil-fuel-non-proliferation-treaty/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/24/climate-activist-kumi-naidoo-on-the-need-for-a-fossil-fuel-non-proliferation-treaty/#respond Tue, 24 Sep 2024 15:21:46 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=a26d537f35d7c557c6561a7657ab3956
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/24/climate-activist-kumi-naidoo-on-the-need-for-a-fossil-fuel-non-proliferation-treaty/feed/ 0 494888
Climate Activist Kumi Naidoo on the Need for a Fossil Fuel Non-Proliferation Treaty https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/24/climate-activist-kumi-naidoo-on-the-need-for-a-fossil-fuel-non-proliferation-treaty/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/24/climate-activist-kumi-naidoo-on-the-need-for-a-fossil-fuel-non-proliferation-treaty/#respond Tue, 24 Sep 2024 15:21:46 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=a26d537f35d7c557c6561a7657ab3956
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/24/climate-activist-kumi-naidoo-on-the-need-for-a-fossil-fuel-non-proliferation-treaty/feed/ 0 494889
NYC Climate Week: Climate Activist Kumi Naidoo on the Need for a Fossil Fuel Non-Proliferation Treaty https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/24/nyc-climate-week-climate-activist-kumi-naidoo-on-the-need-for-a-fossil-fuel-non-proliferation-treaty/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/24/nyc-climate-week-climate-activist-kumi-naidoo-on-the-need-for-a-fossil-fuel-non-proliferation-treaty/#respond Tue, 24 Sep 2024 12:42:36 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=1877b7a1717984ed57bf1ad644bf99b7 Seg3 kumi fossil fuels sign

As New York City’s Climate Week begins, we speak to environmental justice activist Kumi Naidoo, the former head of Greenpeace International and Amnesty International and now the president of the Fossil Fuel Non-Proliferation Treaty Initiative, about his work to end the use of fossil fuels, the leading driver of climate change. Naidoo calls for “urgency and the fastest withdrawal” from the world’s dependence on fossil fuel companies, slamming the “arrogance,” “control” and “impunity” of their profit-maximizing CEOs. Naidoo is from South Africa, which brought the genocide case against Israel to the International Criminal Court, and he has joined other climate activists in linking the climate justice and antiwar movements. “We have to recognize many of the struggles we face are very intersecting and very connected.”


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/24/nyc-climate-week-climate-activist-kumi-naidoo-on-the-need-for-a-fossil-fuel-non-proliferation-treaty/feed/ 0 494875
Why wait until the robots take our jobs? We need a basic income now https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/23/why-wait-until-the-robots-take-our-jobs-we-need-a-basic-income-now/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/23/why-wait-until-the-robots-take-our-jobs-we-need-a-basic-income-now/#respond Mon, 23 Sep 2024 11:31:50 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/beyond-trafficking-and-slavery/why-wait-until-the-robots-take-our-jobs-we-need-a-basic-income-now/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Karl Widerquist.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/23/why-wait-until-the-robots-take-our-jobs-we-need-a-basic-income-now/feed/ 0 494706
Bolt and Uber drivers: ‘Xenophobic’ prank exposes need to fix gig economy https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/23/bolt-and-uber-drivers-xenophobic-prank-exposes-need-to-fix-gig-economy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/23/bolt-and-uber-drivers-xenophobic-prank-exposes-need-to-fix-gig-economy/#respond Mon, 23 Sep 2024 08:24:52 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/uber-bolt-nigeria-south-africa-prank-xenophobia-chidimma-onwe-adetshina-drivers/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Soita Khatondi Wepukhulu.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/23/bolt-and-uber-drivers-xenophobic-prank-exposes-need-to-fix-gig-economy/feed/ 0 494664
‘No need for own nuclear weapon’ against North Korea: South Korean president https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/south-korea-nuclear-weapons-09202024030701.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/south-korea-nuclear-weapons-09202024030701.html#respond Fri, 20 Sep 2024 07:08:03 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/south-korea-nuclear-weapons-09202024030701.html South Korea has already established a system that can effectively deter and respond to the North Korean nuclear threat without the need for its own nuclear arsenal, said South Korean President Yoon Suk Yeol, a week after the North unveiled details of its uranium enrichment facility for the first time.

Yoon set out his thoughts on Friday, while on a visit to the Czech Republic, when asked by a reporter if South Korea was seriously considering nuclear weapons.

“Seoul sees beefing up its own defense capabilities as well as strengthening the enforceability of the U.S.-South Korean extended deterrent as the best defense against the North Korean nuclear threat,” he said.

“We established the NCG through the ‘Washington Declaration’ in April last year, and the United States and South Korea are currently promoting nuclear strategic planning as well as joint implementation through the Conventional-Nuclear Integration,” said Yoon, referring to a Nuclear Consultative Group and the strategy of being prepared to survive and respond to a nuclear attack.

The U.S. and South Korea held their inaugural  NCG meeting in July last year, when they discussed information sharing, consultation mechanisms, and joint planning and execution to enhance nuclear deterrence against North Korea.

The NCG framework was announced during the bilateral summit in Washington last April against the backdrop of growing demands in South Korea for its own nuclear weapons in light of North Korea’s escalating nuclear threats.

Yoon also highlighted the importance of cooperation between the U.S., South Korea and fellow U.S. ally, Japan.

“Since the Camp David Summit in August last year, the three countries have established a trilateral cooperation system to enhance efforts to promote security and peace in the Indo-Pacific region,” he said.

2023-08-18T193834Z_1980865832_RC2JQ2A7VVP9_RTRMADP_3_USA-SUMMIT.JPG
U.S. President Joe Biden holds a joint press conference with Japanese Prime Minister Fumio Kishida and South Korean President Yoon Suk Yeol during the trilateral summit at Camp David near Thurmont, Maryland, U.S., Aug. 18, 2023. (Jim Bourg/Reuters)

At their Camp David meeting, the leaders of Japan, the U.S. and South Korea, agreed on several key initiatives aimed at strengthening trilateral cooperation. 

These included commitments to enhance joint military exercises, increase intelligence sharing and deepen economic ties. Additionally, the summit produced a joint statement that emphasized the importance of a free and open Indo-Pacific, underscoring the trilateral alliance’s role in maintaining regional stability and countering China’s growing influence.

“As challenges to the international order based on freedom, human rights, and the rule of law grow, especially if they are pursued through force and coercive diplomacy, the need for cooperation between the three countries as partners of values and interests will only increase,” the South Korean president said.

Yoon’s remarks came about a week after the North unveiled details of its uranium enrichment facility for the first time, with its leader Kim Jong Un calling for increasing the number of centrifuges for uranium enrichment so it can increase its nuclear arsenal for self-defense. 


RELATED STORIES

Satellite photos show expansion of suspected North Korean uranium enrichment site

North Korea unveils uranium enrichment facility for the first time

Kim Jong Un says North Korea to increase its arsenal of nuclear weapons


Radio Free Asia reported on Thursday, based on analysis of satellite imagery, evidence that a suspected North Korean uranium enrichment facility that may have been toured by leader Kim Jong Un recently has grown significantly since construction was first spotted there in February.

Impact of Russian sanctions

When questioned on whether sanctions against Russia have had any impact on the South Korean economy, Yoon said that since the outbreak of the war in Ukraine, the volume of trade between South Korea and Russia has dropped significantly, and South Korean companies had suffered as a result.

“Nevertheless, as a responsible member of the international community, my government will continue to work in international co-operation to safeguard peace,” he added.

Russian President Vladimir Putin warned South Korea in June that sending  weapons to Ukraine would be a “very big mistake” after South Korea said it would consider doing so in response to a pact between Russia and North Korea to come to each other’s aid if attacked.

At that time, South Korea announced it would reconsider its policy of not sending arms to Ukraine in response to North Korea and Russia signing a treaty that included a mutual pledge to provide immediate military assistance if either was attacked.

Edited by Mike Firn.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Taejun Kang for RFA.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/south-korea-nuclear-weapons-09202024030701.html/feed/ 0 494286
The Need for Independent Media: Voices For Peace in a World at War https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/09/the-need-for-independent-media-voices-for-peace-in-a-world-at-war/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/09/the-need-for-independent-media-voices-for-peace-in-a-world-at-war/#respond Mon, 09 Sep 2024 18:00:40 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=44325 Mickey recently spoke with Jeff Cohen, founder of FAIR, and author of Cable News Confidential, about his time as senior producer to the late Phil Donahue’s MSNBC program. It was among the highest rated shows on the network at the time but was cancelled on the run up to the…

The post The Need for Independent Media: Voices For Peace in a World at War appeared first on Project Censored.


This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Kate Horgan.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/09/the-need-for-independent-media-voices-for-peace-in-a-world-at-war/feed/ 0 492477
"The World is on Fire – We need to do Something" | Sam Johnson | 6 September 2024 | Just Stop Oil https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/06/the-world-is-on-fire-we-need-to-do-something-sam-johnson-6-september-2024-just-stop-oil/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/06/the-world-is-on-fire-we-need-to-do-something-sam-johnson-6-september-2024-just-stop-oil/#respond Fri, 06 Sep 2024 20:18:59 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=e80b0ac75dff040eaaa70d7d31ae0bd6
This content originally appeared on Just Stop Oil and was authored by Just Stop Oil.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/06/the-world-is-on-fire-we-need-to-do-something-sam-johnson-6-september-2024-just-stop-oil/feed/ 0 493142
Workers Need Protection From Record-Breaking Heat https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/06/workers-need-protection-from-record-breaking-heat/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/06/workers-need-protection-from-record-breaking-heat/#respond Fri, 06 Sep 2024 05:55:44 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=332688 This summer is on track to being the hottest on record, with 2024 very likely to be the hottest year. Fueled by global warming, extreme heat is the leading weather-related cause of death in the United States. It claims the lives of around 2,000 workers and injures another 170,000 in heat stress-related incidents each year, More

The post Workers Need Protection From Record-Breaking Heat appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>
This summer is on track to being the hottest on record, with 2024 very likely to be the hottest year.

Fueled by global warming, extreme heat is the leading weather-related cause of death in the United States. It claims the lives of around 2,000 workers and injures another 170,000 in heat stress-related incidents each year, according to Public Citizen.

Workers whose jobs expose them to dangerous heat — like farm, construction, maintenance, delivery, and warehouse workers — are the most vulnerable. Underlying inequities further compound the risks for lower-income workers and workers of color.

In August, as temperatures in Baltimore approached 100 degrees, heat tragically killed 36-year-old Ronald Silver II, a city sanitation worker. “He was found lying on the hood of a car and asking for water,” reported The Guardian. In other instances,airport workers have passed out and suffered from other symptoms of heat exhaustion while on the job.

These deaths and illnesses could have been prevented if long overdue, proper workplace heat protection standards had been in place.

Some life-saving relief may be on the horizon, however. On July 2, the Biden administration announced a new proposed rule that would establish the country’s first federal heat safety standard. It would help protect around 36 million workers — both indoor and outdoor — from heat-related deaths and injuries.

If finalized, the new Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations would require employers to provide drinking water and rest breaks when the combined temperature and relative humidity hit 80 degrees.

Employers would also be required to develop a heat injury and illness prevention plan, provide training, and immediately assist a worker who is experiencing a heat emergency. Additional protections would be triggered once the heat index reaches 90 degrees, including a minimum 15-minute paid rest break every two hours.

In the absence of a nationwide standard, only five states have implemented their own regulations to protect workers from heat: California, Washington, Oregon, Colorado, and Minnesota. The types of industries covered vary for each state, as do the workplace settings (indoor and/or outdoor) and the temperature levels that trigger safety requirements.

Some localities have taken matters into their own hands. The city of Phoenix, which endured 31 consecutive days of temperatures over 110 degrees last summer, passed an ordinance in March that requires city contractors and subcontractors to provide access to shade, rest, water, and air conditioning for their outside workers, including construction and airport workers.

In stark contrast, several states cruelly continue to prevent localities from implementing the most basic protections.

Texas Governor Greg Abbott signed a bill last year that rescinded mandatory rest and water breaks for construction workers. And at the urging of powerful business interests and their lobbyists, this year Florida Governor Ron DeSantis signed a measure that bans localities from passing heat protections like water breaks and shade for outdoor workers. At least two farmworkers in Florida died last year from heat exposure.

A federal heat safety standard would help counter these unconscionable attacks on workers and save lives. But it could take years to finalize. In addition to election year uncertainties, final approval will likely face challenges from big business and lobbying groups, particularly from the agricultural and construction sectors.

Until then, state governments should act urgently and adopt their own worker protections. Congress can also direct OSHA to issue an interim heat safety standard until a final heat standard is issued.

The summers won’t be getting any cooler. And workers’ lives hang in the balance.

The post Workers Need Protection From Record-Breaking Heat appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Farrah Hassen.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/06/workers-need-protection-from-record-breaking-heat/feed/ 0 492229
Disabled people don’t need another inquiry. We need change https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/02/disabled-people-dont-need-another-inquiry-we-need-change/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/02/disabled-people-dont-need-another-inquiry-we-need-change/#respond Mon, 02 Sep 2024 10:59:48 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/royal-commission-care-disabled-people-social-reform-needed-labour-government-policy/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Mikey Erhardt.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/02/disabled-people-dont-need-another-inquiry-we-need-change/feed/ 0 491540
Labor Safety, Project 2025, & the Far Right’s Plot Against Workers: What You Need to Know https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/30/labor-safety-project-2025-the-far-rights-plot-against-workers-what-you-need-to-know/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/30/labor-safety-project-2025-the-far-rights-plot-against-workers-what-you-need-to-know/#respond Fri, 30 Aug 2024 19:20:47 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d22ba4962fac4a91a3665dd03b414538
This content originally appeared on Laura Flanders & Friends and was authored by Laura Flanders & Friends.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/30/labor-safety-project-2025-the-far-rights-plot-against-workers-what-you-need-to-know/feed/ 0 491201
Child Care Does Not Need To Be a Crisis https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/28/child-care-does-not-need-to-be-a-crisis/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/28/child-care-does-not-need-to-be-a-crisis/#respond Wed, 28 Aug 2024 23:06:38 +0000 https://progressive.org/magazine/child-care-does-not-need-to-be-a-crisis-isser-20240828/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Mindy Isser.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/28/child-care-does-not-need-to-be-a-crisis/feed/ 0 490881
Harris and the Need for Diplomacy https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/28/harris-and-the-need-for-diplomacy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/28/harris-and-the-need-for-diplomacy/#respond Wed, 28 Aug 2024 06:00:38 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=331785 There is no sign of Harris’s positions on Biden’s policy choices that would suggest strong differences or alternative approaches to change the direction of U.S. policy.  Harris at this point cannot deviate from President Biden’s key positions on sensitive issues, although Vice President Hubert Humphrey probably lost the election in 1968 to Richard Nixon because of a belated critique on U.S. policy in Vietnam.  Biden’s unwavering support for Israel could ultimately hurt Harris in key states such as Michigan.  More

The post Harris and the Need for Diplomacy appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

Ger van Elk, Symmetry of Diplomacy, 1975, Groninger Museum

“Let us never negotiate out of fear. But let us never fear to negotiate.”

– President John F. Kennedy, Inauguration Speech, January 20, 1961.

Vice President Kamala Harris’s acceptance speech last week was a tour de force.   It was presidential; it was compelling; it demonstrated presence and power.  But it provided no indication that she will address the weakest aspects of President Joe Biden’s national security policy, the failure to restore diplomacy as the central tool of foreign policy and to reestablish the primacy of arms control and disarmament.

Harris has a compelling personal story; she used the story effectively to introduce herself to the American public.  Harris’s confidence and charisma allowed her to connect to her audience, and perhaps to impress independents and even some Republicans to take a second look at a political figure who was caricatured unfairly by the mainstream media from the outset of the Biden administration.  She was so effective that it is difficult to imagine an incoherent and rambling Donald Trump sharing a stage with her at their debate that is scheduled for September 17th.

It is unreasonable to expect any vice president to deviate from the president’s foreign policy imperatives, but an opportunity was missed to at least introduce new aspects of foreign policy that were not addressed during Biden’s presidency.  One possible indicator of a more pragmatic approach is the fact that Harris’s foreign policy advisor is Philip Gordon, whose writings suggest an awareness of the limits of American power and a willingness to negotiate with autocratic regimes.

As an official in the Department of State during the Obama administration and a White House advisor to Obama on the Middle East, Gordon worked on the Iran nuclear accord, the effort to reset relations with Russia after its invasion of Georgia, and advised against supporting regime change in Syria.  The so-called reset with Russia contributed to the successful effort to remove chemical weapons from Syria. (Obama has been unfairly criticized for the failure to use force against the Assad regime in Syria, and the success of bilateral diplomacy with Russia has not been acknowledged.)  According to the Financial Times, Gordon has been responsible for crafting Harris’s more sympathetic tone for the plight of the Palestinians.

Although Biden put great stock into personal diplomacy, his team demonstrated no willingness to open areas of dialogue with key adversaries.  We have obvious differences with Russia’s Putin, China’s Xi, and Iran’s Ayatollah.  But over the past several months, these leaders have demonstrated an interest in pursuing substantive discussions with the United States.  It was encouraging that Harris did not personally mention these leaders and only singled out North Korea’s Kim Jong Un for criticism, although Kim’s interest in dealing with the United States is also apparent.

There is no sign of Harris’s positions on Biden’s policy choices that would suggest strong differences or alternative approaches to change the direction of U.S. policy.  Harris at this point cannot deviate from President Biden’s key positions on sensitive issues, although Vice President Hubert Humphrey probably lost the election in 1968 to Richard Nixon because of a belated critique on U.S. policy in Vietnam.  Biden’s unwavering support for Israel could ultimately hurt Harris in key states such as Michigan.

Harris acknowledged that she was the “last person in the room” on the decision to withdraw from Afghanistan, and it was well known that she wanted to protect the Afghan women and children who would be most affected by the Taliban’s return to power.  But Harris, like Biden, was “eager” to find a political solution that would allow the withdrawal of American forces, which was the correct position after two decades of military and political failure in Afghanistan.

Ironically, when Joe Biden was vice president, he took strong exception to President Barack Obama’s decision to increase the U.S. force presence in Afghanistan and even warned the president to avoid getting “boxed in” by Secretary of Defense Robert Gates and the Joint Chiefs of Staff that were pressing for a large increase in military forces.  Biden took the unusual step of sending a classified message to Obama to prevent any increase in the U.S. presence, and wrote a personal note for the record that he was “thinking I should resign in protest over what will bring his administration down.”

According to the Washington Post, Biden privately stated that protecting Afghan women was not a cause worthy of continued U.S. military intervention.  (My personal view is that Biden has been unfairly pilloried for ending the “forever war” in Afghanistan, which cost the United States more than $2 trillion.  It was one of Biden’s greatest achievements, refusing to prolong a war that made no sense and was never worth the cost after the initial success in 2001.)

Unfortunately, we have no way of knowing how Harris will handle two of Biden’s greatest failures: his continuation of Donald Trump’s failed policy toward China and his intense support for the illiberal and militaristic policies of Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu.  The pursuit of containment against China is a losing hand that must yield to more nimble strategies and tactics.  Israel’s dangerous escalation in Gaza prevents any possibility of serious negotiations in the region, let alone a compromise for peace.  The “alliance” with Israel is a shackle that chains U.S. policy to Israel’s dangerous illusions and aspirations.  It must be addressed.

Harris’s speech ended with the usual tropes associated with presidential national security policy.  She stressed that she would “ensure America always has the strongest, most lethal fighting force in the world,” and that she would “take whatever action is necessary to defend our forces and our interests against Iran and Iran-backed terrorists.”  Her emphasis on “standing up for Israel’s right to defend itself” obfuscates the fact that Israeli genocidal actions in Gaza and the West Bank have nothing to do with defense.

Our policy of globalism has been overly dependent on support for military lethality, which led us into losing wars in Vietnam, Iraq, and Afghanistan; our stress on terrorism led us into the “Global War on Terror,” which led to a wrongful expansion of U.S. power into the Middle East and even Africa.  Our reliance on strategic superiority, which will require continued modernization of strategic forces, will be a costly liability in times such as these that require more stable and subtle policies.  There is much work to be done and, at this point, no clarity on the shape and substance of future foreign policy.

The post Harris and the Need for Diplomacy appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Melvin Goodman.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/28/harris-and-the-need-for-diplomacy/feed/ 0 490801
Harris and the Need for Diplomacy https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/28/harris-and-the-need-for-diplomacy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/28/harris-and-the-need-for-diplomacy/#respond Wed, 28 Aug 2024 06:00:38 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=331785 There is no sign of Harris’s positions on Biden’s policy choices that would suggest strong differences or alternative approaches to change the direction of U.S. policy.  Harris at this point cannot deviate from President Biden’s key positions on sensitive issues, although Vice President Hubert Humphrey probably lost the election in 1968 to Richard Nixon because of a belated critique on U.S. policy in Vietnam.  Biden’s unwavering support for Israel could ultimately hurt Harris in key states such as Michigan.  More

The post Harris and the Need for Diplomacy appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

Ger van Elk, Symmetry of Diplomacy, 1975, Groninger Museum

“Let us never negotiate out of fear. But let us never fear to negotiate.”

– President John F. Kennedy, Inauguration Speech, January 20, 1961.

Vice President Kamala Harris’s acceptance speech last week was a tour de force.   It was presidential; it was compelling; it demonstrated presence and power.  But it provided no indication that she will address the weakest aspects of President Joe Biden’s national security policy, the failure to restore diplomacy as the central tool of foreign policy and to reestablish the primacy of arms control and disarmament.

Harris has a compelling personal story; she used the story effectively to introduce herself to the American public.  Harris’s confidence and charisma allowed her to connect to her audience, and perhaps to impress independents and even some Republicans to take a second look at a political figure who was caricatured unfairly by the mainstream media from the outset of the Biden administration.  She was so effective that it is difficult to imagine an incoherent and rambling Donald Trump sharing a stage with her at their debate that is scheduled for September 17th.

It is unreasonable to expect any vice president to deviate from the president’s foreign policy imperatives, but an opportunity was missed to at least introduce new aspects of foreign policy that were not addressed during Biden’s presidency.  One possible indicator of a more pragmatic approach is the fact that Harris’s foreign policy advisor is Philip Gordon, whose writings suggest an awareness of the limits of American power and a willingness to negotiate with autocratic regimes.

As an official in the Department of State during the Obama administration and a White House advisor to Obama on the Middle East, Gordon worked on the Iran nuclear accord, the effort to reset relations with Russia after its invasion of Georgia, and advised against supporting regime change in Syria.  The so-called reset with Russia contributed to the successful effort to remove chemical weapons from Syria. (Obama has been unfairly criticized for the failure to use force against the Assad regime in Syria, and the success of bilateral diplomacy with Russia has not been acknowledged.)  According to the Financial Times, Gordon has been responsible for crafting Harris’s more sympathetic tone for the plight of the Palestinians.

Although Biden put great stock into personal diplomacy, his team demonstrated no willingness to open areas of dialogue with key adversaries.  We have obvious differences with Russia’s Putin, China’s Xi, and Iran’s Ayatollah.  But over the past several months, these leaders have demonstrated an interest in pursuing substantive discussions with the United States.  It was encouraging that Harris did not personally mention these leaders and only singled out North Korea’s Kim Jong Un for criticism, although Kim’s interest in dealing with the United States is also apparent.

There is no sign of Harris’s positions on Biden’s policy choices that would suggest strong differences or alternative approaches to change the direction of U.S. policy.  Harris at this point cannot deviate from President Biden’s key positions on sensitive issues, although Vice President Hubert Humphrey probably lost the election in 1968 to Richard Nixon because of a belated critique on U.S. policy in Vietnam.  Biden’s unwavering support for Israel could ultimately hurt Harris in key states such as Michigan.

Harris acknowledged that she was the “last person in the room” on the decision to withdraw from Afghanistan, and it was well known that she wanted to protect the Afghan women and children who would be most affected by the Taliban’s return to power.  But Harris, like Biden, was “eager” to find a political solution that would allow the withdrawal of American forces, which was the correct position after two decades of military and political failure in Afghanistan.

Ironically, when Joe Biden was vice president, he took strong exception to President Barack Obama’s decision to increase the U.S. force presence in Afghanistan and even warned the president to avoid getting “boxed in” by Secretary of Defense Robert Gates and the Joint Chiefs of Staff that were pressing for a large increase in military forces.  Biden took the unusual step of sending a classified message to Obama to prevent any increase in the U.S. presence, and wrote a personal note for the record that he was “thinking I should resign in protest over what will bring his administration down.”

According to the Washington Post, Biden privately stated that protecting Afghan women was not a cause worthy of continued U.S. military intervention.  (My personal view is that Biden has been unfairly pilloried for ending the “forever war” in Afghanistan, which cost the United States more than $2 trillion.  It was one of Biden’s greatest achievements, refusing to prolong a war that made no sense and was never worth the cost after the initial success in 2001.)

Unfortunately, we have no way of knowing how Harris will handle two of Biden’s greatest failures: his continuation of Donald Trump’s failed policy toward China and his intense support for the illiberal and militaristic policies of Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu.  The pursuit of containment against China is a losing hand that must yield to more nimble strategies and tactics.  Israel’s dangerous escalation in Gaza prevents any possibility of serious negotiations in the region, let alone a compromise for peace.  The “alliance” with Israel is a shackle that chains U.S. policy to Israel’s dangerous illusions and aspirations.  It must be addressed.

Harris’s speech ended with the usual tropes associated with presidential national security policy.  She stressed that she would “ensure America always has the strongest, most lethal fighting force in the world,” and that she would “take whatever action is necessary to defend our forces and our interests against Iran and Iran-backed terrorists.”  Her emphasis on “standing up for Israel’s right to defend itself” obfuscates the fact that Israeli genocidal actions in Gaza and the West Bank have nothing to do with defense.

Our policy of globalism has been overly dependent on support for military lethality, which led us into losing wars in Vietnam, Iraq, and Afghanistan; our stress on terrorism led us into the “Global War on Terror,” which led to a wrongful expansion of U.S. power into the Middle East and even Africa.  Our reliance on strategic superiority, which will require continued modernization of strategic forces, will be a costly liability in times such as these that require more stable and subtle policies.  There is much work to be done and, at this point, no clarity on the shape and substance of future foreign policy.

The post Harris and the Need for Diplomacy appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Melvin Goodman.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/28/harris-and-the-need-for-diplomacy/feed/ 0 490802
British Muslim MP Naz Shah: We need to amplify minority stories https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/15/british-muslim-mp-naz-shah-we-need-to-amplify-minority-stories/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/15/british-muslim-mp-naz-shah-we-need-to-amplify-minority-stories/#respond Thu, 15 Aug 2024 11:11:26 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/british-muslim-mp-naz-shah-far-right-minority/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Naz Shah.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/15/british-muslim-mp-naz-shah-we-need-to-amplify-minority-stories/feed/ 0 488808
More People Need To Know That Abortion Is Health care https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/12/more-people-need-to-know-that-abortion-is-health-care/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/12/more-people-need-to-know-that-abortion-is-health-care/#respond Mon, 12 Aug 2024 17:42:24 +0000 https://progressive.org/op-eds/more-people-need-to-know-that-abortion-is-health-care-raj-20240812/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Anita Raj.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/12/more-people-need-to-know-that-abortion-is-health-care/feed/ 0 488294
Vietnamese town queries need for $3.5M monument https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/monument-rebuild-kickbacks-corruption-08082024125315.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/monument-rebuild-kickbacks-corruption-08082024125315.html#respond Thu, 08 Aug 2024 19:26:11 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/monument-rebuild-kickbacks-corruption-08082024125315.html Residents of a town in Central Vietnam are asking why their local government wants to dip into its meager annual budget to spend US $3.5 million to demolish and rebuild a 19-year-old monument.

Authorities in Dien Ban town are seeking Quang Nam province’s permission to tear down the two-decade-old military monument and replace it with a larger and grander tribute to Vietnam’s military.

One expert told Radio Free Asia the job would provide a perfect cover for corruption, with local officials and construction firms working in tandem to inflate the project budget and pocket the difference.

The “upgrade” to the Dien Ngoc Gallant Soldiers Monument would cost 88 billion dong, or about US $3.5 million, according to a proposal made public by Vietnamese state media. The reportedly dilapidated current statue was built in 2005 for only 1.5 billion dong, or about $60,000.

That has left some locals with severe sticker shock.

“Demolishing the current Dien Ngoc Monument and using 88 billion dong to rebuild and upgrade it is a waste and too costly. It won’t bring much spiritual value,” said a local construction worker, who spoke with RFA on condition of anonymity for fear of retribution from officials.

He suggested that the provincial government should reject the proposal so that the funds can instead be used to provide loans for the town’s residents to help them overcome the financial difficulties they have faced since the COVID pandemic routed local businesses.

According to state media, the current statue, though rarely visited by local residents, was built to commemorate “the sacrifice of seven Dien Ngoc gallant soldiers in the battle against the American imperialists and their henchmen” in the local area in the early 1960s.

Neverending development

RFA Vietnamese’s calls to the Dien Ban People’s Committee to seek further information about the project went unanswered.

But the proposal argues that a complete rebuild of the monument is needed because the 2005 monument is in a state of disrepair. The requested funds, it says, would also help upgrade gardens near the monument.

The Dien Ngoc Gallant Soldiers Monument is only the latest of a growing number of monuments around Vietnam that local authorities have sought to rebuild, seemingly for propaganda purposes.

Many in Vietnam suspect another motive, though.

A lecturer at the Hanoi University of Civil Engineering told RFA, also on the condition of being granted anonymity, that many monuments were being rebuilt to provide officials an easy way to embezzle state funds.

“It’s not really understandable that cities and provinces that are as poor as church mice, and whose residents are constantly hungry, insist on building monuments,” the lecturer said, adding that costly monuments could prove “seductive” due to the possibility of kickbacks.

“That seductive and magic force, to put it bluntly, is personal gain,” they explained. “Money from project funds will be stolen and then go straight into the pockets of officials and their cronies.”

Out of every 10 dong spent on a given project, the lecturer said, only about two or three dong would ultimately be spent on the project.

“That’s why,” they said, “nine out of 10 monuments quickly deteriorate.”

And that only opens up opportunities for more future rebuilds.

A monument to corruption

Vietnamese state media has not shied away from reporting on the issue, noting that many multi-billion-dong monuments have been left in a ruinous state only years after being unveiled in ceremonies.

Some of the most high-profile flops have included the Phan Dinh Phung Monument in Ha Tinh province in the country’s north, which cost about 30 billion dong, or about US $1.2 million, and the “Uncle Ho and Vietnamese Farmers” monument in nearby Thai Binh province, which took 203 billion dong, or about US $8 million, out of state coffers.

Some government officials have even been imprisoned for embezzlement of state funds for their monumental ploys.

A high-profile example was the Dien Bien Phu Victory Monument, which was inaugurated on May 7, 2004, to celebrate the 50th anniversary of the Dien Bien Phu victory against the French.

Not long after its completion, the monument base cracked and began to sink, while the bronze statue atop the base rusted away due to the low proportion of bronze used. Original designs had called for 220 tons of bronze, but only 120 tons reportedly ended up in the statue.

Eight people were arrested and prosecuted for the graft scheme, including the deputy director of Dien Bien Phu’s department of culture and the director of its historical site management board. In 2011, the provincial court sentenced the latter to more than 3 years in prison.

Still, an architect in Hanoi said the real money for officials was not in the monuments game. Speaking to RFA on condition of anonymity, he said infrastructure projects such as roads and bridges cost significantly more than monuments and so left more room for “kickback money.”

But in smaller areas of Vietnam without the imminent need for such large-scale projects, he said, monuments with a conspicuous political element were the most sure-fire way for local officials to profit.

Translated by Anna Vu. Edited by Alex Willemyns.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Vietnamese.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/monument-rebuild-kickbacks-corruption-08082024125315.html/feed/ 0 487758
Chinese Olympic swimmers doping scandal: What you need to know | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/02/chinese-olympic-swimmers-doping-scandal-what-you-need-to-know-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/02/chinese-olympic-swimmers-doping-scandal-what-you-need-to-know-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Fri, 02 Aug 2024 22:50:18 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=fac43f8d29e5babe79929bc170a74d69
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/02/chinese-olympic-swimmers-doping-scandal-what-you-need-to-know-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 486975
We Need Political Nonviolence Now More Than Ever https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/22/we-need-political-nonviolence-now-more-than-ever/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/22/we-need-political-nonviolence-now-more-than-ever/#respond Mon, 22 Jul 2024 04:20:52 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=328842 Learn how political nonviolence can rehumanize us to one another and defend democracy in the U.S. and around the world. After the shooting at former President Trump’s campaign rally, many people rushed to say that “political violence has no place in our democracy.” Let’s go even further and boldly say: political nonviolence is essential for democracy. The More

The post We Need Political Nonviolence Now More Than Ever appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

Image by Candice Seplow.

Learn how political nonviolence can rehumanize us to one another and defend democracy in the U.S. and around the world.

After the shooting at former President Trump’s campaign rally, many people rushed to say that “political violence has no place in our democracy.”

Let’s go even further and boldly say: political nonviolence is essential for democracy.

The ties between nonviolence and democracy run deep. We know from the groundbreaking research of Erica Chenoweth and Maria J. Stephan that even if a nonviolent movement fails to achieve its primary goals, it often leaves a more democratic society in its wake. On the other hand, violence swiftly destroys democracies, shoving them toward authoritarianism and “politics at the barrel of a gun.”

Political violence has a terrible track record. It has spent centuries delivering and defending injustice, abuse, discrimination and destruction.

So, what should we do instead? Boldly and with vision, we should be building a culture of active nonviolence, including defining and implementing new standards of political nonviolence.

For 11 years, Campaign Nonviolence has been working to mainstream nonviolence and build a culture that implements nonviolent values, solutions, worldview and approaches. We have persevered in this work even as political violence has heightened — because we already know that more violence and continued inaction will not get us out of this mess. We need a profoundly different approach.

If we want to have a politics where every voice feels safe and respected, where each citizen has a right to participate, and where no one will be harmed for their political beliefs, nonviolence needs to be both a state and an individual policy.

Amidst the George Floyd Protests in 2020, Vox editor Ezra Klein wrote an essay, “Imagining the nonviolent state,” asking the thought-provoking question: “What if nonviolence wasn’t an inhuman standard demanded of the powerless, but an ethic upon which we reimagined the state?” He goes on to explore new standards of policing, restorative justice and responding to protest movements.

In a world of political nonviolence, we’d see these kinds of changes:

Nonviolent protesters are allowed to exercise freedom of speech and assembly without fear of police repression.

The use of nonviolent action as a tool for social, political, cultural, and economic power is fully protected for all people.

Police are not allowed to use violent repression against unarmed protesters.

Political events are weapons-free for all participants.

Polling places are protected by peace teams. Every citizen trains in violence de-escalation and anti-harassment skills.

No one makes threats of violence or intimidation over political views.

Political campaigns are legally required to refrain from hate speech, discrimination and violent rhetoric

Debate, discourse, voting and democratic process is held as sacred by all.

Each community trains to defend democracy with nonviolent action, learning how to thwart coups, attempts to steal elections and unjust policies that undermine fair participation in the political process.

What can you do to make this vision a reality?

Start talking about political nonviolence and the specific ways we uphold it. Reach out to public officials, policy makers, police and activist groups with these ideas.

Work with groups like Meta Peace TeamsDC Peace Team and Joy To the Polls on election safety and keeping the polls safe for all voters.

Engage with your fellow citizens about this by fact-checking, fostering civic discourse and working to build understanding rather than fear and division. Join efforts like Braver Angels that help people rehumanize one another in times of extreme polarization.

Learn how nonviolent action defends democracy. Check out how Choose Democracy and Hold The Line protected the 2020 elections, and consider how these strategies can be adapted to help us now.

The long-term work of building a culture of active nonviolence can start right here in addressing the political violence that is threatening our country. The United States is not alone in dealing with these issues. Around the world, many nations are grappling with authoritarianism, extreme politics, politically motivated violence and increased repression of protests.

We need political nonviolence more than ever. It’s a vision of democracy worth striving for.

The post We Need Political Nonviolence Now More Than Ever appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Rivera Sun.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/22/we-need-political-nonviolence-now-more-than-ever/feed/ 0 485027
“An America Awash in Guns”: Brady President Kris Brown on Trump Shooting & the Need for Gun Control https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/15/an-america-awash-in-guns-brady-president-kris-brown-on-trump-shooting-the-need-for-gun-control/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/15/an-america-awash-in-guns-brady-president-kris-brown-on-trump-shooting-the-need-for-gun-control/#respond Mon, 15 Jul 2024 12:32:25 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=5451e4775138cbfa295973343236d570 Seg2 krisbrown trumpshot split

Saturday’s assassination attempt of Donald Trump is widely viewed as the Secret Service’s biggest failure since 1981, when a gunman shot President Ronald Reagan just over two months into his first term. Reagan was hospitalized for nearly two weeks. Three other people were injured, including Reagan’s press secretary James Brady, who was shot in the head and left partially paralyzed. Brady and his wife Sarah would go on to become prominent gun control advocates pushing for a bill that became known as the Brady Handgun Violence Prevention Act. Brady was also involved in a gun control organization that changed its name to the Brady Campaign to Prevent Gun Violence, now known simply as Brady. “Reasonable and appropriate gun violence prevention measures save lives,” says Kris Brown, the president of Brady. Brown advocates for critical gun control measures that would interrupt the Republican Party’s vision of “guns everywhere, for anyone, at any time.”


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/15/an-america-awash-in-guns-brady-president-kris-brown-on-trump-shooting-the-need-for-gun-control/feed/ 0 484070
We Don’t Need to Live in a World of Climate Doom https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/10/we-dont-need-to-live-in-a-world-of-climate-doom/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/10/we-dont-need-to-live-in-a-world-of-climate-doom/#respond Wed, 10 Jul 2024 21:23:39 +0000 https://progressive.org/op-eds/we-dont-need-to-live-in-a-world-of-climate-doom-cardoni-20240710/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Flora Cardoni.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/10/we-dont-need-to-live-in-a-world-of-climate-doom/feed/ 0 483268
We Need a New Path to True Racial Equity https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/05/we-need-a-new-path-to-true-racial-equity/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/05/we-need-a-new-path-to-true-racial-equity/#respond Fri, 05 Jul 2024 17:41:14 +0000 https://progressive.org/op-eds/we-need-a-new-path-to-true-racial-equity-assari-20240705/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Shervin Assari.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/05/we-need-a-new-path-to-true-racial-equity/feed/ 0 482649
Need a new outfit? Try the library. https://grist.org/looking-forward/need-a-new-outfit-try-the-library/ https://grist.org/looking-forward/need-a-new-outfit-try-the-library/#respond Wed, 26 Jun 2024 14:48:37 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=f0205adc8f81f0a8b0d47dfe7f1bac65

Illustration of clothing rack inside library bookshelf

The spotlight

At a library in Dover, New Hampshire, earlier this year, the shelves of books and CDs typically available for lending were accompanied by something else — racks of clothes. Every Sunday and Monday from December through mid-January, community members could visit a lecture hall in the Dover Public Library to participate in the pilot of a new type of lending project: a clothing library. Visitors could check out up to five garments for two weeks at a time. The collection focused on “occasion wear,” the types of things people might buy for the purpose of wearing once: a holiday party dress, a wedding outfit, a ski trip ensemble.

But more than displacing those types of purchases, and the resulting waste, the real idea behind the project was to facilitate a shift in behavior, said Stella Martinez McShera, the clothing library’s creator. “How can we bridge the gap between people buying, whether that’s new or secondhand, to borrowing?”

A woman sits at a table in a large meeting room, surrounded by racks of clothes on hangers

McShera with the clothing library setup. Courtesy of Stella Martinez McShera

I met McShera while reporting another newsletter story on the world’s first degrowth master’s program, run by a university in Barcelona. She’s a recent graduate of the online master’s, and the clothing library was her thesis project. In that story, we explored what happens when the philosophical ideas of a new economic system meet the realities of the one we have. McShera’s project is one example of what that looks like in practice.

. . .

McShera started her career in fashion. In 2000, she launched the first fashion incubator in the U.S. But as much as she loved the essence of fashion, she knew that the industry was guilty of horrifying human rights abuses, pollution, and waste. She had long been interested in circular fashion, but she came to feel that even a circular approach was not enough to get to the root of all the ills associated with fast fashion. When she discovered degrowth and the master’s program, it became a proving ground for her ideas about replacing fast fashion and extraction with borrowing and being resourceful with what already exists.

McShera started building her clothing library pilot by collecting surplus garments from local thrift and vintage stores. It’s estimated that thrift stores sell only about 20 percent of the donated clothing they receive. Even vintage boutiques and curated consignment shops will end up getting rid of some garments they weren’t able to sell in a set time. “They have to cycle stuff in,” she said. “So even if it’s something really cute, maybe they overpriced it at the thrift store, or maybe it just didn’t sell in two weeks because it’s a sweater and it’s unseasonably warm.”

Just from local secondhand shops, McShera quickly gathered over 5,000 garments — even more than she could take, she said. She donated her own surplus to a housing shelter, winnowing the library collection down to about 1,500 items.

McShera kicked off the launch with a fashion show in the stacks. Professionally coiffed librarians modeled items from the collection for photographers and a crowd of over 160 attendees. “It was so much fun,” said Denise LaFrance, the Dover library’s director. The fashion show was the biggest indoor event at the library in her 25-year tenure. “I mean, seriously, people still are talking about it.”

Two side-by-side photos show models walking down the aisle of a library dressed in fun outfits and each carrying a book

Models walk the runway during the fashion show at the Dover Public Library. Jason Shamesman

During the pilot, McShera also hosted an eco-fashion panel and three workshops on mending and styling, intended to help people think differently about their relationship to their wardrobes. “Because it’s free, people were more willing to experiment with their style,” McShera said. There was no guilt or shame associated with returning something, because returning was an understood part of the process.

LaFrance borrowed, among other things, a pair of gray silk pants that she remembered loving, even though they weren’t the type of thing she would typically shop for. When she checked them out, they still had their original price tag attached. They retailed for about $400. “I would never buy $400 pants,” she said. “But they were fabulous.”

Over just 12 days of being open, McShera said, the library saw over a hundred people come through, and 65 borrowed something. And of the more than 100 garments that were checked out during the library’s pilot, all of them came back clean and in good condition.

“It’s the commoning of clothing,” McShera said. “It’s free access versus ownership.”

. . .

With the pilot concluded, and McShera’s thesis complete, she’s now looking toward the next steps of bringing clothing libraries to fruition in her community and beyond. She presented the concept at the 10th International Degrowth Conference last week in Spain, and plans to publish a manual that will empower community members all over the world to start their own projects, in partnership with their local libraries. Someday, she’d like to see a network of clothing libraries — sharing resources and knowledge, advocating for policy change, and possibly even swapping clothes to help keep their collections fresh.

Although she feels there’s more testing to be done, a few more local libraries in her area have already expressed interest in hosting a pilot, she noted.

“The most difficult thing about this was space and time,” said LaFrance. The library is in an old building, she said, “and we’re kind of bursting at the seams.” She suspects that most libraries would be similarly pressed to carve out space for a small shop’s worth of clothing racks. One thing she suggested to McShera was a setup more like a traveling bus.

But McShera’s ultimate vision is to integrate clothing into the normal functioning of a library. “The reason I wanted the model to be in partnership with the public libraries is because the behavior’s normal. People already know, I go in and I borrow,” she said. She added that libraries tend to be centrally located in cities and neighborhoods, highly visible and easily reachable by foot or transit. And many libraries — including Dover’s — already branch out from books, lending things like tools, games, and music.

“This just seems like a logical next step,” she said.

Rather than a pop-up in an event room, she envisions a future where clothing racks could find a permanent home in the library. There could even be regular staff members with fashion expertise who could steward the collections. “Just like if someone needs help using the photocopier or help researching something, you ask the librarian for help,” McShera said. “So if you wanted some help styling, you could say, ‘Hey, is there a clothing librarian on shift today?’”

— Claire Elise Thompson

More exposure

A parting shot

It has become increasingly common for public libraries and other community-serving organizations to offer “libraries of things” — collections of functional stuff that people might want to borrow for a short time, like toys, gear, musical instruments, and more. Here’s a photo of one such offering in the corner of a library in Frankfurt, Germany.

Mounted shelves on a wall display items like a picnic basket, several sports balls, and a juicer

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Need a new outfit? Try the library. on Jun 26, 2024.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Claire Elise Thompson.

]]>
https://grist.org/looking-forward/need-a-new-outfit-try-the-library/feed/ 0 481226
We Do Need those Stinking Badges https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/11/we-do-need-those-stinking-badges/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/11/we-do-need-those-stinking-badges/#respond Tue, 11 Jun 2024 14:00:07 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=146981 …all those McCarthy-Loving Feds and Politicians have tapped the nerds and software billionaires to watch our every fucking move!!!!!!! Proof of life. Don’t mess with the SS Administration ** [**see below, way below] Badges? We ain’t got no badges. We don’t need no badges. I don’t have to show you any stinking badges! The real […]

The post We Do Need those Stinking Badges first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

…all those McCarthy-Loving Feds and Politicians have tapped the nerds and software billionaires to watch our every fucking move!!!!!!!

Proof of life. Don’t mess with the SS Administration ** [**see below, way below]

Badges? We ain’t got no badges. We don’t need no badges. I don’t have to show you any stinking badges!

The real quote from B. Traven’s book, Treasure of Sierra Madre.

“Badges, to god-damned hell with badges! We have no badges. In fact, we don’t need badges. I don’t have to show you any stinking badges, you god-damned cabron and ching’ tu madre! Come out there from that shit-hole of yours. I have to speak to you.”

(For the Spanish-deprived among you, “cabron” is cuckold, “chingar” is “fuck,” and “tu madre” is “your mother.” Clearly the dialogue was cleaned up for the film.)

Oregon offers both a standard card and a Real ID Act-compliant card. Both types of cards allow you to legally drive and prove identity and age for things such as cashing a check. *Beginning May 7, 2025, a standard card cannot be used to board a domestic flight. See the TSA website​ for federally acceptable documents. [Does the passport work for domestic travel starting May 7, 2025?]

Oregonians urged to get passports before REAL ID deadline | KOIN.com

Federal banking laws and regulations do not prohibit banks from requesting that you provide a fingerprint or thumbprint to cash a check. Banks may use fingerprinting as a security measure and a way to combat fraud.

31959943_2155609841123769_6016603901514481664_n

Full body scanner - Wikipedia

TSA Screens Passengers At a busy Airport in Denver

Employers sometimes check credit to get insight into a potential hire, including signs of financial distress that might indicate risk of theft or fraud. They don’t get your credit score, but instead see a modified version of your credit report.

Employer credit checks are more likely for jobs that involve a security clearance or access to money, sensitive consumer data or confidential company information. Such checks may also be done by your current employer before a promotion.

Pre-employment drug tests are required by some employers as a condition of job offers.

• These tests typically screen for the presence amphetamines, marijuana, cocaine, opiates, and phencyclidine, but employers can also request testing for additional substances.
• Pre-employment drug tests help protect workplace safety and boost productivity while reducing accidents and turnover.
• Testing methods can include urine, saliva, hair, and blood, but urine is the most common.
• Most employers in regulated industries are required to perform pre-employment drug tests. Private-sector, non-regulated employers are not required to conduct pre-employment drug tests but can do so as long as they comply with state and local laws.

employment drug screening service

Criminal Records Check and Fitness Determination/ OAR 125-007-0200 to 125-007-0330/ Status: Permanent rules effective 1/14/2016

Overview:​​

The Oregon Department of Administrative Services (DAS) implemented statewide administrative rules related to certain aspects of criminal records checks on January 4, 2016 (ORS 181A.215).

​These rules streamline the criminal records check process for all of Oregon. They provide guidelines for decreasing risk to vulnerable popula​tions from people who have access or provide care.

ODHS and OHA background check rules have been updated to follow DAS rules, while maintaining specific requirements needed for ODHS and OHA employees, contractors, volunteers, providers and qualified entities.

Keystroke technology is a software that tracks and collects data on employees’ computer use. It tracks each and every keystroke an employee types on their computer and is one of a few tools companies have to more closely monitor exactly how staff spend the hours they are expected to work.

Newer features allow administrators to also take occasional screenshots of employees’ screens.

One firm providing the tools is Interguard, which uses software allows administrators to view logs of employee computer use data, including desktop screenshots of employee activity. It also alerts administrators when certain employees’ computer activity diverts from their normal patterns.

Workplace surveillance is becoming the new normal for U.S. workers

It's Time to End Forced Arbitration Completely | The Nation

What is forced arbitration?

In forced arbitration, a company requires a consumer or employee to submit any dispute that may arise to binding arbitration as a condition of employment or buying a product or service. The employee or consumer is required to waive their right to sue, to participate in a class action lawsuit, or to appeal. Forced arbitration is mandatory, the arbitrator’s decision is binding, and the results are not public.

As more and more workplaces return to work in the next few months, these social distancing monitors are likely to become a minor boom industry of their own: Bloomberg News has reported that Ford planned to enforce social distancing by having its workers wear RFID wristbands, developed by Radiant RFID, that would buzz when a worker got too close to a colleague and would also provide supervisors with alerts about employees who were congregating together in larger groups.

Another company, Guard RFID, published a blog post detailing how its technology could be used for “infection control in the workplace,” including through the use of wearable RFID tags that would “alarm when tagged individuals come within close proximity to each other.” (Guard RFID and Radiant both declined to comment on their ventures into social distancing solutions.)

“A lot of tracking of workers happens under the rubric of worker safety or ensuring that workers are not injuring or hurting themselves,” she said. “But the boundaries between that and using the data in ways that are punitive or negative are hard to establish.”

RFID Personnel Tracking: Know Where They are and When They're Working - Weldon, Williams and Lick, Inc.

A Wisconsin company is offering to implant tiny radio-frequency chips in its employees – and it says they are lining up for the technology.

The idea is a controversial one, confronting issues at the intersection of ethics and technology by essentially turning bodies into bar codes. Three Square Market, also called 32M, says it is the first U.S. company to provide the technology to its employees.

The company manufactures self-service “micro markets” for office break rooms. It said in a press release that obtaining a chip is optional, but expects that about 50 employees will take part.

CEO Todd Westby said that the company believes the technology will soon be ubiquitous:

“We foresee the use of RFID technology to drive everything from making purchases in our office break room market, opening doors, use of copy machines, logging into our office computers, unlocking phones, sharing business cards, storing medical/health information, and used as payment at other RFID terminals. Eventually, this technology will become standardized allowing you to use this as your passport, public transit, all purchasing opportunities, etc.”

Do Employers Check Your Social Media Networks Before Hiring? #tips #shorts - YouTube

The state laws on social media passwords are intended to protect social media pages that applicants have chosen to keep private. If you have publicly posted information about yourself without bothering to restrict who can view it, an employer is generally free to view this information. However, employers still need to follow other employment rules.

Antidiscrimination laws. An employer who looks at an applicant’s Facebook page or other social media posts could well learn information that it isn’t entitled to have or consider during the hiring process. This can lead to illegal discrimination claims. For example, your posts or page might reveal your sexual orientation, disclose that you are pregnant, or espouse your religious views. Because this type of information is off limits in the hiring process, an employer that discovers it online and uses it as a basis for hiring decisions could face a discrimination lawsuit.

Your Free Speech Rights (Mostly) Don’t Apply At Work

Getty Royalty Free

A noncompete agreement is a contract that an employer can use to prevent employees from taking certain jobs with competitors after they leave the company. Sometimes, an employer can make signing a non-compete agreement a condition of employment. These contracts benefit a company by preventing former employees from using trade secrets to give another company a competitive advantage or starting a company that competes with a former employer.

A noncompete agreement can also be referred to as a covenant not to compete, a noncompete covenant, a noncompete clause, or simply a noncompete.

man signing paperwork with a white pen

+—+

The Man With the Stolen Name: They know what he did. They just don’t know who he is.

“John Doe,” of Owego, New York, was sentenced today to 57 months in prison for aggravated identity theft and misuse of a social security number. Doe used the name, social security number and date of birth of a homeless U.S. Army veteran to fraudulently obtain $249,811.93 in Supplemental Security Income (SSI) benefits and an additional $588,645.85 in state benefits. Doe’s true identity has yet to be confirmed.

The announcement was made by United States Attorney Carla B. Freedman and Gail. S. Ennis, Inspector General for the Social Security Administration (SSA).

United States Attorney Carla B. Freedman stated: “We don’t yet know the defendant’s name, but we know what he did. Today’s sentence justly punishes him for stealing the identity of a homeless veteran to fraudulently obtain hundreds of thousands of dollars in government benefits. Thanks to the collaborative efforts of local, state and federal investigators, we were able to bring John Doe to justice in spite of not knowing his true identity.”

SSA Inspector General Gail S. Ennis stated: “This individual stole the identity of a U.S. Army veteran to fraudulently obtain Supplemental Security Income benefits, a critical safety net for those in need. This sentence holds him accountable for his unlawful actions. My office will continue to pursue those who steal another person’s identity and misuse a social security number for personal gain. I appreciate the work of our law enforcement partners in this complex investigation and I thank Assistant U.S. Attorneys Adrian S. LaRochelle and Michael Gadarian for prosecuting this case.”

Doe was found guilty following a 4-day trial in May 2022. The evidence established that from approximately 1999 until June 2021, Doe received SSI benefits under the name, date of birth, and Social Security number of a homeless U.S. Army veteran living in North Carolina. When Doe’s use of the veteran’s identity was ultimately discovered and Doe was questioned by federal agents, Doe continued to falsely claim the identity as his own and provided agents with a photocopy of the victim’s birth certificate and Social Security card, claiming these documents were his own. Agents located the veteran and established through fingerprint and DNA analysis that Doe is not the person he claims to be.

United States District Judge Mae A. D’Agostino also ordered Doe to serve a 3-year term of supervised release following his release from prison and ordered Doe to pay a total $838,457.78 in restitution in connection with the benefits he unlawfully received under the victim’s name.

This case was investigated by the Social Security Administration Office of the Inspector General, the Tioga County Sheriff’s Office, the Tioga County Department of Social Services, and the New York State Police, with assistance provided by the U.S. Marshals Service. The case was prosecuted by Assistant U.S. Attorneys Adrian S. LaRochelle and Michael D. Gadarian.

Are We All Witnesses?

WE ARE WITNESSES — The American criminal justice system consists of 2.2 million people behind bars, plus tens of millions of family members, corrections and police officers, parolees, victims of crime, judges, prosecutors and defenders. In We Are Witnesses, we hear their stories.

Early one summer morning, Son Yo Auer, a Burger King employee in Richmond Hill, Georgia, found a naked man lying unconscious in front of the restaurant’s dumpsters. It was before dawn, but the man was sweating and sunburned. Fire ants crawled across his body, and a hot red rash flecked his skin. Auer screamed and ran inside. By the time police arrived, the man was awake, but confused. An officer filed an incident report indicating that a “vagrant” had been found “sleeping,” and an ambulance took him to St. Joseph’s Hospital in Savannah, where he was admitted on August 31, 2004, under the name “Burger King Doe.”

Other than the rash, and cataracts that had left him nearly blind, Burger King Doe showed no sign of physical injury. He appeared to be a healthy white man in his middle fifties. His vitals were good. His blood tested negative for drugs and alcohol. His lab results were, a doctor wrote on his chart, “surprisingly within normal limits.” A long, unwashed beard and dirty fingernails suggested he had been living rough. But the only physical signs of previous trauma were three small depressions on his skull and some scars on his neck and his left arm.

We live in an age of extraordinary surveillance and documentation. The government’s capacity to keep tabs on us—and our capacity to keep tabs on each other—is unmatched in human history. Big Data, NSA wiretapping, social media, camera phones, credit scores, criminal records, drones—we watch and watch, and record our every move. And yet here was a man who appeared to exist outside all that, someone who had escaped the modern age’s matrix of observation.

His condition—blind, nameless, amnesiac—seemed fictitious, the kind of allegorical affliction that might befall a character in Saramago or Borges.

Even if he was lying about his memory loss, there was no official record of his existence. He lived on the margins, beyond the boundaries mapped by the surveillance state. And because we choose not to look at individuals on the margins, it is still possible for them to disappear.

The post We Do Need those Stinking Badges first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Paul Haeder.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/11/we-do-need-those-stinking-badges/feed/ 0 479008
The Need for Studying Zionism, Critically https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/09/the-need-for-studying-zionism-critically/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/09/the-need-for-studying-zionism-critically/#respond Sun, 09 Jun 2024 05:55:51 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=324863 Since 1897, Zionism has been the religious and political impetus behind what is now the nation-state of Israel, which, like the United States, is settled on the lives, land, and cultures of millions of Indigenous peoples. Although today’s Israel began as a refuge for European Jews fleeing the Holocaust, Zionism long ago broke out of its moral constraints to become a formidable geopolitical force that demands study. Which is why, in late 2023 America, the Institute for the Critical Study of Zionism was created. And why, because the Institute is fundamentally antizionist, it’s under attack for antisemitism.

To read this article, log in here or subscribe here.

If you are logged in but can't read CP+ articles, check the status of your access here

In order to read CP+ articles, your web browser must be set to accept cookies.

More

The post The Need for Studying Zionism, Critically appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>
Since 1897, Zionism has been the religious and political impetus behind what is now the nation-state of Israel, which, like the United States, is settled on the lives, land, and cultures of millions of Indigenous peoples. Although today’s Israel began as a refuge for European Jews fleeing the Holocaust, Zionism long ago broke out of its moral constraints to become a formidable geopolitical force that demands study. Which is why, in late 2023 America, the Institute for the Critical Study of Zionism was created. And why, because the Institute is fundamentally antizionist, it’s under attack for antisemitism.

To read this article, log in here or subscribe here.
If you are logged in but can't read CP+ articles, check the status of your access here
In order to read CP+ articles, your web browser must be set to accept cookies.

The post The Need for Studying Zionism, Critically appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Susie Day.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/09/the-need-for-studying-zionism-critically/feed/ 0 478695
Nations need to do more to defend Indigenous rights, UN report says https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/nations-need-to-do-more-to-defend-indigenous-rights-un-report-says/ https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/nations-need-to-do-more-to-defend-indigenous-rights-un-report-says/#respond Thu, 06 Jun 2024 08:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=640551 Two months ago, Makanalani Gomes, a Native Hawaiian activist, spoke about the importance of youth self-determination at the largest global gathering of Indigenous peoples at the United Nations headquarters in New York City. After flying back to Hawaiʻi, she had one major takeaway from the event, known as the United Nations Permanent Forum on Indigenous Issues:

“The need for sovereignty for all Indigenous peoples is critical, is paramount, to us literally surviving,” said Gomes, reflecting on the forum Wednesday. 

Gomesʻ conclusion isn’t just her opinion. It’s a message that underpins a new report released this week by the United Nations summarizing the official recommendations from this year’s gathering. The Permanent Forum on Indigenous Issues is an United Nations’ advisory body dedicated to representing the perspectives of Indigenous peoples who otherwise would not have a voice in the UN General Assembly.

The final report is a a 30-page list that details a broad list of recommendations aimed at specific countries, international agencies and U.N. member states. 

While this year’s forum wasn’t officially climate-focused, attendees spoke again and again about how climate disasters, environmental degradation and other modern-day challenges are rooted in the exploitation of Native land and how the green energy transition compounds that exploitation. 

The final report urges U.N. agencies to do more to ensure carbon credit programs are effective and not harmful. Carbon credit programs are intended to decrease carbon emissions, but Indigenous advocates say they in practice divide and exploit Indigenous peoples. 

“The Forum urges the secretariats of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change and the Convention on Biological Diversity, and the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank, to demand high-integrity projects that have clear accountability for carbon emissions and biodiversity as well as measured benefits for Indigenous Peoples,” the report said. 

All four United Nations bodies are invited to report on their work at next year’s Permanent Forum gathering in New York City, the report said. 

U.N. agencies should stop conflating Indigenous peoples with the more amorphous term “local communities,” which could dilute Indigenous rights, the report advised. 

The Permanent Forum also repeatedly called on the need for more climate funding for Indigenous peoples and the importance of involving Indigenous peoples in efforts to establish more protected areas. “Conservation efforts worldwide must recognize and respect the collective rights of Indigenous Peoples to their lands, territories and resources,” the report said. 

The final report also urges specific countries to respect Indigenous peoples. In particular, the Permanent Forum said it regretted the outcome of Australia’s failed referendum last year that would have given Indigenous people an official voice in government. 

Repeatedly, the reportʻs recommendations refer to the need to support Indigenous peoplesʻ right to self-determination.

“The Forum further recommends that States engage in processes focused on decolonization and reconciliation policies that facilitate the path of Indigenous Peoples to self-determination, with the full and effective participation of Indigenous Peoples,” the report said. 

That message is on Gomes’ mind this week as she participates in another major gathering of Indigenous peoples, this time a festival celebrating Indigenous Pacific peoples in Hawaiʻi. On Wednesday, canoes were officially welcomed to Hawaiʻi after sailing  thousands of miles across the Pacific without compasses, navigating through Indigenous knowledge of the stars and waves.

Gomes thought about how the crews had sailed from independent Pacific nations to the Hawaiian archipelago that is dominated by the American flag. 

“We are not free until we all are free,” she said. 

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Nations need to do more to defend Indigenous rights, UN report says on Jun 6, 2024.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Anita Hofschneider.

]]>
https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/nations-need-to-do-more-to-defend-indigenous-rights-un-report-says/feed/ 0 478257
Jimmy Naouna: Macron’s handling of Kanaky New Caledonia isn’t working – we need a new way https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/04/jimmy-naouna-macrons-handling-of-kanaky-new-caledonia-isnt-working-we-need-a-new-way/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/04/jimmy-naouna-macrons-handling-of-kanaky-new-caledonia-isnt-working-we-need-a-new-way/#respond Tue, 04 Jun 2024 11:35:58 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=102307 COMMENTARY: By Jimmy Naouna in Nouméa

The unrest that has gripped Kanaky New Caledonia is the direct result of French President Emmanuel Macron’s partisan and stubborn political manoeuvring to derail the process towards self-determination in my homeland.

The deadly riots that erupted two weeks ago in the capital, Nouméa, were sparked by an electoral reform bill voted through in the French National Assembly, in Paris.

Almost 40 years ago, Kanaky New Caledonia made international headlines for similar reasons. The pro-independence and Kanak people have long been calling to settle the colonial situation in Kanaky New Caledonia, once and for all.

FLNKS Political Bureau member Jimmy Naouna . . . The pro-independence groups and the Kanak people called for the third independence referendum to be deferred due to the covid pandemic and its high death toll. Image: @JNaouna

Kanak people make up about 40 percent of the population in New Caledonia, which remains a French territory in the Pacific.

The Kanak independence movement, the Kanak National and Socialist Liberation Front (FLNKS), and its allies have been contesting the controversial electoral bill since it was introduced in the French Senate by the Macron government in April.

Relations between the French government and the FLNKS have been tense since Macron decided to push ahead with the third independence referendum in 2021. Despite the call by pro-independence groups and the Kanak people for it to be deferred due to the covid pandemic and its high death toll.

Ever since, the FLNKS and supporters have contested the political legitimacy of that referendum because the majority of the indigenous and colonised people of Kanaky New Caledonia did not take part in the vote.

Peaceful rallies
Since the electoral reform bill was introduced in the French Senate in April this year, peaceful rallies, demonstrations, marches and sit-ins gathering more than 10,000 people have been held in the city centre of Nouméa and around Kanaky New Caledonia.

But that did not stop the French government pushing ahead with the bill — despite clear signs that it would trigger unrest and violent reactions on the ground.

The tensions and loss of trust in the Macron government by pro-independence groups became more evident when Sonia Backés, an anti-independence leader and president of the Southern province, was appointed as State Secretary in charge of Citizenship in July 2022 and then Nicolas Metzdorf, another anti-independence representative as rapporteur on the proposed electoral reform bill.

This clearly showed the French government was supporting loyalist parties in Kanaky New Caledonia — and that the French State had stepped out of its neutral position as a partner to the Nouméa Accord, and a party to negotiate toward a new political agreement.

Then last late last month, President Macron made the out-of-the blue decision to pay an 18 hour visit to Kanaky New Caledonia, to ease tensions and resume talks with local parties to build a new political agreement.

It was no more than a public relations exercise for his own political gain. Even within his own party, Macron has lost support to take the electoral reform bill through the Congrès de Versailles (a joint session of Parliament) and his handling of the situation in Kanaky New Caledonia is being contested at a national level by political groups, especially as campaigning for the upcoming European elections gathers pace.

Once back in Paris, Macron announced he may consider putting the electoral reform to a national referendum, as provided for under the French constitution; French citizens in France voted to endorse the Nouméa Accord in 1998.

More pressure on talks
For the FLNKS, this option will only put more pressure on the talks for a new political agreement.

The average French citizen in Paris is not fully aware of the decolonisation process in Kanaky New Caledonia and why the electoral roll has been restricted to Kanaks and “citizens”, as per the Nouméa Accord. They may just vote “yes” on the basis of democratic principles: one man, one vote.

Yet others may vote “no” as to sanction against Macron’s policies and his handling of Kanaky New Caledonia.

Either way, the outcome of a national referendum on the proposed electoral reform bill — without a local consensus — would only trigger more protest and unrest in Kanaky New Caledonia.

After Macron’s visit, the FLNKS issued a statement reaffirming its call for the electoral reform process to be suspended or withdrawn.

It also called for a high-level independent mission to be sent into Kanaky New Caledonia to ease tensions and ensure a more conducive environment for talks to resume towards a new political agreement that sets a definite and clear pathway towards a new — and genuine — referendum on independence for Kanaky New Caledonia.

A peaceful future for all that hopefully will not fall on deaf ears again.

Jimmy Naouna is a member of Kanaky New Caledonia’s pro-independence FLNKS Political Bureau. This article was first published by The Guardian and is republished here with the permission of the author.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/04/jimmy-naouna-macrons-handling-of-kanaky-new-caledonia-isnt-working-we-need-a-new-way/feed/ 0 477872
What You Need to Know If You’re Hurt While Working on a Wisconsin Dairy Farm https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/03/what-you-need-to-know-if-youre-hurt-while-working-on-a-wisconsin-dairy-farm/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/03/what-you-need-to-know-if-youre-hurt-while-working-on-a-wisconsin-dairy-farm/#respond Mon, 03 Jun 2024 09:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/what-to-know-hurt-working-wisconsin-dairy-farm by Maryam Jameel and Melissa Sanchez, Illustrations by Edel Rodriguez, special to ProPublica

Lea o escuche la versión en español.

This guide will be released in Spanish in several formats to make this information more widely accessible. If you want to receive printed booklets that you or your organization can share with dairy workers in Wisconsin, or if you want to be notified when we post related videos on TikTok and YouTube, sign up here.

We are reporters at ProPublica, a nonprofit investigative news organization. Over the past two years, we have reported on the lives of dairy workers in Wisconsin and the dangers they face on the job.

Dairy workers are excluded from many state and federal legal protections that help other workers. As a result, if they are injured on the job, they often face obstacles to getting medical care or the time needed to recover.

Many dairy workers have seen relatives or co-workers lose their jobs and get kicked out of farm housing after an injury. Others have ended up with disfigured bodies and massive medical debt.

Many are undocumented. They worry about being deported if they speak up about an injury.

We heard these concerns repeatedly in our interviews with more than 100 immigrant workers. We know people often feel hopeless.

But while there are real challenges, our reporting has shown us that for some workers, there can be a path toward getting treatment after an injury. Here is some of what we found:

  • Workers who are injured on larger farms have more protections. This is because of an insurance system called workers’ compensation. You can benefit even if you are undocumented.
  • The workers’ compensation system is complex and difficult to navigate. Employers sometimes discourage workers from filing claims. Getting a lawyer can be critical, especially if you have a permanent disability.
  • Workers who are injured on smaller farms usually can’t access workers’ compensation. The only way to compel an employer to cover medical costs is to file a lawsuit. These lawsuits can be extremely difficult to win. Because of that, attorneys may not want to take your case.
  • You may be able to access free or low-cost medical care. Ask about hospital charity, free clinics and a Wisconsin insurance plan called BadgerCare Plus.

Few of the workers we’ve interviewed understood their rights after an injury. This guide is our attempt to explain your options, as limited as they are. We also want to answer questions that many workers have asked based on situations they’ve found themselves in. It is based on conversations with workers, attorneys, health care providers, community advocates, interpreters, researchers and farmers. It covers what you can do before you get to a farm, how to navigate the workers’ compensation system, and your options if you get injured on a farm that doesn’t have workers’ compensation.

The guide is especially focused on the workers’ compensation system because it is one of the few areas where injured dairy workers have a right to medical care. We know this system has limitations and isn’t available to everybody. However many workers have found it to be useful, particularly if they get help from an attorney.

This guide does not provide legal or medical advice. We strongly encourage you to talk to a lawyer or a doctor about your situation. We’ll point you to some resources in the last section.

We welcome your thoughts and questions. Please feel free to write us an email or call us by phone or WhatsApp. Thank you.

Maryam Jameel: Maryam.Jameel@propublica.org or 630-885-6883

Melissa Sanchez: Melissa.Sanchez@propublica.org or 872-444-0011

What to Know Before You Start Working on Dairy Farms

Farming in general has one of the highest fatality rates of industries in the U.S. Almost every year in Wisconsin, dairy farmers or their employees die on the job, crushed under tractors or drowned in manure lagoons or trampled by cows.

Injuries are even more common. But they are not always reported. That makes it impossible to accurately compare the dangers on dairy farms with other types of jobs. In our reporting, however, most workers told us they had been injured on the job. “If you haven’t been injured,” one former worker said, “then you haven’t really worked on a farm.” Cows can be unpredictable; workers told us they’d been kicked, stepped on and smashed against barn walls by the 1,500-pound animals.

We have spoken to several workers who lost fingers inside of machinery, a man whose legs were crushed by heavy metal gates and a woman who got trampled and thrown over a fence by a bull. Other workers have chronic pain from the repetitive motions of attaching tubes to cow teats hundreds of times a day.

In the winter, temperatures in Wisconsin can drop below zero, with high winds, snow and ice. Many workers have suffered serious injuries after they slipped on ice-covered concrete floors. Others have suffered frostbite.

Medical and public health officials said some workers develop infections and other issues from their exposure to animal feces and other harmful substances common on farms.

How can you find out whether a particular farm is a safe place to work?

No government agency rates dairy farms on safety. In fact, even when workers die or are injured, dairy farms are not always inspected.

There is no guarantee that you will be safe on any farm. But farms can take steps to protect their workers and make sure they receive the medical treatment they need after an injury. One of the best ways to learn about safety issues on a farm is by talking to current or former employees.

Some questions you can ask:

  • What kind of training do workers get when they are hired?

  • Did you feel that the training was enough to help you do your job safely?

  • What is the pace of work? Are there enough workers to do the job?

  • Can cows easily kick you as you milk them?

  • Can you describe a recent injury that happened to you or a coworker and how the supervisor responded? Did that worker get medical care or time off to heal?

  • Do you know whether the farm has workers’ compensation insurance?

  • How do the supervisors treat you? Do they speak to you respectfully?

We have also found that local Latino grocery stores can be good places to learn more about specific farms. Workers cash their checks at these businesses and often share information about work conditions with the clerks and owners. Ask them about a farm’s reputation and if there is anything they think you should know.

One sign that a farm may be a good place to work is if workers stay there for a long time.

Are farms required to help pay for a worker’s medical care after an injury?

The answer depends on how many workers the farm employs.

In general, if the farm has six or more employees, it should have a type of insurance called workers’ compensation that is supposed to cover these costs. Workers’ compensation is different from medical insurance. (If you are counting how many workers a farm has, don’t count the farm owners and their close relatives who work on the farm.)

If a farm has fewer than six employees, it does not have to have workers’ compensation under state rules. Workers who are hurt at these farms have only one legal avenue to get help paying for medical care. They may be able to file a lawsuit. (See the “Resources other than workers’ compensation” section for more information.)

How can I learn if a farm has workers’ compensation insurance?

You can ask your employer or look it up yourself online. If the farm has workers’ compensation insurance, it should be listed here: https://www.wcrb.org/coverage-lookup/. But the site, run by the Wisconsin Compensation Rating Bureau, is only available in English.

You’ll need to know the farm’s name or its address to do a search. If you don’t find the farm listed, you can email the Wisconsin Department of Workforce Development, which oversees the workers’ compensation system, at WCINS@dwd.wisconsin.gov, or call 608-266-3046. If you speak Spanish, you can ask for an interpreter.

I don’t know the name of my employer. How do I find that?

You may know a farm by a nickname. To find out a farm’s official name, look at the upper left-hand corner of your paycheck, above the address. Or you can check the main entrance, where many farms have signs with their name.

I Was Injured on a Large Farm That Has Workers’ Compensation. What Do I Need to Know?

State officials and lawyers say you should tell your employer right away that you got hurt and get the medical treatment you need. The Department of Workforce Development said any delays may hurt your workers’ compensation case.

Gabriel Manzano Nieves, a workers’ compensation attorney in Madison, said many people he works with don’t want to report what seems like a minor injury. He said he’s had clients who thought at first that they had a sore shoulder or a sprain. Weeks later a doctor told them that they had a permanent injury. He added: “Later their employer might say, ‘How do I know this didn’t happen at home?’ Reporting time is really important for proving it happened at work.”

How is workers’ compensation supposed to work?
  1. After you report your injury, your employer is supposed to file a claim with their insurance company within seven days. (Your employer can be fined if they delay filing a claim on purpose.) Your medical provider — usually that’s your doctor — can also file a claim for you.
  2. Then the insurer is supposed to report this information to the state.
  3. Once the claim is filed, the insurer will usually send you a letter or call and ask for your permission to get your medical records related to the injury.
  4. The insurer will look at your records to decide whether to accept the claim and pay the medical costs. The company may also send you to an independent doctor or nurse who may make a different decision about your injury and treatment.
  5. You may be entitled to some of your pay if you need days off work to recover from your injury. You should get a check from your employer’s insurance carrier, usually 14 days after your injury or illness, though lawyers say it can take longer.

What should I tell medical providers?

Explain how you got injured and that it happened at work. Otherwise you may not get workers’ compensation. State officials recommend that you say this before you get treated. Give the name of the farm and the workers’ compensation insurer, if you know it, so that the hospital or doctor’s office can bill the insurer. Attorneys suggested that if you get any medical bills, you send them to the insurer.

Be open and detailed about your pain so your doctor can accurately assess your health. We know some workers sometimes don’t tell their doctors everything because they are embarrassed, they want to seem strong, they fear the cost of treatment, or for other reasons. Many other workers say their employers have told them not to tell the hospital that their injury was work-related in order to avoid filing a workers’ compensation claim. In some cases, employers promise to pay the medical bills out of pocket.

You have the right to choose your own doctor and to be alone with them during your visits; that means your employer does not have a right to be in the room if you do not want them there. Several attorneys said you can also ask your doctor if they would recommend any restrictions on how or how much you work, such as limiting how much weight you carry or how many hours a day you work.

I’m being told by my doctor that I can return to work, but I don’t think I have completely healed. What can I do?

The Department of Workforce Development encourages workers to try to return to work anyway. “You will be in a stronger position to obtain additional benefits if you attempted to return than if you refused an offer of work,” state officials said. But if you have work restrictions, tell your employer you are willing to work within them, attorneys said. And if you feel any pain, tell your supervisor. Your employer should report it to their insurance company. Also, see a doctor to reassess your health, attorneys said.

I’m undocumented. Does my immigration status affect my eligibility for workers’ compensation?

No. In Wisconsin, your immigration status does not affect your eligibility. Nearly every part of the Wisconsin Workers’ Compensation Act applies to workers regardless of their immigration status.

“Whether you’re in the country legally or not, it’s not relevant,” said Douglas Phebus, an employment attorney who has represented dozens of dairy workers in Wisconsin.

However, he said workers have told him their bosses threatened to get them deported after they asked about workers’ compensation. “That’s ridiculous but it’s scary,” Phebus said.

Deporting undocumented immigrants who are not a threat to national security or public safety is not a priority for the Biden administration, according to official guidance.

The state’s Department of Workforce Development said it does not share information with federal immigration authorities.

Many undocumented immigrants work under fake names and Social Security numbers. Martha Burke, a workers’ compensation attorney, said that when she fills out workers’ compensation paperwork, she often includes both names that workers use. State officials said workers don’t have to provide a Social Security number.

Does workers’ compensation help pay for my lost wages after an injury?

If you need less than three days to recover, you won’t be paid for that time off of work. State law only allows payment to start on the fourth day off from work. You could get paid two-thirds of your wages.

What happens if the insurance company denies my claim?

At this stage — as medical bills may be piling up — many workers and advocates suggest talking to an attorney.

You can also call the Department of Workforce Development’s workers’ compensation division to discuss problems with a claim. (See the resources page at the end of this guide to find this contact information.) You can ask state officials to review your claim and try to resolve your dispute with the insurance company, or ask for a formal hearing. The vast majority of workers who ask for hearings have attorneys, state officials said.

Am I entitled to compensation if my injury leads to a permanent disability?

You may qualify for other benefits. How much depends in part on how much a doctor thinks your injury will affect your ability to work and earn money in the future.

Doctors might not try to determine if your injury is permanent or note that in your file unless you ask them to. You have to be your own advocate, said Marisol González Castillo, a personal injury attorney who used to specialize in workers’ compensation.

To get permanent disability benefits, you may need help from an attorney. We spoke to two workers whose fingers were amputated in farm accidents. Both got their initial medical bills paid but didn’t get any permanent disability compensation. Years later, each of them wondered if they should have looked for an attorney to help them make a claim.

State law gives workers six years after their injury or most recent workers’ compensation payment to file for permanent disability benefits. (If your injury happened before March 2, 2016, you have 12 years after the date of injury to file a claim.)

Somebody I know died at work. Is their family entitled to any benefits?

The dead worker’s dependents, usually their spouse or children, may be able to qualify for death benefits and burial expenses from the workers’ compensation insurer. Employers are supposed to report deaths to the state within one day.

What if the farm where I work has six or more employees but doesn’t have workers’ compensation insurance?

You can file a claim to request benefits through the state’s Uninsured Employers Fund (UEF). You must call (608) 266-3046 to ask for an application. There is an option for Spanish speakers. You will be asked to give them certain documentation, such as copies of check stubs and medical records.

Some attorneys said you may want to collect information to help the state confirm the actual number of workers on the farm; this could include the names of your coworkers or copies of work schedules.

What You Can Do Outside of the Workers’ Compensation System

Thousands of farm workers are excluded from the state’s workers’ compensation system because the farms where they work are too small to be required to have insurance. In addition, many workers who get injured on large farms told us their employers refused to file a claim for them. The workers said they didn’t get medical care because they were afraid their employer would retaliate against them.

Given this reality, we wanted to explain what your options are, even though there aren’t very many, and point you to resources that could help you.

What should I know if I get injured on a small farm?

You are not automatically entitled to get help from your employer. This means you could end up with thousands of dollars in medical bills. Hospitals can sue you over unpaid medical debt, which could lead to a court-ordered garnishment of your wages. Garnishment is when money is automatically taken out of your paycheck to pay down your debt.

We know of several farmers who have paid out of pocket for their workers’ medical costs. So you should ask for help, several workers and attorneys said. But the only legal avenue to get your employer to pay your medical bills is to file a personal injury lawsuit.

Given their limited protections, workers who get injured on small farms are in a difficult situation, said Matthew Keifer, a doctor who specializes in occupational safety and is the former director of the National Farm Medicine Center. He said workers should think about finding a job on a larger farm where they would have workers’ compensation. “I know a lot of small farmers who are just wonderful people and would bend over backwards for their employees,” he said. “But there’s a lot that are not.”

What is a personal injury lawsuit?

These are lawsuits against the employer that ask for money for an injury that a worker thinks was the employers’ fault. Workers can also ask for more money for their pain and suffering.

But unlike in workers’ compensation cases, you have to prove that your employer was to blame for your injury. For example, you may have to show that your employer knew about a workplace hazard but did not fix it.

It can be hard to prove that someone was negligent, said Phebus, the employment attorney. He said he turns away about two-thirds of the dairy workers who call his office asking about personal injury lawsuits.

“People come to see us and they got hurt, but it wasn’t any particular act of negligence,” he said. “It’s just that farming is very dangerous.”

One worker who was injured by a bull on a small farm said she spoke to several attorneys before she found one who took her case.

Brian Laule, a personal injury attorney in River Falls, agreed that these cases can be difficult. But he said workers should not feel hopeless. Instead he encouraged workers to do their research and call several attorneys. “Run the situation by them,” he said. “You can reach out to attorneys for free and find out if you have any recourse.”

How can I find affordable medical care?

You may have to pay your own medical bills. Here are some programs that may help you:

  • Charity care: Many hospitals offer charity care programs that cover some or all medical bills for uninsured, low-income patients. You will likely need to fill out an application and share information about your income to find out if you qualify. Ask hospital staff if this is an option.
  • Payment plans: Several medical professionals and attorneys also recommended that workers ask about payment plans to avoid having their bills sent to collections. (This is when debt collectors try to make you pay and sometimes charge fees or interest that can make your debt bigger.) Many hospitals have “patient navigators” on staff who can help you apply for charity care or get on a payment plan.
  • BadgerCare Plus: This is a state public health insurance program for low-income residents. Undocumented immigrants who have children can get coverage in medical emergencies. (You can also qualify if you are pregnant.) You can call your local health agency to find out if you qualify. Visit this page and click on your county to find the phone number. If you speak Spanish, you can ask for an interpreter.
  • Free and low-cost clinics: We also know many workers have long-term pain from repetitive motion injuries, which is damage caused by doing the same actions, such as milking cows, over and over. You may be able to get medical care for these and other nonemergency injuries from “safety net” clinics for free or at a low cost. Wisconsin’s Department of Health Services maintains a page with the names, addresses and phone numbers of these clinics across the state. These facilities are not where you should go if you have serious or life-threatening injuries.
  • Urgent care clinics: Hospital emergency room visits can be extremely expensive, warned Aida Bise, the director of migrant and seasonal agricultural worker services for Family Health La Clinica, a community health clinic in Wautoma. For minor injuries, Bise says that workers should think about going to an urgent care clinic. “These are way cheaper,” she said.

One worker whose shoulder was injured when a cow slammed him against a wall on a small farm in 2022 said his employer refused to pay his hospital bills. As a result, the man, an undocumented and uninsured immigrant from Mexico, didn’t initially get the treatment he needed.

“It’s an immense, intolerable pain that’s hard to describe,” he said. “I just want to get the bills paid and recover.” More than five months passed before he got treatment; a community advocate helped him get surgery and other treatment covered by the hospital’s charity care.

Where can I report unsafe workplace conditions?

The federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) is in charge of enforcing workplace safety laws in Wisconsin. It investigates deaths and injuries that happen on the job. You can file a confidential complaint online or call 1-800-321-6742.

Not every complaint will lead to an on-site inspection, which is when an OSHA official comes to the farm and checks for safety hazards. Once again, workers on small farms have fewer protections. If a farm has fewer than 11 employees, federal law may ban OSHA from investigating deaths, injuries or complaints. (Read our story about inconsistencies in OSHA's work on small farms.)

What to know about retaliation after an injury

We have talked to many workers who were fired, kicked out of farm housing or threatened with deportation after an injury.

It can be hard for workers to challenge these actions. Each case is different, so you may want to talk to an attorney.

If you lose your housing: Your rights depend on whether you’re considered a tenant under Wisconsin law. You may be a tenant if you pay rent or if your landlord takes rent out of your wages.

  • If you are a tenant: You cannot be forcibly removed from housing without a court order. You have a very short amount of time when you can defend against an eviction in court; several attorneys said you should call an attorney quickly if you want to challenge the process or if you have been forced out without a court order.
  • Legal Action of Wisconsin has this explainer about tenants’ rights.
  • If you are not a tenant: Your rights are more limited. Some attorneys said they have negotiated more time for their clients to move out of farm housing. Again, call an attorney early to explore your options.

If you got fired: If you believe that you were fired because an injury left you with a disability, you may be able to file a discrimination complaint with the Wisconsin Department of Workforce Development’s equal rights division. Call 608-266-6860 to learn more; if you speak Spanish, you can request an interpreter. If you work on a farm with at least 15 employees, you may be able to file a discrimination charge with the federal Equal Employment Opportunity Commission. Call 1-800-669-4000 to learn more; there is an option for Spanish speakers.

Separately, your employer can be penalized for refusing to hire you back after an injury because you filed a workers’ compensation claim.

We’ve talked to many workers who were not paid for their last week of work before getting fired. You can file a complaint with the Department of Workforce Development’s equal rights division to try to get your wages back. You can do that online here, though that form is not in Spanish. Or you can call 608-266-6860 and ask to speak to somebody in Spanish and have a complaint form mailed to you.

If you are worried about being deported: If you are in a dispute with your employer over unpaid wages or another workplace issue, or if you are cooperating with a labor-related investigation at your job, you may qualify for deferred action. This is a temporary protection from deportation. An OSHA investigation can count as a labor dispute. The agency would have to write a letter on your behalf to request deferred action. The U.S. Department of Labor has information about how this program works.

How to report retaliation: You have the right to file a whistleblower complaint with OSHA if you believe your employer retaliated against you for exercising certain rights, such as expressing concern over a workplace safety issue. You can file a complaint online or call 1-800-321-6742. These complaints are not confidential, which means your employer will know you filed one.

If two or more workers have come together to discuss collective concerns about their workplace — including safety or injuries — they have another protection against retaliation. They can file a complaint under the Wisconsin Employment Peace Act with the Wisconsin Employment Relations Commission. Call 608-243-2424 to learn more; Spanish speakers need to request an interpreter. This process can be complex, even for people who don’t have a language barrier, several attorneys said; you may want to get an attorney or somebody who can help you file the complaint.

Other resources

There is no single place where you can get information about what to do if you get injured on a Wisconsin dairy farm. But we wanted to share a list of some of the resources we learned about that can be helpful.

Wisconsin Department of Workforce Development: This is the agency that oversees the state’s workers’ compensation system. You can call 608-266-1340 to speak to a specialist about problems with a claim, discuss late payments, ask for a hearing application, or talk about any other related issues. Spanish speakers can request an interpreter when they call.

Farmworker Project: This is part of the Legal Action of Wisconsin, a nonprofit organization that provides legal services to low-income residents. Attorneys can’t take every case but may be able to provide a consultation. They can also refer workers to bilingual private attorneys. You can call or text 920-279-7025 with questions. This phone number is also available on WhatsApp.

State Bar of Wisconsin: This organization has a search tool on its website that lets you look for attorneys by county and learn whether they speak a language besides English. The site is only available in English.

211 Wisconsin: If you are in Wisconsin, you can dial 2-1-1 and get connected to a free phone-based information service. It is available in Spanish. This program can connect you to specialists who can get you referrals for thousands of programs and services across the state. It is available 24 hours a day. The nonprofit United Way of Wisconsin manages this program.

Voces de la Frontera: This is the state’s largest immigrant rights organization. Voces offers workers’ rights training and has a network of advocates across the state who may be able to connect you to resources in your area. You can contact Voces at 414-643-1620.


This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by .

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/03/what-you-need-to-know-if-youre-hurt-while-working-on-a-wisconsin-dairy-farm/feed/ 0 477722
Electric vehicles need cobalt. Congolese miners work in dangerous conditions to get it. https://grist.org/energy/electric-vehicles-cobalt-congolese-miners-dangerous-conditions/ https://grist.org/energy/electric-vehicles-cobalt-congolese-miners-dangerous-conditions/#respond Sun, 02 Jun 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=640154 This story was originally published by CapitalB.

The story of  “John Doe 1” of the Democratic Republic of the Congo is tucked in a lawsuit filed five years ago against several U.S. tech companies, including Tesla, the world’s largest electric vehicle producer.

In a country where the Earth hides its treasures beneath its surface, those who chip away at its bounty pay an unfair price. As a pre-teen, his family could no longer afford to pay his $6 monthly school fee, leaving him with one option: a life working underground in a tunnel, digging for cobalt rocks. 

But soon after he began working for roughly 2 U.S. dollars per day, the child was buried alive under the rubble of a collapsed mine tunnel. His body was never recovered. 

The nation, fractured by war, disease, and famine, has seen more than 6 million people die since the mid-1990s, making its conflict the deadliest since World War II. But, in recent years, the death and destruction have been aided by the growing number of electric vehicles humming down American streets.

In 2022, the U.S., the world’s third-largest importer of cobalt, spent nearly $525 million on the mineral, much of which came from the Congo.

As America’s dependence on the Congo has grown, Black-led labor and environmental organizers here in the U.S. have worked to build a transnational solidarity movement. Activists also say that the inequities faced in the Congo relate to those that Black Americans experience. And thanks in part to social media, the desire to better understand what’s happening in the Congo has grown in the past 10 years. In some ways, the Black Lives Matter movement first took root in the Congo after the uprising in Ferguson in 2014, advocates say. And since the murder of George Floyd and the outrage over the Gaza war, there has been an uptick in Congolese and Black American groups working on solidarity campaigns.

Throughout it all, the inequities faced by Congolese people and Black Americans show how the supply chain highlights similar patterns of exploitation and disenfranchisement.

Bakari Height, the transit equity organizer at the Labor Network for Sustainability, says the global harm caused by the energy transition and the inability of Black Americans to participate in it at home are for a simple reason. 

“We’re always on the menu, but we’re never at the table,” he said. “The space of transportation planning and climate change is mostly white people, or people of color that aren’t Black, so these discussions about exploitation aren’t happening in those spaces — it is almost like a second form of colonialism.”

Morehouse College professors Samuel Livingston and Cynthia Hewitt unfurled a Congolese flag behind President Joe Biden as he gave his commencement address at the school on May 19. Elijah Nouvelage/Getty Images

Height said, however, when Black people are in the room, these conversations are not only more prevalent, but also more action-oriented. His organization supports Black workers and helps craft policies that support “bold climate action in ways that address labor concerns without sacrificing what science is telling us is necessary.”

While the American South has picked up about two-thirds of the electric vehicle production jobs, Black workers there are more likely to work in non-unionized warehouses, receiving less pay and protections. The White House has also failed to share data that definitively proves whether Black workers are receiving these jobs, rather than them just being placed near Black communities. 

“Automakers are moving their EV manufacturing and operations to the South in hopes of exploiting low labor costs and making higher profits,” explained Yterenickia Bell, an at-large council member in Clarkston, Georgia, last year. While Georgia has been targeted for investment by the Biden administration, workers are “refusing to stand idly by and let them repeat a cycle that harms Black communities and working families.”

Solidarity activism reached a national stage last week at the Morehouse College graduation ceremony, when professors at the school sent clear messages to President Joe Biden. Samuel Livingston and Cynthia Hewitt unfurled a Congolese flag as Biden gave his speech. And Dr. Taura Taylor, wearing a DRC pin on her cap, stood up, raised her fist and turned her back to the president. Yet, less publicized has been the work of Congolese and Black American groups building bridges, including the Congo Initiative based in the Congo and the D.C.-based group Friends of the Congo.

Friends of the Congo has worked on several educational campaigns at home, brought Black Americans to the Congo for activism trips, and offered regular support to Congolese youth leaders. 

The work is sorely needed, as “John Doe 1’s” story has only become more common in the country. 

Roughly 75 percent of the world’s reserves of cobalt, the precious mineral with a sometimes reddish, teal, or violet tint needed for cellphones, laptops, and electric car batteries, lie under the chalky surface. 

On average, an electric vehicle battery requires 30 pounds of cobalt, meaning millions of tons of the mineral is needed for America’s EV boom, which will continue to push thousands of Black women, men, and children into pits and tunnels. In the U.S., these battery packs range from around $7,000 to nearly $30,000, while Congolese miners make mere dollars for mining most of the material found in them. 

“The country,” explained Maurice Carney, executive director of Friends of the Congo, “was designed for extraction, not development.” 

“Cobalt mining is the slave farm perfected”

Of the 255,000 Congolese citizens mining for cobalt, 40,000 are children. They are not only exposed to physical threats but environmental ones. Cobalt mining pollutes critical water sources, plus the air and land. It is linked to respiratory illnesses, food insecurity, and violence. 

Still, in March, a U.S. court ruled on the case, finding that American companies could not be held liable for child labor in the Congo, even as they helped intensify the prevalence. 

Companies operating in the country are “primarily concerned about their own welfare, filling their own pockets. They’re not really concerned about the welfare of the Congolese people,” Carney said earlier this year. 

Carney, a former research consultant for the Congressional Black Caucus Foundation, has spent years pointing out the link between the Congolese and Black American struggles.  

“What we say to people is that in a country that’s so critical to the future of the planet, a country that we’re all connected to through our cellphones and iPads or electric vehicles — even if you’re in California, you’re connected to the Congo,” he said. 

“Congolese women have the highest metallic content in the body in the world because they’re digging in the soil to get those minerals,” he added.

People work at the Shabara mine near Kolwez, Democratic Republic of the Congo, in 2022. At that time, some 20,000 people worked at Shabara, in shifts of 5,000 at a time. Junior Kannah/AFP via Getty Images

Similarly, in the U.S., as poor birth outcomes have been linked to higher exposure to pollutants, pregnant Black women are more likely to live in poor-quality environments compared to white women.

Cobalt accounts for as much as 60 percent of the batteries that drive our lives because the mineral possesses a unique electron configuration that allows the battery to remain stable at higher energy densities. This means cobalt-heavy batteries can hold more charge. 

While there has been a push to use alternative minerals in electric batteries, most other options are unstable and unsafe for the user. Some experts have argued that the U.S. should turn its attention to Canada, which is among the top five countries producing cobalt and the only nation in the Western Hemisphere with deposits of all the minerals required to make next-generation electric batteries. But it is a more costly venture that, to this point, has yet to make waves in the U.S. 

In the interim, no one knows how many women, men, and children have been killed in the Congolese operations, but the tally, which is likely to be thousands of lives per year, is expected to rise, researchers believe.

In the coming years, it is estimated that more than half of the world’s cobalt will be used just for EVs. The federally subsidized push to increase electric vehicle production by 2030 calls for a 15-fold increase in battery production. Already, the nation’s imports of cobalt increased by 35 percent from 2021 to 2022. 

Still, the U.S. has been slow to acknowledge its role. 

In a February White House press briefing about the U.S.’ effects and efforts on the environment across the African continent, the Congo and cobalt were never mentioned. And earlier this month, Amos Hochstein, White House senior adviser for energy and investment, encouraged mining minerals in “risky” countries in the name of the clean energy transition.

“We can all live in the capitals and cities around the world and say, ‘I don’t want to do business there.’ But what you are really saying is we’re not going to have an energy transition,” he said. “Because the energy transition is not going to happen if it can only be produced where I live, under my standards.”

The Congo is home to more than 90 times the amount of cobalt reserves found in the U.S., where Native American tribes are being exploited for the resource. (Over two-thirds of America’s cobalt is on Native American land.) 

It is one of several movements around the clean energy transition where workers and activists are highlighting how the greening of the world is coming at the expense of Black and Native lives.

Recently, the push for mining in the Congo has reached new heights because of a rift in China-U.S. relations regarding EV production. Earlier this month, the Biden administration issued a 100-percent tariff on Chinese-produced EVs to deter their purchase in the U.S.

Currently, China owns about 80 percent of the legal mines in the Congo, but tens of thousands of Congolese people work in “artisanal” mines outside these facilities, where there are no rules or regulations, and where the U.S. gets much of its cobalt imports.  

“Cobalt mining is the slave farm perfected,” wrote Siddharth Kara last year in the award-winning investigative book Cobalt Red: How The Blood of the Congo Powers Our Lives. “It is a system of absolute exploitation for absolute profit.”

While it is the world’s richest country in terms of wealth from natural resources, Congo is among the poorest in terms of life outcomes. Of the 201 countries recognized by the World Bank Group, it has the 191st lowest life expectancy.

Dreaming of actual societal benefits

The exploitation of Black workers in the Congo has contributed to some Black transit activists in the U.S. not fully supporting the transition to electric vehicles, despite the benefits for health and reducing pollution for some Black communities at home. The American Lung Association says 110,000 lives would be saved and 2.7 million childhood asthma attacks avoided by 2050 if Biden’s goals are reached and transportation pollution is lowered. 

But today, although EVs do not directly emit fossil fuels, the energy generated to charge an EV mainly comes from polluting fossil fuel power plants, which are disproportionately found in Black communities.

The activists say that moving toward more mass transit options would create actual societal benefits.

 “We don’t all live in big cities, but mass transit is still 100 percent the better option,” Height said. “More investment in mass transit options gives us different ways and methods of looking at how we can clean up many of these systems.”

While America’s dependence on cars has grown to the second highest globally, American buses, subways, and light rail lines consistently have lower ridership levels, fewer service hours, and longer waits than those in virtually every comparable country. 

It is true, Height acknowledged, that electric buses still rely on cobalt, but investment in mass transit options would dramatically lower the nation’s dependence on the mineral and the need for new infrastructure. Infrastructure, he said, that is not being used. Since 2021, the federal government has doled out nearly $10 billion for public electric vehicle charging infrastructure, for example, but only four states have built stations using the money. 

As it is now, EVs are also perpetuating economic inequality. Statistically, most households purchasing EVs earn more than $100,000 per year. The median Black household takes in just $46,000 annually, which could explain why only 2 percent of EV drivers are Black. 

Height believes that these discrepancies show the need for other investment options. While the Biden administration has allocated more than $65 billion for electric vehicles, the nation’s biggest climate spending bill allocated just $1 billion for clean heavy-duty vehicles like buses.

The investment, Height said, also “needs to come with a behavioral shift. People need to question: Do you really need a vehicle if you’re going to the same place that your neighbor is going, or the same direction as the people down the street? 

“We need to do it before this next individualistic idea of you get an EV, you get an EV, and you get an EV takes root,” he argued. 

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Electric vehicles need cobalt. Congolese miners work in dangerous conditions to get it. on Jun 2, 2024.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Adam Mahoney, Capital B.

]]>
https://grist.org/energy/electric-vehicles-cobalt-congolese-miners-dangerous-conditions/feed/ 0 477647
If you use Whatsapp, you need to watch this https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/31/if-you-use-whatsapp-you-need-to-watch-this/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/31/if-you-use-whatsapp-you-need-to-watch-this/#respond Fri, 31 May 2024 16:00:08 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=3a52c02f3b0970a6720bc1fb6aaa9720
This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by The Intercept.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/31/if-you-use-whatsapp-you-need-to-watch-this/feed/ 0 477425
My family are trapped in Rafah. We urgently need a UK visa scheme https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/29/my-family-are-trapped-in-rafah-we-urgently-need-a-uk-visa-scheme/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/29/my-family-are-trapped-in-rafah-we-urgently-need-a-uk-visa-scheme/#respond Wed, 29 May 2024 11:41:13 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/gaza-family-reunification-visa-scheme-ukraine-rafah-israel/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Doaa S.A..

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/29/my-family-are-trapped-in-rafah-we-urgently-need-a-uk-visa-scheme/feed/ 0 477031
Open letter from Kanaky: Things are really bad, we need to speed up decolonisation https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/25/open-letter-from-kanaky-things-are-really-bad-we-need-to-speed-up-decolonisation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/25/open-letter-from-kanaky-things-are-really-bad-we-need-to-speed-up-decolonisation/#respond Sat, 25 May 2024 07:51:17 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=101866 Asia Pacific Report

By a Kanak from Aotearoa New Zealand in Kanaky New Caledonia

I’ve been trying to feel cool and nice on this beautiful sunny day in Kanaky. But it has already been spoiled by President Emmanuel Macron’s flashy day-long visit on Thursday.

Currently special French military forces are trying to take full control of the territory. Very ambitously.

They’re clearing all the existing barricades around the capital Nouméa, both the northern and southern highways, and towards the northern province.

Today, May 25, after 171 years of French occupation, we are seeing the “Lebanonisation” of our country which, after only 10 days of revolt, saw many young Kanaks killed by bullets. Example: 15 bodies reportedly found in the sea, including four girls.

[Editor: There have been persistent unconfirmed rumours of a higher death rate than has been reported, but the official death toll is currently seven — four of them Kanak, including a 17-year-old girl, and two gendarmes, one by accident. Lebanonisation is a negative political term referring to how a prosperous, developed, and politically stable country descends into a civil war or becomes a failed state — as happened with Lebanon during the 1975-1990 Lebanese Civil War.]

One of the bodies was even dragged by a car. Several were caught, beaten, burned, and tortured by the police, the BAC and the militia, one of whose leaders was none other than a loyalist elected official.

With the destruction and looting of many businesses, supermarkets, ATMs, neighbourhood grocery stores, bakeries . . . we see that the CCAT has been infiltrated by a criminal organisation which chooses very specific economic targets to burn.

Leaders trying to discredit our youth
At the same time, the leaders organise the looting, supply alcohol and drugs (amphetamines) in order to “criminalise” and discredit our youth.

A dividing line has been created between the northern and southern districts of Greater Nouméa in order to starve our populations. As a result, we have a rise in prices by the colonial counters in these dormitory towns where an impoverished Kanak population lives.

President Macron came with a dialogue mission team made up of ministers from the “young leaders” group, whose representative in the management of high risks in the Pacific is none other than a former CIA officer.

The presence of DGSE agents [the secret service involved in the bombing of the Greenpeace flagship Rainbow Warrior in 1985] and their mercenaries also gives us an idea of ​​what we are going to endure again and again for a month.

The state has already chosen its interlocutors who have been much the same for 40 years. The same ones that led us into the current situation.

Therefore, we firmly reaffirm our call for the intervention of the BRICS, the Pacific Islands Forum members, and the Melanesian Spearhead group (MSG) to put an end to the violence perpetrated against the children of the indigenous clans because the Kanak people are one of the oldest elder peoples that this land has had.

There are only 160,000 individuals left today in a country full of wealth.

Food and medical aid needed
Each death represents a big loss and it means a lot to the person’s clan. More than ever, we need to initiate the decolonisation process and hold serious discussions so that we can achieve our sovereignty very quickly.

Today we are asking for the intervention of international aid for:

  • The protection of our population;
  • food aid; and
  • medical support, because we no longer trust the medical staff of Médipôle (Nouméa hospital) and the liberals who make sarcastic judgments towards our injured and our people.

This open letter was written by a long-standing Kanak resident of New Zealand who has been visiting New Caledonia and wanted to share his dismay at the current crisis with friends back here and with Asia Pacific Report. His name is being withheld for his security.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/25/open-letter-from-kanaky-things-are-really-bad-we-need-to-speed-up-decolonisation/feed/ 0 476378
Why we need to defend impacted communities and our planet #earthday https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/22/why-we-need-to-defend-impacted-communities-and-our-planet-earthday/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/22/why-we-need-to-defend-impacted-communities-and-our-planet-earthday/#respond Mon, 22 Apr 2024 08:26:40 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=82babb0f1f5f177b690215651d93fb2c
This content originally appeared on Human Rights Watch and was authored by Human Rights Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/22/why-we-need-to-defend-impacted-communities-and-our-planet-earthday/feed/ 0 470947
From East Palestine to Palestine, People Need Help https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/15/from-east-palestine-to-palestine-people-need-help/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/15/from-east-palestine-to-palestine-people-need-help/#respond Mon, 15 Apr 2024 16:13:04 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=40160 From East Palestine to Palestine, people need help. In the first half of the show, Eleanor sits down with East Palestine, OH residents Zsuzsa Gyenes and Chris Albright to discuss the ongoing fallout from the catastrophic train derailment in February of last year. Zsuzsa and Chris talk about a purgatory…

The post From East Palestine to Palestine, People Need Help appeared first on Project Censored.


This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Kate Horgan.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/15/from-east-palestine-to-palestine-people-need-help/feed/ 0 469905
Marginalized Communities Need Big Environmental Wins https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/12/marginalized-communities-need-big-environmental-wins/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/12/marginalized-communities-need-big-environmental-wins/#respond Fri, 12 Apr 2024 20:16:51 +0000 https://progressive.org/op-eds/marginalized-communities-need-big-environmental-wins-armstrong-20240412/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/12/marginalized-communities-need-big-environmental-wins/feed/ 0 469618
If We Want Affordable housing, We Need Rent Control https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/11/if-we-want-affordable-housing-we-need-rent-control/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/11/if-we-want-affordable-housing-we-need-rent-control/#respond Thu, 11 Apr 2024 20:52:38 +0000 https://progressive.org/op-eds/if-we-want-affordable-housing-we-need-rent-control-weinstein-20240411/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Michael Weinstein.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/11/if-we-want-affordable-housing-we-need-rent-control/feed/ 0 469444
For a just transition to green energy, tribes need more than money https://grist.org/equity/tribes-need-more-than-money-to-go-green-they-need-just-transition/ https://grist.org/equity/tribes-need-more-than-money-to-go-green-they-need-just-transition/#respond Thu, 11 Apr 2024 18:11:46 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=634772 When it comes to a green future, money isn’t everything.

In the case of Indigenous peoples, there also needs to be a variety of support and cultural understanding.

That’s according to Kimberly Yazzie, a Diné researcher in ecology at Stanford University, who has seen how Indigenous communities have been harmed in the race to establish wind, solar and mining projects. 

“There’s this history of tribes not getting a fair deal, and so this history needs to be addressed,” she said. “There’s work that needs to be done.”

As lead author in an article published this week in Science, she outlined ways Indigenous peoples can move forward on the journey to save the planet. 

Many green projects over the last few years have been criticized for not including tribes in important decisions that infringes or even destroys ancestral land. 

Yazzie cautioned that building a just and equitable energy future will take relationship building, research, and consultation. That can take time, she admitted, and while it’s not a luxury many feel we have, it’s essential so mistakes of the past are not repeated. 

“To go fast, start slow,” she said.  

The three big takeaways from the paper include: flexible application deadlines, equal access to updated and accurate information, and resources to build stronger infrastructure within tribes for projects. Since 2021, federal money has been available for tribal renewable energy projects — an amount that now stands at around $14 billion dollars — and Yazzie hopes that the paper can help tribes access those dollars. 

Strict deadlines, for instance,can shut tribes out from funding due to how long it takes to identify resources, secure other funding sources, and tailor competitive applications. The paper calls for rolling deadlines, and specifically mentions the Tribal Energy Loan Guarantee Program as an example of how more applications should accept applications at any time. 

A second solution includes increasing access to updated and accurate information for tribal green energy projects. Although the federal government has a database, it can be hard to find state or private information. One solution could be a database updated with funding sources, not only from federal programs but philanthropic organizations, with funding amounts and requirements clearly outlined for easy reference. Or having readily available technical information or experts to answer nuts-and-bolts type questions about solar and electrical projects. 

Clara Pratte is a Diné researcher and a tribal government consultant. She’s a co-author on the paper and said that having a more effective way to share information was very important. 

“There’s no best practice guide on how to run projects like these,” she said. “And at the end of the day, we want better, more mindful, culturally competent development to happen on tribal lands.”

It’s also important that funding goes to the people on the ground and not just to the project, a way to make sure tribal members are involved. Pratte specifically said the role of “tribal energy champions” can make or break a idea. These are tribal members who stick with a given endeavor through the very early stages till its completion, and can pool information and resources from other tribal energy projects.

Pratte said that ideally this work would be done by tribal members who have cultural knowledge valuable to the ethical development of these projects. 

“Just because it’s ‘green’ doesn’t mean it’s going to be done in a thoughtful way, so I think tribes and tribal people really have to be at the forefront of defining what that process looks like,” she said.

Yazzie said she’d also like to take a closer look at the future, especially when the Biden administration’s financial support ends.

“I think a question we’re going to have to ask ourselves is what are we going to do when that administration changes and when funding programs run out,” she said. 

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline For a just transition to green energy, tribes need more than money on Apr 11, 2024.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Taylar Dawn Stagner.

]]>
https://grist.org/equity/tribes-need-more-than-money-to-go-green-they-need-just-transition/feed/ 0 469428
To Trim Our Richest Down to Democratic Size, We Need to Think Big https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/11/to-trim-our-richest-down-to-democratic-size-we-need-to-think-big/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/11/to-trim-our-richest-down-to-democratic-size-we-need-to-think-big/#respond Thu, 11 Apr 2024 05:58:49 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=318376 How rich have America’s super rich become? The annual compensation of Steve Schwarzman, the chief exec of the private-equity colossus Blackstone Inc., offers up one telling yardstick. In 2023, we learned earlier this year, Schwarzman’s take-home actually fell some 30 percent off what he collected the year before. But Schwarzman’s overall payday for that year, even after that tanking, still amounted to a jaw-dropping $896.7 million. The current personal net worth of Blackstone’s CEO? The Bloomberg Billionaires Index puts that figure at a sweet $42.3 billion. More

The post To Trim Our Richest Down to Democratic Size, We Need to Think Big appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

The post To Trim Our Richest Down to Democratic Size, We Need to Think Big appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Sam Pizzigati.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/11/to-trim-our-richest-down-to-democratic-size-we-need-to-think-big/feed/ 0 469354
Do we really need a Global Commission on Modern Slavery? https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/10/do-we-really-need-a-global-commission-on-modern-slavery/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/10/do-we-really-need-a-global-commission-on-modern-slavery/#respond Wed, 10 Apr 2024 07:01:07 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/beyond-trafficking-and-slavery/do-we-really-need-a-global-commission-on-modern-slavery-theresa-may-modern-slavery/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Ayushman Bhagat, Joel Quirk.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/10/do-we-really-need-a-global-commission-on-modern-slavery/feed/ 0 469173
Do We Need to Have a Cold War With China? https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/04/do-we-need-to-have-a-cold-war-with-china/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/04/do-we-need-to-have-a-cold-war-with-china/#respond Thu, 04 Apr 2024 05:57:30 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=317804 Protecting our electric car industry and other green technologies is probably a good idea in order to give them some breathing space to grow and compete. It also makes sense to have productive capacity for advanced semi-conductors, so as not to be dependent on Taiwan in the event of a military conflict. But it really is not okay that our policies are making China angry. We have to pursue policies that are in the U.S. national interest, but we should not be looking to gratuitously put it in China’s face. It will not be to our advantage, or the world’s, to have a Cold War with China similar to the one we had with the Soviet Union. More

The post Do We Need to Have a Cold War With China? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

Photograph Source: The White House – Public Domain

I usually see things pretty much the same way as Paul Krugman, but I seriously disagree with his column “Bidenomics is making China angry. That’s okay.” Krugman makes some reasonable points in the piece. Protecting our electric car industry and other green technologies is probably a good idea in order to give them some breathing space to grow and compete. It also makes sense to have productive capacity for advanced semi-conductors, so as not to be dependent on Taiwan in the event of a military conflict.

But it really is not okay that our policies are making China angry. We have to pursue policies that are in the U.S. national interest, but we should not be looking to gratuitously put it in China’s face. It will not be to our advantage, or the world’s, to have a Cold War with China similar to the one we had with the Soviet Union.

For those who are too young or too old to remember, we spent a huge amount of money on the military during the Cold War. In the 1970s and 1980s, when we were not in hot wars, military spending averaged over 7.0 percent of GDP.[1] When we were in hot wars like Korea and Vietnam, the tab came to well over 10.0 percent of GDP, with peaks in the early fifties of more than 15 percent of GDP. By contrast, last year we spent 3.6 percent of GDP on the military.

Apart from the lives lost in our wars (far more for the host countries than for us), this is also an enormous amount of money. If we increased our spending from last year’s 3.6 percent of GDP to 7.0 percent of GDP, the difference of 3.4 percent of GDP would translate into almost $1 trillion a year in our current economy (more than $8,000 per family). Double that if you want to have another Vietnam or Korea-type war.

And, if we’re talking about an arms race with China, these numbers would likely be very conservative. At its peak the Soviet economy was around 60 percent of the size of the U.S. economy. China’s economy is 25 percent larger than the U.S. economy and growing far more rapidly. It would require Trumpian levels of delusional thinking to believe that we could spend China into the ground, as we arguably did with the Soviet Union.

A Cooperative Alternative

We should not have illusions about China’s government. It is hardly anyone’s ideal of a liberal democracy. China’s president, Xi Jinping, is an authoritarian ruler who imprisons critics and is willing to use force to suppress political opposition. But that hardly distinguishes Xi from any number of leaders with whom the United States regularly does business.

Even if we go back to the Cold War with the Soviet Union, our foreign policy often looked to areas for possible cooperation. First and foremost, we had a number of arms control agreements designed to limit spending and the risks of accidental war. But we also looked to cooperate in other areas, most visibly space travel.

We can take a similar tack in our dealings with China. We can look to cooperate in areas that are mutually beneficial. Two obvious areas that stand out are climate and health. There could be enormous gains for both the U.S. and the world if we freely shared technologies needed to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, as well as technologies to prevent disease and improve health.

This would mean that our scientists and engineers would be collaborating with Chinese scientists in these areas, freely sharing their latest research findings. That means scientists from both countries could build on successes and learn from failures. It also would mean that once a technology is developed it can be freely employed, without having to worry about patent monopolies or other bureaucratic obstacles.

In the case of climate, we would likely benefit from getting access to China’s latest battery technology, where they appear to be well ahead of the United States. The U.S. also has innovations in many areas, such as geothermal energy, that would be valuable to China.

In the case of health, both countries have extensive networks of research in a wide range of areas. While it is common to tout the rapid development of Covid vaccines in the United States as a result of Operation Warp Speed, China developed its own vaccines in a comparable timeframe. These vaccines also proved to be very effective in preventing serious illness and death.

There would have been tremendous gains to the world if these technologies had been freely shared so that anyone anywhere in the world with the necessary manufacturing facilities could have begun producing the vaccines as soon as they were in the clinical testing phase. (The cost of throwing out a hundred million vaccines that proved ineffective is trivial compared to the benefit of having a hundred million vaccines in storage waiting to be distributed once they are shown to be effective.)

We are not going to get from where we are now to a massive sharing of technology in these two huge sectors overnight, but we can begin a process. We can pick limited areas where the gains are likely to be greatest, for example vaccines against infectious diseases. We would have to set ground rules for committing funding and the openness of research. Ideally, we would pull the rest of the world into this sort of collaboration since everyone would be in a position to benefit from having access to open research.

This sort of sharing would mean a different mechanism for supporting research and innovation. Instead of relying on government-granted patent monopolies, we would have to pay for the research upfront, as we did with the development of the Moderna vaccine. Paying directly for research is not an alien concept, we currently spend over $50 billion a year on biomedical research through the NIH.

In principle, there is no reason that we couldn’t replace the research now funded by government-granted patent monopolies with publicly funded research, but it is likely to mean fewer big paydays for those at the top. Successful researchers should get generous paychecks, and these could even be supplemented by prizes like the Nobel Prize. But in a system of direct funding, we probably would see fewer Moderna billionaires and others getting super-rich in these areas.

That is likely the biggest obstacle to pursuing this sort of cooperative path towards relations with China. There are people with big dollars at stake who are happy to keep the status quo and are just fine if we go the route of a Cold War with China.

It’s worth remembering that the first Cold War was often as much about corporate profits as confronting the Soviet Union. That is obviously true in the case of the big military contractors like Lockheed and McDonnell Douglas. But there were also plenty of cases where powerful corporations got the U.S. military to do its bidding to support their operations around the world. The concern of these companies is their profits, not the well-being of the United States or the future of democracy and the planet.

And we should recognize that if we go the full Cold War route, it is likely the future of the planet is at stake. We are having a hard enough time garnering political support for measures to limit global warming now. What would the situation look like if we are coughing up another $1 to $2 trillion a year to compete in an arms race with China?

There’s one other point worth noting about the route of increased cooperation, it may help to lead to a liberalization of China’s regime. I don’t mean to get pollyannish, there were many people who argued for admitting China to the WTO on the idea that increased trade would somehow turn the country into a liberal democracy. That one proved to be seriously wrong.

But as a practical matter, the Chinese engineers and scientists who are collaborating with their counterparts in the U.S. are likely to be children, siblings, and parents of the party officials who are calling the shots in China. If these people develop an appreciation for liberal values, it’s hard to believe that some of that doesn’t rub off on their family members.

I wouldn’t push that line with any great confidence, social psychology is not my terrain. But I will say that it offers more hope than the idea that shoe manufacturers getting rich off of cheap labor will somehow become great proponents of liberal democracy.

If Bidenomics Makes China Angry, That’s not Okay

The basic point here is that we should care a lot about our relations with China. That doesn’t mean we should structure our economy to make its leaders happy. We need to implement policies that support the prosperity and well-being of people in the United States. But we also need to try to find ways to cooperate with China in areas where it is mutually beneficial, and we certainly should not be looking for ways to put a finger in their eye.

Notes.

[1] These figures use the definition of military spending in the National Income and Product Accounts. This is somewhat different than the measure used in the budget, primarily because it includes depreciation of capital equipment. The patterns of spending are similar in the two series.

This first appeared on Dean Baker’s Beat the Press blog.

The post Do We Need to Have a Cold War With China? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Dean Baker.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/04/do-we-need-to-have-a-cold-war-with-china/feed/ 0 468015
When You Don’t Need a Cop https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/29/when-you-dont-need-a-cop/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/29/when-you-dont-need-a-cop/#respond Fri, 29 Mar 2024 20:57:38 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/when-you-dont-need-a-cop-ervin-20240329/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Mike Ervin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/29/when-you-dont-need-a-cop/feed/ 0 467053
"We Don’t Need More Detention Centers": Fernando García on SB4 & New Spending Law https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/27/we-dont-need-more-detention-centers-fernando-garcia-on-sb4-new-spending-law/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/27/we-dont-need-more-detention-centers-fernando-garcia-on-sb4-new-spending-law/#respond Wed, 27 Mar 2024 14:53:51 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=1c1e3619cf4bd38d6aa004bf7878d7bc
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/27/we-dont-need-more-detention-centers-fernando-garcia-on-sb4-new-spending-law/feed/ 0 466518
“We Don’t Need More Detention Centers, More Border Patrol”: Fernando García on SB4 & New Spending Law https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/27/we-dont-need-more-detention-centers-more-border-patrol-fernando-garcia-on-sb4-new-spending-law/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/27/we-dont-need-more-detention-centers-more-border-patrol-fernando-garcia-on-sb4-new-spending-law/#respond Wed, 27 Mar 2024 12:52:04 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=f0b6ffa6341de6e8400ad4f49221cd31 Seg4 guestandtroops

An immigration battle continues on the border between Texas and Mexico, as Texas’s state government increases its militarization of the region, deploying hundreds of National Guard troops and constructing new infrastructure on the border. Meanwhile, a new federal spending bill passed by Congress and signed into law by President Biden has increased funding for ICE and CBP, and state and federal courts have been wrangling over the legality of SB4, a new Texas state law that gives local police sweeping powers to arrest and deport anyone they suspect has entered the United States without authorization. We hear more from Fernando García, founder and executive director of the Border Network for Human Rights, in El Paso. García says the influx of special forces with “no training with how to deal with a civilian population,” alongside the “show me your papers’’ atmosphere created by SB4, is increasing the daily violence faced by Latinx residents on the U.S. side of the border, all while “illegally impeding” the right to seek asylum by those in “desperate” straits on the Mexico side. Instead of capitulating to anti-immigrant politicians, he continues, “We needed for the federal government to stop Texas, stop the governor” from targeting “Latinos, people of color, migrants and people looking for asylum, for protection.”


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/27/we-dont-need-more-detention-centers-more-border-patrol-fernando-garcia-on-sb4-new-spending-law/feed/ 0 466510
Editor’s Note: What We Need to Know, and Why https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/26/editors-note-what-we-need-to-know-and-why/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/26/editors-note-what-we-need-to-know-and-why/#respond Tue, 26 Mar 2024 14:38:25 +0000 https://progressive.org/magazine/what-we-need-to-know-and-why-boddiger-20240325/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by David Boddiger.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/26/editors-note-what-we-need-to-know-and-why/feed/ 0 466325
CDC Report Underscores Need for Medicare For All https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/21/cdc-report-underscores-need-for-medicare-for-all/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/21/cdc-report-underscores-need-for-medicare-for-all/#respond Thu, 21 Mar 2024 20:38:35 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/cdc-report-underscores-need-for-medicare-for-all

Ocasio-Cortez noted that "years of grassroots organizing on behalf of vulnerable Americans led to the creation of the first federal public housing units—but, for decades, the federal government has allowed our limited public housing stock to fall into disrepair."

"Residents are dealing with mold growth, lead-based paint hazards, lack of central cooling and heating, failing water infrastructure, and numerous other safety concerns," the congresswoman said. "It is beyond time for the federal government to take responsibility and pass legislation that offers comprehensive, public solutions."

"The Green New Deal for Public Housing Act will allow for an increase in public housing units, create an estimated 280,000 jobs, and invest up to $23 billion a year over 10 years for highly energy-efficient developments," she explained. "This will produce on-site renewable energy, expand workforce capacity, and focus on community development. Every American deserves to live in a safe, vibrant, and environmentally conscious community—including public housing residents. I am confident this legislation is how we make that a reality."

The jobs estimate comes from an analysis released Thursday by the Climate and Community Project and the Socio-Spatial Climate Collaborative—which also found that the proposed upgrades to U.S. public housing stock would cut carbon emissions by 5.7 million metric tons, the equivalent of taking 1.26 million cars off the road each year.

"Public housing is an essential source of stable and affordable housing for 1.7 million Americans, and our research shows we are rapidly losing units to conversions, demolitions, and deterioration," said Kira McDonald of Climate and Community Project. "This legislation would constitute decisive action to stave this loss and transform living conditions for public housing residents. In so doing, it would improve residents' health, safety, help eliminate carbon emissions, and help build the new green industries we need to decarbonize."

As Ocasio-Cortez's office summarized, the bill would:

  • Expand federal programs to provide residents with meaningful work investing in their communities, to own and operate resident businesses, to move toward financial independence, and to participate in the management of public housing;
  • Expand resident councils so that public housing residents have a seat at the table for important decisions regarding their homes; and
  • Replenish the public housing capital backlog and repeal the Faircloth Amendment, which limits the construction of new public housing developments.

The legislation would also create two grant programs for deep energy retrofits; community workforce development; upgrades to energy efficiency, building electrification, and water quality; community renewable energy generation; recycling; resiliency and sustainability; and climate adaptation and emergency disaster response.

As world leaders dragged their feet on climate action last year, declining to demand a global phaseout of planet-heating fossil fuels at the most recent United Nations climate conference, all life on Earth was forced to contend with record high temperatures. The United States alone saw 28 disasters that each caused at least $1 billion in damage, collectively costing at least $92.9 billion.

"In these difficult times, we must move forward boldly to address the systemic and existential crises facing us today and that includes urgently combating climate change and making sure every American has a safe and decent place to call home," Sanders said Thursday. "It is unacceptable that, on a single given night in America, over 650,000 people are homeless."

That record number comes from an annual report released by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development in December. As Common Dreamsreported at the time, academics and advocates have long stressed that the formal figure only represents a faction of the people dealing with housing insecurity nationwide.

"It is unacceptable that, in the richest country in the history of the world, people are choosing between paying rent and putting food on the table," argued Sanders. "It is unacceptable that our nation's public housing is in a state of chronic disrepair and energy inefficiency after generations of government neglect. It is unacceptable that we have not done more to transform our energy systems, our communities, and our infrastructure away from fossil fuels and toward renewable energy. This legislation is a major step in the right direction, and I am proud to partner with Congresswoman Ocasio-Cortez in introducing it today."

Joining the pair in backing the bill are 55 other House Democrats and Sens. Richard Blumenthal (D-Conn.), Cory Booker (D-N.J.), Ed Markey (D-Mass.), Jeff Merkley (D-Ore.), Alex Padilla (D-Calif.), Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.), and Peter Welch (D-Vt.).

Markey, who has spearheaded the broader battle for a Green New Deal with Ocasio-Cortez, said that "in the five years since its introduction, Green New Deal advocacy has catapulted environmental justice to the top of the national agenda, helped deliver historic victories, and charted a course for a better future."

The Green New Deal for Public Housing Act is also endorsed by over 70 advocacy groups and labor unions, including the American Federation of State County and Municipal Employees, American Federation of Teachers, Center for Popular Democracy (CPD) Action, Movement for Black Lives, MoveOn, National Low Income Housing Coalition, Public Citizen, and Sunrise Movement.

"Our opponents use tactics like the Faircloth Amendment to defund our public housing. And then they point to our public housing and say, 'Look, it's not working.' That's what they do—but we're not confused," declared DaMareo Cooper, co-executive director of CPD Action.

"We're in another awakening right now. People have been through too much. They are tired. We are tired. Enough is enough," Cooper added. "We all know that it's impossible for you to think that a government in this day and age cannot create housing for everyone."


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/21/cdc-report-underscores-need-for-medicare-for-all/feed/ 0 465593
‘We Need to Separate Capitalism and Journalism’ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/06/we-need-to-separate-capitalism-and-journalism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/06/we-need-to-separate-capitalism-and-journalism/#respond Wed, 06 Mar 2024 16:16:43 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9038501 "The government is always involved in our news information systems. But the question is, how should it be involved?"

The post ‘We Need to Separate Capitalism and Journalism’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
CounterSpin interview with Victor Pickard on the crisis of journalism

Janine Jackson interviewed U Penn’s Victor Pickard about the crisis of journalism for the March 1, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

 

 

Janine Jackson: The fact that every news program is peppered with advertising, even on public broadcasting; that the newspaper you hope will give a fair accounting of, for example, economic inequality, will bring you that story next to an ad for $2,000 shoes; the fact that the cost of learning about the world means sifting through mountains of media designed to get you to buy stuff, via outlets that are themselves owned by massive, profit-driven corporations—well, for many of us, that’s just how it is.

But it isn’t how it is everywhere, or how it’s always been, or how it has to be. Changing things isn’t just a matter of policy or law, but of reimagining the role of journalism in our public life.

Victor Pickard is professor of media policy and political economy at the University of Pennsylvania’s Annenberg School for Communication, where he co-directs the Media, Inequality and Change Center. He’s the author, most recently, of Democracy Without Journalism?: Confronting the Misinformation Society from Oxford University Press. He joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Victor Pickard.

Victor Pickard: Thanks so much for having me, Janine.

JJ: I guess I’ll ask you to start by just outlining what you see as the core troubles with what we’ve got now, the current media landscape. What sets it on a course that runs afoul of democracy, or democratic aspirations, as I say?

NPR: 'The Washington Post' will cut 240 jobs through voluntary buyouts

NPR (10/11/23)

VP: There are so many troubling signs right now. It’s difficult to know exactly what to focus on, but to speak in really broad strokes, I would point to the massive recent layoffs, especially in our newspaper industry. The LA Times recently cut over 22% of its newsroom. Before that, the Washington Post had cut about 10% of its employees.

And these, of course, are both billionaire-owned newspapers. Until recently, they were considered the success stories in our new, very challenging digital age for journalism.

But I think this all points to a bigger picture. In many ways, what we’re seeing are the continuing death throes of an industry that’s reached a point of no return. And if we turn back to 2005—and of course at that point, it’s not as if we were living through a perfect golden age for journalism—but since 2005, we’ve seen about two-thirds of our newspaper journalists and about a third of newspapers disappear. And this is creating vast and expanding news deserts, where tens of millions of Americans have access to little or no local news media whatsoever. And it’s creating all kinds of problems for any semblance of democratic self-governance.

And, of course, when we’re talking about the newspaper industry, it’s not as if it’s just about nostalgia, but it happens to be the primary source for most original news and information and original reporting that permeates through our entire news media ecosystem. So when we lose newspapers, we lose local journalism, and that’s a tragedy for all of us.

JJ: I think many folks might think, “Oh, I don’t even read the newspaper.” But the work that newspapers do then shows up on television and on radio, and maybe it’s the behind-the-scenes investigation, the actual reporting, and you think, “Well, I don’t read the paper, so it doesn’t affect me.” But, of course, it obviously affects the whole climate of what we know, what we know about what the government is doing, what we know about what is happening around the world, right? So you don’t have to read a paper to be affected by this.

VP: Exactly. I mean, even hearing word-of-mouth information from our neighbors, or gleaning commentary from various social media feeds, or looking at cable television, if you listen closely, most of the original news information still traces back to the beleaguered newspaper industry. And, of course, things like what’s happening with the local school board or city hall or our state legislatures, these are all beats that traditionally and historically have been covered by newspaper reporters, and those beats are rapidly disappearing.

The Conversation: Saving the news media means moving beyond the benevolence of billionaires

The Conversation (2/13/24)

JJ: I do think that folks can see, if they’re looking, the layoffs and the closing of outlets, and as you mentioned, lots of people live in kind of flyover towns, where they can get news from the nearest big city, hundreds of miles away, but there’s nothing local and serious. In a recent piece with NYU’s Rodney Benson, you take issue, though, with what some folks have presented as the savior, as a way forward, namely benevolent billionaires.

VP: That’s right. And there’s long been this kind of wishful thinking that, OK, if the advertising model for supporting journalism is no longer viable, and if people aren’t paying enough for their news and information, then maybe we can look to these so-called benevolent billionaires to swoop in and save the day.

And, at best, they were always expected to maybe save a newspaper here and there. But even those hopes are proving to be ill-founded, and even billionaires face various kinds of sticker shock when they’re losing tens of millions of dollars a year on their pet projects. So I don’t think, and this was never a systemic fix to begin with, but I don’t think that they can even save some of our major newspapers, as was previously hoped.

JJ: Let’s turn to the forward-looking, I guess. You talk about non-reformist reforms, which, I love that language, and I’ll ask you to kind of say what you mean there, but I also wanted to just kind of throw in there, are there lessons or models from other countries that could be meaningful here?

VP: I do think it’s always useful to look internationally, and also historically, at some of our own experiments that we’ve tried here in the US, to expand our imagination about what’s possible, to glean best practices. And I think, at the very least, we can point to some, actually many, democracies, most democracies around the planet fund robust public broadcasting systems, public media systems, which I think is always a good conversation starter, to at least begin imagining what might our public media system look like if we start living up to global norms, and actually funding our systems accordingly.

But then, also, to look at how countries like Norway and Sweden, some of the Western and Northern European countries, are directly funding their newspaper industries, or at least indirectly subsidizing them. And I think these are all things that we could start thinking about, especially as it’s so clear that there simply is not a commercial future for many kinds of journalism, especially local journalism. So we have to start thinking outside of the market, and really pushing for a paradigm shift, when we see journalism as not just a commodity whose worth is determined by its profitability on the market, but rather as a public service upon which democracy depends.

JJ: What do you mean when you talk about reforms as being non-reformist? What are you getting at there?

VP: It’s kind of a wonky phrase, but what I’m really trying to get at is, we’ve often heard of this dichotomy between reform versus revolution: Can we radically change our core systems overnight, or is this more of a gradual reformist process that we make small tweaks as we can? And there’s actually a middle road, where I think we can focus on these structural reforms in the short term, with an eye towards a more radical distant horizon, where we’re really seeking to transform the system.

And this is sounding a little bit abstract, but to give a few examples, if we today recognize that we need to salvage the journalism that’s still being practiced, so we would try to transition these failing commercial models into nonprofit or at least low-profit institutions, with an eye towards a more ambitious project, where we really try to build out a new public media system, so a system that’s not reliant on benevolent billionaires or other forms of private capital, but instead is reliant on public financing, that’s federally guaranteed, but locally owned and controlled and governed.

And I think that’s what we need to place on the horizon, to have this sort of long-term, might-take-decades-to-get-there, but to really have that as our north star, instead of constantly reacting to whatever problem is arising at the moment.

JJ: I like that you mentioned that you don’t have to only look overseas. You can also look to our own history. Some people may remember that public broadcasting in this country began with some lovely language about providing “a forum for controversy and debate,” and for including voices that would “otherwise be unheard,” specifically that commercial networks didn’t want to air.

So, in other words, public media weren’t intended to be a more edumacated version, a less shouty version, of the same perspectives we got from commercial media. They didn’t write the Public Broadcasting Act so we could get Masterpiece Theater.

But we know it lost its way with a congressional short leash for funding. So now we have PBS programs bringing us stories about weapons while being sponsored by Lockheed Martin.

You’ve already started to tell us about your vision of what public media could look like. I’d ask you to expand on that, but also, we know that, as Americans, we’re told to hate the government; private is always better. As soon as you talk about government funding or state funding for broadcasting, people talk about state censorship, as though there were no such thing as corporate censorship. But talk a little bit more about what your vision of public media could be.

Victor Pickard

Victor Pickard: “The government is always involved in our news information systems. But the question is, how should it be involved?”

VP: That’s right. And to get there, I will hit on a couple of points you just mentioned in passing, which is this notion that the government isn’t involved in our media system. It’s a libertarian fantasy. The government is always involved in our news information systems. But the question is, how should it be involved? Should it be serving corporate interests, or should it be serving public interest? And that’s really, as a democratic society, a question we should always be grappling with, in trying to design our news information systems, so that they are privileging democracy over profit imperatives.

And if you look at our history, public media subsidies are as American as apple pie. Going back to the postal system, which initially was primarily a newspaper delivery infrastructure that we heavily subsidized. In today’s dollars, it would be tens of billions of dollars towards disseminating news and information to far-flung communities across the country.

The same was true for broadcasting, for the internet: that came about through massive public subsidies. And certainly looking at our lost promise of public broadcasting, that was always meant to be an alternative, a structural alternative, to the commercial system, to this systemic market failure that’s always there with commercial media outlets.

So I think we need to recover that initial ideal, and really try to not just build out and redesign our public infrastructures, but entirely reimagine them. We could be using post offices, libraries, public broadcasting stations, these all could be outlets to serve as these public media centers where every community across the country would have its own anchor institution of newsrooms that look like the communities they purportedly serve, to make sure they’re owned and controlled by journalists and community members themselves.

So this is the kind of non-reformist reform vision that I think we should be working towards. Again, it’s not happening tomorrow, or even next year, but that’s something we need to work towards.

JJ: It’s interesting, the idea that government somehow is not involved in the media that we have. I seem to remember Bob McChesney saying something like, when the government gives out broadcast licenses, they aren’t setting rules; they’re picking winners.

VP: That’s right. Yeah, I mean, those licenses are essentially monopolistic privileges for these corporations to use the public airwaves. And that’s a tremendously valuable public resource that we all should be able to benefit from. And this is just one example of where we really need to take media out of the market. We need to separate capitalism and journalism, which was always a very troubling union, to say the least.

JJ: And then, of course, in an election year, when you start to see those election ads, you have to remember that this is politicians and political parties just dumping money into media outlets for political advertising.

VP: That’s right. It’s essentially a payola system, pay to play. And we’re constantly being bombarded with these kinds of corporate messages, when we’re not discussing the climate crisis, we’re not discussing growing inequality, and so many crises facing us today. And that’s ideally what a publicly owned and controlled—so not just public in name only, but actually serving the public—a system based on those logics, I think, could try to live up to these democratic ideals.

JJ: I so appreciate projects like the New Jersey Civic Information Consortium, that shift the focus, as we’re talking about, from shoring up existing outlets toward asking whether the community’s information needs are being met. I love that language means something, and that is a categorically different project.

VP: Yeah, that’s exactly how it should be framed: based on needs, not the profit imperatives of a small number of investors and advertisers and media owners.

And I’m glad that you mentioned the New Jersey project, because this is a proof of concept that we’re seeing replicated in other states as well, similar programs taking off in California, most recently, Wisconsin and Illinois. DC is looking at a news voucher program.

So there are all these exciting projects and experiments that show that government can indeed play a very productive role in guaranteeing the level of news and information that all members of society should have access to. It’s a way of empowering local communities, and I really think we need to see more of this, but, of course, we also need to scale it up beyond just state governments, to a federal government level that can really guarantee that sort of universal service ethic to all members of society.

CounterSpin: ‘What if We Use Public Money to Transform What Local Media Looks Like?’

CounterSpin (5/6/22)

JJ: And I would encourage folks to go back and listen to an interview that I did, with Mike Rispoli from Free Press, specifically about that New Jersey project. It wasn’t like a foundation coming in and saying, “Let’s do this.” It involved early, formative input from a whole range of community groups. It really is a bottom-up conversation.

And I think that also reflects a recognition that it’s the already marginalized, economically and otherwise marginalized, that suffer currently the most from media distortions, and from the problems we’re discussing with media. So this way forward is not just—and I appreciate that you’re saying that it takes time—but it’s not just an end goal. The process itself is something good, I think.

VP: That’s absolutely right. And Mike Rispoli knows better than anyone I’m aware of that this really needs to begin with community organizing. It must be a grassroots effort. It can’t be dropped in. As important as the foundations are in trying to feed this growing nonprofit sector, we really have to make sure we’re not just decommercializing media, but we’re also democratizing media. And I think those kinds of efforts that begin with local communities, making sure that they’re involved at the ground floor, is so key. And I’m cautiously optimistic we’re going to be seeing more of these experiments take root across the country.

JJ: And then, once you see it working—as you say, proof of concept—there’s an imagination effort that needs to happen. And I think people are tired and beleaguered and have other things to do. So to have a project happen and see, “Oh yeah, that can happen,” that is a tremendous addition of energy towards making it happen in other places and other times, because people see that it is genuinely possible, and they won’t be throwing their energy down a hole.

VP: That’s so true. And so much of this is, as you say, about really expanding our imagination about what is possible. We’ve been so conditioned to think that if the market doesn’t support something, that it’s just going to have to wither away, as unfortunate as that might be. And these kinds of experiments show there is something we can do about it. We do have agency, we can intervene. These are political choices, and we can choose to have a much more democratic media system that serves us all.

JJ: Let me ask you, finally, it might sound a little bit afield, but I don’t think so. The subhead on the book is Confronting the Misinformation Society, and we sometimes say at FAIR that if our purpose was to make the New York Times suddenly much better, well then we would just pull up the covers, because that’s not happening. But we do think that we help people understand how to read the New York Times, and not to be affected or influenced by it in exactly the same way that they might have.

And so I just wanted to ask you, where does media literacy fit into this? It’s not a no/but, it’s a yes/and, because at the same time, we need to be helping folks navigate the system that we’ve got, so that they can see the omissions and the need for better.

Democracy Without Journalism? book cover

Oxford University Press (2019)

VP: That’s exactly right. It needs to always be an essential tool in our toolbox for really trying to decipher the predictable patterns in our heavily commercialized media system. And I think that is a way of building up agency. It’s not going to structurally transform the entire system, but I think if we understand the structural critique, that we see the political economy behind these news outlets, we understand what are the commercial logics that are driving them to tell these kinds of stories and not others, to talk to these people and not other people, I do think that that is so important for us to do, and that’s certainly what I’ve dedicated my career to doing, and I’ll continue doing my best to try to really cultivate this critical consumption of our news media.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Victor Pickard. The book Democracy Without Journalism? is available from Oxford University Press, and you can find the piece “Saving the News Media Means Moving Beyond the Benevolence of Billionaires” on TheConversation.com, as well as Common Dreams and various other places. Victor Pickard, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

VP: Thank you, Janine. It was so great talking to you.

The post ‘We Need to Separate Capitalism and Journalism’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/06/we-need-to-separate-capitalism-and-journalism/feed/ 0 462434
‘We Need More Air Defenses,’ Says Zelenskiy As Russian Shelling, Drone Strikes Kill At Least 11 In Ukraine https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/02/we-need-more-air-defenses-says-zelenskiy-as-russian-shelling-drone-strikes-kill-at-least-11-in-ukraine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/02/we-need-more-air-defenses-says-zelenskiy-as-russian-shelling-drone-strikes-kill-at-least-11-in-ukraine/#respond Sat, 02 Mar 2024 15:35:22 +0000 https://www.rferl.org/a/ukraine-russian-drone-strikes-odesa-mykolayiv-kharkiv-weapons-zelensky/32845014.html

Russia is increasing its cooperation with China in 5G and satellite technology and this could facilitate Moscow's military aggression against Ukraine, a report by the London-based Royal United Services Institute (RUSI) security think tank warns.

The report, published on March 1, says that although battlefield integration of 5G networks may face domestic hurdles in Russia, infrastructure for Chinese aid to Russian satellite systems already exists and can "facilitate Russian military action in Ukraine."

China, which maintains close ties with Moscow, has refused to condemn Moscow's invasion of Ukraine and offered economic support to Russia that has helped the Kremlin survive waves of sweeping Western sanctions.

Beijing has said that it does not sell lethal weapons to Russia for its war against Ukraine, but Western governments have repeatedly accused China of aiding in the flow of technology to Russia's war effort despite Western sanctions.

The RUSI report details how the cooperation between Russia and China in 5G and satellite technology can also help Russia on the battlefield in Ukraine.

"Extensive deployment of drones and advanced telecommunications equipment have been crucial on all fronts in Ukraine, from intelligence collection to air-strike campaigns," the report says.

"These technologies, though critical, require steady connectivity and geospatial support, making cooperation with China a potential solution to Moscow's desire for a military breakthrough."

According to the report, 5G network development has gained particular significance in Russo-Chinese strategic relations in recent years, resulting in a sequence of agreements between Chinese technology giant Huawei and Russian companies MTS and Beeline, both under sanctions by Canada for being linked to Russia's military-industrial complex.

5G is a technology standard for cellular networks, which allows a higher speed of data transfer than its predecessor, 4G. According to the RUSI’s report, 5G "has the potential to reshape the battlefield" through enhanced tracking of military objects, faster transferring and real-time processing of large sensor datasets and enhanced communications.

These are "precisely the features that could render Russo-Chinese 5G cooperation extremely useful in a wartime context -- and therefore create a heightened risk for Ukraine," the report adds.

Although the report says that there are currently "operational and institutional constraints" to Russia's battlefield integration of 5G technology, it has advantages which make it an "appealing priority" for Moscow, Jack Crawford, a research analyst at RUSI and one of the authors of the report, said.

"As Russia continues to seek battlefield advantages over Ukraine, recent improvements in 5G against jamming technologies make 5G communications -- both on the ground and with aerial weapons and vehicles -- an even more appealing priority," Crawford told RFE/RL in an e-mailed response.

Satellite technology, however, is already the focus of the collaboration between China and Russia, the report says, pointing to recent major developments in the collaboration between the Russian satellite navigation system GLONASS and its Chinese equivalent, Beidou.

In 2018, Russia and China agreed on the joint application of GLONASS/Beidou and in 2022 decided to build three Russian monitoring stations in China and three Chinese stations in Russia -- in the city of Obninsk, about 100 kilometers southwest of Moscow, the Siberian city of Irkutsk, and Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky in Russia's Far East.

Satellite technology can collect imagery, weather and terrain data, improve logistics management, track troop movements, and enhance precision in the identification and elimination of ground targets.

According to the report, GLONASS has already enabled Russian missile and drone strikes in Ukraine through satellite correction and supported communications between Russian troops.

The anticipated construction of Beidou's Obninsk monitoring station, the closest of the three Chinese stations to Ukraine, would allow Russia to increasingly leverage satellite cooperation with China against Ukraine, the report warns.

In 2022, the Russian company Racurs, which provides software solutions for photogrammetry, GIS, and remote sensing, signed satellite data-sharing agreements with two Chinese companies. The deals were aimed at replacing contracts with Western satellite companies that suspended data supply in Russia following Moscow's invasion of Ukraine in February 2022.

The two companies -- HEAD Aerospace and Spacety -- are both under sanctions by the United States for supplying satellite imagery of locations in Ukraine to entities affiliated with the Wagner mercenary group.

"For the time being, we cannot trace how exactly these shared data have informed specific decisions on the front line," Roman Kolodii, a security expert at Charles University in Prague and one of the authors of the report, told RFE/RL.

"However, since Racurs is a partner of the Russian Ministry of Defense, it is highly likely that such data might end up strengthening Russia's geospatial capabilities in the military domain, too."

"Ultimately, such dynamic interactions with Chinese companies may improve Russian military logistics, reconnaissance capabilities, geospatial intelligence, and drone deployment in Ukraine," the report says.

The report comes as Western governments are stepping up efforts to counter Russia's attempt to evade sanctions imposed as a response to its military aggression against Ukraine.

On February 23, on the eve of the second anniversary of Russia's full-scale invasion, the United States imposed sanctions on nearly 100 entities that are helping Russia evade trade sanctions and "providing backdoor support for Russia's war machine."

The list includes Chinese companies, accused of supporting "Russia's military-industrial base."

With reporting by Merhat Sharpizhanov


This content originally appeared on News - Radio Free Europe / Radio Liberty and was authored by News - Radio Free Europe / Radio Liberty.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/02/we-need-more-air-defenses-says-zelenskiy-as-russian-shelling-drone-strikes-kill-at-least-11-in-ukraine/feed/ 0 461859
‘We Need To Speak Up’: Russians Honor Navalny Amid Heavy Police Presence At His Funeral https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/01/russians-overcome-fear-at-emotional-defiant-funeral-for-navalny/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/01/russians-overcome-fear-at-emotional-defiant-funeral-for-navalny/#respond Fri, 01 Mar 2024 17:52:20 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=092e84120aa57bf3ae83a7ef0876bd58
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/01/russians-overcome-fear-at-emotional-defiant-funeral-for-navalny/feed/ 0 461600
We Need Protection From Harmful Surveillance Technologies https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/28/we-need-protection-from-harmful-surveillance-technologies/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/28/we-need-protection-from-harmful-surveillance-technologies/#respond Wed, 28 Feb 2024 16:12:41 +0000 https://progressive.org/op-eds/we-need-protection-from-harmful-surveillance-technologies-ruizesparza-20240227/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Alejandro Ruizesparza.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/28/we-need-protection-from-harmful-surveillance-technologies/feed/ 0 461064
Weapon deliveries to Taiwan need to be ensured, says U.S. lawmaker | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/22/weapon-deliveries-to-taiwan-need-to-be-ensured-says-u-s-lawmaker-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/22/weapon-deliveries-to-taiwan-need-to-be-ensured-says-u-s-lawmaker-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Thu, 22 Feb 2024 20:47:45 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=9d806ecb768421a0e06efefa2c6f2b06
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/22/weapon-deliveries-to-taiwan-need-to-be-ensured-says-u-s-lawmaker-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 460141
Our Thermal Future: You Don’t Need a Weatherman to Know https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/22/our-thermal-future-you-dont-need-a-weatherman-to-know/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/22/our-thermal-future-you-dont-need-a-weatherman-to-know/#respond Thu, 22 Feb 2024 06:45:11 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=313944

Flooded pasture, coastal Oregon, January 2024. Photo: Jeffrey St. Clair.

Taking a brief break from felling and working up next year’s cordwood (and a couple weeks beyond Punxsutawney Phil’s prognostication) a mid-winter musing intrudes. Ruralist wisdom has long held that “Half your wood and half your hay, you should have at Candlemas Day”— Candlemas Day being what we now call “Groundhog Day.” That’s still true, more or less and I guess we’ll make it this year, though mostly purchased wood filled the shed. Alas, the indignities of advancing age and desperate seasonal tillage distractions….

But I digress.

Though other towns–see “Woodstock Willie”–have tried to cash in on the touristy PR phenomenon of Punxsutawney-ism, (when the Pennsylvania town swells from 7000 to sometimes 40,000 consumers— plus live-stream gawkers), “Phil,” the Keystone State’s favorite rodent still still reigns as the king whistle-pig “seer-of-seers.” This year he reportedly  failed to see his shadow when pulled rudely from his pen and the word was spread across hibernation nation (normally focused on fear & loathing, Stupor Bowling Tay-Tay & Trav Talk, and Pseudo-Reality Smack-Downs) that an early spring would follow.

Yes, dear reader, early springs and scorching summers are trending these days thanks to fossil carbon loading of the atmosphere. The UK Guardian headlines (2/17/24), “February on course to break unprecedented number of heat records.” The report focuses especially on dramatic ocean warming: “A little over halfway through the shortest month of the year, the heating spike has become so pronounced that climate charts are entering new territory, particularly for sea-surface temperatures that have persisted and accelerated to the point where expert observers are struggling to explain how the change is happening.”

“Humanity is on a trajectory to experience the hottest February in recorded history after a record January, December, November, October, September, August, July, June, and May, according to… Berkeley Earth scientist Zeke Hausfather.”

The Guardian piece quotes Nature Conservancy chief scientist Katherine Hayhoe observing that this heating is “happening at a much faster rate than ever documented in the past.” Further, she cautions, “If anything, we are much more likely to underestimate the impact of those changes on human society than to overestimate them.”

Here in Maine, “underestimation” rules. With less than an inch of snow left on the ground, trucking enough into the downtown for a “sliding hill” at the increasingly climate-afflicted “Winterfest” pseudo-event was looking iffy. Putting revelers on donated bikes was suggested. Meanwhile two record busting coastal storms lashed the southern Maine coast (a scant 5 miles east of our downscale dirt farm) causing flooding and property damage.

The Wiscasset Newspaper (2/03/24) cites Hannah Baranes, of the Maine Research Institute as observing that “The coastal storms’ severity was significantly impacted by sea level rise. In addition it is likely that one or both storms resulted in the highest recorded sea level in any given area on the Maine coast…”

“Baranas said sea level rise will increase because oceans have not yet seen the effect from the anticipated melting of the polar ice caps due to global warming. In addition, she said sea levels have been buffered by an 18.6 year cycle of the moon that makes tidal ranges rise and fall by 5 to 7.5 inches, the effect is almost at its minimum and, in about a year it will draw the ocean upwards.”

Undeterred—– business-as-usual prevails in pursuit of “economic development” and now, “affordable housing.” (More equals affordable, presumably.)  Hence our local Twin Cities are moving ahead with new turnpike interchanges, the better to speed car-cultural sprawl. Just to the north, the Maine Turnpike Authority gears up to plow a “Gorham By-pass” toll road through what Portland Press Herald editors conceded was an “impressive and charming farm” and a 5 mile stretch of back-country sacrificial remainder. The stated vision is that all those happy-motoring commuters/consumers will hurtle along in electric vehicles–fraudulently  green-washed as having “zero-emissions.” (That depends on where you start counting and where you stop.) (But I digress.)

Locally the push is on to consider zoning changes to perhaps facilitate the transformation of fields and forests into “solar farms,” the better to generate green electricity with which to propel the ecocidal sprawl machine.

That machine also gets political juice from the Reagan/Clinton “re-inventing government” malefactors who re-jiggered policy to promote the suicidal idea that private profit/ “markets” could somehow promote the public good. Thus we have a rail system of which “Bulgaria would be ashamed,” the world’s most expensive “health care system” and declining life expectancies it sponsors, crushing educational debt, people “sleeping-rough” (as the Brits call it) in doorways and tents next to the sewage treatment plant downtown, and a profit-grasping media system that  seeks to infantilize, coarsen, distract, and despoil a population whose “interest, convenience, and necessity” it is supposed to serve.

We don’t need a rotund rodent to predict our thermal future.

Spoiler alert: It’s not kool.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Richard Rhames.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/22/our-thermal-future-you-dont-need-a-weatherman-to-know/feed/ 0 460254
Some Museums Scrambled to Remove Native American Items From Display. These Museums Didn’t Need to. https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/21/some-museums-scrambled-to-remove-native-american-items-from-display-these-museums-didnt-need-to/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/21/some-museums-scrambled-to-remove-native-american-items-from-display-these-museums-didnt-need-to/#respond Wed, 21 Feb 2024 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/why-museum-of-us-history-colorado-didnt-scramble-meet-new-repatriation-rules by Mary Hudetz and Logan Jaffe

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

As major U.S. museums in recent weeks closed displays and exhibit halls containing Native American objects, the Museum of Us in San Diego hasn’t done the same.

That’s not because the anthropological museum is ignoring new federal repatriation rules, which took effect this year. Rather, more than five years ago, its board of trustees adopted a policy on collections from Indigenous communities that addressed the concerns the new rules focus on.

In its policy, the Museum of Us admitted it had blocked the repatriation of items and excluded Indigenous perspectives in exhibits centered on the groups’ cultures. It also acknowledged that it had failed to link the collecting practices it embraced after its founding in 1915 to the history of genocide against Native Americans.

“We’re not scrambling,” Kara Vetter, the Museum of Us’ senior director of cultural resources, said of the new regulations. “It doesn’t really change anything for us.”

The fact that the Museum of Us addressed its collections years ago stands in sharp contrast to the American Museum of Natural History in New York, which shuttered two exhibit halls where items from tribes in the northern U.S. were displayed. Harvard University’s Peabody Museum and the Metropolitan Museum of Art in New York also have removed select items from display. And Chicago’s Field Museum has shrouded dozens of display cases in its ancient Americas, northwest coast and arctic exhibits.

Each of those museums say they are prioritizing repatriations under NAGPRA and the perspectives of tribes. They also have removed items from display in the past in response to requests from tribes but are now closing or covering displays as they review information about the items and meet the mandates of the new federal regulations.

Founding displays at many of the country’s older museums reflected the once-widespread, racist view held by many white anthropologists and early archaeologists that Native Americans were an inferior and dying race of people whose ancestors needed to be studied and preserved.

Under the 1990 Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act, institutions are required to provide summaries of their holdings to tribes and federal officials — which then allows tribes or descendants to begin the process of reclaiming the items or their ancestors’ remains. In a series of articles last year, called “The Repatriation Project,” ProPublica reported how today, hundreds of institutions still hold the remains of over 97,000 Native Americans, along with tens of thousands of belongings that were buried with them.

Because museums have been so slow to relinquish hundreds of thousands of objects — often obtained generations ago through exploitative purchases or grave looting — they now face a new mandate to again consult with tribes about the items they still have, including those on display.

The rules mandate that museums have a “duty of care” to defer to tribes’ requests and customs in handling their ancestors and belongings in storage facilities. They also require the consent of tribes in order to exhibit cultural and funerary items.

The Field Museum in Chicago has shrouded dozens of display cases. (Kevin Serna for ProPublica)

While closures at some high-profile museums made headlines, other institutions like the Museum of Us and History Colorado, a publicly funded network of museums, had no need to scramble because they had already taken measures to work with tribal nations in deciding what items should be displayed and how.

“This is just a little piece of what NAGPRA is about, and if institutions were doing what they were supposed to do, this is not what they would have to do today,” said Shannon O’Loughlin, an attorney and chief executive of the Association on American Indian Affairs. “They would have already repatriated and educated the public more appropriately about who Native people are.”

Under the policy adopted in 2018, Museum of Us staff must obtain documented authorization from tribal communities to continue housing tens of thousands of items in its collections. And no items subject to NAGPRA, such as items taken from graves, are to be displayed. Museum leaders’ meetings with Indigenous people about the collection are expected to foster new exhibits that tell authentic and nuanced stories, according to its policy.

Today, the museum is years into a process that’s now mandated by the new NAGPRA regulations.

It has transferred items to tribes that request them. But it has also found that some tribes want items made by their ancestors to stay at the museum — such as several baskets from the Jamul Indian Village, 20 miles east of San Diego.

At History Colorado, curators also have not had to remove objects from exhibits or cover displays since the rules took effect. Founded as the state government’s historical society in the late 1800s, it has already returned to tribes all items and human remains subject to NAGPRA.

Today, History Colorado’s museums continue to present exhibits about tribes and their histories, but collaboration with tribal representatives who help make decisions about displays is now a “guiding virtue,” said Dawn DiPrince, History Colorado’s CEO and president. “Some of this really is about where authority is held and whose knowledge should come to bear. This is something that we deal with in the creation of exhibitions and materials in our collections.”

History Colorado improved its collaboration with tribes following a painful episode more than a decade ago in which the museum opened and promptly closed an exhibit on the Sand Creek Massacre. More than 230 Cheyenne and Arapaho people were murdered on the plains of eastern Colorado in the 1864 attack, and tribes have long told of how the trauma caused by the massacre has persisted among Cheyenne and Arapaho people for generations. Yet tribal representatives were excluded from the planning of the 2012 exhibit, “Collision: The Sand Creek Massacre, 1860s to Today,” which showcased weapons.

Tribes were immediately critical, pointing out that the exhibit’s title suggested the massacre was a two-sided battle when the tribes had not sought a confrontation with the U.S. government, whose troops killed women, children and elders at Sand Creek. They also noted the insensitivity of displaying weapons, DiPrince said.

Following years of talks, History Colorado began to work directly with tribal members on exhibits — first on one about Ute tribal nations that opened in 2018 and then a new exhibit on the Sand Creek Massacre, which opened in 2022, without items from the massacre site.

“Tribal reps and staff weighed every single word in that exhibition,” DiPrince said. “The belongings that are on exhibit were also selected by them.”

Chance Ward, History Colorado's NAGPRA coordinator who is Lakota and a citizen of the Cheyenne River Sioux Tribe, said that the state historical society also now accommodates tribal members’ requests for access to objects that are on display. For example, a ceremonial staff with eagle feathers in the Sand Creek exhibit is still used by the tribes, including during an annual healing run at Sand Creek Massacre National Historic Site. Afterward, tribal members return the staff to the exhibit, where text explains what it was used for in the past and how it is still used today.

“That’s a great example of what exhibits should reflect in all museums, that tribes are still alive and they still use modern contemporary items in their culture and for ceremonies and it’s not just black and white photos of us,” said Ward, who joined History Colorado in September.

He said History Colorado updated its repatriation policy this month to ensure its museums continue honoring tribes’ wishes, especially when a tribe initially consents to the museum possessing or displaying an object but later wants it to be returned.

“Consent today does not equal consent in the future,” the museum’s updated policy states. “Consultation with Native American and Indigenous Peoples on how to present their histories is an ongoing process that cannot be rushed.” The Museum of Us’ policy uses similar language.

It’s important for museums to acknowledge their past, said Elysia Poon, director of the Indian Arts Research Center at the School for Advanced Research in Santa Fe, New Mexico. Poon said she’s noticed over the past decade more museums are trying to work with tribes, but leadership’s involvement is a key factor in whether that happens.

Last year, she and a group of colleagues from tribal museums, culture centers and other institutions published new industry standards, calling for more deference to Native traditions and knowledge when displaying and storing Native American items. The standards inform the museum accreditation process through the American Alliance of Museums but are not formal criteria, Poon said, adding that their hope is to address the need for greater cultural competency and sensitivity within institutions.

“These are issues that have long been identified as problems with museum structures,” Poon said. “The structures are colonial inherently.”

When NAGPRA passed in 1990, Sen. Daniel K. Inouye of Hawaii acknowledged that reality, telling members of Congress, “For museums that have dealt honestly and in good faith with Native Americans, this legislation will have little effect.”

But for museums that have “consistently ignored the requests of Native Americans,” he said, “this legislation will give Native Americans greater ability to negotiate.”


This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Mary Hudetz and Logan Jaffe.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/21/some-museums-scrambled-to-remove-native-american-items-from-display-these-museums-didnt-need-to/feed/ 0 459755
One-third of Myanmar population in need of aid, says UN https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/burma-un-aid-02082024222342.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/burma-un-aid-02082024222342.html#respond Fri, 09 Feb 2024 03:33:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/burma-un-aid-02082024222342.html The number of people in need of humanitarian assistance in Myanmar has soared to more than 18 million, or one-third of the population, from just over 1 million prior to the military coup, the United Nations announced this week, as the junta entered its fourth year in power.

The United Nations Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs, or UNOCHA, said in a statement marking the third anniversary of the Feb. 1, 2021, takeover that widespread conflict has left millions displaced, facing food insecurity and malnutrition, unable to access health care and education, and at risk of severe mental health issues and physical harm.

The situation in Myanmar prompted a special meeting of the U.N. Security Council on Feb. 5, at which council members called for the immediate provision of humanitarian assistance to the country.

“Three years in, more than 18 million people are in need of humanitarian assistance,” British Ambassador to the U.N. Barbara Woodward said at a press conference after the meeting. “We reiterate the call for unimpeded humanitarian access to all people in need, including women, children, and members of ethnic and other minority populations.”

The food security situation in Myanmar has gotten so bad that people in Chin state’s Mindat township told RFA they can no longer afford to buy the once-plentiful staple of rice.

One resident of the township who, like others interviewed for this report, spoke on condition of anonymity due to security concerns, said most people can only afford millet for breakfast and boiled yams for dinner.

“I doubt there are 10 households in the township that can eat rice,” said the woman, who is pregnant. “Only those who can afford it are able to stave off their childrens’ hunger. I don’t even want to talk about nutrition.”

Armed conflict in the region has severed transportation routes, causing the prices of commodities to rise and cutting off access to much needed crop markets, stretching what little income residents have, she said.

‘Waiting for the army to come and kill us’

But fighting between the military and anti-junta forces is ongoing in nearly every part of the country three years into the coup, UNOCHA said in its statement, noting that clashes in western Rakhine state have ramped up in intensity in recent months, while a fragile ceasefire in northern Shan state is at risk of imminent collapse.

Amid the ceasefire in Shan state, the military has focused its efforts on clearance operations in Sagaing region, forcing residents to flee amid the threat of death, arrest, and arson.

A resident of Sagaing’s Ye-U township said those who haven’t fled are hunkering down in fear, with little to sustain them.

“Farmers now don’t dare to store [surplus] rice … for themselves, because they have lost everything in [junta] arson attacks,” said the resident, adding that “even rice farmers have to buy rice to eat.”

ENG_BUR_Aid_02082024.2.JPEG
Residents of Kyaukkyi township, who are fleeing due to junta’s artillery fires, are seen on June 7, 2023. (Citizen journalist)

“We receive food provided as humanitarian aid, but it is just a small amount, since it has to pass many steps before we get it,” he said. “People are simply waiting for the time when the army will come and kill us by eating the humanitarian food provided by the world. Life is so meaningless.”

Meanwhile, although Myanmar’s shadow National Unity Government, or NUG, has stepped in to run schools for the displaced, children are unable to study regularly due to frequent military raids and airstrikes, residents said.

The health care situation in the country is far worse, they said, as the displaced lack access to basic medical treatment for common illnesses and have difficulty buying medicine.

UNOCHA said that Myanmar’s health sector is in “crisis,” as millions of people lack safe shelter or access to drinking water. A faltering economy has made families more financially distressed, while interruptions to agriculture and rapid inflation have made it harder for people to get food, leading to climbing malnutrition, it added.

A resident of the commercial capital Yangon told RFA that three years after the coup, the lives of ordinary citizens are far worse than before.

“Regular people are starving more and more, and everyone is in deep trouble – whole families of the poor have to beg for food and money,” he said. “[The junta has] no clue. I feel deep pity for the people. Everyone, including our elders, are begging at bus stops and junctions because there are no jobs to be had.”

Calls by RFA to junta spokesman Maj. Gen. Zaw Min Tun seeking comment on the humanitarian aid situation in Myanmar went unanswered Thursday.

Aid cooperation

On Feb. 6, Than Swe, the junta’s foreign minister, met with Sajjad Mohammad Sajid, head of the UNOCHA office in Myanmar, to discuss the possibility of providing humanitarian assistance to people in need and cooperation between the junta and United Nations agencies, according to a statement by the military regime.

The same day, the minister met with Myanmar representatives of the International Committee of the Red Cross and the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees to discuss issues of cooperation.

The NUG’s Ministry of Humanitarian Affairs and Disaster Management said in an online session of parliament on Feb. 2 that it had provided 10.5 billion kyats (about US$5 million) in humanitarian aid to the people in the three years since the coup.

The ministry said that its aid had gone to victims of arson, the displaced, family members of civilians killed in armed conflict, disaster victims, state employees who left their jobs and joined the anti-junta Civil Disobedience Movement, and political prisoners.

The aid was largely funded through civilian donations, said Ngai Tam Maung, deputy minister of the Ministry of Humanitarian Affairs and Disaster Management, adding that the ministry is working to increase international support.

“For international humanitarian assistance, we are making efforts to continue cooperation with donor countries, neighboring countries and international humanitarian organizations, including the United Nations and the Association of Southeast Asian Nations,” or ASEAN, he said. “We will have to work harder to get international aid in 2024.”

According to UNOCHA’s report, humanitarian organizations have requested funds of US$994 million in order to provide urgent assistance in Myanmar in 2024. It said that while the number of people in need of assistance has increased to 18 million, funding difficulties have made it impossible to provide adequate assistance.

The UN humanitarian office has warned that in order to cope with these challenges, more international attention and support is needed for Myanmar’s humanitarian crisis.

Translated by Htin Aung Kyaw. Edited by Joshua Lipes and Malcolm Foster.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Burmese.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/burma-un-aid-02082024222342.html/feed/ 0 458221
10.4 million people are in need of urgent food assistance in Ethiopia. https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/07/10-4-million-people-are-in-need-of-urgent-food-assistance-in-ethiopia/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/07/10-4-million-people-are-in-need-of-urgent-food-assistance-in-ethiopia/#respond Wed, 07 Feb 2024 10:04:01 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=e9a080b6e85a635ed3b8ff941688f909
This content originally appeared on Human Rights Watch and was authored by Human Rights Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/07/10-4-million-people-are-in-need-of-urgent-food-assistance-in-ethiopia/feed/ 0 457322
Ukraine’s Military Chief Reiterates Need For Unmanned Weapons Amid Dispute With Zelenskiy https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/01/ukraines-military-chief-reiterates-need-for-unmanned-weapons-amid-dispute-with-zelenskiy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/01/ukraines-military-chief-reiterates-need-for-unmanned-weapons-amid-dispute-with-zelenskiy/#respond Thu, 01 Feb 2024 20:38:19 +0000 https://www.rferl.org/a/ukraine-commander-dispute-zelenskiy-war-russia-commentary/32801727.html Leaders from the European Union unanimously agreed to a four-year 50 billion-euro aid package for Ukraine as Hungary, which vetoed the deal in December, fell into line with the other 26 member states, ending weeks of wrangling over the move.

"We have a deal.... This locks in steadfast, long-term, predictable funding for Ukraine. The EU is taking leadership & responsibility in support for Ukraine; we know what is at stake," European Council President Charles Michel wrote in a post on X, formerly Twitter, after the deal was reached rapidly after the start of a special summit in Brussels on February 1.

Live Briefing: Russia's Invasion Of Ukraine

RFE/RL's Live Briefing gives you all of the latest developments on Russia's full-scale invasion, Kyiv's counteroffensive, Western military aid, global reaction, and the plight of civilians. For all of RFE/RL's coverage of the war in Ukraine, click here.

Ukraine is in desperate need of financial and military assistance amid signs of political fatigue in the West as the war kicked off by Russia's unprovoked full-scale invasion nears the two-year mark.

In a video address to EU leaders after the deal was agreed, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskiy hailed the move as "a clear signal that Ukraine will withstand and that Europe will withstand."

"It is also really important that the decision was made by all of you, all 27 member states, which is another clear sign of your strong unity," Zelenskiy told the EU leaders.

Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orban, the only EU leader who maintains warm relations with Russian President Vladimir Putin, had been repeatedly at odds with the other leaders of the bloc over measures to help Ukraine since Russia's invasion.

Orban, a right-wing populist who has been in power since 2010, has faced criticism that his opposition to EU aid for Ukraine amounts to an attempt to blackmail the bloc into disbursing billions of euros in EU funds for Hungary frozen by Brussels over rule-of-law and democracy concerns.

In December he vetoed the package, and ahead of the February 1 summit in the Belgian capital he appeared on track to try and do the same again.

But a deal was swiftly announced on February 1 after Orban held talks with the leaders of Germany, France, Italy, and European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen.

"He gave some ground," one European diplomat told AFP. "He saw that people were growing irritated, that there was a line not to cross," said the diplomat, who spoke under the condition of anonymity.

All of the bloc's 27 members must unanimously vote in favor of the aid package from Ukraine that would come from the EU's common budget.

"A good day for Europe," von der Leyen wrote on X, formerly Twitter after the deal.

"Once again, Europe has delivered," European Parliament President Roberta Metsola said on X.

In a video on Facebook, Orban put on a brave face, presenting the move as a victory for Hungary, saying that a review mechanism accompanying the aid package would “guarantee the rational use of the funds.”

"Hungarians’ money cannot be given to Ukrainians," Orban said. "We will not take part in the war, we will not send weapons, we continue to stand on the party of peace!"

An unnamed EU source said the leaders agreed that the European Commission would propose a review of the Ukraine aid package in two years, if needed, but such a move wouldn't include a veto right for Budapest.

Following the agreement, Ukraine said it expected to receive the first tranche of 4.5 billion euros ($4.9 billion) from Brussels next month.

Ukrainian leaders have been warning for months that they are desperately in need of fresh supplies of weapons and ammunition as Kyiv's counteroffensive stalls.

In his video address to the summit, Zelenskiy also warned that Ukrainian forces were in a race against the clock with the Russian invaders as intelligence reports confirmed that Russia was receiving 1 million artillery shells and missiles from North Korea.

"Meanwhile, the implementation of the European plan to supply 1 million artillery shells to Ukraine is being delayed," Zelenskiy said, adding that this was "a competition Europe cannot afford to lose."

Adding to the urgency, a supplementary spending bill that includes $61 billion in aid to Ukraine has been stalled in the U.S. Congress amid opposition from Republican lawmakers who want any spending package to also include sweeping changes to border protection policy in the United States.

With reporting by Reuters, AP, and AFP


This content originally appeared on News - Radio Free Europe / Radio Liberty and was authored by News - Radio Free Europe / Radio Liberty.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/01/ukraines-military-chief-reiterates-need-for-unmanned-weapons-amid-dispute-with-zelenskiy/feed/ 0 456467
‘We Know What Keeps Us Safe: People Need Care and Not Punishment’ – CounterSpin interview with Monifa Bandele on reimagining public safety https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/31/we-know-what-keeps-us-safe-people-need-care-and-not-punishment-counterspin-interview-with-monifa-bandele-on-reimagining-public-safety/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/31/we-know-what-keeps-us-safe-people-need-care-and-not-punishment-counterspin-interview-with-monifa-bandele-on-reimagining-public-safety/#respond Wed, 31 Jan 2024 23:28:50 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9037142 "What invest/divest demands is the investing in mental health support, the investing in first responders who actually know what to do in a crisis,"

The post ‘We Know What Keeps Us Safe: People Need Care and Not Punishment’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed the Movement for Black Lives’ Monifa Bandele about reimagining public safety for the January 26, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin240126Bandele.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: Redirecting public resources away from punitive policing and toward community-centered mechanisms of public safety like housing, like healthcare, is the sort of idea that, years from now, everyone will say they always supported. Talking heads on TV will stroke their chins and recount the times when “it was believed” that police randomly harassing people of color on the street would decrease crime, and that neighborhoods would greet police as liberators.

The ongoing harms of racist police violence, and the misunderstanding of ideas about responses, are illustrated in new research from the Movement for Black Lives and GenForward.

And joining us now to talk about it is Monifa Bandele, activist with Movement for Black Lives, as well as senior vice president and chief strategy officer at MomsRising. She joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Monifa Bandele.

Monifa Bandele: Thank you for having me.

JJ: Let me ask you to start with the findings of the latest from Mapping Police Violence. I suspect some folks might be surprised, because we’re not seeing police killings on the front page so much anymore. But what did we learn, actually, about 2023?

MB: What we saw in 2023 was actually the highest number on record of police killing civilians in the United States since we’ve been documenting, which was higher than 2022, which 2022 was a record breaker. So police killings have actually been increasing year over year.

Contrary to what people believe about the activism of 2020—and while we have seen emerge very important and successful local initiatives to shift public safety away from police into community alternatives, and those things are working—overall, across the country, there’s been an increase in police budgets. So police budgets have gone up, these killings have gone up, and the data shows locally, in places like New York, which you can maybe say it’s happening all over the country, is death in incarceration is also increasing.

So just in January, here in New York City where I live, you’ve already seen two people die on Rikers Island, and the first month of the year isn’t even over.

JJ: Yeah. Let’s get into the new perspectives on community safety, because so often we see corporate news media’s defense of police violence presented as, “It’s just liberal elitists who oppose things like stop and frisk. The people in these communities actually support aggressive policing, because they’re the victims of crime.” So, it’s “you can pick safety over safety,” and it’s this false frame. And what’s interesting and exciting about this new report is the way it disengages that.

So tell us about this “Perspectives on Community Safety From Black America.” What was the listening process? And then, what do you think is most important in the findings?

M4BL: Perspectives on Community Safety From Black America

Movement for Black Lives (12/5/23)

MB: Absolutely. Black people are just like any other people, right, all over the world. And so, for a long time, people had no idea what options there could be, what alternatives there could be, for community safety other than policing.

It’s not just presented in our policies and what we see on the streets, we’re fed a daily dose of it in our larger popular culture. The police shows, the true crime series. All of your favorite actors at some point have been on the policing shows, or even if it’s shows about “gangsters” or “criminals,” it really has what we call this copaganda—which is police propaganda—storyline, which ultimately says, you need police, you need vigilantes, you need this tough-on-crime entity in order to have some semblance of safety in your community.

So I’m actually really proud and impressed in the Black community, because what our report shows is that, even though we are really bombarded, millions and millions of dollars are spent to convince people that this is the only way that you can get safety, and people have lived their entire lives only experiencing this one model, that large portions of our community are really questioning that, and are really listening to folks who are saying: “Hey, we actually know what keeps us safe. We know that people need care and not punishment.”

And this is something that, while we do it sometimes in our buildings and in our tenant associations or in our families, this could be scaled up community-wide. This could be scaled up citywide, statewide, nationally, where we actually figure out and get to the root of violence. You prevent most of it from happening, because you have the right mechanisms in place. And then when people are in crisis, and may cause harm to themselves or others, we combat that by giving them what they need to not be in crisis in that moment.

So the report is showing us, really, that 2020, where the discussion around “defund the police” really, really exploded, it’s not that we’re in a retreat of that, but that it launched a conversation, and that that conversation is growing year over year, and people are saying, you know what? I’m sick of people dying on Rikers Island who have yet to, one, be charged with anything, and even if they were, they shouldn’t be dying incarcerated. And I’m sick of feeling the fear of my loved ones when they interact with the police, and having to feel like that’s also the only way that we can be safe.

JJ: Well, to me, the fact that the report shows that support for alternative responses, for community-centered responses, goes up when specific solutions are named, solutions rooted in prevention, in things like mental health—when you name possible responses, folks can see them and believe in them. And, of course, the flip side is—and I’m a media critic—when those responses and alternatives are never named, or are presented as “not feasible” or marginal, then that’s a factor in whether or not people believe that they’re possible. So this report to me is really about possibilities, and how we need to see them.

Monifa Bandele

Monifa Bandele: “What invest/divest demands is the investing in mental health support, the investing in first responders who actually know what to do in a crisis.”

MB: Absolutely. And it also disrupts the myth that somehow people who believe in the abolition of police and policing aren’t concerned with public safety. When mass media report on, initially, the Vision for Black Lives, and the demand to defund the police, and take off the whole entire invest/divest framework that’s also presented in that same platform, they actually are misrepresenting the demand, and therefore causing people to look at it through a false prism.

What invest/divest demands is the investing in mental health support, the investing in first responders who actually know what to do in a crisis, depending on what the crisis is. People know that when all you have is a hammer, everything is a nail, and that that’s not effective.

And we also have to remember that, particularly around this mental health crisis piece, we are in a larger mental health crisis right now. We know the stories of Mohamed Bah and Daniel Prude and Walter Wallace, and these are recent cases where families called for help. They called for an ambulance, or they called to get some mental health support for someone having an emotional health episode, and the police come and kill them. These are real families, and communities and people recognize, “You know what? I’m actually being duped here. I’m left with a solution that’s not a solution. It doesn’t work. And no one is talking about the alternative, because I actually picked up the phone to call for help, I called for care, and instead what I got was cops.”

So the solutions are named by activists, and that is growing. It’s spreading, because it also just speaks to what people know. People know that in their heart. Sometimes even on my own block, I have a neighbor who has mental health episodes, and we send around an email to the block association saying, “Don’t dial 911, because they might come and kill her.”

JJ: Well, I thank you very much, and I just want to ask you, finally, there’s kind of a conversation happening about whether we’re “saving journalism,” or whether we’re serving people’s information needs. And I’m loving that paradigm shift, because it’s like, are we trying to stave up existing institutions, just because they’re existing institutions, or do we want to actually have a vision of things being different? And do we want to look at the needs those institutions say they’re serving, and talk about other ways to meet those needs? So there’s a conversation even about reporting that is about some of these same questions.

And I just wanted to ask you, journalism is a public service. Corporate media is a profit-driven business, but journalism can be a public service. And I wonder what you think reporting could do to help propel this forward-looking movement forward? What would good journalism on this set of issues look like to you?

Fox: Teenager Shot, Killed in Ferguson Apartment Complex

Fox‘s KTVI (8/9/14) reporting the police killing of Mike Brown.

MB: Good journalism would have to be brave journalism. Some of the things that we see when it comes to reporting on police violence, when it comes to reporting on death in prisons, or torture, solitary confinement, false imprisonment, is that all of a sudden, journalists lose—it’s almost like, did you take writing?

I mean, passive voice when it comes to state violence, it makes my skin crawl. It speaks to the anxiety and the fears of the individual reporter to not name a thing a thing. “Police kill 14-year-old” instead of “14-year-old dies”—that would be rejected by my English teacher if I wrote it. How are we all of a sudden not these brave truthtellers and storytellers?

So one of the things that we really do need is a level of integrity when it comes to state violence, and we find very few outlets and very few journalists stick to that, regardless of where they lean on the subject, or how they feel overall about prison and policing abolition, but just to say, this thing happens to this family, to this individual, and the perpetrator is this person, and they are in the police department.

And the reason why we were always taught not to use too passive a voice, because it does alter one’s feeling about what you’re saying about the incident, right? Someone just walks down the street and dies? That’s going to make me feel a lot different than if you articulate if they were killed, and this person was killed by this other person, or this entity or this institution.

And then we have to really figure out how to separate the money, because I think a lot of that fear, a lot of that lack of bravery of reporting, has to do with the fact that this is how we get paid, or this is how our institution, when we talk about corporate media, this is how we stay on the air, or this is how we keep the papers printed, is that we are owned by someone who’d be very upset if we were too truthful about this.

I’m also really excited about community-based reporting, some podcasts that I’ve seen emerge, where people are telling the stories of their communities, and the voices of members of the communities, like really reporting self-determination, so to speak, emerging that I’ve been listening to. I think these are all really important ways to counter what we’re seeing in corporate media, where it seems like the story is twisted in a pretzel to support the status quo.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Monifa Bandele, activist with the Movement for Black Lives. You can find the report that we’re talking about, “Perspectives on Community Safety from Black Americans,” at M4BL.org. Thank you so much, Monifa Bandele, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

MB: Thank you.

 

The post ‘We Know What Keeps Us Safe: People Need Care and Not Punishment’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/31/we-know-what-keeps-us-safe-people-need-care-and-not-punishment-counterspin-interview-with-monifa-bandele-on-reimagining-public-safety/feed/ 0 456096
If Senators want to protect kids, they need to listen to human rights experts and fix their legislation. Otherwise they’re helping Big Tech. https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/31/if-senators-want-to-protect-kids-they-need-to-listen-to-human-rights-experts-and-fix-their-legislation-otherwise-theyre-helping-big-tech/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/31/if-senators-want-to-protect-kids-they-need-to-listen-to-human-rights-experts-and-fix-their-legislation-otherwise-theyre-helping-big-tech/#respond Wed, 31 Jan 2024 19:29:12 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/if-senators-want-to-protect-kids-they-need-to-listen-to-human-rights-experts-and-fix-their-legislation-otherwise-theyre-helping-big-tech

"There are people that are still digging through the rubble, for their loved ones, for their babies."

"Why is it urgent that we pass this resolution? Over 26,000 Palestinians now have been killed. The majority of them are women and children," said resolution sponsor Ald. Rossana Rodríguez Sanchez of the 33rd Ward, according to the Chicago Tribune. "There are people that are still digging through the rubble, for their loved ones, for their babies. Weeks of digging through the rubble."

Also sponsored by Ald. Daniel La Spata of the 1st Ward, the resolution calls for "a permanent cease-fire to end the ongoing violence in Gaza" as well as "humanitarian assistance including medicine, food, and water to be sent into the impacted region, and the immediate and unconditional release of all hostages.

The measure—which will be sent to the Illinois congressional delegation and White House—also advocates for "plans to protect civilian population in the region in particular to support the needs of women, children, persons with disabilities, and the elderly."

Wednesday's 24-23 vote came after Johnson cleared the chambers due to disruptions during the debate over the symbolic resolution. The council previously planned to vote last week but was delayed after a request led by Ald. Debra Silverstein of the 50th Ward, the only Jewish member, related to an International Holocaust Remembrance Day resolution.

Observers interrupted Silverstein on Wednesday when she attempted to express her "disappointment and frustration" that the council was voting on what she called a "one-sided, lopsided resolution" rather than crafting one that "could have gained unanimous support."

As the Chicago Sun-Times reported:

As Silverstein spoke about the October 7 attack, a man in the audience yelled "Wadea was murdered because of your lies." The man then exited the council chambers on his own to applause and high-fives.

He was referring to Wadea Al-Fayoume, a 6-year-old boy who was stabbed to death in Plainfield a week after the Hamas attack. The boy's mother, who was wounded, had called 911 to say her landlord was attacking her. Police said they were targeted because of their Muslim faith.

The Tribune noted that "the final push to pass the resolution included an endorsement Monday from powerful unions like the Chicago Teachers Union and a widespread school walkout Tuesday that included cease-fire calls from hundreds of high school students. The Rev. Jesse Jackson, who attended the start of the meeting, also threw his support behind the resolution."

The city's progressive mayor personally lobbied for the resolution and called for a cease-fire at a press conference last week.

In These Timesshared some remarks from the public comment period preceding the vote in Chicago on Wednesday:

Cease-fire advocate Marty Levine, a member of Jewish Voice for Peace, said, "I do this because I believe it is what I, as a Jew, must do." He continued: "The lessons we are required to learn from the Holocaust are that it can never happen again and we can never allow it to happen again. 'Never again' is not for some people, it is for all. We are taught that to save one life is to save all of humanity."

40th Ward resident Jennifer Husbands said, "We have bore witness to the mass murder of Palestinians." Noting that a majority of likely voters and three-quarters of Democrats support a cease-fire, she argued that "our tax dollars are being used to carpet bomb Palestinians" rather than fund services like housing, education, and gun violence prevention. "As Tupac said, 'They got money for war but they can't feed the poor.'"

The United States gives Israel $3.8 billion in annual military aid and since the war started, U.S. President Joe Biden has sought a new $14.3 billion package for the country while also bypassing congressional oversight to arm Israeli forces who have been accused of genocide in a South African-led case now before the International Court of Justice.

Reutersreported Wednesday that when asked for comment on Chicago's resolution, "the White House, which has said it is pressing Israel to avoid civilian casualties in Gaza, referred to previous statements that a cease-fire would only benefit Hamas." Still, peace advocates welcomed the vote in the county with the country's largest Palestinian population.

"Today was a test for our city and we passed," declared CodePink co-director Danaka Katovich. "Our city took a stance firmly against genocide and in support of a cease-fire... This is just the start of what the movement for Palestine can accomplish together."

The Chicago arms of IfNotNow and Jewish Voice for Peace said in a statement: "We are proud that Chicago City Council heeded the calls of Palestinians and over a thousand Chicago Jews to support the growing movement demanding an end to the genocide in Palestine. In the wake of International Holocaust Remembrance Day, we affirm that never again means never again for anyone and will continue to organize until there is a cease-fire and the liberation of Palestinians."


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/31/if-senators-want-to-protect-kids-they-need-to-listen-to-human-rights-experts-and-fix-their-legislation-otherwise-theyre-helping-big-tech/feed/ 0 456173
The Need for Understanding Never Stops https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/30/the-need-for-understanding-never-stops/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/30/the-need-for-understanding-never-stops/#respond Tue, 30 Jan 2024 06:31:46 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=311932 I inhale the big, do-nothing shrug that always follows the annual posting, by the Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, of its global metaphor for Armageddon. For the second year in a row, the Doomsday Clock has been set – by scientists analyzing the dangers faced by Planet Earth due to human exploitation and nuclear-armed geopolitics – at More

The post The Need for Understanding Never Stops appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>
I inhale the big, do-nothing shrug that always follows the annual posting, by the Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, of its global metaphor for Armageddon.

For the second year in a row, the Doomsday Clock has been set – by scientists analyzing the dangers faced by Planet Earth due to human exploitation and nuclear-armed geopolitics – at 90 seconds to midnight. In other words, be afraid. Be very afraid.

The dangers include ongoing nuclear-weapons development by both major and minor national powers, combined with the planet’s current slaughter-wars –in Ukraine, Palestine and elsewhere – and the ever-looming possibility that they could go nuclear. In other words, human civilization’s collective thinking remains trapped in an us-vs.-them modality. One of the weirdest aspects of this that the Bulletin cited was the fact that artificial intelligence has begun assuming control of our fate:

“Military uses of AI are accelerating. Extensive use of AI is already occurring in intelligence, surveillance, reconnaissance, simulation, and training. Of particular concern are lethal autonomous weapons, which identify and destroy targets without human intervention. Decisions to put AI in control of important physical systems—in particular, nuclear weapons—could indeed pose a direct existential threat to humanity.”

Join me as I let loose a child’s scream of terror and disbelief.

And of course this is all combined with the planet’s ongoing climate collapse. As the Bulletin pointed out, 2023 was the hottest year ever recorded, greenhouse gas emissions are still on the rise, the ice is still melting in Antarctica and . . . uh, we’re not addressing this with any effectiveness. You know, we’re still too busy playing war and exploiting what’s left of the planet’s resources.

This is how human civilization has organized itself – and nothing can change it, right? That seems to be the attitude of much of the media, which largely contextualizes the news it brings us in a mainstream shrug. Climate collapse? Nuclear war and global annihilation? That’s way too complicated to write about. Come on, we’ve got an election coming up. Us vs. them!

This, at any rate, is what occurred to me when I read a story in the Washington Post the other day, which kept trying to make the point that the country is collapsing into what it called “tribalism,” that is, left-vs.-rightism, with both sides equally convinced of their rectitude and equally snarky toward the other guys. Both sides – get it? When the corporate media serves us politics this way, it displays its (centrist) “objectivity,” which, as far as it’s concerned, is simply reality and not something to be critically analyzed.

The problem, according to centrist analysis, is that the country is getting more and more polarized, both politically and culturally. On one side you’ve got Trump and the MAGA Republicans. On the other side, you’ve got Bernie Sanders supporters. Pretty scary! The USA has never been this divided, the story notes, apparently failing to remember slavery, Jim Crow lynchings, race-separated bathrooms and such.

What was most unsettling to me about the story, however, was its pulling in several social scientists who explained the nature of evolution to us. While, yes, human beings learned to work together over the millennia and created self-sustaining communities, a.k.a., tribes, the “evolution of cooperation required out-group hatred,” according to a Yale sociologist. In other words, there could be no “us” without a “them” lurking just around the bend – not simply different from us but scary, threatening and no doubt evil.

While the Post story had no connection whatsoever to the Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists and its 90-seconds-to-midnight global prognosis, I felt a shrug of indifference toward it nonetheless, in that it remained quietly caged in the us-vs.-them mindset that makes human collective thinking and, oh my God, geopolitical cooperation a cynical joke. That ain’t gonna happen. War is inevitable. So is our trillion-dollar military budget. Any questions?

My primary question is this: How dare you shrug at the Doomsday Clock, at the looming inevitability of climate collapse, at the ongoing expansion of nukes and the ultimate certainty of nuclear war . . . if nothing changes?

We are capable of larger thinking than this! That’s the ultimate message of the Atomic Scientists, and for corroboration I turn to World Beyond War, which makes the point the very essence of evolution is the expansion of our thinking to embrace ever-larger realities of cooperation, connection and understanding. And not only that, killing our fellow human beings is not the simplistic result of what our DNA tells us to do but a political creation of the last several millennia that is anything but universally accepted.

“According to myth, war is ‘natural,’” a World Beyond War essay points out:

“Yet a great deal of conditioning is needed to prepare most people to take part in war, and a great deal of mental suffering is common among those who have taken part. . . .

“. . . (We) need to understand war as the cultural creation that it is and stop imagining it as something imposed on us by forces beyond our control. . . .In fact, war is not required by a particular lifestyle or standard of living because any lifestyle can be changed, because unsustainable practices must end by definition with or without war, and because war actually impoverishes societies that use it.”

In other words, war isn’t the result of evolution but sheerly the unevolved aspect of who we are. Humanity did “evolve with habits of cooperation and altruism,” and in so doing created communities of connection and trans-individual support. And yes, any community has an edge, beyond which looms the unknown. But as we encounter the unknown, we needn’t see it, simplistically, as “the enemy,” but rather as part of a larger community, which requires larger understanding.

Our need to understand never stops.

The post The Need for Understanding Never Stops appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Robert Koehler.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/30/the-need-for-understanding-never-stops/feed/ 0 455756
Why Workers and Employers Both Need Paid Family Leave https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/29/why-workers-and-employers-both-need-paid-family-leave/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/29/why-workers-and-employers-both-need-paid-family-leave/#respond Mon, 29 Jan 2024 06:55:08 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=311922 Mike Morales’s doctor advised him to take four weeks off for an important procedure, and the longtime crane operator readily agreed, secure in the knowledge that he wouldn’t lose a dime in pay or face other repercussions at work. Morales’s union contract enabled him to step away from his job at the Chevron Phillips plastics More

The post Why Workers and Employers Both Need Paid Family Leave appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

Photograph Source: blue cheddar – CC BY 2.0

Mike Morales’s doctor advised him to take four weeks off for an important procedure, and the longtime crane operator readily agreed, secure in the knowledge that he wouldn’t lose a dime in pay or face other repercussions at work.

Morales’s union contract enabled him to step away from his job at the Chevron Phillips plastics complex in Pasadena, Texas, to attend to his health.

He received regular pay during his absence and returned to work when he was able to do so. Morales, a unit recording secretary with United Steelworkers (USW) Local 13-227, recalled having just one concern during his convalescence—getting well.

Workers across the country need the same peace of mind while recovering from surgery or sickness. They need time to care for ill loved ones, bond with infants, or welcome other new family members without risking their jobs or forfeiting the income needed to keep their households afloat.

And they need to be empowered to escape domestic violence, ensure family stability during a service member’s deployment, or confront other emergencies without throwing themselves at the mercy of employers.

bipartisan House committee recently released a “draft framework” of a leave plan, which would give states and employers new incentives to provide more workers with paid time off for emergencies. But that’s a far cry from the mandatory, universal, and uniform leave available to workers in many countries.

Unfortunately, Americans’ access to paid leave right now depends largely on where they work and whether they’re fortunate enough to belong to a union. And many still have no paid sick leave at all, according to a recent study by the Economic Policy Institute, a think tank in Washington, D.C.

“It’s a great benefit to us,” observed Morales, who’s stayed at the Chevron Phillips site for 43 years partly because of the USW-negotiated leave allotment, which renews periodically and even enables him to take days off to help family members.

He empathizes with contract workers at the site, saying they face the same life crises as union counterparts but lack the weeks or days off needed to effectively deal with them.

“I’m still in the recovery process,” explained Morales, who has the freedom to take additional paid sick days if necessary. “If I have a complication, I know I have something to fall back on.”

Americans overwhelmingly want the kind of universal leave already available to peers around the world.

Demand increased sharply after COVID-19 spread quickly in workplaces, putting lives at risk. Workers in meat processing plants, for example, operated processing lines that moved too quickly for them to cover their mouths while coughing or sneezing.

Some workers without paid leave, especially those living paycheck to paycheck, say they have no choice but to go to work when sick even if that means passing on illnesses.

Other Americans, faced with the unfair choice of working or caring for a loved one, simply exit the workforce. Morales said his son-in-law quit his job, went without income for six months to care for an ill relative, and eventually landed another position with the same company.

Sadly, many employers oppose paid leave out of greed and ignorance.

When Burger King in 2022 presented a 20-year worker at one of its Las Vegas stores with a “goody bag” for never calling in sick, outraged supporters on the internet pointed out that the restaurant never offered him a paid sick day either.

“It’s all about money,” Morales said of employers who refuse to provide paid leave. “It’s all about business.”

Yet this essential helps businesses as much as it does workers.

It grows the labor pool, especially by enabling women to return to work after having children. It keeps workers healthy and focused. And it helps employers build dedicated, stable, and experienced workforces.

“It helps in hiring more people, which everyone is trying to do,” said Steve Kramer, president of USW Local 9777, referring to the hot job market nationwide.

Kramer, who represents workers at dozens of companies, considers paid leave a common-sense benefit that employers foolishly resist. During brutal Midwest winters, he noted, schools close at the last minute, and kids get sick, forcing parents to miss work.

As Congress moves slowly to address the need, more cities and states are heeding workers’ demands for action.

Illinois, for example, put a law into effect on January 1, 2024 that provides most workers with at least 40 hours of paid leave annually. At the beginning of 2024, California expanded its sick leave program and began providing workers with time off for reproductive loss.

Workers elsewhere are taking matters into their own hands.

Chuck Perko, president of USW Local 3267 in Pueblo, Colorado, helped push through legislation during the pandemic that provides workers with at least 48 hours of paid leave each year.

“You can use that for everything health-related,” said Perko, whose local union represents workers at the Evraz mill in Pueblo.

On the heels of that victory, Colorado voters went even further, Perko noted, passing a referendum that establishes a broader family leave program funded with employer and worker contributions. That leave program, the first ever created by popular vote, provides partial pay to workers during longer-term absences.

Morales said he knows many co-workers at Chevron Phillips who are as grateful as he is for union-negotiated leave. The demand for these kinds of benefits will only increase across the country, Morales noted, as baby boomers age and younger workers demand increased flexibility in raising their families.

“It’s very important,” he said, recalling the relief that he felt during his recuperation. “It’s the peace of knowing you’re OK.”

This article was produced by the Independent Media Institute.

The post Why Workers and Employers Both Need Paid Family Leave appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by David McCall.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/29/why-workers-and-employers-both-need-paid-family-leave/feed/ 0 455615
Does the U.S. Really Need Mideast Oil—or the Mideast—Anymore? https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/23/does-the-u-s-really-need-mideast-oil-or-the-mideast-anymore/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/23/does-the-u-s-really-need-mideast-oil-or-the-mideast-anymore/#respond Tue, 23 Jan 2024 15:42:25 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=147662 When my husband and I were flying to Beirut, Lebanon to co-edit the English-language Daily Star, we noticed our tickets were paid by ARAMCO (since 1988, “Saudi Aramco,” then one of the world’s largest American oil companies. That was a factor the publisher somehow neglected to explain, along with the pro-West bias of this influential […]

The post Does the U.S. Really Need Mideast Oil—or the Mideast—Anymore? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
When my husband and I were flying to Beirut, Lebanon to co-edit the English-language Daily Star, we noticed our tickets were paid by ARAMCO (since 1988, “Saudi Aramco,” then one of the world’s largest American oil companies. That was a factor the publisher somehow neglected to explain, along with the pro-West bias of this influential and major Arabic newspaper chain. Not long after, we took a bomb in the lobby that shook the building, but no one was killed.

Having then just departed from two years in Tulsa—he on the World, me, as a journalism professor—we were well aware of oil’s power and domination over Oklahoma, let alone the world. Because neither industries nor the military could last without oil—even before WWII—Allies and Axis nations then fought to seize and/or control the flow from Iran (650 billion barrels ) and pander for the rest from oil-rich Arab countries.

Today’s Department of Defense (DOD) requires at least an estimated annual 4.6 billion gallons of fuel  to cover its global military reach. Small wonder decades of Administrations and lawmakers have been unwilling, or downright frightened, to end the U.S. military’s dependence on the availability and prices of Mideast oil.

So from 2001 to at least 2019, wars in the Mideast and Asia have cost American taxpayers an estimated $6.4 trillion , not to mention millions of dead and wounded, environmental destruction, and millions from the Mideast seeking refuge in Europe. Not to count millions spent by the ferocious joint response of American oil producers and military contractors and their legendary use of election donations to influence both Congress and presidents. Add advertising “buys” to the mainstream-media—all vested interests as usual defending American (business) interests abroad.

Wars to Seize, Control Oil Supplies

The Pentagon’s insatiable fuel demands explain why the Bush Administration almost too quickly used 9/11 as an excuse to invade and occupy Iraq. The real motive was more to “secure” its oil fields and production than to overthrow Saddam Hussain and destroy his nonexistent weapons-of-mass-destruction. It also explains why Iran—with its vast oil reserves—has been sanctioned as a U.S. enemy and is constantly under presidential and Pentagon threats ultimately to seize them as well.

As for Syria, the Pentagon has supported the Kurds’ separation of northern Syria to “help” protect its oil fields supposedly against possible reappearance of ISIS (the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria). That rationale has meant taxpayers unknowingly have spent millions to support 10 U.S. bases  (900 troops in Syria, 2,500 in Iraq ). They’ve only become aware of that factor because of recent rocket and drone attacks: 32 times in Iraq, 34 in Syria (70 casualties ) from anti-US militants allegedly supported by Iran.

The response seemingly has been a shocked “Why are our kids still there?”—and sitting ducks for local target practice. The official reason for U.S. bases in Iraq and Syria was the “enduring defeat” of ISIS . But that occurred five years ago. Those recent attacks resulted in three U.S. retaliatory air strikes  killing eight Iraqis, and an outraged Iraqi government (“…a clear violation of the coalition’s mission to combat [ISIS] on Iraqi soil”).

The bigger question now being raised, however, is whether the Administration and Pentagon even have a need for Mideast oil. This despite President Biden’s recent decision to permit $582 millions in weapon sales  to ingratiate this country once again to Saudi Arabia despite unneeded oil.

Or teaming earlier this month with Britain to use a blunderbuss against the Houthi “mosquito” guerillas attacking Red Sea shipping: Two massive retaliatory bombings by air and submarine of more than 28 mostly “militant” targets  along Yemen’s mountainous coast —and warnings of more to come  if the Houthis don’t stop. Never did the Biden Administration consider demanding shippers equip vessels with weapons and hiring “shot-gun” crews for protection. Nor are taxpayers likely to learn the raids’ cost from the Pentagon.

In today’s global uproar for a Gaza cease-fire, at least it’s now unlikely the Pentagon’s Joint Chiefs or Biden will put American boots on the ground for Israel. They appear to be keeping their powder dry for the “pivot” to Asia, particularly China which will require massive shifts of personnel and war materiel from the Mideast. But quick exits from Vietnam and Afghanistan have demonstrated the Pentagon’s prowess in rapid-transfer logistics on short notice.

U.S. Is Now Top Global Producer of Oil and Natural Gas

The point is that the U.S. really is no longer dependent on Mideast oil. New drilling techniques such as fracking have made it possible to produce enough oil and gas domestically, as well as importing it abroad.

Millions of Americans probably are unaware that since 2014 the U.S. has become the world’s “top oil and natural gas liquids” producer  (2022: 19.1 million barrels per day).  It even leads Saudi Arabia and Russia.

To arrive at this point took Biden’s betrayal of millions of environmentally conscious voters of his March 2020 campaign promise  (“No more drilling on federal lands. No more drilling, including offshore. No ability for the oil industry to continue to drill, period, ends.”). What followed has been his steady approval of 6,430 new permits  for oil/gas drilling on public lands. He also revealed that 9,000 permits  previously issued to companies have yet to be used.

Four key signals have been afoot for months that U.S. decision-makers are planning a Mideast exit after Israel has “cleared” Gaza of Palestinians. The Yemen bombings may be the last hurrah of U.S. meddling in the Mideast. Such an historic, earthshaking shift of policy and subsequent monumental move could be immediately ahead—possibly before the presidential election.

Another telling exit signal is new resistance by American taxpayers to the Armed Services budget (FY24: $841.1 billion ) and endless wars, just demonstrated by Congressional Republicans  opposed to Ukraine spending in FY2024 and/or the Pentagon’s never-ending budgetary increases. Or hiding expenses by its sixth audit failure . Among the expenses revealed by the Pentagon’s inspector-general’s report to Congress was failure to track more than $1 billion  of “highly sensitive and sophisticated equipment and weaponry” to Ukraine.

Too, the Yemen attack without the Constitutional requirement of notifying Congress first brought dozens of lawmakers to the Capitol steps to object, echoing Rep. Cori Bush’s online protest of: “The people do not want more of our taxpayer dollars going to endless wars and the killing of civilians. Stop the bombing and do better by us.”

The Pentagon seems impervious even to possible budget cuts from Congress, illustrated by its latest cliffhanging decision over its allocation and future supplemental appropriations. And with good reason. The House did pass the initial FY 2024 bill by a whisker (218-210 ), then, a reassured temporary resolution (395-95 ). The Senate soon followed (87-11 ). Even in the Yemen attack, Pentagon officials’ influence over Biden  is such that his knowing the nation’s overwhelming mood opposes any more Mideast wars, he failed to go immediately on TV to explain this massive action.

A third signal of a U.S. departure is Saudi Arabia’s replacement effort  by seeking new oil customers in Africa and Asia. No fools about the loss of a major customer, its visionary decision makers have been have been working on an Oil Demand Sustainability Program  to:

“…promote oil-based power generation, deploy petrol and diesel vehicles… work with a global auto manufacturer to make a cheap car, lobby against government subsidies for electric vehicles, and fast-track commercial supersonic air travel.”

Influential Media Calls for a Mideast Departure

A fourth indication of a U.S. pullout is that increasing recommendation by influential publications seemingly based on clues perceived from the Biden Administration and Pentagon.

For example, a November op-ed in Foreign Affairs  strongly suggests the Administration needs a course correction in the Mideast, a rapid withdrawal of the Armed Forces to let the locals handle their affairs.

Jason Brownlee , in the Quincy Institute’s Responsible Statecraft newsletter, claims the Administration’s “prolonged… deployment” in the Mideast has been “driven by policy inertia more than strategic necessity.” The White House: “should scrap, not reinforce, America’s outdated and unnecessarily provocative troop presence in Syria and Iraq.” His firsthand observations of Taliban rule since the 2021 Afghanistan withdrawal, he wrote, showed the country finally had “internal stability” because political violence “plummeted by 80%” in the first year.

Military expert William D. Hartung  added that fears of other great powers filling a withdrawal vacuum were “overblown.” That:

 A more restrained strategy would provide better defense per dollar spent while reducing the risk of being drawn into devastating and unnecessary wars. The outlines of such an approach should include taking a more realistic view of the military challenges posed by Russia and China; relying on allies to do more in defense of their own regions; [and]… paring back the U.S. overseas military presence, starting with a reduction in basing and troop levels in the Middle East.

In the face-off against the monumental challenge of an uninhabitable planet, TIME magazine’s Alejandro de la Garza  noted even two years ago that:

 …the military cannot maintain its globe spanning presence and become carbon neutral at the same time. A sustainable military will have to be smaller, with fewer bases, fewer troops to feed and clothe, and fewer ships and airplanes ferrying supplies to personnel from Guam to Germany.

Leaving the Mideast carries the benefit of loosening the rigid thinking Pentagon leaders fixed on plotting wars to secure Arab and Iranian oil. Shifting plans for the Pacific Rim—North Korea and China—just might transform the Armed Forces into being smaller, fewer, and better. Especially removing our troops as moving targets in Iraq and Syria when we no longer need its oil, nor Iran’s. Trading and diplomatic policies could then lead the way instead of expending any more blood and taxpayers’ treasure on that region of the world.

The post Does the U.S. Really Need Mideast Oil—or the Mideast—Anymore? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Barbara G. Ellis.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/23/does-the-u-s-really-need-mideast-oil-or-the-mideast-anymore/feed/ 0 454381
Do We Need Terms of Service for Porch Pirates? https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/22/do-we-need-terms-of-service-for-porch-pirates/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/22/do-we-need-terms-of-service-for-porch-pirates/#respond Mon, 22 Jan 2024 06:55:44 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=311395 On January 6, Canada’s  CTV ran a story on package theft in Montreal West, a Quebecois suburb. “Porch piracy” — grabbing parcels left at doors by delivery services — isn’t just a Canadian problem, of course. It’s become endemic in prosperous western societies, particularly in densely populated areas with front doors located at convenient dashing More

The post Do We Need Terms of Service for Porch Pirates? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

Photo by Oxana Melis

On January 6, Canada’s  CTV ran a story on package theft in Montreal West, a Quebecois suburb. “Porch piracy” — grabbing parcels left at doors by delivery services — isn’t just a Canadian problem, of course. It’s become endemic in prosperous western societies, particularly in densely populated areas with front doors located at convenient dashing distance from streets and sidewalks.

What perked ears around the world in this particularly story, however, was a cautionary note from Quebec’s provincial police, telling victims not to post doorbell camera images or video of porch piracy to social media.

“You cannot post the images yourself,” said police communications officer Lt. Benoit Richard, “because you have to remember, in Canada, we have a presumption of innocence and posting that picture could be a violation of private life.”

But is going onto other people’s porches and stealing their stuff really a “private” activity?

And does recording (and, if one chooses, sharing) what happens on one’s own property, or on “public” property visible from one’s own property, violate anyone’s reasonable expectation of privacy?

I’d answer “no” to both questions, and I suspect you would as well.

Furthermore, presumption of innocence is a concept for judges and jurors in court proceedings, not a ban on people collecting and sharing information that might later be used to challenge the presumption.

For the sake of argument, however, let’s accept the claim that running off the sidewalk, climbing the stairs of your porch, grabbing the box from Amazon with a new pair of shoes you ordered as a birthday present for your mother-in-law inside, and running away is, all else being equal, a “private” activity which you’re not entitled to record or publicly comment on.

It seems to me that all else needs to be made explicitly unequal … and there’s an app for that — “terms of service,” so to speak.

Some enterprising entrepreneur should sell little plaques for  prominent display at front gates or on porch rails:

NOTICE: ENTERING THIS PROPERTY CONSTITUTES A WAIVER OF ALL RIGHTS, INCLUDING PERSONAL PRIVACY RIGHTS, WITH RESPECT TO PHOTOGRAPHS, VIDEO RECORDINGS, OR AUDIO RECORDINGS ESTABLISHING THEFT, PROPERTY DAMAGE, OR OTHER CRIMINAL ACTIVITY.

Maybe a shorter version would work, but you get the picture (see what I did there?), as will any would-be thief.

If such plaques make their way to market at a reasonable price, I’ll certainly order one. And display it, if it doesn’t get stolen first.

The post Do We Need Terms of Service for Porch Pirates? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Thomas Knapp.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/22/do-we-need-terms-of-service-for-porch-pirates/feed/ 0 453859
Farmers Need Better Policy, Not To Export More https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/19/farmers-need-better-policy-not-to-export-more/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/19/farmers-need-better-policy-not-to-export-more/#respond Fri, 19 Jan 2024 19:01:55 +0000 https://progressive.org/op-eds/farmers-need-better-policy-not-to-export-more-pahnke-20240119/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Anthony Pahnke.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/19/farmers-need-better-policy-not-to-export-more/feed/ 0 453311
When Families Need Housing, Georgia Will Pay for Foster Care Rather Than Provide Assistance https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/18/when-families-need-housing-georgia-will-pay-for-foster-care-rather-than-provide-assistance/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/18/when-families-need-housing-georgia-will-pay-for-foster-care-rather-than-provide-assistance/#respond Thu, 18 Jan 2024 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/georgia-housing-assistance-foster-care by Stephannie Stokes, WABE; Data analysis by Agnel Philip, ProPublica

This article was produced for ProPublica’s Local Reporting Network in partnership with WABE. Sign up for Dispatches to get stories like this one as soon as they are published.

Brittany Wise ran through the options in her head.

It was a sunny April morning in Cobb County, Georgia, a suburban area northwest of Atlanta. Wise was heading back to the cul-de-sac of budget motels where her family was staying after receiving an eviction notice from her landlord in January when the blue lights appeared in her Chevy Tahoe’s rearview mirror.

The police officer had stopped Wise for an expired tag. But when he looked up her name, he discovered a bench warrant for a traffic ticket she hadn’t paid. She remembers that the officer was kind and gave her a warning about her tag. For her warrant, however, he told her that she had to go to jail.

Wise’s mind went to her children. Six of them were there in the SUV. The other two were walking up to the motel parking lot. In all, they ranged in age from 4 to 18. Wise, a 35-year-old single mother, had to figure out where they all would go.

Wise didn’t have any other family members nearby. She knew she could leave her children in the care of her oldest daughter. But one has autism and another has severe behavioral issues, which would be too much to put on a teenager, she thought.

So Wise asked the officer to contact the Georgia Division of Family and Children Services. She hoped that the agency could care for her children just for as long as she had to be in jail — which turned out to be three days.

When Wise got out of jail, however, DFCS didn’t return her children. The reason, according to court documents and the case plan the agency gave her, was that she lacked stable housing and income for her kids.

In recent years, child welfare advocates and policymakers across the country have been working to prevent situations like this, arguing that no parent should ever lose their children just because they can’t afford housing. A handful of states now have laws and policies prohibiting government agencies from taking children into foster care because of homelessness. Georgia has not adopted such a rule, but the state Court of Appeals has ruled a number of times that unstable housing and employment “in no way constitutes intentional or unintentional misconduct resulting in abuse or neglect” that would justify child removals.

But Wise’s experience illustrates how an inability to afford housing still stands between parents and their children in many child welfare cases in Georgia.

Between fiscal years 2018 and 2022, DFCS reported “inadequate housing” as the sole reason for removing a child in more than 700 cases, according to an analysis by WABE and ProPublica.

The analysis, using data from the federal Adoption and Foster Care Analysis and Reporting System, which tracks child removal cases in each state, also shows that in thousands of additional cases — about 20% of Georgia’s nearly 31,000 child removals during the five-year period — DFCS reported housing as one of multiple reasons. Housing was the third most reported reason after substance use and neglect.

Wise’s case is not included in the analysis because it began in April 2023.

When Georgia removes children for housing — either as the sole reason or in conjunction with other issues — it becomes something that parents must fix in order to regain custody of their children. Child welfare advocates and attorneys say that’s a uniquely difficult barrier to overcome. When families are facing other issues, such as a parent’s drug addiction or untreated mental health condition, DFCS often steps in and provides remedial services. But the agency rarely provides families with housing assistance.

According to a review of agency spending records for the same five-year period, DFCS spent more than $450 million on programs that can be used to keep families together. But the agency directed only a tiny portion — less than half of 1% — of the money toward housing assistance.

DFCS’ spending on housing assistance is noticeably smaller than in some other states. Several child welfare agencies, even in states with smaller populations than Georgia, dedicate millions of dollars more each year toward housing assistance.

Child welfare advocates say it doesn’t make sense for DFCS to do so little to help families with housing, given that the agency can end up spending just as much or more after taking children into foster care.

DFCS spends a minimum of $830 to $980 a month to house a child in foster care, according to the state’s published daily rates for foster parents. That’s roughly equivalent to the monthly fair market rate to rent a one-bedroom apartment in most of Georgia outside of metro Atlanta, according to the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development’s estimates.

The cost for foster care can be significantly higher if a child has complex mental health or behavioral needs, as some of Wise’s kids do. Under the state’s current rates, specialized foster care for a single child in an institution or group home can reach $6,390 a month.

Josh Gupta-Kagan, who directs the Family Defense Clinic at Columbia Law School, said it’s baffling that DFCS would not provide housing assistance instead of removing children. “Why do we allow kids to be separated from their parents who we won’t help with housing — only to place them with strangers who we will help with housing?” he asked.

DFCS spokesperson Kylie Winton said the agency does refer families to outside resources provided by local nonprofits or other state agencies, in addition to the small amount of assistance DFCS offers directly.

But according to Winton, more housing assistance would not change the outcome for many families. When the state takes children into foster care, she said, housing often is not the sole — or even primary — reason. Most of the time, she said, another issue is driving the intervention.

“If a family is chronically unhoused and a connection to a community resource doesn’t resolve it, we typically find that there is a root cause issue, such as untreated mental health concerns or substance abuse,” Winton said in an email.

Citing confidentiality laws, Winton declined to comment on Wise’s case, even after WABE and ProPublica provided a waiver, signed by Wise, giving permission to the agency to discuss it. In Wise’s case plan, however, it did not list any serious underlying issues, beyond unstable housing and income, that explained why the court didn’t return her children.

Wise couldn’t understand how housing could be a justification in any case — but especially hers. That’s because the day of the traffic stop was not the first time she called DFCS. Months earlier, while she was trying to stave off her family’s eviction, she had reached out to the agency for housing assistance to maintain their stability — with no success.

As she confronted the loss of her children, Wise sat, with a scrunched-up tissue in her hand, alongside the advocate she met through that process, Sarah Winograd, who works to help parents avoid the foster care system, and explained what took place.

“I cried, I yelled, I prayed, I screamed,” Wise said. “Like, how did we get here?”

Wise shows a photo of her children. (Matthew Pearson/WABE)

As a single mother of a large family, Wise had faced financial challenges before. In North Carolina, where she’s from, she occasionally had to call assistance programs or relatives when she couldn’t work or when bills left her without enough money for food. Still, she always had the necessities covered for her close-knit family, according to her oldest daughter, Halle Mickel, who’s now 19. “She did that and more,” Mickel said.

As for their housing, Wise rarely had to worry because for several years she’d received a federal housing voucher through a North Carolina agency.

It was only when Wise left the state in 2021, to get away from an abusive relationship, that housing became a serious issue for her family. She didn’t realize how hard it would be for her to find a place that would accept a family the size of hers in Georgia. Her voucher program gave her a limited amount of time to locate housing in the new state, and she exceeded that, causing her to lose her long-term assistance.

When Wise finally did find a four-bedroom townhome in Cobb County, it wasn’t cheap.

Wise paid the $2,200 a month at first with rental assistance through a local nonprofit. When that ran out, she tried to manage the amount on her own. She received roughly $1,800 in disability payments for her daughter with autism and for Mickel, who had survived cancer as a teenager, and supplemented that by working at a fast food restaurant and selling home-baked desserts at car washes and barber shops. “I did the best I could,” she said.

But Wise couldn’t keep it up. The school suspended her daughter with autism and her son with behavioral issues multiple times, and Wise lost work to watch them. Her rent payments became out of reach.

When the eviction notice came in January, Wise had already contacted all of the assistance programs she could find. All of them told her they were out of funds. So she turned to her last resort. “I picked up the phone and called DFCS because I thought they would be a resource for my family,” she said.

To Wise’s surprise, DFCS responded by opening an investigation. A caseworker came to the apartment, looked in her fridge, interviewed her kids and took samples of Wise’s hair and urine for a drug test. Wise didn’t have her case files from DFCS at the time, but, according to texts from her caseworker that Wise shared with WABE and ProPublica, the agency didn’t find anything worth pursuing. “There’s no concerns on our end,” the caseworker wrote to Wise in February.

As for Wise’s need for housing assistance — the reason she called DFCS in the first place — the caseworker said there wasn’t much that she could offer. She texted Wise information about different nonprofits, along with the number for Winograd, who’s now co-founded a nonprofit called Together With Families. But as far as what DFCS could do, she was clear: “The issue is funding. DFCS isn’t provided with government funding to house families,” the caseworker told Wise in a text.

Only one of DFCS’ family preservation programs, called Prevention of Unnecessary Placement, describes an option to help families with their rent, utilities or mortgage. The analysis of agency spending records shows that DFCS spent just $278,000 on housing assistance under this program in 2022. No other state agency in Georgia offers housing assistance specifically to families in the child welfare system.

By contrast, child welfare agencies in several states have spent significantly more on programs aimed at preserving families whose children are at risk of being removed or who are having trouble getting reunited because of housing. In 2022, New Jersey, which has a population similar in size to Georgia’s, dedicated more than $17 million for its program. Connecticut, with less than half the population, spent close to $20 million. California, which has four times greater population than Georgia, allocated exponentially more: nearly $100 million.

The New Jersey Department of Children and Families effort has served around 1,000 families, according to Assistant Director of Housing Kerry-Anne Henry. The agency has seen 90% of the families in its program stay housed after two years, she said.

“If we are really taking our charge seriously, as a child and family serving system,” Henry said, “we have to be responsive to their needs.”

Some child welfare agencies have also partnered with their states’ housing agencies to provide federal vouchers to families in their systems. The Family Unification Program from HUD offers vouchers for this purpose. According to HUD's data, Washington state, which has a population smaller than Georgia’s, has claimed around 2,000 vouchers. Ohio and neighboring North Carolina, which have populations similar in size to Georgia’s, have more than 900 each.

Georgia, on the other hand, has received 530. Only a handful of city and county housing authorities have claimed the vouchers — but Cobb County, where Wise lived, is not among them. DFCS has not worked with the state housing agency, called the Department of Community Affairs, to apply for the vouchers.

Philip Gilman, deputy commissioner for housing assistance and development, said in a statement that the department didn’t have staff capacity to handle these vouchers. For her part, Winton, the DFCS spokesperson, said the agency is reviewing the possibility of applying in the future.

Meanwhile, Winton said DFCS is working on a housing-focused effort of its own. As part of a pilot program in Fulton County, which includes Atlanta, the state awarded a nonprofit $1 million to house 50 families over the course of the next year so parents can reunite with their children or remain with their children who may be at risk of entering foster care.

But child welfare advocates, like Ruth White of the Maryland-based National Center for Housing and Child Welfare, said DFCS shouldn’t be limiting housing assistance to a few dozen families. If the state is ever intervening because of housing, she said, the agency has a duty to help. “They should be serving every family that needs to be housed,” she said.

For Wise’s family, in the weeks leading up to the traffic stop in April, there were no other housing options. By the time she reached Winograd, Wise owed around $10,000 in rent and utility bills. The only plan Winograd could propose was for her organization to pay to relocate her family to Florida, where Wise’s grandmother lived — an arrangement DFCS accepted.

While Wise also agreed, she knew it couldn’t be a long-term solution. Her grandmother was in her 70s. Wise knew she couldn’t bring a family of nine into her home permanently.

Believing she could find a more sustainable solution on her own, Wise brought her family back to Cobb County a couple of weeks later. They paid daily for a hotel as she continued her search for housing assistance. She didn’t imagine that in another couple weeks she would have to call DFCS again — this time, because of a traffic stop — to get her kids.

Wise’s caseworker had told her that DFCS didn’t make housing assistance available to families, like hers, because that was not the agency’s job. “Technically,” the caseworker had texted her in March, “the DFCS agency is only responsible for the safety of children/housing children.”

Since the traffic stop that sent seven of Wise’s children to foster care, DFCS has paid for their housing. The cost of housing them has quickly exceeded the amount of her family’s overdue rent.

DFCS has been paying at least $6,200 a month. That estimate is based on the rates for foster parents set by the state and is the minimum possible amount required to cover seven children in their age range — not including any special subsidies for the two with additional behavioral needs.

The estimate doesn’t account for the administrative costs of paying case managers to visit the children in their foster homes, as they’re required to do in all cases. It also doesn’t cover the costs of transporters who take the children to and from court-ordered visitations, which could amount to hours of driving time.

While some of these expenses may be covered by federal funds, longtime parent attorney Amber Walden said she still has seen foster care costs add up to much more than the price of housing in many of the cases that she has handled over the years.

“How much money are we talking about with that — when you could just have them all in the same home with the parent?” Walden said.

As DFCS made these payments to foster care providers, the result has not only been that Wise was in a separate home from her children. They also have been in separate foster homes from one another.

Wise saw the effects of these disruptions on her children. One afternoon, as she was about to leave the county DFCS office after a meeting with staff, Wise learned her two sons were in the building. Although she was able to have an impromptu visit, that wasn’t the reason her sons were there — they had been fighting with their foster parents, Wise said the caseworker told her.

The caseworker brought the boys into the office while she figured out their next placement, Wise said. One was the son who already had behavioral issues. He had turned 9 in the month since he and her other children entered foster care. She had already told him that they’d have a celebration when they were all back home. As he played with toys in the DFCS office, she said he reminded her: “Mom, are we still gonna have my birthday? Are we still gonna get a cake?”

Wise reacts to the news that her two sons were being moved into a new foster placement after fighting with their foster parents. (Stephannie Stokes/WABE)

Wise hung her head and rubbed the tears in her eyes as she walked out of the office. “It just makes me sad because I didn’t mean for them to go and be tossed around,” she said, “to go through all of this.”

Wise said she later learned from her caseworker that her sons had to spend that night in the DFCS office because the agency still could not identify a new placement for them.

In recent years, DFCS has frequently resorted to placing children in need of specialized care in offices and hotels — at an average cost of $1,500 a night, according to January testimony to the state legislature by DFCS Director Candice Broce. The costs, totalling more than $77 million between 2018 and 2022, have sparked hearings at the state Capitol. But state legislators charged with reviewing Georgia’s system have not proposed new prevention funding for families, including for their housing.

The need is clear to people who have worked for the agency, like Nikita Raper, who resigned this past summer after two years with Cobb County DFCS.

Raper said so much of her job as a child abuse investigator was scrambling to find housing resources for families, who were sleeping in their cars, staying in homeless encampments or getting kicked out of their hotels. All the time spent on these cases distracted caseworkers, like her, from instances of actual abuse, she said.

“More funding for the housing cases would offer relief to families and take them off the radar of DFCS so that we could focus on the bigger cases,” she said.

When she was with DFCS, Raper could access the Prevention of Unnecessary Placement program funds only if she could demonstrate the family wouldn’t need help again. “It’s really difficult to show that,” she said.

According to WABE and ProPublica’s spending analysis, Cobb County did not approve this funding for housing even once in the fiscal years 2021 and 2022. Wise said she never even heard about the program from her caseworker.

Living on her own, Wise has struggled even more to secure housing and employment that would comply with the requirements of DFCS and the judge in her case. When she was in contact with the agency in January, her caseworker referred her to any resources that would provide her family with basic shelter. But once her children were in foster care and her case was before the court, DFCS and the judge wanted her to show housing and income that were “stable.”

“The court finds these children have lived in unstable living environments long enough,” the order from late April said.

But DFCS has no statewide definition of stable housing. The agency said that’s because the meaning depends on the details of each individual case. Attorneys who work on Georgia child welfare cases in half a dozen counties said DFCS regularly requests that parents maintain a lease for six months before returning their kids.

This standard shows up even in cases where housing wasn’t initially a driving factor, said Darice Good, who has represented parents in Georgia for 20 years. “They won’t send the children home if there’s not stable housing,” she said.

Wise tried to fight the court’s requirement in her case. Right after she got out of jail in mid-April, she managed to obtain a spot at a homeless shelter for families, along with her daughter, Mickel, and she believed DFCS had no reason to not return her children there.

“I have no history of drugs & alcohol abuse, endangerment, physical, mental or emotional abuse I have caused on my family,” Wise wrote in her notebook to prepare for a virtual call with DFCS at the beginning of May. “I kept us safe!”

But Wise’s effort didn’t get her very far. In the call, which she recorded and shared with WABE and ProPublica, the facilitator said it was the judge’s decision to keep her children in foster care. Wise pushed back, asserting that the judge was acting on DFCS’ recommendation. The two were soon talking over each other for several minutes until the facilitator hung up.

Throughout this time, Wise was also working to get permanent housing. Winograd could finally identify a nonprofit that could pay back the rent at Wise’s old townhome. Wise was even able to move back in — but only temporarily. Right when the nonprofit was supposed to cut the check, it told Wise that it was reversing its decision: Upon further review, an email said, she didn’t meet the criteria for the funding program — including the ability to show that she could maintain her rent after she was caught up.

So, in mid-summer, Wise stayed with Mickel, who managed to get housing through a program for young adults. Wise found jobs, but they only paid around $10 to $15 an hour, and a couple of times she had to call out as soon as she was hired in order to make court hearings and visitations with her kids. She also found herself so concerned about her children that it was hard to work.

Wise soon found it was difficult to hold a job because she was so concerned about her children in foster care. (Stephannie Stokes/WABE)

“Who can really function or focus in a situation where everything around you is on fire?” Wise said.

Winograd, who volunteered as an advocate for foster children before she started her work preserving families, said this is common among parents who have to prove stability to the child welfare system. “People might think, ‘OK, now, they don’t have the responsibility of their children, they don’t have to worry about child care, they don’t have to worry about doctors’ appointments,’” she said.

In reality, Winograd said, many parents struggle even more. “The mental health piece becomes a huge issue for them to be able to go and get stable because they’re so worried about their child,” she said.

Wise has since located transitional housing in North Georgia. She has also found the support of another nonprofit, which has offered rental assistance to help her obtain housing and stabilize her family. But the nonprofit will provide the rental assistance only if the court first agrees to return her kids — and the court has not made such an agreement.

Meanwhile, Wise’s children have now spent nine months in foster care. She still finds herself trying to make sense of the reason.

How is it “that we had to endure all of this catastrophe and chaos and trial and trauma, just because I couldn’t pay a couple of months of rent?” she said.

How We Analyzed the Effect Housing Has on Children Being Placed in Foster Care

We analyzed data from the Adoption and Foster Care Analysis and Reporting System to examine the reasons Georgia’s child welfare agency reported for taking children into foster care.

The AFCARS data, obtained from the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services’ National Data Archive on Child Abuse and Neglect, required steps to clean and deduplicate before we could analyze it. We used unique identifiers for children called AFCARS IDs and dates when a child was last taken into foster care to remove duplicates. We then filtered the dataset to removals that occurred from July 1, 2017, to June 30, 2022, corresponding to Georgia’s 2018 to 2022 fiscal years. We then grouped by removal reason and counted the number of removals in which housing was reported, both alone and in combination with other removal reasons, and compared that to the total number of removals during the same period.

We chose not to compare the percentage of housing-related removals with other states because there are wide variations in how states report the reasons for taking children into foster care. In limiting the analysis to Georgia, our analysis was not affected by those differences.

The data used in this story was obtained from NDACAN via Cornell University and used in accordance with a terms of use agreement license. The Administration on Children, Youth and Families; the Children’s Bureau; the original dataset collection personnel or funding source; NDACAN; Cornell University; and their agents or employees bear no responsibility for the analyses or interpretations presented here.


This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Stephannie Stokes, WABE; Data analysis by Agnel Philip, ProPublica.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/18/when-families-need-housing-georgia-will-pay-for-foster-care-rather-than-provide-assistance/feed/ 0 452789
UN Says Some 40 Percent Of War-Wracked Ukraine’s Population Will Need Humanitarian Aid This Year https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/10/un-says-some-40-percent-of-war-wracked-ukraines-population-will-need-humanitarian-aid-this-year/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/10/un-says-some-40-percent-of-war-wracked-ukraines-population-will-need-humanitarian-aid-this-year/#respond Wed, 10 Jan 2024 06:56:29 +0000 https://www.rferl.org/a/united-nations-ukraine-humanitarian-aid-war/32768269.html President Volodymyr Zelenskiy says Ukraine has shown Russia's military is stoppable as he made a surprise visit to the Baltics to help ensure continued aid to his country amid a wave of massive Russian aerial barrages.

Live Briefing: Russia's Invasion Of Ukraine

RFE/RL's Live Briefing gives you all of the latest developments on Russia's full-scale invasion, Kyiv's counteroffensive, Western military aid, global reaction, and the plight of civilians. For all of RFE/RL's coverage of the war in Ukraine, click here.

Zelenskiy met with his Lithuanian counterpart Gitanas Nauseda on January 10 to discuss military aid, training, and joint demining efforts during the previously unannounced trip, which will also take him to Estonia and Latvia.

“We have proven that Russia can be stopped, that deterrence is possible,” he said after talks with Nauseda on what is the Ukrainian leader's first foreign trip of 2024.

"Today, Gitanas Nauseda and I focused on frontline developments. Weapons, equipment, personnel training, and Lithuania's leadership in the demining coalition are all sources of strength for us," Zelenskiy later wrote on X, formerly Twitter.

Lithuania has been a staunch ally of Ukraine since the start of Russia's unprovoked full-scale invasion, which will reach the two-year mark in February.

Nauseda said EU and NATO member Lithuania will continue to provide military, political, and economic support to Ukraine, and pointed to the Baltic country's approval last month of a 200-million-euro ($219 million) long-term military aid package for Ukraine.

Russia's invasion has turned Ukraine into one of the most mined countries in the world, generating one of the largest demining challenges since the end of World War II.

"Lithuania is forming a demining coalition to mobilize military support for Ukraine as efficiently and quickly as possible," Nauseda said.

"The Western world must understand that this is not just the struggle of Ukraine, it is the struggle of the whole of Europe and the democratic world for peace and freedom," Nauseda said.

Ukraine has pleaded with its allies to keep supplying it with weapons amid signs of donor fatigue in some countries.

There is continued disagreement between Democrats and Republicans in the U.S. Congress on continuing military aid for Kyiv, while a 50-billion-euro ($55 billion) aid package from the European Union remains blocked due to a Hungarian veto.

But a NATO allies meeting in Brussels on January 10 made it clear that they will continue to provide Ukraine with major military, economic, and humanitarian aid. NATO allies have outlined plans to provide "billions of euros of further capabilities" in 2024 to Ukraine, the alliance said in a statement.

Zelensky warned during the news conference with Nauseda that delays in Western aid to Kyiv would only embolden Moscow.

"He (Russian President Vladimir Putin) is not going to stop. He wants to occupy us completely," Zelenskiy said.

"And sometimes, the insecurity of partners regarding financial and military aid to Ukraine only increases Russia's courage and strength."

Since the start of the year, Ukraine has been subjected to several massive waves of Russian missile and drone strikes that have caused civilian deaths and material damage.

Zelenskiy said on January 10 that Ukraine badly needs advanced air defense systems.

"In recent days, Russia hit Ukraine with a total of 500 devices: we destroyed 70 percent of them," Zelenskiy said. "Air defense systems are the number one item that we lack."

Meanwhile, in Ukraine, an all-out air raid alert was declared on the morning of January 10, with authorities instructing citizens to take shelter due to an elevated danger of Russian missile strikes.

"Missile-strike danger throughout the territory of Ukraine! [Russian] MiG-31Ks taking off from Savasleika airfield [in Russia's Nizhny Novgorod region].

Don't ignore the air raid alert!' the Ukrainian Air Force said in its warning message on Telegram.

With reporting by AFP and Reuters


This content originally appeared on News - Radio Free Europe / Radio Liberty and was authored by News - Radio Free Europe / Radio Liberty.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/10/un-says-some-40-percent-of-war-wracked-ukraines-population-will-need-humanitarian-aid-this-year/feed/ 0 451146
‘No need’ to declare independence, Taiwan presidential hopeful says | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/10/no-need-to-declare-independence-taiwan-presidential-hopeful-says-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/10/no-need-to-declare-independence-taiwan-presidential-hopeful-says-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Wed, 10 Jan 2024 03:06:15 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=e525764d7f54d19737b2674b4b25a380
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/10/no-need-to-declare-independence-taiwan-presidential-hopeful-says-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 450681
‘No need’ to declare independence, Taiwan presidential hopeful says https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/presidential-hopeful-01092024121734.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/presidential-hopeful-01092024121734.html#respond Tue, 09 Jan 2024 18:08:06 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/presidential-hopeful-01092024121734.html Taiwan doesn't need to declare independence, incumbent vice president and presidential hopeful Lai Ching-te told a press conference ahead of Saturday's general election, as the Ministry of Defense issued an air-raid alert over a Chinese rocket launch.

"We do not have any such plan, because Taiwan is already a sovereign and independent country, and there is no need to declare independence," Lai, who is standing alongside running mate Hsiao Bi-khim on the ruling Democratic Progressive Party ticket, said. His comment was a reference to the 1911 Republic of China, the government of which fled to Taiwan after losing the civil war with Mao Zedong's communists in 1949.

As Taiwan counts down the last days of a presidential race, voters must choose between Lai, who has a strong track record of standing up to China, against the more China-friendly opposition candidates – Hou Yu-ih for the Kuomintang and Ko Wen-je for the Taiwan People's Party.

China's threat to force "unification" on democratic Taiwan – referenced in a pledge by Chinese leader Xi Jinping at New Year and rebuffed by Taiwanese President Tsai Ing-wen this week – along with its military saber-rattling in the South China Sea and Taiwan Strait still looms large over bilateral ties, creating ongoing tension.

A phone and watch display Taiwan’s air raid alert on Jan. 9, 2024. The Ministry of National Defense text alert about a Chinese satellite launch caused alarm because the English part of the text referred to the rocket as a 'missile.' (Ng Han Guan/AP)
A phone and watch display Taiwan’s air raid alert on Jan. 9, 2024. The Ministry of National Defense text alert about a Chinese satellite launch caused alarm because the English part of the text referred to the rocket as a 'missile.' (Ng Han Guan/AP)

Lai said, if elected, his plan would be to "maintain the status quo" for the island's 23 million people, who have never been ruled by Beijing, nor been citizens of the People's Republic of China.

His comments came as an air-raid text alert warned Taiwan residents that there had been a "flyover" of the island's airspace by a Chinese satellite launch. 

The Ministry of National Defense text alert caused widespread alarm, however, as the English part of the text referred to the satellite as a "missile."

"On 1503 hr today, [China] conducted a satellite launch," the Ministry said in a later statement.

"The trajectory unexpectedly flew over and went exoatmospheric when the vehicle was above Taiwan’s southern airspace," it said, adding that Taiwanese military and intelligence were closely monitoring the whole process.

"The air raid alert system was activated in the form of text messages to inform the public," it said. "The default English message was not revised and therefore incorrectly stated the launch vehicle as “missile.” The MND extends an apology for any confusion this may have caused."

It said China had launched a Long March 2C carrier rocket from the Xichang Satellite Launch Center, sending an Einstein probe satellite into orbit.

Peaceful ideals, but no illusions

Lai told the news conference that there are "no winners in wars," adding that he plans to continue incumbent President Tsai Ing-wen's policy of boosting international support while insisting on "equality and dignity" as a prerequisite for peace talks with Beijing – which treats Taiwan's government as a regional government not eligible for state-to-state dialogue.

"As long as there is equality and dignity, Taiwan's door will always be open and it is willing to communicate and cooperate with China to promote the well-being of people on both sides of the Taiwan Strait," Lai said. "We can have peaceful ideals, but we can't have illusions."

China’s Long March-2C rocket, carrying the Einstein probe satellite, lifts off from the Xichang Satellite Launch Center in Xichang, in southwestern China's Sichuan province, Jan. 9, 2024. (AFP)
China’s Long March-2C rocket, carrying the Einstein probe satellite, lifts off from the Xichang Satellite Launch Center in Xichang, in southwestern China's Sichuan province, Jan. 9, 2024. (AFP)

Lai vowed to step up Taiwan's military deterrent to make any potential invasion -- which Chinese Communist Party leader Xi Jinping has refused to rule out as a method of "reunification" – as costly as possible, including bringing back compulsory military service and boosting global supply chain resilience.

He warned against falling for China's rhetoric on "peaceful unification" and its "one country, two systems" promise that was broken in Hong Kong.

"The pursuit of peace relies on strength, not on the goodwill of the aggressor," Lai said. "The goodwill of the aggressor is unreliable. Tibet, Xinjiang or Hong Kong have all been good examples of this."

Lai blamed former Kuomintang President Ma Ying-jeou, who he said put national defense on the back burner during his eight years in office, for accepting Beijing's "1992 Consensus" codifying its territorial claim on Taiwan, "wasting our national security capabilities."

Taiwan's Vice President and presidential candidate of the ruling Democratic Progressive Party Lai Ching-te (L) and his running mate Hsiao Bi-khim hold a press conference in Taipei, Jan. 9, 2024. (Sam Yeh/AFP)
Taiwan's Vice President and presidential candidate of the ruling Democratic Progressive Party Lai Ching-te (L) and his running mate Hsiao Bi-khim hold a press conference in Taipei, Jan. 9, 2024. (Sam Yeh/AFP)

"The direction we advocate for this country is different from that of the opposition Kuomintang," he said, calling on Taiwanese to "use their sacred votes" to wield their democratic power to resist Chinese interference in the elections, in a reference to ongoing Chinese Communist Party-backed information wars and charm offensives targeting Taiwanese voters and officials alike.

"If China's intervention is successful, and the candidate China designates and supports gets elected, then Taiwan's democracy will disappear, and [we will] be electing ... a chief executive, just like Hong Kong," he said, in a reference to the rolling back of Hong Kong's promised freedoms and political autonomy in the wake of the 2019 protest movement.

He said Taiwan's door "is always open" for talks with China, provided they are on an equal footing.

Translated by Luisetta Mudie. Edited by Roseanne Gerin.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Hsia Hsiao-hwa and Huang Chun-mei for RFA Mandarin.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/presidential-hopeful-01092024121734.html/feed/ 0 450617
Journalists need to ‘take a stand’ over the Gaza carnage after latest killings https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/08/journalists-need-to-take-a-stand-over-the-gaza-carnage-after-latest-killings/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/08/journalists-need-to-take-a-stand-over-the-gaza-carnage-after-latest-killings/#respond Mon, 08 Jan 2024 10:55:11 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=95306 By David Robie, editor of Asia Pacific Report

Reporting Israel’s war on Gaza has become the greatest credibility challenge for journalists and media of our times. The latest targeted killing of an Al Jazeera photojournalist yesterday while documenting atrocities has prompted a leading analyst to appeal to global journalists to “take a stand” to protect the profession.

The killing of Hamza Dahdoud, the 27-year-old eldest son of Al Jazeera Gaza bureau chief Wael Dahdouh, along with freelancer Mustafa Thuraya, has taken the death toll of Palestinian journalists to 109 (according to Al Jazeera sources while global media freedom watchdogs report slightly lower figures).

Emotional responses and a wave of condemnation has thrown the spotlight on the toll faced by reporters and their families.

Wael Dahdouh, 52, lost his wife, daughter, grandson and 15-year-old son on October 25 in an earlier Israeli air raid that hit the house they were sheltering in. After mourning for several hours, Dahdouh senior was back on the job documenting the war.

Just under 20 months ago, Al Jazeera’s best known correspondent, Shireen Abu Akleh, was fatally shot by an Israeli sniper while reporting on the Occupied West Bank on 11 May 2022 in what Paris-based Reporters Without Borders (RSF) condemned by saying this “systematic Israeli impunity is outrageous.”

The New York-based Committee to Protect Journalists protested about the killing of Hamza Dahdoud and Thuraya, saying it “must be independently investigated, and those behind their deaths must be held accountable”.

Al Jazeera reports 109 Palestinian journalists have been killed in Gaza
Al Jazeera reports 109 Palestinian journalists have been killed in Gaza . . . Israel is accused of “trying to kill messenger and silence the story”. Image: AJ screenshot APR

But few journalists would accept that this is anything other a targeted killing, as most of the deaths of Palestinian journalists in the latest Gaza war have been – a war on Palestinian journalism in an attempt to suppress the truth.

‘Nowhere safe in Gaza’
Certainly, Al Jazeera’s Palestinian-Israeli political affairs analyst and Marwan Bishara, who was born in Nazareth, has no doubts.

Speaking on the 24-hour Qatari world news channel, with at least 22,835 people killed in Gaza – 70 percent of them women and children — he said: “Nowhere is safe in Gaza and no journalists are safe . . . That tells us something.


“Killing the messenger”: Marwan Bishara’s interview with Al Jazeera — more tampering over the message? There is nothing “sensitive” in this clip.

“It is understood they are war journalists. But still the fact that more than 100 journalists were killed within three months is breaking yet another record in terms of killing children, and destruction of hospitals and schools, and the killing of United Nations staff.

“And now with 109 journalists killed this definitely requires a certain stand on the part of our colleagues around the world. Not just in a higher up institution.

“I am talking about journalists around the world – those who came to cover the World Cup in Doha for labour rights, or whatever. Those who are shedding tears in the Ukraine, those who are trying to cover Xinjiang in China [persecution of the Uyghur people], those who are claiming there are genocides happening right, left and centre – from China to Ukraine, to elsewhere.

“The same journalists who see in plain sight what is happening in Gaza should – regardless if we disagree on Israel’s motives, or Israel’s objectives in this war – must agree that the protection of journalists and their families is indispensable for our profession. And for their profession,” Bishara said.

“Journalists, and journalism associations and syndicates around the world – especially in those countries with influence on Israel, as in Europe, or the United States; journalists need to take a stand on what is going on in Gaza.

‘Cannot go unanswered’
“This cannot continue and go on unanswered. What about them?

“They’re going to be from various media outlets deploying journalists in war-stricken areas. They will have to call for the defence of journalists and their lives and their protection.

“This cannot go on like this unabated in Gaza,” Bishara added, as Israeli defence officials have warned the fighting could go on for another year.

The South African genocide case filed against Israel in the International Court of Justice seeking an interim injunction for a ceasefire and due for a hearing later this week could pose the best chance for an end to the war.

Bishara has partially blamed Western news networks for failing to report the war on Gaza accurately and fairly, a criticism he has made in the past and his articles about Israel are insightful and damning.

Al Jazeera analyst Marwan Bishara
Al Jazeera analyst Marwan Bishara . . . “The same journalists who see in plain sight what is happening in Gaza . . . must agree that the protection of journalists and their families is indispensable.” Image: AJ screenshot APR

His call for a stand by journalists has in fact been echoed in some quarters where “media bias” has been challenged, opening divisions among media groups about fairness and balance that have become the most bitter since the climate change and covid pandemic debates when media “deniers” and “bothsideism” threatened to undermine science.

In November, more than 1500 journalists from scores of US media organisations signed an open letter calling for integrity in Western media’s coverage of “Israeli atrocities against Palestinians”.

Israel has blocked foreign press entry, heavily restricted telecommunications and bombed press offices. Some 50 media headquarters in Gaza have been hit in the past month.

Israeli forces explicitly warned newsrooms they “cannot guarantee” the safety of their employees from airstrikes. Taken with a decades-long pattern of lethally targeting journalists, Israel’s actions show wide scale suppression of speech.

In the United Kingdom, eight BBC journalists wrote an open letter in late November to Al Jazeera accusing the British broadcaster of bias in its coverage of Gaza.

A 2300-word letter claimed that the BBC had a “double standard” and was failing to tell the Israel-Palestine conflict accurately, “investing greater effort in humanising Israeli victims compared with Palestinians, and omitting key historical context in coverage”.

In Australia, another open letter by scores of journalists and the national media union MEAA called for “integrity, transparency and rigour” in the coverage of the war and joined the International Federation of Journalists (IFJ), RSF and others condemning the Israeli attacks on journalists and journalism.

Leading Australian newspaper editors of The Sydney Morning Herald and The Age and the Nine network hit back by banning staff who had signed the letter. According to the independent Crikey, a senior Nine staff journalist resigned and readers were angrily cancelling their newspaper subscriptions over the ban.

Crikey later exposed many editors and journalists who had made junket trips to Israel and is currently keeping an inventory of these “influenced” media people — at least 77 have been named so far.

Crikey's running checklist on Australian journalists
Crikey’s running checklist on Australian journalists who have been to Israel.

In The Daily Blog, editor Martyn Bradbury has also questioned how many New Zealand journalists have also been influenced by Israeli media massaging. Bradbury wrote:

“If Israel has sunk that much time and resource charming Australian journalists and politicians, the question has to be asked, [has] the pro-Israel lobby sent NZ journalists and politicians on these junkets and if they have, who are they?”

He wrote to the NZ Press Gallery, the “journalist union” and media companies requesting a list of names.

Pacific journalists ought to be also added to the list.

I have just returned from a two-month trip in the Mediterranean, Red Sea and Australia. After a steady diet of comprehensive and well backgrounded reporting from global news channels such as TRT World News and Al Jazeera (which contrasted sharply in quality, depth and fairness with stereotypical Western coverage such as from BBC and CNN), I was stunned by the blatant bias of much of the Australian news media, particularly News Corp titles such as The Australian and The Advertiser in Adelaide.

Some examples of the bias and my commentaries can be seen here, here, here, here, here and here.

A pithy indictment of much of the Western reporting — including in New Zealand — can be read in the Middle Eastern Eye and other publications.

Exposing much of the Israeli propaganda and fabricated claims since October 7 (and even from time of The Nakba in 1948), award-winning columnist Peter Osborne wrote:

“I am haunted by one other consideration. It is not just that Western commentators, columnists and chat show hosts often don’t know what they are talking about. It’s not even that they pretend they do.

“It’s the comfort of their lives. They sit in warm, pleasant studios where they earn six-figure sums for their opinions. They take no risks and convey no truths.”

A polar opposite from the Gaza carnage and the risks that courageous Palestinian journalists face daily to bear witness. They are an inspiration to the rest of us.

Dr David Robie is editor and publisher of Asia Pacific Report and Café Pacific.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/08/journalists-need-to-take-a-stand-over-the-gaza-carnage-after-latest-killings/feed/ 0 450289
Former Israeli soldier’s message: "There is no need for any one of us to serve in the IDF" https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/07/former-israeli-soldiers-message-there-is-no-need-for-any-one-of-us-to-serve-in-the-idf/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/07/former-israeli-soldiers-message-there-is-no-need-for-any-one-of-us-to-serve-in-the-idf/#respond Sun, 07 Jan 2024 18:00:05 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d69fbf9b7ee7ab4f4f3d7d0b5a959c16
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/07/former-israeli-soldiers-message-there-is-no-need-for-any-one-of-us-to-serve-in-the-idf/feed/ 0 450159
The U.S. and Israel: Two Self-Proclaimed Chosen Countries in Need of Demythologizing https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/05/the-u-s-and-israel-two-self-proclaimed-chosen-countries-in-need-of-demythologizing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/05/the-u-s-and-israel-two-self-proclaimed-chosen-countries-in-need-of-demythologizing/#respond Fri, 05 Jan 2024 06:58:41 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=309778 The bro-hug between President Joseph Biden and Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu on October 18, 2023, at Tel Aviv airport was more than just a friend welcoming his long-time buddy to his `hood. It was also more than just two prominent statesmen hugging as diplomatic allies. For despite whatever tensions have arisen between the two More

The post The U.S. and Israel: Two Self-Proclaimed Chosen Countries in Need of Demythologizing appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

Photograph Source: zeevveez – CC BY 2.0

The bro-hug between President Joseph Biden and Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu on October 18, 2023, at Tel Aviv airport was more than just a friend welcoming his long-time buddy to his `hood. It was also more than just two prominent statesmen hugging as diplomatic allies. For despite whatever tensions have arisen between the two countries over Israel’s disregard for civilians in its onslaught into Gaza, the United States and Israel are tied together by similar self-images as exceptional countries. The U.S. and Israel are soul-mates through foundational narratives of being Chosen.

How else to understand the Biden administration’s hesitancy to force Israel to agree to a ceasefire? How else to understand the embarrassing votes in the Security Council with the United States vetoing calls for a cessation of fighting only to finally abstain on a weak resolution calling for “urgent steps” to allow humanitarian aid into Gaza and to “create the conditions for a sustainable cessation of hostilities”?

The United States and Israel both began with marginal groups looking for refuge to practice their special religious beliefs. The United States’ narrative of Chosen began with the Pilgrims. Many of the Puritans began their pilgrimage across the Atlantic Ocean searching for a Promised Land. They were looking for a New Israel where they could practice their religion as they saw fit. The Puritans ended their pilgrimage when they found their Promised Land in what became the United States.

When John Winthrop, the future governor of the Massachusetts Bay Colony, spoke in 1630 of “a city upon a hill” in describing the settlement his followers were going to inhabit, he was referring to something beyond geography that had a special divine sense of purpose and place. In his sermon, Winthrop preached how the colonists were Chosen: “We are entered into covenant with Him for this work,” he declared. He also warned: “For we must consider that we shall be as a city upon a hill. The eyes of all people are upon us. So that if we shall deal falsely with our God in this work we have undertaken, and so cause Him to withdraw His present help from us, we shall be made a story and a by-word through the world.”

John F. Kennedy, among other politicians and presidents, used Winthrop’s image of this United States as a holy place: “I have been guided by the standard John Winthrop set before his shipmates on the flagship Arabella three hundred and thirty-one years ago, as they, too, faced the task of building a new government on a perilous frontier,” he said as president-elect before the general court of Massachusetts. “We must always consider,” he continued, “that we shall be as a city upon a hill—the eyes of all people are upon us.”

“A city upon a hill” is no ordinary urban setting. When Woodrow Wilson said in his presidential campaign of 1912 that “America was chosen and prominently chosen, to show the way to the nations of the world how they should walk in the paths to liberty,” he assumed that the U.S. had a special role in world affairs. Other presidents have referred to the U.S. as a “beacon of hope for the world.” That special, exceptional role implies divine guidance, a position that allows the United States to be above international law all too often. After all, how can those not Chosen tell the Chosen what to do?

In the case of Israel, the term Chosen has two meanings. In the first, the term Chosen refers to how Jews see themselves as God’s Chosen people through various covenants beginning with the covenant between God and Abraham. As a result of this exceptionalism, Israel becomes the chosen place for the Chosen. Chaim Potok, in his novel The Chosen, describes the joy of religious Jews upon the creation of the state of Israel by the United Nations on November 29, 1948: “It had happened. After two thousand years, it had finally happened. We were a people again, with our own land. We were a blessed generation. We had been given the opportunity to see the creation of the Jewish state.”

The creation of the state of Israel was more than a geopolitical event; it was a return to a time when territory and religion were inseparable. The Promised Land was the Holy Land. As Rabbi Abraham Isaac Kook wrote in the early 20th century; “The spirit of the Lord and the spirit of Israel are one!”  Kook’s son later declared; “The State of Israel is divine” after the 1967 war.

While every country has its own national pride, Israel and the United States have self-images of being special that is unique. “Amid an epic history of claims to heavenly-sent entitlement, only two nation-states stand out for the fundamental, continuous, and enduring quality of their conviction and the intense seriousness (and hostility) with which others take their claims: the United States and Israel,” Todd Gitlin and Liel Leibovitz write in The Chosen Peoples: America, Israel and the Ordeals of Divine Election. “heavenly-sent entitlement” is the shared value so often promoted between Israel and the United States.

Jewish messianic Zionism can be compared to Americans’ belief in Manifest Destiny “from sea to shining sea.” Both give a sacred politics of place to the land they conquered and occupied; both ignore those who had lived on the land before, Palestinian Arabs or Native Americans.

Count how many times the United States has defended Israel at the United Nations. But it is not enough to quantify the over 40 times the U.S. has vetoed resolutions condemning Israel. The U.S. has used its leverage to change the language of many resolutions, as it did before abstaining in the latest Security Council resolution. There is something here well beyond the incessant, successful political lobbying of the American Israel Public Affairs Committee, so aptly described by John Mearsheimer and Stephen Walt in The Israel Lobby and U.S. Foreign Policy.

Can Israel and the United States see themselves and act as normal states? Can they recognize themselves as modern countries similar to all other modern countries which are subject to international law and generally accepted international norms? If they can, they must demythologize their foundational messianic myths of being Chosen. For Americans, reading A.G. Hopkins’ magisterial American Empire would be a start; it places U.S. history in a traditional international relations context without myths of being exceptional or Chosen.

Israel and the United States have become international pariahs because their Chosen myths have not been demythologized. They remain separate from other countries by continuing to refuse to live in this world as normal states. At this moment, Palestinians are overwhelmed by the horrors of joint actions by the two self-proclaimed Chosen. The need for demythologizing is critical and urgent.

The post The U.S. and Israel: Two Self-Proclaimed Chosen Countries in Need of Demythologizing appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Daniel Warner.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/05/the-u-s-and-israel-two-self-proclaimed-chosen-countries-in-need-of-demythologizing/feed/ 0 449627
We Need to Reverse the Culture of Decay and March on the Street for a Culture of Humanity https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/04/we-need-to-reverse-the-culture-of-decay-and-march-on-the-street-for-a-culture-of-humanity/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/04/we-need-to-reverse-the-culture-of-decay-and-march-on-the-street-for-a-culture-of-humanity/#respond Thu, 04 Jan 2024 19:58:28 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=147167 Michael Armitage (Kenya), The Promised Land, 2019. The final months of 2023 pierced our sense of hope and threw us into a kind of mortal sadness. Israel’s escalating violence has killed more than twenty thousand Palestinians to date, wiping out entire generations of families. Horrifying images and testimonies from Palestine have flooded all forms of […]

The post We Need to Reverse the Culture of Decay and March on the Street for a Culture of Humanity first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
Michael Armitage (Kenya), The Promised Land, 2019.
Michael Armitage (Kenya), The Promised Land, 2019.

The final months of 2023 pierced our sense of hope and threw us into a kind of mortal sadness. Israel’s escalating violence has killed more than twenty thousand Palestinians to date, wiping out entire generations of families. Horrifying images and testimonies from Palestine have flooded all forms of media, stirring a deep sense of anguish and outrage among large sections of the global population. At the same time, in keeping with the zigs and zags of history, this collective sorrow has been transformed into collective strength. Hundreds of millions of people around the world have taken to the streets day after day, week after week, to express their vehement opposition to Israel’s Permanent Nakba against Palestinians. New generations around the world have been radicalised by the struggle for Palestinian emancipation and against the hypocrisy of the NATO-G7 bloc. Any remaining credibility held by Western ‘humanitarian’ rhetoric died on 8 December when the United States’ deputy ambassador to the United Nations, Robert Wood, raised his lonely hand in the United Nations Security Council to cast the sole vote against a resolution calling for a ceasefire in Gaza, using the US’s veto power to block the measure (this was the third time that the US has blocked a resolution calling for a ceasefire since 7 October).

Meanwhile, south of Palestine, in Dubai (United Arab Emirates), the states of the world met for the 28th Conference of Parties (COP28) on climate change from 30 November to 12 December. The official meetings seemed to be garrisoned by transnational energy companies, who stood alongside the former colonial powers in making solemn pronouncements while refusing to commit to reducing excess carbon emissions. None of the agreements reached in Dubai have the status of law; they are merely benchmarks that countries are not compelled to reach. ‘We didn’t turn the page on the fossil fuel era’, said UN Climate Change Executive Secretary Simon Stiell. COP28, he continued, ‘is the beginning of the end’.

After twenty-eight years of mediocrity, it would be fair to ask if Stiell was referring to the end of the world rather than the fossil fuel era. The former interpretation is supported by UN Secretary General António Guterres’s announcement in July that ‘The era of global warming has ended. The era of global boiling has arrived’. No protests were possible at Expo City Dubai, where COP28 was held. As COP28 ended, the centre had to be hastily emptied because Winter City needed to be set up in this desert port, where Santa and his reindeers, bathed in fake snow, invite Christmas shoppers to join their ‘vital eco-mission activities’. Far away from Dubai, protestors hold up signs that read, ‘The ocean is rising and so are we’.

Emilio Vedova (Italy), Contemporary Crucifixion no. 4, 1953.
Emilio Vedova (Italy), Contemporary Crucifixion no. 4, 1953.

These protests for Palestine and for the planet bang at the door of modern civilisation, which is suffused with decay. The banality of social inequality and the normalisation of war belie the assumption that mass suffering and death are insurmountable and acceptable. It is not only political leaders who speak with iron in their voice, but also those who produce elements of our culture, whether in the entertainment or education industry. Concepts such as freedom and justice are treated as abstractions that can be bandied about here and there, mutilated by people who make war in their name. In politics, in entertainment, in education, and in other areas of modern life, these concepts are taken out of history and treated as products, just like the goods produced by workers are taken out of their context and treated as commodities. Freedom and justice are not abstractions but ideas and practices born of the brave struggles of hundreds of millions of people throughout history, ordinary people who sacrificed themselves for the good of future generations. They produced these words not for textbooks and courts of law, but for us to continue to refine and expand their meaning in our own fights and turn them into reality.

We protest to give these concepts, freedom and justice, meaning and return them to their authentic history. We understand with great joy that humanity will only be redeemed through praxis, what Karl Marx defined as the ‘free, conscious activity’ that allows us to create and shape the reality around us. Standing up for one’s beliefs is not just about trying to change a policy, whether to stop a war or lessen social inequality; it is to radically refuse the culture of decay and affirm the culture of a possible humanity. Praxis does not take place as the noble activity of the individual, the lonely vigil conducted for moral reasons that are as abstract as the ahistorical use of the terms freedom and justice. Praxis can only inaugurate a new culture if it takes place collectively, producing as it marches a joyous set of new relationships and certainties.


Antonio Jose Guzman (Panama) and Iva Jankovic (Yugoslavia), photograph of the work Transatlantic Stargate, 2023.

The purpose of Tricontinental: Institute for Social Research is not to be the archivist of a decaying civilisation, but to be part of the great current of humanity that – through its praxis – will return genuine hope to the world. Our institute, which was launched in March 2018, has built a considerable body of work, including over seventy monthly dossiers, never missing a deadline. Last month, you received our seventy-first dossier, Culture as a Weapon of Struggle: The Medu Art Ensemble and Southern African Liberation, which celebrated and highlighted the necessity of cultural production rooted in praxis. The efficiency of the team at Tricontinental: Institute for Social Research is remarkable. They work day and night to bring you the kind of material that is absent from our global dialogue. This coming year we plan to bring you twelve dossiers on the following topics:

  1. The new mood in the Global South and the churning of the global order, in collaboration with Global South Insights.
  2. The People’s Science Movement in Karnataka, India.
  3. Nepal and the Millennium Challenge Corporation, in collaboration with Bampanth (‘The Left’) magazine.
  4. Forty years of the Landless Workers’ Movement (MST) in Brazil.
  5. Northeast Asia and the New Cold War, in collaboration with the International Strategy Centre and No Cold War.
  6. The Congolese struggle to control their own resources, in collaboration with the Centre Culturel Andrée Blouin.
  7. Multipolarity and Latin American development models.
  8. The cultural politics of the Telangana movement.
  9. Why the right is advancing in Latin America.
  10. The struggles of landless workers in Tanzania, in collaboration with the Movement of Agricultural Workers (MVIWATA).
  11. Transnational corporate corruption in Africa.
  12. The situation of the working class in Latin America.

Your feedback, as always, is essential.

The post We Need to Reverse the Culture of Decay and March on the Street for a Culture of Humanity first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Vijay Prashad.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/04/we-need-to-reverse-the-culture-of-decay-and-march-on-the-street-for-a-culture-of-humanity/feed/ 0 449323
UN: Myanmar’s war leaves 6 million children in need https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/children-01032024164649.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/children-01032024164649.html#respond Wed, 03 Jan 2024 21:47:29 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/children-01032024164649.html As conflict rages on in Myanmar’s northwestern Chin state, a mother who lives in the conflict area struggles to find food and medicine for her children.

“When there are fights like this, I worry that my children will be harmed,” she told RFA Burmese on condition of anonymity for security reasons. 

“Even if you have money, you can’t buy anything because roads are being blocked. That’s why I’m worried that I won’t be able to feed my children,” she said. “I’m worried about something that will happen to them because I can’t do anything for them.”

Their story is common in Myanmar these days as a result of fighting that has raged since the February 2021 coup, according to the United Nations’ Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs, or OCHA.  

“Three years on from the military takeover, the humanitarian landscape for 2024 is grim with a third of the population – 18.6 million people – now estimated to be in humanitarian need,” OCHA said in its recently published Humanitarian Needs and Response Plan for Myanmar.

“Children are bearing the brunt of the crisis with 6 million children in need as a result of displacement, interrupted health-care and education, food insecurity and malnutrition, and protection risks including forced recruitment and mental distress.”

Hungry children

For the mother in Chin state, the chaos has meant an interruption in not only regular supplies of food, it has also meant that routine vaccinations have stopped for her children.

Another mother, from Shan state in the east, expressed similar concerns for her three children. They currently live at an internally displaced persons’ camp in Hseni township.

“In terms of food, in the refugee camp, we were only fed two meals a day, and the children were hungry at noon,” she said. “The situation is like that. And in terms of living, I don’t have to stay at home. I feel that it is not safe for the children because we have to live in dormitories or under tarps.”

Whenever they hear the sound of airplanes, her children get scared and they have been suffering psychological trauma, she said.

ENG_BUR_MalnourishedChildren_01032024.2.jpg
Children take cover in southern Shan state’s La Ei village on Jan. 10, 2023, as a Myanmar junta military aircraft flies overhead. (Union of Karenni State Youth)

A person helping displaced people in northern Shan state said that children are being affected by the fighting all over the region.

“They have difficulties accessing education,” the helper said. “Children, especially, suffer from severe emotional distress. Some under-aged children were recruited [to fight], and some have even been killed and wounded in the conflict. Nobody can work because battles are raging everywhere. So there is no food security.”

He said that he would like to ask armed organizations not to recruit the children, especially minors.

Since malnutrition in a child can affect the mental, emotional, and physical well-being, this problem must be dealt with urgently, Lwan Wai, a Yangon-based member of the Civil Disobedience Movement Medical Network, told RFA.

“After the coup, it has become much worse,” said Lwan Wai. “Malnutrition of children affects both their physical and mental health, and it will hugely affect their brain development and thinking ability when they become adults. That’s why this is an issue that must be dealt with urgently in our country. This is very important.”

In UNOCHA’s humanitarian fund proposal for 2024 released on Dec. 11, it stated that $994 million in funding is needed to reach Myanmar’s 5.3 million people with food, water, shelter, health care and protection.

Translated by Htin Aung Kyaw. Edited by Eugene Whong and Malcolm Foster.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Burmese.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/children-01032024164649.html/feed/ 0 449285
Why We Need a Ceasefire Now https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/22/why-we-need-a-ceasefire-now/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/22/why-we-need-a-ceasefire-now/#respond Fri, 22 Dec 2023 06:51:43 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=308419 There is no military solution — this was true in Afghanistan and Iraq and it is true in Gaza. It is not possible to destroy Hamas militarily. Going to war against a small group of militants doesn’t work — with nearly 20,000 Palestinians killed, it still appears as of this writing that Israeli forces haven’t More

The post Why We Need a Ceasefire Now appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>
Thousands of marchers gather in Philadelphia to support peace and Palestinian rights. A media report said the march was attended by "dozens." (Photo by Joe Piette. It's available for re-use with attribution to the photographer.)

Thousands of marchers gather in Philadelphia to support peace and Palestinian rights. Photo by Joe Piette.

There is no military solution — this was true in Afghanistan and Iraq and it is true in Gaza. It is not possible to destroy Hamas militarily.

Going to war against a small group of militants doesn’t work — with nearly 20,000 Palestinians killed, it still appears as of this writing that Israeli forces haven’t killed any top leaders of Hamas. Such military action only breeds greater resistance.

Hamas isn’t only made up of its military wing. It has a political wing that carries out Islamic education, social welfare, and other functions. And while its religious focus is not particularly popular, it is perceived by Palestinians across Gaza as the only Palestinian force standing up to Israeli occupation, apartheid, and the 17 years of siege Israel has imposed on Gaza since before October 7.

Destroying Hamas would require the destruction or expulsion of much of the population of Gaza (and even then, the group and its ideas would likely continue in exile).

Getting the Israeli hostages returned is hugely important — and cannot be achieved while the bombing assault continues.

Without a ceasefire, there is no way to keep hostages safe to safely transfer them to Red Cross (ICRC) custody for return home once Israel returns to Qatar-based negotiations over terms of the hostage exchange.

As long as bombardment continues and the IDF continues its ground invasion of Gaza, the risk of more hostages being killed (like the three hostages killed mistakenly by the IDF on December 15) rises.

Israelis are increasingly viewing the hostage families as the moral center of their country, and many of the families are demanding a ceasefire. 

The families understand that the safety of their loved ones can only be maintained if the bombing and ground assaults are ended.

The actions of Hamas and other militants against civilians on October 7 constituted terrible violations of international humanitarian law, and the perpetrators should be held to account. All those violating international law should be held to account.

But the actual work of investigating international law violations, and the identification and locating of perpetrators, cannot go forward while the constant bombing raids and tank battles continue against a densely-packed civilian population of over 2 million. That work can only happen once a ceasefire is in place.

The vital concept of “holding perpetrators to account,” in this case Hamas and other militants, does not mean international law allows for the collective punishment of millions of people, half of them children. It can’t justify killing thousands of civilians and destroying cities, towns, refugee camps, and the civilian infrastructure therein.

What President Biden and so many others have rightly called “indiscriminate bombing” has turned Israel into a pariah state, completely isolated in the region, in Europe, across the Global South, and in the United Nations.

Israel’s numerous violations against Palestinian civilians in Gaza have earned Israel a stigma in the international community that will endure well beyond the end of this particular set of military operations. Initial sympathy with Israelis after the October 7 attacks has been largely exhausted and conversation about that day eclipsed, as Israel’s widespread and disproportionate destruction in Gaza and refusal to yield to international pressure for a ceasefire have come to the fore.

Israel’s military actions have dashed plans for its own international relations efforts, particularly the expansion of the Abraham Accords, other normalization agreements with regional states, and ensuring European support for Israel through the Association Accord and beyond.

Although there’s a growing recognition that the current Israeli government is extreme and includes authoritarian and self-defined fascist elements in high positions of power, that doesn’t mean that governments and people around the world think that a mere change of leadership in the Knesset will reverse Israel’s commitment to continue this assault. The leadership of the political opposition in Israel includes numerous military leaders who were responsible for many earlier assaults on Gaza based on the strategy of “mowing the grass” to justify sequential indiscriminate attacks on the Gaza Strip. (As the Washington Post defined it, “The phrase implies the Palestinian militants in the Gaza Strip and their supply of crude but effective homemade weapons are like weeds that need to be cut back.”)

The U.S. is more isolated than at any time at least in the past 20 years and is similarly seen as a pariah around the world.

Washington — and the Biden administration in particular — is increasingly seen as enabling, funding, and arming an Israeli assault shaped by violations of international humanitarian law, including war crimes, crimes against humanity, and more.

Statements from Biden and Congressional leaders that “we stand with Israel” and that “we always will have Israel’s back” — combined with the continuing U.S. provision of seemingly unlimited amounts of weapons known to be used to attack Gaza — undermine U.S. claims of concern about civilians, support for a supposed “two-state solution,” or commitment to international law.

When the U.S. cast its veto on December 8 to stop the UN Security Council from calling for an immediate ceasefire, even the UK did not support Washington. When the same resolution went to the veto-free General Assembly five days later, the U.S. and Israel stood virtually alone, with 153 countries supporting the resolution and only 8 others voting no with Washington and Tel Aviv.

The General Assembly votes are often dismissed as “non-binding.” But this vote was taken in an Emergency Session under the UN’s “Uniting for Peace” resolution of 1951, which under U.S. sponsorship allows the Assembly to consider and vote on peace and security issues generally limited to Security Council consideration. Under those conditions General Assembly resolutions are widely considered not only indications of global opinion, but arguably binding as well.

On this issue, the Biden administration is isolated across the country. It’s showing itself to be farther out of touch with the most active and engaged sectors of its political base than ever before — and the level of passion in the response of Biden’s base is higher than for any other foreign policy issue without U.S. troops in harm’s way.

The statistics are clear: 66 percent of the American people want an immediate ceasefire, including 80 percent of Democrats. Protests in favor of a ceasefire are continuing across the country and include Jewish organizations, unions, city councils, elected officials at all levels, churches of all denominations, and many others.

There is also an unprecedented outpouring of public and private, named and anonymous, opposition from a wide swathe of federal workers — from White House interns to congressional staff to State Department and USAID workers — all refusing to remain silent as the U.S. aids and abets the Israeli assault.

Washington’s direct financial and military support for Israel’s assault undermines its claims of commitment to the rule of law — and especially its claimed commitment to diplomacy.

The administration’s efforts to persuade Congress to send Israel an additional $14 billion in cash and weapons on top of this year’s previous $3.8 billion undermine any claims that the U.S. government requests for a changed Israeli strategy are serious. The recent announcement of a U.S. “emergency” sale to Israel of $106 million worth of replacement tank armaments and more further undermines that claim.

The Biden administration’s increasingly public requests for Israel to pay more attention to civilian safety have so far failed — and will continue to fail so long as Israel understands there will be no consequences for saying no.

Those “requests” must be turned into requirements, linked to direct changes in actual U.S. policy — such as conditioning all aid to Israel on ending its violations of the Geneva Conventions and other parts of international humanitarian law, and ending the longstanding U.S. protection of Israeli officials from accountability in the International Criminal Court. Otherwise polite requests will continue to fail.

Regardless of Washington’s public requests for Israel to scale back its ground invasion in favor of Special Forces operations, what most people across the U.S. see is the continuation of President Biden’s bear-hug diplomacy, shaped by “we have Israel’s back.”

Whatever changes happen or don’t happen in the tactics of the IDF’s ground invasion of Gaza, it is not possible to end or even significantly reduce the direct killing of civilians as long as the bombardment continues.

Gaza was one of the most crowded pieces of land on earth before this most recent assault. Now almost all of the 2.3 million people imprisoned in the Strip have been forced to move to the southern third of the territory. That means the lack of water, sanitation, electricity, fuel, food, medicine are all much more drastic and urgent. According to the World Food Program, 90 percent of Gazan families are now hungry and half the population is starving, while diseases are spreading due to the lack of clean water and sanitation as well as shelter.

Israel’s bombing has destroyed about 60 percent of all housing in the Strip, and most of the rest is severely damaged. Israel has also targeted UN facilities, schools, hospitals, clinics, mosques, and churches — all of which had been serving as overcrowded shelters for the 85 percent of Gazans forced from their homes.

Like the U.S. response to 9/11, Israel’s military assault is rooted in vengeance (“destroy Hamas”), not justice (“find and bring to account the perpetrators of October 7”). And that assault is violating numerous parts of international humanitarian law.

All perpetrators of war crimes should be brought to justice. The fact that the October 7 attacks on civilians violated international law does not give Israel the right under international law to launch a full-scale military assault on the entire population of Gaza. Israel’s response has violated provisions of international law including:

Distinction: the requirement to distinguish between civilians and combatants.

Collective punishment: a complete prohibition on attacking anyone not specifically responsible for an act of war or violence.

Proportionality: the requirement that any attack on a civilian person or civilian target deemed necessary because of urgent and specific military necessity must be limited as much as possible, and any civilian casualties must be proportional to that specific military necessity.

Israel’s violations include targeting hospitals and medical personnel and firing on people attempting to surrender, including the three shirtless Israeli hostages holding a white flag and shouting for help in Hebrew.

There are also specific and absolute obligations of an occupying power (such as Israel in regards to Gaza) to provide the basics for survival including water, food, medical care, fuel, and shelter. So the expanded siege imposed after October 7,, on top of the Israeli-imposed siege underway since 2007, represents another set of violations.

Washington’s acquiescence to Israel’s continuing violations of international humanitarian law makes the U.S. complicit in those crimes. 

The U.S. failure even to acknowledge Israel’s violations sends a message to governments and people around the world that the much-vaunted U.S. commitment to international law is conditional on whether the government violating international law is deemed a close ally or a potential opponent.

According to many influential scholars of genocide studies, Israeli violations may be approaching specific violations of the Genocide Convention. As a signatory to the Convention, the U.S. is obligated to do whatever is in its power to prevent a potential genocide. But instead of using its influence to stop these dangerous Israeli actions, the U.S. is enabling them by sending money and arms without conditions, which would certainly violate the Convention’s specific crime of complicity in genocide.

On the other hand, U.S. support for an immediate ceasefire would go a long way toward meeting Washington’s obligation to prevent genocide.

The post Why We Need a Ceasefire Now appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Phyllis Bennis.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/22/why-we-need-a-ceasefire-now/feed/ 0 447502
Whoever wins the US election, the fight for trans rights will need to continue https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/20/whoever-wins-the-us-election-the-fight-for-trans-rights-will-need-to-continue/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/20/whoever-wins-the-us-election-the-fight-for-trans-rights-will-need-to-continue/#respond Wed, 20 Dec 2023 15:57:57 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/5050/us-election-2024-trans-rights-trump-biden/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Chrissy Stroop.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/20/whoever-wins-the-us-election-the-fight-for-trans-rights-will-need-to-continue/feed/ 0 446920
The Desperate Need for Migrant Aid in Arizona https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/19/the-desperate-need-for-migrant-aid-in-arizona/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/19/the-desperate-need-for-migrant-aid-in-arizona/#respond Tue, 19 Dec 2023 20:24:04 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/desperate-need-for-migrant-aid-in-arizona-davidson-20231219/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Miriam Davidson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/19/the-desperate-need-for-migrant-aid-in-arizona/feed/ 0 446732
Why we need the Workplace Psychological Safety Act https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/18/why-we-need-the-workplace-psychological-safety-act/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/18/why-we-need-the-workplace-psychological-safety-act/#respond Mon, 18 Dec 2023 23:04:15 +0000 https://progressive.org/op-eds/why-we-need-the-workplace-psychological-safety-act-ertll-20231218/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Randy Jurado Ertll.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/18/why-we-need-the-workplace-psychological-safety-act/feed/ 0 446559
Why We Need the Workplace Psychological Safety Act https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/18/why-we-need-the-workplace-psychological-safety-act-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/18/why-we-need-the-workplace-psychological-safety-act-2/#respond Mon, 18 Dec 2023 23:04:15 +0000 https://progressive.org/op-eds/why-we-need-workplace-psychological-safety-act-ertll-20231218/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Randy Jurado Ertll.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/18/why-we-need-the-workplace-psychological-safety-act-2/feed/ 0 446673
‘A matter of survival’: India’s unstoppable need for air conditioners https://grist.org/extreme-heat/a-matter-of-survival-indias-unstoppable-need-for-air-conditioners/ https://grist.org/extreme-heat/a-matter-of-survival-indias-unstoppable-need-for-air-conditioners/#respond Sat, 16 Dec 2023 14:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=625341 This story was originally published by The Guardian and is reproduced here as part of the Climate Desk collaboration.

For Muskan, the arrival of summer in Delhi is the “beginning of hell.” As temperatures in her cramped, densely populated east Delhi neighborhood often soar above 45 degrees Celsius (113 Fahrenheit), she dreams of only one thing: air conditioning.

During the day, in the tiny, windowless kitchen where she cooks for her family, she often feels like she will collapse from the heat and her health deteriorates. Nights are even more painful. Sleep becomes almost impossible in their single-room apartment.

Her three children, sticky and uncomfortable, cry out begging to be cooled down, and she wakes every five minutes to douse them and herself with cold water and wet scarves.

The single fan hanging from the flaking yellow ceiling does little to ease their woes and the putrid stench from the sewage and festering rubbish means opening a window is impossible. In any case, as she points out: “It’s usually even hotter outside.”

In her previous marriage, the 30-year-old had tasted the sweet relief of air conditioning in Delhi’s increasingly blistering summers. But after her husband died, her family remarried her to a scrap dealer, whose earnings are barely enough to pay for rent and food. The costs involved in renting or buying an air conditioner (AC) are far beyond their means, yet she fears for her family without one.

“I can’t keep seeing my children suffer like this,” she says. “I keep promising that next summer we will get an AC but the reality is I know we can’t afford it. But as more and more people around us buy ACs, the hotter it gets outside. Soon, I don’t know how we will survive.”

India’s market for ACs is growing faster than almost anywhere else in the world. A mixture of rising incomes, rising temperatures in an already hot and humid climate, and increasing affordability and access are driving more and more Indians towards buying or renting one as soon as they can afford it – and sometimes even when they cannot.

Between 8 percent and 10 percent of the country’s 300 million households – home to 1.4 billion people – have an AC, but that number is expected to hit close to 50 percent by 2037, according to government projections. A report by the International Energy Agency (IEA) predicts that by 2050, India will have more than 1 billion ACs in operation.

Vaibhav Chaturvedi, a fellow at the council on energy, environment and water, a Delhi thinktank, was among those who believed AC penetration would exceed all current predictions.

“Traditionally, air conditioning was viewed as a luxury commodity but not any more,” he said. “It is seen as a necessity to survive. The way the market is developing, it could be that 100 percent of households have AC by 2050.”

Others are more sceptical that ACs will become so widespread among India’s poor people, and have raised concerns that access to sufficient cooling, particularly to work, sleep, and stay healthy, could drive up the already rampant inequality in the country even further.

The problem of keeping cool in increasingly hotter temperatures — while not exacerbating the climate crisis in the process — is not India’s alone. Globally, AC numbers have increased to more than 2 billion. More than 20 percent of all the world’s electricity is used by fans or ACs, a proportion that is expected to soar further in coming years.

It could have significant implications for the global effort to keep temperature rises within 1.5 degrees C. Around the world, ACs are still largely inefficient and use a huge amount of electricity mostly generated by fossil fuels.

En masse, they can drive up outside temperatures as they pump out heat from indoors to outdoors. They contain chemical refrigerants which, if leaked, can be almost 1,500 times more environmentally destructive than CO2.

At this year’s UN COP28 climate summit, which took place in Dubai, the issue was at the forefront of discussions as some of the world’s largest economies signed up to the first ever global cooling pledge, led by the UN environment program.

So far, more than 60 signatories including the US, UK, Nigeria, and Brazil have signed on to cut their cooling emissions by 68 percent by 2050. India, however, has not joined.

There is little doubt in the minds of experts and citizens that India’s need for ACs is both essential and unstoppable. March 2022 was the hottest since 1901 and there were more than 200 heatwave days across the whole year. This February was the hottest in 122 years and in June a deadly heatwave in the states of Uttar Pradesh and Bihar killed at least 100 people, which is probably a radical undercount.

In July, during the pre-monsoon humidity in Delhi the wet bulb temperature hit a record high of 30 degrees C — when it hits 35 degrees C, the human body, no matter how healthy, can not survive for more than a few hours as it can no longer cool itself down.

Experts commonly point to “cooling degree days” to demonstrate India’s overwhelming – and largely unmet — requirement for cooling: a figure calculated by the number of hours in a day that temperatures go above 18 degrees C.

By this calculation, India has more than 3,000 cooling degree days per year, one of the highest in the world. If applied to all 1.4 billion people in the country, it comes to more than 3 trillion annually — a figure four times higher than China and five times higher than the US.

“People are going to buy ACs, that’s a given,” says Satish Kumar, president and executive director of the Alliance for an Energy Efficient Economy.

“The latent demand for cooling is massive. What we have to focus on is how to chart a more sustainable and energy efficient path, one where air conditioning is not the be all and end all solution.”

Extreme heat is particularly problematic in cities such as Delhi, home to 32 million people, where the number of hot days is expected to increase by 33 percent, heatwaves will be 30 times more likely and overall temperatures could rise by as much as 5 degrees C. By 2028, it will also become the most populous city on the planet, according to UN projections.

A phenomenon known as “urban heat islands” has already emerged across India’s capital. Here, surfaces of homes, roads and rooftops are predominantly covered with concrete, brick, steel and tarmac, which absorb and trap the heat. Homes are often high-rise buildings packed tightly together and there are few trees to provide shade.

With an increasing number of ACs also belching out hot air into these confined, unventilated urban areas, temperatures sometimes rise 6 degrees C above the city average.

In the congested alleyways of old Delhi, in a neighbourhood known as Chandni Chowk, historically people have had ways of adapting to Delhi’s hot summers. Kamla, 65, a chai seller, lives in a traditional courtyard home, about a century old, which has thick walls to keep the inside cool, as well as several terraces and an outdoor kitchen for ventilation. Though Chandni Chowk is deemed an urban heat island, and often becomes one of the hottest places in Delhi, in the hot summer months Kamla and her children and grandchildren rely only on a single fan and sleep outside at night.

“AC is not a necessity for me, I have lived with this heat all my life” she says. “It is difficult but it is life. But people are different now, they can’t bear the summers for even a few days. I have seen many people are buying ACs as a status symbol even when they can’t afford it.”

But in Shaheen Bagh, another heat island neighborhood in Delhi where people mostly live in small modern high-rise buildings, Nazim Khan, 54, who has run his AC-rental business for more than a decade, described the rise in temperatures, desperation and demand he had witnessed first-hand.

“It’s a matter of survival,” he says. “I would say 50 percent of the apartments in this neighborhood are unlivable without an AC: they are small with no windows or ventilation even for cooking. I see families making huge sacrifices to afford one.”

For most families in this neighborhood, renting a secondhand AC is the only affordable option, though it often leaves them with the most inefficient models, which come with much higher electricity costs and are more prone to leaking gas.

It has become common for several families or groups to collectively rent out an AC to share the cost and then all sleep together in a single room for the summer months.

Khan rents out each of his 50 ACs, which are more than eight years old, for 7,000 rupees ($84) for a season that runs from April to October. During those months, his team of laborers run around the city non-stop installing and repairing the machines, which often break down in the extreme temperatures.

“We are like emergency workers,” he said. “Every summer I see more people dying. They say it was from one disease or another but we all know that it’s the terrible heat that leads to their death.”

The vast amount of electricity that India’s growing number of ACs will require presents a significant challenge. Already during peak summertime hours, ACs have accounted for 40 percent to 60 percent of total power demand in the cities of Delhi and Mumbai. According to the IEA, by 2050, the amount of power India consumes solely for air conditioning is expected to exceed the total power consumption of all of Africa.

Most of this electricity is produced by burning coal, and while India’s capacity from renewables such as solar power is expanding, it is happening nowhere near as fast as the growth of the AC market, which will soon outpace all other household appliances.

India already struggles to meet its current power demand, with long power outages and load-shedding inflicted mostly on poorer districts during peak summer hours.

With peak demand likely to increase by another 60 percent in the next seven years – half of which would come from ACs, fans, and coolers – the government has also looked to boost coal production to help fill in the gaps, which is likely to drive up India’s CO2 emissions even as it commits to net zero by 2070.

Nonetheless, many are working to ensure that India does not become overwhelmed by its growing cooling demand. In 2019, the Indian government became the first in the world to implement a national cooling action plan, which was described as ambitious in scope even if the subsequent implementation is moving slowly.

Individual states such as Tamil Nadu have also recently announced their own. The efficiency of ACs, seen as crucial to reducing the energy demand, is also increasing faster every year thanks to various initiatives, which will gradually also make the secondhand market more efficient.

Yet Rajan Rawal, a professor in energy performance at CEPT University in Ahmedabad, was among those emphasizing that ACs should not be considered the only solution to staying cool. “Buildings and urban planning, urban design have an important role to play,” he says.

India’s cities may already be hot and overcrowded, but estimates say that the number of buildings in India is expected to double in the next 20 years.

As India undergoes this huge, largely unregulated development boom, vast numbers of new homes and buildings are being constructed in the cheapest and quickest way possible; mostly from brick, steel, and concrete, which can quickly turn homes to ovens in the summer.

Little thought is given how to keep them cool or ventilated, except by assuming residents will install an AC. Meanwhile, the materials traditionally used in India to build heat-deflecting houses are largely being neglected.

While new building efficiency codes have been introduced, they are not mandatory. In India’s market, where price drives everything, few developers are willing to voluntarily take on any extra cost or added time to make new homes more suitable to extreme heat. Even cheap measures such as painting roofs white to deflect heat are still not widespread.

“Modern buildings are not a good skin,” says Rawal. “They are inefficient and drive up temperatures. Wherever the possibility exists, we must build climate response-sustainable or energy-efficient buildings to reduce the individual need required to cool down.”

Rajan also said that growing over-reliance on ACs in India put people at risk of losing their high tolerance and adaptation to heat, which will become increasingly more vital in coming years.

“It is a scientific fact that we will have more and more heatwaves, more and more severe conditions,” he says. “What AC does is it stops providing an opportunity to adapt. If we don’t sweat, if we don’t shiver for a few minutes every day, we will land ourselves in trouble.”

Aakash Hassan contributed reporting.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline ‘A matter of survival’: India’s unstoppable need for air conditioners on Dec 16, 2023.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Hannah Ellis-Petersen, The Guardian.

]]>
https://grist.org/extreme-heat/a-matter-of-survival-indias-unstoppable-need-for-air-conditioners/feed/ 0 446225
Sunak insists there was no need to consult scientists on Eat Out to Help Out https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/11/sunak-insists-there-was-no-need-to-consult-scientists-on-eat-out-to-help-out/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/11/sunak-insists-there-was-no-need-to-consult-scientists-on-eat-out-to-help-out/#respond Mon, 11 Dec 2023 15:33:03 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/covid-19-inquiry-rishi-sunak-eat-out-to-help-out-sage/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Ruby Lott-Lavigna.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/11/sunak-insists-there-was-no-need-to-consult-scientists-on-eat-out-to-help-out/feed/ 0 444953
Why governments need to commit to phasing out fossil fuels at COP28 in Dubai https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/04/why-governments-need-to-commit-to-phasing-out-fossil-fuels-at-cop28-in-dubai/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/04/why-governments-need-to-commit-to-phasing-out-fossil-fuels-at-cop28-in-dubai/#respond Mon, 04 Dec 2023 09:03:05 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=0ba86b33edf9b7fcfa7b0042327595a5
This content originally appeared on Human Rights Watch and was authored by Human Rights Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/04/why-governments-need-to-commit-to-phasing-out-fossil-fuels-at-cop28-in-dubai/feed/ 0 443494
‘We will need to discharge Covid patients into care homes’ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/29/we-will-need-to-discharge-covid-patients-into-care-homes/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/29/we-will-need-to-discharge-covid-patients-into-care-homes/#respond Wed, 29 Nov 2023 12:10:41 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/covid-19-inquiry-care-homes-covid-discharge-jenny-harries-inquiry/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Ruby Lott-Lavigna.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/29/we-will-need-to-discharge-covid-patients-into-care-homes/feed/ 0 443447
Why some experts say COPs are ‘distracting’ and need fixing https://grist.org/climate/how-to-make-cop-better/ https://grist.org/climate/how-to-make-cop-better/#respond Tue, 28 Nov 2023 09:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=623871 Diplomats, academics, and activists from around the globe will gather yet again this week to try to find common ground on a plan for combating climate change. This year’s COP, as the event is known, marks the 28th annual meeting of the conference of the parties to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change. More than 70,000 people are expected to descend on Dubai for the occasion. 

In addition to marathon negotiations and heated discussions, the fortnight-long assembly will see all manner of marches, rallies, speakers, advocacy, and lobbying. But, aside from fanfare, it remains unclear how much COP28 will, or can, achieve. While there have been signs that the United States and China could deepen their decarbonization commitments, countries have struggled to decide how to compensate developing countries for climate-related losses. Meanwhile, global emissions and temperatures continue climbing at an alarming rate. 

That has left some to wonder: Have these annual gatherings outlived their usefulness?

To some, the yearly get-togethers continue to be a critical centerpiece for international climate action, and any tweaks they might need lie mostly around the edges. “They aren’t perfect,” said Tom Evans, a policy analyst for the nonprofit climate change think tank E3G. “[But] they are still important and useful.” While he sees room for improvements — such as greater continuity between COP summits and ensuring ministerial meetings are more substantive — he supports the overall format. “We need to try and find a way to kind of invigorate and revitalize without distracting from the negotiations, which are key.”

Others say the summits no longer sufficiently meet the moment. “The job in hand has changed over the years,” said Rachel Kyte, a climate diplomacy expert and dean emerita of the Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy at Tufts University. She is among those who believe the annual COP needs to evolve. “Form should follow function,” she said. “And we are using an old form.” 

Durwood Zaelke, co-founder and president of the Center for International Environmental Law, was more blunt. “You can’t say that an agreement that lets a problem grow into an emergency is doing a good job,” he said. “It’s not.”

Established in 1992, the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change is an international treaty that aims to stabilize greenhouse gas emissions and avoid the worst effects of climate change. Some 198 countries have ratified the Convention, which has seen some significant wins. 

Get caught up on COP28

What is COP28? Every year, climate negotiators from around the world gather under the auspices of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change to assess countries’ progress toward reducing carbon emissions and limiting global temperature rise. 

The 28th Conference of Parties, or COP28, is taking place in Dubai, United Arab Emirates, between November 30 and December 12 this year.

What happens at COP? Part trade show, part high-stakes negotiations, COPs are annual convenings where world leaders attempt to move the needle on climate change. While activists up the ante with disruptive protests and industry leaders hash out deals on the sidelines, the most consequential outcomes of the conference will largely be negotiated behind closed doors. Over two weeks, delegates will pore over language describing countries’ commitments to reduce carbon emissions, jostling over the precise wording that all 194 countries can agree to.

What are the key issues at COP28 this year?

Global Stocktake: The 2016 landmark Paris Agreement marked the first time countries united behind a goal to limit global temperature increase. The international treaty consists of 29 articles with numerous targets, including reducing greenhouse gas emissions, increasing financial flows to developing countries, and setting up a carbon market. For the first time since then, countries will conduct a “global stocktake” to measure how much progress they’ve made toward those goals at COP28 and where they’re lagging.

Fossil fuel phase out or phase down: Countries have agreed to reduce carbon emissions at previous COPs, but have not explicitly acknowledged the role of fossil fuels in causing the climate crisis until recently. This year negotiators will be haggling over the exact phrasing that signals that the world needs to transition away from fossil fuels. They may decide that countries need to phase down or phase out fossil fuels or come up with entirely new wording that conveys the need to ramp down fossil fuel use. 

Read more: How fossil fuel phrasing played out at COP27

Loss and Damage: Last year, countries agreed to set up a historic fund to help developing nations deal with the so-called loss and damage that they are currently facing as a result of climate change. At COP28, countries will agree on a number of nitty-gritty details about the fund’s operations, including which country will host the fund, who will pay into it and withdraw from it, as well as the makeup of the fund’s board. 

Read more: The difficult negotiations over a loss and damage fund

The 1997 Kyoto Protocol marked the first major breakthrough, and helped propel international action toward reducing emissions — though only some of the commitments are binding, and the United States is notably absent from the list signatories. The 2015 Paris Agreement laid out an even more robust roadmap for reducing greenhouse gas emissions, with a target of holding global temperature rise to “well below” 2 degrees Celsius (3.6 degrees Fahrenheit) above preindustrial levels, and “pursuing efforts” to limit the increase to 1.5 degrees C (2.7 degrees F). 

Although the path to that future is narrowing, it is still within reach, according to the International Energy Agency. But, some experts say, relying primarily on once-a-year COP meetings to get there may no longer be the best approach.

“Multilateral engagement is not the issue anymore,” Christiana Figueres said at a conference earlier this year. She was the executive secretary of the Convention when the Paris agreement was reached, and said that while important issues that need to be ironed out on the international level — especially for developing countries — the hardest work must now be done domestically. 

“We have to redesign the COPs…. Multilateral attention, frankly, is distracting governments from doing their homework at home,” she said. At another conference a month later, she added, “Honestly, I would prefer 90,000 people stay at home and do their job.”

Kyte agrees and thinks it’s time to take at least a step back from festival-like gatherings and toward more focused, year-round, work on the crisis at hand. “The UN has to find a way to break us into working groups to get things done,” she said. “And then work us back together into less of a jamboree and more of a somber working event.”

The list of potential topics for working groups to tackle is long, from ensuring a just transition to reigning in the use of coal. But one area that Zaelke points to as a possible exemplar for a sectoral approach is reducing emissions of methane, a greenhouse gas with more than 80 times the warming power of carbon dioxide in the first 20 years after it reaches the atmosphere.

“Methane is the blow torch that’s pushing us from global warming to global boiling,” he said. “It’s the single biggest and fastest way to turn down the heat.”

To tackle the methane problem, Zaelke points to another international agreement as a model: the Montreal Protocol. Adopted in 1987, that treaty was aimed at regulating chemicals that deplete the atmosphere’s ozone layer, and it has been a resounding success. The pollutants have been almost completely phased out and the ozone layer is on track to recover by the middle of the century. The compact was expanded in 2016 to include another class of chemicals, hydrochlorofluorocarbons.

“It’s an under-appreciated treaty, and it’s an under-appreciated model,” said Zaelke, noting that it included legally binding measures that the Paris agreement does not. “You could easily come to the conclusion we need another sectoral agreement for methane.”

Zaelke could see this tactic applying to other sectors as well, such as shipping and agriculture. Some advocates — including at least eight governments and the World Health Organisation — have also called for a “Fossil Fuel Non-Proliferation Treaty”, said Harjeet Singh, the global engagement director for the initiative. Like Zaelke, Kyte, and others, he envisions such sectoral pushes as running complementary to the main Convention process — a framework that, while flawed, he believes can continue to play an important role.

“The amount of time we spend negotiating each and every paragraph, line, comma, semicolon is just unimaginable and a colossal waste of time,” he said of the annual events. But he adds the forum is still crucial, in part because every country enjoys an equal amount of voting power, no matter its size or clout.

“I don’t see any other space which is as powerful as this to deliver climate justice,” he said. “We need more tools and more processes, but we cannot lose the space.”

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Why some experts say COPs are ‘distracting’ and need fixing on Nov 28, 2023.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Tik Root.

]]>
https://grist.org/climate/how-to-make-cop-better/feed/ 0 442190
The Lower Sioux in Minnesota need homes — so they are building them from hemp https://grist.org/indigenous/hempcrete-lower-sioux-housing/ https://grist.org/indigenous/hempcrete-lower-sioux-housing/#respond Mon, 27 Nov 2023 09:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=623243 For now, it’s only a gaping hole in the ground, 100-by-100 feet, surrounded by farm machinery and bales of hemp on a sandy patch of earth in the Lower Sioux Indian Reservation in southwestern Minnesota. 

But when construction is complete next April, the Lower Sioux — also known as part of the Mdewakanton Band of Dakota — will have a 20,000-square-foot manufacturing campus that will allow them to pioneer a green experiment, the first of its kind in the United States. 

They will have an integrated vertical operation to grow hemp, process it into insulation called hempcrete, and then build healthy homes with it. Right now, no one in the U.S. does all three.

Once the tribe makes this low-carbon material, they can begin to address a severe shortage of housing and jobs. Recapturing a slice of sovereignty would be a win for the Lower Sioux, once a largely woodland people who were subjected to some of the worst brutality against the Indigenous nations in North America. 

They lost most of their lands in the 19th century, and the territory finally allotted to them two hours south of Minneapolis consists of just 1,743 acres of poor soil. That stands in contrast to the fertile black earth of the surrounding white-owned farmlands. 

A hemp field on the Lower Sioux reservation
The Lower Sioux, also known as the Mdewakanton Band of Dakota, have several fields where they grow their own hemp to process into hurd for their hempcrete projects.  Aaron Nesheim / Grist

Nearly half of the 1,124 enrolled members of the tribe need homes. Some of the unhoused camp on the hard ground outside the reservation, with nowhere else to turn. Those who do have shelter live in often moldy, modular homes with flimsy walls that can’t keep out the minus-15 Fahrenheit winter cold. 

Now, they have two prototypes that are nearly done and know how to build or retrofit more. While learning how to make the houses, the construction team developed a niche eco-skill they can market off the reservation as well. 

“The idea of making homes that would last and be healthy was a no-brainer,” said Robert “Deuce” Larsen, the tribal council president. 

“We need to build capacity in the community and show that it can be an income stream.”

That one of the smallest tribes in the country, in terms of population and land in trust, is leading the national charge on an integrated hempcrete operation is no mean feat, seeing that virtually no one in the community had experience with either farming or construction before the five-man team was assembled earlier this year.

“It’s fantastic,” said Jody McGuinness, executive director of the U.S. Hemp Building Association. “I haven’t heard of any other fully integrated project like this domestically.” 

Besides, hempcrete as a construction material is normally the domain of rich people with means to contract a green home, not marginalized communities. That’s because the sustainable material is normally imported from Europe rather than made locally. 

“It’s accessible to people with wealth, who can afford to build a bespoke house. It’s not accessible to the general public,” McGuinness said.

The project is the brainchild of Earl Pendleton, 52, a rail-thin man of quiet intensity, who until recently was the tribal council’s vice president. He grew obsessed with industrial hemp when reading about it 13 years ago. 

Earl Pendelton, a former tribal council member, wearing glasses and a navy polo shirt.
Earl Pendelton, a former tribal council member, is responsible for driving the investment in hemp as a source of housing and revenue to hopefully sustain the tribe in the future. Aaron Nesheim / Grist

Pendleton was intrigued to learn that the bamboolike plant has 25,000 uses, including wood substitutes, biofuel, bioplastics, animal feed, and textiles. 

Hemp can grow in a variety of climates and, depending on the location, can yield more than one harvest a year. What’s more, hemp regenerates soil, sequesters carbon, and doesn’t require fertilizers.

“It blew my mind,” he recalled.

People often confuse hemp with its cannabis cousin, marijuana. But hemp has negligible THC, or tetrahydrocannabinol, the psychoactive component that creates a weed high. And this stalky variant is more versatile than the flowery CBD (cannabidiol) type.

Hempcrete is made by mixing mashed stalks with lime and water. The oatmeal-like substance is stuffed or sprayed into the cavities of framed walls. Once it hardens, it resembles cement to the touch (thus the name) but has different properties.

The petrified substance has airtight qualities that can dramatically cut down on heating and air-conditioning needs. Unlike many commonly used building materials, it is nontoxic and resists mold, fire, and pests.

While used in Europe, commercial hemp was banned in the U.S. until the 2018 Farm Bill. Since then, hempcrete has been slow to catch on, due to a chicken-and-egg conundrum. Farmers don’t want to plant without facilities nearby to process the stalks. Potential processors don’t want to buy expensive machinery without guarantees of raw material. And most American contractors don’t know anything about hempcrete.

Aside from the green value, Pendleton saw a chance to pivot from the reservation’s Jackpot Junction Casino, the tribe’s main source of income for the past 35 years. A bronze statue of a warrior spearing a buffalo stands in front.

For many years, as Pendleton managed the floor and worked blackjack, he saw gamblers lose their paychecks, and more. The Lower Sioux weren’t getting richer. The population on the reservation has expanded rapidly since 2000, which meant the per capita cut that each family got from the $30 million yearly profits shrank. For most families, it is the only income they receive.

“We sell misery. It’s nothing to be proud of, the money to be made here,” Pendleton said.

He added that the guaranteed money from the casinos killed many people’s ambitions to get education or training for jobs, or to seek work off the reservation.

It took a while for him to convince the tribal leadership to endorse his hemp vision. “When I would bring it up eight years ago, they’d say, ‘What? You’re going to smoke the wall?’ They associated it with weed.”

He had some learning to do, too. Pendleton knew nothing about the industry, so he binged on YouTube videos about techniques and drove around the country to meet experts. 

“It was daunting,” he said. 

Once the tribal council got on board three years ago, they cobbled together loans, government grants, and their own funds to earmark more than $6 million to build the first two prototype homes and the processing campus.

They have the potential to plant hemp on 300 acres and, at a given time, grow on between 100 to 200 acres. Test seeds came from New Genetics in Colorado and the Dun Agro Hemp Group, a Dutch company with a new processing facility in Indiana that is seeking partnerships with tribal communities.

Pendleton recruited Joey Goodthunder, a cheerful 33-year-old who had picked up farming cattle and corn from his grandfather, as agricultural processing manager. Goodthunder set to planting in a field called Cansa’yap, or “the place where they paint the trees red,” which is what the tribe used to do to mark territory.

Joey Goodthunder, whose primary job is growing the tribe’s hemp, looks over the beginnings of a foundation for a building to house the tribe's processing equipment.
Joey Goodthunder, whose primary job is growing the tribe’s hemp, looks over the beginnings of a foundation for a building to house the Lower Sioux’s processing equipment. Aaron Nesheim / Grist

Pendleton lured as project manager Danny Desjarlais, 38, a tattooed carpenter who had been thinking about becoming a long-haul truck driver for lack of other work.

“Earl found out and took me and my kids’ mom out to eat and told her, ‘If he drives a truck, he’s not going to be home every night. I’ll have him home for dinner every night,’” Desjarlais said.

Desjarlais entertained doubts about this bizarre product he had never heard of. Pendleton sealed the deal by taking him to a hemp building conference in Austin, Texas. “That was eye-opening,” Desjarlais said. 

Pendleton signed up three other Lower Sioux, only one of whom had experience putting up walls. And he invited two luminaries in hemp building: Jennifer Martin, a partner in HempStone, and Cameron McIntosh of Americhanvre to teach the different application techniques. They are based, respectively, in Northampton, Massachusetts, and Pennsylvania.

Intrigued by what this project could achieve in terms of Native sovereignty, Martin traveled to Minnesota again and again to usher the crew through the project.

“What the Lower Sioux is doing is the most compelling and forward-thinking thing that’s happening in hempcrete today,” she said. “No one else is doing anything like this. And Danny is one of the smartest people I’ve ever worked with; he’s like a sponge.” 

The venture has, unsurprisingly, experienced bumps. Equipment housed at another company’s warehouse nearby broke down. Replacement parts were backlogged due to pandemic supply chain issues. Since they couldn’t process hemp in the time allotted to build, the crew had to import some.

Goodthunder, meanwhile, struggled with harvesting techniques alien to conventional agriculture, such as leaving cut stalks to rot in the field for weeks so that unwanted seeds separate from the woody inner fiber, called hurd. 

Yet they’ve made progress.

They began with a demo shed in September 2022, placed on a field where the tribe holds powwows, an annual celebration of music and dance. The kids used it as a concession stand to sell sodas and candies. The remaining skeptics all wanted their pictures taken next to it. 

“Once they saw it, they changed their minds,” Desjarlais said. “They said, ‘Let’s build a house.’”

Danny Desjarlais, the project manager for the hempcrete effort, stands next to a newly built duplex made with the tribe's hempcrete.
Danny Desjarlais, the project manager for the hempcrete initiative, stands next to a newly built duplex made with the tribe’s hempcrete. Aaron Nesheim / Grist

Build they did. In a 14-day blitz in July, the team threw together a 1,500-square-foot lime-green ranch, without any blueprints. It’ll be used as two units of temporary housing for people coming from substance abuse treatment or jail.

“Everyone said, ‘It‘s impossible.’ Even people in the hemp world thought it was impossible,” Desjarlais said proudly. His muscled arm, tattooed with the words “Love Life,” pointed at the hempcrete blocks wedged securely into the 12-inch-thick walls. A pleasant, haylike smell wafted through the house. 

Another four-room prototype is already framed and being filled with hempcrete. It will be rented out to community members when done.

The processing campus where they hope to manufacture blocks or panels of hempcrete has a solar greenhouse to store bags of lime and hemp, as well as equipment such as a combine harvester and a decorticator that separates the hurd from the softer fibers that can be used for textiles.

The project could serve as an example for the 573 other federally recognized tribes, many of which face similar critical shortages of jobs and housing. Native Americans retain 25 percent of U.S. land tenure in federal trust, and self-governing communities don’t have to wait for permits from other authorities.

Larsen, the tribal president, thinks hemp could provide a lucrative income stream for tribes that have the land to grow it and a trained crew that can offer its skills off the reservation.

“Native American tribes have an advantage, because they can build with materials that are new, without having to get them certified by a national agency,” said McGuinness. “They don’t have the bureaucracy holding them down.” 

What’s more, he’s hearing about non-tribal companies, Dun Agro among them, that are viewing tribal communities as development partners.

Architect Bob Escher, who has four residential designs in the works involving hemp, sees demand for skilled hemp professionals increasing as green building takes off. So far, there are only a handful of these experts in the U.S.

“Who knew five years ago that a hempcrete consultant would be sitting at the same table with structural engineers, electrical contractors, HVAC installers, and interior designers to help me and the client develop the design program,” he said. “This is the pure definition of job creation.”

For now, the Lower Sioux undertaking has caught the eye of four other reservations in Minnesota, as well as Dallas Goldtooth, who plays the Spirit in the hit show Reservation Dogs on Hulu. Desjarlais said the actor was interested in a hempcrete build for his mother, who lives in the community.

Farther north, the Gitxsan First Nation in Canada invited Desjarlais to show them in August how to build. They’ve grown enough hemp for three prototype homes on their Sik-E-Dakh reserve 16 hours north of Vancouver and are seeking $5.5 million (Canadian) to get a similar integrated project off the ground.

Desjarlais left them inspired, said Velma Sutherland, a band administrator. “This could be the start of something big.”

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline The Lower Sioux in Minnesota need homes — so they are building them from hemp on Nov 27, 2023.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Judith Matloff.

]]>
https://grist.org/indigenous/hempcrete-lower-sioux-housing/feed/ 0 441877
Cease Fire!  Yellowstone Buffalo Need to Recover https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/24/cease-fire-yellowstone-buffalo-need-to-recover/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/24/cease-fire-yellowstone-buffalo-need-to-recover/#respond Fri, 24 Nov 2023 06:43:13 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=305894 It is time for a cease-fire in the so-called buffalo hunts that take place on the western and northern edges of Yellowstone National Park. Last winter was the worst “hunting” season the buffalo suffered since the 19th century.  Winter came early and hard and we witnessed one of the largest migrations into Montana long before More

The post Cease Fire!  Yellowstone Buffalo Need to Recover appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

Photograph Source: Murray Foubister – CC BY-SA 2.0

It is time for a cease-fire in the so-called buffalo hunts that take place on the western and northern edges of Yellowstone National Park.

Last winter was the worst “hunting” season the buffalo suffered since the 19th century.  Winter came early and hard and we witnessed one of the largest migrations into Montana long before Yellowstone was established.  No less than 1,175 buffalo were killed by hunters — the majority of them were slaughtered in the killing fields of Beattie Gulch in the Gardiner Basin — mostly by tribal hunters.  Most of the tribes currently hunting under treaty right actually extended their hunting seasons to take advantage of the situation.  It’s bad every year, but last winter Beattie Gulch became a massacre site with gut piles stretching as far as they eye could see, many of them encased baby buffalo who would never see the light of day.  A river of blood ran down Beattie Gulch into the Yellowstone River.  The hunters ignored the tragedy they had caused, and instead patted themselves on the back for a successful season.

Roam Free Nation, along with our allies at the Alliance for the Wild Rockies, Gallatin Wildlife Association, and the Council for Wildlife and Fish, recently sent a letter to Gallatin National Forest Supervisor Mary Erickson, asking her to close Beattie Gulch to bison hunting due to serious concerns for public safety. For Roam Free Nation, it’s much more than that; the well-being of our National Mammal is the gravest concern.  The Yellowstone buffalo are currently being considered for Endangered Species Act listing by the U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service, yet in the meantime, nearly every single one gets gunned down after stepping out of the park, so listing can not come fast enough. We know those who “hunt” there will fight us, because they have a sovereign right to kill.  But, just because you have a right, doesn’t make it right.  Humans have a responsibility and obligation to ensure the viability and evolutionary potential of hunted populations, and all creatures we share this Earth with.

Such is not the case in these so-called hunts.

At the October 2023 Interagency Bison Management Plan meeting, Yellowstone’s head bison biologist, Chris Geremia, warned state, federal, and tribal decision-makers — as he has for many years now — against any lethal action in the Hebgen Basin, near West Yellowstone.  Why?  To attempt some semblance of protection for the imperiled Central herd; the last truly wild, migratory buffalo left in the country.  The Northern herd migrates into Montana’s Gardiner Basin; the Central herd migrates into both the Gardiner Basin and Hebgen Basin, meaning they are doubly impacted by mismanagement actions.  The Central herd has been in decline for over a decade. Yellowstone biologists continue to warn against hunting in the Hebgen Basin, but these warnings continue to fall on deaf ears.  As I write this, already 8 bull buffalo have been taken by state hunters near West Yellowstone.  It is a disservice by hunt managers to ignore these warnings, and it is utter disrespect and irresponsibility by hunters to continue to kill.  It’s time for hunters to stop doing the dirty work of Montana’s Department of Livestock and their cattle interests.

These killing frenzies are not sustainable.  Wild buffalo will never be able to restore themselves so long as there is no restraint by hunters and no enforcement by hunt managers.  The buffalo barely have any opportunity to access or express themselves on the meager “tolerance” zones they’ve been granted.  A cease-fire is in order to allow them to do just that, then we work together for more buffalo on a much larger landscape.

The post Cease Fire!  Yellowstone Buffalo Need to Recover appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Stephany Seay.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/24/cease-fire-yellowstone-buffalo-need-to-recover/feed/ 0 441690
Why We Need Bayard Rustin’s Practical Radicalism Today https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/22/why-we-need-bayard-rustins-practical-radicalism-today/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/22/why-we-need-bayard-rustins-practical-radicalism-today/#respond Wed, 22 Nov 2023 06:54:26 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=305739 Ask most Americans what they think of “radicals” and you’ll hear skepticism. Ask them about “practical radicals,” and you might get a chuckle. Surely practical people don’t try to change society in dramatic ways? A new film and books about Bayard Rustin, an organizer and strategist in civil rights, peace, and economic justice movements, bring More

The post Why We Need Bayard Rustin’s Practical Radicalism Today appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

Photograph Source: Wolfson, Stanley – Public Domain

Ask most Americans what they think of “radicals” and you’ll hear skepticism. Ask them about “practical radicals,” and you might get a chuckle. Surely practical people don’t try to change society in dramatic ways?

A new film and books about Bayard Rustin, an organizer and strategist in civil rights, peace, and economic justice movements, bring needed attention to the crucial, hidden tradition of practical radicalism that we desperately need to recover.

Practical radicals are responsible for much of the progress we have made over the centuries, and they are our best hope for addressing growing crises of democracy, climate change, and inequality today.

Rustin is best known as the architect of the famous 1963 March on Washington where the Rev. Martin Luther King Jr. gave his famous “I Have a Dream” speech. But Rustin spent decades before and after that pivotal event organizing for fundamental changes in American society.

He was a radical who sought an end to racism, war, and poverty. He was motivated by his Quaker faith, his training in nonviolence, pacifism, and an abiding commitment to social democracy. He was persecuted, jailed, shunned and condemned both for his radical convictions and for being a gay man.

He had little patience for “moderates” who advised civil rights activists to temper their demands for justice. He was unafraid to take big, unconventional risks to advance the cause of justice.

What’s crucial to understand about Rustin is that he was interested in winning, not just being morally right. That led him to reject not only the cramped visions of centrists, but also the wishful thinking of utopian radicals.

In a 1965 essay, Rustin famously said that his “quarrel with the ‘no-win’ tendency in the civil rights movement (and the reason I have so designated it) parallels my quarrel with the moderates outside the movement. As the latter lack the vision or the will for fundamental change, the former lack a realistic strategy for achieving it. For such a strategy, they substitute militancy. But militancy is a matter of posture and volume, not of effect.”

Rustin’s focus on winning led him to openly challenge other leaders he thought were unrealistic, even if their views were popular. As a friend put it, “wherever he was, he stood at a rakish angle to it.”

This attention to strategy and winning led Rustin to focus on the details — not just calling for a big march, but patiently organizing the buses to get people there and making sure that marchers had peanut butter rather than cheese sandwiches because the latter would spoil in the hot sun.

Rustin was an organizer who trained other leaders, rather than seeking the spotlight himself — the list of people he mentored includes Rev. King.

Rustin emphasized the need for coalitions — understanding that the path to victory depended on uniting a majority comprised of many minorities. Building such coalitions is difficult work that requires compromises and patience.

His insistence on the importance of an alliance between labor and racial justice movements resonates today.
Rustin didn’t emphasize fiery speeches or taking the most outrageous position on an issue. He organized behind the scenes, sweated the details, and patiently built coalitions that could win majority support.
Such an approach will prove crucial to those seeking to defeat authoritarian movements in the U.S. today, which will require patiently organizing voters through individual one-to-one conversations and working with people who we may disagree with about many issues.

We might also learn from Rustin’s view that the opposition’s coalition sometimes needs to be broken apart in order to win. Just as he sought to drive Dixiecrats out of the Democratic Party, today’s pro-democracy movements will need to pry apart segments of a formidable authoritarian coalition.

Rustin was trained by other practical radicals, including A Philip Randolph, the founder of the Brotherhood of Sleeping Car Porters, and AJ Muste, an anti-war activist and labor leader.  The practical radical tradition runs deep in American history, including people unknown to most Americans like Ella Baker and Rev. Wyatt Teee Walker in the civil rights tradition, and organizers like William Z. Foster and Fannia Cohn in worker movements.

The tradition is alive today. In our new book, Practical Radicals, we feature the stories and strategies of groups that have won extraordinary victories, including worker movements like the Fight for 15 and a Union, community organizations like Make the Road NY, and international climate groups like 350.org.

But in this age of performative protest and attention grabbing social media, the crucial role of practical radicals in actually achieving and not just talking about social change often gets ignored. Rustin carried on a proud and humble lineage that has advanced justice and equality. It’s time for practical radicals to take center stage.

The post Why We Need Bayard Rustin’s Practical Radicalism Today appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Deepak Bhargava and Stephanie Luce.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/22/why-we-need-bayard-rustins-practical-radicalism-today/feed/ 0 441054
WIRED Analysis Reveals Disturbing Details of Government Surveillance Program, Highlights Urgent Need for Reform https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/20/wired-analysis-reveals-disturbing-details-of-government-surveillance-program-highlights-urgent-need-for-reform/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/20/wired-analysis-reveals-disturbing-details-of-government-surveillance-program-highlights-urgent-need-for-reform/#respond Mon, 20 Nov 2023 21:19:29 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/wired-analysis-reveals-disturbing-details-of-government-surveillance-program-highlights-urgent-need-for-reform

Amnesty investigators visited the sites of the bombings, Saint Porphyrius Greek Orthodox Church in Gaza City and a home in al-Nuseirat refugee camp near Deir al-Balah, and interviewed 14 people, including nine survivors of the attacks and two other witnesses. The group's Crisis Evidence Lab also analayzed satellite imagery and and audiovisual material.

The two bombings, which killed a total of 46 civilians, including 20 children, "were indiscriminate attacks or direct attacks on civilians or civilian objects, which must be investigated as war crimes," said Amnesty.

"These deadly, unlawful attacks are part of a documented pattern of disregard for Palestinian civilians and demonstrate the devastating impact of the Israeli military's unprecedented onslaught has left nowhere safe in Gaza, regardless of where civilians live or seek shelter," said Erika Guevara Rosas, director of global research, advocacy, and policy for the U.K.-based group. "We urge the International Criminal Court's prosecutor to take immediate concrete action to expedite the investigation into war crimes and other crimes under international law opened in 2021."

The group noted that on October 19, when the historic church was struck, the Israeli government released a statement saying that "IDF fighter jets struck the command and control center belonging to a Hamas terrorist involved in the launching of rockets and mortars toward Israel."

But the IDF later deleted a video it had posted of the strike on Saint Porphyrius, and has provided no information to substantiate the claim that the church was a "command and control center."

Before the strike, in the first days of Israel's relentless bombardment of Gaza, church officials had publicly said hundreds of civilians were taking shelter at Saint Porphyrius.

"Their presence would therefore have been known to the Israeli military," said Amnesty. "The Israeli military's decision to go ahead with a strike on a known church compound and site for displaced civilians was reckless and therefore amounts to a war crime, even if there was a belief that there was a military objective nearby."

One of the families sheltering in the church was that of Ramez al-Sury, whose three children—aged 14, 12, and 11—were killed in the attack.

"We left our homes and came to stay at the church because we thought we would be protected here. We have nowhere else to go. The church was full of peaceful people, only peaceful people," al-Sury told Amnesty. "There is nowhere safe in Gaza during this war. Bombardments everywhere, day and night. Every day, more and more civilians are killed. We pray for peace, but our hearts are broken."

The day after al-Sury's children were killed, Hani al-Aydi was sitting at home with family members at al-Nuseirat refugee camp, which is within the area the Israeli military had ordered Palestinians to evacuate to from the north.

Despite telling people the area was safe, the IDF launched a strike that destroyed the al-Aydi family home, which the military had no reason to suspect was a Hamas target, according to Amnesty.

"All of those present in the al-Aydi house that was hit directly and in the two nearby homes were civilians," said Amnesty. "Two members of the al-Aydi family had permits to work in Israel, which requires rigorous security checks by Israeli authorities, for those obtaining the permit and their extended family.

Al-Aydi told the group that "everything collapsed on our head" suddenly when Israel bombed the house, killing 28 people including 12 children.

"All my brothers died, my nephews, my nieces," said al-Aydi. "My mother died, my sisters died, our home is gone… There is nothing here, and now we are left with nothing and are displaced. I don't know how much worse things will get. Could it get any worse?"

Amnesty noted that even if it had found in its investigation that there were plausible military targets in the vicinity of the two sites—which it did not—"these strikes failed to distinguish between military objectives and civilian objects. The evidence collected by Amnesty International also indicates that the Israeli military failed to take feasible precautions to minimize damage to civilians and civilian property, including by not providing any warning—at minimum to anyone living in the locations that were hit—before launching the attacks."

The Geneva Conventions require parties in a conflict to take measures to protect the lives of civilians and prohibit collective punishment of a population for acts committed by a particular group.

"The harrowing accounts from survivors and relatives of victims describing the devastating human toll of these bombardments offer a snapshot of the mass civilian suffering being inflicted daily across Gaza by the Israeli military's relentless attacks, underscoring the urgent need for an immediate cease-fire," said Guevara-Rosas.

Amnesty made the request of the ICC as the death toll in Gaza surpasses 13,300 people in just over six weeks. At least 5,500 children have been killed.

Al-Mezan, a Gaza-based human rights group, also addressed the ICC on Monday, calling on the body to issue warrants for Israeli officials responsible for crimes against Palestinian children.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/20/wired-analysis-reveals-disturbing-details-of-government-surveillance-program-highlights-urgent-need-for-reform/feed/ 0 440356
The Need for Immediate Ceasefires in Ukraine and Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/17/the-need-for-immediate-ceasefires-in-ukraine-and-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/17/the-need-for-immediate-ceasefires-in-ukraine-and-gaza/#respond Fri, 17 Nov 2023 07:00:01 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=305036 If ever there were a need for immediate cease-fires, it is the wars between Russia and Ukraine and between Israel and Hamas.  The Ukrainian counter-offensive over the past six months has led to a Ukrainian advance of less than 15 miles.  The Israeli advance over the past several weeks in Gaza has been marked by the deaths of innocents for the most part, primarily the elderly, women, children, and even infants.  There is no evidence that Israel has annihilated the leaders of Hamas or even registered significant gains against the fighting forces of Hamas, which may number as many as 30,000 to 40,000 fighters.   More

The post The Need for Immediate Ceasefires in Ukraine and Gaza appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

Photograph by Nathaniel St. Clair

If ever there were a need for immediate cease-fires, it is the wars between Russia and Ukraine and between Israel and Hamas.  The Ukrainian counter-offensive over the past six months has led to a Ukrainian advance of less than 15 miles.  The Israeli advance over the past several weeks in Gaza has been marked by the deaths of innocents for the most part, primarily the elderly, women, children, and even infants.  There is no evidence that Israel has annihilated the leaders of Hamas or even registered significant gains against the fighting forces of Hamas, which may number as many as 30,000 to 40,000 fighters.

Making matters far worse is the fact that Russia and Israel are committing heinous war crimes in their operations.  Ever since Russian forces were turned back from Kyiv, Kherson, and Kharkiv in the early stages of the war, Moscow has been targeting civilians and civilian facilities in order to convince the Ukrainian public to demand an end to the fighting.  President Vladimir Putin has found it easy to target civilians. The same could be said for the Netanyahu government in Israel.  The Russian tactic has failed miserably, and there is no sign of Ukraine’s interest in ending the fighting without regaining all Russian-occupied Ukrainian territory, particularly Crimea.

Israeli war crimes are horrific witness the Israeli campaign that is targeting hospitals, schools, mosques, and even essential facilities of the United Nations.  Israel has the right of self-defense and the right to retaliate against Hamas, but its war crimes include its failure to allow civilians to escape the brutal Israeli assaults, and the denial of such essentials as food, fuel, and water to civilians caught in the crossfire.  Israel is violating major tenets of just war, particularly the tenet of proportionality, given the high number of Palestinian deaths. Israel’s actions demonstrate the genocidal intent of Israeli leaders who have treated Palestinians as less than human for decades.  This intent also reflects the fact that Netanyahu has never sought peace with the Palestinians.  The far right-wing composition of his government was designed in part to make sure there would never be meaningful talks with Palestinians, let alone a two-state solution.

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s arguments against a cease-fire are particularly self-aggrandizing because he is primarily trying to keep himself in power and out of jail, as he is facing serious charges involving bribes and fraud.  The former chief of the Israeli Defense Forces, Major General Amos Malka, stated last week that Netanyahu is focused on his own political “survival” and not the war in Gaza.  Last summer, during the mass protests over Netanyahu’s so-called judicial reforms, Malka said that he would rather resign from the IDF than serve an “extreme messianic dictatorship.”

Netanyahu maintains that there can be no cease-fire until Israel’s military objectives are met.  He disingenuously compares his tactics to U.S. efforts against the forces of ISIS in Iraq and elsewhere.  However, the forces of ISIS included huge numbers of foreign fighters who simply chose to go home or to fight elsewhere.  The fighters of Hamas are Palestinians who are deeply embedded in Palestinian society and have nowhere to go. Netanyahu himself approved the emergence of Hamas 17 years ago in order to avoid the pressure to negotiate with the more moderate Palestinian Authority.

Neither Netanyahu nor the United States for that matter have any reasonable ideas for the state of governance in Gaza even if the forces of Hamas are sufficiently degraded.  Secretary of State Antony Blinken endorsed the idea of a role for the Palestinian Authority to govern Gaza, which is a non-starter to Netanyahu and probably the Palestinian residents of Gaza. Netanyahu has no ideas regarding governance and is endorsing indefinite Israeli occupation.  The wanton destruction of Gaza’s infrastructure suggests that the Israelis want to make sure that Palestinians have no way to return to their homes; they presumably hope that a sufficient number will try to enter Egypt in one way or another.  In other words, the Israels are pursuing a second Nakba: the first Nakba forced 700,000 Palestinians from their homelands in 1948; the second Nakba, if successful, will ensure that 2 million Palestinians have no homes in Gaza and no access to the West Bank.

Netanyahu presumably realizes that if he were to be successful against Hamas, there would be no Palestinian leaders to negotiate with.  The Palestinian Authority lacks credibility on the West Bank, and its leader, Mahmoud Abbas, is a sickly octogenarian who is not fully supported by his own forces.  Meanwhile, the fighting in Gaza continues at great cost to the Palestinian community; to Israel’s standing in the international community; to the detriment of the Biden administration and U.S. domestic stability, and—last, but far from least—to the possibility of an expanded war in the Middle East that could involve Lebanon, Iranian-backed militia groups, and even Iran itself.  The ominous presence of two U.S. carrier task forces as well as 3,500 U.S. military forces in Syria and Iraq adds to the dangerous scenarios that could unfold in any escalatory cycle.

 The case for a cease-fire between Russia and Ukraine is less compelling but no less essential.  Ukraine’s commander-in-chief, General Valery Zaluzhny, has conceded that “just like in the first world war we have reached the level of technology that puts us into a stalemate.”  He believes that it would take a “massive technological leap to break the deadlock,” but he expects “no deep and beautiful breakthrough.”  Sadly, editorials in the mainstream media, particularly the Washington Post, similarly argue that a “new technological leap” could make a difference.

As I have argued for the past year, the war is unwinnable, and Russia’s superiority in manpower, resources, and weaponry ensures that Ukraine has no path to victory.  Like the war over Gaza, the Russian-Ukrainian conflict assures continued civilian losses, a devastating war of attrition, and an expanded conflict that could involve NATO countries on the Russian border as well as the United States.  There will have to be territorial exchanges, but Ukraine could come away with a path to membership in the European Union and perhaps the North Atlantic Treaty Organization.

The reconstruction effort in both Gaza and Ukraine will be beyond the capacity of the regional players in the Middle East and East Europe, respectively. The United States will be the key player in both scenarios, but there are already signs of war weariness in both the Democratic and Republican parties.

Russia has made a huge mistake in believing that its military power could overwhelm Ukrainian forces and create a new political alignment in Europe.   When the war ends, Russia will be increasingly isolated and will find new NATO member states on its Western border.

Israel has been similarly foolish in believing that, once again, it can use overwhelming military power to deal with Hamas. This failed in 2009 and 2014. Israeli military power in 1982 led to the creation of Hezbollah, which is in a position to do great harm to Israel if it chooses to do so.  Israeli politicians believed that a terrorist and unstable force such as Hamas would allow Israel to avoid negotiations with a more moderate force, the Palestinian Authority, on the West Bank.  The end of Netanyahu’s scorched earth campaign will find Israel even more isolated than it was in 1956 when it conspired foolishly with Britain and France to maintain Western colonial control of the Suez Canal.

The post The Need for Immediate Ceasefires in Ukraine and Gaza appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Melvin Goodman.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/17/the-need-for-immediate-ceasefires-in-ukraine-and-gaza/feed/ 0 439462
Entire Gaza population now in need of food assistance: WFP https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/15/entire-gaza-population-now-in-need-of-food-assistance-wfp/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/15/entire-gaza-population-now-in-need-of-food-assistance-wfp/#respond Wed, 15 Nov 2023 20:06:40 +0000 https://news.un.org/en/audio/2023/11/1143642 Food systems in Gaza are collapsing and the food aid entering the enclave is merely 10 per cent of the amount needed for the 2.2 million people there.

The warning comes from the World Food Programme (WFP) which says Gazans are not getting enough to eat, making them more susceptible to diseases that can be easily spread.

UN News’s Abdelmonem Makki asked Alia Zaki, WFP Palestine Head of Communications, how the agency is responding now to the immense needs. 


This content originally appeared on UN News - Global perspective Human stories and was authored by Abdelmonem Makki.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/15/entire-gaza-population-now-in-need-of-food-assistance-wfp/feed/ 0 438938
Entire Gaza population now in need of food assistance: WFP https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/15/entire-gaza-population-now-in-need-of-food-assistance-wfp-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/15/entire-gaza-population-now-in-need-of-food-assistance-wfp-2/#respond Wed, 15 Nov 2023 20:06:40 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=051c9e1aaba0fe5a024ac6ae05473a3a
This content originally appeared on UN News - Global perspective Human stories and was authored by Abdelmonem Makki.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/15/entire-gaza-population-now-in-need-of-food-assistance-wfp-2/feed/ 0 448620
We Need More State Climate Corps Jobs Open to More Young People https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/15/we-need-more-state-climate-corps-jobs-open-to-more-young-people/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/15/we-need-more-state-climate-corps-jobs-open-to-more-young-people/#respond Wed, 15 Nov 2023 06:20:10 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=304762 Without a doubt, the Biden administration has done more to address climate change and its impacts than any other administration. The nearly $400 billion in investments to reduce the production of greenhouse gasses in the Inflation Reduction Act has received attention. But the $200 billion in “green” infrastructure investments in the Bipartisan Infrastructure Law has More

The post We Need More State Climate Corps Jobs Open to More Young People appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Algernon Austin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/15/we-need-more-state-climate-corps-jobs-open-to-more-young-people/feed/ 0 438857
Russia and Hamas: What You Need to Know https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/01/russia-and-hamas-what-you-need-to-know/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/01/russia-and-hamas-what-you-need-to-know/#respond Wed, 01 Nov 2023 03:11:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=934bc72b347032aa1e05b978e6096ab2 In this special discussion, Andrea is joined by experts from the Kremlin File podcast: Russian mafia specialist Olga Lautman and Monique Camarra, an instructor at the Department of Communication at the University of Siena in Italy. Together, they explore the intricate links between Russia and terrorist groups, tracing a history that dates back to the Soviet Union. This dark night of the soul slumber party discussion includes the emerging new Cold War, the historical hot conflicts of the first Cold War, and staying grounded as Russia floods the zone with gaslighting. 

While Ukrainian intelligence claims Russia provides weapons to Hamas, what's undeniable is that Russia holds meetings with Hamas leadership, including last week in Moscow. Russian cryptocurrency has sent millions to terrorist groups, including $93 million to Islamic Jihad through a sanctioned Russian cryptocurrency exchange. Terrorism is on the rise, and Russia, with its extensive track record of training and supporting terrorists, lights the fire then offers itself up as the firefighter. This strategy has been consistent in the Kremlin's playbook, dating back to the Soviet era, involving dividing its adversaries all while portraying itself as a peacemaker—a tactic that too many on the Left continue to fall for.

During the peak of ISIS, the Obama administration maintained a policy of working with Russia to combat ISIS together. Nevermind that ISIS fighters kept flocking from Russia. And Russia’s own terrorism killed or displaced countless civilians in Syria, Ukraine, and propped up the dictatorships of Venezuela and Cuba, as Russia’s operations tipped the scales of both the close Brexit vote and the 2016 U.S. Presidential election. Now that the Israel-Hamas war threatens to expand into a larger regional war, with Syria, Hezbollah-controlled southern Lebanon, and now Yemen inflaming the conflict, Russia benefits from the growing destabilization in many ways. The war distracts from Russian war crimes in Ukraine as well as Russian and Iran-backed slaughter in Syria. It also threatens to divide and further delay support for Ukraine: Trump proxy House Speaker Mike Johnson refused to hold a vote for Ukraine aid. Once again, this is the latest coup by longtime Russian asset Trump. 

Our hearts go out to the civilians who are suffering due to this ongoing war. Andrea and many others call for an immediate ceasefire, especially given the undeniable collective punishment on Gaza being carried out by Netanyahu’s government. For a deeper understanding of the pressing reasons for a ceasefire, listen to these recent episodes of Gaslit Nation: "Israel and Palestine: A Political Solution" and "Israel and Palestine: A Difficult Discussion." 

This week's bonus episode will answer questions from subscribers at the Democracy Defender-level and higher on Patreon, with topics including Hugh Hefner and Jeffrey Epstein; the shady dealings behind the protest group Code Pink; and more! Thank you to everyone who supports the show – we could not make Gaslit Nation without you! 

To join the conversation and our community of listeners, get bonus shows, all shows ad free, exclusive invites and more, sign up at Patreon.com/Gaslit. 

Show Notes:

Indivisible Statements on the Israel/Palestine Crisis https://www.indivisible.org/resource/indivisible-statements-israelpalestine-crisis

Ending the War and Ensuring Human Security in Israel-Palestine: Five Recommendations https://cfde140b-3710-4a65-aa9a-48b5868a02dd.usrfiles.com/ugd/3ba8a1_1ac83b20f6c8431a94301ccafe3cb88d.pdf

Russia gave captured US weapons to Hamas as a ploy to undermine Ukraine, report says https://www.businessinsider.com/russia-seized-us-weapons-to-hamas-ploy-damage-ukraine-report-2023-10

Hamas leaders arrive in Moscow as the Kremlin attempts to showcase its clout. The meetings with high-ranking members of the group that attacked Israel underscored how Russia is trying to present itself as an alternative platform for possible mediation. https://www.nytimes.com/2023/10/26/world/middleeast/hamas-russia-moscow.html

Italian reporting on Russia and Hamas https://www.iltempo.it/esteri/2023/10/26/news/guerra-israele-hamas-russia-putin-armi-iran-delegazioni-spie-striscia-di-gaza-37338570/

The Palestinian militant group Islamic Jihad received part of a $93 million payment through the sanctioned Russian crypto-exchange company Garantex, the Wall Street Journal reported on Oct. 13. https://kyivindependent.com/wsj-palestinian-militant-group-received-funds-from-sanctioned-russian-crypto-exchange/

Why are so many from this Russian republic fighting for ISIS? https://www.pbs.org/newshour/show/many-russian-republic-fighting-isis

What Russia Hopes to Gain From the Israel-Hamas Conflict https://time.com/6329850/hamas-gaza-russia-putin-israel/

Netanyahu’s Deal With Putin Goes Wrong https://www.tabletmag.com/sections/israel-middle-east/articles/netanyahus-deal-with-putin-goes-wrong

Why Netanyahu Must Go After the War, Israel Will Need a Two-State Solution He Cannot Deliver https://www.foreignaffairs.com/israel/why-netanyahu-must-go


This content originally appeared on Gaslit Nation and was authored by Andrea Chalupa.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/01/russia-and-hamas-what-you-need-to-know/feed/ 0 437905
“You Need to Choose”: Dr. Mads Gilbert on Medical Solidarity with Gaza as Israel Targets Hospitals https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/31/you-need-to-choose-dr-mads-gilbert-on-medical-solidarity-with-gaza-as-israel-targets-hospitals-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/31/you-need-to-choose-dr-mads-gilbert-on-medical-solidarity-with-gaza-as-israel-targets-hospitals-2/#respond Tue, 31 Oct 2023 12:53:16 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=a73f727cb96f21cfe8c1ed5d33671d3d
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/31/you-need-to-choose-dr-mads-gilbert-on-medical-solidarity-with-gaza-as-israel-targets-hospitals-2/feed/ 0 437713
The World Does Not Need Illegal Sanctions. the World Needs Peace and Development. https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/31/the-world-does-not-need-illegal-sanctions-the-world-needs-peace-and-development/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/31/the-world-does-not-need-illegal-sanctions-the-world-needs-peace-and-development/#respond Tue, 31 Oct 2023 05:58:35 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=302505 the United States has – outside the UN system – exercised a sanctions policy in a unilateral manner. These US sanctions are not conducted through a discussion in the UNSC, nor have they any international credibility. In fact, US sanctions are illegal. They are a violation of the UN Charter and of a range of international treaties. More

The post The World Does Not Need Illegal Sanctions. the World Needs Peace and Development. appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

UN HQ. Photo: UN.

(Statement made at the United Nations Economic and Social Council Chamber on October 30, 2023).

Good afternoon. My name is Vijay Prashad. I am the Director of Tricontinental: Institute for Social Research. I am grateful to the Group of Friends in Defence of the United Nations Charter, and in particular to Deputy Permanent Representative to the United Nations Joaquín Pérez Ayestarán of the Bolivarian Republic of Venezuela, for this invitation.

My institute, Tricontinental, has spent the past eight years closely studying the impact of unilateral sanctions, looking closely at the laws around these instruments and looking at their impact on the societies that have been sanctioned. Before I begin to present some of our thinking on these issues, I want to say that it is hard to focus on anything, really anything, while this cruel genocide takes place before our eyes in Gaza. That more Palestinian children have died in these three weeks due to the Israeli bombing than have died in total in conflict zones across the world since 2019 is shocking. No child should die so cruelly before they can flourish. Neither due to this incessant bombardment, nor by the hunger induced by unilateral sanctions.

There is no easy way to define sanctions. When a conflict arises between countries, any measure short of war belongs in the category of sanctions. Sanctions could be diplomatic (withdrawal of ambassadors) or economic (barriers on trade). Even though sanctions are not like bombs, their impact can be as lethal as has been demonstrated by the several reports by UN Special Rapporteur on the Negative Impact of Unilateral Coercive Measures on the Enjoyment of Human Rights, Professor Alena Douhan (for example, in her reports on Iran, Syria, Venezuela, and Zimbabwe).

Several questions emerge even with this basic definition of sanctions:

1) Who gets to determine when a country poses a danger or deserves to be sanctioned?

2) How does one differentiate between extreme economic sanctions and armed conflict? Is not a complete embargo tantamount to a declaration of war?

In the modern world, these questions are to be adjudicated by the United Nations. The United Nations Charter (1945) is the legal document that binds countries in the UN General Assembly and in the UN Security Council (UNSC) to consider cases of conflict and find measures to settle disputes or to pressure countries to reconsider their course of action.

The central text in the UN Charter is Article 41.

The Security Council may decide what measures not involving the use of armed force are to be employed to give effect to its decisions, and it may call upon the Members of the United Nations to apply such measures. These may include complete or partial interruption of economic relations and of rail, sea, air, postal, telegraphic, radio, and other means of communication, and the severance of diplomatic relations.

There are several important points raised in this article.

1) It is the Security Council that is given the authority to decide on a course of action based on the Council’s understanding of events in the world.

2) It is the Security Council that acts based on this interpretation.

3) Article 41 provides a list of possible tools to be used but suggests that these are not comprehensive.

Each member state of the United Nations must have faith in the Security Council if this procedure is to work. Sadly, the UNSC is not a perfect representative of world opinion. This is largely because the UNSC has an undemocratic structure. Of the fifteen seats on the Council, five are held by permanent members (China, France, Russia, the United Kingdom, and the United States). There are no permanent members from Africa or from Latin America, and the world’s most populous country – India – is not amongst their number. The composition of the permanent members (three of them NATO countries) does not provide confidence around the world. That these countries use their veto power to exercise their own narrow political agenda rather than to defend the UN Charter further delegitimizes the UNSC. Pressure by powerful countries – particularly the United States – has limited the UNSC’s ability to appear as a neutral arbiter.

Furthermore, the United States has – outside the UN system – exercised a sanctions policy in a unilateral manner. These US sanctions are not conducted through a discussion in the UNSC, nor have they any international credibility. In fact, US sanctions are illegal. They are a violation of the UN Charter and of a range of international treaties.

The impact of these sanctions is grotesque, and it has been documented by the United Nations and by the various human rights groups. Not only does the United States refuse to allow its nationals (including corporations) to conduct normal commercial activity with the country it decides to sanction, but it uses its power over the financial system to get other countries and firms from other countries to halt their trade relations. These are called secondary and tertiary sanctions, and they have the impact of a total blockade on countries by those who only act in this way out of fear or coercion by the United States. Overcompliance of the unilateral coercive measures becomes the rule, not the exception, as Special Rapporteur Dohan shows in her report to the 54th session of the UN Human Rights Council.

Realizing the harshness of these unilateral coercive measures, Western countries have argued for “humanitarian carve-outs” that allow food, medicine, and other essential goods to break the sanctions wall. This argument resulted in UN Resolution 2664 in December 2022 to allow exemptions to sanctions to “ensure the timely delivery of humanitarian assistance or to support other activities that support basic human needs.” But these “humanitarian carve-outs,” however well-intentioned, do not work since they only provided on a case-by-case basis and are used as “rewards” by the illegal party that operates the sanctions. These “humanitarian carve-outs” end up legitimizing an illegal process.

Since these unilateral sanctions are illegal, they need to be banned rather than accepted and then moderated with “humanitarian carve outs.” What is important to bear in mind is that the unilateral sanctions have undermined the ability of the sanctioned countries to meet their important obligations to the Sustainable Development Growth (SDG) agenda. We have seen a retreat in terms of meeting the SDG goals: only one-third of countries in the world would have halved their national poverty rates between 2015 and 2030 and nearly one in three (2.3 billion people) will remain moderately or severely food insecure. These basic developments are squandered by $2.3 trillion expenditure on weapons, more than 75% of that spending done by the United States and its NATO allies.

Why has there been this retreat in the SDGs, however limited they are in scope and ambition? Because of a range of factors, but sharply because of the permanent debt crisis enforced by the International Monetary Fund and by the illegal sanctions regime enforced by the United States.

The world needs peace.

The world needs development.

The world does not need war.

The world does not need poverty.

The world does not need illegal sanctions.

The world does not need despair.

The world needs hope.

The post The World Does Not Need Illegal Sanctions. the World Needs Peace and Development. appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Vijay Prashad.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/31/the-world-does-not-need-illegal-sanctions-the-world-needs-peace-and-development/feed/ 0 437748
Rep. Delia Ramirez Backs Gaza Ceasefire Resolution in Congress: We Need Diplomacy, Not More Bombings https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/30/rep-delia-ramirez-backs-gaza-ceasefire-resolution-in-congress-we-need-diplomacy-not-more-bombings-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/30/rep-delia-ramirez-backs-gaza-ceasefire-resolution-in-congress-we-need-diplomacy-not-more-bombings-2/#respond Mon, 30 Oct 2023 14:14:54 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=92b0110e1b3290358d642c7b5b24288a
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/30/rep-delia-ramirez-backs-gaza-ceasefire-resolution-in-congress-we-need-diplomacy-not-more-bombings-2/feed/ 0 437622
Rep. Delia Ramirez Backs Gaza Ceasefire Resolution in Congress: We Need Diplomacy, Not More Bombings https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/30/rep-delia-ramirez-backs-gaza-ceasefire-resolution-in-congress-we-need-diplomacy-not-more-bombings/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/30/rep-delia-ramirez-backs-gaza-ceasefire-resolution-in-congress-we-need-diplomacy-not-more-bombings/#respond Mon, 30 Oct 2023 12:27:01 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=266bb7dd2add2abdb4e4205c3b797c18 Seg2 delia people gaza

We speak with Illinois Congressmember Delia Ramirez, one of the 18 members of the U.S. House of Representatives who have signed a resolution calling for an immediate deescalation and ceasefire in Israel and Palestine. “The only way we move forward is deescalating,” says Ramirez. “The aid that we send cannot be used to kill innocent lives. It’s unacceptable, it’s not moral, and I can’t stand behind that.”


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/30/rep-delia-ramirez-backs-gaza-ceasefire-resolution-in-congress-we-need-diplomacy-not-more-bombings/feed/ 0 437508
“You Need to Choose”: Dr. Mads Gilbert on Medical Solidarity with Gaza as Israel Targets Hospitals https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/30/you-need-to-choose-dr-mads-gilbert-on-medical-solidarity-with-gaza-as-israel-targets-hospitals/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/30/you-need-to-choose-dr-mads-gilbert-on-medical-solidarity-with-gaza-as-israel-targets-hospitals/#respond Mon, 30 Oct 2023 12:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=8c8c91b3a7431e4cd41f6a75bb1f2bbe
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! Audio and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/30/you-need-to-choose-dr-mads-gilbert-on-medical-solidarity-with-gaza-as-israel-targets-hospitals/feed/ 0 437559
What You Need to Know About the Philips CPAP Recall https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/27/what-you-need-to-know-about-the-philips-cpap-recall/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/27/what-you-need-to-know-about-the-philips-cpap-recall/#respond Fri, 27 Oct 2023 19:26:18 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=2e2f96e4bfd5ee715e566e94946bc39f
This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by ProPublica.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/27/what-you-need-to-know-about-the-philips-cpap-recall/feed/ 0 437048
"We Need a Ceasefire": Author Viet Thanh Nguyen on Gaza & Israel’s Dehumanization of Palestinians https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/25/we-need-a-ceasefire-author-viet-thanh-nguyen-on-gaza-israels-dehumanization-of-palestinians-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/25/we-need-a-ceasefire-author-viet-thanh-nguyen-on-gaza-israels-dehumanization-of-palestinians-2/#respond Wed, 25 Oct 2023 14:58:42 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=50cf07a63b532afb758db9f8b4217a36
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/25/we-need-a-ceasefire-author-viet-thanh-nguyen-on-gaza-israels-dehumanization-of-palestinians-2/feed/ 0 436569
“We Need a Ceasefire”: Author Viet Thanh Nguyen on Gaza & Israel’s Dehumanization of Palestinians https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/25/we-need-a-ceasefire-author-viet-thanh-nguyen-on-gaza-israels-dehumanization-of-palestinians/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/25/we-need-a-ceasefire-author-viet-thanh-nguyen-on-gaza-israels-dehumanization-of-palestinians/#respond Wed, 25 Oct 2023 12:49:23 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=7f07ae77b0398fe31100b92f4ca4369d Seg3 viet gaza

Pulitzer Prize-winning author Viet Thanh Nguyen says a ceasefire is desperately needed in Gaza, where Israeli bombardment has killed more than 6,500 Palestinians since October 7. “Wars lead to an 'us vs. them' mentality: 'We are good, they are evil,'” he says. Nguyen is among more than 750 writers who signed an open letter calling for a ceasefire in Gaza, after which the 92NY, a major cultural institution in New York City, canceled his speaking engagement there.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/25/we-need-a-ceasefire-author-viet-thanh-nguyen-on-gaza-israels-dehumanization-of-palestinians/feed/ 0 436549
IEA Report Underscores Need for Fast, Fair Fossil Fuel Phaseout https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/24/iea-report-underscores-need-for-fast-fair-fossil-fuel-phaseout/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/24/iea-report-underscores-need-for-fast-fair-fossil-fuel-phaseout/#respond Tue, 24 Oct 2023 12:40:15 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/iea-report-underscores-need-for-fast-fair-fossil-fuel-phaseout The International Energy Agency (IEA) released its annual World Energy Outlook report today, which analyzes the global energy supply and demand under different scenarios and consequences for the economy and climate. The latest report also calls attention to five key actions that nations must take for COP28 to be successful.

Below is a statement by Dr. Rachel Cleetus, a policy director in the Climate and Energy Program and a lead economist at the Union of Concerned Scientists (UCS).

“The IEA report makes clear that, without concerted action by policymakers, current global energy choices are causing us to hurtle toward a dangerous 2.4˚C world. There are important bright spots—including a significant growth in renewable energy capacity and generation, especially solar power, and a big increase in clean energy investments in recent years. But coal, oil and gas use continue to expand globally, at odds with climate goals.

“Among other factors, the report underscores the massive increase in liquified natural gas from the United States. This expansion in long-lived fossil fuel infrastructure is definitely a cause for concern from a climate perspective. The IEA also notes that China’s slowing economic growth will have important consequences for its energy trajectory and an outsize influence on global energy trends—although questions remain about how swiftly it will transition to clean energy and lower its emissions.

“At COP28, the upcoming climate talks in Dubai at the end of the year, nations must come together to secure agreement on a fast, fair phaseout of fossil fuels, alongside a massive ramp up of renewable energy and energy efficiency. There must also be a strong commitment from richer nations to provide climate finance for developing countries to make a rapid clean energy transition. Cutting energy related heat-trapping emissions sharply within this decisive decade and beyond is crucial to limit the pace and magnitude of climate change, which is already taking a fearsome toll on people around the world.”


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/24/iea-report-underscores-need-for-fast-fair-fossil-fuel-phaseout/feed/ 0 436277
What you need to know about Palantir, the US firm in line for a £480m NHS deal https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/23/what-you-need-to-know-about-palantir-the-us-firm-in-line-for-a-480m-nhs-deal/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/23/what-you-need-to-know-about-palantir-the-us-firm-in-line-for-a-480m-nhs-deal/#respond Mon, 23 Oct 2023 17:30:07 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/palantir-nhs-federated-data-platform-peter-thiel-data-privacy/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Adam Bychawski.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/23/what-you-need-to-know-about-palantir-the-us-firm-in-line-for-a-480m-nhs-deal/feed/ 0 436100
We Need to Disarm the Discourse on China https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/19/we-need-to-disarm-the-discourse-on-china/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/19/we-need-to-disarm-the-discourse-on-china/#respond Thu, 19 Oct 2023 19:23:47 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=145020 From racist tweets to rising hate crimes, the media’s anti-China propaganda has created a climate of aggression. Two weeks ago, a man drove a car into the Chinese consulate in San Francisco, yelling “Where’s the CCP?” Arab Americans have been targeted during the Persian Gulf War, the War on Terror, and U.S.-backed atrocities in Palestine. It’s no surprise that Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders are in the crosshairs of white supremacy as the U.S. targets China. Back in April, a Columbia University found that three in four Chinese Americans said they’d suffered racial discrimination in the past 12 months.

When the Trump administration launched the China Initiative to prosecute spies, the Department of Justice racially profiled Chinese Americans and Chinese nationals. Between 2018 and 2022, the number of Chinese researchers who dropped their affiliation with U.S. institutions jumped 23 percent. The Biden administration has ended the initiative, but the Department of Justice and the congressional anti-China committee are still targeting political leaders in the Chinese community.

As Biden continues the crackdowns of his predecessor, his administration is also escalating in the Asia-Pacific region. From expanding military bases in the Philippines – including one potential base in the works intended to join contingencies in Taiwan – to building a fleet of AI drones to target China, militarists are creating conditions for a hot war in the Pacific. As the U.S. prepares for war, Forbes published an article on September 25 about an aircraft carrier “kill chain” and its potential use in a war with China. In February, CNN journalists accompanied a U.S. Navy jet approaching Chinese airspace. As a Chinese pilot warned the U.S. to keep a safe distance, an American soldier remarked: “It’s another Friday afternoon in the South China Sea.”

Not only are we normalizing U.S. aggression. We’re also relying on the military-industrial complex as an unbiased source. Pro-war propaganda is derailing China-U.S. ties, increasing anti-Asian hate, and hiding the realities of public opinion across the Pacific.

After launching the AUKUS military pact between Britain and Australia in 2021, as well as stiff export controls designed to limit China’s economy last year, the U.S. began 2023 with what appeared to be an olive branch. Secretary of State Antony Blinken was scheduled to visit China in February. Then came the “spy balloon.”

A Chinese balloon was blown off course and eventually shot down by the U.S. military. The Wall Street Journal and NBC uncritically printed and broadcasted statements from US Air Force Brigadier General Pat Ryder about the balloon’s surveillance capabilities. On February 8, citing three unnamed officials, the New York Times said, “American intelligence agencies have assessed that China’s spy balloon program is part of global surveillance.” The same story mentions the U.S. State Department’s briefings to foreign officials that were “designed to show that the balloons are equipped for intelligence gathering and that the Chinese military has been carrying out this collection for years, targeting, among other sites, the territories of Japan, Taiwan, India, and the Philippines.”

On April 3, the BBC and CNN published conflicting stories on the balloon that cited anonymous officials but contained inconsistencies about its ability to take pictures. It wasn’t until June 29 that Ryder admitted no data had been transmitted. In September, then-Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Mark Milley told CBS the balloon wasn’t even spying. This matched China’s statements about the balloon, as well as that of American meteorologists. But the damage was done. Blinken had postponed his trip to China. He eventually went in June, after a trip to Papua New Guinea, where its student protesters rejected his plans to militarize their country under a security pact.

On May 26, Blinken made a speech, referring to China as a “long-term challenge.” Politico went further, publishing a piece on May 26, called “Blinken calls China ‘most serious long-term’ threat to world order” with a same-day USA Today article also taking the liberty of using challenge and threat interchangeably.

A Princeton University study found Americans who perceive China as a threat were more likely to stereotype Chinese people as untrustworthy and immoral. Intelligence leaks about a China threat combined with the age-old Yellow Peril syndrome have allowed for incessant Sinophobia to dominate our politics.

Misinformation, the other pandemic

In May 2020, Trump told a scared country with 1 million recorded COVID-19 cases and almost 100,000 dead that the pandemic was China’s fault. Again, our leaders cited undisclosed intelligence. For its part, CNN showed images of wet markets after the Wall Street Journal published an op-ed by Walter Russell Mead called “China Is The Real Sick Man of Asia.” A year later, Politico eventually acknowledged Trump cherry-picked intelligence to support his claims but the Biden administration ended up also seeking to investigate the lab leak theory. And the media went along with it.

For the Wall Street Journal, pro-Iraq War propagandist Michael Gordon co-authored an article claiming that “three researchers from China’s Wuhan Institute of Virology became sick enough in November 2019 that they sought hospital care.” An anonymous source said, “The information that we had coming from the various sources was of exquisite quality.” But the source admits it’s not known why researchers were sick.

The article relies on the conservative Hudson Institute’s Senior Fellow David Asher’s testimony and the fact China has not shared the medical records of citizens without potential COVID-19 symptoms. It is even admitted that several other unnamed U.S. officials find the Trump-era intelligence to be exactly what it is – circumstantial.

A year earlier, during the 2020 Democratic presidential primaries moderated by CNN, Dana Bash asked Bernie Sanders: “What consequences should China face for its role in its global crisis?” She asked the question referencing how Wuhan’s authorities silenced Dr. Wenliang but failed to mention China’s People’s Supreme Court condemned the city’s police for doing so. She also didn’t acknowledge how Wuhan Institute of Virology’s Shi Zhengli revealed in July 2020 that all of the staff and students in her lab tested negative for COVID-19. Shi even shared her research with American scientists. Georgetown University COVID-19 origin specialist Daniel Lucey welcomed Shi’s transparency: “There are a lot of new facts I wasn’t aware of. It’s very exciting to hear this directly from her.”

But from the Page Act of 1875, which stereotyped Chinese as disease carriers, to job discrimination during the pandemic, it is Asian Americans who ultimately pay the price for the media’s irresponsibility and participation in medical racism. They are already among the casualties of the new cold war. But that war not only threatens residents of the U.S. but the entire planet too.

Profit, not principle

This summer, the U.S. armed Taiwan under the Foreign Military Transfer program, reserved for sovereign states only. This violates the one-China policy which holds that both sides of the Taiwan Strait acknowledge that there is one China. Biden is also trying to include Taiwan weapons funding in a supplemental request to Congress. Weapons sales to Taiwan go back to the 1979 Taiwan Relations Act, as well as Reagan administration’s assurances that the U.S. will keep sending weapons but not play any mediation role between Taipei and Beijing. In 1996, a military standoff between the U.S. and China erupted in the Taiwan Strait, followed by an increasing flow of lethal weaponry up to the present.

The New York Times published a story on September 18, mentioning Former House Speaker Nancy Pelosi’s visit to Taiwan, which it says was “a show of support for the island.” Never mind that the majority of Taiwan residents surveyed by the Brookings Institute felt her visit was detrimental to their security. The media also often ignores voices from Taiwan who don’t want war, favor reunification, or reject attempts to delete Chinese history in their textbooks.

Still, Fox News continues to give a platform to lawmakers like Representative Young Kim who wrote a piece on September 20 advocating for more military patrols in the South China Sea. On October 17, The Washington Post published a story about the Pentagon releasing footage of Chinese aircraft intercepting U.S. warplanes over the last two years. The story does not share the context of U.S. expansionism or how multiple secretaries of defense have threatened Beijing over its disputed maritime borders. Microsoft is even getting in on the action, with articles from CNN and Reuters last month uncritically sharing the software company’s claims that China is using AI to interfere in our elections, despite no evidence shared with the voting public.

It demonstrates how war profiteers are edging us closer to a conflict. From sending the Patriot weapons system to Taiwan to practicing attacks with F-22 Raptors in the occupied Northern Marianas Islands, Lockheed Martin is raking in lucrative contracts while residents of the region fear an outbreak of war. RTX supplies Israel’s Iron Dome and is now designing engineering systems for gunboats in the Pacific. When arms dealers make money, victims of imperialism die. With strong links to the military, it’s hard to imagine that Microsoft, News Corp, and Warner Bros. Discovery would care as long as their stocks go up too. Intelligence spooks and media moguls don’t know what’s best for people or the planet. And it’s time for a balanced and nuanced understanding of China. That begins with disarming the discourse and keeping the Pacific peaceful.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Cale Holmes and Lawson Adams.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/19/we-need-to-disarm-the-discourse-on-china/feed/ 0 435513
The Need for a Less Hypocritical Center at the New York Times https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/18/the-need-for-a-less-hypocritical-center-at-the-new-york-times/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/18/the-need-for-a-less-hypocritical-center-at-the-new-york-times/#respond Wed, 18 Oct 2023 19:51:15 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035838 Centrists love to decry "both sides"--yet somehow it's almost always the left that earns the bulk of their contempt.

The post The Need for a Less Hypocritical Center at the <i>New York Times</i> appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

NYT: The Massacre in Israel and the Need for a Decent Left

The phrase “a decent left” comes from Dissent editor Michael Walzer’s piece “Can There Be a Decent Left?” (Spring/02), which chided progressives for not supporting the invasion of Afghanistan—which led to a 20-year occupation that killed a quarter of a million people.

“Part of what makes the depravity of the edgelord anti-imperialists so tragic is that a decent and functional left has rarely been more necessary,” Michelle Goldberg wrote in her New York Times column (10/12/23).

Funny—the crisis in Israel/Palestine is making me think we could sure use a less hypocritical center.

In the wake of the upsurge in violence, Goldberg had harsh words for progressives: “Some on the left are treating the terrorist mass murder of civilians as noble acts of anticolonial resistance,” Goldberg said. “The way keyboard radicals have condoned war crimes against Israelis has left many progressive Jews alienated from political communities they thought were their own.”

She cited problematic statements from Students for Justice in Palestine, Democratic Socialists of America’s New York and Connecticut chapters, Black Lives Matter Chicago and the president of the NYU student bar association. She referred to their “hideous dogmatism,” suggesting they were the sort of leftists who “relish the struggle against oppression primarily for the way it licenses their own cruelty.”

What makes such attitudes tragic, Goldberg argued, is the need for a “decent and functional left” to protect Palestinian civilians:

As I write this, Israel has imposed what the Israeli defense minister, Yoav Gallant, called a “complete siege” of Gaza’s 2 million people, about half of whom are under 18. “No electricity, no food, no water, no gas — it’s all closed,” said Gallant. “We are fighting human animals, and we act accordingly.” Such collective punishment is, like the mass killing of civilians in Israel, a war crime….

It is not just disgusting but self-defeating for vocal segments of the left to disavow…universal ideas about human rights, declaring instead that to those who are oppressed, even the most extreme violence is permitted. Their views are the mirror image of those who claim that, given what Israel has endured, the scale of its retaliation cannot be questioned.

NYT: The Attack on Israel Demands Unity and Resolve

Is it “disgusting” for the New York Times (10/9/23) to say, “America’s duty as Israel’s friend is to stand firm in its support”—even as Israel commits war crimes?

But does she really believe this? If the law student who says “I will not condemn Palestinian resistance” is just as bad as someone who refuses to condemn Israel as it commits war crimes, shouldn’t she be criticizing the latter people as well? Particularly as that group includes many figures rather more influential than local chapters of marginalized left-wing clubs, such as the president of the United States (“We are not urging restraint right now,” a Biden official told CNN10/10/23) and Goldberg’s own employer. (“President Biden is right to express America’s full support for Israel at this painful moment,” declared a New York Times editorial—10/9/23—though it averred that “cutting off power and water to Gaza…will be an act of collective punishment”—”if it continues.”)

Centrists love to decry “both sides” in order to leave the middle as the place of moral purity. Yet somehow it’s almost always the left that earns the bulk of their contempt.

Goldberg did quote, with implicit disapproval, US special envoy against antisemitism Deborah Lipstadt’s declaration that “no one has the right to tell Israel how to defend itself and prevent and deter future attacks.” But Lipstadt is not called “disgusting” or “hideous,” or motivated by “cruelty” or “depravity.” Instead, Goldberg gently admonishes: “If humanist principles spur total revulsion toward the terrorist crimes in Israel, they also demand restraint in Gaza.”

How would Goldberg feel about someone who expressed “total revulsion” toward Israel’s war crimes, while suggesting Hamas show more “restraint”? So much for mirror images.

NYT: Piling Horror Upon Horror

Michelle Goldberg (New York Times, 10/16/23): “It is not fair that events are moving too quickly to give people time to grieve the victimization of their own community before being asked to try to prevent the victimization of others.”

To be fair, in a subsequent column (10/16/23), Goldberg described “the language of some Israeli leaders”—not the actions of the Israeli military—as “murderous.” She said that “many people I’ve spoken to, Jewish and Palestinian alike, are terrified that this rhetoric will become reality.” This came after the Gaza Health Ministry  reported that Israeli attacks had already killed 724 Palestinian children (AP, 10/14/23)—apparently not enough to qualify as a reality to Goldberg.

And she is still not ready to condemn those who side with the Israeli government and ignore its crimes:

I can empathize with liberal Jews both in Israel and throughout the diaspora who feel too overwhelmed, at this moment of great fear and vulnerability, to protest the escalating suffering inflicted on Palestinians.

Some people who overlook war crimes deserve empathy, while others exhibit “depravity.” That’s the great thing about being part of the “decent” center—you get to decide!


ACTION ALERT: You can send a message to the New York Times at letters@nytimes.com (Twitter: @NYTimes). Please remember that respectful communication is the most effective. Feel free to leave a copy of your communication in the comments thread.

 

 

The post The Need for a Less Hypocritical Center at the <i>New York Times</i> appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Jim Naureckas.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/18/the-need-for-a-less-hypocritical-center-at-the-new-york-times/feed/ 0 435256
We Need a Working-Class Environmental Movement https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/13/we-need-a-working-class-environmental-movement/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/13/we-need-a-working-class-environmental-movement/#respond Fri, 13 Oct 2023 06:00:20 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=298179 The Nature Conservancy is the richest environmental organization in the world. It has a million members, over $7 billion in assets, and an annual income of about a $1 billion. Some of that wealth derives from selling bogus climate offsets to corporations including Disney, Blackrock, and J.P. Morgan Chase. TNC’s board of directors is drawn, unsurprisingly, from some of the same multinational corporations with which it does business, including Alcoa, Bank of America, Dow Chemical, General Mills, J.P. Morgan Chase, and Shell. More

The post We Need a Working-Class Environmental Movement appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

C.F. Daubigny, “Steamboats,” from Voyage en Bateau, 1878. Metropolitan Museum of Art. Public Domain.

Rock the boat

My wife, Harriet is a professional environmentalist. She has a degree from the University of London, worked in the UK government’s Sustainable Development Commission under Tony Blair and Gordon Brown, and then for the future King Charles. After moving to the U.S., she set up her own non-profit, Anthropocene Alliance in 2017. I’m A2’s co-founder and Director of Strategy. But my degrees are in all the wrong fields, I have no prior experience with environmental justice, and I only work on projects that suit me. In short, I’m an amateur.

To call somebody an amateur is to say they are unprofessional and lacking the skills required for the job. But the word has another meaning, too, which derives from the original Latin amare (to love) and the French cognate amateur (15th C.) which means lover. Amateurs are people who do things out of love, whereas professionals act according to rules and to earn their pay. The urban theorist Andy Merrifield has described amateurs as people who “question professional authority [and] express concerns professionals don’t consider, don’t see, don’t care about. Thus, an amateur might likely be somebody who rocks the boat, who stirs up trouble, because he or she isn’t on anybody’s payroll—never will be on the payroll because of the critical things they say.”

To be fair, Harriet often questions authority, but she does so in a professional manner. I’m an amateur and unpaid, so my job (and my joy) is to ask unprofessional questions and make discomforting observations, without however undermining our whole enterprise. The dialectic is well expressed in the disco classic, “Rock the Boat”:

So I’d like to know where, you got the notion
Said I’d like to know where, you got the notion
To rock the boat (don’t rock the boat, baby)
Rock the boat (don’t tip the boat over)
Rock the boat (don’t rock the boat, baby)
Rock the boat”

The Hues Corporation, 1973

The following is an amateur’s observations about the U.S environmental movement intended to rock the boat while not completely tipping it over. I’ll proceed by: 1) briefly describing past and present movements; 2) discussing one of the chief weaknesses of the current environmental movement – excessive inward directedness or “prefiguration”; and 3) concluding with some ideas about how to build a new, working-class movement grounded in politics and nourished by “necessity and desire.”

Past movements

Movements are collective drives for large-scale social or political change. Examples are the abolitionist movement, the civil rights movement, the women’s movement, the anti-(Vietnam) war movement, and the anti-nuclear (or nuclear freeze) movement. They engaged vast numbers of people, lasted many years, and had significant impacts, though none was fully successful according to their own measures or in retrospect. The abolitionist movement, for example, (combined with slave uprisings), ultimately ended chattel slavery globally, but the system of capitalist wage-labor that replaced it left most former slaves – and other laborers — powerless in the workplace and subject to the profit-maximizing behavior (greed) of employers.

The nuclear freeze movement in the 1980s (sometimes called a “campaign”), led to the signing of the Intermediate-Range Nuclear Forces Treaty (1987) and the Strategic Arms Limitation Treaties I (1991) and II (1993), but these and other agreements have been violated by the U.S. and Russia, and the threat of nuclear conflict once again looms. Nevertheless, it was a remarkable success in its time, the result of a set of well-organized and ever-larger protests. I remember the thrill of being among more than a million people at the anti-nuclear rally in Central Park, NYC on June 12, 1982. One episode stands out: The 11-minute peroration by Orson Welles. Inspired by Marc Anthony’s speech from Julius Caesar, “Friends, Romans, countrymen, lend me your ears; I come to bury Caesar, not to praise him,” Welles alternately buried and praised then-President Ronald Reagan. He first condemned him as a “far-right” radical whose bellicosity cast a shadow over the whole planet but then praised him for recognizing the strength of the anti-nuclear movement and responding to it. Soon after that, Reagan undertook serious nuclear arms reduction negotiations with the Soviets. Welles’s speech helped me recognize the absolute necessity of nuclear disarmament for sheer survival, but his soaring rhetoric also stirred something closer to desire. I imagined how delightful would be a future without fear.

Global warming and environmental devastation are threats as terrifying as nuclear war, but there is today nothing comparable to the nuclear freeze movement. April 22, 1970, marked the first Earth Day, bringing hundreds of thousands of people into the streets of major U.S. cities. Nearly every successive Earth Day rally, however, has been smaller than the one before, and none had a significant impact on national politics. The emergence of the crisis of global warming, however, changed public perceptions of environmental vulnerability and seemed to ramp up organizational and grassroots activism.

The environmental industry

On September 20, 2019, days before the annual UN Climate Summit, some 5 million people in 150 countries – inspired by 16-year-old Greta Thunberg — rallied to protest climate change. Many of the young participants in the Global Climate Strike also participated in school walkouts. But the very geographic breadth and diversity of the rallies and their lack of a leader (except for young Greta), made them hard to replicate. No follow-up was planned.

Instead of an environmental movement, we have an environmental industry. There are roughly 28,000 environmental organizations in the U.S. alone, employing 127,000 people with total assets of $68 billion. That’s a lot of turf to protect. The largest group is the National Wildlife Federation, with 5 million dues-paying members and an annual income of about $120 million. The NWF promotes hunting and fishing, activities that are incompatible with wildlife conservation and ecological restoration. It’s funded by members as well as large corporations including General Motors, Alcoa, and PSEG. System change is not part of NWF’s DNA.

The Nature Conservancy is the richest environmental organization in the world. It has a million members, over $7 billion in assets, and an annual income of about a $1 billion. Some of that wealth derives from selling bogus climate offsets to corporations including Disney, Blackrock, and J.P. Morgan Chase. TNC’s board of directors is drawn, unsurprisingly, from some of the same multinational corporations with which it does business, including Alcoa, Bank of America, Dow Chemical, General Mills, J.P. Morgan Chase, and Shell. Other large environmental non-profits with dubious corporate associations and shady dealings include the Audubon Society (national and state affiliates) and World Wildlife Fund. None of them are likely movement builders because they are so entrenched in the current economic and social order.

350.org, Sierra Club and the Sunrise Movement are just three of the dozens of other big players. 350 is a global organization founded in 2007, dedicated to reducing atmospheric carbon to 350 parts per million, the amount beyond which global warming is potentially cataclysmic. (We are now well past that threshold.) It’s been active in campaigns to pressure institutions to divest from fossil fuels and was engaged in the successful effort to halt the Keystone XL oil pipeline. In 2019, it was a sponsor of the Global Climate Strike. Like the Sierra Club and Sunrise Movement, however, 350 doesn’t have a very good record of movement building. Whereas successful movements – Civil Rights, Anti-War, Nuclear Freeze – proceed from success to success and from smaller to larger actions – these groups have lurched from action to inaction, and from triumph to quiescence.

The past summer of record heat and fires, following previous years of record heat and fires, would seem to offer enormous opportunities for organized protest. The hunger of young people – the foundation for any mass movement — is palpable. Yet the organizations with the biggest budgets, largest membership, and greatest potential for outreach, seem to be AWOL. None of them were involved, for example, in organizing or coordinating the September 17 March to End Fossil Fuels in New York City, which attracted a crowd of 75,000 that included progressive star Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez. The U.S. Climate Action Network (USCAN) has almost 200 organizational members and seems well poised to exercise national leadership. But its activist Arm in Arm campaign has been suspended and the organization itself is undergoing retrenchment and restructuring.

Environmental groups have become too internally focused.

There’s a well-known Aesop fable called “The Fox and the Frog” about a frog who declares himself to be a talented doctor able to cure sick animals. All the beasts of the forest are seduced by his claims except one, the fox. How, the fox demands, can one so pale, thin, slack-jawed, weak, and spotty claim to heal anybody? “Physician, heal thyself!” he says.

A group of animals in a field Description automatically generated

Francis Barlow, “The Fox and the Frog,” The Fables of Aesop, London: Stockdale, 1793. (Photo: The author)

For the past decade, but especially since the national, racial reckoning following the murder of George Floyd, many educational, corporate, and non-profit organizations, including environmental ones, have undertaken self-reviews – sometimes under duress — to ensure they uphold principles of justice, equity, diversity, and inclusiveness (JEDI). Their motto appears to be: “Before helping others, heal thyself!” The problem with this principle, and with the fable, is that even imperfect organizations or physicians, can perform exemplary services. 350.org, the Sunrise Movement and the Sierra Club, three of the largest, intermittently effective environmental groups, have been roiled and even paralyzed by internal conflict over racial justice and other praiseworthy goals. The disputes in each case are too complicated to summarize, but generally entail charges of failure to recruit and hire non-white staff, tokenism, and lack of effective outreach to poor or marginalized communities. To avoid similar experiences, many businesses, universities, and non-profits have enlisted the help of professional diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) consultants.

Investment in DEI reached $8 billion in 2020, though those numbers have lately begun to decline. Apart from any impact on equity, DEI programs – many institutions believe — pay public relations dividends. When Starbucks was accused of racism after an incident in 2018 in which police were called to a Philadelphia store after two Black men attempted to use the bathroom, the corporation immediately announced it would close all branches and conduct a one-afternoon course of racial bias training. In the aftermath of the 2020 murder of George Floyd, DEI training was claimed to enhance “changeability,” according to the Harvard Business Review, meaning the capacity of a business to “be more dynamic, adapt in the moment, and sequence its actions.”

It’s to be expected that many corporations and non-profits undertake DEI initiatives with cynical motives. Nevertheless, most of us would be satisfied if they did the right thing for the wrong reason. In this case, however, there is little evidence that DEI training leads to better hiring and promotion practices, greater pay equity, a more diverse workforce, or improved delivery of programs and services. A recent meta-analysis concluded that: “While the small number of experimental studies provide encouraging average effects, details of these studies reveal that the effects shrink when the training is conducted in real-world workplace settings, when the outcomes are measured at a greater time distance… and, most importantly, when the sample size is large enough to produce reliable results.” Of even more dubious value are short-duration, intensive training sessions like the online courses now mandated by many businesses and universities.

The last time I participated in a DEI training was during my final year teaching at Northwestern University in 2021. The course was mandated by our dean as collective punishment for an un-named faculty member’s verbal indiscretion in a graduate seminar. The course was led by a pair of humorless young DEI trainers outfitted with the latest jargon. The consequences for department morale were nearly disastrous: faculty animosities blossomed into viral hatreds during and after the sessions. But university departments are resilient: A few retirements, relocations, raises, and new hires restored basic amity. The same resilience doesn’t characterize environmental non-profits that are dependent upon membership dues and foundation grants. Internal dissension and bad publicity can quickly prove fatal. That was nearly the case with 350.org, Sierra Club and Sunrise. And even in the absence of actual conflict, excessive internal directedness can be paralyzing. USCAN was so focused on prefiguration – establishing an internal order of justice that models the world it wants to create — that it has done little else for the last two years than draft new membership requirements and a “JEDI blueprint.” Now it must quickly devise a concrete strategy and funding mechanism to achieve its ambitious goal: accelerating the U.S. transition to a fossil-free future.

Recently, non-profits have edged away from DEI training and instead embraced “trauma-informed practice”. The purpose of TIP is to support individuals – whether clients or staff – who have experienced trauma, including accidents, disasters, violence, abuse, war, illness, racism, and discrimination. (A recent scholarly survey indicates that 82.7% of people in the U.S. have experienced some kind of trauma.) According to the National Institute of Health, trauma-informed practice is based on “the assumption that every person seeking services is a trauma survivor who designs his or her own path to healing, facilitated by support and mentoring from the service provider.” That means that organizations must shift from a “top-down, hierarchical clinical model to a psychosocial empowerment partnership that embraces all possible tools and paths to healing.”

Environmental justice organizations like the Anthropocene Alliance frequently partner with people who have experienced trauma. Homelessness, injury, and illness are often the consequences of floods, fires, toxics, and extreme heat. In addition, poverty is a co-indicator of trauma; it’s well-recognized that the poor and marginalized are more likely to experience climate and environmental disasters. (Surprisingly, racism is not predictive of trauma. 83.7% of white Americans report trauma exposure, while only 76.4% of Blacks, and 68.2% of Latinos do.) Contact with people exposed to trauma can itself be traumatizing, staff at environmental justice organizations report. Research indicates, however, that trauma-informed practice is no guarantee of successful community outreach or staff health.

More effective than DEI or TIP in building and maintaining a successful environmental justice organization and conducting useful outreach is simply the hard work of ensuring equitable workloads and salaries, and conscientiously seeking a large and diverse applicant pool for open positions. In addition, when working with community members or staff who have experienced trauma, patience, kindness, and compassion are the most important skills. If someone wishes to discuss personal, psychological, physical, or other trauma, staff must listen with attention and care, and be prepared to refer the person to clinical or social service providers, or therapists specially attuned to the environmental crisis.

Building a working-class environmental movement

The environmental crisis isn’t only climate change. It’s also species extinction, ocean acidification, loss of ecological diversity (including deforestation), depletion of fresh water, destruction of the ozone layer, nuclear contamination, microplastic poisoning, and disruption of the nitrogen and phosphorous cycles. Regulatory tinkering by the EPA or state agencies won’t be enough to solve these, and neither will technological fixes such as carbon capture and storage – time is too short, and the crisis is too large. What’s needed instead is a fundamental reallocation of U.S. productive capacity and wealth from the richest and most powerful corporations and individuals to everybody else, with the goal of establishing a just and sustainable society. The names for this proposed new order are unimportant: degrowth, un-growth, low-energy society, de-accumulation, or ecological socialism. What matters is that they are political initiatives – interventions into the domain of power — that can only be accomplished by the collective action of the American working class. That class, consisting of people who have no other assets (excluding homes) than their labor power, comprises at least 70% of the U.S. population.

The American working class has long been deeply divided. A liberal and multicultural segment, about 40% of the total, aligns itself with professionals, educators, scientists, and entrepreneurs. These workers seek and sometimes achieve a lifestyle of relative comfort, even if they remain vulnerable to economic shocks. Another, generally less educated group, also about 40% of the total, staggers under repeated economic blows, but maintains sufficient equilibrium to attack immigrants, non-whites, women, queers, and liberals. Their status and security, they believe, are based upon the subjugation of others. It isn’t so much that they are racist – though that’s a fair characterization in some cases — as that they have decided that racial justice, equity, diversity, and inclusion are antithetical to their practical interests.

Neither Democrats nor Republicans have tried to unite these two halves or encouraged them to become a self-conscious class “for itself.” Doing so would weaken the capitalist order that empowers them. There are of course, exceptions, including a small number of “democratic socialist” U.S. senators and representatives who sometimes pursue unification, including Bernie Sanders, AOC and “the Squad”. That they fail to do so indicates the real divergence of interest between class factions; it can’t be overcome simply by rhetoric. But the climate and environmental crisis has the potential to lead to a fundamental restructuring of U.S. class and power if activists seize the opportunity.

Classic revolutionary theory by Marx and Engels and their 20th Century followers, envisaged an industrial working class (“proletariat”) as the vanguard of revolution. Their congregation in factories, cities, and eventually union halls, meant they would grow to understand their commonality and begin to challenge the system of capital that exploited them. But because of changes in labor practices, concessions by capital, enrichment of a subset of workers, and the racial embitterment of others, that unity was not achieved in the U.S., except partially during the 1930s and 1960s. Today, however, that vanguard class is on the cusp of regeneration as what I would call an “environmental working class” unified by the shared necessity of protection from environmental calamity, and antagonism to corporations and wealthy individuals (“the billionaires”) responsible for their circumstances.

In the course of my work with the Anthropocene Alliance, I’ve learned that divisions in this new working class are not as great as those in the old one. Educated white people in Pensacola, Florida, for example, are just as concerned about rising sea levels, flooding, crushing insurance costs and possible displacement, as uneducated whites in southern Louisiana subject to the same threats. White folks living near a Chevron refinery in Pascagoula, Mississippi are as worried about elevated cancer rates as Black people in Port Arthur, Texas, residing in the shadow of the nation’s largest oil refinery run by Motiva (a subsidiary of Saudi Aramco). Though the science-loving, semi-professionals among the American working-class embrace the science of climate change, and the uneducated white working class sometimes question it, both recognize that the weather is getting warmer, pollution is dangerous to their health, and that something must be done.

What the new, environmental movement needs therefore is relentless and skillful organizing of grassroots, working-class communities impacted by climate change and environmental abuse. That means helping existing community-based organizations and leaders acquire the means (practical and financial) to expand and establish partnerships with allied groups nearby and at a distance. It also means that non-profit organizations should not shy away from providing leadership to grassroots groups, while at the same time gratefully accepting from them the lessons and leadership they offer, based upon direct experience with environmental injustice and on-the-ground organizing.

Communities impacted by global warming and other environmental crises, already know the necessity of change. The wound of insecurity – for example, that a home may be flooded by a storm or burned by wildfire, and that a child may be damaged by airborne toxins or polluted water — is an everyday experience for millions of working-class Americans, and the numbers are growing. What’s less apparent to them, and what a vital environmental movement can help make clear, is that dismantling the fossil fuel, pro-growth economy, means enrichment as well as safety. Better housing, more satisfying employment, and greater opportunities for leisure, recreation and education are some of the benefits that will accrue from a de-growth, lower energy, ecologically resilient, economy and society. The work of organizing a new, working-class environmental movement, must therefore include the cultivating of desire, as much as responding to the sting of necessity.

The post We Need a Working-Class Environmental Movement appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Stephen F. Eisenman.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/13/we-need-a-working-class-environmental-movement/feed/ 0 433969
Offshore wind turbines need rare earth metals. Will there be enough to go around? https://grist.org/energy/offshore-wind-turbines-need-rare-earth-metals-will-there-be-enough-to-go-around/ https://grist.org/energy/offshore-wind-turbines-need-rare-earth-metals-will-there-be-enough-to-go-around/#respond Fri, 06 Oct 2023 08:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=619730 For more than a decade, an Australian company called Arafura Rare Earths has been looking for customers willing to buy rare earth metals from a mine under development in the nation’s Northern Territory. In April, it secured one of its biggest clients yet. 

Siemens Gamesa, one of the largest offshore wind turbine makers in the world, signed an agreement to purchase hundreds of tons of rare earths from Arafura, beginning in 2026, to make giant magnets for its seagoing turbines. The reason a major manufacturer entered a contract with a mining company that isn’t mining anything yet? As CEO Jochen Eickholt told Reuters, Siemens Gamesa is almost 100 percent reliant on China for rare earth magnets — and its customers want to change that.

Rare earths are a group of 17 elements with chemical properties that make them useful for a range of high-tech applications. Because of geological good fortune and early manufacturing investments, today China dominates the rare earth supply chain, producing more than half of the world’s raw rare earths and over 90 percent of the powerful rare earth magnets used in consumer electronics, electric vehicle motors, and offshore wind turbine generators. While the magnets inside smartphones might weigh a couple of grams, those inside wind turbines can tip the scales at several tons. Given the industry’s large and fast-growing rare earth needs, European and U.S. wind companies are anxious to secure future supplies — as well as suppliers in countries that have better relationships with the West.

There are already several large rare earth miners outside of China, including California’s MP Materials and Australia’s Lynas Rare Earths, and Western nations are working to set up additional processing and magnet-making capacity. But it remains to be seen whether emerging supply chains will be able to produce magnets at the scale and cost needed to help offshore wind flourish.

“The world is playing catchup, and it’s an expensive game,” David Abraham, a rare earth analyst and author of The Elements of Power, told Grist.

To understand why the offshore wind industry needs rare earth metals, you have to understand how a turbine works.

Wind turbines are essentially steel towers topped with long, propellor-like blades. As the wind blows, those blades twirl around a rotor hub, which spins a generator to produce electricity. Most land-based turbines use an electromagnetic generator, in which copper coils rotate through a magnetic field to produce electricity. But another option, popular in offshore wind, is a permanent magnet generator, which contains an enormous ring of brick-shaped rare earth magnets that spin with the rotor to produce electricity. 

A wind turbine hub inside an assembly hall
An offshore wind turbine hub is seen in an assembly hall at the Siemens Gamesa wind turbine factory in January, 2023 in Cuxhaven, Germany. Gregor Fischer / Getty Images

There are many reasons the offshore wind sector has embraced permanent magnet generators, but a key one is their efficiency. “The performance of a permanent magnet generator is really quite good — the power density is better than we can get with a copper wound machine,” Michael Derby, program manager with the Wind Energy Technologies Office at the U.S. Department of Energy, or DOE, told Grist.

More efficient permanent magnet generators, Derby said, can be “smaller and therefore lighter and potentially less costly,” all of which make them attractive to developers building massive, expensive machines in the ocean. This is especially true due to another trend in offshore wind: The use of a “direct drive” turbine design, in which the generator connects straight to the rotor, as opposed to connecting via an intermediate gearbox that speeds up the generator’s rotation. 

The gearbox is a high-maintenance component, and eliminating it has advantages offshore, where it’s not easy to conduct routine repairs. But generators lacking a gearbox spin more slowly, meaning they must be physically larger to produce the same power. In this case, “every little performance advantage you can get” by using a permanent magnet generator “really manifests itself,” Derby said.

Permanent magnet generators have one big drawback, though: They need a lot of rare earths. A large direct drive offshore wind turbine equipped with one of these generators can contain upwards of 5 tons of magnets, according to Alla Kolesnikova, the data and analytics lead for the critical minerals research firm Adamas Intelligence. While rare earths only represent about 30 percent of the weight of these magnets, that can still add up to hundreds of pounds of the rare earth metal neodymium — and often, smaller amounts of the heavy rare earths dysprosium and terbium — per megawatt of electricity produced.

Those quantities multiply quickly when you consider the number of offshore wind turbines needed to help nations reach their climate targets. 

Aerial view of offshore blade factory
An aerial view of the Siemens Gamesa offshore blade factory on the banks of the River Humber in Hull, England, in October 2021. Paul Ellis / AFP / Getty Images

Take the U.S., where the Biden administration has set a goal of installing 30 gigawatts of offshore wind, enough to power about 10 million homes, by 2030 to help the nation reach net-zero emissions by 2050. Recent modeling work by the National Renewable Energy Laboratory found that in a scenario where the U.S. reaches that 2050 goal, the wind industry’s neodymium demand would consume over 90 percent of the neodymium produced domestically in 2020. And wind is just one application — neodymium is also required for the magnets used in electric car motors, consumer electronics, and defense technologies. By 2050, “there’s going to be greater demand for everything,” Derby told Grist. 

With demand rising not just in the U.S. but globally, Adamas Intelligence recently forecasted the world could face a shortfall of 90,000 metric tons per year of neodymium-praseodymium oxide, the rare earth alloy used to make magnets, by 2040.

Limited supplies of rare earths are one concern for the wind industry. Another is the reality that nearly all rare earth processing and magnet-making takes place in China today. Daan de Jonge, a rare earth analyst at the research firm Benchmark Mineral Intelligence, said that rare earth-reliant industries are increasingly concerned about how “tensions between the U.S. and China” could impact future supplies. A disruption of critical mineral supplies would not be unprecedented: Earlier this summer, after U.S. and European semiconductor manufacturers restricted the sale of advanced chips to China to slow the advancement of the nation’s military technology, China retaliated by setting export restrictions on gallium and germanium, two metals used in semiconductor manufacturing. 

The wind industry, de Jonge said, may be especially keen to secure its supply chain over the long term, since offshore wind plants can take years to develop.

Some, like Siemens Gamesa, have taken steps to find new suppliers. Through its recent contract with Arafura, the wind turbine maker will purchase several hundred tons of neodymium-praseodymium oxide yearly for five years once the company’s rare earth mine is up and running, with the option to extend the contract two years longer. In an emailed statement, Maximilian Schnippering, head of sustainability at Siemens Gamesa, described this agreement as part of a larger effort to build “sustainable and resilient supply chains.” Siemens Gamesa declined to answer questions about how much of its rare earth needs the new offtake agreement will support or why it chose Arafura as opposed to a more established rare earth producer. Arafura didn’t respond to a request for comment.

Siemens Gamesa isn’t the only wind turbine maker betting on Arafura. In 2022, GE Renewable Energy, the third-largest wind turbine manufacturer in the world that year, signed a memorandum of understanding with Arafura to “jointly cooperate in the establishment of a sustainable supply chain” for neodymium-praseodymium oxide. In an investor report published in June, Arafura said it has “continued detailed negotiations” with GE this year, “with a view to finalizing an offtake agreement that will contribute to GE’s wind turbine manufacturing activities.” 

Close-up of wind turbine against blue sky
A GE Renewable Energy turbine is seen at the Block Island Wind Farm, near Rhode Island, in 2016. Scott Eisen / Getty Images

A GE spokesperson told Grist that while the company has “a diversity of suppliers right now,” it is “taking steps like this to build additional resilience and competitiveness in the system.” The spokesperson declined to state when it might reach a final decision to purchase rare earths from Arafura, or in what quantities.

De Jonge said Arafura’s planned rare earth mine “ticks many boxes” for companies like Siemens Gamesa and GE. The company aims to do both rare earth mining and refining on site, making it an “an ‘easier’ offtake partner than most other mines, who will also need some agreements with processors.” (Wind turbine makers, however, will still need to find separate facilities to turn Arafaura’s refined rare earths into magnets.) Additionally, Arafura has already secured many of the permits it needs, including federal and Northern Territory environmental approvals and a Native Title Agreement that provides financial compensation to local Aboriginal groups. But de Jonge warned that Arafura still needs “a large capital investment” to actually start mining, and meeting its ambitious production goals will depend on the company raising the necessary funds. 

That isn’t a problem unique to Arafura: Anyone attempting to build a new rare earth mine, processing plant, or magnet facility must make huge up-front investments, as illustrated by the U.S. Department of Defense’s recent decision to allocate $258 million toward a new rare earth processing facility in Texas. “To set up these supply lines from mining to component, they’re billions of dollars,” Abraham said.

John Ebert, a spokesperson for the Chinese rare earth magnet maker Yunsheng, said that the “more stringent compliance requirements” of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and other regulators in North America and Europe add costs for companies that want to mine and process rare earths in these regions. And buying Chinese rare earths for processing and manufacturing elsewhere doesn’t necessarily lower costs. Anyone outside of China wishing to buy Chinese rare earths to make magnets is at a disadvantage due to the nation’s value-added taxes, which make it more expensive to export raw materials for manufacturing than to use them within the country, de Jonge said. 

A panoramic view of a rare earth mine
A rare earth mine in Baotou, a city in the Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region of China. Wu Changqing/VCG via Getty Images

The structure of the offshore wind business poses additional challenges for magnet makers attempting to break in, said Ryan Corbett, the chief financial officer of California-based rare earth producer MP Materials, which is constructing a rare earth magnetics facility in Texas. Corbett explained that because offshore wind developers typically sell power to governments at a fixed price, they like to arrange fixed-price contracts with their suppliers to keep costs from exceeding revenues. But the cost of making a rare earth magnet varies as the price of the underlying metals changes. 

“When you’re in a business like ours, with significant fluctuations in prices, that’s really difficult,” Corbett said. 

While major wind energy players take steps to diversify the rare earth supply chain, some are also hedging their bets by reducing their rare earth needs. 

Many offshore wind turbines use a direct drive design, but some do include a gearbox, which means a smaller permanent magnet generator can be used to produce the same level of power. For Vestas, a leading offshore wind turbine manufacturer, gearboxes result in five to 10 times less rare earths used per megawatt of power produced, spokesperson Claes Cunliffe told Grist in an email. In recent turbine models, Cunliffe said, the company is also phasing out the use of the heavy rare earths dysprosium and terbium. China controls nearly 100 percent of the processing of heavy rare earths, which are often mined in dismal conditions. Siemens Gamesa also plans to phase out the use of heavy rare earths, although it hasn’t set a target date.

GE, meanwhile, is doing early-stage research on superconducting generators that eliminate the use of rare earths entirely. Derby of the DOE, which is funding this research, says that the company is in the process of designing and building a 17-megawatt superconducting generator that should be ready for field-testing within the next few years.

The DOE also recently launched a wind turbine recycling competition that will award cash prizes to groups with innovative new ideas for how to recycle both wind turbine blades and rare earth magnets. Commercial-scale recycling options don’t yet exist for wind turbine magnets. But eventually, recycling could meet a significant fraction of the industry’s demand, offering a more sustainable alternative to mining.

“This is a great moment for the U.S. to come in with more environmentally sustainable production,” said Diana Bauer, deputy director of the Advanced Materials and Manufacturing Technologies Office at the DOE. “We should seize the opportunity.”

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Offshore wind turbines need rare earth metals. Will there be enough to go around? on Oct 6, 2023.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Maddie Stone.

]]>
https://grist.org/energy/offshore-wind-turbines-need-rare-earth-metals-will-there-be-enough-to-go-around/feed/ 0 432344
🚰 Our Drinking Water Is at Risk | The Urgent Need for Change #shorts #newstoday https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/05/%f0%9f%9a%b0-our-drinking-water-is-at-risk-the-urgent-need-for-change-shorts-newstoday/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/05/%f0%9f%9a%b0-our-drinking-water-is-at-risk-the-urgent-need-for-change-shorts-newstoday/#respond Thu, 05 Oct 2023 13:00:24 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=5013918d80273ba546abc5f8796d25f0
This content originally appeared on The Laura Flanders Show and was authored by The Laura Flanders Show.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/05/%f0%9f%9a%b0-our-drinking-water-is-at-risk-the-urgent-need-for-change-shorts-newstoday/feed/ 0 432135
East Palestine and railroad workers need to team up against corporations! https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/04/east-palestine-and-railroad-workers-need-to-team-up-against-corporations/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/04/east-palestine-and-railroad-workers-need-to-team-up-against-corporations/#respond Wed, 04 Oct 2023 14:45:40 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=03518dc8eb063b734133a63a17414352
This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by The Real News Network.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/04/east-palestine-and-railroad-workers-need-to-team-up-against-corporations/feed/ 0 431900
We need to think about migrants, not just when they’re stranded at sea: New IOM chief https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/02/we-need-to-think-about-migrants-not-just-when-theyre-stranded-at-sea-new-iom-chief/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/02/we-need-to-think-about-migrants-not-just-when-theyre-stranded-at-sea-new-iom-chief/#respond Mon, 02 Oct 2023 14:22:44 +0000 https://news.un.org/feed/view/en/audio/2023/10/1141752 Amy Pope took office as the chief of UN migration agency IOM on 1 October, becoming the first woman to lead the organisation.

In her very first week on the job, she sat down with UN News’s Dominika Tomaszewska-Mortimer to talk about a comprehensive view of migration and its causes.

She insisted on the urgent need for more regular pathways for people whose lives are uprooted because of poverty, gang violence or climate change. She’s also advocating for a new narrative around the issue, arguing that in an ageing world, “ultimately, countries will be competing for migrants”.


This content originally appeared on UN News - Global perspective Human stories and was authored by Dominika Tomaszewska-Mortimer.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/02/we-need-to-think-about-migrants-not-just-when-theyre-stranded-at-sea-new-iom-chief/feed/ 0 431315
We need to think about migrants, not just when they’re stranded at sea: New IOM chief https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/02/we-need-to-think-about-migrants-not-just-when-theyre-stranded-at-sea-new-iom-chief-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/02/we-need-to-think-about-migrants-not-just-when-theyre-stranded-at-sea-new-iom-chief-2/#respond Mon, 02 Oct 2023 14:22:44 +0000 https://news.un.org/en/audio/2023/10/1141752 Amy Pope took office as the chief of UN migration agency IOM on 1 October, becoming the first woman to lead the organisation.

In her very first week on the job, she sat down with UN News’s Dominika Tomaszewska-Mortimer to talk about a comprehensive view of migration and its causes.

She insisted on the urgent need for more regular pathways for people whose lives are uprooted because of poverty, gang violence or climate change. She’s also advocating for a new narrative around the issue, arguing that in an ageing world, “ultimately, countries will be competing for migrants”.


This content originally appeared on UN News - Global perspective Human stories and was authored by Dominika Tomaszewska-Mortimer.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/02/we-need-to-think-about-migrants-not-just-when-theyre-stranded-at-sea-new-iom-chief-2/feed/ 0 437399
Exposing Even More Gulf Waters to Drilling “is the last thing we need – and the last place we need it.” https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/29/exposing-even-more-gulf-waters-to-drilling-is-the-last-thing-we-need-and-the-last-place-we-need-it/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/29/exposing-even-more-gulf-waters-to-drilling-is-the-last-thing-we-need-and-the-last-place-we-need-it/#respond Fri, 29 Sep 2023 17:02:53 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/exposing-even-more-gulf-waters-to-drilling-is-the-last-thing-we-need-and-the-last-place-we-need-it

"We need an all-out mobilization of our government and society to stop [the climate crisis] right now," said the group.

New York Gov. Kathy Hochul called the rainstorm that caused the flash flooding a "life-threatening rainfall event" and noted that there have been reports of some school buildings flooding, prompting administrators to move children to higher floors or close the buildings.

"No children are in danger as far as we know," said Hochul, adding that many New York City children use public transportation to get home from school. "We want to make sure we get the subways, the trains, our communication system, our transportation system working."

According to Richard Davis, president of Local 100 of the Transport Workers Union, some bus passengers on Friday were forced to stand on their seats as drivers navigated through high flood waters that seeped into buses.

Maintenance workers were using pumps to remove water from subway stations, and the Metropolitan Transportation Authority announced "extremely limited subway service," with many lines suspended or rerouted.

New York City Councilmember Chi Ossé criticized Mayor Eric Adams for failing to address the public until the crisis was well underway and said the flooding shows the city is "severely underprepared for the climate crisis."

Earlier this month Adams announced a new initiative aimed at mobilizing business owners to comply with Local Law 97, which will take effect in 2024 and would reduce carbon emissions from buildings.

According toGothamist, "environmental experts say the new plan will weaken the law's enforcement powers by giving qualified building owners an extra three years to meet carbon reduction deadlines."

Jean Su, energy justice director at the Center for Biological Diversity, took aim at the offshore drilling plan proposed by President Joe Biden on Friday over the objections of scientists and climate advocates. The five-year plan includes three new offshore gas leases in the Gulf of Mexico despite Biden's campaign promise to end offshore gas and oil drilling.

"We are in the climate emergency," said Su. "Yet the president is continuing to drill for oil and gas. He has to stop to give us a chance at a livable planet."

Earlier this month, noted Su, some of the same streets that were inundated with rainwater on Friday had been filled with tens of thousands of people demanding that Biden declare a climate emergency and take decisive action to speed the transition toward renewable energy.

"A week ago, we were hitting the streets of New York for Climate Week NYC," said grassroots group Rising Tide North America. "We shut down Citibank's headquarters and blockaded the New York Federal Reserve."

"[The New York Police Department] arrested lots of our friends," the group added. "Maybe they should have been arresting those bankers and bureaucrats who are responsible for this disaster."


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/29/exposing-even-more-gulf-waters-to-drilling-is-the-last-thing-we-need-and-the-last-place-we-need-it/feed/ 0 430846
US home insurers are leaving climate risk areas. We need affordable housing now https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/27/us-home-insurers-are-leaving-climate-risk-areas-we-need-affordable-housing-now/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/27/us-home-insurers-are-leaving-climate-risk-areas-we-need-affordable-housing-now/#respond Wed, 27 Sep 2023 12:44:59 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/5050/us-housing-crisis-climate-change-insurance-california/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Chrissy Stroop.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/27/us-home-insurers-are-leaving-climate-risk-areas-we-need-affordable-housing-now/feed/ 0 430129
We Need Clean Air, Not Another Billionaire https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/23/we-need-clean-air-not-another-billionaire/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/23/we-need-clean-air-not-another-billionaire/#respond Sat, 23 Sep 2023 12:38:53 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=144224 The first time I heard the chant it was while helping to block the street in front of leading fossil fuel financer Black Rock in lower Manhattan last Wednesday the 13th: “We need clean air, not another billionaire!” The dozens of people I was taking action with also liked it, and we kept chanting loud and long while we watched the traffic back up and for when the police were going to move in on us.

Then there was the other one: “Tax the Rich, Tax the Mother-F—ing Rich!”, also a big hit all throughout the week of actions in New York City. The most memorable time chanting it for me was on the morning of the 18th. I was with a group of 27 other people arrested, handcuffed and stuffed into an old police bus after blocking one of the entrances to the Federal Reserve bank in the Wall Street area. As the bus pulled away heading towards 1 Police Plaza and hours of processing, someone started up this chant. We must have chanted it for at least 5-6 minutes with no let up and loud-loud-loud as the bus traveled through the Wall Street area streets. And since our windows were partly open, there’s no question a lot of people heard us.

This was the spirit of the week of resistance to end fossil fuels and build another world, another world that looks much more possible now that we’ve shown each other just what we can do when we work hard together in a cooperative and respectful way.

It is just tremendous, a huge and very important thing that, according to mainstream media reports, 75,000 people took part in the March to End Fossil Fuels on September 17. The organizers of the march did their job and did it well, and masses of people responded. It was and is, clearly, a movement moment.

It’s special that almost 200 arrests were made for the many acts of determined nonviolent direct action throughout the week.

It is a very big deal that there were many hundreds, possibly close to a thousand, local actions happening around the country and around the world over this weekend. The world is rising up together again on this most critical of issues, the rapidly deepening climate emergency.

And the mix of people! From where I was on Sunday, deep in the middle of the march, it was great to experience:

  • the racial diversity—predominantly white but with a stronger mix of people of the global majority/people of color than I expected; and,
  • the issue diversity—anti-militarism, feminism, youth, plastics, labor, elders and more, all in the context of the overall climate justice focus of the action.

Then there was the press coverage, lots and lots of it. One of special note is the New York Times on the day after the march displaying a big color picture on the front page, with a very good article and more pictures inside that front section of the paper.

This was a week not to be forgotten. This week really can be a turning point moment for climate justice-centered, mass movement-building. But what is next? Here are my thoughts:

This showing, this showing to one another what we can do when unified, has to continue. A top priority has to be support for the many battles raging against new fossil fuel pipelines like the Mountain Valley Pipeline, LNG export terminals in the Gulf states and elsewhere, other infrastructure, and oil and gas leases. All of us need to do whatever we can when the calls go out for supportive acts of resistance, whether electronic or in person, responding as best as we can.

But we need more. The success of this week that was, this historic week in NYC and around the world, was seen and heard about by literally tens of millions of people who had no idea that our movement was this big, this unified, this organizationally capable. We need to take visible action in local areas all over the country, and maybe the world, on a regular basis, in part to give these new people an on ramp into the world of activism for justice.

Young people with Fridays for Future gave leadership on this tactic beginning years ago via the local, distributed-but-connected actions on the same Friday day. Jane Fonda’s Fire Drill Fridays did something similar for a while, and national webinars are still being done monthly.

What if one of the main follow-ups from this historic week is something similar: End Fossil Fuels Fridays, every month, like the first Friday of every month. Local groups would use the political framework of the March’s four demands and the context language going with them—see below–but they would determine what specifically is done each month, what important local or other fights are prioritized and what exactly happens. A diversity of nonviolent tactics would be the overarching tactical approach.

Can we do this? After what we’ve just done, of course we can. Is there a better idea? Very possibly. Let’s discuss! But not too long, sisters, brothers, cousins, friends. Every day we need to go about our life-saving work acting with the urgency, but also with the love and compassion, that the times require.

We need clean air, not another billionaire!

From www.endfossilfuels.us:

We call on Biden to:

-STOP FEDERAL APPROVALS for new fossil fuel projects and REPEAL permits for climate bombs like the Willow project and the Mountain Valley Pipeline.

-PHASE OUT FOSSIL FUEL DRILLING on our public lands and waters.

-DECLARE A CLIMATE EMERGENCY to halt fossil fuel exports and investments abroad, and turbo-charge the build-out of more just, resilient distributed energy (like rooftop and community solar).

-PROVIDE A JUST TRANSITION to a renewable energy future* that generates millions of jobs while supporting workers’ and community rights, job security, and employment equity.

* Our renewable energy future must not repeat the violence of the extractive past. Justice must ground the transition off fossil fuels to redress the climate, colonialist, racist, socioeconomic, and ecological injustices of the fossil fuel era.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Ted Glick.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/23/we-need-clean-air-not-another-billionaire/feed/ 0 429391
Why we need to sweat https://grist.org/record-high/why-we-need-to-sweat/ https://grist.org/record-high/why-we-need-to-sweat/#respond Tue, 19 Sep 2023 13:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=4078fa08cb7134b939e770046d3557f6 Hello, welcome to Record High. I’m Kate Yoder, a staff writer at Grist, and today, we’re looking at how sweating can help us cope with climate change.

It is embarrassing to be a sweaty person. I remember making my way to the podium to give a speech at my sixth-grade graduation, my feet squelching audibly in flip-flops with every step; taking a test and noticing the warped paper beneath my moist hand; standing up from a plastic chair and hoping no one noticed the sweaty butt print I left behind. So it came as a relief to learn that sweating was actually good for something. 

Once I learned that the science journalist Sarah Everts wrote a book called The Joy of Sweat, I knew that I had to talk to her. Everts makes the case that perspiration is a human superpower, a gift for enduring sweltering temperatures. “I think it’s funny that humans have this enormous taboo about a biological function that’s ultimately going to help us survive climate change,” she told me.

A 1950s-era woman pointing an electric fan on her sweating armpits
Paula Winkler / Getty Images

The science of sweat goes as follows: At the first hint of getting hot, your heart starts pumping blood toward the outskirts of your body. In tandem, sweat glands pump water — drawn from that blood — onto your skin. When those tiny beads evaporate, they move heat off the body and into the air. It’s an incredibly efficient way to cool down. The geneticist Yana Kamberov, who studies the evolution of sweat, told me that the ability to shed buckets of water is an ability as unique to humans as our oversize brains.

So why do we burn through all that water, one of life’s precious resources? To avoid getting cooked from the inside out. “Dying from a heat wave is like a horror movie with 27 endings that you can choose from,” said Camilo Mora, a climate scientist at the University of Hawaiʻi at Manoa, who has cataloged 27 different ways that heat can lead to organ failure and death. 

“Dying from a heat wave is like a horror movie with 27 endings that you can choose from.”

The thing is, sweating has its limits, as I reported for Grist this week. Very hot, humid conditions can render it ineffective. When the air is thick with water molecules, it’s harder for sweat to evaporate, and the body starts overheating. The theoretical point at which no amount of sweating can help you is thought to be six hours of exposure to a “wet-bulb temperature” of 35 degrees Celsius, or 95 degrees Fahrenheit. Wet-bulb temperature — invented by the U.S. military in the 1950s after recruits kept collapsing from heat illness — is a measurement that combines heat and humidity with sunlight and wind.

But heat gets dangerous long before that point. Last year, a study found that the upper limit of safety for healthy people was a wet-bulb temperature of 31 degrees C, or 88 degrees F. And factors like age, illness, and body size change the math. Older people are especially vulnerable — partly because of health conditions, and partly because sweat glands tend to deteriorate with age.

That humidity poses a problem for sweating is well-known, but I was surprised to learn that the opposite extreme — hot, dry air — could present its own set of problems. Sweat evaporates very quickly in arid conditions, but the human body can only produce a limited amount of sweat, said Ollie Jay, a health professor at the University of Sydney in Australia. That limit is about a liter per hour at rest, or about three liters an hour during exercise. If you managed to reach that point of maximum sweatiness in dry heat, then you wouldn’t be able to sweat enough to cool down. But most climate models ignore this, leading almost certainly to overestimates for what humans can handle, Jay said.

Given how crucial perspiration is for survival, you’d think researchers would have the science of sweat all figured out by now, but there are still open questions. Read the full story here. (Teaser: It includes a robot that sweats.)


By the numbers

Earlier this month, researchers analyzed the hot and humid conditions under which the human body starts to overheat unless specific actions to cool down are taken. They found that under our current climate, 8 percent of the land on Earth will meet this threshold at least once a decade. That would increase to a quarter if global temperatures warm 2 degrees C above the preindustrial average.

A global map showing the number of years until lethal heat is experienced at least one day per year once the world has warmed 2ºC on average. Areas at high risk include the equatorial region, much of South America, and northern Australia.

Data Visualization by Clayton Aldern


What we’re reading

It’s not only coral in trouble in Florida: Anemones, sponges, and jellyfish — usually resilient creatures — are struggling to survive in the Everglades amid record marine temperatures. “It’s a complete ecosystem problem,” Matt Bellinger, owner and operator of Bamboo Charters in the Keys, told Abigail Geiger and Gabriela Tejeda for their piece in Grist.

.Read more

Take a siesta: A midday break with a meal and a nap doesn’t just sound pleasant, it also protects outdoor workers from exposure to the hottest time of day. Grist fellow Siri Chilukuri explains the benefits of reviving the Mediterranean tradition and the challenges of bringing it to the overworked United States.

.Read more

The fight for worker safety heats up: After laboring in temperatures up to 118 degrees F, baggage handlers, runway signalers, and cabin cleaners at the Phoenix airport requested an investigation of working conditions they say leave them prone to heat illness and exhaustion. They are the first airport workers to file a complaint with the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Grist fellow Katie Myers reports.

.Read more

Heat waves and pregnancy are a dangerous combo: Exposure to both short- and long-term heat raises the risk of life-threatening complications during labor and delivery, Jessica Kutz reports for The 19th. A recent study found that extreme heat was associated with a 27 percent increase in “severe maternal morbidity,” a category that includes cardiac arrest, eclampsia, heart failure, and sepsis.

.Read more

An “extreme heat belt” is emerging in the Midwest: When hazardous heat came to Iowa, Kansas, Missouri, and Nebraska in August, emergency rooms saw a record number of people suffering from heat-related illnesses. Many homes in the region are designed in a way that’s ill-prepared for hotter temperatures, Holly Edgell writes for Kansas City’s KCUR.

.Read more

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Why we need to sweat on Sep 19, 2023.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Kate Yoder.

]]>
https://grist.org/record-high/why-we-need-to-sweat/feed/ 0 428158
Writer Sarah Rose Etter on not making things harder than they need to be https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/11/writer-sarah-rose-etter-on-not-making-things-harder-than-they-need-to-be/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/11/writer-sarah-rose-etter-on-not-making-things-harder-than-they-need-to-be/#respond Mon, 11 Sep 2023 07:00:00 +0000 https://thecreativeindependent.com/people/writer-sarah-rose-etter-on-not-making-things-harder-than-they-need-to-be You’ve said before that the first line in The Book of X felt like “a door was opening and all [you] had to do was step through it and follow the path beyond.” I’m curious about your latest book, Ripe, and what about it felt like a door to you? What was your entry point?

I always think it’s the first sentence. That’s something they talk a lot about in movies, that the central conflict is usually introduced in the first three to five minutes—and a book feels similar for me. The first sentence has to hold a whole world in it. If a sentence feels like something I can chew on or that might be loaded enough to open that door up, then I usually know that I’m cooking with something.

In the opening for Ripe, it’s grounded in a moment just a couple weeks after I moved to San Francisco. I was in a coffee shop, and I was still bright-eyed and bushy-tailed about moving there. And the woman who owned the coffee shop was pouring me a cup of coffee, and she told me that I should be careful in San Francisco. I said, “I’m not really scared of San Francisco.” And she said, “Well, it’s a different kind of thing to be afraid of here.” And she told me that the night before a man had set himself on fire outside of the coffee shop, and she had tried to put him out. She was so shaken. And although the scene in the opening of the book is quite different, that real-life moment was such a strong foreshadowing that San Francisco wasn’t what I had imagined it to be.

When you’re working on a project that has surrealist elements or a non-linear timeline, how do you go about outlining and researching?

When I was 25, I went to see Mary Gaitskill talk before I ever even tried to be a writer in a real way. And I asked her a question at the Q&A portion of the event, and I said, “How do you know if a project is worth being a book?” And she stared down into my soul with these ice blue eyes, and she was like, “I don’t believe in waste.” And I was like, “Jesus Christ.” She completely eviscerated me. But I do understand in a more gentle way now that there is truth to it. I work full-time, and I don’t want to spend 10 or 15 years on a book, so I do outline. I try to leave room for there to be surrealism and play, but it’s much easier for me if every day I sit down and I know exactly what scene I’m going to write. Because if every single day you’re going back to, “Where’s this going? What am I doing next? Where can I find the story?”— that alone is a huge hurdle to constantly come back to.

It’s very easy to overthink parts of writing a book that are simple. We are human beings. We’ve loved certain plots since the dawn of time. Cave paintings and the Bible and myths: all of these things have a plot structure and that’s why we’re drawn to them. Whenever I teach, I always encourage my students to find a simple plot structure and use it. Everything else is where you can play, but don’t make it harder for yourself.

I know with your last book, you’ve said how you wrote down scenes on index cards and chose one at random to work on for the day. Did you take a similar approach with this book?

Absolutely. It just works for me because it reminds me of pulling a tarot card every day. There are certain scenes that I have a red “X” on, because I know they’re going to be really emotionally taxing ones where I know I’m going to have a hard time when I write it or I’m going to cry or it’s going to break my heart a little. So I try to be careful about those.

What does your writing schedule look like while you have a full-time job?

I work in tech and manage a team of five content designers. So it’s a really rewarding, but definitely a challenging job. If I’m just trying to get the first draft out—which I try to do really quickly, within five months or so—then I’ll have a really rigid schedule. I’ll write an hour every day after work, I’ll write nine-to-five on Saturday and Sunday, I’ll take two weeks off work and write the whole time instead of going on vacation. And that’s just to get the first draft out. I encourage everyone to just vomit it out. Everyone’s first draft sucks. It is a known thing in writing. Every writer you talk to will tell you this. I’m pretty sure I edited this book for three or four years, and so the real labor to me is in the editing. You can’t edit if you have nothing. You can fix anything in post, but if you don’t have a draft to edit, then you’re just telling everybody about your idea for a novel.

What are your ideal writing conditions?

With The Book of X, I was in a writing residency in Iceland and I wrote the whole first draft in a month because I wasn’t working full time. I wrote 70,000 words in a month over there. It was the first time I had ever gotten dedicated time to just write, so I knew I had to get as much out of it as I could.

With Ripe, we were in COVID lockdown. And so it was more about figuring out how to work around this new way of living where I wasn’t going to be able to go anywhere. What really helped me was one of my best friends, Tommy Pico, and I started this really wild writing schedule where we would get on Zoom and we would talk shit, then we would go write for two hours and leave the Zoom open with our cameras off and our mics muted, and then come back and talk shit after two hours, and then go for two hours and then come back and talk shit. And we did that for a lot of this project. It was super helpful because it kept me accountable, and during a time when I felt so alone, it really helped me to have somebody to work alongside. I really don’t know if there’s anyone else I could work with in that way because it is kind of an intimate way to work. I don’t think I ever could have written this book without Tommy.

What parts specifically of the novel writing process do you feel the most resistance? And also, which part of the process do you feel the most ease?

Writing a novel is just so big and unwieldy. It’s such a massive undertaking that I’m going to write 300 pages of something that’s going to somehow function together. And especially when you’re writing really dark work. I think a lot about The Art of Cruelty by Maggie Nelson, where she asks: “How cruel can a work of art be before people can’t engage with it?” Because there is a certain line that if you cross it, you kind of can’t come back or you lose a lot of people. So finding that line and figuring out how to do this in a way that is still enjoyable to the reader on some level is probably one of the harder challenges. And then there’s also some resistance because in certain scenes, I’m definitely cracking my heart open and having to revisit trauma and having to be really cognizant of that, because The whole book doesn’t need to be me cutting my heart open and bleeding on the page. But there’s definitely got to be moments of that, or it’s not worth it.

The easy part is when I’m playing, when I’m doing the structure stuff. It’s not necessarily easy, but it’s fun in a different way. I need to be working on something and that doesn’t bore me. It helps me to keep coming back to the work, because if I’m bored, I’m definitely going to bore the reader.

When your work involves tapping into pain as a regular practice, how do you come down from a heightened emotional state?

A favorite pair of sweatpants and a sweatshirt that I have. I can order whatever I want for dinner. I can watch TV, whatever I want to do. I’ve really fallen in love with K spas ever since I moved to LA. Also, Tommy and I go to Alamo Drafthouse because the seats recline and they bring you bottomless diet Coke and popcorn. And that is, to me, returning to the womb. I will go see any movie and that solves all my problems for the most part.

Speaking of movies, what were you consuming while working on Ripe?

I really was stuck on I May Destroy You. I was so blown away and was listening to a lot of interviews with [Michaela Coel], and it was really helpful to hear someone who was trying to process trauma about how they did it, and also just her confidence in standing by the work. It was like preparing for being on the press junket, which is demanding in really different ways than writing. They’re two very separate things.

I was talking to Carmen Maria Machado about this a couple days ago. In order to do this work, you have to have a really special set of skills, and you need to be able to endure writing the first draft, and you need to then endure editing it, and then you need to endure selling it, and then you need to endure editing it again. And then you need to endure getting a cover and a title and then it coming out and then doing the press, and then hoping you sell it. They’re all very different skill set sets, right? Like, do you have a business mentality? Can you now sell the thing that you just poured your heart into? Because my work does not get to exist unless I sell copies. It is literally just a fact of being a writer that if I want to keep doing this, I have to go sell the thing. I’m very lucky in some ways that I have a background in marketing. That helps a lot, but it does require all of the skills. You need to be introverted and extroverted. You need to be private and public. It’s just so many dualities. And so that’s something I’ve been thinking about a lot is the ways it requires you to be resilient.

At what point in the process does marketing come into your frame of mind?

I was in an interview recently and they said, “You’ve gotten a dream publisher for every book. How did you do it?” And the answer is, I’ve really just gotten lucky that people showed up at the time that I had work ready and were willing to take a risk on it. I did not have a plan. I’ve dream editors and dream presses in my head, but I never sat down and said, “I’m going to write a book for this editor at this press.” That is the fastest way to make a piece of shit. And it’s the same thing with when people ask, “Did you set out to write a feminist book?” No, I never did that. I sit down and I write what guts me. All the other stuff has to be figured out later.

You know what’s crazy about this book? It actually blows my mind that I wrote and sold this before Roe was overturned, and so the abortion in this book, when we sold it, I had been thinking about taking it out because I was like,* Oh, wow, Sarah, you’re so edgy.* But now I’m like, Thank fucking god, it’s in there.

The world at this point moves way too fast for you to be able to even predict what the market is going to want, unless you’re doing genre stuff. But yeah, the part of releasing a book that’s always nerve wracking is you can’t control the world around you. I have friends who had books come out the day Trump got elected. I was kind of joking to my friends, “I’ll be in okay shape as long as there’s not a new COVID that gets announced the day this book comes out.”

You just can’t even guess what’s going to happen. I definitely was looking at The Bell Jar and Play It As It Lays and Problems by Jade Sharma. I was looking at things that are about women up against the world around them, who are really sad and how they could stand the test of time. If you’re thinking just about the marketing side, you’re more likely to write something that’s not going to last. I always joke that my competition is just dead writers. Writing is not a competitive sport to me. I literally ask myself, Can you be as good as Sylvia Plath? Can you be as good as Joan Didion? That’s the mark.

Sarah Rose Etter Recommends:

Cleaner by Brandi Wells, a killer novel about a cleaning woman who becomes obsessed with the people she cleans up after every night in an office.

If Books Could Kill, a podcast about books that shouldn’t have become bestsellers but did. The episodes about The Game and The Rules books are both incredible.

The Bear Season Two, obviously.

Let The Right One In, the novel. I don’t know why I didn’t read this sooner—just devoured it! Very ahead of its time somehow.

There Are Things More Beautiful Than Beyonce by Morgan Parker. Found myself coming back to this one recently. I’m so excited for Morgan’s next book.


This content originally appeared on The Creative Independent and was authored by Sara Tardiff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/11/writer-sarah-rose-etter-on-not-making-things-harder-than-they-need-to-be/feed/ 0 426296
The Fiji Times: We need to work together in the war against crime https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/10/the-fiji-times-we-need-to-work-together-in-the-war-against-crime/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/10/the-fiji-times-we-need-to-work-together-in-the-war-against-crime/#respond Sun, 10 Sep 2023 08:41:47 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=92858 SUNDAY TIMES EDITORIAL: By The Fiji Times editor Fred Wesley

If there is a rise in robberies in some of Fiji’s urban areas, then something must be triggering it. Unless this is the norm, and robberies are part and parcel of life in these urban centres, something is amiss, and we need to get to the bottom of what’s causing it.

Residents along Raiwaqa’s Falvey Rd, we learn, are living in fear as robberies in the area have become an almost daily occurrence. Biren Pal, 61, a resident of the area for more than six decades, claimed robberies and assaults were a norm.

Last Sunday, Mr Pal was robbed and, in the process, was severely injured in the face when thieves mobbed him before fleeing with his mobile phone. He was walking to a friend’s house when he was pushed to the ground and knocked unconscious.

The Fiji Times
THE FIJI TIMES

He only regained consciousness when his friends took him to the hospital. Southern Police Commander SSP Wate Vocevoce confirmed receiving a complaint from Mr Pal.

He said in the past four months crimes committed in the area included four cases of assault, one of burglary and property damage and one case of theft.

In the Lagilagi area in the past six months, police recorded 14 cases of assault, one case each of theft, assault, intimidation, and trespass and two cases of property damage. Now such robberies and assaults on people are harmful for many reasons.

Aside from the pain and suffering it causes people like Mr Pal, there is the negative impact on life itself for those living in the area for instance.

Fear, uncertainty and doubt
There is fear, uncertainty and doubt cast over the area because of the actions of thugs.

The ripple effect on businesses in the area is felt by everyone connected to it.

And we are talking about stores operating in the area, shoppers, staff of these stores and residents living in the area.

There is a sense of fear that may stick to the area because of the robberies.

People will eventually hesitate to travel through the area, to shop there, or visit family and friends for instance. It breeds doubt, with only the brave who are willing to take their chances, visiting it.

When High Court judge Justice Daniel Goundar sentenced a 19-year-old casual labourer for stealing a mobile phone recently, he mentioned that muggings were prevalent.

In the Western Division, we learn that theft, assault, and burglary were among the most reported crimes in the division in the month of August.

Decrease in overall crime
Divisional police commander West senior superintendent of police (SSP) Iakobo Vaisewa said while these criminal acts were at the top of the list, their division has noted a decrease in the overall crime rate though.

“Even if the smallest item is stolen, they are investigated,” he said.

Now that’s a good thing because how else are we supposed to fight this? We look up to the police force to put in place measures that will empower people to assist it in the war against crime.

Fiji needs people who are willing to put their hands up and accept responsibility for their actions. In saying that, we look up to the powers that be to lead the way.

However, it is obvious that we need a united front.

The flip side to that is more crime, and more uncertainty, insecurity, fear and doubt! And those who assault and rob people need to get a life!

This editorial was published in Fiji’s Sunday Times today under the title “We need to work together”. Republished with permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/10/the-fiji-times-we-need-to-work-together-in-the-war-against-crime/feed/ 0 426177
Eight Things You Need to Know About the Navy’s Failed Multibillion-Dollar Littoral Combat Ship Program https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/07/eight-things-you-need-to-know-about-the-navys-failed-multibillion-dollar-littoral-combat-ship-program/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/07/eight-things-you-need-to-know-about-the-navys-failed-multibillion-dollar-littoral-combat-ship-program/#respond Thu, 07 Sep 2023 10:05:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/navy-littoral-combat-ship-takeaways by Joaquin Sapien

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

Get a behind-the-scenes look at the investigation in an Instagram Live conversation on September 12. Follow us at @propublica for updates.

Here are eight takeaways from ProPublica’s report on the Navy’s littoral combat ship program, which has cost taxpayers billions but failed to deliver on its promise.

1. Navy officials vastly underestimated the costs to build the ship in estimates provided to Congress. The original price tag more than doubled.

Contractors were supposed to build the ships fast, in large numbers and at an original cost of $220 million each — cheap for a Navy vessel. The ships were based in part on designs for commercial car or passenger ferries. As the Navy began to apply tougher standards, costs soared.

2. The ships were supposed to be equipped with interchangeable weapons systems to allow them to fight, hunt submarines and detect mines. The Navy failed to make this happen.

Former officers said that the Navy’s haste to deliver the ships took precedence over the vessels’ combat abilities. After spending hundreds of millions, the Navy abandoned its plan to outfit the ships to find and destroy submarines; the system to hunt undersea mines is still under development. Without functioning weapons systems, one former officer said, the ship was only a “box floating in the ocean.” In response to questions, the Navy acknowledged the LCS was not suitable for fighting peer competitors such as China. The LCS “does not provide the lethality or survivability needed in a high-end fight.”

3. Scores of sailors and officers spent more time trying to fix the ships than sailing them.

Because the crews were so small, only the most elite officers and sailors were meant to sail the ships. But breakdowns meant that the ships often spent more time in port than at sea. Some sailors sought mental health assistance because of the challenges. The LCS program became known as a place where naval careers went to die. Over time, the Navy increased crew sizes on the LCS.

4. The Navy relied so heavily on contractors for maintenance and repair that sailors and officers were unable to fix their own ships.

Sailors and officers were not allowed to touch certain pieces of equipment because of complicated arrangements with Navy contractors. Cumbersome negotiations meant it could sometimes take weeks to get contractors on board. “An average week would consist of 90 to 100 hours in port doing, honestly, nothing,” one former officer said of his time. The Navy has recently increased the amount of maintenance performed by sailors.

5. A string of high-profile breakdowns at sea beginning in late 2015 laid bare the limits of the ships and their crews.

In late 2015, the USS Milwaukee broke down en route to its home port, the equivalent of a brand new car stalling on its way out of the dealership. In January 2016, the USS Fort Worth broke down when a crew of exhausted sailors failed to execute a routine procedure, costing the Navy millions in repairs. Months later, the USS Freedom saw its engine destroyed by a seawater leak. Then the USS Coronado had trouble with its water jets, followed by the USS Montgomery, which collided with a tugboat, then cracked its hull after striking a lock in the Panama Canal. Each incident added fresh embarrassment to a program meant to propel the Navy into a more technologically advanced future.

6. Top Navy commanders pressured subordinates to sail even when the crews and ships were not fully prepared to go to sea.

On the Freedom, sailors and officers understood that they had a “no fail mission” with “‘no appetite’ to remain in port.” Even though one engine was contaminated, the ship’s commander took it to sea. Afterward, the ship needed repairs that took two years to complete and cost millions. On the Fort Worth, one sailor complained that there was “no break, no reprieve, just increasing daily tasking.”

7. One Navy secretary and his allies in Congress fought to build more of the ships even as they broke down at sea and their weapons systems failed. The Navy wound up with more ships than it wanted, at an estimated lifetime cost of $100 billion.

Time and again, senior officers voiced their concerns about the ineffectiveness of the ships, yet members of Congress, the Pentagon and Navy leaders advocated for them anyway. In some cases, officers assigned to review the ships’ performance saw their careers derailed after sharing their unvarnished, critical findings.

Former Navy Secretary Ray Mabus said the Navy took the breakdowns seriously, “but it did not seem, from what we were looking at, that it was a systemic problem.”

8. Lawmakers with shipyards in their districts played a key role in expanding the program and protecting it from scrutiny.

When the Navy decided to issue contracts to build 20 littoral combat ships in two states in 2010, it encountered stiff resistance from the then-ranking member of the Senate Armed Services Committee, John McCain, a Republican. But Sen. Richard Shelby, a Republican representing Alabama, where some of the ships were being built, slipped in an amendment that would allow the Navy to do so in a last-minute budget bill. “He made sure it happened,” a Shelby spokesman said at the time. Democratic Sen. Carl Levin of Michigan, who was initially skeptical of the ships, supported the proposal. He said the plan to build 10 vessels at a shipyard in neighboring Wisconsin would provide “a major boost for the region’s economy.” Even after the Navy finally determined that it only needed 32 of the ships, Congress managed to fund three more.

Kristen Berg, Mollie Simon and Joshua Kaplan contributed research.


This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Joaquin Sapien.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/07/eight-things-you-need-to-know-about-the-navys-failed-multibillion-dollar-littoral-combat-ship-program/feed/ 0 425417
Everything You Need to Know About the Writer’s Strike with Michael Jamin | VICE on Twitch https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/31/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-writers-strike-with-michael-jamin/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/31/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-writers-strike-with-michael-jamin/#respond Thu, 31 Aug 2023 16:00:08 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=2dc9a48361ee579a75e1e768dbafd85a
This content originally appeared on VICE News and was authored by VICE News.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/31/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-writers-strike-with-michael-jamin/feed/ 0 424200
‘Disabled People Are Whole People; We Need to See Media Address That Reality’ – CounterSpin interview with Kehsi Iman Wilson on the ADA https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/29/disabled-people-are-whole-people-we-need-to-see-media-address-that-reality-counterspin-interview-with-kehsi-iman-wilson-on-the-ada/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/29/disabled-people-are-whole-people-we-need-to-see-media-address-that-reality-counterspin-interview-with-kehsi-iman-wilson-on-the-ada/#respond Tue, 29 Aug 2023 21:03:08 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035146 "If you're talking about social justice issues, progressive issues, political issues, you need to be centering disability justice."

The post ‘Disabled People Are Whole People; We Need to See Media Address That Reality’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed New Disabled South’s Kehsi Iman Wilson about the Americans with Disabilities Act for the August 25, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230825Wilson.mp3

 

WaPo: Florida kept disabled kids in institutions. A judge is sending them home.

Washington Post (8/19/23)

Janine Jackson: July 26 marked the 33rd anniversary of the Americans with Disabilities Act. The 1990 law intended “to provide clear, strong, consistent, enforceable standards addressing discrimination” against individuals with disabilities.

The occasion connected with some serious, multi-layered stories, including news of a critical ruling that the state of Florida has been violating the rights of children with complex medical needs by keeping them institutionalized when they could be living in community.

A sizable admixture of stories, though, were reports on buildings or spaces coming into compliance with the ADA—as though complying with a 33-year-old law was a feel-good story, and despite a relative absence of feel-bad stories about decades of noncompliance.

But more, what is lost when the public conversation around disability justice revolves around the ins and outs of abiding by law, rather than a bigger, deeper vision of a world we can all live in?

Kehsi Iman Wilson is co-founder and chief operating officer of New Disabled South. She joins us now by phone from Tampa, Florida. Welcome to CounterSpin, Kehsi Iman Wilson.

Kehsi Iman Wilson: Thanks so much for having me, Janine.

JJ: In his official proclamation around the ADA’s anniversary, Joe Biden said the sort of thing politicians say:

It is hard for younger generations to imagine a world without the ADA, but before it existed, if you were disabled, stores could turn you away and employers could refuse to hire you. Transit was largely inaccessible.

Now, he goes on to note ways that disabled people are still discriminated against, but that lead, that opening, reflects the way many media, certainly, talk about the ADA, that it was sort of night-to-day, and now we just need to incrementally build on it.

ITT: The ADA is the Floor, Not the Ceiling—We Need More

In These Times (7/28/23)

But it doesn’t require undermining the work that went into the ADA to suggest, as you do in a recent piece for In These Times, that that is maybe just not the most useful way of thinking about that act.

KIW: It’s the same to me, it‘s as ridiculous as the frame we hear, like, “Oh, because we had a Black president in Barack Obama, somehow we’re in a post-racial society,” or “racism is over.”

In no social movement is a victory, whether minor or major, an indicator that there need be no additional social movement—or political movement, for that matter.

And when we’re talking about disability—disability rights, disability access, certainly disability justice—so much of the real, lived experience of disabled people contradicts a lot of President Biden’s opening statements.

For example, when you talk about “couldn’t imagine a world where there was inaccessible public transit”—there’s still inaccessible public transit for the majority of disabled people. And unless you can afford, you’re in the privileged few who can afford, paratransit services where they’re accessible, where you live, things even as basic as access to sidewalks is still a major issue.

We’re dealing with so many infrastructure issues in this country, and as we know, any issue doubly or triply impacts disabled people.

JJ: Well, what did the ADA do?

KIW: I’ll attempt my best brief answer of that, but as the title of my piece for In These Times stated, the ADA is the floor, not the ceiling. Similar to the Civil Rights Act, similar to the Voting Rights Act, it got the issue on the map, whereas before—one thing that’s a little bit more accurate in President Biden’s remarks—yes, it was not codified in law, anti-discrimination.

But as most regular citizens, I think, and certainly those of us who are directly impacted by any of the laws I just named, or any law for that matter, law has to be enforced, right? Law is only as good as the enforcement of the law, as the awareness of the law.

Truthout: Lawsuit Uncovers Chicago’s Failure to Provide Disability Protections in Housing

Truthout (2/20/23)

We’re still fighting battles across this country as it relates to the physical accessibility of buildings and spaces. So to answer the question briefly, again, it’s a starting point. It’s a good step, a huge step—not to discredit any of the work that went into getting this law passed—but it’s a starting point.

And the hope and dream was never that that be the end of the road, but that we would continue working as a country on materially improving the lives of disabled people day to day. And, unfortunately, a lot of that work is just not happening.

JJ: In terms of one of the many things that exist to be changed, that the law has not changed, I was shocked to learn that something as—I mean, I guess I wasn’t surprised—but that polling places, which are often in schools or older buildings, but the idea that the inaccessibility of places to vote was not a major issue, that that was sort of an afterthought for media.

And it’s kind of like, “Yeah, sure, you have the right to vote. You just can’t exercise it.” That seems to be one of the many undercovered or underexplored aspects here.

KIW: Oh my gosh, we could talk for hours about this. And my partner and co-founder Dom, he is really an expert when it comes to navigating the political realities and inaccessibility of voting.

But because of what you’ve named, this is a key part of our work at New Disabled South and New Disabled South Rising. Our (c)(4) arm is working to change media narratives around disabled people: Disabled people want to vote, have a right to vote and should be allowed to vote.

NYT: New Voting Laws Add Difficulties for People With Disabilities

New York Times (11/8/22)

We’ve seen, and we continue to see, a spate of laws being passed across counties, across states, making it more difficult to access the ballot box. And we know things like—for example, getting rid of drop boxes, ballot boxes. I could spew off some statistics, but I’ll save that for another time. But when you do that, you are not only disenfranchising, effectively, large portions of people of color, of people who live in rural areas, but disabled people. And that’s not talked about.

And so for this reason, one of the key bodies of work that we are focusing on is passing  disabled voter bills of rights in five states over the next five years. We want things like a guaranteed minimum number of accessible voting machines at every polling place. We want things like the right to turn in a completed absentee ballot at any polling location, or to be able to mail it in without having to purchase a stamp.

These things sound very basic in conversation, like the one you and I are having, but when you have laws that have been passed to criminalize some of these things, literally making it a felony, it effectively continues to disenfranchise disabled people.

And we’re not even yet talking about the very real barriers of transportation, being able to read materials and make sure they’re in a plain language and in a way that we can understand. So things like the right to assistance with voting, and more.

JJ: And it always is shocking to me that, even to the extent that journalists might say, “Oh yes, these polling places are inaccessible,” I don’t see the corollary piece where they say: “What happens when we don’t have the voices of disabled people in the vote? What does it mean to disenfranchise an entire community?” Which, as you are saying, is an intersectional community.

So it’s almost like it’s just a story about access, about curb cuts, and not about the political and social and economic and all of the impacts that come from cutting off the franchise.

KIW: Absolutely. And that’s why we can’t stop at conversations like law, or the ADA. We have to expand the conversation to address the intersecting realities and the intersecting barriers that disabled people are facing across this country.

Going into this next election year, we are poised to do some very powerful work. And first among that is letting people know, and this goes for progressive media outlets, progressive organizations, and of course folks on the other side alike, that disabled people are a voting bloc. We are engaged in politics and the issues that directly affect us.

And part of our work at New Disabled South is making sure that our community is educated about the policies, the laws, all of the things that are impacting us in our lived experiences day-to-day, and sharing information, power and resources so that we can continue to organize ourselves in increasingly effective ways, so that our voices can be heard and we can start to see real change.

JJ: I’m going to bring you back to media coverage in just a second, but I just wanted to say, the group is New Disabled South. The South is home to not just decades’ worth, but much present-day critical, deep, important organizing. And I wonder if you could speak for a moment about the particular meaning of the regionality of what you’re doing.

Center for Budget and Policy Priorities

States that haven’t expanded Medicaid (Center for Budget and Policy Priorities, 3/3/23)

KIW: We know that many of this country’s disabled people are concentrated in the South, but we also know that the reality, when we talk about policies, laws, culture that is harmful to disabled people, a lot of that is concentrated in the South. A majority of states that have yet to expand Medicaid coverage, for example, are in the South.

And so the South has this unfortunate stigma, stereotype and reality of being a place that’s less progressive, less quick to move.

But I want to be clear, this is not because of the people in the South, right, that we are any less committed to progressive change. On the contrary, we know, with the South being the cradle of the civil rights movement, the birthplace of civil rights, and so much of the change we’ve seen in this country originating in the South, we have to do a better job of changing the narrative, and also the accountability piece.

And that is why we’re doing our work. We decided we’re all from the South, of the South, and this is a home for us. Dom and I both have concentrated our political work, organizing work, advocacy work on Southern communities.

Kehsi Iman Wilson

Kehsi Iman Wilson: “If you’re talking about social justice issues, progressive issues, political issues, you need to be centering disability justice.”

And we know that there’s immense power here. And part of what we’re working to do is eliminate the barriers to mobilizing people who are equally as passionate about these issues, so that, again, as I said, we can start to see real change.

And we’re not willing to wait another 10 years for it. We want that change in our lifetime. We need that change now. People are literally perishing every day in the face of these laws and policies.

As you mentioned at the introduction, kids are languishing in nursing homes, in institutions. These are real live issues that are happening across the South every single day, and we are here to help mobilize our community, policymakers, change makers, especially those in progressive space, to know if you’re talking about social justice issues, progressive issues, political issues, you need to be centering disability justice as part of that conversation.

JJ: And we know that, first of all, it’s not just a matter, in terms of journalists, of media doing more stories that are centered on disabled people; it’s about finding the disabled people who are already in every story that you’re doing, right?

KIW: Love that.

JJ: You’re talking about police violence, you’re talking about voting, you’re talking about housing. All of that is a disability rights story. So thoughts about media coverage?

KIW: Yeah, I think you’ve said some great things, it’s a real call to action. One of our funders is New Media Ventures, and early on, we spoke about centering a focus to change media narratives.

So much of what is covered, when it comes to disabled people, the frame is one of fear or pity, which is also why we focus on disability justice and not simply disability rights, or even advocacy, which often centers a medical model, and what we call inspiration porn.

CAP: Understanding the Policing of Black, Disabled Bodies

American Progress (2/10/21)

Disabled people are whole people, and we need to see the media focusing on stories that address that reality. And like you said, and I’ve never heard it said that way before, so I’m going to steal it, but it’s a matter of finding the disabled people who are already in the stories.

Nearly half of people killed by police in the United States have a disability. When you talk about the reform of the criminal/industrial complex, the prison/industrial complex, how often are we centering the lived experiences of the reality of the disabled people in those stories? Very rarely.

Which is why when I name statistics like that, or the fact that 55% of Black disabled men have been arrested at least once by the time they’re 28, people ooh and aw, like, “Wow, I had no idea.”

And I could go on, of course, right? And so it’s a matter of, again, shining a light on the fact that disabled people are people, and we exist as part of every community that is at discussion in any story that needs to be covered.

JJ: Absolutely. Well, I also wanted to say, as we both know so many stories, for example, are about the difficulties of complying with the ADA, and then there’s the whole other layer of stories about the greedy lawyers who are fighting for compliance just to shake down small business owners.

And we do see stories about the harms of inaccessibility, but what I want to say is, I feel like we virtually never hear about the beauty of universal access, the positive vision of what a world could look like.

It’s all like a fight between disabled people who want access and businesses, “Oh my god, it costs a lot to provide access.”

Where’s the vision? Where’s the vision of a world that could include all of us, if that’s not too big a question for you?

Mother Jones: Walmart Is Trying to Block Workers’ Disability Benefits

Mother Jones (11/4/13)

KIW: Oh, gosh, that’s a big question. But yeah, what you speak to is a lack of imagination that plagues the effectiveness of many of our movements. We create these false dichotomies, these binaries, these either/ors, and we don’t come to the table with the view of collective liberation, quite frankly, of what is possible.

And the reality’s that if it’s good for disabled people, it’s good for everybody. Not commodifying human bodies and extracting labor and disabling people in warehouse conditions—to avoid naming any particular companies that are some of the largest employers in America—that is beneficial for everybody.

And it speaks, also, to the type of work that you all do at FAIR.org; we know that we need reform, for lack of a better word, in terms of the media, because so much of what is covered is the negative, is the fight, is the drama, instead of shining a light on the progress, and, like you said, how is this beneficial for everybody?

And that is how we create buy-in. So getting the media and progressive media outlets, folks who have the power to tell the story, to shift the narrative, to focus more on the ways in which accessibility is beneficial for all of us, not just disabled people, not coming from a framework of pity or inspiration, or even from a moral or ethical, you know, the hearts-and-minds approach.

It’s common-sense good policy, and it’s the foundation of democracy. And I think we need to be talking more about those things.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Kehsi Iman Wilson, co-founder and COO of New Disabled South, online at NewDisabledSouth.org. Her piece, “The ADA Is the Floor, Not the Ceiling—We Need More” can also be found at InTheseTimes.com. Thank you so much, Kehsi Iman Wilson, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

KIW: Thank you, Janine. It’s been an honor.

The post ‘Disabled People Are Whole People; We Need to See Media Address That Reality’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/29/disabled-people-are-whole-people-we-need-to-see-media-address-that-reality-counterspin-interview-with-kehsi-iman-wilson-on-the-ada/feed/ 0 423658
We Need Stronger Safety Standards for Extreme Heat https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/28/we-need-stronger-safety-standards-for-extreme-heat/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/28/we-need-stronger-safety-standards-for-extreme-heat/#respond Mon, 28 Aug 2023 19:29:51 +0000 https://progressive.org/op-eds/we-need-stronger-safety-standards-extreme-heat-martinez-goldsteingelb-230828/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Jessica E. Martinez.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/28/we-need-stronger-safety-standards-for-extreme-heat/feed/ 0 423269
US Christians need to stop being so precious about their religion https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/23/us-christians-need-to-stop-being-so-precious-about-their-religion/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/23/us-christians-need-to-stop-being-so-precious-about-their-religion/#respond Wed, 23 Aug 2023 14:48:55 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/5050/us-christian-nationalism-witness-chrissy-stroop/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Chrissy Stroop.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/23/us-christians-need-to-stop-being-so-precious-about-their-religion/feed/ 0 421166
Palestinians Welcome China’s New Middle East Role, but It is Not Mediation They Need https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/17/palestinians-welcome-chinas-new-middle-east-role-but-it-is-not-mediation-they-need/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/17/palestinians-welcome-chinas-new-middle-east-role-but-it-is-not-mediation-they-need/#respond Thu, 17 Aug 2023 05:47:33 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=291795 Image of a globe.

Image by Christian Lue.

It is feasible for China to continue playing an important role in mediating Middle East conflicts. In fact, it already has. In the case of the Israeli occupation of Palestine, however, mediation is hardly the issue.

Even before Beijing successfully managed to achieve reconciliation between Saudi Arabia and Iran last April, Chinese diplomacy has shown exceptional maturity.

For many years, China has been perceived to be an outsider to global affairs, supposedly contending itself to economic expansion or to regional economic integration.

Former US President Donald Trump forced, or rather, accelerated China’s global outreach when, in 2018, he launched an unprecedented trade war on the powerful Asian country.

Trump’s plan backfired. Not only did Washington fail to dissuade Beijing from bowing to American diktats, it also inspired what became known as China’s wolf diplomacy – a self-assertive Chinese approach to foreign policy.

From an American – or Western – viewpoint, the new tactic was perceived to be hostile and aggressive.

But from a Chinese perspective, the new policy was necessitated by the relentless war launched against China by successive US administrations, along with their Western allies.

The Russia-Ukraine war, however, accentuated China’s role in international conflicts and diplomacy. Though Beijing’s ‘12-point peace proposal’ last March failed to impress the West and was superficially welcomed by Moscow, the proposal highlighted an important shift.

The fact that China found it necessary to develop an elaborate political position as a potential mediator conveyed that China is no longer content with playing the role of the supporting actor in international forums.

China’s diplomacy was dismissed by many, especially in Western media and politics, as a non-starter, if at all serious or even well-intentioned.

Merely three weeks later, the Chinese-brokered Iran-Saudi agreement took place.

Major political actors in the region, including Washington, appeared to be taken by surprise. The Chinese success story was juxtaposed by many journalists in the Global South, to Washington’s conflict-prone, dead-end diplomacy in the Middle East.

Buoyed by its success, China ventured further into new diplomatic territories, offering to mediate between Israel and Palestine. The Palestinians welcomed a Chinese role; the Israelis were disinterested.

The Chinese government is aware of the near impossibility of engaging both Palestinians and Israelis in genuine peace talks. Though Palestinians are desperate to escape or, at least, balance out Washington’s hegemony, it is not in Israel’s interest to abandon its greatest political benefactor, financier and military backer – the United States.

Though China and Israel have developed relatively strong economic and, for China, strategic ties, in recent years, Beijing’s geopolitical worth for Tel Aviv is simply incomparable to that of Washington.

It would also make little sense for Tel Aviv to grant Beijing any political leverage at a time of geopolitical transitions, especially because China has historically supported the Palestinian people’s struggle for freedom.

Indeed, for decades, China served as a vanguard for the Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO) and, later, the State of Palestine at the United Nations, insisting on the respect and implementation of international laws relevant to ending the Israeli occupation of Palestine.

Unsurprisingly, China recognized the PLO’s political status in 1965 and the State of Palestine in 1988. Now, China is pushing for full Palestinian membership in the international body.

The Chinese position was fundamental to Beijing’s strategic alliances in the Global South in previous decades.

The economic growth of China and its integration into a Western-centric economic system, starting in 1978, progressively weakened China’s trade and political relevance in the Global South.

This process, however, is being reversed, not only because of Washington’s trade war, and the hesitance of Western countries to join Beijing’s Belt and Road initiative, but because of the US-led Western sanctions on Moscow. The Western economic war on Russia is an urgent reminder to China that it cannot fully rely on Western markets and financial systems.

China’s slow drift from a Western-centric economic system is being coupled with a whole new approach to foreign policy – ‘wolf diplomacy’ in the West, and a gentler, kinder approach in the Global South.

Even before former Foreign Minister of China, Qin Gang phoned his Palestinian and Israeli counterparts, offering mediation, China had already introduced a peace initiative known as the four-point proposal.

The proposal highlighted China’s readiness to move past its role as a trade partner into that of a political actor on the global stage.

For China, this was not only a matter of prestige, as various Muslim and Arab countries, along with Israel, are critical parties in the ambitious BRI project.

In recent months, however, China’s interest in being a peace mediator increased exponentially, especially amid the near total absence of Washington, the self-proclaimed ‘honest peace broker.’

China has also shown a willingness to mediate between rival Palestinian groups. That, too, ushers in an evolution in China’s approach to Palestinian politics. However, it will not be easy.

The Palestinian Authority’s (PA) financial well-being – and political future – is largely linked to Washington and other Western capitals. Though Palestinian officials, the like of Foreign Minister Riyad al-Maliki, are threatening to “turn to China” due to the PA’s “disappointment” in Washington, such a shift will not be permitted, if not by Washington, then by Tel Aviv itself.

The visit in June by PA President Mahmoud Abbas to Beijing, although touted by the PA-run media as an earth-shattering event, will not be a game changer. True, it highlights China’s growing interests in Palestine, but it is unlikely to be followed by substantive action on the part of the Palestinian leadership.

Palestinians need China, as they need other powerful players in the Global South, but it is not mediation that they desperately require. Mediations do not end military occupations or dismantle apartheid regimes. Instead, Palestinians need solidarity.

The major changes underway in the world’s geopolitical map, and the rising importance of the Global South present Palestinians with unique opportunities to break away from US-Western hegemony and to reconnect with Palestine’s true strategic depth in Asia, Africa, South America, and the rest of the world.

For this to occur, Palestinians must present their cause as one united front, not as political fragments and factions. Only then, emerging powers can view Palestine as a serious geopolitical asset in a vastly changing world.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Ramzy Baroud.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/17/palestinians-welcome-chinas-new-middle-east-role-but-it-is-not-mediation-they-need/feed/ 0 419831
Palestinians Welcome China’s New Middle East Role, but It is Not Mediation They Need https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/17/palestinians-welcome-chinas-new-middle-east-role-but-it-is-not-mediation-they-need-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/17/palestinians-welcome-chinas-new-middle-east-role-but-it-is-not-mediation-they-need-2/#respond Thu, 17 Aug 2023 05:47:33 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=291795 It is feasible for China to continue playing an important role in mediating Middle East conflicts. In fact, it already has. In the case of the Israeli occupation of Palestine, however, mediation is hardly the issue. Even before Beijing successfully managed to achieve reconciliation between Saudi Arabia and Iran last April, Chinese diplomacy has shown More

The post Palestinians Welcome China’s New Middle East Role, but It is Not Mediation They Need appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Ramzy Baroud.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/17/palestinians-welcome-chinas-new-middle-east-role-but-it-is-not-mediation-they-need-2/feed/ 0 419832
China Doesn’t Need to Fear Deflation https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/14/china-doesnt-need-to-fear-deflation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/14/china-doesnt-need-to-fear-deflation/#respond Mon, 14 Aug 2023 05:56:04 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=291418

Photograph Source: Caleb Roenigk – CC BY 2.0

In the wake of the Great Recession there was a spate of news articles warning of the menace of deflation. The story was that something really bad would happen if the rate of inflation went from a modest positive rate to a modest negative rate. This means something really bad would happen if the rate of inflation was -0.5 percent, as opposed to 0.5 percent. This made zero sense then and it also makes zero sense now.

To understand the issue, it is important to realize there is a grain of truth to the story. In principle, when companies are considering an investment, they will look at the real rate of interest they have to pay. This is the rate of interest they pay in the market, say 6.0 percent on a bond they issue to borrow money, minus the expected rate of inflation in the product they expect to produce.

That means that, if they are producing cars, and they expect the price of cars to rise at a 2.0 percent annual rate over the period of time their investment will be operating, they will effectively be looking at a 4.0 percent real interest rate (6.0 percent minus 2.0 percent equals 4.0 percent). In this story, if the rate of inflation in car prices falls, say to 1.0 percent, then the real rate of interest will rise, in this case to 5.0 percent. At this higher real rate of interest, businesses will be less likely to invest.

The general story is that other things equal (yes, this is a huge qualifier), the lower the rate of inflation, the higher the real rate of interest. This means that lower inflation (and more importantly lower expected inflation), will discourage investment.

So, what’s the deal with deflation? First, it is important to recognize that a lower inflation rate means a higher real interest rate. From this perspective, any drop in the rate of inflation is bad news, there is no special magic to crossing zero. The drop in the rate of inflation from 0.5 percent to -0.5 percent is not qualitatively different from the drop from 1.5 percent to 0.5 percent. Both declines have the effect of raising the real rate of interest and reducing investment.

The other point is simply definitional. The consumer price index, or whatever inflation measure we use, is simply an average of the rates of inflation across thousands of different items. When the rate of inflation gets near zero it means that the prices of many items are already falling. It just means that price rises in other items outweigh the declines in the items with falling prices.

When the overall index crosses zero and goes negative, it just means that the weight of the items with falling prices now exceeds the weight of the items with rising prices. This is not a crisis, it doesn’t really mean anything.

There is a story where deflation can become self-perpetuating, but this is not a case where we edge below zero, it’s a case where there is a sudden economic collapse that sends prices plummeting, as happened at the start of the Great Depression. In that case, we were talking about double-digit price declines, not rates of inflation that were just slightly less than zero.

And no, edging downward does not threaten a deflationary spiral. Japan had several periods of deflation in the last three decades. There was no tendency for the rate of deflation to accelerate. It is reasonable to assume that China is in the same situation.

This doesn’t mean China’s economy doesn’t face problems. Its pattern of growth based on booming exports seems to have to come to an end, due to competition from lower wage countries and protectionist measures from the United States. Its government has also hampered its tech sector by imposing stronger controls.

Nonetheless, its economy is still growing much faster that of the U.S. and other rich countries, so no one should imagine that it is now dead in the water. In any case, its problem is not deflation. Contrary to what you read in the paper, if China’s rate of inflation crosses zero and turns negative, it really doesn’t matter.

This first appeared on Dean Baker’s Beat the Press blog.  


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Dean Baker.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/14/china-doesnt-need-to-fear-deflation/feed/ 0 418960
Military corporations need wars for profits. The human cost is huge https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/11/military-corporations-need-wars-for-profits-the-human-cost-is-huge/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/11/military-corporations-need-wars-for-profits-the-human-cost-is-huge/#respond Fri, 11 Aug 2023 14:46:45 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/military-corporations-survey-wealth-profits-war-damage-death/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Paul Rogers.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/11/military-corporations-need-wars-for-profits-the-human-cost-is-huge/feed/ 0 418618
Militarism, Corruption, and the Need for Impolite Direct Activism: a Q&A with Andrew Feinstein https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/03/militarism-corruption-and-the-need-for-impolite-direct-activism-a-qa-with-andrew-feinstein/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/03/militarism-corruption-and-the-need-for-impolite-direct-activism-a-qa-with-andrew-feinstein/#respond Thu, 03 Aug 2023 05:50:28 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=290328 Paul Cochrane and Eric Maddox interviewed Andrew Feinstein about the devastating impact of the global arms trade, how militarism feeds corruption and undermines democracy, how the arms trade supports occupation, and why the military’s carbon boot print should not be excluded from climate change talks. Feinstein, a former African National Congress (ANC) member of South More

The post Militarism, Corruption, and the Need for Impolite Direct Activism: a Q&A with Andrew Feinstein appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Paul Cochrane – Eric Maddox.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/03/militarism-corruption-and-the-need-for-impolite-direct-activism-a-qa-with-andrew-feinstein/feed/ 0 416606
Hundreds in need of aid at Indian border after junta airstrike in Myanmar https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/airstrike-07312023054720.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/airstrike-07312023054720.html#respond Mon, 31 Jul 2023 16:00:28 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/airstrike-07312023054720.html Some 2,000 villagers displaced by two consecutive days of junta airstrikes on a township in Myanmar’s Sagaing region are in dire need of basic necessities after being refused refuge by authorities across the border in India, according to the villagers and aid workers.

The situation in Khampat, a 2,000-home township located around 8 kilometers (5 miles) southeast of the border with India’s Manipur state, highlights the plight of internally displaced persons in Sagaing. 

Fighting between the military and anti-junta forces in the region has forced nearly 800,000 people to flee their homes since the Feb. 1, 2021 coup d’etat, according to the United Nations Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs.

A man who was among more than 1,000 people from Khampat who fled the July 25-26 airstrikes to nearby Kale township told RFA Burmese that the conditions for displaced there are among the worst he had faced in the nearly 30 months since the coup.

“I’ve faced many difficulties as an internally displaced person,” said the man who has had to flee fighting in the region before and who, like others interviewed for this report, spoke on condition of anonymity citing security concerns.

“There are several sick people and others who had to run [from the fighting] with only the clothes on their backs, who are dealing with extreme difficulties,” he said. “Since we all have to stay together in one shelter, it’s very crowded and inconvenient.”

A person assisting the displaced in Kale said they are sheltering in three or four Christian churches there.

“They number more than 1,000, which is almost the entire population of Khampat,” he said. “They had no choice but to flee here.”

In addition to those in Kale, more than 700 from Khampat’s Kanan and Kamagyi villages have fled across the border into Manipur since July 21, when clashes between military troops and anti-junta People’s Defense Force, or PDF, paramilitaries intensified in the township.

Hundreds ordered home

Myanmar shares a border of more than 1,600 kilometers (1,000 miles) with eastern India. More than 60,000 people have crossed into India’s Manipur and Mizoram states since the coup, according to UNOCHA, but Indian authorities in Manipur have been dealing with violence between the majority Meitei community and the tribal Kuki minority there since early May and say they no longer have the resources to accommodate refugees.

The Manipur state government recently ordered the Indian Border Guard to send the 700 Myanmar nationals – including more than 300 children and 200 women – who have fled since July 21 back across the border. Many of those who have been forced to leave India and others fleeing the fighting in Khampat now have no option other than to shelter in the jungle, with few resources.

Displaced people from Myanmar are seen in Kampat, Sagaing region near the Indian border as they flee escalating fighting, July 24, 2023. Credit: Citizen journalist
Displaced people from Myanmar are seen in Kampat, Sagaing region near the Indian border as they flee escalating fighting, July 24, 2023. Credit: Citizen journalist

Salai Dokhar, the founder of India for Myanmar, an India-based pro-democracy group, told RFA that there are security challenges in seeking refuge for Myanmar nationals, who risk being “driven back” across the border.

“We’ve learned that India doesn’t let Myanmar refugees enter … due to the Manipur conflict,” he said. “Some refugees in Manipur who were found out to be Myanmar nationals were even driven back, too.”

Dokhar said that “more than a few hundred” have been returned to Myanmar since the order was given.

He added that authorities in Manipur have cut off the internet in the conflict area and communication is limited.

“As telephone services have been irregular, we can’t get accurate information every day,” he said.

Tensions high

Meanwhile, a member of the PDF in Khampat told RFA that the military situation there remains “tense.”

“Our People’s Defense Forces have no plans to retreat,” he said. “The [military] doesn't want to lose control of the town either. So it’s a tense situation between the two sides.”

Reports that the ethnic Kachin Independence Army, or KIA, is also involved in the fighting against junta troops in the area could not be immediately confirmed, as the group’s military command is located far away.

“That’s not our active area, which is why I haven’t heard that we have military bases there,” said KIA news and information officer Colonel Naw Bu. “I can’t say that we are involved in the fighting there, nor can I confirm that we are. It’s a little far from us [at] the military headquarters.”

Attempts by RFA to contact the junta’s spokesman for Sagaing region by telephone went unanswered.

Translated by Myo Min Aung. Edited by Joshua Lipes and Matthew Reed.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Burmese.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/airstrike-07312023054720.html/feed/ 0 415889
Welsh unions are supporting Ukrainian workers. We need more of this solidarity https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/31/welsh-unions-are-supporting-ukrainian-workers-we-need-more-of-this-solidarity/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/31/welsh-unions-are-supporting-ukrainian-workers-we-need-more-of-this-solidarity/#respond Mon, 31 Jul 2023 13:14:54 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/odr/ukraine-russia-uk-trade-unions-solidarity-support/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Mick Antoniw.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/31/welsh-unions-are-supporting-ukrainian-workers-we-need-more-of-this-solidarity/feed/ 0 415917
The Affirmative Action Ban: What You Need To Know | Meet the BIPOC Press https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/28/the-affirmative-action-ban-what-you-need-to-know-meet-the-bipoc-press/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/28/the-affirmative-action-ban-what-you-need-to-know-meet-the-bipoc-press/#respond Fri, 28 Jul 2023 18:56:27 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=9bd509f928e6803a3a8060b182fa97f2
This content originally appeared on The Laura Flanders Show and was authored by The Laura Flanders Show.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/28/the-affirmative-action-ban-what-you-need-to-know-meet-the-bipoc-press/feed/ 0 415479
Neoliberalism can’t solve the climate crisis. We need activism https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/28/neoliberalism-cant-solve-the-climate-crisis-we-need-activism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/28/neoliberalism-cant-solve-the-climate-crisis-we-need-activism/#respond Fri, 28 Jul 2023 16:34:10 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/climate-crisis-global-boiling-activism-neoliberalism/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Paul Rogers.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/28/neoliberalism-cant-solve-the-climate-crisis-we-need-activism/feed/ 0 415444
True Responsibility and The Need for Change https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/28/true-responsibility-and-the-need-for-change/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/28/true-responsibility-and-the-need-for-change/#respond Fri, 28 Jul 2023 04:36:12 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=290148

With every passing day the fissures in the world appear to deepen, the inadequacy of existing systems and institutions becomes more apparent; the cries for change intensify. Market Fundamentalism dominates virtually all areas of contemporary life; – a poisonous Ideology of Greed and Division that is fuelling a range of crises, all of which feed off of each other, flow from a common root, and are global in scale:

1. Climate change and the environmental emergency tops the chart. It is the greatest challenge humanity has ever faced. Created and perpetuated by a relatively small section of humanity, it impacts everyone, everywhere; with those least responsible for the catastrophe suffering the effects most severely, and the major culprits, selfish and irresponsible, doing little or nothing in response – either to halt the process of destruction or mitigate the effects.

2. Poverty and starvation (in a world of plenty, no less). Almost a billion people are living in ‘extreme’ poverty, (defined as $2.15 a day or less), and around half the world’s population survive on less than $5.50 a day. That’s not spending money, that’s total income ($165 pcm average) to cover all expenses.

3. Over 100 million people are displaced (homeless, destitute, wandering), an unprecedented number. Driven from their homes by war, persecution and instability; astonishingly, this figure does not include those on the move due to economic hardship.

4. Armed conflict/war/terrorism and the threat of nuclear destruction. Currently there are thought to be 32 countries engaged in violent conflict of one kind or another.

We could go on: Social injustice, economic/political inequality, discrimination and human rights abuse of all kinds, for example, but these are, we can probably agree, the big four. Issues that broadly represent the most significant, pressing concerns of the age, impacting people in every corner of the world, rich, poor or somewhere in between; young or old, some more – the most vulnerable, marginalized, some less – the most privileged. And all are interconnected.

In response to these immense challenges humanity appears largely dumbfounded, lost, bereft of solutions. The so-called ‘leaders’, the politicians of the day, awash with ambition and self-interest are totally inadequate to the task. Incompetent and compromised by their indebtedness to big business, their blind adherence to ideology and complete lack of vision, not only do they consistently fail to address the issues of the day, but, operating from a corrupted stand-point, all too often far from improving things, their attempts intensify the crises.

Underlying source of the mess

This interwoven network of demands stems from a single fractured source – the consciousness of humanity, articulated and expressed most powerfully and most influentially by the dominant voices of the time. A consciousness, the content of which – the conclusions, ideologies, opinions, beliefs etc., – has resulted in a particular view of life, a certain approach to living and the formulation of a specific type of society, or societies.

It is a misguided materialistic view that believes in separation and has articulated a set of largely false values, based on this fundamental error. The assertion that human beings are separate, from one another, from the natural world, and from that underlying reality or Impelling Life, to which we give the inadequate spurious name, God. Modes of life, global systems and collective values have emerged from this centre of ignorance.

The fruits of this perverse pattern are all around us. In all areas of life, individually and collectively, separation and conflict, selfishness and greed characterize modes of living and systems of governance. From economic, social and political inequality to religious intolerance, poverty and environmental injustice to terrorism and war. The world, as devised by mankind, is deeply divided, cruel and in many ways, dysfunctional.

As the most powerful global forces, governments and corporations are chiefly responsible and the major problem. But politicians and corporate leaders are, like the rest of us, a product of the society we have collectively created or allowed to take shape. Society is not something separate from the individuals within it, society is a reflection or effect, we are the cause.

Therefore, whilst power may rest with the few, responsibility lies with all of us. Responsibility for one another, for the natural world; responsibility to create peace, responsibility to live a harmless life rooted in principles of goodness — sharing, cooperation, tolerance and understanding. So, if there is to be change, ‘in the world’, in society, then we, the men women and children that constitute the society need to change.

An essential element in any such development is the acknowledgment and acceptance of social/environmental responsibility. What we might call ‘True Responsibility’ – responsibility based on the realization that humanity is one, that all is interconnected, within the world, the solar system and beyond. There is no such thing as separation, it is, as The Wise teach, “The Great Illusion”. Responsibility rooted in loves, brotherhood and unity.

The measure for your actions

Recognizing that we are all responsible is an empowering step. When we reject all behavior that is harmful and divisive, prejudicial and selfish and act for the collective good, not only do we liberate ourselves, we add our energy to the ‘forces of light’ in the world and become an agent of collective change.

That the world is crying out for change in the socio-economic-political spheres is undeniable; that there is powerful resistance to such change, from reactionary and fearful forces, is also clear. Fundamental and lasting change, based on altogether different values to the false values that currently dominate.

There is, throughout the world an increasingly defined split in approach: On the one hand there are the conservative forces, which are resistant to change and seek to maintain the existing dysfunctional modes of living. A washed up model marred by suffering and hardship, cruelty and hate; devoid of vitality, but persistent and dangerous. This inhibiting force stands in opposition to the progressive forces in the world. Those many millions, the majority probably of any population anywhere, who long for change and a new gentler civilisation, characterised by inclusive values of sharing, social justice, freedom and cooperation.

It is a clash of values: The false hollow values of the past, in contrast to perennial values of goodness, ideals held for centuries but not widely expressed.

Change is essential if we are to survive, systemic/institutional change flowing from individual change and a shift in attitudes. All is interconnected, this is a fundamental truth that we need to recognize. A fact that once grasped ignites ‘True Responsibility’ and fuels what we might call ‘Right Action’. Unselfish action impelled by a sense of connection, and responsibility for the other; as The Teacher Maitreya put it, “Take your brothers need as the measure for your actions and solve the problems of the World”.

Actions, large and small, grounded in this Place of Goodness are the source of true hope for humanity; hope that despite the obstacles, the cruelty and the headlines of despair, change is coming and The Good will prevail.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Graham Peebles.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/28/true-responsibility-and-the-need-for-change/feed/ 0 415209
‘We Need a Gender-Inclusive Understanding of Police Violence’ – CounterSpin interview with Kevin Minofu on Say Her Name https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/26/we-need-a-gender-inclusive-understanding-of-police-violence-counterspin-interview-with-kevin-minofu-on-say-her-name/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/26/we-need-a-gender-inclusive-understanding-of-police-violence-counterspin-interview-with-kevin-minofu-on-say-her-name/#respond Wed, 26 Jul 2023 15:54:37 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034540 "Not a lot of people would understand that Black women are often killed by the police when they actually ask for help."

The post ‘We Need a Gender-Inclusive Understanding of Police Violence’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Janine Jackson interviewed the African American Policy Forum’s Kevin Minofu about Say Her Name for the July 21, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230721Minofu.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: Like most powerful exercises, it’s a simple one. Professor and legal scholar Kimberlé Crenshaw asks audience members to stand as she lists names of Black people killed by law enforcement in this country, and to sit when they hear a name that they don’t recognize.

#SayHerName Black Women’s Stories of Police Violence and Public Silence by Kimberlé Crenshaw

(Haymarket Books, 2023)

For Eric Garner, George Floyd, Michael Brown, most of the crowd—whatever crowd it is, students, academics, the general public—stay standing. But when it gets to Sandra Bland, Atatiana Jefferson, it thins and thins.  And by the time it gets to Rekia Boyd and Michelle Cusseaux, generally everyone is seated.

Is that because Black women’s deaths via the same state-sanctioned violence that kills Black boys and men are less compelling? Are the victims less worthy? Or do they somehow not matter?

It’s hard to tease out and to talk about what’s happening. But if we genuinely want to address racist police violence, and bring all of us into the imagined future, we have to have the conversation.

The Say Her Name project from the African American Policy Forum, on whose board I serve, has worked to lift up the names of women, trans women and girls killed by law enforcement on and off duty, and to talk about how their murders are the same as, and different from, police murders of Black men and boys.

That project is now reflected in a book, Say Her Name: Black Women’s Stories of Police Violence and Public Silence, out this week from Haymarket Books.

Joining us now is Kevin Minofu, senior researcher and writing fellow at the African American Policy Forum. He joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Kevin Minofu.

Kevin Minofu: Hi, Janine. It’s a pleasure to be on. I’m very grateful for you making the time and, yeah, great to be on the show.

JJ: Absolutely. Well, as you and I both know, the Say Her Name project encompasses activism, art, research and writing, and support for families. But the heart of it, the radiating center, is still this really simple thing: “Say her name.” Why is that so meaningful?

KM: I think in describing that, it’s kind of useful to go back to the origins of the movement, because people are always interested in how it developed. People have probably heard about it, but oftentimes may be confused about its history.

Atlantic: They Shouted 'I Can't Breathe'

Atlantic (12/4/14)

And so Say Her Name developed around December 2014, during the protests that were ignited in New York City after the acquittal of the police officer who had killed Eric Garner, at the march where thousands of protesters from across the country of all ages and all races joined together and were standing up against police violence against Black people, and mentioning the names of men who had been killed by police violence.

In the context of that protest, the African American Policy Forum were, at the protest, trying to uplift the names of women who had been killed by police violence. And so in the process of being part of that activity, we were saying the names of these women, saying their names out loud, and looking at the looks of lack of recognition, of confusion, from the other participants at this protest.

And I think that was emblematic of the erasure of these stories, and the ways in which by saying the names of these women, we were speaking them into existence in people’s minds, into people’s memories, and making them understand a problem that up until then they hadn’t been able to see.

JJ: There’s a thing that we talk about, the loss of the loss, which is, there’s a horror that happens, obviously, when somebody is killed by police, and where you understand that it’s emblematic of the worthlessness of Black lives, in terms of law enforcement in this country.

But when it’s a Black woman or a trans woman or a girl, and then it doesn’t get acknowledged, there’s a deeper level of loss there. And that’s kind of what this project is about.

Kevin Minofu of African American Policy Forum

Kevin Minofu: “Not a lot of people would understand that Black women are often killed by the police when they actually ask for help.”

KM: Exactly. As we’ve always described it, there’s the immense loss of what it means for a person to lose a daughter, a mother, a sister, a friend, in their families. These are women who all had incredibly full lives, lots of them had children, were all loved by family members and their communities. So there’s that loss that everyone who’s been through grief or has lost someone unexpectedly will suffer.

And I think that loss is exacerbated by the fact that these are women who are killed by the same institutions that are designed to protect them. So the police officers that we entrust with the safety of our communities and in our neighborhoods and in our cities are the people who are responsible for taking away these lives.

And then once we understand that loss, there’s the secondary loss that the family members are burdened with, which is the loss of their loss. Their loss is not legible to people. People don’t recognize that this is something which is a tragedy. People don’t recognize that that’s something which is a problem.

People don’t recognize the injustice of being killed if you are, in the case of one of the women, Miriam Carey, who was killed while driving with her 18-month-old child by the Secret Service in front of the White House. If you were killed like India Kager, who was also driving with her son in Virginia Beach, and killed in a hail of bullets. If you were killed in the context of your own home, over what was an outstanding traffic violation, like Korryn Gaines.

So an inability for the general public to see the horror of these deaths, and the loss that those deaths mean for the family members that survive, is what we like to term the loss of the loss, and why this book is such a big intervention to try and publicize and get that loss into the public’s attention.

JJ: And to inform the conversation about state-sanctioned police violence against Black people.

But I just want to say, let me just intercede early: I want us to dispense early with the idea that Say Her Name is somehow an invidious project. And I think some listeners might be surprised to hear, but we know that this project has been met with the idea that if you are uplifting the names of Black women and girls who have been killed by police, that somehow that means you don’t think it matters that Black men and boys have been killed by police.

LA Times: Black women are the unseen victims of police brutality. Why aren’t we talking about it?

LA Times (7/21/23)

But I will say, having done a lot of looking into media coverage of the issue, very early on, we absolutely saw the question of state-sanctioned police violence as a question about police killing Black men and boys.

And to the extent that women were in the conversation, they were mothers and wives and sisters of Black men who were the victims of state violence. And so let’s just address the fact that this is not about saying that Black men and boys are not also [affected].

KM: I think that’s a very vital thing to add. Thanks for making that, Janine, because the whole impetus of this campaign is stating that we need to expand the scope of our politics, not just replace the names that we include. So we’re not just replacing Black women and Black men in the conversation, but understanding that we need to have a gender-inclusive understanding of police violence.

So of course we know that, across racial groups, that men are killed more often, Black men are killed more than any other race and gender group. But we do know that Black women represent about 10% of the female population in the United States, yet account for one-fifth of all women killed by the police. And more so, research suggests that three out of five Black women who are killed by police are unarmed.

So there’s a particular vulnerability to being a Black woman that exacerbates the chance of being in a deadly and a lethal police encounter that other women don’t face, and even a lot of men don’t face as well.

So being able to speak about that is able to make us understand how we should be able to hold the death of George Floyd in conversation with the death of Breonna Taylor, which happened only a couple months before George Floyd was killed. So that is the point and impetus of our project.

JJ: And also, a problem that is not named is not studied, is not addressed, and then it’s easier for people to say it’s not really a problem, because we don’t have any data on it. So part of this is just to actually collect some numbers and to say this is happening.

AAPF: Say Her Name: Towards aGender-Inclusiv Analysis of Rac e Violenceusive acializedowards a ender-Inclusive nalysis of Racialized tate ViolenceTowards a Gender-Inclusive Analysis of Racialized State Violence

AAPF (7/15)

KM: Absolutely. The kind of driving mantra of our work, and our broader work of the Policy Forum, is that we can’t fix the problem that we can’t see, that we can’t name.

And so maybe to give a bit of background, this book is building on work that we did in 2015, which was the inception of our Say Her Name report.

The Say Her Name report then looked at the ways in which Black women were killed. So, for example, driving while Black is something that we have a context for and understanding for, from looking at the history of how people commonly understand police violence.

But looking at, for example, how often Black women who are in a mental health crisis are killed, that expanded the scope of how we understood police violence, because not a lot of people would understand that Black women are often killed by the police when they actually ask for help.

So giving ourselves these frames for understanding the ways in which this problem occurs, both gave us a comparison to link it back to the ways in which we commonly understand it, and also expanded the scope for how we want to respond to the crisis.

JJ: Yeah, absolutely. There is a narrative, which maybe some listeners are not privy to or don’t understand, but there is a dominant narrative in which Black men who are killed by police are victims of state violence, but Black women who are killed, eh, what did they do to get themselves killed?

And so introducing both the mental health vector, but just, there’s meaning in saying that it’s both the same—racist police violence is similar—and then there are also distinctions. And if we don’t pay attention to them, then we can’t address them.

News 5: 'Tanisha's Law' Steps Closer to Reality

News 5 Cleveland (11/11/22)

KM: I think part of that work has been, there’s a policy intervention that is required, of course, there’s legislation both across the country and in certain states that needs to be effected to change this, but a big part of this is also just a narrative shift.

So it’s how the media report on the ways in which Black women are killed, or decline to report on them at all. And I think the Breonna Taylor example is indicative of that. The fact that Breonna Taylor was killed in March, and very little was made of the fact at the time, on a national scale, and then a few months later, that’s when her name joined that conversation.

The fact that Tanisha Anderson was killed only a few days before Tamir Rice was killed by the same police department.

The ways in which the media can, frankly, just do their job better, to make sure that we have a more capacious and broader frame of police violence, and are able to tell the stories of these women in a way that doesn’t show deference to the narratives that emanate from police sources, and shows the full beauty of their lives.

JJ: So important. To come back to the book, specifically, this book is not just a book. It’s meant to be a tool. It’s not meant to just sit on a shelf.

And Fran Garrett, who is the mother of Michelle Cusseaux, who was killed by law enforcement, she talks in the book about how things are actually different based on the work around Say Her Name, and how the mental health response in her community, which happens to be Phoenix, Arizona, but now mental health wellness orders are handled differently, and it’s not necessarily law enforcement that comes first to your door.

So the book is a way of also encouraging action. It’s not just documentation of sad things; it’s about how to make things different.

Say Her Name (Hell You Talmbout)

YouTube (9/24/21)

KM: Absolutely. At the heart of the book—and I would encourage all your listeners to go out and get it at a bookstore near you, and online—at the heart of the book is the Say Her Name Mothers Network. The Say Her Name Mothers Network was formed not long after the inception of the Say Her Name movement, and it represents mothers, daughters, sisters, family members who have lost women to police violence.

And that community has existed, and has existed as a source of advocacy, a source of community. It’s connected them to women across the country, from Virginia to California, from New York to Texas.

It shows that there is a community out there, and through this community, and then particularly through storytelling, artivism, using art to disrupt popular narratives, we released a song with Janelle Monáe, who also wrote the forward for the book, called “Say Her Name (Hell You Talmbout).”

And that’s designed to just—all of these narrative interventions are the seeds for what becomes policy and actually becomes change. It’s a historical project that Black people have been doing in this country since our arrival. And it’s the Black feminist legacy that brings this book into fruition.

JJ: And then, just on media, I think some listeners might think, well, media are covering police violence against Black women, and what they might be thinking about is these terrible, wrenching videos, or these just horrible images of Black women being abused by law enforcement.

And we want to be careful about this, because I think for a lot of people, that might look like witnessing, that might look like seeing what’s happening, but that can’t be the end of the story.

And certainly for journalists, the responsibility of reporters—but also for all of us—is to not just look at it, but to do something about it. And I wonder if you were talking to reporters or thinking about journalism generally, what would be your thoughts about what would be actually righteous response to what’s happening?

Salon: She was guilty of being a black girl: The mundane terror of police violence in American schools

Salon (10/28/15)

KM: Yeah, absolutely. I think that, of course, we live in an age of spectacle, and there is still a great spectacle to Black suffering. And the visibility of that, that has increased with the internet and social media, has been important in being able to document abuses and violence across the country.

But the story can’t end there. It can’t end there, just that particular moment. If this was a camera shot, the camera needs to be expanded to look at the dynamics of the communities, the relationship between police forces and these communities, and the patriarchal relationship between the male police officers and women, the racialized relationship between a police force which has been designed to serve white interests and Black communities.

And so to do the vital work of understanding what led to that situation, what led to the Black girl being violently dragged out of a classroom, or beaten for swimming, or killed in a part of the misguided war on drugs. To understand that broader story is the vital work of journalism that we need at the moment, and the vital work that is actually going to save lives.

JJ: Do you have any final thoughts, Kevin Minofu, about this importance and the place of this intervention in the public media conversation about Say Her Name, and about police violence against Black women?

KM: The Say Her Name book, as I said, features different interviews with members of the Say Her Name Network. And so just hearing those stories and actually getting behind a news story and learning about the lives that should have been is really important for everyone to be able to contextualize and humanize the women that form part of the network and this broader movement.

And looking at the ways in which the knowledge that is being lifted up here is vital to us understanding racism, sexism, and at the same time, being cognizant of the fact that that is the precise knowledge which at the moment a backlash to what is termed wokeness across the country is attempting to erase.

I can imagine that the content of the Say Her Name book would inflame the sensitivities of various conservatives and right-wing people that are attempting to silence our ability to speak about our circumstances, because they don’t want us to change it.

So in this context of that environment, reading this book, sharing it with your communities, letting people know about the problem, letting people know that to truly respond to structural racism, to racial injustice, we have to have a gender-expansive, gender-inclusive understanding of it…. I think that’s the work, that’s the mission of Say Her Name.

And we’ve been very grateful to be supported by the public so far. We’ve seen the movement grow, but there’s still so much work to be done, and that’s the work that we’re excited to continue.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Kevin Minofu, senior research and writing fellow at the African American Policy Forum. You can learn more about this work on the website AAPF.org. Thank you so much, Kevin Minofu, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

KM: Thanks, Janine.

 

The post ‘We Need a Gender-Inclusive Understanding of Police Violence’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/26/we-need-a-gender-inclusive-understanding-of-police-violence-counterspin-interview-with-kevin-minofu-on-say-her-name/feed/ 0 414763
Most State Legislatures Have Adjourned. Here’s What You Need to Know on Democracy Legislation https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/21/most-state-legislatures-have-adjourned-heres-what-you-need-to-know-on-democracy-legislation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/21/most-state-legislatures-have-adjourned-heres-what-you-need-to-know-on-democracy-legislation/#respond Fri, 21 Jul 2023 21:35:32 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/most-state-legislatures-have-adjourned-here-s-what-you-need-to-know-on-democracy-legislation

Nebraska had a 20-week abortion ban in place in April 2022, when Burgess's stillbirth took place.

Prosecutors ultimately dropped the misdemeanor charges against Burgess in exchange for her plea of guilty to a felony charge of concealing or abandoning a dead body. On the Facebook messaging application, Burgess and her mother had discussed "burning the evidence" of the stillbirth and burying it, which they did with the help of a third person named Tanner Barnhill, who has been sentenced to probation.

According toJezebel, police received a tip about the disposal of the remains and obtained a warrant to view the mother and daughters' Facebook messages after Celeste Burgess mentioned the correspondence when she was being questioned by law enforcement.

Meta, the company that owns Facebook, complied with the warrant and released the messages, which were not subject to end-to-end encryption.

Digital rights groups have long called on Facebook and other online messaging platforms to make end-to-end encryption the default setting for users' conversations.

Burgess' case illustrates "the real, human cost of mass surveillance of everyone's private digital communications," said Meredith Whittaker, president of the encrypted messaging app Signal.

Emma Roth, a staff attorney at Pregnancy Justice, which advocates for people who face pregnancy-related criminal charges, toldJezebel that police and prosecutors in Nebraska charged Burgess out of desperation to "criminalize what they view as immoral behavior," in the absence of state laws against the 17-year-old's procurement of abortion pills.

"When [prosecutors] are faced with the limitations of state law and the fact that a self-managed abortion or a pregnancy loss is not illegal under state law, it's almost as if they start throwing spaghetti at the wall to see what sticks," Roth said. "Prosecutors are much more likely to try to 'make an example' of someone who seeks an abortion later on in pregnancy because they deem that less morally acceptable, and they may seek charges in the hope that the public will find the facts of the case egregious and will welcome a prosecution."

"But the risk, of course, is that any type of precedent that a prosecutor sets when bringing a case against someone who sought a later abortion can be applied against somebody seeking an earlier abortion," she added.

In the case of Burgess, noted journalist Jessica Valenti, one detail that made it into numerous media reports was a claim that the 17-year-old said in her Facebook messages that she couldn't "wait to get the 'thing' out of her body."

In reality, Valenti wrote, "that sentence is nowhere in the Facebook messages; in fact, the language is actually a police officer's interpretation of the teenager's conversation."

Prosecutors in Madison County, Nebraska "tried to paint a portrait of this mother and daughter in a negative light and to deprive them of their humanity and to erase the fact that we're talking about a teenager who was not ready to have a child," Roth told Jezebel.

While prosecutors have long filed charges against people for pregnancy losses and self-managed abortions, saidJezebel reporter Susan Rikunas, "Celeste Burgess may be the first person charged and sentenced for crimes related to an abortion since the Supreme Court's Dobbs ruling."

Last year's decision in Dobbs v. Jackson Women's Health Organization reversed nearly a half-century of national abortion rights affirmed by Roe.

As progressive advocacy group Indivisible said, Burgess' jail sentence represents Republican lawmakers' "deranged vision for our country."


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/21/most-state-legislatures-have-adjourned-heres-what-you-need-to-know-on-democracy-legislation/feed/ 0 413761
‘What Californians Really Need Is Community-Centered, Truly Local and Responsive Journalism’ – CounterSpin interview with Florín Nájera-Uresti on preserving journalism https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/21/what-californians-really-need-is-community-centered-truly-local-and-responsive-journalism-counterspin-interview-with-florin-najera-uresti-on-preserving-journalism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/21/what-californians-really-need-is-community-centered-truly-local-and-responsive-journalism-counterspin-interview-with-florin-najera-uresti-on-preserving-journalism/#respond Fri, 21 Jul 2023 20:37:58 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034480 "There is no guarantee that any of the money funneled through this bill would go to supporting high-quality local content and journalists."

The post ‘What Californians Really Need Is Community-Centered, Truly Local and Responsive Journalism’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Free Press Action’s Florín Nájera-Uresti about preserving journalism for the July 14, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230714Martinez.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: Headlines suggest the California Journalism Preservation Act is a pretty good thing: “Help Democracy by Helping Newspapers” and “What Stories Go Unreported When a Local Newspaper Fades?” evoke concern with the very real loss of local news and of journalism jobs, and the societal harms that come with that.

LA Times: Making Google and Meta pay for news they profit from

LA Times (6/7/23)

And “Making Google and Meta Pay for News They Profit From,” “Your Local Newspaper Does the Work; Big Tech Reaps the Ad Dollars,” “Meta Threatens to Pull News Posts From Facebook, Instagram if California Bill Becomes Law,” and “California Lawmakers Advance Journalism Bill, Resist Big Tech Bullying.”

Well, they all suggest that the legislation found the right enemies. So why do advocates like our guest think that it’s good news, really, that the act in its current form has been shelved for the moment?

Florín Nájera-Uresti is California campaign organizer for the advocacy group Free Press Action. She joins us now by phone from the Bay Area. Welcome to CounterSpin, Florín Nájera-Uresti.

Florín Nájera-Uresti: Thank you, Janine. Happy to be here.

JJ: Let me just ask you, what did the California Journalism Preservation Act, also known as Assembly Bill or AB886, what did it say it would do, and why is it that, at least in its current form, you don’t think it would get us there, and might even take us somewhere worse?

Florín Nájera-Uresti

Florín Nájera-Uresti: “There is no guarantee that any of the money funneled through this bill would go to supporting high-quality local content and journalists.”

FN: So the California Journalism Preservation Act is a bill that was designed to create a mechanism that would allow news outlets to extract payments from Big Tech companies, including search engines that feature content linking to their news sites. And so there was a lot of excitement around the bill for that reason.

Unfortunately, due to the mechanism of the bill as a link tax, the intended outcome was unlikely to be achieved, and there is no guarantee that any of the money funneled through this bill would go to supporting high-quality local content and journalists.

This bill was modeled in many respects after the Federal Journalism Competition Preservation Act, which was recently reintroduced in Congress after failing to pass in the last session. The CJPA, the California version of the bill, differs from the proposed federal bill in that it creates an even more explicit link tax, where payment is based directly on the number of online impressions of links to news sites on social networks and search engines.

And because of this current approach that rewards clicks, it creates more of an incentive for the production of clickbait and low-quality journalism, in addition to altering the way the open internet works.

So the bill as drafted fails to consider the news and information needs of Californians, and instead of uplifting the production of civic information as a public good, it creates a giveaway to the bill’s most vocal proponents, which include large corporate media outlets, conglomerates. And these are the folks who have actually stopped investing in local news, and are responsible for a majority of the mass layoffs in local newsrooms.

Neiman Lab: “An immediate drop in content”: A new study shows what happens when big companies take over local news

Neiman Lab (4/20/22)

JJ: So when you say “link tax,” I think that’s something that might be a new phrase to people. That really was going to be, if a search engine or if Facebook links to a local news story, they were going to be taxed on that? I mean, is it as direct as it sounds?

FN: Yeah, that’s right. So the bill, as it was written, would essentially tax the number of impressions, or the amount of times a link is shown on social media sites and search engines.

Now, this doesn’t mean that the content of the publisher’s website is available on the social media or search engine site, but simply that it is linked to it, perhaps with a short snippet or a headline.

JJ: And then what turned up in pretty much all of the articles that I read was, with this tax—and we can talk about in a second who is going to be considered a journalistic outlet that can even get in this process—but the big selling point, as far as news coverage, was the proceeds from this tax, 70% of them, were going to be spent on “news journalists…and maintaining or enhancing the production and distribution of news or information.”

Free Press: A California Bill Would Break the Open Internet & Harm Local News

Free Press (4/23/23)

That, on its face, sounds good. And 70% sounds like a good number, but it wasn’t clear how that was going to work.

FN: Yeah, it’s exactly like you said. It seems like a very attractive point of the bill, but unfortunately, this provision that at first seems to hold publishers accountable for hiring more journalists or increasing salaries—salaries to the journalists that they already employ, actually, through regular accounting practices—could easily result in an extremely difficult way to track where these funds are spent.

Policy initiatives such as these rarely have this desired impact, because money is fungible, and it’s extremely difficult to ensure that these funds are spent according to the purpose or intent of this legislation.

JJ: I think language is so formative here. Like, bigger picture, including with the federal legislation, there’s a difference between “Let’s shore up our existing newspapers” and “Let’s meet the information needs of the community.” Obviously, there can be overlap or confluence there, but those are really two different goals, aren’t they? And they entail different processes.

FN: Exactly. That’s exactly what we’re trying to get at. What we want to uplift in our communities, and what Californians really need, is community-centered, truly local and responsive journalism, not just propping up an industry that the ad-supported market is already not supporting.

So what we want to see is the increase of this public good, and that’s where policy intervention should come in.

JJ: We often hear—and particularly with, as you know, the very imperfect work of legislative politics—we often hear not to let the perfect be the enemy of the good. Sometimes something starts out not great, but you work with it, and it gets better.

But we also know that inadequate or wrongly directed reform efforts can make it harder, then, for better ones to advance. People sort of feel like, well, we already tried that, or they just get issue fatigue.

So it seems important to say, with regard to this, that this is not just saying no to this, it’s the fact that we actually have better alternatives, right?

El Timpano: ‘We want a seat at the table’: fast food workers fight for regulations

El Tímpano (6/2/23)

FN: Absolutely. And, fortunately, in our work partnering and working with local stakeholders and community newsrooms across the state, like El Tímpano, the coalition of local newsrooms known as LION Publishers, and other individuals, including local journalists, we know that there are much better alternatives to consider.

Our work in New Jersey and elsewhere has shown us that lawmakers can pass really innovative legislation that can actually lead to more informed communities, more reporters on the ground, and sustainable, independent and community-rooted locally.

JJ: And I always think, every time I talk about fighting privatization or making something public, making institutions more public or more accountable, it’s not just an outcome—it’s a process.

And I know that this is part of what you’ve been trying to say, is that it’s not like we’re going to make something for the community and then give it to them. People have to be involved in the earliest stages of creating something, so that it is accountable.

FN: Yeah. And we are in a position where lawmakers can really listen to the concerns of local news advocates and communities that have actually suffered due to the absence of this quality coverage.

So we really hope to work with both our communities and lawmakers in this next phase of the legislative process, to make sure that these folks are heard, and that this results in well-designed policy that actually achieves the goals we’re setting out to achieve.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Florín Nájera-Uresti, California campaign organizer for Free Press Action. You can track their work online at FreePress.net. Florín Nájera-Uresti, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

FN: Thank you for having me, Janine.

 

The post ‘What Californians Really Need Is Community-Centered, Truly Local and Responsive Journalism’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/21/what-californians-really-need-is-community-centered-truly-local-and-responsive-journalism-counterspin-interview-with-florin-najera-uresti-on-preserving-journalism/feed/ 0 413707
Housing is a Human Right, We Need to Recognize It https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/21/housing-is-a-human-right-we-need-to-recognize-it/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/21/housing-is-a-human-right-we-need-to-recognize-it/#respond Fri, 21 Jul 2023 05:50:07 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=289599 In the wealthiest country on the planet, too many people still lack access to housing. The pandemic revealed the full extent of the U.S. housing crisis. Where were the roughly 580,000 people living unhoused in 2020 to go under “stay at home” orders? And what about those facing eviction? At the same time, the pandemic proved that More

The post Housing is a Human Right, We Need to Recognize It appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Farrah Hassen.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/21/housing-is-a-human-right-we-need-to-recognize-it/feed/ 0 413442
US liberals and political media need to show urgency on the climate crisis https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/19/us-liberals-and-political-media-need-to-show-urgency-on-the-climate-crisis/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/19/us-liberals-and-political-media-need-to-show-urgency-on-the-climate-crisis/#respond Wed, 19 Jul 2023 13:29:57 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/5050/climate-crisis-liberals-democrats-biden-oil-drilling-alaska-us-right/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Chrissy Stroop.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/19/us-liberals-and-political-media-need-to-show-urgency-on-the-climate-crisis/feed/ 0 412920
US liberals and political media need to show urgency on the climate crisis https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/19/us-liberals-and-political-media-need-to-show-urgency-on-the-climate-crisis/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/19/us-liberals-and-political-media-need-to-show-urgency-on-the-climate-crisis/#respond Wed, 19 Jul 2023 13:29:57 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/5050/climate-crisis-liberals-democrats-biden-oil-drilling-alaska-us-right/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Chrissy Stroop.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/19/us-liberals-and-political-media-need-to-show-urgency-on-the-climate-crisis/feed/ 0 412921
Historian John Womack: Unions Need to Exploit "Choke Points" in Economy to Grow Working-Class Power https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/18/historian-john-womack-unions-need-to-exploit-choke-points-in-economy-to-grow-working-class-power-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/18/historian-john-womack-unions-need-to-exploit-choke-points-in-economy-to-grow-working-class-power-2/#respond Tue, 18 Jul 2023 14:17:20 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=65aacaa5ec26de2d4940ae8db0c6ce3c
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/18/historian-john-womack-unions-need-to-exploit-choke-points-in-economy-to-grow-working-class-power-2/feed/ 0 412557
Historian John Womack: Unions Need to Exploit “Choke Points” in Economy to Grow Working-Class Power https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/18/historian-john-womack-unions-need-to-exploit-choke-points-in-economy-to-grow-working-class-power/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/18/historian-john-womack-unions-need-to-exploit-choke-points-in-economy-to-grow-working-class-power/#respond Tue, 18 Jul 2023 12:46:36 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=760b8e15516fa36cf1354baeaf82ab96 Seg john book

As Hollywood actors enter their fifth day on the picket lines and some 340,000 Teamsters working at UPS prepare to carry out one of the largest single-employer strikes in U.S. history, we speak with historian and labor organizer John Womack Jr. about his new book, Labor Power and Strategy, focused on how to seize and build labor power and solidarity. Labor actions around the world are gaining headlines this week. In Italy, over 1,000 flights were disrupted as airport and airline workers went on a two-day strike for higher wages and better benefits. Members of the Union of Southern Service Workers at a South Carolina Waffle House participated in a three-day strike protesting safety and pay conditions.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/18/historian-john-womack-unions-need-to-exploit-choke-points-in-economy-to-grow-working-class-power/feed/ 0 412547
Why The Most Urgent Need, in Order to Prevent WW III, Is to End All Military Alliances Now https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/14/why-the-most-urgent-need-in-order-to-prevent-ww-iii-is-to-end-all-military-alliances-now/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/14/why-the-most-urgent-need-in-order-to-prevent-ww-iii-is-to-end-all-military-alliances-now/#respond Fri, 14 Jul 2023 03:38:38 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=142073 World Wars I and II were contests between empires, and so America’s President Franklin Delano Roosevelt (FDR) was determined that after WW II, all empires would be outlawed and all international relations (between nations) would be controlled only by a global all-inclusive federation of nations, which in 1941 he referred to would be called “the United Nations” and which would exclusively possess the Executive, Legislative, and Juridical, powers and authorities  — to make and enforce the international laws that would be created by that international Legislature of all nations, subject to that Supreme Court which would interpret that Legislature’s constitution or “Charter” for this global government between nations, and which would be enforced by that international Executive. All strategic weaponry would be owned and under the control of that Executive and none other. This was FDR’s plan to replace empires and world wars, by creating the world’s first democratic federation of all nations, which would supersede and replace any and all empires.

On 25 July 1945, FDR’s immediate successor Harry Truman, became convinced by two imperialists whom he deeply respected, Winston Churchill and Dwight Eisenhower, to reject that plan by FDR, which plan Truman didn’t even know about but only inferred might have existed and been FDR’s plan. In any case, Truman secretly despised FDR, and replaced his entire Cabinet within two years, so that he (instead of FDR) would shape the post-WW-II world.

The first-ever military alliance was created by Truman (under the guidance of Eisenhower, Churchill, James Byrnes and others) in order to carry out his plan for ultimate global conquest. A “military alliance” is a military contract between nations that is legally binding between them by a provision in it that says an invasion against any one of them will be an invasion against all of them and will automatically place each one of them into a state of war against that invader. It is unlike all prior empires because it is by contract instead of by exigency. Unlike in World Wars One and Two, in neither of which, the empires or coalition of empires that were waging war against each other were subject to any overriding pre-signed contract amongst them, the U.S. Government in 1949 created the world’s very first military alliance by contract, NATO, and many of the signatories to or members of that contract didn’t know when they signed it that they were thereby committing their nation to relying upon the U.S. Government to determine their foreign policies, which would be enforced by the U.S. military — they didn’t know that they were thereby becoming vassal-nations or colonies of an entirely new TYPE of empire: a military alliance by contract, instead of merely by exigency (such as had been the case in WW I & WW II).

This was an entirely new phenomenon in world affairs, and it is increasingly forcing the world’s nations to either comply with whatever the demands by the U.S. Government are, or else to potentially become victimized by the U.S. and its ‘allies’, such as Germany did when the U.S. Government arranged for the Russo-German-owned Nord Stream fuel pipelines from Russia to Germany and the rest of the EU, to become blown-up and destroyed (which was an act of war by the U.S. Government against both Russia and Germany, Germany being itself a member-nation in NATO and therefore having no recourse against it).

When the Nord Stream pipelines were blown-up, Germany could not rely upon the NATO Treaty to protect itself against that invader because the invader in that instance was the U.S. Government, the virtual owner of NATO; and, furthermore, the U.S. Government has 231 military bases in Germany; so, Germany’s Government was powerless to resist in any way — verbally or otherwise.

The world’s second military alliance was the Warsaw Pact, which was created on 14 May 1955 by the Soviet Union in direct response to the U.S. Government’s contemptuous rejection of the Soviet Union’s secret request on 22 April 1954 to Eisenhower, to be considered for possible admission into NATO. That rejection was the moment when Khrushchev recognized to a certainty that the U.S. Government was determined to conquer the Soviet Union, no matter what concessions the Soviet Union might make. Whereas in the NATO treaty, its Article 5 is the core, the core in the Warsaw Pact treaty is its Article 4, which is equivalent to it. Whereas the Warsaw Pact agreement became terminated in 1991 on the basis of verbal promises not to expand the alliance, which the U.S. Government and its allies had made in 1990 to the Soviet Government, all of which turned out all to have been lies that were controlled by U.S. President GHW Bush, the NATO agreement remained in force and even doubled its membership after the Warsaw Pact ended.

The world’s third military alliance is the AUKUS Treaty, this being a secret treaty (thus even worse than the NATO Treaty, which was not a secret agreement) by which the U.S. and its UK partner created a new military alliance, between Australia, UK, and U.S., but this time against China, instead of against Russia. There have been efforts by the U.S. Government to get its NATO military alliance to include the leading nations in the areas of the Pacific and Indian Oceans to join NATO, but NATO’s France has thus-far blocked that. Apparently, if the U.S. Government is determined to force WW III to start in Asia-Pacific, then the military alliance will have to be based on the secret AUKUS agreement, not on the public NATO agreement.

In order for AUKUS to avoid being criticized on account of the non-publication of the treaty, a Web-search for such phrases as “AUKUS text” produces subsidiary documents such as this, instead of the actual document, and this is done in order to deceive researchers to think that it’s not even a military alliance at all (and in that linked-to example, it’s only an agreement about technological cooperation, which doesn’t even mention “China” nor have any mutual-‘defense’ clause in it). They’re treating researchers as fools.

Consequently, there now are two military alliances, NATO against Russia, and AUKUS against China, and both of them are intended ultimately to conquer the entire world with the participation of America’s ‘allies’ or colonies.

To the extent that either of these military alliances succeeds, there will be a Third World War; and, so, now, all nations of the world are implicitly being challenged, either to join the U.S. to conquer Russia and China; or, else, to say no to the U.S. Government, and to demand that it reverse what it did and for it to participate with other nations to institute the changes that must be made to the U.N.’s Charter in order to transform that into what FDR had been intending; or, else, for all decent nations to create together a replacement of Truman’s U.N., so that the U.S. Government will become isolated in its aim to win a WW III, and there will instead become the type of world that FDR had been hoping would follow after WW II — a world that would NOT produce another World War..

Conceptually, the issue here is between the Truman-installed win-lose plan for the future (which is no basic change from the past), versus a win-win plan for the future, which is what FDR and the Governments in both Russia and China have been advocating for but no one is doing anything to help actually bring about. Ironically, the Truman plan would actually be lose-lose, because any WW III would destroy this entire planet. But it’s the direction we are heading toward.

It’s important to understand that though FDR invented and came up with the fundamental principles for his planned “United Nations,” it was Truman right after FDR’s 12 April 1945 death who basically controlled the San Francisco Conference, during 25 April to 26 June 1945 and the text that it wrote for the U.N.’s Charter. We got Truman’s U.N. — not FDR’s.

Also ironically, the Truman pathway we are on, toward that result, is the opposite of “democracy” though is claimed to epitomize democracy. For example: just consider the ridiculousness of the AUKUS contract being a SECRET treaty among self-proclaimed ‘democracies’. Then add to this the fact that the secret treaty is a preparation for a WW III that would start in Asia against China instead of in Europe (which had been the main battleground in both of the first two World Wars) and against Russia. So: its presumption is that the world’s publics will quietly be shepherded into WW II on the basis of — among other lies — a secret treaty, the one that created the world’s second military alliance and that isn’t even criticized for its being a secret (and extremely dangerous) treaty among ‘democracies’. Lies can kill the world.

These are the reasons why both NATO and AUKUS must be disbanded, just like the Warsaw Pact was. Either that, or else we’ll have WW III.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Eric Zuesse.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/14/why-the-most-urgent-need-in-order-to-prevent-ww-iii-is-to-end-all-military-alliances-now/feed/ 0 411656
Far-right donors like being anonymous. We need to expose them https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/12/far-right-donors-like-being-anonymous-we-need-to-expose-them/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/12/far-right-donors-like-being-anonymous-we-need-to-expose-them/#respond Wed, 12 Jul 2023 16:40:19 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/5050/dafs-far-right-donations-us-anonymous-transparency-fight/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Chrissy Stroop.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/12/far-right-donors-like-being-anonymous-we-need-to-expose-them/feed/ 0 411261
The NYT Has Decided We Need to Cut Social Security and Medicare https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/11/the-nyt-has-decided-we-need-to-cut-social-security-and-medicare/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/11/the-nyt-has-decided-we-need-to-cut-social-security-and-medicare/#respond Tue, 11 Jul 2023 05:56:49 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=288437

Photograph Source: Haxorjoe – CC BY-SA 3.0

The New York Times editorial board came to a shocking realization this week: we are living on borrowed money. That was the headline of an editorial it ran calling for deficit reduction.

Having discovered the deficit, the piece then went on to call for a combination of increased revenue and reduced spending to reduce the need to borrow. In this process, it insisted that cuts to Social Security and Medicare must be on the table.

Needless to say, this insistence caught the eye of many people. Republicans, and many Democrats, have been looking to cut and/or privatize these programs for decades. Beating back these efforts has been a major victory against the drive to give all the money to the rich.

Seeing the NYT join the ranks of those demanding cuts is more than a bit disturbing. Of course, this is not the first time the NYT’s editorial board has joined with those on the right. Back in the 1980s the paper famously told readers that the “right minimum wage” was $0.00.

But let’s step back for a moment and look at the bigger picture. The NYT is indisputably correct in saying that we are running unusually large annual deficits. However, the piece is more than a bit off the mark in focusing on the debt, rather than these deficits.

Here it spends a lot of time getting into the “really big number” game, telling us:

“Over the next decade, the Congressional Budget Office projects that annual federal budget deficits will average around $2 trillion per year, adding to the $25.4 trillion in debt the government already owes to investors.”

The NYT has a very educated readership, but I am fairly certain that almost none of its readers has any idea what $2 trillion a year means, nor do they have a good idea how large $25.4 trillion is over the course of a decade. And, I am also pretty sure the NYT editorial board knows that its readers don’t know what these really big numbers mean. But hey, this is a good way to scare people.

The piece does tell us the debt is projected to hit 115 percent of GDP by the end of this period. If that’s scary, consider that Japan’s debt is over 250 percent of GDP, and its economy has yet to collapse.

But, there is potentially a real issue here, if we get beyond the really big number silliness. Deficits can get so large that they raise inflation to unacceptable rates. Here the problem is not that we are borrowing (we can always print money, as out MMT friends remind us), the problem is that we are creating too much demand in the economy.

This can be a concern, but it seems as though that is not the case just now. We did have a bought of inflation in the last two and a half years, but that was largely driven by the pandemic and the fallout from Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. The rate of inflation is now dropping by almost every measure and we are moving back towards the Fed 2.0 percent target, even if the pace of the decline may not be fast enough for some people. This suggests that deficits may not be too large.

It is also worth noting that when we look at deficits as a share of GDP, they are projected to be below 6.0 percent of GDP for the rest of this decade, with the exception of a projected deficit of 6.2 percent in 2025. That is high by historic standards, but not hugely out of line with what we have seen in the past. The deficit was 4.6 percent of GDP in 2019, when inflation was still at the Fed’s target, with no evidence of inflation rising out of control.

Many prominent economists, like Larry Summers, argued that the economy faced a problem of “secular stagnation” meaning there was too little demand in the economy to keep it running near its capacity. This was due to the fact that huge amount of income had been shifted upward to people who were less likely to spend it, and also that slower labor force growth meant less need for companies to invest to accommodate a growing workforce. In that context, large deficits were actually needed to keep the economy near full employment.

As a practical matter, we don’t know exactly how large those deficits have to be. Before the pandemic, a deficit near 5.0 percent of GDP seemed fine. Is a deficit near 6.0 percent of GDP also fine? Given the recent course of inflation data, it seems that it might be, but we can at least acknowledge it is an open question.

Reducing the Deficit Versus Reducing Demand in the Economy

Let’s assume for the moment that we really do have a problem with inflation. The issue is not the deficit per se, but rather too much demand in the economy. So, we should be asking the larger question of how we can reduce demand in the economy, not just the narrow question of how we can reduce the government deficit.

One way the government creates demand in the economy is through its granting of patent and copyright monopolies. While discussion of these government-granted monopolies seems to be strictly forbidden in the pages of the New York Times, they are actually a huge deal in terms of the economy. These monopolies cost us on the order of $450 billion a year (1.8 percent of GDP) in the case of prescription drugs alone. We will spend over $550 billion this year on prescription drugs that would likely cost less than $100 billion in a free market.

Drugs would almost invariably be cheap if they were sold in a free market without patents or other related protections. Instead, drugs that might sell for $20 or $30 a prescription as generics, will instead sell for thousands or even tens of thousands of dollars with a government-granted monopoly. If we want to get serious about reducing inflationary pressures in the economy, we could talk about scaling back these monopolies, which inflate prices not only for drugs, but also medical equipment, computers, software, and a wide range of other items.

Unfortunately, this possibility never gets raised in the context of deficit reduction. Perhaps it hits too close to home for the people who control major news outlets, since the beneficiaries of these monopolies likely include many of their friends and relatives. It’s possible to talk tough about cutting Social Security and Medicare, but not the payments that those at the top end of the income distribution get as a result of these government-granted monopolies.

There are of course many other areas where changing the rules can lead to large reductions in demand. If we were as determined to have free trade for doctors’ services (a possibility enhanced with telemedicine) and the services of other highly paid professionals, as we were with cars and clothes, we could save hundreds of billons annually in payments for a wide range of services.

A financial transactions tax, comparable to the sales taxes that we pay on most items we buy, could reduce the resources wasted in the financial sector by well over $100 billion a year (0.5 percent of GDP). But again, the industry is so powerful that this is not discussed in polite circles.

Anyhow, I could go on (see Rigged, it’s free), but the point here should be clear. For whatever reason, the NYT editorial board decided it had to show it’s tough by putting Social Security and Medicare on the table, programs that working people depend on to protect them in their old age and in the event of disability. However, when it comes to the rules the government has put in place that are responsible for the massive inequality we see in the economy today, well, the NYT editorial board is not that tough.

This first appeared on Dean Baker’s Beat the Press blog.  


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Dean Baker.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/11/the-nyt-has-decided-we-need-to-cut-social-security-and-medicare/feed/ 0 410816
"I think they need to Just Stop" | Keir Starmer | 6 July 2023 | Just Stop Oil https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/06/i-think-they-need-to-just-stop-keir-starmer-6-july-2023-just-stop-oil/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/06/i-think-they-need-to-just-stop-keir-starmer-6-july-2023-just-stop-oil/#respond Thu, 06 Jul 2023 11:47:36 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=db3916fe6b4ad2d4a8c78a242a272e2f
This content originally appeared on Just Stop Oil and was authored by Just Stop Oil.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/06/i-think-they-need-to-just-stop-keir-starmer-6-july-2023-just-stop-oil/feed/ 0 409772
We Need the Storm, the Whirlwind, the Earthquake More Than Ever https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/05/we-need-the-storm-the-whirlwind-the-earthquake-more-than-ever/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/05/we-need-the-storm-the-whirlwind-the-earthquake-more-than-ever/#respond Wed, 05 Jul 2023 22:41:20 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/further/we-need-the-storm-the-whirlwind-the-earthquake-more-than-ever

Full disclosure: Many of us were pretty cranky on white America’s birthday this year, a cheerless event given recent wrongs and losses - Dobbs, guns, book bans, trans attacks, Moms For Hitler, felons for president, the insidious erasing of the rights of many by an evil few in a nation founded on the lofty notion of equality for all. "We have it in our power to begin the world over again," declared a sanguine Thomas Paine. Hope against hope: maybe. But right now, not feeling it.

On July 4, 1776, the Second Continental Congress adopted a Declaration of Independence proclaiming, “We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men (sic) are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the Pursuit of Happiness.” Begun in revolt against colonialism in general and British empire in particular - "O ye that love mankind! Ye that dare oppose, not only the tyranny, but the tyrant, stand forth!” - Paine's America rejected the idea that anyone could claim the hereditary right to rule others. “Where (is) the King of America?” he asked in his seminal, 48-page Common Sense. "In America, THE LAW IS KING." Hailing the historic chance to form "the noblest purest constitution on the face of the earth," Paine insisted on equality, independence and democratic self-governance for all: "The World is my country, all mankind are my brethren, and to do good is my religion." He had high hopes that America's revolutionary rejection of British autocracy, founded on a radical declaration by "a group of upstart legislators on the edges of a continent" that no person was born better than another, would ultimately inspire rebellions in a world "overrun with oppression - freedom hath been hunted round the globe.”

And it did, to a point. Historians estimate over half of the U.N.'s current 193 countries used the Declaration as a template for establishing democracies of varying effectiveness. Still, change comes hard, especially amidst deep-seated prejudices and the timeless lust for unquestioned power. On July 4, 1821, as the new nation began to lean into imperialism, then-Secretary of State John Quincy Adams, eventually our 6th president, appeared before Congress to urge a foreign policy that "goes not abroad in search of monsters to destroy." Warning against "paying the unaffordable wages of empire," Adams said America should speak “the language of equal liberty, of equal justice, and of equal rights” - but only her own. "She is the well-wisher to the freedom and independence of all," he said. "Her glory is not dominion, but liberty.” As to our vaunted promise of "equal protection" under law in the name of the "general welfare," Black people in America initially celebrated the Fourth in hopes it meant their freedom. But by the disillusioned 1830s, many marked a July 5 "Independence Day" as a form of protest; in 1838, one black newspaper suggested on July 4th the flag feature a slave ship, not the Stars and Stripes, and another called it “the bleakest day of the year."
And so it goes. This year's ostensible holiday - hot dogs! parades! potentially lethal fireworks! - sees many of the Founding Fathers' ideals at greater risk than perhaps ever before, with millions of often vulnerable Americans losing or threatened with losing fundamental rights that other, richer, whiter, straighter people - corrupt, extremist, theocratic hacks of the Supreme Court and complicit GOP state legislatures, thank you! - still enjoy. Cue the Dobbs decision, plus at least 14 states to date banning abortion; the trashing of affirmative action; the flagrant gerrymandering and disenfranchisement in key states; the newly declared right to discriminate against queer couples based on what turns out bea non-existent case; harassing and restricting/banning health care for trans people, the right's incomprehensible new boogeyman; banning books, closing libraries, denying slavery and black stories and all today's other lunatic, hateful, fearful, don't-say-gay-or-drag witch-hunts in this once land-of-the-free-and-reasonable-discourse nation. But not to worry: Despite Adams' fervent pleas for "responsible statecraft," our longtime practice of waging perpetual war, born of greed and "patterns of convenient silence," is still going strong. So is the heedless nationalism - with its flags, songs, pledges and what Howard Zinncalled its insistence "God must single out America to be blessed" - that feeds it.

Meanwhile, the planet is burning up: Scientists say July 4 may have been the hottest day on Earth in 125,000 years, a "totally unprecedented and terrifying" global milestone that could be "a death sentence for people and ecosystems." The country is awash in bloodshed: Gun violence over the "holiday" weekend claimed at least 15 lives - in Philadelphia, Fort Worth, Chicago, Baltimore, D.C., Tampa, where a 7-year-old was killed in a squabble over jet skis - and wounded over 30; still, GOP patriots continue to block gun reform, because WTF of course they do. They did, however, wish us a Happy 4th with an image of the flag of Liberia, an African country founded for freed American slaves, prompting wisecracks like, "You'd think they'd recognize the flag they beat cops with" and the GOP's "moved beyond racism and gone straight to deportation." Equally memorable was a July 4th post from Josh Hawley attributing to Patrick Henry a quote "this great nation was founded (on) the Gospel of Jesus Christ" when in fact it was from the anti-Semitic, white nationalist "The Virginian"; it inspired, "Everybody knows Jesus was a Founding Father - he signed the Declaration of Independence (but) in invisible ink to not draw attention to himself" and "I always thought it was so cool how Jesus (likely Norwegian) wrote the Bible in American 2,000 years before there was an America."

Clearly the leader of this alternate reality remains the twice-impeached, twice-indicted, liable-for-sexual-assault low-life inexplicably free to turn up in Pickens, S.C. for a flag-drenched rally that drew 50,000 fans eager to wait in line overnight, pay for $100 parking, faint in the heat, praise him "because he tells the truth," urge on his first glad day back in office he destroy the deep state and "take 'em to the train station," hear him insult much-booed hometown boy Lindsay Graham, and cheer as he declaimed, "It's hardworking patriots like you who are going to save our country” from "sick people" and "degenerates." In line, many got flyers from the white supremacist National Justice Party, which seeks "self-determination for White Americans," wants America declared "an outpost of Western civilization," demands a 2% ceiling on Jews working in "vital institutions," rejects "transgender propaganda" in schools, and argues people should be policed and educated "by persons of their own race." Trump also welcomed Hitler-quoting Moms For Liberty, newly named a hate group, as "the best thing that's ever happened to America" for their galeclratiolant, fascist-funded moves to erase slavery from history and queers from existence. Predictably, GOP candidates flocked to their "Joyful Warriors" July 4th convention, lauding them as strong "Mama bears." Many have proffered other names: Assholes With Casseroles, Ku Klux Karens, Crackpots With Crockpots, Bitches for Bigotry.

All in all, then, a melancholy 4th that inevitably summons the great Frederick Douglass' fiery declaration, "This 4th of July is yours, not mine." Charlie Pierce admitted he was "not in the mood for life, liberty and all that"; while he usually posts the majestic opening passage of the Declaration of Independence, he wrote, "Today, I'm reading words in another language, rote, without a proper translation." With the once-cherished right to "life" met with gun carnage, "liberty" "twisted beyond all reckoning" and "the pursuit of happiness" corroded for too many by a rising intolerance oozing into fascism, he laments of a fearsome, once-aspired-to founding document, "Our commitment to the full measure of its promise never has been weaker." This 4th, he reports, he felt just "a general, dull ache in the soul." Still, we do what we can: He cites small, good deeds that can nonetheless lift the spirit. In Tony Kushner's searing Angels In America, set during the AIDS epidemic, a black character lashes out at an America that is "terminal, crazy and mean." But people persevere, living and acting in search of peace, "where love and justice finally meet"; says Prior Walter, sick but not hopeless, "It's what living things do." The play ends with him looking forward. "More Life," he says. "The Great Work Begins."

“For it is not light that is needed, but fire; it is not the gentle shower, but thunder...We need the storm, the whirlwind, and the earthquake." - Frederick Douglass on a racial reckoning that has somehow not yet arrived.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Abby Zimet.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/05/we-need-the-storm-the-whirlwind-the-earthquake-more-than-ever/feed/ 0 409635
We need a National Care Service like the NHS to fix our social care crisis https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/03/we-need-a-national-care-service-like-the-nhs-to-fix-our-social-care-crisis/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/03/we-need-a-national-care-service-like-the-nhs-to-fix-our-social-care-crisis/#respond Mon, 03 Jul 2023 07:16:07 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/oureconomy/nhs-national-care-service-nhs-75-anniversary-social-care/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Nadia Whittome.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/03/we-need-a-national-care-service-like-the-nhs-to-fix-our-social-care-crisis/feed/ 0 409037
Why we all need oDR’s reporting on Russia’s war in Ukraine https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/01/why-we-all-need-odrs-reporting-on-russias-war-in-ukraine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/01/why-we-all-need-odrs-reporting-on-russias-war-in-ukraine/#respond Sat, 01 Jul 2023 07:01:08 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/odr/crowdfund-donate-support-russia-ukraine-small-team/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Adam Ramsay.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/01/why-we-all-need-odrs-reporting-on-russias-war-in-ukraine/feed/ 0 408806
Anti-nuclear movements need to return to table, says FANG activist https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/01/anti-nuclear-movements-need-to-return-to-table-says-fang-activist/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/01/anti-nuclear-movements-need-to-return-to-table-says-fang-activist/#respond Sat, 01 Jul 2023 04:16:02 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=90314 By Rachael Nath, RNZ Pacific journalist

Securing a nuclear-free region has been a long battle for the Pacific.

After the Second World War, the United States, along with its French and British allies, frequently tested nuclear weapons in the region.

In 1963 the British, American and Soviet governments agreed to ban atmospheric tests, but India, China and France were among those countries which did not.

The NFIP Teachers' Wānanga
The NFIP Teachers’ Wānanga at the Auckland Museum on 10-11 July 2023. Image: Marco de Jong

Nuclear testing in French Polynesia — Moruroa Atoll and Fangataufa became the focal point for both the tests and resistance towards this military activity.

It was also during this time that the Nuclear Free and Independent Pacific Movement (NFIP) and the Fiji Anti-Nuclear Group (FANG) came about — they played a significant role in influencing regional politics.

Rachael Nath talked to FANG’s advocate and then treasurer Nik Naidu and began by looking back to the 1970s.

Fiji Anti-Nuclear Group activists protest in Suva
Fiji Anti-Nuclear Group activists protest in Suva harbour against a visit by a US warship. Image: Rocky Maharaj/Nik Naidu


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/01/anti-nuclear-movements-need-to-return-to-table-says-fang-activist/feed/ 0 408779
Progressives Need Their Own “Powell Memo” https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/29/progressives-need-their-own-powell-memo/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/29/progressives-need-their-own-powell-memo/#respond Thu, 29 Jun 2023 05:31:32 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=287423 The context: Progressive politics and policy have been supplanted by identity politics and the culture wars. The Democratic Party is corrupted and captured by corporate money. Democrats abandoned the New Deal coalition back in the Bill Clinton years (arguably before that under Jimmy Carter). The Republicans have embraced full on fascist politics, from denying women More

The post Progressives Need Their Own “Powell Memo” appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Bill Wolfe.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/29/progressives-need-their-own-powell-memo/feed/ 0 407978
Progressives Need Their Own “Powell Memo” https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/29/progressives-need-their-own-powell-memo/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/29/progressives-need-their-own-powell-memo/#respond Thu, 29 Jun 2023 05:31:32 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=287423 The context: Progressive politics and policy have been supplanted by identity politics and the culture wars. The Democratic Party is corrupted and captured by corporate money. Democrats abandoned the New Deal coalition back in the Bill Clinton years (arguably before that under Jimmy Carter). The Republicans have embraced full on fascist politics, from denying women More

The post Progressives Need Their Own “Powell Memo” appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Bill Wolfe.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/29/progressives-need-their-own-powell-memo/feed/ 0 407979
Infrastructure funding is bringing zero-emission buses to communities that need them most https://grist.org/transportation/infrastructure-funding-is-bringing-zero-emission-buses-to-communities-that-need-them-most/ https://grist.org/transportation/infrastructure-funding-is-bringing-zero-emission-buses-to-communities-that-need-them-most/#respond Wed, 28 Jun 2023 10:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=612646 Across the country, fleets of aging, groaning, gas-guzzling buses are being replaced with new electric models.

On Monday, the Biden administration announced nearly $1.7 billion in grants for municipal transportation departments serving cities, rural areas, and Native American reservations. The awards support multiple levels of the bus-electrification process, helping to fund everything from charging stations and garages to the buses themselves. The geographical reach of these awards is broad and includes the Seneca Nation of Indians in western New York, the Ohio Department of Transportation, and municipal transit authorities in cities like Tucson, Arizona; Philadelphia; Washington, D.C.; and Seattle.

The funding comes from the 2021 bipartisan infrastructure law, through a combination of two Federal Transit Administration initiatives: the Low- and No-Emission Vehicle program and the Grants for Buses and Bus Facilities program. According to the release, awards related to the infrastructure law have already added 1,800 no-emission buses to the nation’s roadways, more than doubling the number of such vehicles in use.

“Today’s announcement means more clean buses, less pollution, more jobs in manufacturing and maintenance, and better commutes for families across the country,” U.S. Transportation Secretary Pete Buttigieg told reporters.

The funding, like much of the infrastructure law, is also aimed at reducing long-term inequities, both through expanding transit to underserved communities and providing living-wage employment.  

For instance, in King County, Washington — the greater Seattle metro area — the transit authority plans to convert 27 bus lines that serve low-income areas. But it’s also using the project as a means to create an easier pathway to jobs in transit by expanding the county’s apprenticeship programs. 

“This funding supports our work to advance equity and social justice by prioritizing service areas for these new electric buses in neighborhoods disproportionately impacted by pollution generated by fossil fuels,” said King County Executive Dow Constantine in a press release. 

Labor standards are key to the awards. As a stipulation of the bipartisan infrastructure law, funded projects are subject to Project Labor Agreements, a form of collective bargaining agreement between unions and contractors. These agreements allow unions to set wage rates and benefits for employees working on a specific project.

Many of the selected projects are using this funding to not only meet climate goals, but also to address inequities. Research has shown that America’s public transit systems were constructed along class and racial lines, reducing the efficiency and accessibility of public transit and driving up the cost burden on those who need it the most. Bus fleets aren’t being upgraded to electric models just because of some sense of environmental altruism — they’re actually cheaper to use and maintain, which could in turn go a long way toward expanding service and reducing fares.

For municipalities, this funding provides a helpful stepping stone toward long-term climate commitments. Another grantee, the Washington Metropolitan Transit Authority, has set goals for a fully zero-emission bus fleet by 2042. Over the next two years, the city of Washington, D.C., will be building out Phase 1 of its bus-electrification plan. It plans to test models from 12 different bus manufacturers, ensuring that charging stations and garages work and that different bus models can be used interchangeably to allow for smooth progress and further expansion in Phase 2. 

However, only about half of the projects that received grants are zero-emissions, with some, like Sun Tran in Tucson, investing in purportedly lower-emission fossil fuels like compressed natural gas. Critics also say that electric buses may lower costs for local transit, but only improvements in the speed, accessibility, and efficiency of bus service will improve the ongoing ridership crisis that many local bus routes have experienced since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic.

According to the administration, the bipartisan infrastructure law has already invested $3.3 billion in transit and hopes to invest $5 billion more over the next three years.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Infrastructure funding is bringing zero-emission buses to communities that need them most on Jun 28, 2023.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Katie Myers.

]]>
https://grist.org/transportation/infrastructure-funding-is-bringing-zero-emission-buses-to-communities-that-need-them-most/feed/ 0 407770
USA: UN Special Rapporteur’s findings reinforce urgent need to close Guantánamo and provide redress for past and present detainees https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/26/usa-un-special-rapporteurs-findings-reinforce-urgent-need-to-close-guantanamo-and-provide-redress-for-past-and-present-detainees/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/26/usa-un-special-rapporteurs-findings-reinforce-urgent-need-to-close-guantanamo-and-provide-redress-for-past-and-present-detainees/#respond Mon, 26 Jun 2023 19:42:37 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/usa-un-special-rapporteurs-findings-reinforce-urgent-need-to-close-guantanamo-and-provide-redress-for-past-and-present-detainees In response to a report presented today by the UN Special Rapporteur on the Promotion and Protection of Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms while Countering Terrorism about the detention facility at the US Naval Station at Guantánamo Bay, Cuba, Amnesty International’s Secretary General Agnès Callamard said:

“The findings presented today highlight the urgent need for President Biden to finally close the detention facility at the Guantánamo Bay military base, and to end the unlawful practice of indefinite detention without charge or trial.

“The scathing report reviews more than 21 years of indefinite detention for 780 Muslim men and boys, and the myriad human rights violations against them.

It is well past time to demand the closure of the prison, accountability from US officials, and reparations for the torture and other ill-treatment that the detainees have suffered at the hands of the US government
Agnès Callamard

“Very few of these men have ever been charged with a crime, and absolutely none have faced a fair trial. It is well past time to demand the closure of the prison, accountability from US officials, and reparations for the torture and other ill-treatment that the detainees have suffered at the hands of the US government. There remains a shocking lack of access to justice for those currently or previously detained – and many have complex and untreated healthcare needs as a result of their ill-treatment.

“The military commissions created for Guantánamo Bay detainees, including those alleged to have planned or assisted the September 11 attacks, have been a complete failure through which the United States government has intentionally skirted US and international law and abused the rights of those still imprisoned at the facility – jeopardizing the rights of survivors and families of victims of the attacks to receive justice.

“Amnesty International applauds the Special Rapporteur for conducting the technical visit, and acknowledges that this is the first time a UN Rapporteur has been allowed to conduct such an in-depth visit.”


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/26/usa-un-special-rapporteurs-findings-reinforce-urgent-need-to-close-guantanamo-and-provide-redress-for-past-and-present-detainees/feed/ 0 407189
To reach net-zero emissions, American homes need an electric makeover https://grist.org/technology/to-reach-net-zero-emissions-american-homes-need-an-electric-makeover/ https://grist.org/technology/to-reach-net-zero-emissions-american-homes-need-an-electric-makeover/#respond Thu, 22 Jun 2023 10:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=612467 Households in the U.S. use 1 billion fossil-fuel powered machines to heat our homes, cook food, and drive to work. Those residential appliances and vehicles produce 42 percent of the nation’s energy-related emissions. But electric alternatives, like heat pumps and electric vehicles, already exist — and adopting them will help curb emissions, fast. A report released on Tuesday by the nonprofit Rewiring America found that to reach President Joe Biden’s goal of a net-zero emissions economy by 2050, Americans will need to buy 14 million more electric household machines than usual over the next three years.

Cora Wyent, director of research at Rewiring America, said that target is “ambitious, but it’s achievable,” mainly due to clean tech incentives created by the 2022 Inflation Reduction Act and some state policies. The report finds that if there are enough early adopters, market trends will soon take over — eventually resulting in widespread adoption with little to no additional effort. 

“The good news about this transition is that we have time. We have decades to do it,” Wyent said. “But what happens in the next few years really dictates when that adoption curve starts to take off.” 

The report details growth trajectories for five clean technologies: heat pumps, heat pump water heaters, induction stoves, electric vehicles, and rooftop solar. All are eligible for tax rebates or other incentives under the Inflation Reduction Act.

The report quantifies exactly how many electrical machines Americans will need to purchase above business-as-usual scenarios in order to reach net-zero by 2050. It focuses on the amount of sales needed to achieve “market acceleration” — a critical tipping point where sales will begin to increase sustainably on their own. 

Heat pumps, which use electricity for space heating and cooling, are currently used in 16 percent of homes in the U.S.. To get on track for net-zero by 2050, sales will need to outpace business-as-usual projections by a factor of three by 2032. To meet that pace, households will need to purchase 2.38 million more heat pumps than usual over the next three years. 

Sales of heat pump water heaters, which are used in only 1 percent of households in the U.S., will need to speed up 10 times over the business-as-usual scenario by 2032. That means 200,000 extra units over the next three years.

Induction stoves run on electricity and use magnetic properties to cook food, resulting in none of the toxic pollution generated by gas and propane stoves. To align with its 2050 climate goal, U.S. households will need to adopt induction stoves five times faster than usual, purchasing an additional 1.76 million induction stoves over the next three years. 

Meanwhile, electric vehicles, which today make up only 2 percent of U.S. passenger cars on the road, need to accelerate sales seven times over current projections by 2032. The report sets a national goal of selling 6.7 million extra electric vehicles in the next three years. Rooftop solar sales would also need to speed up by a factor of seven, requiring 2.78 million additional installations in three years. 

The report aims to inspire policymakers to start identifying gaps in uptake of these technologies and get working on policies to incentivize adoption. 

“This transition is already starting to happen,” Wyent said. One encouraging example is heat pumps, which outpaced gas furnaces in sales in 2022 for the first time. But for that transition to happen equitably, policymakers will need to design laws that ensure lower-income communities and communities of color can access these technologies early — and start reaping the climate and energy efficiency benefits sooner.

“We hope that breaking this down into smaller targets will help cities, states, manufacturers, and everyone else who’s invested in this transition to set near-term goals that will get us on the right trajectory,” Wyent told Grist.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline To reach net-zero emissions, American homes need an electric makeover on Jun 22, 2023.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Akielly Hu.

]]>
https://grist.org/technology/to-reach-net-zero-emissions-american-homes-need-an-electric-makeover/feed/ 0 405974
Senate Budget Hearing Reveals Need to Investigate Fossil Fuel Dark Money, Address Coordinated Disinformation Campaigns https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/21/senate-budget-hearing-reveals-need-to-investigate-fossil-fuel-dark-money-address-coordinated-disinformation-campaigns/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/21/senate-budget-hearing-reveals-need-to-investigate-fossil-fuel-dark-money-address-coordinated-disinformation-campaigns/#respond Wed, 21 Jun 2023 19:36:02 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/senate-budget-hearing-reveals-need-to-investigate-fossil-fuel-dark-money-address-coordinated-disinformation-campaigns

"The conditions of the Act on Animal Welfare are inescapable in my mind: If the government and license-holders cannot guarantee welfare requirements, this activity does not have a future," she added, raising whaling opponents' hopes for a permanent ban.

Svavarsdóttir's decision follows the publication this week of a report by the country's Food and Veterinary Authority (MAST) that called last season's whale hunt illegal because it did not meet the standards required by the Icelandic Animal Welfare Act.

"This is a major milestone in compassionate whale conservation. Humane Society International is thrilled at this news and praises Minister Svavarsdóttir for ending the senseless whale killing which will spare hundreds of minke and imperiled fin whales from agonizing and protracted deaths," the advocacy group's Europe executive director Rudd Tombrock said in a statement.

"There is no humane way to kill a whale at sea, and so we urge the minister to make this a permanent ban," Tombrock added. "Whales already face so many serious threats in the oceans from pollution, climate change, entanglement in fish nets, and ship strikes, that ending cruel commercial whaling is the only ethical conclusion."

Speaking after last year's Icelandic whaling season, Sharon Livermore, the director for marine conservation at the Massachusetts-based International Fund for Animal Welfare (IFAW) noted that "studies have shown that it can take up to 25 minutes for a whale to die after being shot with an explosive harpoon."

"This summer, one fin whale was landed with four harpoons in its body. This tragic example indicates that many whales suffer a slow and agonizing death because of whaling," she added. "It is unbearable to imagine how these animals must suffer."

Danny Groves of the U.K.-based group Whale and Dolphin Conservation wrote on Tuesday:

Aside from the issues with the killing methods, the MAST report's expert panel also concluded that it is not possible to determine the sex of a whale from the ship or whether they are about to kill a pregnant female or a lactating mother with a calf. The chances of surviving for motherless whale calves are negligible. Hunting is also not possible without following the whales for some time before shooting, which causes stress and fear, and killing them is not possible in a quick and painless manner.

Referring to Iceland, Robert Read, who heads the U.K. branch of the direct action group Sea Shepherd, said that "if whaling can't be done humanely here... it can't be done humanely anywhere."

"Whales are architects for the ocean," Read added. "They help boost biodiversity, they help fight climate change by affecting the carbon cycling process."

Last summer, Hvalur—the only whaling company still operating in Iceland—slaughtered 148 fin whales in the frigid Atlantic waters around the island nation. This, despite the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) classifying fin whales as "vulnerable."

The Icelandic government allows the annual slaughter of up to 209 fin whales and 217 minke whales. While the International Whaling Commission (IWC) agreed to a global moratorium on all commercial whaling in 1986, Iceland—which is an IWC member—formally objects to the policy.

IUCN credits bans on whaling—only Iceland, Japan, and Norway allow commercial hunts—for improving the fin whale's status from "endangered" to "vulnerable" in 2018.

Hvalur previously announced that this would be its last whaling season in business, citing a decline in profits, according toEuronews Green.

"Justification is required if whaling is to be allowed," Svavarsdóttir wrote in February 2022. "It must be demonstrated that it is economically justified to renew hunting permits."

"Justification is required if whaling is to be allowed."

The minister asserted that it is "indisputable" that whaling has "not had much economic significance for the national economy in recent years."

"There is little evidence that there is any economic benefit to doing this fishing, as the companies that have a license to do so have been able to catch whales in recent years but have not done it," she continued. "There may be several reasons for this, but perhaps the simplest explanation is that sustained losses from these fisheries are the most likely."

When Japan temporarily stopped hunting whales amid international activist pressure, the country imported whale meat from Iceland. However, Svavarsdóttir noted that "the Japanese now hunt their own whale meat."

"Why, she asked, "should Iceland take the risk of maintaining fisheries that have not produced economic benefits in order to sell a product for which there is little demand?"


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/21/senate-budget-hearing-reveals-need-to-investigate-fossil-fuel-dark-money-address-coordinated-disinformation-campaigns/feed/ 0 405810
The Need to Reform American Labor Laws https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/21/the-need-to-reform-american-labor-laws/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/21/the-need-to-reform-american-labor-laws/#respond Wed, 21 Jun 2023 05:47:07 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=286982

We are living in a moment where corporate America and the 1% have more economic and political power than they have ever had in the history of our country. The time is long overdue for Congress to stand up for the working families of our country, 60% of whom live paycheck to paycheck, and not just wealthy campaign contributors and lobbyists.

Let’s be clear: The American people are sick and tired of the unprecedented corporate greed and illegal union busting that is taking place throughout this country.

They are sick and tired of CEOs making nearly 400 times more than the average worker, billions in stock buybacks going to the people on top, while millions of workers struggle to put food on the table and pay the rent.

They are sick and tired of 3 people in America owning more wealth than the bottom half of our society – 165 million people, while some 18 million families are paying over 50 percent of their limited incomes on housing and some 600,000 Americans are homeless.

American workers want to know why it is that, despite huge advancements in technology and worker productivity, the average worker in America today makes about $50 a week less than he or she made 50 years ago after adjusting for inflation.

And there are a number of reasons for that.

The fact that the federal minimum wage has been stuck at a starvation wage of $7.25 an hour for 14 years and has lost nearly 30 percent of its purchasing power is one such reason. That is why we need to raise the minimum wage to a living wage – action the HELP Committee will be addressing in the near future.

But probably the most important reason that real wages are lower today than they were 50 years ago is the fact that corporate America and the billionaire class have been waging a war against the right of workers to exercise their constitutional right to form unions.

And, as a result of that war, trade union membership is at its lowest level in the modern history of America.

In America today, 71 percent of the American people approve of labor unions and yet only 6 percent of private sector workers belong to one.

The HELP Committee will be asking why, at a time of record-breaking corporate profits, are multi-billionaires doing everything in their power to deny workers the right to join a union?

And the answer to that question is not that complicated. What corporate America understands is that when workers join unions they earn better wages, benefits and working conditions. In fact, union workers earn nearly 20% more, on average, than non-union workers.

Corporate America understands that 64% of union workers have a defined benefit pension plan that guarantees an income in retirement compared to just 11% of non-union workers.

Corporate America understands that union workers are half as likely to be victims of health and safety violations compared to non-union workers.

All of those reasons and more is why we are seeing more union organizing today than we have seen in decades. We’re seeing it at blue collar jobs, we’re seeing it at white collar jobs and on college campuses. We are seeing it in healthcare as nurses organize as well as doctors.

And with this growth in organizing we are also seeing the corporate response. And that is that major corporations all over this country are taking unprecedented and illegal actions against workers who are fighting for economic justice.

That is why major corporations like Starbucks and Amazon have spent hundreds of millions of dollars on union busting campaigns and anti-union law firms. They would rather spend millions to break unions than provide decent wages and benefits for their employees.

That is why over half of all employers in America threaten to close or relocate their businesses if workers vote to form a union.

That is why when workers become interested in forming a union, they almost always will be forced to attend closed-door meetings to hear anti-union propaganda.

As Human Rights Watch has said: “Freedom of association is a right under severe, often buckling pressure when workers in the United States try to exercise it.”

And even when workers overcome all of these incredible obstacles and win union elections, 63% of workers who vote to form a union don’t have a union contract a year later.

Incredibly, on average, because of corporate obstructionism, it takes 465 days to sign a first contract after a union wins an election. One third of successful organizing campaigns cannot get a contract in the first three years after a union victory.

That is unacceptable and starting tomorrow the HELP Committee will fight to change that reality by passing the Protecting Workers Right to Organize Act (otherwise known as the PRO Act).

The PRO Act will make it easier for workers to exercise their constitutional right to form a union free from fear, intimidation or coercion by their corporate bosses.

It will make it easier for workers to collectively bargain for better wages, benefits and working conditions.

It will finally hold corporate CEOs accountable for the unprecedented level of illegal union busting that is taking place all over America.

Under the PRO Act, corporations will finally be held accountable for violating federal labor laws.

Incredibly, in America today, corporations are charged with breaking labor law in more than 40 percent of all union elections – and yet the penalties for this illegal behavior are virtually non-existent.

Pathetically, far too many corporations have made the calculated decision that it is much more profitable and beneficial to their bottom line to break the law than to follow it.

In fact, the financial penalty for corporations retaliating against pro-union workers in America today under current law is ZERO.

That will change under the PRO Act. Under this legislation, corporations will be fined up to $50,000 for violations of the National Labor Relations Act and up to $100,000 for each repeated violation.

Under the PRO Act, we will ban captive audience meetings that are designed to intimidate, coerce and threaten workers who support forming a union.

Under the PRO Act, we will make sure that all workers have a first contract within one year after winning a union election through binding arbitration.

Under this bill, we will ban, once and for all, the permanent replacement of workers who go on strike. No longer will companies be able to hire replacement workers or withhold benefits from workers who go on strike to improve their working conditions.

This legislation will over-ride so-called right to work laws that have eliminated the ability of unions to collect dues from those who benefit from union contracts.

This legislation will end the ability of corporations to misclassify workers as “independent contractors” or label ordinary workers as “supervisors” to prevent them from organizing.

And that’s not all the HELP Committee will be doing.

The second bill we will be marking up is the Healthy Families Act to end, once and for all, the international embarrassment of the United States of America being the only major country on earth not to guaranteed paid sick days to workers.

This legislation would guarantee that every worker in America receives up to 7 paid sick days from their employers.

You know, we hear a lot of talk in this town about “family values.”

So, let me be clear: When a wife is diagnosed with cancer and a husband cannot get time off of work to take care of her that is not a family value. That is an attack on everything that a family is supposed to stand for.

When a working mom is forced to send her sick child to school because she cannot afford to stay home with her that is not a family value. That is an attack on everything that a family is supposed to stand for.

Let’s be clear: The United States is the only major country on earth that doesn’t guarantee a single day of paid sick days.

In Germany, workers are entitled to a total of six weeks of sick days at 100% of their salary.

In France, workers are entitled to a total of 90 days of paid sick leave at 50 percent of their salary.

In Denmark, workers are entitled to at least 30 days of paid sick leave capped at about $638 a week.

In Canada, workers are entitled to 10 paid sick days at 100% of their salary and are eligible to receive 26 weeks of paid sick benefits at up to 55% of their salary.

In the United States, workers are entitled to receive a total of ZERO paid sick days.

That has got to change.

Last place is no place for the United States of America.

It is time for the United States of America to join the rest of the industrialized world and guarantee at least 7 paid sick days to every worker in America.

At a time of record-breaking corporate profits and exorbitant CEO pay, the idea that the richest country in the history of the world cannot guarantee paid leave for its workers is a national disgrace.

Just a few months ago, the American people were outraged to learn that rail workers – workers who have very dangerous and very difficult jobs – were not guaranteed a single day of paid sick leave.

The good news is that thanks to a strong grassroots trade union movement that is beginning to change.

Today, over 50,000 rail workers are now guaranteed up to 7 days of paid sick leave.

We need to build on that momentum by guaranteeing 7 paid sick days, not just to rail workers, but to every worker in America.

Last, but not least, the third bill that the HELP Committee will be voting on is the Paycheck Fairness Act introduced by Senator Murray.

This legislation would end the absurdity of women in America being paid just 84 cents on the dollar compared to men.

, as bad as this figure is, it is even worse for women of color.

In America today, Asian women make just 80 cents for every dollar a man earns. For Black women it’s just 67 cents. And for Hispanic women and Native American women it’s just 57 cents.

It does not have to be this way.

In Belgium, the gender wage gap is just 1.2 percent.

In Spain, Norway, and Denmark, the gender wage gap is 5 percent or less.

Across the entire European Union, the gap is just 10.6 percent.

In the United States it is 16 percent.

The Paycheck Fairness Act would close this gap by guaranteeing equal pay for equal work and making it easier for women to come together, file, and win lawsuits against unscrupulous employers who commit wage discrimination.

These bills are not only good policies they are precisely what the American people want.

According to the last polls I have seen, 87 percent of the American people support guaranteeing paid sick leave to every worker in our country – including 91% of Democrats and 86% of Republicans.

84% of the American people support equal pay for equal work – including 91% of Democrats and 77% of Republicans.

59% of the American people support the PRO Act – including 74% of Democrats, 58% of independents and 40% of Republicans.

Most Americans understand that the economy is rigged in favor of the wealthy and the powerful. Tomorrow, the HELP Committee will be taking an important step forward to change that reality.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Bernie Sanders.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/21/the-need-to-reform-american-labor-laws/feed/ 0 405543
Need cash? Go block a road! China’s rural elderly demand money from passing truck https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/toll-roads-hebei-06162023163617.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/toll-roads-hebei-06162023163617.html#respond Fri, 16 Jun 2023 20:38:05 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/toll-roads-hebei-06162023163617.html Faced with rising living costs and a tanking economy, residents of China’s rural areas turn to unofficial toll booths to supplement their incomes, according to a recent video clip uploaded to social media.

In a video clip filmed from a truck driving from the northern city of Tangshan to Malanzhuang township in the northern province of Hebei and posted by several Twitter users, the truck slows as a tall figure blocks a road, before an older man with a cell phone gestures briefly indicating the price to pass through the unofficial “toll booth.”

“What’s that?” the truck driver says. “Talk to me! One yuan?”

A woman then holds out a phone with a QR code on it, as the driver says: “So we take WeChat Pay here, do we?”

While Radio Free Asia was unable to verify the video independently, commentators said the phenomenon isn’t new, but has likely seen a resurgence amid growing economic hardship in the wake of the three-year restrictions of Communist Party leader Xi Jinping’s zero-COVID policy.

ENG_CHN_UnofficialTollbooths_06162023.2.png
A long-distance truck driver on the route from Tangshan to Malanzhuang township in Hebei province says that he met more than a dozen farmers who stopped him along the way and asked for “road money” ranging from 1 to 10 yuan. Credit: RFA screenshot from video

Further along the same route, the truck pulls up again, to address an elderly woman in a burgundy blouse.

“What is it? Money you want?” the driver calls. The woman nods.

“How much? Five yuan?”

The process is repeated further down the highway, with two older women approaching his cab, waving cell phones and asking for payments of 10 yuan and 5 yuan respectively.

‘Things are going from order to disorder’

Jiangsu-based current affairs commentator and former migrant worker Zhang Jianping said unofficial “tolls” are more commonly found in central and western China, where people are generally poorer.

“These farmers only make 107 yuan a month ... What can you buy with 100 yuan?” Zhang said. “At the same time, retired officials get tens of thousands of yuan a month, while staying in hospital for an entire year, at a cost of several million.”

“Meanwhile, these farmers who’ve spent their lives knee-deep in the soil with their backs bent in the service of their country, what are they supposed to do?”

Last October, ruling Chinese Communist Party censors removed a film about the struggles of a poverty-stricken farming couple from streaming sites ahead of the party congress, prompting a public outcry on social media.

“Return to Dust,” a love story about a couple who marry and eke out a living for themselves from farming despite being rejected by their own communities, has a bleak ending that is out of keeping with government “public opinion” policy, which views media and cultural products as a tool to advance “positive stories” about China.

ENG_CHN_UnofficialTollbooths_06162023.3.jpg
A scene from the Chinese rural romance film “Return to Dust.” Credit: Return to Dust

China declared in November 2020 that it had eliminated extreme poverty, claiming success for one of Xi’s key policy goals ahead of the party centenary the following year.

Yet as government-backed employment schemes have focused on getting younger people to seek jobs in cities, elderly people in rural areas have been left to eke a meager living from government subsidies, without the younger generation around to help, and without enough money for decent medical care.

Many are deciding such a life isn’t worth living any more.

New research published in July 2022 and cited by state news agency Xinhua showed that the suicide rate among elderly people in rural areas has risen fivefold over the last two decades

U.S.-based commentator Ma Ju said he first ran into unofficial toll booths in the 1990s, when China’s economic boom had just gotten started.

The fact that they are making a comeback suggests people’s incomes are falling again.

“People don’t have enough for their lives to be sustainable,” Ma said. “The income of officials at the lowest level is limited, and there isn't much effort to maintain social order.”

“This sort of thing will happen more and more in future,” he said. “Things are going from order to disorder.”

Translated by Luisetta Mudie. Edited by Matt Reed.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Gu Ting for RFA Mandarin.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/toll-roads-hebei-06162023163617.html/feed/ 0 404623
Need cash? Go block a road! China’s rural elderly demand money from passing truck https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/toll-roads-hebei-06162023163617.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/toll-roads-hebei-06162023163617.html#respond Fri, 16 Jun 2023 20:38:05 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/toll-roads-hebei-06162023163617.html Faced with rising living costs and a tanking economy, residents of China’s rural areas turn to unofficial toll booths to supplement their incomes, according to a recent video clip uploaded to social media.

In a video clip filmed from a truck driving from the northern city of Tangshan to Malanzhuang township in the northern province of Hebei and posted by several Twitter users, the truck slows as a tall figure blocks a road, before an older man with a cell phone gestures briefly indicating the price to pass through the unofficial “toll booth.”

“What’s that?” the truck driver says. “Talk to me! One yuan?”

A woman then holds out a phone with a QR code on it, as the driver says: “So we take WeChat Pay here, do we?”

While Radio Free Asia was unable to verify the video independently, commentators said the phenomenon isn’t new, but has likely seen a resurgence amid growing economic hardship in the wake of the three-year restrictions of Communist Party leader Xi Jinping’s zero-COVID policy.

ENG_CHN_UnofficialTollbooths_06162023.2.png
A long-distance truck driver on the route from Tangshan to Malanzhuang township in Hebei province says that he met more than a dozen farmers who stopped him along the way and asked for “road money” ranging from 1 to 10 yuan. Credit: RFA screenshot from video

Further along the same route, the truck pulls up again, to address an elderly woman in a burgundy blouse.

“What is it? Money you want?” the driver calls. The woman nods.

“How much? Five yuan?”

The process is repeated further down the highway, with two older women approaching his cab, waving cell phones and asking for payments of 10 yuan and 5 yuan respectively.

‘Things are going from order to disorder’

Jiangsu-based current affairs commentator and former migrant worker Zhang Jianping said unofficial “tolls” are more commonly found in central and western China, where people are generally poorer.

“These farmers only make 107 yuan a month ... What can you buy with 100 yuan?” Zhang said. “At the same time, retired officials get tens of thousands of yuan a month, while staying in hospital for an entire year, at a cost of several million.”

“Meanwhile, these farmers who’ve spent their lives knee-deep in the soil with their backs bent in the service of their country, what are they supposed to do?”

Last October, ruling Chinese Communist Party censors removed a film about the struggles of a poverty-stricken farming couple from streaming sites ahead of the party congress, prompting a public outcry on social media.

“Return to Dust,” a love story about a couple who marry and eke out a living for themselves from farming despite being rejected by their own communities, has a bleak ending that is out of keeping with government “public opinion” policy, which views media and cultural products as a tool to advance “positive stories” about China.

ENG_CHN_UnofficialTollbooths_06162023.3.jpg
A scene from the Chinese rural romance film “Return to Dust.” Credit: Return to Dust

China declared in November 2020 that it had eliminated extreme poverty, claiming success for one of Xi’s key policy goals ahead of the party centenary the following year.

Yet as government-backed employment schemes have focused on getting younger people to seek jobs in cities, elderly people in rural areas have been left to eke a meager living from government subsidies, without the younger generation around to help, and without enough money for decent medical care.

Many are deciding such a life isn’t worth living any more.

New research published in July 2022 and cited by state news agency Xinhua showed that the suicide rate among elderly people in rural areas has risen fivefold over the last two decades

U.S.-based commentator Ma Ju said he first ran into unofficial toll booths in the 1990s, when China’s economic boom had just gotten started.

The fact that they are making a comeback suggests people’s incomes are falling again.

“People don’t have enough for their lives to be sustainable,” Ma said. “The income of officials at the lowest level is limited, and there isn't much effort to maintain social order.”

“This sort of thing will happen more and more in future,” he said. “Things are going from order to disorder.”

Translated by Luisetta Mudie. Edited by Matt Reed.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Gu Ting for RFA Mandarin.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/toll-roads-hebei-06162023163617.html/feed/ 0 404624
Need cash? Go block a road! China’s rural elderly demand money from passing truck https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/toll-roads-hebei-06162023163617.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/toll-roads-hebei-06162023163617.html#respond Fri, 16 Jun 2023 20:38:05 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/toll-roads-hebei-06162023163617.html Faced with rising living costs and a tanking economy, residents of China’s rural areas turn to unofficial toll booths to supplement their incomes, according to a recent video clip uploaded to social media.

In a video clip filmed from a truck driving from the northern city of Tangshan to Malanzhuang township in the northern province of Hebei and posted by several Twitter users, the truck slows as a tall figure blocks a road, before an older man with a cell phone gestures briefly indicating the price to pass through the unofficial “toll booth.”

“What’s that?” the truck driver says. “Talk to me! One yuan?”

A woman then holds out a phone with a QR code on it, as the driver says: “So we take WeChat Pay here, do we?”

While Radio Free Asia was unable to verify the video independently, commentators said the phenomenon isn’t new, but has likely seen a resurgence amid growing economic hardship in the wake of the three-year restrictions of Communist Party leader Xi Jinping’s zero-COVID policy.

ENG_CHN_UnofficialTollbooths_06162023.2.png
A long-distance truck driver on the route from Tangshan to Malanzhuang township in Hebei province says that he met more than a dozen farmers who stopped him along the way and asked for “road money” ranging from 1 to 10 yuan. Credit: RFA screenshot from video

Further along the same route, the truck pulls up again, to address an elderly woman in a burgundy blouse.

“What is it? Money you want?” the driver calls. The woman nods.

“How much? Five yuan?”

The process is repeated further down the highway, with two older women approaching his cab, waving cell phones and asking for payments of 10 yuan and 5 yuan respectively.

‘Things are going from order to disorder’

Jiangsu-based current affairs commentator and former migrant worker Zhang Jianping said unofficial “tolls” are more commonly found in central and western China, where people are generally poorer.

“These farmers only make 107 yuan a month ... What can you buy with 100 yuan?” Zhang said. “At the same time, retired officials get tens of thousands of yuan a month, while staying in hospital for an entire year, at a cost of several million.”

“Meanwhile, these farmers who’ve spent their lives knee-deep in the soil with their backs bent in the service of their country, what are they supposed to do?”

Last October, ruling Chinese Communist Party censors removed a film about the struggles of a poverty-stricken farming couple from streaming sites ahead of the party congress, prompting a public outcry on social media.

“Return to Dust,” a love story about a couple who marry and eke out a living for themselves from farming despite being rejected by their own communities, has a bleak ending that is out of keeping with government “public opinion” policy, which views media and cultural products as a tool to advance “positive stories” about China.

ENG_CHN_UnofficialTollbooths_06162023.3.jpg
A scene from the Chinese rural romance film “Return to Dust.” Credit: Return to Dust

China declared in November 2020 that it had eliminated extreme poverty, claiming success for one of Xi’s key policy goals ahead of the party centenary the following year.

Yet as government-backed employment schemes have focused on getting younger people to seek jobs in cities, elderly people in rural areas have been left to eke a meager living from government subsidies, without the younger generation around to help, and without enough money for decent medical care.

Many are deciding such a life isn’t worth living any more.

New research published in July 2022 and cited by state news agency Xinhua showed that the suicide rate among elderly people in rural areas has risen fivefold over the last two decades

U.S.-based commentator Ma Ju said he first ran into unofficial toll booths in the 1990s, when China’s economic boom had just gotten started.

The fact that they are making a comeback suggests people’s incomes are falling again.

“People don’t have enough for their lives to be sustainable,” Ma said. “The income of officials at the lowest level is limited, and there isn't much effort to maintain social order.”

“This sort of thing will happen more and more in future,” he said. “Things are going from order to disorder.”

Translated by Luisetta Mudie. Edited by Matt Reed.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Gu Ting for RFA Mandarin.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/toll-roads-hebei-06162023163617.html/feed/ 0 404625
Need cash? Go block a road! China’s rural elderly demand money from passing truck https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/toll-roads-hebei-06162023163617.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/toll-roads-hebei-06162023163617.html#respond Fri, 16 Jun 2023 20:38:05 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/toll-roads-hebei-06162023163617.html Faced with rising living costs and a tanking economy, residents of China’s rural areas turn to unofficial toll booths to supplement their incomes, according to a recent video clip uploaded to social media.

In a video clip filmed from a truck driving from the northern city of Tangshan to Malanzhuang township in the northern province of Hebei and posted by several Twitter users, the truck slows as a tall figure blocks a road, before an older man with a cell phone gestures briefly indicating the price to pass through the unofficial “toll booth.”

“What’s that?” the truck driver says. “Talk to me! One yuan?”

A woman then holds out a phone with a QR code on it, as the driver says: “So we take WeChat Pay here, do we?”

While Radio Free Asia was unable to verify the video independently, commentators said the phenomenon isn’t new, but has likely seen a resurgence amid growing economic hardship in the wake of the three-year restrictions of Communist Party leader Xi Jinping’s zero-COVID policy.

ENG_CHN_UnofficialTollbooths_06162023.2.png
A long-distance truck driver on the route from Tangshan to Malanzhuang township in Hebei province says that he met more than a dozen farmers who stopped him along the way and asked for “road money” ranging from 1 to 10 yuan. Credit: RFA screenshot from video

Further along the same route, the truck pulls up again, to address an elderly woman in a burgundy blouse.

“What is it? Money you want?” the driver calls. The woman nods.

“How much? Five yuan?”

The process is repeated further down the highway, with two older women approaching his cab, waving cell phones and asking for payments of 10 yuan and 5 yuan respectively.

‘Things are going from order to disorder’

Jiangsu-based current affairs commentator and former migrant worker Zhang Jianping said unofficial “tolls” are more commonly found in central and western China, where people are generally poorer.

“These farmers only make 107 yuan a month ... What can you buy with 100 yuan?” Zhang said. “At the same time, retired officials get tens of thousands of yuan a month, while staying in hospital for an entire year, at a cost of several million.”

“Meanwhile, these farmers who’ve spent their lives knee-deep in the soil with their backs bent in the service of their country, what are they supposed to do?”

Last October, ruling Chinese Communist Party censors removed a film about the struggles of a poverty-stricken farming couple from streaming sites ahead of the party congress, prompting a public outcry on social media.

“Return to Dust,” a love story about a couple who marry and eke out a living for themselves from farming despite being rejected by their own communities, has a bleak ending that is out of keeping with government “public opinion” policy, which views media and cultural products as a tool to advance “positive stories” about China.

ENG_CHN_UnofficialTollbooths_06162023.3.jpg
A scene from the Chinese rural romance film “Return to Dust.” Credit: Return to Dust

China declared in November 2020 that it had eliminated extreme poverty, claiming success for one of Xi’s key policy goals ahead of the party centenary the following year.

Yet as government-backed employment schemes have focused on getting younger people to seek jobs in cities, elderly people in rural areas have been left to eke a meager living from government subsidies, without the younger generation around to help, and without enough money for decent medical care.

Many are deciding such a life isn’t worth living any more.

New research published in July 2022 and cited by state news agency Xinhua showed that the suicide rate among elderly people in rural areas has risen fivefold over the last two decades

U.S.-based commentator Ma Ju said he first ran into unofficial toll booths in the 1990s, when China’s economic boom had just gotten started.

The fact that they are making a comeback suggests people’s incomes are falling again.

“People don’t have enough for their lives to be sustainable,” Ma said. “The income of officials at the lowest level is limited, and there isn't much effort to maintain social order.”

“This sort of thing will happen more and more in future,” he said. “Things are going from order to disorder.”

Translated by Luisetta Mudie. Edited by Matt Reed.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Gu Ting for RFA Mandarin.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/toll-roads-hebei-06162023163617.html/feed/ 0 404626
Need cash? Go block a road! China’s rural elderly demand money from passing truck https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/toll-roads-hebei-06162023163617.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/toll-roads-hebei-06162023163617.html#respond Fri, 16 Jun 2023 20:38:05 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/toll-roads-hebei-06162023163617.html Faced with rising living costs and a tanking economy, residents of China’s rural areas turn to unofficial toll booths to supplement their incomes, according to a recent video clip uploaded to social media.

In a video clip filmed from a truck driving from the northern city of Tangshan to Malanzhuang township in the northern province of Hebei and posted by several Twitter users, the truck slows as a tall figure blocks a road, before an older man with a cell phone gestures briefly indicating the price to pass through the unofficial “toll booth.”

“What’s that?” the truck driver says. “Talk to me! One yuan?”

A woman then holds out a phone with a QR code on it, as the driver says: “So we take WeChat Pay here, do we?”

While Radio Free Asia was unable to verify the video independently, commentators said the phenomenon isn’t new, but has likely seen a resurgence amid growing economic hardship in the wake of the three-year restrictions of Communist Party leader Xi Jinping’s zero-COVID policy.

ENG_CHN_UnofficialTollbooths_06162023.2.png
A long-distance truck driver on the route from Tangshan to Malanzhuang township in Hebei province says that he met more than a dozen farmers who stopped him along the way and asked for “road money” ranging from 1 to 10 yuan. Credit: RFA screenshot from video

Further along the same route, the truck pulls up again, to address an elderly woman in a burgundy blouse.

“What is it? Money you want?” the driver calls. The woman nods.

“How much? Five yuan?”

The process is repeated further down the highway, with two older women approaching his cab, waving cell phones and asking for payments of 10 yuan and 5 yuan respectively.

‘Things are going from order to disorder’

Jiangsu-based current affairs commentator and former migrant worker Zhang Jianping said unofficial “tolls” are more commonly found in central and western China, where people are generally poorer.

“These farmers only make 107 yuan a month ... What can you buy with 100 yuan?” Zhang said. “At the same time, retired officials get tens of thousands of yuan a month, while staying in hospital for an entire year, at a cost of several million.”

“Meanwhile, these farmers who’ve spent their lives knee-deep in the soil with their backs bent in the service of their country, what are they supposed to do?”

Last October, ruling Chinese Communist Party censors removed a film about the struggles of a poverty-stricken farming couple from streaming sites ahead of the party congress, prompting a public outcry on social media.

“Return to Dust,” a love story about a couple who marry and eke out a living for themselves from farming despite being rejected by their own communities, has a bleak ending that is out of keeping with government “public opinion” policy, which views media and cultural products as a tool to advance “positive stories” about China.

ENG_CHN_UnofficialTollbooths_06162023.3.jpg
A scene from the Chinese rural romance film “Return to Dust.” Credit: Return to Dust

China declared in November 2020 that it had eliminated extreme poverty, claiming success for one of Xi’s key policy goals ahead of the party centenary the following year.

Yet as government-backed employment schemes have focused on getting younger people to seek jobs in cities, elderly people in rural areas have been left to eke a meager living from government subsidies, without the younger generation around to help, and without enough money for decent medical care.

Many are deciding such a life isn’t worth living any more.

New research published in July 2022 and cited by state news agency Xinhua showed that the suicide rate among elderly people in rural areas has risen fivefold over the last two decades

U.S.-based commentator Ma Ju said he first ran into unofficial toll booths in the 1990s, when China’s economic boom had just gotten started.

The fact that they are making a comeback suggests people’s incomes are falling again.

“People don’t have enough for their lives to be sustainable,” Ma said. “The income of officials at the lowest level is limited, and there isn't much effort to maintain social order.”

“This sort of thing will happen more and more in future,” he said. “Things are going from order to disorder.”

Translated by Luisetta Mudie. Edited by Matt Reed.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Gu Ting for RFA Mandarin.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/toll-roads-hebei-06162023163617.html/feed/ 0 404627
Gavin Ellis: Proof our newsrooms need a ‘second pair of eyes’ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/13/gavin-ellis-proof-our-newsrooms-need-a-second-pair-of-eyes/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/13/gavin-ellis-proof-our-newsrooms-need-a-second-pair-of-eyes/#respond Tue, 13 Jun 2023 23:01:09 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=89728 COMMENTARY: By Gavin Ellis

Own goals by two of our top news organisations last week raised a fundamental question: What has happened to their checking processes?

Both Radio New Zealand and NZME acknowledged serious failures in their internal processes that resulted in embarrassing apologies, corrections, and take-downs.

The episodes in both newsrooms suggest the “second pair of eyes” that traditionally acted as a final check before publication no longer exists or is so over-worked in a resource-starved environment that they are looking elsewhere.

The RNZ situation is the more serious of the two episodes. It relates to the insertion of pro-Russian content into news agency stories about the invasion of Ukraine that were carried on the RNZ website.

The original stories were sourced from Reuters and, in at least one case, from the BBC. By today 22 altered stories had been found, but the audit had only scratched the surface. The alleged perpetrator has disclosed they had been carrying out such edits for the past five years.

RNZ was alerted to the latest altered story by news watchers in New York and Paris on Friday. It investigated and found a further six, then a further seven, then another, and another. This only takes us back a short way.

A number of the stories were altered only by the inclusion of a few loaded terms such as “neo-Nazi” and “US-backed coup”, but others had material changes. Some are spelt out in the now-corrected stories on the site. Here are two examples of significant insertions into the original text:

An earlier edit to this story said: “Russia launched its invasion of Ukraine in February last year, claiming that a US-backed coup in 2014 with the help of neo-Nazis had created a threat to its borders and had ignited a civil war that saw Russian-speaking minorities persecuted.”

An earlier edit to this story said: “The Azov Battalion was widely regarded as an anti-Russian neo-Nazi military unit by observers and western media before the Russian invasion. Russian President Vladimir Putin has accused the nationalists of using Russian-speaking Ukrainians as human shields.”

Hot water with Reuters
The scale and nature of the inappropriate editing of the stories is likely to get RNZ into very hot water with Reuters. The agency has strict protocols over what forms of editing may take place with its copy and even the most cursory examination of the altered RNZ versions confirms that the protocols have been breached.

It is unsurprising that RNZ’s chief executive Paul Thompson has told staff he is “gutted” by what has occurred.

Both security analyst Dr Paul Buchanan and AUT journalism professor Dr Verica Ruper have cautioned against speculating on how the material came to be appear on the RNZ website and I agree that to do so is premature. Clearly, however, it amounts to much more than a careless editing mistake.

Paul Thompson has acted promptly in ordering an external independent enquiry into the matter and in standing down the individual who apparently handled the stories. It is likely that the government’s security services are also taking an interest in what has occurred.

What we can speculate on is the possibility that RNZ’s internal processes are deficient to the point that there is no post-production vetting of some stories before publication — that “second pair of eyes”.

We might also speculate that the problem is faced by The New Zealand Herald newsroom, following the publication of an eight-line correction at the top of page 3 of the Herald on Sunday, and carried equally sparingly on the Herald website.

“A story published last Sunday about a woman who triumphed over a difficult background to become a lawyer had elements that were false. In publishing the article, we fell short of the high standards and procedures we hold ourselves to.”

Puzzled by correction
Many readers would have been puzzled by the correction, which gave no details of the story concerned, nor did it identify those elements that were false.

There may have been legal reasons for omitting which details were incorrect, but not for leaving readers to puzzle over the story to which they referred.

It appears to relate to a three-page story in the Review section of the previous Sunday’s edition that was headed “From mob terror to high flyer”. The story related to the daughter of a woman jailed for selling methamphetamine. The daughter had gone on to a legal career in the United States.

I recall having some undefined concern about the story when I read it and still can’t quite put my finger on why the old alarm bell in the back of my head tinkled. Perhaps it was that — apart from previously published material — the story appeared to rely on a single interview. There also appeared to be a motive in telling the story to the Herald on Sunday — a forthcoming book.

The article seems to have been removed from the Herald website, but the short correction suggests that checks were missed. The same seems to have been the case with RNZ.

It is, of course, sheer coincidence that both RNZ and the Herald on Sunday should face such shortcomings in the same week. However, the likely root causes of their embarrassment are issues that all news media face.

First, the pressure on newsroom resources has increased the workload of all staff, from reporters in the field to duty editors. Time pressures are a daily, and nightly, reality and multi-tasking has become the norm.

Checking comes second
In such an environment, checking the work of other well-trained staff may come second to more pressing demands.

As an editor, I slept better knowing that each story had passed through the hands of a news editor, sub-editor and, finally, a check sub with a compulsive attention to detail who checked each completed page before it was transmitted to the printing plant. I fear our newsrooms are now too bare for that multi-layered system of checks.

If the demands of newspaper deadlines are tough, the pressures are manifestly greater in a digital environment where websites have become voracious beasts that cry out to be fed from dawn to midnight. New stories are added throughout the protracted news cycle, pushing older stories down the home page, then off it to subsidiary pages on the site tree.

The technology to satisfy the hunger has advanced to the point where reporters publish direct to the web using Twitter-like feeds. We saw it last week during the Auckland City budget debate when news websites were recording the jerk dancing minute by minute.

Clay Shirky, in his influential 2008 book Here Comes Everybody, popularised the term “publish, then filter”. It referred to a change from sifting the good from the mediocre before publication, to a digital environment in which users determined worth once it had been published.

However, increasingly, the phrase has taken on additional meaning. The burden of work created by digital appetites has seen mainstream media foreshortening the production process by removing some of the old checks and balances because they can always go back later and make changes on the website.

The abridgement may, for example, mean a pre-publication check is limited to headline, graphic, and the first couple of paragraphs. Or, in the case of “pre-edited” agency or syndication content, it may mean foregoing post-production text checks altogether (I hasten to add that I do not know whether this was the case with the RNZ stories).

Editorial based on trust
Editorial production has always been based on trust. It works both down and up. Editors trust those they rely on to carry out processes from content creation to post-production, and those responsible for one phase trust their work will subsequently be handled with care.

Individual shortcomings should not erode trust in the newsroom, but such episodes do point to a need to re-examine whether systems are fit for purpose.

Over a decade ago, Bill Kovach and Tom Rosenstiel wrote a book called Blur. It was about information overload. In it they state that, as journalism becomes more complicated, the role of the editor becomes more important, and verification is a bigger part of the editor’s role.

Incidents such as those that came to light last week reinforce that view. They also suggest that mainstream media organisations should leave Clay Shirky’s mantra to social media and bloggers. Instead, they should (thoroughly) filter, then publish.

Dr Gavin Ellis holds a PhD in political studies. He is a media consultant and researcher. A former editor-in-chief of The New Zealand Herald, he has a background in journalism and communications — covering both editorial and management roles — that spans more than half a century. Dr Ellis publishes the website knightlyviews.com where this commentary was first published and it is republished by Asia Pacific Report with permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/13/gavin-ellis-proof-our-newsrooms-need-a-second-pair-of-eyes/feed/ 0 403547
Remote Rakhine villages in urgent need of food, shelter weeks after cyclone hit the region https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/09/remote-rakhine-villages-in-urgent-need-of-food-shelter-weeks-after-cyclone-hit-the-region/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/09/remote-rakhine-villages-in-urgent-need-of-food-shelter-weeks-after-cyclone-hit-the-region/#respond Fri, 09 Jun 2023 21:29:18 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=0d1720ffedb74bd24fcfed5d800e3475
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/09/remote-rakhine-villages-in-urgent-need-of-food-shelter-weeks-after-cyclone-hit-the-region/feed/ 0 402597
Everything you need to know about the UK Covid-19 inquiry https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/09/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-uk-covid-19-inquiry/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/09/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-uk-covid-19-inquiry/#respond Fri, 09 Jun 2023 17:08:28 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/covid-19-inquiry-baroness-hallett-boris-johnson-explainer/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Ruby Lott-Lavigna.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/09/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-uk-covid-19-inquiry/feed/ 0 402520
Southern Discomfort: Attacks on Freedom Need Condemnation https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/08/southern-discomfort-attacks-on-freedom-need-condemnation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/08/southern-discomfort-attacks-on-freedom-need-condemnation/#respond Thu, 08 Jun 2023 19:12:06 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033905 These cases haven't received an outcry from major newspaper editorial boards on their violation of constitutional rights.

The post Southern Discomfort: Attacks on Freedom Need Condemnation appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Asheville Blade: It's not illegal for the press to cover a story

The Asheville Blade (3/29/23) covers the arrest of one of their journalists, Veronica Coit (with a graphic created by another arrested journalist, Matilda Bliss).

Two recent cases in the South have raised fears that journalists and activists who use their constitutional rights against police power will be targeted by the state. Worse, establishment media don’t seem terribly troubled by this.

In North Carolina, Matilda Bliss and Veronica Coit, two reporters from the progressive Asheville Blade, were convicted of “misdemeanor trespassing after being arrested while covering the clearing of a homeless encampment in a public park in 2021.” The judge in the case “said there was no evidence presented to the court that Bliss and Coit were journalists, and that he saw this as a ‘plain and simple trespassing case’” (VoA, 4/19/23).

They’re appealing the conviction (Carolina Public Press, 5/17/23; NC Newsline, 6/2/23), and they have a good bit of support. In April, Eileen O’Reilly, president of the National Press Club, and Gil Klein, president of the National Press Club Journalism Institute, denounced the reporters’ conviction, saying that they “were engaged in routine newsgathering, reporting on the clearing by local police of a homeless encampment” (PRNewswire, 4/20/23). Available evidence, they said, “shows Bliss and Coit did not endanger anyone or obstruct any police activity,” adding that they “were arrested while reporting on a matter of public importance in their community.”

Dozens of other press advocates, including the Committee to Protect Journalists (5/3/23), PEN America (4/25/23) and the Coalition for Women in Journalism (4/19/23), have blasted the convictions.

‘Anti-establishment views’

AP: 3 activists arrested after their fund bailed out protestors of Atlanta’s ‘Cop City’

The house of two of the Atlanta defendants is “emblazoned with anti-police graffiti in an otherwise gentrified neighborhood” (AP, 5/31/23).

In Atlanta, the assault on protesters against “Cop City”—a planned project that would devastate scores of acres of forest land on the city’s south side for a massive military-style security training complex—amped up when Georgia Bureau of Investigation and Atlanta police “arrested three leaders of the Atlanta Solidarity Fund, which has bailed out [anti-Cop City] protesters and helped them find lawyers” (AP, 5/31/23).

The three were charged with money laundering and charity fraud. The “money laundering” consisted of transferring $48,000 from their group, the Network for Strong Communities, to the California-based Siskiyou Mutual Aid—and back again. The “fraud” amounted to the defendants reimbursing themselves for expenses like building materials, yard signs and gasoline. Deputy Attorney General John Fowler seemed to get closer to the actual reason for the prosecution when he said the defendants “harbor extremist anti-government and anti-establishment views” (Atlanta Journal-Constitution, 6/2/23).

When news broke about the arrests, Atlanta activist and journalist circles were abuzz with fears and questions (Atlanta Community Press Collective, 5/31/23). There must be more to the story, right? These people couldn’t simply be arrested for providing bail and legal support—that would be absurd. What next: arresting defense attorneys?

The judge in the case has shared such skepticism, freeing the three on bond despite pressure from the state attorney general not to, and expressing “concerns about their free speech rights and saying he did not find the prosecution’s case, at least for now, ‘real impressive’” (AP, 6/2/23).

Tensions around Cop City are already high. Its projected cost has doubled (Creative Loafing, 5/29/23), dozens of protesters have been hit with domestic terrorism charges (WAGA, 3/5/23) and an autopsy for an activist killed by police “shows their hands were raised when they were killed” (NPR, 3/11/23).

The recent arrests have only raised the temperature. Not long after the three activists were granted bail, the Atlanta City Council “voted 11–4 after a roughly 15-hour long meeting” to approve the project, “sparking cries of ‘Cop City will never be built!’ from the activists who packed City Hall to oppose the measure” (Axios, 6/6/23; Twitter, 6/6/23).

‘Is she real press?’

Slate: The Details of the Atlanta Bail Fund Arrest Are More Horrific Than First Described

Slate (6/1/23): “The state’s intention to criminalize dissent could not have been clearer.”

The Atlanta arrests have received considerable press attention. Slate (6/1/23) and the Intercept (5/31/23) wrote pieces highlighting the severity of the charges. The Asheville case, despite considerable outcry from press advocates, hasn’t had much attention outside left-wing and local press, with the surprising exception of a report on Voice of America (4/19/23), a US government–owned network.

What neither of these cases has received is an outcry from major newspaper editorial boards or network news shows, calling attention to their violation of constitutional rights—although the Atlanta arrests did get a news story in the New York Times (6/2/23) that included condemnations from civil liberties groups. (MSNBC published an op-ed denouncing the arrests on its website—6/3/23.) At FAIR, I have rung the alarm that journalists for both mainstream and small outlets have faced arrests (3/16/21) and extreme police violence (9/3/21). These incidents are part of that trend.

In the Asheville instance, Judge James Calvin Hill was already hostile toward the reporters’ First Amendment claims, as he questioned whether they were actually journalists (Truthout, 6/1/23). “She says she’s press,” a police officer said in court of Coit, to which Hill responded: “Is she real press?”

The Asheville Blade is a small, scruffy left-wing outlet; are we to assume that courts will determine what constitutes a journalistic outlet based on budget, size of distribution, popularity and political orientation?

In the case of the Atlanta arrests, coverage often carried photos of the activists’ Eastside house, painted purple with anti-police signage and graffiti. This hippie vibe might not be the image Atlanta’s powerful business class wants to project as the commercial center of the South; the Atlanta Police Foundation includes support from some of the city’s top corporations  (New Yorker, 8/3/23), including Coca-Cola, Delta, Home Depot—and Cox, the Atlanta Journal-Constitution‘s parent company.

The Journal-Constitution, the major local paper, has run pieces (5/8/21, 1/25/23, 3/8/23) in favor of Cop City and other aggressive anti-crime tactics. Its editorial board (8/21/21) declared, “There’s no time to waste in moving to replace the city’s current, dilapidated training grounds,” because “criminals will continue to ply their trade, exacting a cost in property, public fears and even lives.”

Needless to say, this is not the way the Asheville Blade writes about police issues. But that shouldn’t matter, because constitutional rights, by their definition, are not supposed to discriminate.

Concern for freedom—elsewhere

NYT: In Rare Victory for Media, Hong Kong Court Overturns Conviction of Journalist

The New York Times‘ concern (6/5/23) for a persecuted journalist is not so rare—at least when the persecutors are official enemies.

We live in a media environment (FAIR.org, 10/23/20, 11/17/21, 3/25/22) where we must constantly endure think piece after think piece about whether conservative college students are safe from ridicule if they come out against nonbinary pronouns, or if a comedian has suffered a dip in popularity because their schtick is considered “unwoke.” Governments actually trying to imprison people for exercising their constitutional rights somehow don’t generate the same sense of alarm in establishment media.

Unless, of course, those governments are abroad, in official enemy nations. The New York Times (6/5/23) prominently reported a “rare victory for journalism amid a crackdown on the news media in Hong Kong” after a court “overturned the conviction of a prominent reporter who had produced a documentary that was critical of the police.” When Wall Street Journal reporter Evan Gershkovich was arrested in Russia, this was naturally covered, not just by his own paper (3/31/23) but its rivals as well (New York Times, 5/23/23; Washington Post, 5/31/23).

If our media really cared about the future of free discourse in contemporary America, and the state of freedom of speech and association, Atlanta and Asheville would be the focus of the same sort of media attention.

The post Southern Discomfort: Attacks on Freedom Need Condemnation appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Ari Paul.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/08/southern-discomfort-attacks-on-freedom-need-condemnation/feed/ 0 402006
Dēmos: Allen v. Milligan Exposes Urgent Need for SCOTUS Reform https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/08/demos-allen-v-milligan-exposes-urgent-need-for-scotus-reform/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/08/demos-allen-v-milligan-exposes-urgent-need-for-scotus-reform/#respond Thu, 08 Jun 2023 18:02:35 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/demos-allen-v-milligan-exposes-urgent-need-for-scotus-reform Taifa Smith Butler, President of Dēmos, a movement-oriented think tank committed to racial justice, released the following statement in response to the Supreme Court Allen v. Milligan decision:

"Today, the Supreme Court ruled in favor of Black voters and the Voting Rights Act. This victory belongs to the Black organizers and voting advocates in Alabama. Their leadership is a major win for Black voters in Alabama and states like Louisiana. It further protects other communities across the country as they fight for fair maps.

“This is a legal victory, but there is more work to be done. Such an extreme case should have never reached the Supreme Court in the first place. Allen v. Milligan was a blatant attempt to minimize Black political power in Alabama. Ahead of the 2022 midterms, this Court used its shadow docket to reinstate the racially gerrymandered maps in clear violation of Section 2 of the Voting Rights Act, only to now declare one of those same maps illegal.

“This case highlights the urgent need for comprehensive federal voting rights legislation and Supreme Court reform. We need bold reform that will strengthen the integrity and fairness of our judicial system and empower Black communities in choosing their representatives and not the other way around.”


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/08/demos-allen-v-milligan-exposes-urgent-need-for-scotus-reform/feed/ 0 401976
“Villagers don’t need the dam,” Thai citizen downstream from a planned Mekong River dam in Laos https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/08/villagers-dont-need-the-dam-thai-citizen-downstream-from-a-planned-mekong-river-dam-in-laos/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/08/villagers-dont-need-the-dam-thai-citizen-downstream-from-a-planned-mekong-river-dam-in-laos/#respond Thu, 08 Jun 2023 15:24:56 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=4878337b9be037a9510cb24da58bd7b7
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/08/villagers-dont-need-the-dam-thai-citizen-downstream-from-a-planned-mekong-river-dam-in-laos/feed/ 0 401903
"If you Love your Children you need to do Something before it’s too Late" | Just Stop Oil https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/07/if-you-love-your-children-you-need-to-do-something-before-its-too-late-just-stop-oil/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/07/if-you-love-your-children-you-need-to-do-something-before-its-too-late-just-stop-oil/#respond Wed, 07 Jun 2023 20:16:33 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=0b70f26a050fd6652799bb6ba2fd8810
This content originally appeared on Just Stop Oil and was authored by Just Stop Oil.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/07/if-you-love-your-children-you-need-to-do-something-before-its-too-late-just-stop-oil/feed/ 0 401692
Lula’s progressive plans are under threat. We need him to stick with them https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/02/lulas-progressive-plans-are-under-threat-we-need-him-to-stick-with-them/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/02/lulas-progressive-plans-are-under-threat-we-need-him-to-stick-with-them/#respond Fri, 02 Jun 2023 16:05:25 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/democraciaabierta/brazil-lula-environmental-indigenous-agenda/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Francesc Badia i Dalmases, Manuella Libardi.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/02/lulas-progressive-plans-are-under-threat-we-need-him-to-stick-with-them/feed/ 0 400509
The Need for a Queer Power Movement https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/02/the-need-for-a-queer-power-movement/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/02/the-need-for-a-queer-power-movement/#respond Fri, 02 Jun 2023 05:35:14 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=284606 I know this sounds gay, but I’m in love with being Queer, and I’m kind of gross about it. I celebrate my flamboyant tribal freakiness in everything from the fluorescent pink color of my hair to the words I hurl into the shocked faces of basic bitches like glimmering confetti. I didn’t choose to be More

The post The Need for a Queer Power Movement appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Nicky Reid.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/02/the-need-for-a-queer-power-movement/feed/ 0 400380
Livestream: Residents of East Palestine need our help! https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/30/livestream-residents-of-east-palestine-need-our-help/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/30/livestream-residents-of-east-palestine-need-our-help/#respond Tue, 30 May 2023 17:49:57 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=4b12b6ca0de8f4ad278f3056b626d26e
This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by The Real News Network.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/30/livestream-residents-of-east-palestine-need-our-help/feed/ 0 399501
NZ’s opposition ‘need to go back to school’ over bilingual sign attack https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/27/nzs-opposition-need-to-go-back-to-school-over-bilingual-sign-attack/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/27/nzs-opposition-need-to-go-back-to-school-over-bilingual-sign-attack/#respond Sat, 27 May 2023 09:14:29 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=88980 By Rayssa Almeida, RNZ News reporter

New Zealand’s Māori Party co-leader says the opposition National Party should go back to school if it thinks including te reo Māori on road signs is confusing.

In a transport meeting yesterday in Bay of Plenty, National’s spokesperson Simeon Brown said introducing the language to road signs would make them “more confusing” and they “should all be English”.

On Monday, Waka Kotahi said its He Tohu Huarahi Māori Bilingual Traffic Signs programme was going out for public consultation.

If successful, the programme would include te reo Māori in motorway and expressway signs, destination signs, public and active transport signs, walking and cycling signs, general advisory and warning signs.

Te Pāti Māori co-leader Debbie Ngarewa-Packer said having the language included on road signs will help those in the process of learning te reo.

“This is an environment where there’s more non-Māori learning reo than we ever had in the history of Aotearoa. It’s important that we embrace our nation hood, including our indigenous people and our language.”

“We spent a long time trying to make sure we don’t lose our language, so having our culture in our roads is not just about helping those who are fluent Māori speakers, but so those who are in our education system learning reo can see it reflected around our environment.”

Te Pāti Māori co-leader Debbie Ngarewa-Packer
Te Pāti Māori co-leader Debbie Ngarewa-Packer . . . “It’s never too hard to understand the official languages of Aotearoa.” Image: RNZ

‘Make an effort’
She said Brown should go back to school if he thought te reo Māori on road signs was confusing.

“It’s never too hard to understand the official languages of Aotearoa. Whether it will be making an effort to understand te reo or sign language, for example.

“These are all a critical part of our nation and if he [Simeon Brown] needs to go back to school or take some time off Parliament to be able to understand our language so be it.”

There had been Māori traffic signs, Māori names, in this nation for a very long time, Ngarewa-Packer said.

“I’m not so sure why he [Simeon Brown] is so confused now.”

The Te Pāti Māori co-leader said Brown’s comments were separatist.

“I think it’s a real ignorant alarmist way to be politicking.”

“Twenty percent of our population is Māori. If we see a large [political] party basically trying to ignore 20 percent of this population, then can we expect them to do that to the rest of our multiculture, diversity and languages that we see coming forward in Aotearoa?”

She said most New Zealanders would enjoy seeing multilingual road signs.

“I think we are a mature and sophisticated country and generally, most of us, actually really enjoy not only seeing our indigenous language but also other languages.

“[Not having bilingual signs] It’s an attempt to take us backwards that I don’t think many are going to tolerate.”

They should be filling pot holes’ – National
National’s transport spokesman Simeon Brown said Waka Kotahi should be filling pot holes instead of looking into including te reo Māori in road signage around the country.

“NZTA should be focusing primarally in fixing the pot holes on our roads and they shouldn’t be distracted by changing signage up and down our country.”

“Most New Zealanders want to see our roads fixed, it’s their number one priority.”

Brown said the National Party was open to bilingual information, but only when it came to place names signage.

“When it comes to critically important safety information the signage needs to be clear and understandable for people in our road, most of whom who speak English.”

“It’s important to keep the balance right between place names, which we are very open for bilingual signage, and critical safety signs where is really important people understand what the sign is saying,” he said.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/27/nzs-opposition-need-to-go-back-to-school-over-bilingual-sign-attack/feed/ 0 398885
Pride will be hard in America this year – but we need its joy https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/25/pride-will-be-hard-in-america-this-year-but-we-need-its-joy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/25/pride-will-be-hard-in-america-this-year-but-we-need-its-joy/#respond Thu, 25 May 2023 09:54:38 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/5050/us-pride-month-anti-lgbtiq-laws-celebration-joy/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Chrissy Stroop.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/25/pride-will-be-hard-in-america-this-year-but-we-need-its-joy/feed/ 0 398202
‘I Need To Get Through’ | 24 May 2023 | Just Stop Oil | #shorts https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/24/i-need-to-get-through-24-may-2023-just-stop-oil-shorts/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/24/i-need-to-get-through-24-may-2023-just-stop-oil-shorts/#respond Wed, 24 May 2023 18:37:02 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=85ee07e06c21df4e4f459e69130af7ec
This content originally appeared on Just Stop Oil and was authored by Just Stop Oil.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/24/i-need-to-get-through-24-may-2023-just-stop-oil-shorts/feed/ 0 398110
Police say they still need more time to investigate rape-accused Tory MP https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/22/police-say-they-still-need-more-time-to-investigate-rape-accused-tory-mp/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/22/police-say-they-still-need-more-time-to-investigate-rape-accused-tory-mp/#respond Mon, 22 May 2023 13:27:42 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/conservative-mp-rape-sexual-assault-bail-extended/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Ruby Lott-Lavigna.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/22/police-say-they-still-need-more-time-to-investigate-rape-accused-tory-mp/feed/ 0 396708
Forget GDP growth, it’s sustainable wellbeing we need to aim for https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/22/forget-gdp-growth-its-sustainable-wellbeing-we-need-to-aim-for/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/22/forget-gdp-growth-its-sustainable-wellbeing-we-need-to-aim-for/#respond Mon, 22 May 2023 11:44:49 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/beyond-growth-eu-economy-gdp-sustainable-wellbeing/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Robert Costanza.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/22/forget-gdp-growth-its-sustainable-wellbeing-we-need-to-aim-for/feed/ 0 396677
Forget GDP growth, it’s sustainable wellbeing we need to aim for https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/22/forget-gdp-growth-its-sustainable-wellbeing-we-need-to-aim-for-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/22/forget-gdp-growth-its-sustainable-wellbeing-we-need-to-aim-for-2/#respond Mon, 22 May 2023 11:44:49 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/oureconomy/beyond-growth-eu-economy-gdp-sustainable-wellbeing/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Robert Costanza.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/22/forget-gdp-growth-its-sustainable-wellbeing-we-need-to-aim-for-2/feed/ 0 396710
"What We Need Right Now, is for Everyone to Join Us" | Eilidh | London | 19 May 2023 | Just Stop Oil https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/21/what-we-need-right-now-is-for-everyone-to-join-us-eilidh-london-19-may-2023-just-stop-oil/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/21/what-we-need-right-now-is-for-everyone-to-join-us-eilidh-london-19-may-2023-just-stop-oil/#respond Sun, 21 May 2023 18:12:15 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=3925c3a403d9a8b506cca5ca137948ad
This content originally appeared on Just Stop Oil and was authored by Just Stop Oil.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/21/what-we-need-right-now-is-for-everyone-to-join-us-eilidh-london-19-may-2023-just-stop-oil/feed/ 0 396571
AI Expert: We Urgently Need Ethical Guidelines & Safeguards to Limit Risk of Artificial Intelligence https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/18/ai-expert-we-urgently-need-ethical-guidelines-safeguards-to-limit-risk-of-artificial-intelligence/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/18/ai-expert-we-urgently-need-ethical-guidelines-safeguards-to-limit-risk-of-artificial-intelligence/#respond Thu, 18 May 2023 14:30:04 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=2e3402cf0c28839ddc70c0cd654500a4
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/18/ai-expert-we-urgently-need-ethical-guidelines-safeguards-to-limit-risk-of-artificial-intelligence/feed/ 0 395755
AI Expert: We Urgently Need Ethical Guidelines & Safeguards to Limit Risks of Artificial Intelligence https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/18/ai-expert-we-urgently-need-ethical-guidelines-safeguards-to-limit-risks-of-artificial-intelligence/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/18/ai-expert-we-urgently-need-ethical-guidelines-safeguards-to-limit-risks-of-artificial-intelligence/#respond Thu, 18 May 2023 12:47:16 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=1da1dc02deb16ed6bb444a00fd960a0a Seg3 openai rotenberg split2

In a dramatic hearing Tuesday, the CEO of the startup behind ChatGPT warned Congress about the dangers of artificial intelligence — his company’s own product. We discuss how to regulate AI and establish ethical guidelines with Marc Rotenberg, executive director of the Center for AI and Digital Policy. “We don’t have the expertise in government for the rapid technological change that’s now taking place,” says Rotenberg.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/18/ai-expert-we-urgently-need-ethical-guidelines-safeguards-to-limit-risks-of-artificial-intelligence/feed/ 0 395741
‘We Need to Engage People’: Scientists Arrested Demanding Climate Action https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/15/we-need-to-engage-people-scientists-arrested-demanding-climate-action/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/15/we-need-to-engage-people-scientists-arrested-demanding-climate-action/#respond Mon, 15 May 2023 20:42:49 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/scientists-take-direct-action-against-climate-crisis

More than 1,000 scientists and academics in over 21 countries engaged in nonviolent protest last week under the banner of Scientist Rebellion to demand a just and equitable end to the fossil fuel era.

At least 19 of the participating scientists were arrested in actions linked to the group's "The Science Is Clear" campaign from May 7-13, organizers said at a Monday press conference. The group believes that researchers must move from informing to advocating in the wake of decades of fossil fuel industry disinformation about the climate crisis and the downplaying or ignoring of their warnings by governments and media organizations.

"It's urgent that scientists come out of their laboratories to counter the lies," Laurent Husson, a French geoscientist from ISTerre, said.

"Experts on tropical rainforests told me privately that they think the Amazon has already passed its tipping point. Let that sink in. The world needs to know."

Participating scientists in Africa, Australia, Europe, Latin America, and North America organized more than 30 discrete events during May's spate of actions. Scientific Rebellion is concerned that climate policy is not in line with official warnings like the final Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) report of the decade, released earlier this year, which called for "rapid and deep and, in most cases, immediate" reductions in greenhouse gas emissions by 2030 in its "Summary for Policymakers."

However, some scientist-activists say that what researchers discuss internally is even more alarming.

"I was just at a NASA team meeting for three days in D.C.," Peter Kalmus tweeted Wednesday. "The scientific findings are so fucked up. Experts on tropical rainforests told me privately that they think the Amazon has already passed its tipping point. Let that sink in. The world needs to know."

The Science Is Clear campaign had three clear demands: that governments rapidly decarbonize their infrastructure in coordination with citizens assemblies that would also address growing inequality, that the Global North both provide money to the Global South to help them pay for the inevitable loss and damage caused by the climate crisis and forgive their outstanding debt, and that ecosystems and the Indigenous people and local communities that depend on them be protected from extractive industries.

Local actions also had independent demands in line with these goals. For example, Rose Abramoff—a U.S.-based scientist and IPCC reviewer—helped disrupt a joint session of the Massachusetts Legislature Wednesday with the demands that Massachusetts ban all new fossil fuel infrastructure and fund a just transition to renewable energy. The activists, who also included members of Extinction Rebellion, occupied the House Gallery for six hours before they were arrested.

Abramoff said at the press conference that she joined Scientific Rebellion when the data turned up by her field work grew too alarming.

"This can't be my job to just calmly document destruction without doing anything to prevent it," she said.

She has now been arrested six times including Wednesday. And while she was fired from one job, she remains employed, housed, and healthy with a clean record.

"I think more scientists and other people with privilege should be taking these measures," she said.

Janine O'Keefe, an engineer and economist, said she was treated with much more respect by police when she protested in a lab coat compared with when she didn't, and was often not arrested at all.

"I implore you to find the courage to go against the silence," she said.

IPCC author Julia Steinberger also said she felt activism was part of a scientist's duty.

"It is us doing our jobs and holding our government to account on the commitments they have made to protect us."

"It is us doing our jobs and holding our government to account on the commitments they have made to protect us," Steinberger said.

Several other scientists risked arrest alongside allied activists in direct actions throughout the week. Three scientists were arrested for protesting Equinor in Norway. In Italy, police stopped activists before they could begin a protest at Turin Airport and arrested all of the would-be participants. In Denmark, five scientists were arrested at protests alongside more than 100 other activists, and in Portugal, scientists and allies managed to block the Porto de Sines—the main entry point for fossil fuels into the country—without any arrests being made.

In France, meanwhile, police arrested 18 activists including five scientists for blocking a bridge in the Port of Le Havre Friday, near where TotalEnergies is building a floating methane terminal for imported liquefied natural gas.

"We've been trying to show people that gas is still a fossil fuel," Husson said at the press conference.

Husson said the activists spent time in jail before being released, though three of them are being charged.

Scientific Rebellion argues that participants in the Global North have more responsibility to carry out civil disobedience and risk arrest because their countries have contributed more to emissions historically and because they have greater privilege and protection under the law.

However, that doesn't mean that scientists from the Global South aren't making their voices heard. Around 200 scientists in Africa participated in protests throughout the week, including in Congo, where University of Kinshasa researcher Gérardine Deade Tanakula said she knew colleagues who had lost loved ones in extreme weather events.

Tanakula, who helped organize marches and spoke to staff and students at her university, pointed out that Africa had only contributed less than 4% of global greenhouse gas emissions but was on the "frontline" of their impacts, such as extreme flooding May 5 that killed more than 400 people.

"We can't just be observers or do research. We need to engage people, and we need to act in the name of science," Tanakula said.

Scientific Rebellion doesn't just focus on the climate crisis. The Science Is Clear webpage notes that human activity has overshot six of nine planetary boundaries that sustain life on Earth, and that—beyond just the fossil fuel industry—the entire current economic system is to blame.

"The underlying cause of this existential crisis is our growth-based economic system," Matthias Schmelzer, a postdoctoral researcher at the Friedrich-Schiller University in Jena, Germany, said in the press conference.

"The underlying cause of this existential crisis is our growth-based economic system."

More than 1,100 scientists and academics have signed a letter urging both public and private institutions to pursue degrowth—a planned and democratic realignment of the goal of the global economy from increasing gross domestic product to ensuring well-being within planetary boundaries.

Members of Scientific Rebellion expressed optimism that direct action could help push through the changes it seeks. Abramoff pointed to Amsterdam's Schiphol Airport, which banned private jets months after activists blocked them from taking off. She also argued that two major pieces of U.S. climate legislation—the Inflation Reduction Act and the bipartisan infrastructure law—would not have passed without grassroots pressure.

"I feel that we have so much power," Abramoff said, "and we just have to be brave enough to use it."


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Olivia Rosane.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/15/we-need-to-engage-people-scientists-arrested-demanding-climate-action/feed/ 0 394953
Sudan: WFP working round the clock as emergency food aid reaches 50,000 in need https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/12/sudan-wfp-working-round-the-clock-as-emergency-food-aid-reaches-50000-in-need/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/12/sudan-wfp-working-round-the-clock-as-emergency-food-aid-reaches-50000-in-need/#respond Fri, 12 May 2023 19:44:01 +0000 https://news.un.org/feed/view/en/audio/2023/05/1136632 The UN World Food Programme (WFP) has been able to support around 50,000 Sudanese in need in three states, amid the continuing fighting and food crisis there, which temporarily halted the agency’s aid operation after three staffers were killed.

That’s according to Leni Kinzli head of communications for WFP in Sudan, who said a total of 19 million are expected to face food insecurity during the coming lean season, and called on the international community not to take their eyes off the crisis in the country, provoked by the ongoing military power struggle.

UN News Arabic’s Ezzat El-Ferri, asked her what the latest situation was on the ground.


This content originally appeared on UN News - Global perspective Human stories and was authored by Ezzat El-Ferri.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/12/sudan-wfp-working-round-the-clock-as-emergency-food-aid-reaches-50000-in-need/feed/ 0 394467
You Don’t Need Any Excuse for Not Screaming https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/05/you-dont-need-any-excuse-for-not-screaming/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/05/you-dont-need-any-excuse-for-not-screaming/#respond Fri, 05 May 2023 05:55:49 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=281083

From left to right: Donald Trump, E. Jean Carroll, Carroll’s then-husband, John Johnson, and Trump’s then-wife, Ivana Trump, at a celebrity event in 1987. Original publication: What Do We Need Men For?: A Modest Proposal by E. Jean Carroll – Fair Use.

The E. Jean Carroll vs Donald Trump rape trial is, no doubt, eliciting a lot of understandable reactions in sexual assault survivors.* I’m a psychotherapist who, for years, has been privileged to work with many survivors. I used to consult to a rape crisis center. I don’t need to hear one word of a trauma story to do trauma work, but I’ve heard countless stories. Stories of hope, of shame, of fear, of anger, of grief and betrayal. Stories of atrocious violence. Stories of glorious resilience.

I’ve watched police be respectful and kind to someone as they’re reporting their assault. I’ve also seen police be dismissive and blaming and horrible, forcing a person, often still in what is colloquially known as shock, to prove that the “encounter” was not consensual or that she was no somehow “asking for it.” I’ve witnessed people become “disgusted” with their partners who were assaulted, and so they leave or divorce such “damaged goods.” I’ve heard how friends no longer know how to talk to a person, treating them like they’re fragile beyond measure or as if they’re contagious and if you get too close then you’ll somehow become infected. I’ve known employers who fired their employees because they didn’t have a “legitimate” reason for taking time off from work to process and integrate such a fragmenting experience. I’ve heard how people have been excommunicated from previously close-knit families or neighborhoods because they dared to name that an uncle or a brother or a woman down the street was their perpetrator. There have been beautiful stories of solidarity and support, too. But all too often, contending with the shaming, cruel reactions from others adds very real trauma on top of trauma.

Even more trauma comes from being judged for what one did during the assault or right afterward. “Why didn’t they run?” “Why didn’t he fight?” “How could she possibly laugh??” Those questions all belie a total and complete ignorance of the mechanisms of trauma and millennia of nervous system evolution. Our survival strategies kick in and more often than not we don’t have time for conscious decision making; it just happens. In a split second, our nervous systems assess the threat and take the best course of action available. (This is why we don’t take a moment to think through the pros and cons of, say, jumping out of the way of an oncoming car, or we’d be toast. We just automatically do it.) Sometimes we’re able to run away when someone tries to sexually assault us. Sometimes we can fight or scream, but often that isn’t the best survival strategy because that can escalate life threatening violence and retaliation. And so, it’s a really bad idea. Or maybe it’s so ingrained in us to be a “good girl” that screaming doesn’t even occur to us, especially if the assailant is someone we know, which is most often the case. Much less talked about are the survival responses of compliance and appeasement. Those have saved many a life, and thank God for that. I hope all of us have access to those survival strategies, if needed. To judge those last two as “weak,” or decide a survivor is partly to blame because they were compliant/appeasing, or to insist you’d do [fill in the blank] were someone sexually assaulting you, is preposterous. Maybe you would and maybe you wouldn’t. Again, our nervous systems automatically kick into gear and do what they have to do to survive: fight, flee, comply, appease, or even all-but collapse or “play dead.” In this instance, you might totally check out, passive and limp to get through it. And so, you barely remember what happened, cognitively, but somatically you sure as hell know. Again, hooray that our nervous systems have that survival strategy available, too!

Then there’s what happens right afterward. You might not go to the police (especially if you’re part of a group that has historically been oppressed by them). You might not call a rape crisis center or a friend. Maybe you laugh uncontrollably, disoriented, incredulous at the surreal thing that just happened. People anxiously or disconnectedly laugh at horrible things that have happened to them. I see it all the time in my practice. Maybe you go back to a party, ignoring for the moment what just happened. Maybe you go shopping for dinner. “Everything’s cool. Yup, all normal. Just fine.” Maybe you pick a huge, screaming fight with your partner in an unconscious effort to fend off the feelings of vulnerability. None of that is “weird” or unexplainable. You’re in shock. Your nervous system hasn’t had near enough time to integrate/process what just happened. You’re on auto pilot. You might do things that seems to make no sense. But it does if you understand trauma.

Given all these layers and sequelae of trauma, I get why many survivors never come forward. It’s a big risk. Once your story is out there, it’s out there. Even supportive people tend to look at you through the filter of: The One Who Was Raped. On the stand, E. Jean Carroll talked about what happened after she publicly accused Trump: “Oh. My God. The force of hatred coming at me was staggering.” That onslaught is, again, more trauma on top of trauma. So is, potentially, Tacopina’s line of questioning about Carroll not screaming as she was being sexually assaulted. “He raped me, whether I screamed or not. I don’t need any excuse for not screaming.”

Indeed, she doesn’t. I can’t say this too many times: wondering/questioning why Carroll didn’t scream or run or why she laughed or soon went back to work shows a total ignorance of trauma and how nervous systems work. We can’t override evolution as much as we might try. Full stop. I get that in a courtroom you need a jury to believe you, but generally you don’t need to justify anything to anyone. If people don’t believe you, that’s about them. And their ignorance or fear or discomfort.

Many do come forward years and decades later, as Carroll has. Again, the accusatory cries of, “Why didn’t she come forward earlier?” are absolutely uninformed. Maybe that’s the time your nervous system needed to work through the trauma be it via trauma-informed therapy or self-exploration or gardening; or maybe the perpetrator finally moved or died; or maybe enough time has passed where your family is able to be supportive and not abandon you for calling out your uncle; or maybe enough is enough and you just can’t stay silent a day longer. Many finally felt the validation and the safety in numbers of the #MeToo movement that allowed them to come forward. All the doubting questions ignore that in 2023 we still live in a patriarchal culture. It’s a culture that continues to judge and shame and doubt and blame women for their sexual assault, or those questions would never be asked in the first place. And when other genders get assaulted, that comes with its own kind of judgment. And if you’re a person of color, add another layer on top of that.

It can take a huge amount of bravery and fortitude just to get up and face a run of the mill day after such a disorienting, devastating experience that robs one of a sense of safety no matter where you are because your body is the scene of the crime. Confronting a perpetrator requires its own kind of bravery. I can’t pretend to imagine what it must be like to do it on the national stage.**

E. Jean Carroll and the millions of sexual assault survivors deserve our respect and support. They deserve our empathy, but never our pity. To all the sexual assault survivors out there, I see you. I believe you. And even if at times it feels all-but impossible to access, know that you’re resilient beyond measure.

*If you’re triggered and need support and/or resources: call the National Sexual Assault Hotline at 1.800.656.HOPE (4673); or go to www.rainn.org.

**If you’re a survivor, please hear this loud and clear: You are NO less brave if you don’t confront your perpetrator. That is a deeply personal decision and sometimes it’s the very best, smartest, and most strategic and self-caring decision to never, ever call out your assailant. Trust that.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Carol Norris.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/05/you-dont-need-any-excuse-for-not-screaming/feed/ 0 392714
What You Need to Know About Stillbirths https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/03/what-you-need-to-know-about-stillbirths/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/03/what-you-need-to-know-about-stillbirths/#respond Wed, 03 May 2023 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/what-to-know-about-stillbirths by Adriana Gallardo and Duaa Eldeib

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

Every year, more than 20,000 pregnancies in the U.S. end in a stillbirth, the death of an expected child at 20 weeks or more of pregnancy. Research shows as many as 1 in 4 stillbirths may be preventable. We interviewed dozens of parents of stillborn children who said their health care providers did not tell them about risk factors or explain what to watch for while pregnant. They said they felt blindsided by what followed. They did not have the information needed to make critical decisions about what happened with their baby’s body, about what additional testing could have been done to help determine what caused the stillbirth, or about how to navigate the process of requesting important stillbirth documents.

This guide is meant to help fill the void of information on stillbirths. It’s based on more than 150 conversations with parents, health care providers, researchers and other medical experts.

Whether you’re trying to better prepare for a pregnancy or grieving a loss, we hope this will help you and your family. This guide does not provide medical advice. We encourage you to seek out other reliable resources and consult with providers you trust.

We welcome your thoughts and questions at stillbirth@propublica.org. You can share your experience with stillbirth with us. If you are a health care provider interested in distributing this guide, let us know if we can help.

What Is Stillbirth?

Many people told us that the first time they heard the term stillbirth was after they delivered their stillborn baby. In many cases, the lack of information and awareness beforehand contributed to their heartache and guilt afterward.

Stillbirth is defined in the U.S. as the death of a baby in the womb at 20 weeks or more of pregnancy. Depending on when it happens, stillbirth is considered:

  • Early: 20-27 weeks of pregnancy.
  • Late: 28-36 weeks of pregnancy.
  • Term: 37 or more weeks of pregnancy.

About half of all stillbirths in the U.S. occur at 28 weeks or later.

What is the difference between a stillbirth and a miscarriage?

Both terms describe pregnancy loss. The distinction is when the loss occurs. A miscarriage is typically defined as a loss before the 20th week of pregnancy, while stillbirth is after that point.

How common is stillbirth?

Each year, about 1 in 175 deliveries in the U.S. are stillbirths — that’s about 60 stillborn babies every day — making it one of the most common adverse pregnancy outcomes, but it is rarely discussed.

If you are surprised by that fact, you are not alone. Many people we spoke to did not know how common stillbirths are. Leandria Lee of Texas said she spent her 2021 pregnancy unaware that her daughter, Zuri Armoni, could die in the last phase of her pregnancy.

“If I was prepared to know that something could happen, I don't think it would have been as bad. But to not know and then it happens, it affects you,” she said of her stillbirth at 35 weeks.

First image: Leandria Lee. Second image: Lee holds a photo of her partner, Jermon Jackson, comforting her in the hospital after their daughter was stillborn. (Nitashia Johnson, special to ProPublica)

Some doctors have told us they don’t introduce the possibility of a stillbirth because they don’t want to create additional anxiety for patients.

Other doctors say withholding information leaves patients unprepared.

“We have this idea that we can’t scare the patient, which to me is very paternalistic,” said Dr. Heather Florescue, an OB-GYN near Rochester, New York, who works to inform doctors and patients about stillbirth prevention.

What causes stillbirths?

There is a lot we don’t know about stillbirths because there hasn’t been enough research. The cause of the stillbirth is unknown in about 1 in 3 cases.

What we do know is that a number of factors may cause or increase the risk of a stillbirth, including:

  • The baby not growing as expected.
  • Placental abnormalities or problems with the umbilical cord.
  • Genetic or structural disorders that cause developmental issues.
  • High blood pressure before pregnancy or preeclampsia, a potentially fatal complication that usually appears late in pregnancy and causes high blood pressure.
  • Diabetes before or during pregnancy.
  • An infection in the fetus, the placenta or the pregnant person.
  • Smoking.
  • Being 35 or older.
  • Obesity.
  • Being pregnant with more than one baby.

But not all doctors, hospitals or health departments perform tests to identify the potential cause of a stillbirth or determine if it could have been prevented. Even when a cause is identified, fetal death records are rarely updated. This means data is sometimes inaccurate. Researchers strongly encourage doctors to perform a stillbirth evaluation, which includes an examination of the placenta and umbilical cord, a fetal autopsy and genetic testing.

If your hospital or doctor does not proactively offer one or more of these exams, you can ask them to conduct the tests. Research shows that placental exams may help establish a cause of death or exclude a suspected one in about 65% of stillbirths, while autopsies were similarly useful in more than 40% of cases.

Are Stillbirths Preventable?

Not all stillbirths are preventable, but some are. For pregnancies that last 37 weeks or more, one study found that nearly half of stillbirths are potentially preventable.

Dr. Joanne Stone, who last year was president of the Society of Maternal-Fetal Medicine, leads the country’s first Rainbow Clinic at Mount Sinai Hospital in New York. The clinic is modeled on similar facilities in the United Kingdom that care for people who want to conceive again after a stillbirth. She said many doctors used to think there was nothing they could do to prevent stillbirth.

“People just looked at it like, ‘Oh, it was an accident, couldn’t have been prevented,’” said Stone, who also is the system chair of the obstetrics, gynecology and reproductive science department at the Icahn School of Medicine. “But we know now there are things that we can do to try to prevent that from happening.”

Dr. Joanne Stone (Jenn Ackerman, special to ProPublica)

She said doctors can:

  • More closely monitor patients with certain risk factors, like high blood pressure, diabetes or obesity.
  • Ask about prior infant loss or other obstetrical trauma.
  • Carefully assess whether a baby’s growth is normal.
  • Work to diagnose genetic anomalies.
  • Teach patients how to track their baby’s movements and encourage them to speak up if they notice activity has slowed or stopped.
  • Deliver at or before 39 weeks if there are concerns.
What are the risks of stillbirth over the course of a pregnancy?

The risk of a stillbirth increases significantly toward the end of pregnancy, especially after 39 weeks. The risk is higher for people who get pregnant at 35 or older. The risk begins to climb even earlier, around 36 weeks, for people pregnant with twins.

What you and your doctor can do to reduce the risk of stillbirth.

While federal agencies in the U.S. have yet to come up with a checklist that may help reduce the risk of stillbirth, the Stillbirth Centre of Research Excellence in Australia has adopted a Safer Baby Bundle that lists five recommendations:

  1. Stop smoking.
  2. Regularly monitor growth to reduce the risk of fetal growth restriction, when the fetus is not growing as expected.
  3. Understand the importance of acting quickly if fetal movement decreases.
  4. Sleep on your side after 28 weeks.
  5. Talk to your doctor about when to deliver. Depending on your situation, it may be before your due date.

We talk a lot about miscarriages, and no one ever mentions stillbirth. I think there’s this fear that you can speak it into existence. Even when we found out CJ was dead, I assumed I was going to have a C-section. You don’t think you’re going to have to give birth.”

—Ashley Spivey, whose son CJ was stillborn in 2020 Ashley Spivey (Nathalie Keyssar, special to ProPublica)

The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists has compiled a list of tests and techniques doctors can use to try to reduce the risk of a stillbirth. They include:

  • A risk assessment to identify prenatal needs.
  • A nonstress test, which checks the fetus’s heart rate and how it changes as the fetus moves.
  • A biophysical profile, which is done with an ultrasound to measure body movement, muscle tone and breathing, along with amniotic fluid volume.

The group stressed that there is no test that can guarantee a stillbirth won’t happen and that individual circumstances should determine what tests are run.

Are some people at higher risk for stillbirth?

Black women are more than twice as likely to have a stillbirth as white women. There are a number of possible explanations for that disparity, including institutional bias and structural racism, and a patient’s pre-pregnancy health, socioeconomic status and access to health care. In addition, research shows that Black women are more likely than white women to experience multiple stressful life events while pregnant and have their concerns ignored by their health care provider. Similar racial disparities drive the country’s high rate of maternal mortality.

How to find a provider you trust.

Finding a doctor to care for you during your pregnancy can be a daunting process. Medical experts and parents suggest interviewing prospective providers before you decide on the right one.

Here is a short list of questions you might want to ask a potential OB-GYN:

  • What is the best way to contact you if I have questions or concerns?
  • How do you manage inquiries after hours and on weekends? Do you see walk-ins?
  • How do you manage prenatal risk assessments?
  • What should I know about the risks of a miscarriage or stillbirth?
  • How do you decide when a patient should be induced?

Dr. Ashanda Saint Jean (Nathalie Keyssar, special to ProPublica)

If a provider doesn’t answer your questions to your satisfaction, don’t be reluctant to move on. Dr. Ashanda Saint Jean, chair of the obstetrics and gynecology department at HealthAlliance Hospitals of the Hudson Valley in New York, said she encourages her patients to find the provider that meets their needs.

“Seek out someone that is like-minded,” said Saint Jean “It doesn’t have to be that they’re the same ethnicity or the same race, but like-minded in terms of the goals of what that patient desires for their own health and prosperity.”

Never fear to advocate for yourself or your child. Because if your baby was in your arms, you would not hesitate to go to the pediatrician or the ER. Don’t think you’re being paranoid. You’re a mother already.”

—Fernanda Sheridan, whose daughter Natalie was stillborn in 2018 What to know in the last trimester.

The last trimester can be an uncomfortable and challenging time as the fetus grows and you get increasingly tired. During this critical time, your provider should talk to you about the following topics:

  • Whether you need a nonstress test to determine if the fetus is getting enough oxygen.
  • The best way to track fetal movements.
  • What to do if your baby stops moving.
  • Whether you are at risk for preeclampsia or gestational diabetes.

Rachel Foran’s child, Eoin Francis, was stillborn at 41 weeks and two days. Foran, who lives in New York, said she believes that if her doctor had tracked her placenta, and if she had understood the importance of fetal movement, she and her husband might have decided to deliver sooner.

She remembers that her son was “very active” until the day before he was stillborn.

“I would have gone in earlier if someone had told me, ‘You’re doing this because the baby could die,’” she said of tracking fetal movement. “That would have been really helpful to know.”

Researchers are looking at the best way to measure the health, blood flow and size of the placenta, but studies are still in their early stages.

“If someone had been doing that with my son’s,” Foran said, “my son would be alive.”

A placental exam and an autopsy showed that a small placenta contributed to Foran’s stillbirth.

How often should you feel movement?

Every baby and each pregnancy are different, so it is important to get to know what levels of activity are normal for you. You might feel movement around 20 weeks. You’re more likely to feel movement when you’re sitting or lying down. Paying attention to movement during the third trimester is particularly important because research shows that changes, including decreased movement or bursts of excessive activity, are associated with an increased risk of stillbirth. Most of the time, it’s nothing. But sometimes it can be a sign that your baby is in distress. If you’re worried, don’t rely on a home fetal doppler to reassure you. Reach out to your doctor.

Saint Jean offers a tip to track movement: “I still tell patients each day to lay on their left side after dinner and record how many times their baby moves, because then that will give you an idea of what’s normal for your baby,” she said.

Other groups recommend using the Count the Kicks app as a way of tracking fetal movements and establishing what is normal for that pregnancy. Although there is no scientific consensus that counting kicks can prevent stillbirths, the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists and other groups recommend that patients be aware of fetal movement patterns.

Dr. Karen Gibbins is a maternal-fetal medicine specialist at Oregon Health & Science University who in 2018 had stillborn son named Sebastian. She said the idea that babies don’t move as much at the end of pregnancy is a dangerous myth.

“You might hear that babies slow down at the end,” she said. “They don’t slow down. They just have a little less space. So their movements are a little different, but they should be as strong and as frequent.”

Dr. Karen Gibbins (Kristina Barker, special to ProPublica)

What to Expect After a Stillbirth What might happen at the hospital?

Parents are often asked to make several important decisions while they are still reeling from the shock and devastation of their loss. It’s completely understandable if you need to take some time to consider them.

Some other things you can ask for (if medical personnel don’t offer them) are:

  • Blood work, a placental exam, an autopsy and genetic testing.
  • A social worker or counselor, bereavement resources and religious or chaplain support.
  • The option to be isolated from the labor rooms.
  • Someone to take photos of you and your baby, typically either a nurse or an outside group.
  • A small cooling cot that allows parents to spend more time with their babies after a stillbirth. If one is not available, you can ask for ice packs to put in the swaddle or the bassinet.
  • A mold of your baby’s hands and feet.
  • Information about burial or cremation services.
  • Guidance on what to do if your milk comes in.

I wish I would have known that I could hold my son longer, that I could have given him a bath, that I could have dressed him in the clothes that I wanted to, that I could have kept him in my room longer, that I could have taken more pictures, that I didn't have to be afraid of him physically.”

—Domenique Rice, whose son TJ was stillborn in 2017 After Domenique Rice’s son TJ was stillborn, she framed a collection of his clothes and other items. (Nathalie Keyssar, special to ProPublica) Getting an autopsy after a stillbirth.

Whether to have an autopsy is a personal decision. It may not reveal a cause of death, but it might provide important information about your stillbirth and contribute to broader stillbirth research. Autopsies can be useful if you are considering another pregnancy in the future. Families also told us that an autopsy can help parents feel they did everything they could to try to understand why their baby died.

But several families told us their health care providers didn’t provide them with the right information to help with that decision. Some aren’t trained in the advantages of conducting an autopsy after a stillbirth, or in when and how to sensitively communicate with parents about it. Some, for example, don’t explain that patients can still have an open-casket funeral or other service after an autopsy because the incisions can easily be covered by clothing. Others may not encourage an autopsy because they think they already know what caused the stillbirth or don’t believe anything could have been done to prevent it. In addition, not all hospitals have the capacity to do an autopsy, but there may be private autopsy providers that can perform one at an additional cost.

You can read more about autopsies in our reporting.

It was explained to us that an autopsy would have been extremely expensive. It wouldn’t have given us any answers, and it wasn’t covered by insurance. And with those three things that the medical staff and professionals told us, we made the emotional decision to not do it. I wish that I would have been more prepared. I 100% regret not doing it. An autopsy is the closest we will get to finding out what is taking our babies.”

—Elizabeth Nicholson, whose son Barret was stillborn in 2022 Paying for an autopsy after a stillbirth.

If you decide you want an autopsy, you may wonder whether you need to pay out-of-pocket for it. Several families told us their providers gave them incomplete or incorrect information. Many larger or academic hospitals offer autopsies at no cost to patients. Some insurance companies also cover the cost of an autopsy after a stillbirth.

When hospitals don’t provide an autopsy, they may give you names of private providers. That was the case for Rachel Foran. The hospital gave her and her husband a list of numbers to call if they wanted to pay for an autopsy themselves. The process, she said, shocked her.

“I had just delivered and we had to figure out what to do with his body,” Foran said. “It felt totally insane that that was what we had to do and that we had to figure it out on our own.”

An independent autopsy, records show, cost them $5,000.

What is a certificate of stillbirth and how do I get one?

A fetal death certificate is the official legal document that records the death. This is the document used to gather data on and track the number of stillbirths in the country. Many states also issue a certificate of stillbirth or a certificate of birth resulting in stillbirth, which acknowledge the baby’s birth. Families told us they appreciated having that document, since typical birth certificates are not issued for stillbirths. You can usually request a certificate from the vital records office.

Grieving After a Stillbirth What are the effects of stillbirths on parents and families?

Over and over, families told us the effects of losing a baby can reverberate for a lifetime.

I had so much love in my heart, but I was so broken. It’s really such an empty feeling when they go to wheel you out of labor and delivery and you’re passing monitors that you hear babies’ heartbeats after your baby just died. And you hate these women, even though they’ve done nothing to you and neither have their children, but you’re just so envious of it.”

—Sydney Mayhew, whose son Adam was stillborn in 2021

Bereavement support groups may help provide a space to share experiences and resources. Hospitals and birth centers may suggest a local grief group.

We talked with Anna Calix, a maternal health expert who became active in perinatal loss prevention after her son Liam was stillborn on his due date in 2016. Calix leads grief support groups for people of color in English and Spanish.

She suggested rededicating the time you would have spent taking care of a new baby to the grief process.

“You can do that by addressing your own thoughts and feelings and really experiencing those feelings,” Calix said. “We like to push those feelings away or try to do something to distract and avoid, but no matter what we do, the feelings are there.”

It’s important, she said, to give yourself permission to grow your connection with your child and work through thoughts of guilt or blame.

What You Might Say and Do After a Loved One Experiences a Stillbirth

Finding the right words can be difficult. The following are a few suggestions from parents who went through a stillbirth.

Helpful:

  • Acknowledge the loss and offer condolences.
  • Ask if the baby was named and use the name.
  • Allow space for the family to talk about their baby.

Unhelpful:

  • Avoid talking about the baby.
  • Minimize the loss or compare experiences.
  • Start statements with “at least.”

Suggested phrases to avoid:

  • “You’re young. You can have more kids.”
  • “At least you have other children.”
  • “These things just happen.”
  • “Your baby is in a better place now.”

Help Us Report on Stillbirths

Sophia Kovatch contributed research.


This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Adriana Gallardo and Duaa Eldeib.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/03/what-you-need-to-know-about-stillbirths/feed/ 0 392123
National Security State Propaganda, the Fourth Estate’s Deadly Follies, and Why We Need a Truly Independent Press in Support of Human Rights and Freedom of Expression as we Celebrate Press Freedom Day https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/02/national-security-state-propaganda-the-fourth-estates-deadly-follies-and-why-we-need-a-truly-independent-press-in-support-of-human-rights-and-freedom-of-expression-as-we-celebrate-press-fre/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/02/national-security-state-propaganda-the-fourth-estates-deadly-follies-and-why-we-need-a-truly-independent-press-in-support-of-human-rights-and-freedom-of-expression-as-we-celebrate-press-fre/#respond Tue, 02 May 2023 02:10:18 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=28492 Program Summary: In the first half of this week’s show, Mickey and Project Censored intern Reagan Haynie speak with investigative reporter Alan MacLeod of MintPress News. MacLeod explains that a…

The post National Security State Propaganda, the Fourth Estate’s Deadly Follies, and Why We Need a Truly Independent Press in Support of Human Rights and Freedom of Expression as we Celebrate Press Freedom Day appeared first on Project Censored.


This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Project Censored.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/02/national-security-state-propaganda-the-fourth-estates-deadly-follies-and-why-we-need-a-truly-independent-press-in-support-of-human-rights-and-freedom-of-expression-as-we-celebrate-press-fre/feed/ 0 391773
Ukraine’s workers are fighting an internal threat, too. They need support https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/30/ukraines-workers-are-fighting-an-internal-threat-too-they-need-support/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/30/ukraines-workers-are-fighting-an-internal-threat-too-they-need-support/#respond Sun, 30 Apr 2023 16:07:00 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/odr/ukraine-workers-fight-anti-labour-policies-russia/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Hanna Perekhoda.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/30/ukraines-workers-are-fighting-an-internal-threat-too-they-need-support/feed/ 0 391535
For a World Without Hunger, We Need Food Sovereignty https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/30/for-a-world-without-hunger-we-need-food-sovereignty/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/30/for-a-world-without-hunger-we-need-food-sovereignty/#respond Sun, 30 Apr 2023 13:20:12 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/hunger-food-sovereignty

Imagine being able to provide food, shelter, medicine and clean drinking water for the 230 million most vulnerable people on Earth, and still having a cool $2bn in spare change. That’s the equivalent of the entire economic output of Gambia rattling around in your pocket.

The reason for this unlikely thought experiment is a new analysis showing that 20 of the world’s biggest food corporations – the largest in the grain, fertiliser, meat and dairy sectors – returned a total of $53.5bn to their shareholders in the last two financial years.

To put that into perspective, the UN estimates that it needs $51.5bn to provide life-saving support to 230 million people deemed most at risk worldwide. You get the idea.

What’s more, the corporations ‘earned’ these profits during a period of unprecedented turmoil – a global pandemic and full-scale war in Ukraine – when global supply chains were disrupted and millions of people went hungry.

While readers in wealthier countries may have noticed higher prices for the weekly shop, the impact in developing countries has been devastating. Food prices rose by between 3% and 4.5% in the UK, Canada and the US in the first few months of the pandemic – but by 47% in Venezuela.

The World Food Programme estimates that the number of people facing acute food insecurity more than doubled from 135 million people before the pandemic to 345 million. Countries in the Horn of Africa as well as Afghanistan and Yemen have been particularly badly hit.

Owning the market

So how were 20 companies able to get their hands on this amount of money amid two major crises?

By literally owning the market. The new report from Greenpeace International shows how this small group of companies are able to wield wildly disproportionate control, not only over the supply chains for food itself, but over information about those supplies.

When supply chains were disrupted and food prices rose, the profits rolled in. Cash dividends and shareholder buyback programmes allowed them to transfer an astronomical amount of money to their shareholders, while further amplifying their power over the sector’s industry and governments.

A systemic failure of public policy has allowed a select group to record huge profits, enriching the individuals that own and operate them and transferring wealth to shareholders, most of whom are in the Global North.

Let’s take one example from the report: Russia’s latest invasion of Ukraine last year also resulted in steep price rises for agricultural commodities such as wheat, maize, sunflower oil and some fertilisers, of which Ukraine and Russia are major exporters.

Just four companies – Archer-Daniels Midland, Bunge, Cargill and Dreyfus – control up to 90% of the world’s grain trade. They are under no obligation to disclose what they know about global markets, including their own grain stocks. This lack of transparency means that these companies withhold information that can shape grain prices according to their needs – not even hedge funds can get information except directly from them.

Our report finds that following Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, opacity around the true amounts of grain in storage was a factor in the development of a speculative bubble that led to grain prices rising around the world. In the last two financial years, these four companies paid out a total of $2.7bn in cash dividends, and at least $3.3m in share buybacks, though the true figure is likely much higher because not all of them report on their finances in detail.

If we want to see a world without hunger, the most impactful structural change we can make to the global food system is to bring about food sovereignty. This means policymakers empowering consumers and food producers through policies that benefit local food production, the environment and workers’ rights.

For years, food sovereignty movements have sought to return autonomy to food producers, shortening and strengthening supply chains to reverse the damage done by unsustainable farming. It is not just wishful thinking: from Papua New Guinea to Brazil to Mexico and many other countries, there are deep structural movements working to bring food to everyone’s plate.

But there must also be policies to loosen the grip of corporate control on the global food system – measures such as regulations to ensure greater transparency, an ambitious and sector-wide windfall tax, and significant taxation on dividend payouts as well as on income from dividends.

Achieving zero hunger is the second of the Sustainable Development Goals that UN member states committed to reach by 2030. Recent UN conferences, such as COP27 and COP15, have highlighted industrial agriculture as an important driver of greenhouse gas emissions and biodiversity loss.

It is time for food to be seen as what it is: a basic human need that has to be available to us all, and not another commodity to be exploited and traded for the profit of the few.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Davi Martins.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/30/for-a-world-without-hunger-we-need-food-sovereignty/feed/ 0 391552
China’s transgender ‘medicine girls’ can’t find the medicine they need https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/transgender-04262023121818.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/transgender-04262023121818.html#respond Wed, 26 Apr 2023 16:39:01 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/transgender-04262023121818.html For transgender women in China, transitioning can feel like a mythical quest, a fresh obstacle arising just after one has been cleared.

Treatments are expensive, difficult to obtain and can require years of fighting unwilling doctors, red tape and familial disapproval. 

In recent months, a difficult process has become even harder, according to Chinese trans women who spoke to RFA. In December, the Chinese government banned on onlines sale of cyproterone acetate, a widely used antiandrogen drug, and estradiol, a widely used estrogen drug. 

The drugs are used in hormone therapies for a range of issues like prostate cancer and menopause. Both are needed for people who were born male to transition to female.

The government says the restriction was part of a process to add new safeguards to China’s relatively free-wheeling online drug market. But the ban is creating another problem for trans Chinese women: Many can’t find access to medicine through legitimate channels at all, driving them deeper into a black market where they are vulnerable to being scammed.

The situation has compounded a mental health crisis already gripping the community, leading to a rise in the number of suicides, trans women, known colloquially as “medicine girls,” told RFA.

As one of them, “Mel”, put it: "There's no way to survive. We can't survive. People are dying every day.” 

Already difficult 

It took Mel three years from the moment she walked through the doors of the hospital to obtain a certificate of diagnosis to begin the transition process to actually acquire it at 23. Without the approval of her immediate family, she had to travel overseas to have gender-confirming surgery. 

Mel, like other trans activists quoted in this story, requested to be identified by a pseudonym to protect herself from abuse and potential questioning by the Chinese police.

Being a transgender woman in China poses challenges in almost every aspect of life, she said – from discrimination in school and work, to the hardship of the physiological transition itself.

Treatments are expensive, and the process is costly in other ways. After Mel changed the gender on her ID card, the money for her social security, medical insurance and housing provident fund were removed. She needed to borrow money in order to make up for the loss.

But Mel’s hardships are less stark than those faced by other Chinese transgender women, she said – most are not even able to complete the transition process and have to rely on smuggled medications purchased online.

But since December, “the [new drug] policy directly blocked the way, leaving no way out,” Mel said.

Sales ban

Some transgender activists who spoke to RFA said they believe the new restrictions, which were imposed by the National Medical Products Administration, specifically target transgender people, while others speculated that they may be related to China's efforts to reverse its population decline by encouraging childbirth. 

Five other drugs that were banned alongside cyproterone acetate and estradiol are either contraceptives or abortion pills. 

2trans ask annotated.jpg
A ban on online sales of hormone therapy drugs has led to pleas for help from transgender women in China. This January tweet refers to an antiandrogen produced by Bayer. Credit: RFA screenshot from social media

Chinese authorities have not explained their reasoning behind the changes in any detail, as often happens with policy shifts in the country. In the documents accompanying the ban, the NMPA stated that the listed drugs are "high-risk" and are prohibited in order to "ensure the public to take drugs safely."

In 2021, Chinese media reported on a mother who discovered that her 15-year-old son was secretly purchasing and injecting hormone drugs to attempt gender transition, believing that he had been "lured by bad people" from the "medicine girl" online chat room. 

Local police set up a special investigation team after the mother reported her son. 

Regardless of the intent, the trans community has been deeply affected by the tighter controls on online sales.

Trans activists told RFA they have observed an increase in suicides since the ban’s implementation, and pleas for help have emerged in online chat rooms and social media posts where transgender women find support.

"There has been a marked increase in cases [of suicide], far more than in previous years during the same time period," said “Hanlianyi,” a trans activist who provides shelter and other forms of assistance to transgender women in China.

Greater acceptance, but hardships remain

In some ways, China has become a more accepting place for transgender people. There is a greater awareness of the issues they face, and even sympathetic stories from the country’s controlled media outlets. 

There is no official data from the government on the number of transgender people in China. 

In a 2014 article published in The Lancet medical journal, five Chinese surgeons estimated that there were approximately 400,000 transgender men and women in the country and suggested that less than 800 patients have been treated in the past 30 years.

In 2018, doctors at Peking University Third Hospital opened a transgender treatment clinic, followed in 2021 by Children's Hospital of Fudan University in Shanghai.

But trans people say they still face widespread discrimination, as trans people do in other countries, including the United States.

In China, students with gender dysphoria can be suspended for being non-gender conforming, and trans adults have a hard time finding work. Trans people say they are routinely subjected to police and online surveillance due in part to the government’s suspicion of minority groups.

Nearly 93% of the respondents to the National Transgender Health Survey Report, released by the advocacy group, Beijing LGBT+, in 2021, said they had attempted to obtain a diagnosis related to gender dysphoria in China reported varying degrees of difficulty.

Researchers found a higher rate of suicide attempts, anxiety and depression levels, and psychological stress in the transgender community versus the general population. Among the survey respondents, 71.7% were found to be at risk of depression.

The mental health issues registered in the survey have been made worse, trans women told RFA, by the online drug sale ban.

‘Please help’

Trans women find support through platforms including QQ and on Twitter and Telegram, which are banned in China but still accessible with a VPN.

RFA learned of the crisis sparked by the online drug sales ban through social media accounts and online pleas for help. 

“Emergency!!! I know someone from the (transgender) community who has been off Androcur for 5 days and can't find candy,” a Jan. 23 Twitter post from a transgender woman said. “It's very urgent ... please help.”

Androcur, an antiandrogen medicine produced by Bayer, is illegal to import but is sometimes smuggled into the country. The nickname “candy” refers to androgen blockers and estrogen pills in general. 

(RFA is not disclosing the account handle as these accounts can be subject to reprisals, such as being scrutinized by police surveillance.)

3trans ingredients annotated.jpg
The ban on online sales is thought by some to have been a response to concerns transgender youths were self-medicating without a doctor’s supervision. But since December, when the new restriction was implemented, some trans women have used their own bodies to experiment with homemade versions of the drugs, and, as seen in this photo, published their recipes on the internet. Credit: RFA screenshot from social media

People with prescriptions theoretically can still purchase their medicine in pharmacies, but trans women say they often face resistance when doing so. Some pharmacists refuse to fill prescriptions for female hormone drugs – which are used in a variety of endocrine treatments – if the purchaser’s ID card refers to them as male, sources said. 

Many trans people also prefer the privacy of online purchases where there is less risk of having to endure humiliating encounters with pharmacists or other customers.

Dubious drug merchants

With little alternative, transgender women in China are turning to questionable online sellers that claim to have smuggled drugs from overseas, despite the ban. 

“Mika,” a transgender woman who has undergone gender reassignment surgery but still relies on estrogen, said online dealers charge around 300-400 yuan ($43-57) per box for Androcur, which can last for a little over a month.

But as the demand rises, more scammers are disguising themselves as drug merchants to con people out of money, only to send fake pills or nothing at all.

The consequences for trans women can be deadly. One of Hanlianyi’s friends took her own life after paying about 1,200 yuan ($172) for drugs that were never delivered, she said. 

"Being cheated is often the last straw that breaks the camel's back," she said.

The trans women RFA spoke with said various strategies are passed around online in response to the drug ban, including taking veterinary hormone pills that are easier to acquire or trying to purchase the raw materials and fashion a facsimile of the medicine themselves. 

In October “Hilda,” a transgender woman, started to use her own body as a lab to make a gel containing estradiol.

"I have achieved self-sufficiency and can also help some people," she told RFA.

Hilda said she knew about 10 other transgender women who began to make their own drugs between November and February. 

Extreme responses

The obstacles trangender women face have led some to take action even more extreme, including self-castration, according to the women who spoke to RFA, news reports and social media posts. 

“Felicity,” a transgender activist who grew up in China but now lives overseas, said before the recent online sales ban a woman live-streamed the process in a group chat, prompting a frantic online effort to send help to stem the bleeding.

Chinese media have also reported some transgender women in the country have operated on themselves or others. 

3trans veterinary annotated.jpg
Trans women in China say finding estradiol, a widely used estrogen drug, is much harder since the ban. Some are turning to versions of the hormone used on animals that are easier to acquire. Credit: RFA screenshot from social media

In one case, a transgender woman helped another with surgery after having successfully removed her own testicles; in another, an individual was sentenced for illegally practicing medicine without proper qualifications. 

"If a time comes when candy becomes completely unavailable, going abroad is not an option, and black market surgery in China is out of reach, I will provide a guide on self-castration,” a Feb. 11 tweet from a transgender woman said. “So, fret not, there is always a solution, right?" 

In an Apr. 20 tweet, the woman said she had performed the self-castration and included a photograph of her on a bloody bed with surgical instruments nearby. But she added that she had almost died during the procedure and warned transgender women not to follow suit.

Activists Felicity and Hanlianyi told RFA that they fear the online sales ban will lead to more incidents of self-castration.

‘We can’t survive’

Previously, Mel said she has turned down interview requests from foreign journalists because she believed the Chinese government would address the problems. 

Now, she’s begun to speak out.

She and her friends recently created a webpage to raise awareness of the consequences of the online sales ban, which is now in its fifth month.

It includes references to instances of transgender women being targeted by police and a running tally of people whom Mel says have taken their own lives since the start of the year. 

The last count, posted on the page a month ago, was 91.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Mary Zhao for RFA.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/transgender-04262023121818.html/feed/ 0 390668
The Home Office says you don’t need to know about its ‘spying’ on lawyers https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/24/the-home-office-says-you-dont-need-to-know-about-its-spying-on-lawyers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/24/the-home-office-says-you-dont-need-to-know-about-its-spying-on-lawyers/#respond Mon, 24 Apr 2023 22:01:06 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/freedom-of-information/home-office-monitoring-human-rights-lawyers-illegal-migration-bill-robert-jenrick/ Exclusive: Government refuses to answer questions about its surveillance of immigration lawyers


This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Jenna Corderoy.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/24/the-home-office-says-you-dont-need-to-know-about-its-spying-on-lawyers/feed/ 0 390069
Who Gets to Talk About How Police Need to Change? – A FAIR study of NYT coverage from George Floyd to Tyre Nichols https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/24/who-gets-to-talk-about-how-police-need-to-change-a-fair-study-of-nyt-coverage-from-george-floyd-to-tyre-nichols/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/24/who-gets-to-talk-about-how-police-need-to-change-a-fair-study-of-nyt-coverage-from-george-floyd-to-tyre-nichols/#respond Mon, 24 Apr 2023 20:41:29 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033212 The New York Times leaned heavily on official sources when reporting on policing policy—giving the biggest platform to the targets of reform.

The post Who Gets to Talk About How Police Need to Change? appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

NYT: Democrats Face Pressure on Crime From a New Front: Their Base

The New York Times (6/3/22) often framed police reform from the perspective of Democratic politicians rather than the communities most impacted by police violence.

Since the brutal police killing of George Floyd in Minneapolis in 2020, and the Black Lives Matter protests that spread across the country, how have news media covered issues of policing policy and police reform?

To offer perspective on this question, FAIR looked at which kinds of sources have been most prominent in the New York Times‘ coverage of these issues, and therefore are given the most power to shape the narrative. We compared three time periods: June 2020, when the BLM protests were at their height; May–June 2022, leading up to and encompassing the two-year anniversary of those protests; and mid-January to mid-February 2023, when the police killing of Tyre Nichols was prominent in news coverage and reignited conversations around police reform.

We found that, overall, the Times leaned most heavily on official (government and law enforcement) sources when reporting on the issue of policing policy—giving the biggest platform to the targets of reform, rather than the people who would most benefit from it. We also found a prominent stress on party politics and a lack of racial and gender diversity among sources.

However, we also found that the Times‘ 2023 Tyre Nichols coverage offered a wider diversity of sources, and a greater percentage of Black sources, than in the previous time periods. This appeared to result in part from many of the articles focusing on deeper reporting on the local situation in Memphis, a majority-Black city (unlike, for instance, Minneapolis, where George Floyd was killed).

In contrast, the 2022 articles focused more on policing and crime as an election topic at a national level. The 2020 articles covered the broadest range of issues and geography, but with particular attention to the protests, and the federal and local legislative responses.

The most recent coverage had more voices critical of policing policy and practices than in the previous study periods—though, at the same time, those voices came less from protests on the streets and more from advocacy groups, lawyers, academics, religious leaders and general public sources, and so shifted from the raw anger and “defund the police” demands of 2020 to less radical accountability measures.

Methodology

Eliminating passing mentions and opinion pieces, we examined New York Times news articles centrally about policing policy or reform. We found 10 articles (with 58 sources) meeting our criteria between May 1 and June 30, 2022, and 16 articles (111 sources) between January 13 and February 10, 2023 (two weeks before and after the main day of the Tyre Nichols protests). Because the Times covered the issue so extensively in 2020, we took a random sample of 25 articles (142 sources) meeting our criteria from June 2020.

Sources were coded for occupation, gender, race/ethnicity and party affiliation (for government officials and politicians). Each source could receive more than one code for occupation (e.g., academic and former law enforcement) and race/ethnicity (e.g., Black and Asian American).

The racial binary

The movement to protest racist policing has been led primarily by Black activists, many of them women. It is a movement fundamentally about race, racism and white supremacy. Yet white sources handily outnumbered Black sources in coverage of police reform in two of the three periods studied, and men outnumbered women by roughly three-to-one in all three.

Sources by Race/Ethnicity in NYT Articles on Police Reform

Of sources whose race could be identified, 52% were white and 40% Black in the 2020 data. In the 2022 data, white sources decreased slightly, but dominated Black sources by an even greater margin: 48% to 30%.

In the 2023 data, that trend reversed, and Black sources reached 66%, while white sources dropped to 31%.

One thing that didn’t change across the time periods was the New York Times‘ reliance on male sources: Men were 72% of sources with an identifiable gender in 2020, 74% in 2022 and 76% in 2023.

Policing is not a strictly Black-and-white issue, of course, and the coverage played out against the backdrop of rising xenophobia and anti-Asian hate resulting from the ongoing Covid-19 pandemic, with many using rising bias crimes against people perceived as Asian as an excuse to increase policing. Yet such voices were largely excluded from the conversation at the Times.

In 2020, 6% of sources were Hispanic and 2% were Indigenous; 1% were Asian-American and none were of Middle Eastern descent. In 2022, Times sources expanded a bit from the racial binary, with 14% Hispanic sources and 10% Asian-American. (No Indigenous sources or sources of Middle Eastern descent were quoted in 2022.) In 2023, that diversity disappeared, and of the 99 sources with identifiable race/ethnicity, only 2% were of Asian descent and 1% were Hispanic; none were of Indigenous or Middle Eastern descent.

Government knows best?

The bias toward white and male sources—and the decrease in white sources in 2023—can be explained partly by the New York Times‘ bias toward government and law enforcement sources, both of which are disproportionately white, male fields.

In June 2020, a majority of all sources (55%) were current or former government officials—not including law enforcement, which formed the second-largest share of sources quoted, at 17%. Two years later, government sources had dropped to 40%, while law enforcement stayed roughly the same, at 16%; politicians running for office increased from less than 1% of 2020 sources to 5% of 2022 sources. In 2023, government sources dropped yet again, to only 22% of sources, and law enforcement remained steady at 16%.

Meanwhile, activists (protesters or organizers) accounted for 10% of 2020 sources, and representatives of professional advocacy groups accounted for 11%. In 2022, when street protests were relatively much smaller compared to 2020, activist voices were missing entirely, and professional advocate sources—such as the president of the NAACP and the director of Smart Justice California—increased to 21%. In 2023, the total across these two groups increased, with advocates accounting for 21% of sources and activists for 9%, and a greater number of non-governmental sources such as lawyers, academics and religious leaders appeared than in the previous time periods.

Combined, more than 7 in 10 of all sources quoted in 2020, more than 5 in 10 in 2022, and nearly 4 in 10 in 2023 were the government and law enforcement officials the protests sought to hold accountable. Only about 2 in 10 in 2020 and 2022, and 3 in 10 in 2023, were civil society members protesting or advocating for (or, in some cases, against) reform.

Sources by Occupation in NYT Articles on Police Reform

The proportion of white sources in these stories was high among law-enforcement sources (54% in 2020, 67% in 2022, 56% in 2023) and, less uniformly, among government sources (54% in 2020, 39% in 2022, 33% in 2023). Black sources were represented most among activists (79% in 2020, 89% in 2023) and advocates (20% in 2020, 58% in 2022, 52% in 2023).

In 2020 and 2022, women were likewise better represented among activists and advocates than among government and law enforcement sources. In 2020, 47% of advocate sources and 36% of activist sources were female, as compared to 22% of government and 17% of law enforcement sources. In 2022, 50% of advocates were female, compared to 13% of government and 22% of law enforcement sources.

In 2023, however, female government sources rose to 38%, a higher proportion of women in that year than among advocates (17%) or activists (29%). (Law enforcement sources continued to be a low 17% women.)

The increases in racial and ethnic diversity from 2020 to 2022 came largely within government sources, with officials quoted including the Black mayor of New York City, Eric Adams; Asian-American House representatives Pramila Jayapal and Ro Khanna; and Hispanic legislators Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez and Sen. Ted Cruz.

This diversification of government sources happened along with a shift in partisanship of sources: While Democrats dominated the conversation in 2020, with 51 sources to Republicans’ 25, Republicans were almost entirely absent in 2022, with a single source (Cruz) to Democrats’ 25. The absence of Republican sources continued in 2023, when 18 of 20 sources with party affiliations were Democrats, and one was an independent.

This near-total absence of Republicans from the conversation reflects in part the switch in power at the national level; Republicans controlled both the White House and Senate in 2020, and both had flipped to the Democrats by 2022. It also reflects the reality that the massive nature of the protests forced Republicans to address the issue of police reform in 2020, but they were no longer talking about it much in 2022—nor were outlets like the New York Times forcing them to.

Shift in sources

The striking shift in the race of sources in the 2023 time period is not only about the decrease in government sources; it appears to be partly due to the focus on Memphis, where nearly two-thirds of residents and more than half of the police force (including its police chief, and all five of the officers charged with the murder of Nichols) are Black.

NYT: Crime Dipped in Subway After Increase in Police, Hochul and Adams Say

The online headline of a New York Times story (1/27/23) pointed to the kind of sources whose viewpoint framed the story.

In one front-page article (2/5/23) that focused on the “Scorpion” unit that killed Tyre Nichols, headlined “Memphis Unit Driven by Fists and Violence,” a team of six Times reporters quoted 15 different sources, eight of whom were either victims of the unit or family members of victims; all victims and family members were Black. (These were coded as “General Public”: people without a particular professional or activist affiliation, but with experience relevant to the subject they are speaking on.) Only three of the total sources were government officials, and none were law enforcement.

Some articles not exclusively about the Nichols killing still focused on race. “Officers’ Race Turns Focus to System” (1/29/23) featured 14 sources across an array of nine different types of occupations; none were current or former government, and 11 were Black.

The focus on the Tyre Nichols killing also translated at the Times into more of a focus on police accountability, compared with coverage that did not center on police killings. In the absence of a police killing, an article (1/27/23) focused on policing policy appeared under the print-edition headline, “Heavier Police Presence Sees Success as Crime Drops in New York Subways.” It featured four New York government officials, two of whom touted increased policing. Only one advocate questioned those officials, calling for more frequent subway and bus service as an alternative form of public safety. The headline reflects whose narrative was given more credence by the Times.

That such an article so credulous of increased policing, and so light on critical sources, could appear against the backdrop of the Tyre Nichols story illustrates the blinkered nature of the Times‘ improved coverage. While high-profile incidents of police violence might narrowly prompt more critical coverage, systemic shifts in reporting face an uphill battle against corporate media’s longstanding reliance on and trust in government and law enforcement sources to establish the narrative on policing.

From ‘defund’ to party politics to reform 

In 2020, when protests against police violence erupted across the country, the New York Times covered issues of policing policy and reform with a heavy tilt toward government and law-enforcement sources, and toward white sources.

Activists voicing their grievances against racist, violent policing, and making demands that such policing be rethought in more radical ways, occasionally found their way into the paper of record. Black Futures Lab’s Alicia Garza, for example, was quoted by the Times (6/21/20): “The continual push to shield the police from responsibility helps explain why a lot of people feel now that the police can’t be reformed.”

NYT: Progressive Backlash in California Fuels Democratic Debate Over Crime

When “tough on crime” billionaire Rick Caruso did better than expected in the LA mayoral primary, the New York Times headlined this as a sign that a “restless Democratic electorate” was “concerned about public safety.” When Caruso lost the general election to Karen Bass, the Times (11/16/22) did not frame this as a sign that the electorate was concerned about reforming police after all.

But their voices were largely drowned out by government officials, many of whom wanted nothing more than to make the protests go away, like Minneapolis city council member Steve Fletcher (6/5/20):

It’s very easy as an activist to call for the abolishment of the police. It is a heavier decision when you realize that it’s your constituents that are going to be the victims of crime you can’t respond to if you dismantle that without an alternative.

In letting government sources dominate again in 2022, Times coverage turned primarily to party politics, rather than investigations into whether reforms had been enacted, and whether or how police tactics had changed. The idea of defunding the police shifted from being presented as a concept to be debated to little more than a political punching bag, with law enforcement sources like former New York police commissioner Bill Bratton (6/9/22) calling the Defund movement “toxic.” Most Democrats distanced themselves from the movement, as when Joe Biden (5/31/22) was quoted: “We should all agree the answer is not to defund the police. It’s to fund the police. Fund them. Fund them.”

When Tyre Nichols was killed by police in 2023, it was not against a backdrop of an election season, nor did it spark protests at the scale of 2020. This time, Times coverage dug a bit deeper at the local level, turning to a wider variety of sources, and resulting in a greater emphasis on the need for police accountability.

While at least one source (1/29/23) called for defunding the police, most critical voices called more generally for accountability, and expressed frustration at the lack of any effective reforms since 2020. For instance, in an article headlined “Many Efforts at Police Reform Remain Stalled” (2/9/23), the president of the NAACP was quoted: “Far too many Black people have lost their lives due to police violence, and yet I cannot name a single law that has been passed to address this issue.”

The shift to a more diverse set of sources on the issue at the Times, during this one-month time period, is commendable. While the circumstances and location of Tyre Nichols’ killing offered strong opportunities to bring in more Black sources, the Times could easily have fallen back on its usual reliance on official sources, as it did in 2020 and 2022. Now it’s incumbent upon the Times to apply that more diverse and critical approach across all policing stories—not only when similarly high-profile police killings rock the country.


Research assistance: Luca GoldMansour, Cynthia Nahhas, Kat Sewon Oh, Conor Smyth, David Tapia

Data: 

Sources

Articles

Breakdowns/Charts

The post Who Gets to Talk About How Police Need to Change? appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Julie Hollar.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/24/who-gets-to-talk-about-how-police-need-to-change-a-fair-study-of-nyt-coverage-from-george-floyd-to-tyre-nichols/feed/ 0 390063
To Tax the Rich, We Need ‘Scranton Joe’ of Working People Not ‘Delaware Joe’ of Wall Street https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/23/to-tax-the-rich-we-need-scranton-joe-of-working-people-not-delaware-joe-of-wall-street/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/23/to-tax-the-rich-we-need-scranton-joe-of-working-people-not-delaware-joe-of-wall-street/#respond Sun, 23 Apr 2023 13:32:12 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/to-tax-the-rich-we-need-scranton-joe-of-working-people-not-delaware-joe-of-wall-street

In early March 2023, President Joe Biden embedded in his proposed 2024 budget to Congress revenue increases through tax measures that the rich and corporations do not like. Like his predecessors Barack Obama and Bill Clinton, he doesn’t really mean what he says.

Biden’s four proposed increases are significant because they would restore the corporate tax rate to 28% from Trump’s decrease to 21% in 2017, raise the top rate for income above $400,000 a year from 37% to 39.6%, raise the 1% excise tax on massive stock buybacks to 4% and get rid of the gaping super-rich private fund managers’ “carried interest” loophole, so as to tax such income at ordinary rates.

He even tossed in a proposal to tax capital gains at the same rate as income for households with more than one million dollars in annual income.

The citizenry doesn’t believe you are going to fight for your proposed corporate super-rich tax proposals. Why should they?

The restorative taxes on these affluent tax escapees, compliments of Donald Trump, George W. Bush and Congressional Republicans, are little more than a wink to the major donors that Biden is summoning to Washington the weekend after next to grease his re-election campaign.

Here are my suggestions to President Biden:

Mr. President: Like other Democrats’ verbal support for a $15 federal minimum wage and a public option added to Obamacare, the citizenry doesn’t believe you are going to fight for your proposed corporate super-rich tax proposals. Why should they? Your words on Capitol Hill are insufficient without the subsequent presidential and Democratic Party muscle to make these restorative increases credible.

For example, where is your presidential tour publicizing these necessary revenue increases? If you are really “Scranton Joe” you could start by going to Scranton, Pennsylvania and standing with blue-collar union workers to show the contrast in their federal tax rates compared to the plutocrats and the often zero-paying giant corporations. You could jar the sleepy Democratic National Committee to galvanize all Democratic members of Congress to barnstorm their districts to promote these overdue reforms during their numerous “recesses” back home.

You could make a major primetime address about redressing these deeply felt inequities, shouldered by liberal and conservative Americans alike, and urge your party to hold press conferences filled with examples and images that demonstrate serious resolve to make Capitol Hill shake from the electrified pressure back home.

Leading newspapers would print your op-eds on this subject. NPR, PBS and the Sunday talk shows would want to interview leading Democrats.

[The GOP budget proposal] is a historic and shameful example of Congressional Republicans’ beholdenness to crass corporatism.

Join with leading citizen advocacy groups to tap into the civic community, so long skeptical of Democratic Party rhetoric not producing determined actions.

You can reject prejudged defeatism by your Democratic colleagues who say the corrupt and cruel Republicans have the votes to block such legislation. The Democratic-controlled Senate Committees can hold powerful attention-getting public hearings. If the Democrats had really championed tax justice, the GOP might not have taken the House of Representatives in the last election. (See: winningamerica.net).

The benefits of generating real muscle would serve as a contrast to the Republicans’ just-released 300-page sadistic assault on the well-being of all Americans, misleadingly titled the “Limit, Save, Grow Act of 2023.” This legislation is a historic and shameful example of Congressional Republicans’ beholdenness to crass corporatism.

Don’t add to the pile of throwaway reformist lines. You need inspiring words to show the people that you are “Scranton Joe” and not “Delaware Joe” – from the notorious corporate state of weak laws relating to corporate power. (You might remember that in 1973 we published a book titled The Corporate State about DuPont’s enormous power over Delaware. DuPont then owned the two major newspapers in Wilmington and provided charitable contributions that were a fraction of its state and local tax concessions.)

A good start is to tell your visiting big donors that in their patriotic service to America, what is urgently needed is productive, paid-for public budgets. It is time for their tax holidays to end.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Ralph Nader.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/23/to-tax-the-rich-we-need-scranton-joe-of-working-people-not-delaware-joe-of-wall-street/feed/ 0 389811
We need a new, human approach to security strategy. Will the MoD listen? https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/21/we-need-a-new-human-approach-to-security-strategy-will-the-mod-listen/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/21/we-need-a-new-human-approach-to-security-strategy-will-the-mod-listen/#respond Fri, 21 Apr 2023 16:10:15 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/defence-ministry-sonac-security-arms-industry-neoliberalism-climate-change/ OPINION: The Ministry of Defence is seeking policy input, but may not be willing to tackle the real roots of conflict


This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Paul Rogers.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/21/we-need-a-new-human-approach-to-security-strategy-will-the-mod-listen/feed/ 0 389480
‘We Need a Green New Deal’: AOC, Markey Re-Up Visionary Climate Resolution https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/20/we-need-a-green-new-deal-aoc-markey-re-up-visionary-climate-resolution/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/20/we-need-a-green-new-deal-aoc-markey-re-up-visionary-climate-resolution/#respond Thu, 20 Apr 2023 20:48:29 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/green-new-deal-markey-ocasio-cortez-khanna

Backed by climate, health, and labor groups, U.S. Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez and Sen. Ed Markey on Thursday reintroduced the Green New Deal Resolution, which the progressive leaders have been fighting for since they first unveiled it in February 2019.

"In the four years since we first introduced the Green New Deal, the tides of our movement have risen and lifted climate action to the top of the national agenda," Markey (D-Mass.) said of the resolution, which envisions a 10-year mobilization that employs millions in well-paying union jobs to help the country respond to the climate emergency.

"Thanks to the persistence of the Green New Deal movement, we succeeded in securing historic progress through the Inflation Reduction Act and the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act," he noted, "and now we have an obligation to honor the origins of that success—which sprung from the young people and workers who never once stopped organizing for their future—by putting those dollars to work to create dignified jobs, rectify generations of systemic injustice, and reverse climate damage."

Along with reintroducing the resolution—a largely symbolic move given the current makeup of Congress—the pair released a guide for cities, states, tribes, nonprofits, and individuals about how those two laws "help bring the Green New Deal to life."

"Finally, it is understood that the climate crisis demands a full transformation of our economy and society that the government must lead."

While some progressives criticized the Inflation Reduction Act for pouring "gasoline on the flames" of the climate crisis by extending the fossil fuel era, it was still widely heralded for investing a historic $369 billion in "energy security and climate change."

Ocasio-Cortez (D-N.Y.) said Thursday that "when we first introduced the Green New Deal, we were told that our vision for the future was too aspirational. Four years later, we see core tenets of the Green New Deal reflected in the Inflation Reduction Act—the largest ever federal investment in fighting climate change, with a focus on creating good, green jobs."

"But there is still much, much more to do to make environmental justice the center of U.S. climate policy," the congresswoman acknowledged. "Today's reintroduction marks the beginning of that process—of strengthening and broadening our coalition, and of laying the policy groundwork for the next fight."

The resolution is co-sponsored by several lawmakers in both chambers of Congress and endorsed by dozens of groups, including the Sunrise Movement, whose executive director, Varshini Prakash, said that Thursday "marks our recommitment to the bold vision of the Green New Deal—the only plan to stop the climate crisis at the speed and scale that science and justice demand."

"Since the Green New Deal was first introduced, we have made climate a rallying cry for our generation and a political priority for our politicians," Prakash continued. "And in just a few years, through our organizing, we have elected new leaders, helped pass the biggest climate bill in U.S. history, and built a new consensus in the Democratic Party—finally, it is understood that the climate crisis demands a full transformation of our economy and society that the government must lead."

“Across this country, millions of young people still dream of a Green New Deal," she added. "So as fossil fuel billionaires and right-wing extremists take on the battle for control of our classrooms and communities, we are fighting back. Together, we will take over, classroom by classroom, school by school, city by city until we win the Green New Deal in every corner of this country."

Markey declared that "we have demonstrated that our movement is a potent political force, and in the run-up to the 2024 elections, we will direct this power to demanding solutions to the intersectional crises Congress has yet to address: in healthcare, childcare, schools, housing, transit, labor, and economic and racial justice."

Also on Thursday and as part of that pledge, Markey partnered with Rep. Ro Khanna (D-Calif.) to introduce the Green New Deal for Health, a bill "to prepare and empower the healthcare sector to protect the health and well-being of our workers, our communities, and our planet in the face of the climate crisis, and for other purposes."

The senator stressed that "the American healthcare system is broken—from the exorbitant medical bills and outlandish insurance premiums to maxed out emergency rooms and shuttering hospitals. With climate disasters on the rise, the health and safety of frontline environmental justice communities is more precarious than ever."

"We urgently need to invest in a more sustainable system, one that is resilient to the impacts of climate change, supports its workers, and doesn't rely on fossil fuels. We can't have a healthcare system that makes us sicker while healthcare providers work to make us well," added Markey—who, like Khanna, supports Medicare for All.

The bill would invest $130 billion in community health centers, authorize $100 billion in federal grants for medical facilities to improve climate resilience and disaster mitigation efforts, require hospitals that receive Medicare payments to notify the U.S. Health and Human Services secretary at least 180 days before a full closure, and create a task force to ensure a greener medical supply chain.

"Across the world, hundreds of millions of people are already feeling the effects of climate change and the health consequences that often follow. From increased cases of asthma due to air pollution to disruptions at care facilities after extreme weather events, it's clear we need to take steps now to protect public health," said Khanna.

The healthcare legislation is also backed by progressives from both chambers and various advocacy groups and unions.

"Stopping the climate crisis will require us to transform every aspect of our society, our economy, and especially our healthcare system, to work for people and the planet," said Sunrise's Prakash. "Sen. Markey's Green New Deal for Health finally addresses the staggering, often-overlooked costs to our health from fossil fuel-generated air pollution and climate change, and begins to build a system where people and workers are taken care of. If our generation is going to have a shot at a livable future, we must pass it as we strive towards our vision of a Green New Deal."


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/20/we-need-a-green-new-deal-aoc-markey-re-up-visionary-climate-resolution/feed/ 0 389218
The largest global gathering of Indigenous leaders begins today at the UN. Here’s what you need to know. https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/the-largest-global-gathering-of-indigenous-leaders-begins-today-at-the-un-heres-what-you-need-to-know/ https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/the-largest-global-gathering-of-indigenous-leaders-begins-today-at-the-un-heres-what-you-need-to-know/#respond Mon, 17 Apr 2023 10:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=607546 This story is published as part of the Global Indigenous Affairs Desk, an Indigenous-led collaboration between Grist, High Country News, ICT, and Mongabay.

Indigenous peoples have long argued that they have done little to contribute to climate change, but are most affected and expected to make steep sacrifices to fix it. Funding for green energy projects continues to skyrocket despite clear and growing threats to Indigenous peoples’ lands and rights, Indigenous leaders persistently express concern over global conservation programs that remove communities from their traditional territories, while record numbers of environmental, Indigenous and land defenders are killed. 

That context is sure to inform conversations at this year’s United Nations Permanent Forum on Indigenous Issues, or UNPFII, which opens its 22nd session today in New York with a key, thematic focus: Indigenous Peoples, human health, planetary and territorial health and climate change. An advisory agency with the United Nations system since 2000, UNPFII is one of only three U.N. bodies that deal specifically with Indigenous issues, with a major focus on advocating for the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples, UNDRIP for short – a non-binding resolution that affirms international Indigenous rights but is irregularly followed or applied by nations, and sometimes, even by U.N. agencies. UNPFII offers Indigenous peoples, leaders, organizations and allies an opportunity to raise specific issues to the agency in the hope of winding those issues through the international system to world leaders and policy makers.

“We are going to the U.N. because in our countries they are not hearing us,” said Majo Andrade Cerda, Kichwa member of the Global Indigenous Youth Caucus from Ecuador. “It’s a way for us to say we are still alive because we don’t know when the states and the extractive industries are going to kill us. We are threatened everyday.” 

With COVID-19 restrictions continuing to loosen around the world, the forum will be conducted completely in person for the first time in four years at the United Nations’ headquarters in New York. And while travel costs can be immense for many Indigenous leaders, forum members say that in-person is generally more productive as many communities have struggled with poor internet connections. It also offers a rare chance for collaboration and networking among Indigenous peoples around the world. More than 2,000 participants have registered to attend this year.

According to Forum members, past virtual and hybrid sessions have seen a lower number of attendees. Cerda hopes that more women and youth will be there this year, saying that their voices are critical and often overlooked. “Women are the holders of the knowledge of the ancestral knowledge,” she said. “We want to live in our communities, in our lands, for the rest of our lives, and for the future generations.”

One key report on Indigenous determinants of health will be discussed this session. Based on a study conducted by Forum members in 2022, the study highlights factors that influence Indigenous health outcomes, including food systems, intergenerational trauma, access to traditional foods and plants, and sovereign rights. The authors recommend the U.N. and member states adopt a raft of strategies and programs, including incorporating Indigenous traditions in health assessment, offering medical services in Indigenous languages, and launching national awareness campaigns to combat misdiagnoses of Indigenous health issues. How to get those recommendations adopted by world leaders will be the biggest question. Attendees are expected to address specific health concerns from their communities, which will inform the recommendations that the Forum ultimately makes to U.N. agencies and member states.

“Our goal with this report was to provide a structure and a framework to not only define what Indigenous determinants of health are, but to also provide a guide for U.N. agencies and stakeholders as well as member states and countries, on how you approach health with Indigenous people,” said Geoffrey Roth, a Standing Rock Sioux descendent, one of the report’s authors, and an elected member of the Permanent Forum.

Last year, in its final report, UNPFII called on member states and U.N. agencies to create and implement mechanisms that would better protect Indigenous peoples’ rights and territories, specifically calling out the United States and Canada to create action plans to actually implement the UNDRIP within their borders. Both countries have signed on as supporters of the Declaration, but have not braided its recommendations into law and regularly violate the Declaration’s principles. For example, in the U.S. a major copper mine is on track to destroy Oak Flat, a sacred area to the Apache, with the backing of the Biden administration. For years, it has faced resistance from tribal nations and Apache Stronghold, a coalition of Indigenous leaders, activists and allies. Last month, President Biden approved ConocoPhillips’s Willow Project in Alaska, an oil drilling project, despite local Indigenous communities’ opposition and climate concerns. In Canada, Wet’suwet’en Hereditary Chiefs have been protesting the Coastal GasLink pipeline on their lands for years, facing violent reprisals and arrests

In the previous session, Forum members and Indigenous leaders also highlighted the importance of Free, Prior, and Informed Consent – an international human rights standard that gives Indigenous communities control over development projects that impact them. Last year, Sámi leaders flagged a major wind energy project in their traditional reindeer-herding territories that was established illegally and without their consent. That project sparked protests in Norway last month, culminating in the shutdown of multiple ministries by Sámi and environmental activists for nearly a week. Norwegian representatives have apologized for violating the Sámi’s human rights, but the windmills are still operational

Since the last session, Indigenous representatives say their advocacy sparked some progress. Agencies within the U.N. like the World Health Organization, which will host side events on Indigenous women’s and mental health, issues raised at the Forum last year. However, more concrete recommendations, including calling on the United States to grant clemency to Indigenous political prisoner Leonard Peltier, have gone unheeded. “We do not have more power to really push them to come and to do the things in the right way,” Hindou Oumarou Ibrahim, an Indigenous Mbororo forum member from Chad, said. “It is their responsibility. It is their mandate to work with the Indigenous peoples.”

This year’s UNPFII also marks the anniversary of a 100-year fight waged by Indigenous leaders for influence at the international level. In 1923, Chief Deskaheh of the Iroquois League went to the League of Nations in Geneva to advocate for Indigenous sovereignty but was turned away. In 1925, Maori leader T.W. Ratana was also blocked from the League of Nations, where he hoped to protest the breaking of a treaty that affirmed Maori control over their lands in New Zealand.  

Establishing UNPFII has been an important victory, but the forum still has no enforcement power over other U.N. bodies and little sway with member states. This year may see another shift in the forum, however. This session, the President of the U.N. General Assembly, H.E. Csaba Kőrösi, will hold a hearing on “enhanced participation” – a move that could put UNPFII and Indigenous nations on the same level as member states and allow participation in major meetings, like the General Assembly. Currently, that ability does not exist for forum members and other Indigenous leaders without a specific invitation from member states to major meetings, agencies, or hearings. “I wish that we could move forward on that conversation and find a meaningful way for tribal nations to be respected and have a voice within the U.N. system,” Roth said. 

R. Múkaro Agüeibaná Borrero, member of the Guainía Taíno Tribe and president of the United Confederation of Taíno People, who has attended every session of the Permanent Forum since it began in 2000, acknowledges that progress at the Forum can seem slow, but believes that their efforts pay off in the long term. “We know that the struggle is long, but as Indigenous peoples we know we have to be in that struggle for the long haul,” Borrero said.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline The largest global gathering of Indigenous leaders begins today at the UN. Here’s what you need to know. on Apr 17, 2023.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Joseph Lee.

]]>
https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/the-largest-global-gathering-of-indigenous-leaders-begins-today-at-the-un-heres-what-you-need-to-know/feed/ 0 388216
Why Marxists Need Darwin https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/15/why-marxists-need-darwin/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/15/why-marxists-need-darwin/#respond Sat, 15 Apr 2023 18:17:14 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=139277

Orientation

Most people who call themselves Marxists will tip their hat to Darwin and then move on. They laude his theory of natural selection for why species go extinct. They will support his gradualist theory that change is slow in the biological world. Of course, they will celebrate how humans evolved from the ape line rather than descended from the heavens. But once this is acknowledged and socio-cultural evolution for humans  begins, Darwin seems not to be needed. In present time, Marxists are fine when they hear Darwinian explanations for other species (Stephen Jay Gould). But when it comes to applying Darwin to the human species in the present, Marxists become suspicious. Why? Because they say we are now socio-historical creatures. The argument in this article is that Darwinism, in the form of evolutionary psychology, explains a great deal about human conflict as it exists today as well as in the future.

The Social and Psychological Impact of Darwin Over the last 100 years

As many of you know, the period between 1880 to the end of World War II was a rough time for Darwinism. Social Darwinism began in the 1870s, then was joined by the eugenics movement at the turn of the century. The rise of fascism in the 20th century had a biological basis for its ideology. Then two world wars in which fascism played a major part, not just in Germany but also in Italy, Japan and Spain. By the end of World War II, and for the next thirty years you couldn’t make a biological argument for any social problems without being called racist or sexist. Even in the fields of personality, biological arguments were isolated into one school of personality (Hans Eysenck).

In 1975, E.O. Wilson threw down the gauntlet. Wilson’s specialty was the study of animal societies and he tried to explain how much of human behavior was not very different from the behavior of other animals in their own societies. Wilson emphasized genes as the major causal variable while limiting human culture to a secondary factor. He founded a new field called sociobiology. The attacks on Wilson came fast and furious and Marxists were right in the thick of things, calling Wilson a reductionist. Others implied there were racist, sexist, and class implications for what Wilson was saying. Wilson held on and over the years adapted and qualified his views, giving culture a more prominent role.

In the middle of the 1980s a new field developed called evolutionary psychology.

Among other things, evolutionary psychology was more sensitive than sociobiology to social evolution, explaining that there were different types of society. Different social formations interact with natural selection in different ways depending on whether the societies were hunter-gathering, horticulturalists, agricultural states, herding societies or industrial capitalist societies. In addition, evolutionary psychology was about how psychological conflict arises when biological evolution and social evolution clash. About one third of my article is about these conflicts which are called by evolutionary psychologists “evolutionary mismatches”.

Common Misunderstandings of Evolutionary Psychology

  • Human behavior is genetically determined

Genes are a necessary but not sufficient condition for determining human behavior. Biology and social life together interact all the way back in the mammalian kingdom. Together they concreate strategies of adaption. Genes are far from being the sole determinate of what people do.

  • If it is evolutionary, we can’t change it

Evolutionary adaptations set the framework for what can or can’t happen. But within that framework there is lots of room for bio-social creativity. However, the adaptations we developed as hunter-gatherers are at least 90% of our history. What we have learned over these 100,000 years won’t be easy to change.

  • Evolutionary theories require improbable mathematical computational abilities to weigh the pros and cons of different adaptation choices

    Most of the decisions evolutionary organisms make in adaptation occurs through unconscious processes. Being conscious of how they work is not necessary. In fact, in some cases this knowledge would get in the way. Evolutionary processes only become conscious when there is a problem at the lower level.

    • Current mechanisms of adaptation are optimally designed

    This is a common misunderstanding of religious creationists who imagine Darwinists have to explain how every adaptation is a perfect solution. Darwinians, however, recognize that adaptations are often imperfect compromises which are only satisfactory or just good enough. An example is the skin coloring of mammalian males. On one hand, males’ coloring must blend enough into the environment to act as camouflage so as to not be eaten by other animals. Yet they cannot be so blended that they are not sexually attractive to females. One the other hand males aspiring to look like peacocks to attract females cannot be so brilliant that they turn into dead meat.

    • Evolutionary theory implies a motivation to maximize gene reproduction

    As we know, males and females do not look at each other consciously with the intention of maximizing their genes. Males and females do this without knowing anything about Darwin, adaptation or sexual selection. Males and females have different mating strategies and these strategies play out unconsciously. For example, men will be attracted to women with a bust-waist-hip ration of 3-2-3 of 4-6-4 because these ratios are a good bet that women will be fertile. This preference is hard-wired into men whether or not they consciously want to have children. On the other hand, women will be drawn to men with wide-shoulders and narrow hips because that appears as a way for men to offer women protection and strength against threat. Men go to the gym to strive for this, whether or not they want to have children. Good genes for men and woman translate as “beautiful” or “handsome”. Bad genetic bets translate as “ugly”.

    What is Human Nature?

    As soon as Marxists hear the word “human nature” being thrown around they think the explanation will be both a) biological, and b) static and impossible to change. Often, they will counter this by saying human nature is social rather than biological, dynamic rather than static. The problem with Marxist explanations are that human nature is bio-social not just social. Also, when Marx says human nature is the ensemble of social relations, he ignores the fact that in some societies biology has more influence on others, as we will see.

    Human societies are said to be between 100,000 – 150,000 years old. 90-95% of that time has been spent as hunter-gatherers. Hunter-gathering societies have been the cauldron in which human nature was formed. Whatever adaptation skills or sexual selection strategies were learned during this time, they have gone deep into our plumbing and aren’t about to change quickly or easily.

    The following have been our biological social predispositions for most of 100,000 years:

    • Preference for groups of 50-150 in number
    • Ethnocentrism (belief in the superiority of one’s group)
    • A division of labor between men and women (men big-game hunting, woman gathering)
    • The propensity to cooperate and share within the group
    • Egalitarian political relations with no institutional leadership
    • No political hierarchies or social classes
    • Economics based on generalized reciprocity
    • Presence of social property, not private property
    • A tension between polygamy and monogamy
    • Men marrying younger women
    • Life expectancy of between ages 28-35
    • Apprenticeship-type education
    • Belief in earth spirits, ancestor spirits and totems rather than gods or goddesses
    • Loyalty to local groups (no nationalism)

    It is only due to the propaganda of state civilizations and capitalist societies that so much of our biological social predispositions has been reversed.

    The Darwinian Unconscious

    Western Marxists bet on the wrong horse and nominate Freud

    When “western Marxists” became enthralled with the Frankfurt School, they were all aflutter with psychology.  But instead of maintaining a materialist framework and looking into Vygotsky and sociohistorical psychology in the Soviet Union, they went elsewhere. Even within western bourgeois psychological schools of psychology they could have explored behaviorism or the cognitive schools which had a good reputation for doing good scientific follow-up. Did they try to integrate them with Marxism? No. Instead they selected the most unscientific school of all: Freudian. A few books came out attempting  to synthesize Marx and Freud. One problem was that Freudians (and all of western societies)  had a liberal social contract epistemology that is fundamentally opposed to a Marxian social materialist framework.

    Additionally, the content of the Freudian unconscious is filled with far-fetched sexual motivations about babies wanting to murder their parents. Try explaining the workings of the Freudian unconscious to the working class. They would dismiss Marxists even more than they do now. Does this mean Marxists should abandon explaining unconscious motivation completely because Freud engaged in such far-fetched fantasies about it?  No. We think instead that a Darwinian theory of the unconscious has a lot more to offer, as I will explain.

    History of human societies: from bio-social beings to socio-historical biological  beings

    As we said, in the history of human societies we humans spent at least 100,000 years as hunter-gatherers. About 8,000 BCE we began to live in simple and complex horticultural villages. Complex horticultural societies (chiefdoms) had the first hierarchies. Around three thousand BCE, the first agricultural states emerged in Mesopotamia and Egypt. About 1000 years later, the same archaic state system irrupted in China and India. Alongside these planting societies there emerged herding societies using camels, sheep and goats.  Beginning with the Phoenicians and Greeks  in the ancient world and the Carthaginians, maritime states dotted the some of the global sea coasts. Then in the 14th century, the first of four forms of capitalism emerged. The first was in mercantile capitalism of Venice and Genoa; then with the seafaring Dutch in the 17thcentury; then agricultural slave capitalism in the United States and Britain; and finally the industrial and finance capital of the British and the United States in the 18th to 20th centuries. Why am I telling you this? Because the later in time we go, the more people become social-historical beings and the less we are determined by biology.

    Driving Darwin into our social unconscious

    Furthermore, as different as these societies were from each other, there is a general trend that reversed most of our biological social predispositions in which we formed our human nature. Our novel socio-historical institutions included:

    • Societies that grew from 150 people to thousands and eventually millions of people
    • The state emerged from camps and villages
    • Hierarchical political class relations grew out of egalitarian relations
    • Capitalism arose – a movement away from economic generalized reciprocity to surplus appropriation and exploitation
    • The existence of private property out of social property
    • Harnessing of animate and inanimate sources of energy as opposed to human energy
    • Life expectancy rose from 40 to 72 by the last third of the 20th century
    • Polytheism and monotheism replaced animism
    • Nationalism became the basis of politics and overrode identification with the local

    In hunting and gathering societies, we were primarily bio-social beings and consciously followed biological adaptations. At the other extreme, in industrial capitalist societies, we are primarily socio-historical beingsand we consciously follow new needs and desires that grew out of social institutions that were formed away from the conditions of our human nature. These include the nine bullet points above. Our biological adaptations are no longer consciously pursued and are now in our social Darwinian unconscious which is ready to spring up. Please see the table below for a summary.

    Evolutionary Mismatches and the Darwinian Unconscious

    Hunter-gatherers Type of Society Industrial Capitalist Societies
    Bio-social Type of Being Primarily sociohistorical, biological
    Consciously pursued

    Formation of human nature

    Biological Adaptations Live on as a Darwinian unconscious
    Conflicts over survival between humanity and biophysical nature Realm in which Conflicts Take Place Evolutionary mismatches between our Darwinian unconscious and the new needs and desires created by industrial capitalist societies

    Defining evolutionary mismatches

    Evolutionary psychologists claim that there is a fundamental contradiction between how we lived our lives as hunter-gatherers and how we have lived today in industrial capitalist societies. Our hard wiring as hunter-gatherers is like our Darwinian unconscious. What we consciously pursue today are the needs and desires that emerge as a result of the emergence of the state, capitalism, nationalism, industrialization, social classes and private property.

    Examples of Evolutionary Mismatches

    Attraction to fat and sugar

    Countless dieticians and health educators tell us fat and sugar are bad for us – yet we keep eating them. Why is this? Why hasn’t natural selection eliminated the attraction after over 100,000 years? What does fat and sugar give us? Quick energy. In the era of hunter-gatherers fat and sugar was scarce and finding some might come in handy against large animals during a hunt. Besides that, fat and sugar could not accumulate on bodies that walked and ran numerous miles in a single day. But between 8,000 and 2,000 BCE, life became more sedentary for the middle and upper classes in state civilizations as these classes grew heavier. Peasants working on a farm certainly maintained a rich physical life but they often lacked protein (which was monopolized by the upper classes) and loaded up on carbohydrates, gaining weight. Then the slave trade began in Europe. While sugar was once a delicacy of the upper classes, in the 20th century sugar in large quantities has been made available to the working class and even poor people. The result is an epidemic of diabetes.

    Here is a case where are Darwinian unconscious is still firing — craving fat and sugar. However current social conditions are far from the conditions in which we formed our human nature and are operating to undermine our health. At the same time, capitalists have also organized the production globally so that of a great deal of healthy food can be had from all over the world in far greater variety than in hunting and gathering days.

    Sedentary work requires a need for exercise

    Today middle and upper-middle class citizens in Mordor struggle mightily to stay physically fit because of being locked into desk work. Gyms spring up along with personal trainers to keep people physically healthy. Doctors ask us how much exercise during the day we get. During the hunting and gathering period, there was no such thing as exercise. Both women and men were constantly moving. Neither did they have low back pain from too much sitting. Sitting in chairs was not something people did. They squatted, stood up or lay down. Leg weights, arm weights and all that gyms have to offer was unnecessary during our hunting-gathering period.

    Loneliness: living among millions of strangers

    The psychological experience of loneliness is for the most part unique to the last century or so. Hunter-gathers of up to 150 people were grouped to families where everyone mostly knew everyone else. In horticulture societies, kin groups and clans locked people into social networks. In agricultural states people lived in intergenerational families where elders passed on ways of life. It wasn’t until the breakup of communities at the end of the 19th century and rise of mass society — movies, mass transit and radios that people began to be feel cut off. So today we hire professionals comfort us in our loneliness: professional therapists for our minds and  cuddlers to give us body contact.

    On the positive side, the presence of large groups of strangers frees us from what could be the stifling conformity that life in smaller group can perpetuate. We can try new things — new forms of music, art or invention — that we might hesitate to try among tribes’ clan members or nosey extended family members.

    Explosion of occupational opportunities

    During the hunting and gathering period and, in fact up until about 1500 CE, no relative or neighbor ever asked children what they wanted to be when they grew up. It was understood that whatever work your parents did was the work you did. But with the rise of the modern state, bureaucratic positions opened up for middle class people as translators, scribes and civil servants. The industrial revolution opened up a variety of jobs for the working class, middle class and upper middle class, including those of doctors, lawyers, architects. This was an advance for humanity as people could pursue talents and skills that would lay dormant in a hunting and gathering society.

    Advanced technology dissolves dependence on human muscle power

    During the hunting and gathering times, it was necessary for men to do the big-game hunting and women to the gathering because of what big-game hunting requires.

    Running, tumbling, sphere-throwing and wrestling with dead carcasses requires upper body strength that women didn’t have. This division stayed in place when the plow was invented during the agricultural era because pulling a plow and working with large draft animals also required upper body muscles. But along with the industrial revolution came tractors. This was a boon for women, because women could more actively participate in farming activities since the tractor made upper body strength  irrelevant. Here is an evolutionary mismatch that contributed (unconsciously) to feminism.

    The intensification of ethnocentrism

    As I mentioned earlier, ethnocentrism goes all the way back to hunter-gatherers. However, the only time hunter-gatherers mixed outside their group were in exceptional circumstances such as war. Those agricultural states that developed empires brought in subjugated populations with whom the natives had to mix.  On the whole, cultures did pretty well with each other. The evolutionary mismatch came about with the slave trade which created much harder boundaries between groups, especially between whites and the subjugated slaves. So, in one sense ethnocentrism was made worse within modern people by turning ethnocentrism into racism.

    On the other hand, race relations in the United States were improved through the interaction of Blacks and whites in the music of blues, country music and jazz. Furthermore, thanks to the emergence of socialism in integrated unions like the IWW negative race relations were challenged. However, the modern ideology of racism has tenaciously hung on, as any look at structural racism in Yankeedom today in the area of wages, housing, or education can attest to.

    From voluptuous to skinny women

    As stated earlier, men are naturally attracted to women with large breasts, narrow waists and large hips because these are signs that a woman is fertile and healthy. But if that is the case then why do we see so many magazines with 12-year-old girls with makeup dressed up  to look about 17 and held up as icons of femineity and attraction? Why would women be interested in becoming skinny if it goes against evolutionary psychology? Why wouldn’t sexual selection filter this aspiration out? The answer is that in the 20th century advertisers have created cultural institutions that override sexual selection preferences, at least for some classes and races of women.

    If advertisers for diet programs simply appealed to women’s existing bodies there is a limit in how much money they could make. This is because women’s bodies are naturally voluptuous, especially after they have children. This means that diet programs might be limited to losing fat around the belly. But if you advertise that the ideal woman has small breasts and narrow hips in addition to a slim waste, you might be able to sell three times the products. Few women over 20 can compete with a 17-year-old in terms of the skinny woman ideal, and this is exactly what advertisers want.

    If you can convince women they need to be skinny, they will buy your products for very long time. There is no anorexia or bulimia in hunting and gathering societies. This is the result of insecure teenage girls who get sucked into this trend. Thankfully most working-class women have not caught the “thin is in” contagion. Neither have black or Hispanic women. Essentially it is white upper middle-class women who have become successful targets. Many have actually successfully become slim because they are more likely to have time to go to a gym and cook or pay for healthy meals which are the result of slow cooking.

    Expectations of better looks

    Speaking of appearances, in hunting-gathering societies there were slim pickings when it came to finding a partner. In societies of 50-150 people, marriage partners were found either within their societies or as a result of sacred ceremonies or trading opportunities with other societies. That meant that for most men and women their partners had average looks and that was good enough. However, in the 20th century with the rise of advertising, movie stars and fashion magazines, the men and women who bought them began to compare local prospects to movie stars, musicians and models they found in mass media. Of course, this did not mean their chances of finding some “hunks” were any better. What it did was destabilize the psychology of males and females by raising their expectations while never really fulfilling them.

    Timing and age range of marriages

    During the hunting-gathering period men and women bonded when young. Unconsciously, people were following the sexual selection probability that 15-year-old boys and girls are less likely to have contracted any diseases, so their children would be likely to be fit. While girls would choose boys that were a little older, there was little to gain in holding out for an older guy because hunter-gatherers had no private property and did not accumulate wealth. As chiefdoms developed rank societies, chiefs could marry more than one woman. To be a chief’s wife was a step up for women because of chief’s accumulated wealth. In agricultural civilizations, the same pattern expanded. Women who were captured as slaves could actually improve their situation by being chosen as a member of the harem.

    At the end of the 19th century, the life expectancy began to climb. In marriage dynamics the gap in age between men and woman began to grow. Working class women strove to marry outside their social class and held out for older men because chances of these men accumulating more wealth was greater. With the rise of the sexual revolution in the late 1960s, the tendency for men to marry younger women was challenged. Having lived through that age, I can say that my life choices were counter to Darwinian sexual selection dictates. My current partner is six years older than I and I had no desire to have children. These choices were much easier to make because the counter-culture was like a womb which made it safe to buck the evolutionary trends without feeling like an outcast.

    Increase in the rate of divorce

    The extent to which women are willing to consider divorce has a great deal to do with whether the work they do could support an independent life. In hunting and gathering societies men and women practiced serial monogamy and gender relations were relatively equal. In horticultural societies women were in charge of gardening and worked in public. When horticultural societies switched to agriculture, the men took over the cultivation of fields. Women lost control over working in public and began canning and weaving indoors. There was constant pressure on women to have more children, especially boys, to assist their fathers in the fields. There was also a rise in domestic violence because women were isolated from other women and could not rely on them for protection (as they could in foraging and horticulture societies). Peasant women (90% of the population of agricultural civilizations) put up with abusive marriages because they couldn’t afford to leave. This was the beginning of patriarchy. This martial abuse continued in industrial capitalist societies for the working class and to a lesser extent middle class women.

    However, in the early 1970s things began to change for the better for women. Yankee capitalists decided the way to combat competition from Japan and Germany was to relocate factories overseas where land and labor were cheaper. The union jobs in US manufacturing dried up for men. Working class women began to go from working part-time to full time. Meanwhile middle-class jobs were created in corporations which middle class women flocked to. A natural expression for the women’s movement was for women to work full time professionally as middle or senior managers, lawyers, or college teachers. All this work paid enough money that if a woman wanted to leave a bad marriage she could. The divorce rate rose in the 1970s because middle class and upper-middle class women could afford to leave bad marriages or they could insist that men go to therapy with them.

    Conclusion

    This article began by stating that Marxists are generally aware of the value of Darwin when it came to the origin of species as well as how other species operate today. But Marxists are usually less aware of how much Darwin’s ideas are relevant today as they apply to the human species. The reason for this lack of awareness is because right-wing conservatives have used Darwin’s ideas over the last 100 years from Social Darwinism to eugenics to fascist ideology. By the time sociobiology emerged in the 1970s, Marxists remained skeptical of any Darwinian application to the human species today. It was only Stephen Jay Gould and a few others who bridged the gap between Darwin and Marx.

    The bulk of this article is about what happened to Darwinism after sociobiology. A new field of Darwinism, evolutionary psychology, emerged in the middle of the 1980s. After explaining the differences between sociobiology and evolutionary psychology, I take the reader through five of the most common misunderstandings of Darwinism. I point out that evolutionary psychologists claim that there is such a thing as human nature and it was formed over a 100,000-year period with human as hunter-gatherers. I identify fourteen social predispositions that were rooted in this 100,000-year period.

    Evolutionary psychology does not advocate that biology is destiny. I describe how, as human beings moved away from our hunting and gathering origins where we formed our human nature, a tension was created. This tension was between what we learned as hunter-gatherers and what was expected by social institutions of later societies, especially industrial capitalist societies. This tension resulted in evolutionary mismatches.I illustrated these tensions in ten areas: attraction to fat and sugar; the need for exercise; loneliness; explosion of occupational opportunities; advanced technology; ethnic relations; body shape preferences; expectations of better looks; the timing of and age range of marriages; and the increase in divorce rates.

    These evolutionary psychological mismatches explain many conflicts that people living in industrial capitalist societies must grapple with. These do not compete or replace Marxian explanations for conflict within the individual. Conflicts due to capitalist crisis, to the alienation of labor, class humiliation, exploitation of labor, overwork and other Marxian explanations are still in place. Evolutionary psychology is meant to fill in the crevices where Marxism is incomplete or left unexplored. Darwin and Marx should be understood as complementing each other in how we understand the alienated individual of industrial capitalist societies as well as the tools in creating the foundation for a realistic socialist human nature in the future.

     


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Bruce Lerro.

    ]]> https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/15/why-marxists-need-darwin/feed/ 0 388072 The risk of nuclear war over Ukraine is real. We need diplomacy now https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/14/the-risk-of-nuclear-war-over-ukraine-is-real-we-need-diplomacy-now/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/14/the-risk-of-nuclear-war-over-ukraine-is-real-we-need-diplomacy-now/#respond Fri, 14 Apr 2023 15:04:06 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/russia-ukraine-nuclear-war-threat-crisis-diplomacy-resolve/ OPINION: The Cold War may be over, but Russia’s nuclear threat is real and dangerous. We must act to avoid a crisis


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Paul Rogers.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/14/the-risk-of-nuclear-war-over-ukraine-is-real-we-need-diplomacy-now/feed/ 0 387784
    Mifepristone ruling shows we need to fight attack on US abortion rights https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/12/mifepristone-ruling-shows-we-need-to-fight-attack-on-us-abortion-rights/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/12/mifepristone-ruling-shows-we-need-to-fight-attack-on-us-abortion-rights/#respond Wed, 12 Apr 2023 12:20:37 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/5050/mifepristone-ruling-us-ban-anti-abortion-conservatives/ OPINION: The right’s assault on abortion in post-Roe America is becoming bolder. We mustn't normalise it

    ]]>
    OPINION: The right’s assault on abortion in post-Roe America is becoming bolder. We mustn't normalise it


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Chrissy Stroop.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/12/mifepristone-ruling-shows-we-need-to-fight-attack-on-us-abortion-rights/feed/ 0 387108
    "Kids need to grow up in a World where they’re Safe" | 10 April 2023 | Just Stop Oil https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/11/kids-need-to-grow-up-in-a-world-where-theyre-safe-10-april-2023-just-stop-oil/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/11/kids-need-to-grow-up-in-a-world-where-theyre-safe-10-april-2023-just-stop-oil/#respond Tue, 11 Apr 2023 13:45:02 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=65e22c656bec304c256ab75b307990ce
    This content originally appeared on Just Stop Oil and was authored by Just Stop Oil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/11/kids-need-to-grow-up-in-a-world-where-theyre-safe-10-april-2023-just-stop-oil/feed/ 0 387295
    "Kids need to grow up in a World where they’re Safe" | 10 April 2023 | Just Stop Oil https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/11/kids-need-to-grow-up-in-a-world-where-theyre-safe-10-april-2023-just-stop-oil-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/11/kids-need-to-grow-up-in-a-world-where-theyre-safe-10-april-2023-just-stop-oil-2/#respond Tue, 11 Apr 2023 13:45:02 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=65e22c656bec304c256ab75b307990ce
    This content originally appeared on Just Stop Oil and was authored by Just Stop Oil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/11/kids-need-to-grow-up-in-a-world-where-theyre-safe-10-april-2023-just-stop-oil-2/feed/ 0 387296
    New Caledonia, France need a new plan to break sovereignty stalemate https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/11/new-caledonia-france-need-a-new-plan-to-break-sovereignty-stalemate/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/11/new-caledonia-france-need-a-new-plan-to-break-sovereignty-stalemate/#respond Tue, 11 Apr 2023 09:00:57 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=86947 By Walter Zweifel, RNZ Pacific reporter

    The leader of New Caledonia’s Pacific Awakening party has presented his vision on the territory’s development to the French government.

    Milakulo Tukumuli met the French Interior Minister Gerald Darmanin ahead of talks between French Prime Minister Elisabeth Borne and New Caledonia’s pro- and anti-independence politicians.

    The two rival sides were the signatories to the 1998 Noumea Accord which has been the roadmap of the decolonisation process.

    Pacific Awakening, which represents the interests of the Wallisian and Futunan community, was formed in the lead-up to the last provincial elections and now holds the balance of power in New Caledonia’s Congress.

    Tukumuli said it was important to establish a methodology to move forward after the rejection of full sovereignty in the three referendums under the accord.

    The anti-independence camp hopes Paris will amend the French constitution to reverse the voting restrictions introduced with the Noumea agreement.

    The pro-independence side considers the restrictions as an irreversible accomplishment of the decolonisation process.

    The leader of the Pacific Awakening Party Milakulo Tukumuli
    Pacific Awakening leader Milakulo Tukumuli . . . a “methodology” needed. Image: RNZ Pacific/Facebook

    Its representatives say this week’s talks in Paris are mere discussions and not formal negotiations resulting in any commitment.

    The largest pro-independence party said its aim was to regain independence by 2025, while the anti-independence side seeks reintegration with France.

    New Caledonia has been on the UN decolonisation list since 1986, based on the Kanak people’s internationally recognised right to self-determination.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/11/new-caledonia-france-need-a-new-plan-to-break-sovereignty-stalemate/feed/ 0 386835
    Mitt Romney, Where are You when We Need You? https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/05/mitt-romney-where-are-you-when-we-need-you/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/05/mitt-romney-where-are-you-when-we-need-you/#respond Wed, 05 Apr 2023 05:33:21 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=278491 To think that this writer would ever utter those words! No, one must not think that he has gone over to the dark side; he, himself, would never pull the lever beside the name ‘Romney’ in a voting booth. But consider the hapless Republican voters. The United States is still more than two years away More

    The post Mitt Romney, Where are You when We Need You? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Robert Fantina.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/05/mitt-romney-where-are-you-when-we-need-you/feed/ 0 385298
    Labour’s plans to tackle UK’s dirty money problem need more ambition https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/04/labours-plans-to-tackle-uks-dirty-money-problem-need-more-ambition/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/04/labours-plans-to-tackle-uks-dirty-money-problem-need-more-ambition/#respond Tue, 04 Apr 2023 09:40:34 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/dark-money-investigations/labour-david-lammy-dirty-money-plans-kleptocracy-anti-corruption-not-enough/ If Labour wins the next election, it can’t just talk tough on corruption – it must fund Londongrad’s clean-up


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Susan Hawley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/04/labours-plans-to-tackle-uks-dirty-money-problem-need-more-ambition/feed/ 0 384952
    Ni-Vanuatu villagers need more help after cyclones Judy and Kevin https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/04/ni-vanuatu-villagers-need-more-help-after-cyclones-judy-and-kevin/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/04/ni-vanuatu-villagers-need-more-help-after-cyclones-judy-and-kevin/#respond Tue, 04 Apr 2023 08:39:31 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=86728 By Caleb Fotheringham, RNZ Pacific journalist in Port Vila

    Communities in Vanuatu continue to rely on government for basic necessities and still lack access to clean water sources almost a month after severe tropical cyclones Judy and Kevin made landfall.

    Sisead village community council chairman Paul Fred in Port Vila lives in one of the many homes in which residents do not have water seeping into the house because of a tarpaulin handed out in aid that lines his corrugated tin roof.

    “To accept two cyclones within a week, it’s unexplainable. We’ve never experienced two cyclones like this one,” Fred told RNZ Pacific.

    “But it’s a good experience for the generations of today, it comes to remind them that we have to prepare.”

    His village is one of five in the country requesting financial assistance from the Prime Minister Ishmael Kalsakau’s government to build houses that are strong enough to withstand the impacts of severe tropical cyclones.

    “The government should focus to help ni-Vanuatu people to build cyclone-proof buildings so that when the next cyclone comes we can minimise the need for relief and donations,” he said.

    ‘It’s up to themselves’
    Frederica Atavi is from the same community.

    Atavi, who grew up in Australia, said a post-cyclone assessment was still needed to be done in the village.

    “It’s nearly a month now and you can see there’s still rubbish on the side of the road,” Atavi said.

    “It is slow but that’s probably the island life. It’s slow and steady.”

    Like Fred, she wants financial assistance to go towards rebuilding homes for the people in her community.

    “The people in Vanuatu don’t have access to financial aid or anything to help them with their structural damage,” she said.

    “It’s only the food and the hygiene kits but for structural damage it’s up to them to do it themselves.”

    Charlie Willy, also from Sisead, stayed in the village during both the cyclones.

    During Kevin, while the older people were moved out of the village for safety, Willy and six others stayed in a concrete bathroom block, so they could nail down roofs in the middle of the storm.

    Willy said roofs were still leaking and it was challenging for people to pay for materials to fix homes.

    Water source declared unsafe
    In the rural village of Pang Pang, about an hour’s drive away from the capital, Serah John, who tends the community’s gardens, said the village had become reliant on food from government aid.

    “All the gardens, the fruits and food crops were damaged… bananas and cassava that were uprooted from the strong wind,” John said in bislama.

    She said their clean water source had been contaminated by livestock waste after Cyclones Judy and Kelvin and declared not safe for human consumption.

    Kalsakau told RNZ Pacific last month that the damage caused by the twin cyclones would cost the country tens of million of dollars.

    Serah John from Pang Pang village
    Serah John from Pang Pang village says the community’s clean water source has been contaminated by livestock after the cyclone. Image: Caleb Fotheringham/RNZ Pacific

    New Zealand providing help
    New Zealand Foreign Affairs Minister Nanaia Mahuta was in Vanuatu for three days last week and visited both villages.

    She announced a $NZ1 million grant to support post-cyclone recovery efforts that would be made available to local non-governmental organisations.

    Mahuta also meet with her counterpart Jotham Napat to sign the first-ever cooperation agreement between the two countries.

    The deal will see the New Zealand government provide almost $NZ38m as part of its commitment to assist Vanuatu – with the money going towards climate change resilience projects, general budget support, and the tourism sector.

    Mahuta said the resilience of the ni-Vanuatu people stood out.

    “You can not truly appreciate resilience until you come into communities where there has been absolute devastation,” she said.

    “Yet the people still pull together, they still smile, they still have the endurance factors that help them get through, something which I think is probably emotionally and mentally draining,” she said while visiting the Pang Pang community.

    “It reinforces why the world needs to take action on climate change because those most vulnerable in the Pacific require us all to do our bit.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.

    Minister Nanaia Mahuta gives a gift to the village of Sisead village in Port Vila.
    Minister Nanaia Mahuta gives a gift to the village of Sisead Village in Port Vila. Image: Caleb Fotheringham/RNZ Pacific


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/04/ni-vanuatu-villagers-need-more-help-after-cyclones-judy-and-kevin/feed/ 0 384955
    Some Congress Members Need to Sit Down and Shut Up https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/31/some-congress-members-need-to-sit-down-and-shut-up/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/31/some-congress-members-need-to-sit-down-and-shut-up/#respond Fri, 31 Mar 2023 05:58:59 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=278017

    Photograph Source: Alan Levine – CC BY 2.0

    Not too long ago, senator Marco “Bring Back Aerial Dogfights” Rubio took to the airwaves to inform the American people that their military must send fighter jets to escort drones near Russia’s border. About the same time as Rubio’s idiotic recipe for global nuclear annihilation, senator Tom “Invade Mexico!” Cotton lectured us on the necessity of sending MORE drones to Russian airspace, after those wily Slavic pilots disposed of one spying on Crimea. He followed up this imbecilic escalatory scheme with a proclamation that the U.S. should wage war on Mexico or on its drug cartels, the distinction was not too clear. Representative Marjorie “Jewish Space Lasers” Taylor Greene couldn’t keep quiet about that either. She announced that she was “beating the drums” for war with Mexico – this percussive endeavor not too long after she publicly averred that China is a military threat.

    Then there was senator Lindsay “Bombs Away” Graham, shrieking, somewhat like Rubio, for shooting down Russian fighter jets on the border of that country. Under this senator’s asinine scheme, we’ll all soon be dust in the wind or glowing in the dark, you pick. So you would think all this frenzied ferocity was enough. But no such luck. Our bigwig warmongers weren’t done thumping their chests for battle, because next, former House representative, later CIA chief, later secretary of state and now presidential wannabe Mike “Sinophobic Rampage” Pompeo, got into the act, implying that…drumroll…the U.S. should launch drone strikes on Mexico!

    On March 16, Pompeo wrote in an op-ed that Mexico “has either lost or abdicated control of vast portions of its country,” before touting his lobbying while in the Trump administration for drone strikes on the U.S.’s southern neighbor. Good to know that when Pompeo sinks his teeth into a bad idea he doesn’t let go. He was for drone strikes on Mexico years ago, and he implies that he pretty much still is. He promoted this madness with a philippic against, you got it, the drug cartels, the handy dandy new U.S. enemy du jour.

    And don’t forget a year or so ago, after Washington arrogantly turned up its nose at Russian security proposals, thus inciting the whole Ukraine war fiasco, we had Donald “Fire and Fury” Trump, proclaiming that if he sat in the oval office, he would end the Moscow/Kiev combat by dropping a nuclear bomb on Russia. More proof, if it were needed, that we are and long have been ruled by sociopaths. Let’s just say Trump’s early contribution to the national freakshow about Ukraine didn’t add one iota of reason. But he has since then, happily, come to his senses. He now advocates peace negotiations and warns about the very real danger of nuclear war. Too bad Biden isn’t listening.

    But rumor has it some in the Biden regime want to halt the Ukraine slaughter; certainly, a gigantic percentage of the electorate does. Well, you want an off-ramp? Here’s an unpopular idea: Pick any of the so-called authoritarians – Trump, Hungary’s Viktor Orban, Turkey’s Recep Erdogan or any other, the world has plenty of them – and empower him to negotiate peace. Or better yet, though I know this offends the breathtaking arrogance of American elites, we could adopt Beijing’s peace proposal. Lucklessly, all this requires thinking outside the very tiny, cramped, limited Washington box, to wit, putting aside the puerile fib that the world divides neatly into democracies and autocracies. This delusional dichotomy persists despite the fact that the western, so-called democracies are, in reality, oligarchies. But it’s such a useful lie that our rulers have grown quite attached to it.

    Anyway, to return to the theme here: Some U.S. politicos just itch for bloodshed, whether in China, the Black Sea or Mexico, and they don’t care if they ignite a nuclear holocaust to get it. In short, they are a menace to the world and the continued survival of our species. They should sit down, cool off and shut up. They need to take a page out of representative George Santos’ book, who, having thoroughly disgraced himself, volunteered for a timeout. If such self-restraint is beyond the meager abilities of these loudmouths, they could, like Santos, spend their time less injuriously, by prevaricating on their resumes, or by sexually harassing someone, or stealing money from a veteran, or they could lie about their ethnic background – anything, no matter how repulsive, would be superior to jumping up and down like a bunch of ADHD monkeys, yowling and howling for military assaults on neighboring nations or for lunacy that leads to nuclear war.

    Not that the Dems are any better. But for some unaccountable reason, that wing of the war party has been relatively quiet lately, perhaps chastened, one can only hope, at how their pet project in Ukraine morphed into a debacle. But it is undeniable that the Dems have refrained from calls to initiate new wars against China or Mexico. And nota bene: both hydra-heads of the all-American war party fell utterly speechless at the fait accompli, mediated by Beijing, of a decision to re-open embassies, in effect a peace pact between Saudi Arabia and Iran. When peace erupts, our public men and women haven’t a clue what to say or do – how about “Thank you, Beijing!” No, such words are anathema for our American warmongers. Gratitude at the cessation of the horrific genocide in Yemen that this treaty could bring is completely lacking. Nothing but offended silence emanates from Washington.

    But maybe this reserve about Yemen has other roots. I read in the Cradle March 12 that Saudi Arabia has for some time quite sensibly wanted to end that conflict, but that the U.S. ain’t havin’ it. Washington wants to keep that slaughter going, for a whole crowded menu of despicable reasons. This is a far cry from just a few years ago, when congress ballyhooed a resolution against the war and Biden campaigned on ending the Yemen butchery. It just goes to show, things never get better in the Exceptional Empire, only worse.

    So instead of carrying on like people who’ve lost their minds, our bloodthirsty congresspeople would do much better to put their umph into hollering for peace in Yemen. It would be an actual service to mankind. Instead of hysteria over Russia patrolling its borders, instead of war whoops about bombing, droning or invading Mexico, in lieu of huffing and puffing over China’s possible but not yet probable violent takeover of Taiwan, thousands upon thousands of miles away from  U.S. borders, our congressional bigshots could beat their swords into plowshares and call for an international effort to aid and reconstruct Yemen. After all, America did so much to wreck the place, it’s the least we could do.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Eve Ottenberg.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/31/some-congress-members-need-to-sit-down-and-shut-up/feed/ 0 383751
    Does America Need an Emmett Till Moment to See How Children are Mutilated by AR15s? https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/31/does-america-need-an-emmett-till-moment-to-see-how-children-are-mutilated-by-ar15s/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/31/does-america-need-an-emmett-till-moment-to-see-how-children-are-mutilated-by-ar15s/#respond Fri, 31 Mar 2023 05:51:13 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=278102

    Photo by Heather Mount

    And now we have another mass school shooting, this time in Tennessee with three 9-year-old girls dead as well as 3 adults. Immediately followed by another pathetic Republican congressman claiming that Congress can’t do a thing.

    A community is grieving, schoolkids across America are terrified, and after 130 mass shootings in the first 87 days of this year — 33 of them in schools and colleges — you’d think average Americans would finally understand the horrors of the gun violence Republicans in Congress and on the Supreme Court have inflicted on us.

    This is a phenomenon as systemic and unique to the United States today as Jim Crow was in the 1950s. The gun control movement needs to learn from the Civil Rights movement.

    Back in 1955, young Black people like 14-year-old Emmett Till were routinely murdered by white people all over America, usually with no consequence whatsoever.

    Emmett Till was kidnapped by two Mississippi white men, brutally tortured, murdered, and his mangled body was thrown into the Tallahatchie River. (And the white men who did it, and the white woman who set it off with a lie, never suffered any consequence.)

    His mother, Mamie Bradley, made the extraordinarily brave decision to show her child’s mutilated face with an open-coffin funeral in their hometown of Chicago.

    Jet magazine ran a picture you can see here of Emmett, which went viral, invigorating the Civil Rights movement as it horrified the nation. As President Biden said last month, honoring the release of the new movie Till:

    “JET magazine, the Chicago Defender and other Black newspapers were unflinching and brave in sharing the story of Emmett Till and searing it into the nation’s consciousness.”

    That picture made real the horrors of white violence against Black people in America for those who were unfamiliar, or just unwilling, to confront it.

    We’ve all heard about Newtown and Stoneman Douglas and Las Vegas, but have you ever seen pictures of the bodies mutilated by the .223 caliber bullets that semi-automatic assault weapons like the AR15 fire?

    The odds are pretty close to zero; most Americans have no idea the kind of damage such weapons of war can do to people, particularly children.

    But we need to learn.

    In the 1980s, egged on by partisans in the Reagan administration, America’s antiabortion movement begin the practice of holding up graphic, bloody pictures of aborted fetuses as part of their demonstrations and vigils.

    Their literature and magazines, and even some of their advertisements, often carry or allude to these graphic images.

    Those in the movement will tell you that the decision to use these kinds of pictures was a turning point, when “abortion became real“ for many Americans, and even advocates of a woman’s right to choose an abortion started using phrases like “legal, safe, and rare.“

    Similarly, when the Pulitzer Prize-winning photo of 9-year-old “Napalm Girl” Phan Thị Kim Phúc running naked down a rural Vietnamese road after napalm caught her clothes on fire was published in 1972, it helped finally turned the tide on the Vietnam War.

    Showing pictures in American media of the result of a mass shooter’s slaughter would be a controversial challenge.

    There are legitimate concerns about sensationalizing violence, about morbid curiosity, about warping young minds and triggering PTSD for survivors of violence.

    And yet, pictures convey reality in a way that words cannot. One of these days, the parents of children murdered in a school shooting may make the same decision Mamie Till did in 1955.

    America’s era of mass shootings kicked off on August 1, 1966 when Charles Whitman murdered his mother and then climbed to the top of the clock tower at the University of Texas and begin shooting.

    The vast majority of our mass killings, however, began during the Reagan/Bush administrations following the 1984 San Ysidro, California McDonald’s massacre, the Edmond, Oklahoma Post Office shooting of 1986, and the Luby’s Cafeteria massacre in Killeen, Texas in 1991.

    We’ve become familiar with the names of the places, and sometimes the dates, but the horror and pain of the torn and exploded bodies has escaped us.

    It’s time for America to confront the reality of gun violence. And all my years working in the advertising business tell me that a graphic portrayal of the consequences of their products is the greatest fear of America’s weapons manufacturers and the NRA.

    We did it with tobacco and drunk driving back in the day, showing pictures of people missing half their jaw or mangled and bloody car wreckage, and it worked.

    “In the event that I die from gun violence please publicize the photo of my death. #MyLastShot.”

    This isn’t, however, something that should just be tossed off, or thrown up on a webpage.

    Leadership from multiple venues in American journalism — print, television, web-based publications — should get together and decide what photos to release, how to release them, and under what circumstances it could be done to provide maximum impact and minimum trauma.

    But Americans must understand what’s really going on.

    A decade ago, President Obama put then-VP Joe Biden in charge of his gun task force, and Joe Biden saw the pictures from school shootings back then.

    Here’s how The New York Times quoted then-Vice President Biden:

    “‘Jill and I are devastated. The feeling — I just can’t imagine how the families are feeling,’ he said, at times struggling to find the right words.”

    And we appear to be tiptoeing up to the edge of doing exactly this. Yesterday’s Washington Post featured an article about what happens when people are shot by assault weapons and included this commentary:

    “A Texas Ranger speaks of bullets that ‘disintegrated’ a toddler’s skull.

    “This explains the lead poisoning that plagues survivors of the shooting in Sutherland Springs, Tex.; David Colbath, 61, can scarcely stand or use his hands without pain, and 25-year-old Morgan Workman probably can’t have a baby. It explains the evisceration of small bodies such as that of Noah Pozner, 6, murdered at Sandy Hook Elementary, and Peter Wang, 15, killed at Marjory Stoneman Douglas High. The Post examined the way bullets broke inside of them — obliterating Noah’s jaw and Peter’s skull, filling their chests with blood and leaving behind gaping exit wounds.”

    But we need to go the next step and show the actual pictures for this truth about the horror of gun violence to become widely known. Doing this will take leadership.

    And, of course, there must be a Mamie Bradley: a parent, spouse or other relation willing to allow the photos of their loved one to be used in this way.

    In 1996 there was a horrific slaughter in Tasmania, Australia, by a shooter using an AR15-style weapon, culminating a series of mass shootings that had plagued that nation for over a decade.

    While the Australian media generally didn’t publish the photos, they were widely circulated.

    As a result the Australian public was so repulsed that within a year semi-automatic weapons in civilian hands were outlawed altogether, strict gun control measures were put into place, and a gun-buyback program went into effect that voluntarily took over 700,000 weapons out of circulation.

    And that was with John Howard as Prime Minister — a conservative who was as hard-right as Ronald Reagan!

    The year 1996 was Australia’s Emmett Till moment.

    America needs ours.

    This article was produced by Economy for All, a project of the Independent Media Institute.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Thom Hartmann.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/31/does-america-need-an-emmett-till-moment-to-see-how-children-are-mutilated-by-ar15s/feed/ 0 383832
    We need to have an honest conversation about ‘foreign agent’ laws https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/29/we-need-to-have-an-honest-conversation-about-foreign-agent-laws/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/29/we-need-to-have-an-honest-conversation-about-foreign-agent-laws/#respond Wed, 29 Mar 2023 18:33:55 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/odr/foreign-agents-laws/ Pushback against ‘foreign agent’ laws in Georgia should not stop us from asking whether countries have a right to limit foreign influence


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Almut Rochowanski.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/29/we-need-to-have-an-honest-conversation-about-foreign-agent-laws/feed/ 0 383194
    The Need to End Illegal Union Busting at Starbucks https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/29/the-need-to-end-illegal-union-busting-at-starbucks/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/29/the-need-to-end-illegal-union-busting-at-starbucks/#respond Wed, 29 Mar 2023 05:18:05 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=278053

    Bernie Sanders’ opening remarks at the Senate Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions Committee’s hearing titled, “No Company Is Above the Law: The Need to End Illegal Union Busting at Starbucks.” 

    Let me get to the point of this hearing. Today in America, over 60% of our people are living paycheck to paycheck, and millions are working for starvation wages. Unbelievably, despite an explosion in technology and increases in worker productivity, the average worker is making over $50 a week less today than he or she made 50 years ago – after adjusting for inflation. Unless we change the nature of our economy, it is likely that the younger generation will have a lower standard of living than their parents.

    What that means is that workers throughout our country are struggling to pay for housing, struggling to pay for healthcare and prescription drugs, struggling to put food on the table, struggling to pay off their student debt and deal with other basic necessities. And while that is the reality for the working class of our country, here is another reality. And that is that the people on top have never had it so good. Today in America, we have more income and wealth inequality than we’ve ever had with the top 1 percent owning more wealth than the bottom 90 percent, with CEOs now making 400 times more than their workers, and with 3 people on top now owning more wealth than the bottom half of American society. That’s the economic reality that exists today. The rich get much richer, working families struggle.

    And, as a result of that reality, what we are now seeing is a major increase in trade union organizing. Throughout our country, in blue collar jobs and in white collar jobs, workers are standing up and fighting back and are forming unions in order to improve their wages, their benefits, their working conditions.

    These workers know, as I do, that union workers earn nearly 20% more, on average, than non-union workers. These workers also know, as I do, that union workers have better health care benefits, better paid family and medical leave policies, are much more likely to have a pension and are less likely to be victims of health and safety violations compared to non-union workers.

    At a time when 71% of the American people now approve of unions – the highest level since 1965 — there has been a major revitalization of the trade union movement in our country. Between 2021 and 2022, the number of union elections taking place in America has gone up by 53% and since 2020 workers have voted to form a union in over 70 percent of union elections.

    That’s the good news for those of us who understand that strong unions are a vital part of rebuilding the declining middle class in this country.

    The bad news is that in order to combat this increase in union organizing, corporations have engaged in an unprecedented level of illegal union busting activities.

    Which takes us to the focus of today’s hearing.

    Over the past 18 months, Starbucks has waged the most aggressive and illegal union busting campaign in the modern history of our country. That union busting campaign has been led by Howard Schultz, the multi-billionaire founder and director of Starbucks who is with us this morning only under the threat of subpoena.

    Let’s be clear about the nature of Starbucks vicious anti-union efforts. The National Labor Relations Board (NLRB) has filed over 80 complaints against Starbucks for violating federal labor law, there have been over 500 unfair labor practice charges lodged against this company and judges have found that Starbucks broke the law 130 times across six states since workers began organizing in the fall of 2021.

    These violations include the illegal firing of more than a dozen Starbucks workers for “the crime” of exercising their right to form a union and to collectively bargain for better wages, benefits, and working conditions.

    Since the first Starbucks union was certified more than 450 days ago in Buffalo, workers at more than 360 stores across nearly 40 states have held union elections. 83 percent of these elections have resulted in a union victory and today nearly 300 Starbucks coffee shops employing more than 7,000 workers have a union – despite Starbucks aggressive anti-union campaign. But with nearly 300 shops voting to form a union, Starbucks has refused to sign a single first contract with the union. Not a single one. Think about it.

    A multi-billion dollar company, with unlimited resources, with all kinds of lawyers, advisors, consultants, has not yet signed one contract with any of their nearly 300 unionized shops.

    Just a few weeks ago, on March 1st, an Administrative Law Judge found Starbucks guilty of “egregious and widespread misconduct” which showed “a general disregard for the employees’ fundamental rights.”

    In a 220-page ruling, this judge found that Starbucks illegally retaliated against employees for unionizing; promised improved pay and benefits if workers rejected the union; conducted illegal surveillance of pro-union workers; refused to hire prospective employees who supported the union; relocated union organizers to new stores and overstaffed stores ahead of union votes – all clear violations of federal labor law.

    The judge also found that Starbucks “widespread coercive behavior over six months had permeated every store in the Buffalo market.”

    The judge ordered Starbucks to reinstate seven workers who were wrongfully terminated, re-open a pro-union store in Buffalo that was illegally shut down, and pay “reasonable consequential damages” to more than two dozen workers whose rights were violated by Starbucks.

    And let’s be clear. Starbucks egregious union busting campaign is not limited to Buffalo. It is happening all over America.

    Federal courts in Tennessee and Michigan have issued emergency injunctions requiring Starbucks to reinstate workers who were illegally fired and to prohibit the coffee chain from firing workers for supporting unionization efforts in the future.

    In Scottsdale and Phoenix, Arizona, the NLRB has charged Starbucks with committing eight violations of labor law when it disciplined, fired, and forced out workers because they cooperated with federal investigations.

    On November 30th of last year, the NLRB found that Starbucks unlawfully refused to recognize and bargain with the union at its Reserve Roastery Store in Seattle.

    NLRB judges have found that Starbucks illegally threatened to withhold benefits (including health insurance) from pro-union workers in Denver, Colorado; Overland Park, Kansas; Seattle, Washington; and Ann Arbor, Michigan.

    The pattern in all of these stores is clear: On the one hand, you have workers making $13, $14 or $15 an hour with minimal benefits, working 20, 30 or 40 hours a week depending on a totally unpredictable schedule dictated by their managers, trying to achieve dignity and justice on the job. On the other hand, we have a corporation worth $113 billion controlled by an individual worth nearly $4 billion who are using their unlimited resources to do everything possible, legal and illegal, to deny these workers their constitutional rights.

    The fundamental issue we are confronting today is whether we have a system of justice that applies to all, or whether billionaires and large corporations can break the law with impunity. I have read Mr. Schultz’s comments to the media in which he expresses his strong anti-union views. As an American, Mr. Schultz is entitled to those views and any other views he holds. But even if he is a multi-billionaire and the leader of a large corporation he is not entitled to break the law.

    So today, I will be asking Mr. Schultz whether he will do what an Administrative Law Judge has ordered him to do. And that is to record and distribute a 14-page notice which states that Starbucks has violated Federal labor law, to inform Starbucks employees about their rights under the National Labor Relations Act, how Starbucks has violated those rights, and to assure that Starbucks will not infringe upon those rights in the future.

    In other words, I will be asking Mr. Schultz whether or not he intends to obey the law. Further, I will be asking Mr. Schultz another question. And that is whether or not he is prepared to promise this committee that within 14 days of this hearing, Starbucks will exchange proposals with the union, something it has refused to do for more than 450 days, so that meaningful progress can be made to bargain a first contract in good faith.

    What is outrageous to me is not only Starbucks anti-union activities and their willingness to break the law, it is their calculated and intentional efforts to stall, stall and stall. They understand that the turnover rate at Starbucks is high. They understand that if workers do not see success in getting a contract and improved wages they may get discouraged. So what Starbucks is doing is not only trying to break unions, but even worse. They are trying to break the spirit of workers who are struggling to improve their lives. And that is unforgivable.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Bernie Sanders.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/29/the-need-to-end-illegal-union-busting-at-starbucks/feed/ 0 383136
    8 Facts About Sandra Hemme’s Case You Need to Know https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/27/8-facts-about-sandra-hemmes-case-you-need-to-know/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/27/8-facts-about-sandra-hemmes-case-you-need-to-know/#respond Mon, 27 Mar 2023 20:16:56 +0000 https://innocenceproject.org/?p=42911 Sandra “Sandy” Hemme has spent more than four decades in prison for a crime that evidence supports she did not commit, making her the longest known wrongly incarcerated woman in the US.
    Although Ms.

    The post 8 Facts About Sandra Hemme’s Case You Need to Know appeared first on Innocence Project.

    ]]>
    Sandra “Sandy” Hemme has spent more than four decades in prison for a crime that evidence supports she did not commit, making her the longest known wrongly incarcerated woman in the US.

    Although Ms. Hemme, now 63, has spent the majority of her life wrongfully imprisoned, she has never given up hope that her name would one day be cleared.

    Ms. Hemme was wrongly convicted for the 1980 murder of Patricia Jeschke in St. Joseph, Missouri, after police exploited her mental illness and coerced her into making false statements while she was sedated and receiving treatment for hallucinatory episodes.

    In late February 2023, Ms. Hemme’s attorneys filed a petition for habeas relief in the 43rd Circuit Court of Livingston County based on compelling new evidence of her innocence. This new evidence was withheld by the State for decades and pointed to a police officer as the person who committed the crime.

    Here are key facts you should know about her case:

    1. Ms. Hemme, who had no connection to the victim, was a psychiatric patient receiving treatment when she was targeted by police. At the time of Ms. Jeschke’s death, Ms. Hemme, then 20, was a patient at St. Joseph’s State Hospital receiving treatment for auditory hallucinations, derealization, and drug misuse. Ms. Hemme had spent the majority of her life starting at age 12 in inpatient psychiatric treatment.

    2. Ms. Hemme was repeatedly interviewed by police under extremely coercive circumstances. Police conducted hours-long interviews with Ms. Hemme while she was in the hospital.  At some points, she was so heavily medicated that she was unable to even hold her head up and was restrained and strapped to a chair. Over the course of these coercive interrogations, Ms. Hemme’s statements conflicted with the known facts of the crime and were internally inconsistent. More than 10% of exonerated people were wrongly convicted in cases involving false confessions.

    Sandra Hemme (center) with family members Joyce and Doris. (Image: Courtesy of the Hemme family)

    3. Ms. Hemme’s lawyer presented no witnesses at her trial, which lasted just one day. The jury never heard about the profoundly coercive circumstances under which police obtained her statements.  Those statements were the only “evidence” against her at trial.

    4. The jury also never heard about the crime scene evidence that supported Ms. Hemme’s innocence. Ms. Hemme was excluded as a source of all the hairs and fingerprints taken from the crime scene. There was no physical, forensic, or eyewitness evidence that linked her to the victim or the crime scene.

    5. Evidence pointed to a St. Joseph police officer as a suspect in Ms. Jeschke’s killing. Michael Holman, a St. Joseph police officer, admitted to being near Ms. Jeschke’s home at the time of the murder, and his white pickup truck was parked near the scene. Officer Holman had also attempted to use Ms. Jeschke’s credit card the day after her murder.

    6. Police hid evidence that implicated Officer Holman as the person who actually killed Ms. Jeschke. Ms. Jeschke’s uniquely designed wishbone earrings — identified by her father, who had gifted them to her — were found in Officer Holman’s possession, along with jewelry stolen during another home burglary. Failing to turn over favorable evidence to the accused person is known as a Brady violation.

    7. Witnesses could not corroborate Officer Holman’s alibi. Officer Holman claimed he was at a motel adjacent to the victim’s home during the time of the murder with a woman named Mary. However, when asked by police he refused to give details about Mary or the motel room they both stayed in. All three witnesses from the motel and attached gas station told police they did not remember seeing Officer Holman or Mary that day.

    8. This isn’t the first time the St. Joseph police wrongfully targeted and convicted a person with a mental health illness or disability that made them uniquely vulnerable to falsely confessing. In 1979, 24-year-old Melvin Lee Reynolds, who also spent time at St. Joseph’s State Hospital, was convicted of the 1978 murder of a 4-year-old boy. Many of the same officers who worked on Ms. Hemme’s case also worked on Mr. Reynolds’ case. And much like in Ms. Hemme’s case, officers obtained an alleged confession — a statement that did not align with the known facts of the crime — from Mr. Reynolds after interrogating him repeatedly. Four years later, Mr. Reynolds was exonerated. 

    Ms. Hemme is represented by Innocence Project Senior Staff Attorney Jane Pucher, Staff Attorney Andrew Lee, and Post-Conviction Litigation Fellow Natalie Baker. She is also represented by Missouri-based attorney Sean O’Brien.

    The post 8 Facts About Sandra Hemme’s Case You Need to Know appeared first on Innocence Project.


    This content originally appeared on Innocence Project and was authored by Meghan Nguyen.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/27/8-facts-about-sandra-hemmes-case-you-need-to-know/feed/ 0 382471
    The IPCC says we need to phase down fossil fuels, fast. Here’s how the US could do it. https://grist.org/economics/the-ipcc-says-we-need-to-phase-down-fossil-fuels-fast-heres-how-the-us-could-do-it/ https://grist.org/economics/the-ipcc-says-we-need-to-phase-down-fossil-fuels-fast-heres-how-the-us-could-do-it/#respond Fri, 24 Mar 2023 10:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=605988 On Monday, a panel of the world’s top climate scientists released a grave warning: Current policies are not enough to stave off the most devastating consequences of climate change. According to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, or IPCC, climate pollution from the world’s existing coal, oil, and gas projects is already enough to launch the planet past 1.5 degrees Celsius (2.7 degrees Fahrenheit) of warming, and world leaders must abandon up to $4 trillion in fossil fuels and related infrastructure by midcentury if they want to keep within safe temperature limits.

    Instead, rich countries like the United States are going in the opposite direction. Just last week, President Joe Biden approved ConocoPhillips’ Willow Project, a so-called “carbon bomb” that could add some 239 million metric tons of carbon emissions to the atmosphere, about as much as the annual emissions from 64 coal-fired power plants.

    A new report released this week, “An Economist’s Case for Restrictive Supply-Side Policies,” argues that bans, moratoria, and similar measures are sorely needed to keep the United States from extracting more fossil fuels. It highlights 10 policies that can complement clean energy investments to help the country achieve the goals of the IPCC while also prioritizing the health and economic security of America’s most vulnerable communities.

    “The IPCC shows that restrictive supply-side measures have to be part of the policy mix,”  said Mark Paul, a Rutgers University professor and a coauthor of the report. “We actually need to stop extracting and burning fossil fuels, there’s just no way around it.”

    Until quite recently, most American economists and policymakers have focused on demand-side solutions to climate change — primarily a carbon price that would leave curbing greenhouse gas emissions up to market forces. Supply-side policies, on the other hand, are concerned with suppressing the amount of fossil fuels available for purchase. They come in two flavors: supportive and restrictive. Supportive supply-side policies include some of the tax credits and subsidies in the Inflation Reduction Act, the climate spending law that Biden signed last year, which support renewable energy to displace fossil fuels. Restrictive policies more actively seek to constrain fossil fuel development.

    Some of the most aggressive policies recommended in the new report would use congressional authority to stop new fossil fuel projects, whether by banning new leases for extraction on federal lands and in federal waters or by outlawing all new pipelines, export terminals, gas stations, and other infrastructure nationwide. Other measures would use economic levers to restrict fossil fuel development. For example, taxing the fossil fuel industry’s windfall profits could curtail supply by making oil and gas production less profitable. Requiring publicly traded companies to disclose their climate-related financial risks could also accelerate decarbonization by making polluters without credible transition plans unattractive to investors.

    The benefit of these policies, Paul said, is that they can directly constrain carbon-intensive activities and therefore more certainly guarantee a reduction in climate pollution. That’s not the case with demand-side policies, where lawmakers have to hope that consumers’ behavior will lead to less fossil fuel being produced and burned. (The Inflation Reduction Act included some of these policies, like consumer subsidies for electric vehicles and other low-emissions technologies.)

    Restrictive supply-side policies in the U.S. can also support international decarbonization. If the U.S. were to only reduce domestic demand for fossil fuels while keeping supply high, it could reduce the price of oil, gas, and coal abroad — incentivizing other countries to use more of those fuels.

    That said, not all restrictive supply-side policies are an easy sell. Some, like nationalizing the fossil fuel industry — which would effectively neutralize the sector’s outsize political influence and allow it to be dismantled in an orderly fashion — have not yet entered the political mainstream. Others, however, are closer to reality, and five have previously been introduced in congressional bills. The Keep It in the Ground Act, for example, introduced in 2021 by Democratic Senator Jeff Merkley, from Oregon, sought to prevent public lands and waters from being leased for fossil fuel extraction. The 2021 Block All New Oil Exports Act, sponsored by Democratic Senator Ed Markey, from Massachusetts, proposed reinstating a ban on exporting U.S. crude oil and natural gas, which was in place for 40 years before Congress lifted it in 2015.

    Philipe Le Billon, a geography professor at the University of British Columbia who runs a database on restrictive supply-side policies to curtail fossil fuels around the world, said ending federal subsidies to the fossil fuel industry is the policy most likely to garner bipartisan political support. “It would be so easy to say, ‘Come on, you made $200 billion last year, so no more subsidies,’” he told Grist. The End Polluter Welfare Act, introduced in 2021 by Democratic Senator Bernie Sanders, from Vermont, and Democratic Representative Ilhan Omar, from Minnesota, sought to do just that, in addition to stopping public funds from being used for fossil fuel research and development.

    The fossil fuel industry gets somewhere between $10 and $50 billion in U.S. subsidies every year. 

    Paul said it’s hard to imagine any of the policies being enacted while the House of Representatives is under Republican leadership, but he highlighted the climate-related financial risk disclosure policy as a candidate for bipartisan support, since it seeks to inform action from investors. “Even the staunchest capitalist should be on board with this,” he said. Outside of Congress, the Securities and Exchange Commission, an independent federal agency that protects investors from financial fraud and manipulation, has proposed such a policy.

    Subnational “fossil-free zones” — areas that are off-limits to some or all types of fossil fuel development, like oil and gas drilling, gas stations, or export terminals — could be promising too; they’ve already been declared in many communities, and they demonstrate how combined demand- and supply-side interventions could play a role in a more comprehensive fossil fuel phaseout.

    To gain momentum for restrictive supply-side policies, Paul said it’s crucial to educate policymakers about “the actual math” behind U.S. and international climate goals. Investments in clean energy are a good start, Paul said, but they’re just “the first bite out of the apple. We need many more bites to limit emissions and preserve some semblance of a habitable planet.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline The IPCC says we need to phase down fossil fuels, fast. Here’s how the US could do it. on Mar 24, 2023.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Joseph Winters.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/economics/the-ipcc-says-we-need-to-phase-down-fossil-fuels-fast-heres-how-the-us-could-do-it/feed/ 0 381812
    Ailing Seniors Need Dignity https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/24/ailing-seniors-need-dignity/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/24/ailing-seniors-need-dignity/#respond Fri, 24 Mar 2023 05:50:22 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=277701 What’s wrong with us? Our nation’s moral compass, I mean. I don’t like being a downer, just focusing on wrongs, but some wrongs stand out as morally abominable, such as this one. It’s about hundreds of thousands of our low-income elders who, toward the end of life — when they’re frail and most vulnerable — More

    The post Ailing Seniors Need Dignity appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Jim Hightower.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/24/ailing-seniors-need-dignity/feed/ 0 381840
    What you need to know about Uganda’s anti-LGBTIQ bill https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/23/what-you-need-to-know-about-ugandas-anti-lgbtiq-bill/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/23/what-you-need-to-know-about-ugandas-anti-lgbtiq-bill/#respond Thu, 23 Mar 2023 18:19:45 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/5050/uganda-anti-lgbtiq-bill-life-prison-mps/ Uganda will have among the most draconian anti-LGBTIQ legislation in Africa if the bill becomes law


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Khatondi Soita Wepukhulu.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/23/what-you-need-to-know-about-ugandas-anti-lgbtiq-bill/feed/ 0 381622
    Why We (Still) Need a Federal Reserve for the People—Not Wall Street https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/23/why-we-still-need-a-federal-reserve-for-the-people-not-wall-street/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/23/why-we-still-need-a-federal-reserve-for-the-people-not-wall-street/#respond Thu, 23 Mar 2023 12:39:26 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/federal-reserve-that-serves-people

    The Federal Reserve raised interest rates by another quarter point yesterday, despite recent bank failures that undermined public faith in the financial system. The Fed, which failed to properly supervise these banks, will now make things harder on working people. Why? To address inflation which has been caused by the war in Ukraine, supply-chain disruptions, excesses in profit-taking, and the slight additional effect of government efforts to minimize public suffering during a pandemic.

    The government stopped aid to working people, which was only a minor factor in any case, but has done nothing about the other inflationary forces. That tells us something about its priorities.

    Here are five observations about these events for your consideration:

    1. Every bank is now too big to fail.

    We know that ex-politico Barney Frank, among others, promoted raising the size at which certain bank regulations take effect. Signature Bank, where Frank is on the board, and Silicon Valley Bank then slipped under the radar. That's important (not least because it erodes the credibility of people like Barney Frank).

    But we now seem to live in a world where nobank is small enough to fail. The key word is contagion—or, if you prefer, panic. SVB wasan outlier in its combination of poor investments and (supposedly) uninsured deposits. But our world is more interconnected than ever. That means panic can spread more quickly than ever. One email seems to have set off a run on SVB, and the combined failure of SVB and Signature—another small-ish bank—was apparently enough to imperil the entire financial system.

    That tells us that bank runs can be triggered much more easily now. It also tells us that multiple failures among smaller banks could have the same overall effect as the failure of one large bank—perhaps not as we currently understand "systemic risk," but as the flashpoint that could trigger a panic. That panic, in turn, can threaten the whole system.

    That could happen more easily than some might think. A recent paper on bank fragility concluded that "the U.S. banking system's market value of assets is $2 trillion lower than suggested by their book value." This is because "marked-to-market bank assets have declined by an average of 10% across all the banks, with the bottom 5th percentile experiencing a decline of 20%." They add that 10 percent of banks had larger unrecognized losses than SVB's and 10 percent of banks had lower capitalization.

    And, while SVB had an unusually large percentage of uninsured deposits, they found that nearly 190 banks are at risk of being unable to cover insured deposits if—as the result of panic or something else—a mere half of uninsured deposits are withdrawn. Even a small wave of "fire sale" withdrawals could endanger substantially more than 190 banks.

    They conclude that "recent declines in bank asset values very significantly increased the fragility of the US banking system to uninsured depositor runs."

    Banking has become something like public health. A single bank can become a vector. If the infection spreads, the entire population is endangered. That means the health of each individual must be carefully monitored for the safety of all.

    2. The Federal Reserve cannot be trusted.

    The Fed defended its supervision of these failed banks again this week and insisted that it had things under control. "The banking system is sound, it's resilient," said Fed chair Jerome Powell, adding that current "weaknesses" do not pervade the entire "banking system."

    In response, banking stocks plunged. That's because investors don't trust the Federal Reserve. You shouldn't, either. It serves the interests of the financial class and the wealthy, using the ideologically blinkered "science" of orthodox economics to underpin its decisions.

    As evidence of this, it should be noted that the CEO of Silicon Valley Bank was on the board of the San Francisco Fed until shortly before his bank collapsed. That's not unusual. In 2012 we reported that Jamie Dimon, CEO of JPMorgan Chase, sat on the Fed's Management and Budget Committee. I stand by my assessment that Chase is worse than Enron. Dimon's committee supervised the pay of senior Fed executives and approved the self-evaluation of senior Fed executives. That, in practice, meant giving senior leadership its performance reviews.

    Investors don't trust the Federal Reserve. You shouldn't, either.

    That committee also reviews and approves the Fed's overall budget, including the budget for auditing bankers like ... Jamie Dimon. Its other main responsibility was to "review and endorse the Bank's strategic plan"—a plan that's worked out well for bankers but not so well for the rest of us.

    While Dimon has thankfully departed, the five-person committee currently includes two bank CEOs, a real estate executive, and a health insurance CEO.

    3. We need a "People's Fed."

    That must change. I proposed something called a "People's Fed" in 2014, which would include representation from all regions, economic sectors, and demographics. But my thinking didn't go nearly far enough. Bankers need to be excluded from any but advisory roles, with guardrails constructed to prevent revolving door behavior.

    The Fed's actions, combined with those taken by Congressional Republicans and collaborating Democrats, hit vulnerable Americans especially hard. Regulations were eased under Trump so that affected banks could stop including race and gender in the data they provide to regulators. That made it harder to identify discrimination in lending, for both racial minorities and women. This, despite a century of race-based discrimination in banking; and despite an Urban Institute study which found that single women in the United States had been systematically charged more for mortgages than single men, even though they were better about paying them.

    (As I reported then, "three of the senators who backed this bill received $10,754,752 from 'Women's Issues' groups like Emily's List, which Open Secrets describes as 'promot(ing) the social and economic rights of women.'")

    The Fed's defenders—the few that remain—love to tout its supposed independence. But independence from whom? Not from bankers or other financial interests, certainly. It is a public institution, created by an act of Congress. But the people who are supposedly represented by that Congress don't seem to have much of a voice there. That must change.

    4. Biden had to rescue SVB, but that should piss you off. So should these politicians.

    Like most other observers I've read, I don't think Biden had a choice: he had to rescue SVB's depositors, including the uber-rich ones. The actions of past years made this collapse, or something like it, inevitable. It's the hand the White House, and we, were dealt. It was dealt by Republicans—and by too many Democrats—when they watered down the already lukewarm reforms in Dodd-Frank.

    It's bad enough when democracy goes on sale, but somehow it hurts even more when it's sold so cheaply.

    Politicians should be named and shamed for their votes in (among other bills) the weakening of bank oversight that led to SVB's failure. I named many of the bought-off Dems in 2018 when I wrote "The $24 Million Reasons These Dems Backed America's Worst Banks," including Sens. Michael Bennet, Tim Kaine, and then-reigning bank-money champion Mark Warner. (I haven't checked those stats lately.)

    Don't believe money talks? Read a 2020 working paper from Thomas Ferguson et al. at the Institute for New Economic Thinking (INET). The authors write, "For every $100,000 that Democratic representatives received from finance, the odds they would break with their party's majority support for the Dodd-Frank legislation increased by 13.9 percent."

    They add, "Democratic representatives who voted in favor of finance often received $200,000–$300,000 from that sector, which raised the odds of switching by 25–40 percent."

    That's an incredible return on investment for the banking industry. It's bad enough when democracy goes on sale, but somehow it hurts even more when it's sold so cheaply.

    A nonpartisan council set up to prevent future financial crises wrote back then that "if the Dodd-Frank reforms were to be recalibrated, minimum capital requirements should be higher, not lower." They did the opposite. Now, after weakening the rules for bankers, they're strengthening protections for them. As Ferguson and INET head Rob Johnson recently wrote, "authorities are reinstating the financial equivalent of Medicare for All (for financiers only)."

    (That's probably unfair to Medicare for All, which addresses genuine human needs, but it makes the point. A better term might be "government-run greed insurance.")

    5. The best mousetrap is no mousetrap at all.

    If you're putting out mousetraps, mice have gotten into the house. You'll play a losing game until you find their point of entry. The only permanent way to stop mice from robbing your pantry is not to have mice at all.

    If you're putting out mousetraps, mice have gotten into the house. You'll play a losing game until you find their point of entry.

    Our system for regulating banks relies on the economy's "mice." We defer many of our regulatory functions to the Federal Reserve and then give bankers undue power over it. We rely on bankers to self-report certain behaviors. Politicians ask bankers for campaign contributions while they're in office and want cushy board memberships when they leave. The economists who justify bankers' actions look to them for well-paying gigs—or, perhaps, for professional recognition.

    I'm not saying this mouse-centric "regulatory system" does nothing for the public. They'll close the pantry door from time to time. But they won't lock it—and they certainly won't give you the key. Why would they? They're mice, and mice gotta mouse. Besides, not just any old food satisfies a luxury-class rodent.

    That's why the best mousetrap is no mousetrap. That means it's in a house without mice. It's time to mouseproof the economy.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Richard Eskow.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/23/why-we-still-need-a-federal-reserve-for-the-people-not-wall-street/feed/ 0 381539
    Life in Russia: ‘War or no war, I still need to buy food’ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/22/life-in-russia-war-or-no-war-i-still-need-to-buy-food/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/22/life-in-russia-war-or-no-war-i-still-need-to-buy-food/#respond Wed, 22 Mar 2023 10:06:12 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/odr/russia-ukraine-saratov-war-sanctions-mobilisation-shortages/ Russians far from the frontline – women, children, pensioners, the jobless – explain how the war is affecting them


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Gulmira Amangaliyeva.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/22/life-in-russia-war-or-no-war-i-still-need-to-buy-food/feed/ 0 381229
    Hun Sen says Cambodia doesn’t need EU trade preference to succeed https://www.rfa.org/english/news/cambodia/hun_sen-03212023163907.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/cambodia/hun_sen-03212023163907.html#respond Tue, 21 Mar 2023 20:39:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/cambodia/hun_sen-03212023163907.html Prime Minister Hun Sen declared that Cambodia does not need foreign aid or preferential trade agreements because its economy is strong enough to survive on its own. 

    The remarks, which came at a ceremony Monday to launch the country’s fourth phase of its financial management reform program, which will last from 2023 to 2027, were in response to a European Union resolution. 

    It called on Cambodia to release jailed opposition leader Kem Sokha, improve its human rights situation and hold free and fair elections this year – or risk further suspension of its participation in the regional bloc’s “Everything But Arms” scheme, or EBA, which allows Phnom Penh access to the European market without tariffs.

    The EU already withdrew about 20 percent of the EBA scheme in 2020, equivalent to about $1.1 billion of the country’s Europe-bound exports. 

    ENG_ KHM_ HunSen_03202023-02.jpg
    In this Dec. 12, 2019 photo, garment factory workers walk after leaving work in Kampong Speu province, Cambodia. (Tang Chhin Sothy/AFP)

    Hun Sen, who has ruled Cambodia since 1985, repeatedly said that Cambodia can still survive without EBA status, but critics told RFA’s Khmer Service that it is an indication that he does not care about Cambodian workers and their rights.

    “When Mr. Hun Sen says he does not need EBA status, that means he does not need to respect human rights or women’s rights,” said Mu Sochua, the vice president of the banned Cambodia National Rescue Party, or CNRP, which was the country’s main opposition party prior to its dissolution by the Supreme Court on unsubstantiated claims of election fraud in 2017.

    Mu Sochua said that losing EBA status completely would result in catastrophically high unemployment in Cambodia and would disproportionately affect women, who make up the majority of factory employees.

    “Not only would factory workers lose their jobs, but also farmers and their families, small food vendors, and grocery stores around the factories, they would all lose their businesses too,” she said, adding that the female workers would then have to look for jobs in the entertainment sector or risk their lives looking for jobs abroad.

    Reforms sparked survival

    At Monday’s reform launch, Hun Sen also said that after the fall of the Khmer Rouge regime in 1979, Cambodia carried out major political and economic reforms under his leadership to restore the country without waiting for any assistance from abroad, and that is the reason it has survived until now.

    “In my life, I have encountered countless risks all the time,” he said. “Not only when I risked my neck for the survival of the people by leaving the Khmer Rouge regime, and not only when I risked my neck for peace that UNTAC was not able to attain, but I also risked my neck for reforms when I acquired formal post as the prime minister.”

    Following the 1970 coup d'etat that installed Prime Minister Lon Nol as Cambodia’s head of state, Hun Sen joined the Khmer Rouge and fought what he considered to be foreign interference for the next seven years. 

    When internal purges in the Khmer Rouge regime started in 1977, Hun Sen fled with many of the soldiers under his command to Vietnam, returning with the Vietnamese invasion of Cambodia that defeated the Khmer Rouge. He was installed as deputy prime minister of the Vietnamese backed People’s Republic of Kampuchea in 1979, then in 1985, the national assembly elected him as prime minister.

    With the Khmer Rouge still in control of parts of the country, Hun Sen was instrumental in the 1991 Paris Peace Talks that would broker a ceasefire and an end to the Cambodian-Vietnamese War and and brought in the United Nations Transitional Authority in Cambodia, or UNTAC, to keep the peace as the country held elections in 1993.

    When the elections favored another party over his Cambodian People’s Party, Hun Sen threatened to secede with seven provinces. It was then that UNTAC and the other party agreed to allow him to serve as second prime minister until 1997, when he led a coup that installed an interim first prime minister until elections the following year where his party was successful enough that it was able to elect him as the country’s lone prime minister, the office he holds today. 

    Praise and criticism

    Hun Sen on Monday also accused the United States of supporting the 1970 coup and supporting the genocidal Khmer Rouge regime led by Pol Pot. 

    He also took the opportunity to praise Vietnam, saying that the presence of Vietnamese troops in Cambodia during the earlier years of his reign not only helped to overthrow and prevent the return of the Khmer Rouge, it also helped Cambodia advance in its political, economic and social relations.   

    Social development researcher Meas Ny told RFA that Hun Sen's remarks reflect the reality of post-war political turmoil in Cambodia. 

    However, he said that the current sanctions on Cambodia are a result of Phnom Penh’s lack of respect for human rights and unwillingness to follow the path of democracy in accordance with the principles of international law. 

    Meas Ny said that although Cambodia claims to be able to survive without foreign aid, its development and economy may be sluggish compared to other countries in the region.

    “At the present, every country needs commercial and economic relations with other countries,” said Meas Ny. “If we lose part of a relationship, it could lead us to an abnormal economic situation and we will be unable to catch up with other countries.”  

    ENG_ KHM_ HunSen_03202023-03.jpg
    In this June 27, 2018 photo, Cambodian Prime Minister Hun Sen poses for pictures with garment factory workers during an event in Kampong Chhnang province, Cambodia. (Tang Chhin Sothy/AFP)

    Former CNRP lawmaker Oum Sam An dismissed Hun Sen's claims as overly political fabrications of facts intended to draw votes in this year’s elections, scheduled for July.

    He said reforms invoked by the People’s Republic of Kampuchea between 1978 and 1992 focused only on strengthening party power, and because of its adherence to the Marxist-Leninist ideology, it made the country’s economy reliant on the aid of communist allies like Vietnam and the Soviet Union. This made Cambodians suffer from hunger and hardship. 

    “If the international community left Cambodia alone and let Cambodians depend on the economic reforms of Hun Sen, our Khmer people would still be living in misery and Cambodia would not have a bustling garment factory industry like today,” said Oum Sam An.  

    “The livelihood of Cambodian people would have been the same as it was back in the 1980s.”

    Translated by Sok Ry Sum. Written in English by Eugene Whong. Edited by Malcolm Foster.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Khmer.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/cambodia/hun_sen-03212023163907.html/feed/ 0 381082
    IPCC Report Underscores Need to Halt Fossil Fuels https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/20/ipcc-report-underscores-need-to-halt-fossil-fuels/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/20/ipcc-report-underscores-need-to-halt-fossil-fuels/#respond Mon, 20 Mar 2023 16:47:18 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/ipcc-report-underscores-need-to-halt-fossil-fuels Today the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) released its synthesis report that summarizes the state of the climate crisis and the policy decisions necessary to stave off further disasters.

    Food & Water Watch Executive Director Wenonah Hauter released the following statement:

    “The IPCC is sending one key message above all else: We must stop burning fossil fuels, drilling for fossil fuels, and building new infrastructure to deliver fossil fuels. Unfortunately, policymakers continue to lock in new dirty energy schemes – most notably the Biden administration’s approval of a massive new oil drilling project in Alaska.

    “Tragically, Congress and the White House continue to waste money on carbon removal technologies that have been a failure. Relying on these scams instead of taking actions to stop fossil fuel expansion will only lead to further climate catastrophe. President Biden’s actions to expand oil and gas drilling and ramp up fossil fuel exports undermine his professed climate goals and invite further catastrophe. The IPCC’s message is clear, and political leaders must answer the call with actions to match the moment.”


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/20/ipcc-report-underscores-need-to-halt-fossil-fuels/feed/ 0 380852
    We Need a National Strategy on Whale Ship Strikes https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/19/we-need-a-national-strategy-on-whale-ship-strikes/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/19/we-need-a-national-strategy-on-whale-ship-strikes/#respond Sun, 19 Mar 2023 11:20:01 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/preventing-whale-ship-strikes

    Whales are the biggest creatures on earth, but they are no match for a supertanker. In recent months there has been a rash of whales washed up on U.S. shores, with broken backs or other mortal injury.

    These known deaths are only a fraction of the true toll. Most of the carcasses sink at sea and are never discovered.

    But, by all indications, collisions between whales and ships are on the rise, devastating whale populations. At least three large whale species in U.S. waters are on the brink of extinction, with more listed as endangered. These would be the planet’s first large whale species lost in modern history.

    The leading cause of death for many of these species is preventable ship strikes. And these deaths are expected to continue growing due to a number of causes. First, global trade has grown almost exponentially driving a huge growth in ship traffic in the world's oceans. Today, there are an estimated four times as many ships at sea than just three decades ago.

    Second, this increasing cargo traffic is carried by bigger ships travelling through coastal waters that are primary whale habitats. Since 2006, the size of the largest container ships has more than doubled. Many of today’s ships are so big that they do not know that they have struck a whale. Both the size of ships and cargo volume are both projected to continue spiraling upward

    At the same time, containership speeds have steadily grown with speeds now averaging between 20 to 25 knots.

    These factors combine to devastating effect. Whales seem to rely on last‐second avoidance. Almost all ships are quieter at lower speeds. Quieter seas allow marine life more leeway to communicate for their essential life functions. The cumulative probability of detecting one of the available “cues” of whale’s presence (and direction of travel) decreases with increased ship-to-whale distances. Moreover, a big ship creates a “bow null effect” that blocks engine noise by the bow, creating a quiet zone in front of the vessel, leaving a whale unaware of the pending threat.

    The net result of thousands of massive ships crisscrossing waters which are prime whale habitat is that many of our busiest coastal shipping routes have become death traps. For example, the Southern California shipping lanes to San Francisco cover the two busiest hubs in California and, not coincidentally, are also two epicenters of whale mortality from ship strikes.

    Despite looming extinctions of whale populations and increasing vulnerability of whales to ship strikes in U.S. waters, the National Oceanic & Atmospheric Administration lacks a coherent strategy for avoidance of these collisions. Instead, the U.S. has a piecemeal approach, limited by certain species and in certain areas.

    In the absence of mandatory restrictions in much of U.S. waters, NOAA and other authorities have depended on voluntary measures, with mixed success. For example, a new analysis of automated ship tracking data shows that nearly 90 percent of vessels transiting mandatory speed zones to protect the highly endangered North Atlantic right whales are violating the speed limits.

    In the San Francisco area, cooperation rates with NOAA’s voluntary speed limits have been hovering around 62 percent for the last three years, with compliance varying by company. Maersk, one of the world’s largest shipping companies, has slowed down 79 percent of the time in the Santa Barbara Channel. But ships operated by Matson, a major Pacific shipper, slowed only 16 percent of the time.

    Similarly, collision avoidance techniques are mostly voluntary, and these programs are widely ignored by shippers. But these voluntary efforts do demonstrate that application of active whale avoidance techniques by large ships is feasible. Yet the effectiveness of these measures requires some form of mandatory enforcement to ensure widespread compliance.

    Last year, Congress directed NOAA to establish a near real-time monitoring and mitigation program to reduce the risk to large cetaceans posed by vessel strikes. My organization is proposing a plan to NOAA that directly responds to this congressional direction. We urge the creation of Whale Safety Zones for all large ships entering or leaving U.S. ports or transiting marine sanctuaries and monuments. While in these Whales Safety Zones, these ships must reduce their speed and take other whale avoidance measures that studies show sharply reduces whale mortality when applied.

    International law recognizes the interest of nations in protection of its living marine resources, including rare and endangered species, and the U.S. has the legal ability to impose speed restrictions.

    What is required, however, is the political will to adopt mandatory safety measures that will be effective in stemming the rising tide of preventable whale deaths. Unless NOAA acts in a comprehensive fashion we fear the nation will witness the onset of a cascade of whale extinctions.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Tim Whitehouse.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/19/we-need-a-national-strategy-on-whale-ship-strikes/feed/ 0 380530
    The Need to Clue in https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/18/the-need-to-clue-in/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/18/the-need-to-clue-in/#respond Sat, 18 Mar 2023 15:05:55 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=138836 Lamenting a fine art.

    The post The Need to Clue in first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post The Need to Clue in first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/18/the-need-to-clue-in/feed/ 0 380440
    Fascists in the Courts and the Need to Abandon Liberal Surrender and Complicity https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/17/fascists-in-the-courts-and-the-need-to-abandon-liberal-surrender-and-complicity/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/17/fascists-in-the-courts-and-the-need-to-abandon-liberal-surrender-and-complicity/#respond Fri, 17 Mar 2023 05:58:16 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=277043

    Sometimes it is hard to know who is worse: the Christian white nationalist neofascists who keep pushing the nation further right or the hollow and passive resistance of the fake-opposition Weimar Democrats who keep accommodating the ever more mainstreamed far right.

    But we don’t have to choose.  The fascisation of US politics and policy reflects, among other things, a symbiotic, even “co-dependent” dance between the Republikaner right and those aligned with the not-so leftmost of the two dominant capitalist parties – the dismal Dems.

    Take the right-wing women-hating war on abortion rights in the United States over the past year and a half.  It was clear as day that the nation’s Christian fascist Supreme Court was going to deep-six Roe v. Wade – undo women’s constitutional right to an abortion, that is  – once it agreed to hear the Dobbs v. Jackson decision in December of 2021.

    Rise Up for Abortion Rights (RU4AR) was formed by three leading US feminists – the legenday abortion rights pioneer Merle Hoffman, Sunsara Taylor, and Lori Sokol – in the wake of Dobbs’ oral arguments. Its leaders knew very well what was coming the following summer: the end of Roe at the hands of a far-right court crafted precisely to bring that about, with devastating consequences for millions of women and girls.  RU4AR called for mass action in the nation’s streets and public squares to send an unambiguous message to the Court and the national political class in general: the attempted re-imposition of the female bondage of forced motherhood would mean the widespread disruption of business and governance as usual and the de-legitimization of the nation’s judicial system and political order. The only way forward, RU4AR argued, was to form and unleash a powerful women’s social movement modelled on successful Latin American abortion rights struggles – a movement that relied on mass pressure and fury in the streets, not lame electoral “solutions” and the promises and pledges of politicians.

    From the start, RU4AR warned women and their allies that the anti-feminist Christian fascists of Amerika aimed for a national abortion ban. The doctrinaire fetal personhood theocrats and would not be content to crush women’s reproductive freedom only in “red “(try brown) – Republican-controlled – states, RU4AR insisted.

    RU4AR’s call for mass action fell on deaf ears in most of what passes for a women’s reproductive rights movement in the U.S.

    Four reasons were given by the “choice” establishment and liberal and “left” “repro” activists for not getting serious about the coming assault and taking to the streets in mass and militant fashion:

    1. “They wouldn’t actually tear up a half-century constitutional right that has opened up new freedoms and opportunities for millions of  US females. They wouldn’t dare!”

    2. “If they kill Roe, we’ll make them pay at the ballot box and get women’s right to an abortion back someday through voting and legislation.”

    3.  “We’ve still got the right to terminate unwanted pregnancies  in the blue (Democratic Party-run), pro-abortion states.  The Dobbs decision returns abortion policy to state jurisdictions. We can play states’ rights to women’s advantage. Abortion is still legal in many states, and we’ll save women’s right to an abortion by ramping up the capacity of blue/Democratic states to provide services to women and girls stuck in red anti-abortion states.”

    4. “It won’t matter if they kill Roe because we’ve got medical abortion pills available on the market.”

    All these arguments have been exposed as surrenders to Christian fascism and even as complicity in the assault on women.  The first one – “they won’t actually do that” – was of course ridiculous. “They” – the women-hating “fetal personhood” right – had every intention of acting on their ability to reverse Roe once Donald Trump and Mitch McConnell had assembled the arch-reactionary Alito-Thomas-Gorsuch-Kavanaugh-Coney-Barrett Supreme Court.  This vile purpose was signaled not just in the oral arguments that took place in December 2021 but in the High Handmaid Court’s decision to hear the Roe-breaking Dobbs case in the first place.

    The second argument for staying off the streets and out of the public squares – voting as the solution – was also wrongheaded in ways that amounted to effective (if unintentional) collusion with the right. There was an anti-Dobbs backlash that helped contain the Democrats’ damage a bit in the mid-terms but it wasn’t great enough for the dismal Dems to keep control of the US House of Representatives.  Even if they had preserved their House majority, moreover, no bill “codifying Roe as the law of the land” would ever get past the essentially half-Republi-fascist and badly mal-apportioned, right-tilted US Senate, where (under the reactionary filibuster rule that Democrats have long refused to challenge) 60 of 100 votes are required to pass such a measure. If enough Republican Senators magically backed a Roe-codifying bill for it to become law, moreover, the legislation would likely end up being shot down by the Supreme Court.  Like the Senate, the presidential Electoral College System, the presidential primary system and the nation’s gerrymandered state legislatures and US House, the lifetime-appointed Trump and McConnell-made Court obviously stands far to the right of the US populace on abortion and numerous other issues.

    The de facto liberal complicity got worse right after Dobbs. While “pro-abortion” Democrats and the liberal Dem-captive “choice” establishment cynically licked their chops for an electoral “Roevember” in the 2022 midterm elections, they failed to demand a basic immediate thing from Biden – something that required no get-out-the-vote efforts. They failed to demand that he respond to the Dobbs ruling by issuing an executive order declaring the war on abortion a public health emergency and providing safe and legal abortion services on federal lands across the entire country, including red states that moved ban or severely restrict abortion under the terrible ruling. (RU4AR’s Sunsara Taylor rightly demanded precisely that outside the Court literally within seconds of the Dobbs decision being made public. I was there.)

    This failure was shockingly accompanied by a slanderous COINTELPRO-like attack on RU4AR by a number of liberal and even some “left”-identified journalists and “repro” organizations.  This scurrilous assault included false, absurd, and indeed libelous accusations of anti-transgende-ism and financial corruption alongside neo-McCarthyite charges of being a “front group” for a “communist cult.”

    What about surrender narratives three and four –the blue state “abortion sanctuaries” and medical abortion pill as salvations that supposedly make a mass movement for “abortion on demand without apology” (RU4AR’s slogan) unnecessary?  Here, too, it’s not a pretty story. The walls are closing in on those escape-from-mass struggle narratives as well.  “Since Dobbs,” Judith Levine writes at The Intercept, “the reproductive justice movement has been transformed into a massive disaster relief agency: delivering pills to pregnant people in red states; transporting, housing, providing child-care, and paying medical bills for those who travel to blue states for surgical abortions; and raising charitable donations to fund it all.”

    That is unsustainable and has already failed to prevent a countless number of terrible outcomes across the country. As Jessica Valenti notes, “pregnant women are being left bleeding for days. Raped girls are being denied treatment. Doctors [are being] forced to choose between giving patients adequate care or going to jail! Twenty state Attorneys General [have] threatened retail pharmacies to keep [abortion] medication out of their states, even though these medicines are standard treatment for miscarriages.” Millions of women and their allies have become what Levine calls “potential felons…for  doing nothing more than minding their own bodies’ business” while “doctors face imprisonment for practicing medicine.” Red state women-haters are hard at work devising different insidious ways to criminalize any and all efforts to work around the new forced birth terrorism. (Valenti’s remarkable Substack, titled “Abortion Every Day,” is an indispensable daily guide to these escalating horrors.)

    The direct service mobilization is important but inadequate. As Levine notes, “widely scattered thousand-points-of-light volunteer brigade serving those who can find it — and that is dogged by surveillance and threatened by criminal charges as serious as homicide — cannot replace what we need and deserve: a well-resourced welfare state that provides a full range of affordable, high-quality reproductive health care to everyone. Nor should we get hooked on the adventure of rescue….for now, we have a maze of volunteer services, under and aboveground. It can be confusing for activists and, for abortion-seekers in crisis, overwhelming.

    The underground rescue operation many blue state providers and activists are carrying out has noble intentions and, no doubt, many real-world accomplishments for formerly pregnant women, girls, and transgender people.  In the absence of a serious mass and militant national movement for safe and legal abortion nationwide, however, it cannot but leave millions of women and most especially poor and nonwhite women in the lurch.

    “When the Supreme Court overturned women’s fundamental right to abortion last year,” RU4AR’s Chicago chapter notes, “they claimed they would leave the matter up to the states. This was never legitimate because a woman’s right to decide for herself when and whether to have a child is fundamental to her very humanity. Denying this right anywhere is an assault on women’s status as full human beings everywhere.”  At the same and worse, as RU4AR warned from its founding, “it was never the intent of the Christian fascists to simply leave abortion rights ‘up to the states.’” It has always been their goal to ban abortion on a national scale.

    A major step in that terrible direction is now underway. Any day now, Matthew Kacsmaryk, a handpicked Christian fascist federal judge in Texas is going to prohibit the safe and effective abortion pill mifepristone nationwide.  Kacsmaryk is a far-right judge for whom women-hating Christian fascists went “shopping” last year. His coming order is based on thoroughly false allegations about mifepristone’s safety and defies the six-year statute of limitations on challenges to FDA decisions. It ignores the anti-abortion plaintiffs’ lack of standing and flouts the Supreme Court’s decision in Dobbs returning abortion law to the states.

    Anyone who doubts that Kacsmaryk is going to rule against mifepristone should read this sketch of his far-right biography: Devan Cole, “Matthew Kacsmaryk, the Trump-Appointed Judge Overseeing the Blockbuster Medication Abortion Lawsuit,” CNN, March 15, 2023. By all reports, his questions in the case’s oral arguments yesterday indicate that he will rule as expected.

    The ruling will kill two birds with one judicial-fascist stone: poof goes the blue state sanctuary argument for surrender to the national war on abortion and down goes the notion that medical abortion pills will save the day.

    Kacsmaryk’s coming order will make it clearer than ever before that, as RU4AR says “Red state, blue state, we can’t hide, the war on abortion is nation-wide!…Gee, it’s great your state is blue, the war on women’s still coming for you!”

    Look for two new surrender-from-militant-political-struggle-and-demand rationales in the wake of Kacsmaryk’s dark order:  “We still have the second abortion pill, misoprostol,” which can induce abortions without the prior use of mifepristone, and “we’ll’ form underground illegal guerilla networks to make abortion pills and services available.”  Here are two key problems with the first argument: abortions with misoprostol alone are far less safe, comfortable, and effective; there is no reason to think that the Christian fascists won’t use to the federal courts to outlaw the second pill too (why on earth wouldn’t the fetal personhood theocrats do precisely that?).  The second argument accommodates the right-wing assault on women’s reproductive rights, accepting it as a fact of life instead of something to be challenged and overthrown and that is not even remotely an adequate substitute for what Levine righty says is required: “a well-resourced welfare state that provides a full range of affordable, high-quality reproductive health care to everything.”

    At what point does the dam of pathetic subservience to the Hollow Resistance and “inauthentic opposition” Democrats and their neoliberal-centrist president break? Learning from its failure to pressure Biden to make abortion legal and safe nationwide after Dobbs, the “choice” movement ought to embrace US Senator Ron Widen’s (D-OR) call for Biden to simply ignore[1] Kacsmaryk’s ruling and keep the drug on the market.  At the very least, Biden could force the fetal fascists to take the matter all the way up to the Supreme Court, creating an interval of time for abortion rights activists to mobilize millions to call for “Abortion on Demand Without Apology” since “Without This Basic Right Women Can’ be Free” (RU4AR slogans).

    The right wing jumped all over Widen’s proposal, damning it as a “radical Left” assault on “the rule of law,” as if Kacsmaryk’s ruling isn’t a radical right assault on the existing legal framework (see above).

    What about the nation’s Dem-captive  “choice” movement? I’ll let Levine answer:

    “Meanwhile, from Wyden’s pro-choice allies, nothing. No congressional Democrat amplified his demand. The White House did not respond. And where were the feminists?”

    “Otherwise occupied.”[2]

    Occupied in insufficient “disaster relief” and “rescue” while the ship of women’s basic reproductive freedoms sinks after colliding with the women-hating iceberg of a Christian fascist minority that is absurdly overrepresented in US politics and policy on this and numerous other and related issues.

    Which raises the issue of revolution and governance.

    This essay also appeared yesterday on The Paul Street Report.

    Notes

    1. Some important legal and political reflection from Susan Matthews in Slate yesterday: “More important than the terrible arguments being proffered here is the technical question of why a single judge in Texas might even have the right to overrule the FDA on a question that is ostensibly a medical one. As David S. Cohen, Greer Donley, and Rachel Rebouché pointed out in Slate, he really can’t. Like any judge, Judge Kacsmaryk has no direct authority to order the FDA to withdraw the drug’s approval—instead, ‘he should only be able to order the agency to start the congressionally mandated process, which involves public hearings and new agency deliberations. This could take months or years, with no guarantee of the result.’ If he does rule against the drug’s approval, the FDA ought to be able to defer to the very precise congressionally mandated guidelines for how it participates in the process. The agency could also pretty easily circumnavigate the restriction by noting that they have made an exception for enforcing the use of this drug due to its safety profile, allowing it to continue to be prescribed around the country. In the meantime, they can appeal the decision up through an appeals court… If Judge Kacsmaryk does rule against mifepristone, and if the FDA responds by telling people it will effectively not enforce that ruling on the judge’s behalf, it will be a real situation of conflicting orders from two opposing powerful entities. So far, when this has happened in the situations surrounding abortion, the threat being scared up by anti-abortion forces has won out.”

    2. Some of my readers may appreciate a dark irony: Levine’s excellent Intercept article ends with her advancing the RU4AR slogan “abortion on demand and without apology” and saying what RU4AR has said from the start: “we …have to get back to the streets — to build power, mobilize the grassroots, and make a lot of loud, public noise.” Right on.  The irony is this: The Intercept launched possibly the most vile and disgusting of all the neo-McCarthyite liberal-left COINTELPRO-like attacks directed against RU4AR last summer. Read that attack, by Robert Mackey, here. I responded to Mack and other attackers in this essay: “Why is ‘the Left’ Red-Baiting Rise up for Abortion Rights on the Eve of Fascist Destruction?,” CounterPunch, August 1, 2022.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Paul Street.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/17/fascists-in-the-courts-and-the-need-to-abandon-liberal-surrender-and-complicity/feed/ 0 380058
    GOP Author of Bank Deregulation Law Says ‘No Need’ for Tougher Safeguards https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/16/gop-author-of-bank-deregulation-law-says-no-need-for-tougher-safeguards/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/16/gop-author-of-bank-deregulation-law-says-no-need-for-tougher-safeguards/#respond Thu, 16 Mar 2023 09:13:01 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/gop-bank-deregulation-bill

    Republican Sen. Mike Crapo, the lead author of a 2018 bank deregulation law that weakened key guardrails designed to prevent another financial crisis, insisted this week that there is "no need" to impose more strict rules following two of the largest bank collapses in U.S. history.

    "There is no need for regulatory reform," said Crapo, who chaired the Senate Banking Committee when Congress passed the 2018 law despite vocal warnings from experts that it would destabilize the banking sector. Dozens of Democrats supported the measure.

    In a Fox Business appearance on Tuesday, the Idaho Republican deflected blame for the failures of Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank, both of which were in the category of firms that saw regulatory relief thanks to the 2018 law.

    "The fact is that President Biden—through all of the spending that he did in the last Congress and the last two years—has driven inflation up to the point where wage earners have to get a 14.8% wage increase just to hold even with this kind of inflation," said Crapo. "And when the Fed responded to push interest rates up, that's what caused a liquidity crisis for these two banks."

    While analysts agree that the Fed's aggressive interest rate hikes are at least partly to blame for the collapse of SVB and Signature Bank, they also argue that the 2018 law's removal of enhanced capital requirements and stress tests for banks with between $50 billion and $250 billion in assets—reforms implemented by the post-financial crisis Dodd-Frank Act—also played a significant role.

    "You have to be hard-core committed to mindless free-market fundamentalism—or truly in thrall to your donors—to insist there's no need for new regulations after Silicon Valley Bank," wrote Robert Weissman, the president of Public Citizen. (Crapo received more than $880,000 in donations from the securities and investment industry between 2017 and 2022, according to OpenSecrets.)

    In effect, the 2018 law (S.2155) removed the "systemically important" designation from SVB and Signature Bank—a change that didn't stop the Fed and the Biden administration from rushing in to backstop the financial system and prevent "contagion" after the firms collapsed.

    "Congress gave regulators permission to take their eyes off of these mid-sized regional banks."

    SVB's announcement last week that it sold its bond portfolio at a major loss and was trying to raise funds led venture capitalists to advise startups—SVB's primary clientele—to withdraw their money, setting off a bank run that ultimately resulted in the firm's failure and takeover by regulators.

    "The federal government then stepped in to guarantee the deposits, a dramatic move designed to prevent the panic from spreading to other banks," HuffPost's Arthur Delaney noted Wednesday. "But this kind of intervention... was not supposed to be necessary. The enhanced prudential standards under Dodd-Frank include liquidity requirements that would have automatically covered Silicon Valley Bank if Congress hadn't relaxed the law in 2018."

    As former FDIC attorney Todd Phillips told The Washington Post earlier this week, "Congress gave regulators permission to take their eyes off of these mid-sized regional banks."
    Hilary Allen, a law professor at American University, similarly observed that the 2018 law "did indeed reduce regulatory requirements for banks like Silicon Valley Bank."

    "While it is impossible to say categorically that legislative rollback equals the bank’s collapse," Allen added, "it does seem that it made it more likely."

    The Fed, as then-central bank governor Lael Brainard lamented in 2019, proceeded to take the Republican-authored law and run with it, further weakening safeguards against financial chaos.

    "I see little benefit to the banks or the system from the proposed reduction in core resilience that would justify the increased risk to financial stability in the future," Brainard said in a statement at the time.

    On Tuesday, dozens of lawmakers led by Sen. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.) and Rep. Katie Porter (D-Calif.) introduced legislation that would repeal the section of the 2018 law that relaxed regulations for banks with less than $250 billion in assets.

    In a floor speech, Warren said that "both SVB and Signature Bank suffered from a toxic mix of poor risk management and weak supervision."

    "If Congress and the Federal Reserve had not rolled back key provisions of Dodd-Frank, these banks would have been subject to stronger liquidity and capital requirements to help withstand financial shocks," Warren continued. "These threats never should have been allowed to materialize. Now, we must prevent them from occurring again by reversing the dangerous bank deregulation of the Trump era."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/16/gop-author-of-bank-deregulation-law-says-no-need-for-tougher-safeguards/feed/ 0 379795
    ‘The Last Thing We Need’: Critics Decry US Government’s OK of $31 Billion Railroad Merger https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/15/the-last-thing-we-need-critics-decry-us-governments-ok-of-31-billion-railroad-merger/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/15/the-last-thing-we-need-critics-decry-us-governments-ok-of-31-billion-railroad-merger/#respond Wed, 15 Mar 2023 23:49:06 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/the-last-thing-we-need-critics-decry-us-government-s-ok-of-31-billion-railroad-merger

    U.S. federal regulators on Wednesday approved the first major railroad merger in more than two decades, a move that follows the East Palestine rail disaster and that critics warned would reduce competition, raise prices, cost jobs, and threaten safety.

    The Surface Transportation Board (STB) approved Canadian Pacific Railway Limited's proposed $31 billion acquisition of Kansas City Southern Railway Company, a merger that will create a single railroad linking Canada, the United States, and Mexico. The agency said the merger will take roughly 64,000 truckloads off the road and add more than 800 union jobs.

    "The decision includes an unprecedented seven-year oversight period and contains many conditions designed to mitigate environmental impacts, preserve competition, protect railroad workers, and promote efficient passenger rail," STB said, adding that it "also anticipates the merger will result in improvements in safety and the reduction of carbon emissions."

    "Shame on STB for disregarding both the administration and the rail workers who know all too well that corporate consolidation leads to a more dangerous rail industry."

    However, opponents of the deal pointed to the East Palestine, Ohio disaster and other recent railroad accidents, which they said underscored the need for a more cautious approach to consolidation.

    "The merger brings the total number of Class 1 railroads to six, down from over 100 just a few decades ago," the progressive news site More Perfect Unionnoted on Twitter. "Corporate consolidation in the railroad industry compromises safety and risks lives by prioritizing profits and cutting corners to reduce costs."

    "Despite concerns from small towns and suburban Chicago cities, the STB ruled, based on data provided by industry, that the only community and environmental impacts of the merger would be an increase in noise," More Perfect Union continued.

    "The Biden administration has taken a strong antitrust stance by blocking the $3.8 billion JetBlue-Spirit merger and urging the STB to do the same for Canadian Pacific-Kansas City Southern (CP-KCS), citing the need to promote competition in the railroad industry," the outlet said.

    "Shame on STB for disregarding both the administration and the rail workers who know all too well that corporate consolidation leads to a more dangerous rail industry," More Perfect Union added. "The last thing we need is another merger right now."

    U.S. Sen. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.)—who earlier this month wrote to STB Chair Martin Oberman asking the agency to reject the merger—similarly tweeted that "we don't need another rail merger that'll crush competition, reduce safety, increase prices, and destroy jobs."

    U.S. Rep. Raja Krishnamoorthi (D-Ill.), who represents some Chicago suburbs through which the new international railway will run, wrote on Twitter Tuesday that "even before the disaster in Ohio, I had been warning about the threats to communities in my district that would come from a potential CP-KCS merger."

    Itasca, Illinois Administrator Carie Anne Ergo—who chairs the Stop CPKCS Coalition—toldThe Washington Post that "the tragedy in Ohio is an illustration of what we've been talking about can happen."

    "If what happened in East Palestine happened here in Itasca, the entire community would need to evacuate," she added. "It's terrifying."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/15/the-last-thing-we-need-critics-decry-us-governments-ok-of-31-billion-railroad-merger/feed/ 0 379700
    Haass’s Ten Civic Obligations Need Facilities to Address Abuses of Power https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/13/haasss-ten-civic-obligations-need-facilities-to-address-abuses-of-power-3/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/13/haasss-ten-civic-obligations-need-facilities-to-address-abuses-of-power-3/#respond Mon, 13 Mar 2023 05:38:01 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=276515 A friend just gave me a book by Richard N. Haass with the intriguing title, The Bill of Obligations: The Ten Habits of Good Citizens. Mr. Haass is a self-described member of the establishment – in his words “people and institutions that have often been vilified and blamed for the failures of democracy.” Having worked in More

    The post Haass’s Ten Civic Obligations Need Facilities to Address Abuses of Power appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Ralph Nader.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/13/haasss-ten-civic-obligations-need-facilities-to-address-abuses-of-power-3/feed/ 0 379003
    Haass’s Ten Civic Obligations Need Facilities to Address Abuses of Power https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/11/haasss-ten-civic-obligations-need-facilities-to-address-abuses-of-power-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/11/haasss-ten-civic-obligations-need-facilities-to-address-abuses-of-power-2/#respond Sat, 11 Mar 2023 16:18:26 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=138642 A friend just gave me a book by Richard N. Haass with the intriguing title, The Bill of Obligations: The Ten Habits of Good Citizens. Mr. Haass is a self-described member of the establishment – in his words “people and institutions that have often been vilified and blamed for the failures of democracy.” Having worked in […]

    The post Haass’s Ten Civic Obligations Need Facilities to Address Abuses of Power first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    A friend just gave me a book by Richard N. Haass with the intriguing title, The Bill of Obligations: The Ten Habits of Good Citizens. Mr. Haass is a self-described member of the establishment – in his words “people and institutions that have often been vilified and blamed for the failures of democracy.” Having worked in the Pentagon, State Department and White House under four presidents, Democrat and Republican alike, followed by his present leadership of the Council on Foreign Relations, may explain why there is nothing in the index of his book under “law” or “corporation” or “unions” or “consumer cooperatives.”

    Credit him, however, with the recognition of “the mounting evidence that this rights-based democracy is failing.” He discusses “ten obligations, that if adopted by a preponderance of citizens, would go a long way toward fixing American democracy.” He calls these “habits of citizenship” (Danielle Allen’s phrase) that “should happen but that the law cannot require.” … “Putting these obligations into practice is up to us.”

    Here are Mr. Haass’s ten obligations: 1) Be Informed, 2) Get Involved, 3) Stay Open to Compromise, 4) Remain Civil, 5) Reject Violence, 6) Value Norms, 7) Promote the Common Good, 8) Respect Government Service, 9) Support the Teaching of Civics and 10) Put Country First.

    Reading through the ten chapters on these “obligations,” I could not help but be amazed that Haass neglected to describe the one citizen who, in the 18th century, voluntarily adopted and brilliantly practiced most of these obligations – Benjamin Franklin! Franklin is the model good citizen.

    But Haass also revealed his indifference to a more contemporary adoption of the obligations to speak truth to power.

    For example, in his chapter on the teaching of civics, he failed to tell his readers about current student movements where young people adopted obligations, created their own civic institutions and moved to action against powerful vested interests. Probably the most illustrious demonstration today is the “public interest research groups” (PIRGS) in some 24 states, run by college students with full-time staff. In the state where he works, the New York Public Interest Research Group (NYPIRG) has been teaching civic skills and helping students make changes in their communities since the early 1970s. Sometimes these students even get course credit for their projects.

    On the Obligation to Reject Violence, Haass defines violence as serious street crimes, and foreign and domestic terrorism, with a brief reference to unlawful police power. For those confronting oppression as occurred from racism in the U.S. or British imperial rule in India, he approves of non-violent civil disobedience of the kind practiced by Mahatma Gandhi and Martin Luther King, Jr.

    Omitted are the waves of illegal, unconstitutional, mass violence carried out by the “military-industrial complex,” (strongly condemned by President Eisenhower in his farewell address) against millions of innocent people abroad. (Note the upcoming 20th anniversary of Bush-Cheney’s criminal invasion of Iraq.)

    Also missing in his book is any reference to the corporate crime wave of violence, reported often in the mainstream press, in the form of toxic emissions, unsafe products, brutal workplace conditions and the 5000 people who lose their lives each week from “preventable problems in hospitals,” according to the John Hopkins School of Medicine peer-reviewed report.

    Haass should know better than to write a book that fails to address the expanding giant corporate power, privilege and immunity over labor, consumers, patients and communities, which has sparked legions of brilliant books, public hearings and documentaries, to little avail. There is also no mention of the government’s preferential corporate taxation and huge corporate welfare payments.

    His brief reference, urging corporate leaders not to make campaign contributions to politicians who are inimical to democracy or to have people pressure companies to slow climate change or not to advertise with media outlets “that consistently peddle falsehoods or encourage violence” provides no specifics or proper names nor existing reform groups, which would help readers remember some of his advice.

    Being knowledgeable and self-censorious at the same time can lead some readers to think Haass is naive. On page 159, he gives us a sample: “Politicians may not always be responsible, but they are almost always responsive.” Mr. Haass, where have you been for the last twenty years? Ordinary citizens can’t even get their elected politicians to return a call, acknowledge or respond to serious letters about policy matters, or come to town meetings with agendas planned by people reflecting civic obligations. I’ll send Mr. Haass our forthcoming report titled “The Incommunicados” that chronicles the acts of the unresponsive class.

    As I read through his book, it also became clear that Haass ignored the initiatory obligations of corporations, labor union leaders and universities in his list of voluntary obligations. (See, The Ethical University: Transforming Higher Education by Wanda Teays and Alison Dundes Renteln).

    Haass feels more comfortable pressing for mandatory teaching of civics in schools and the mandatory obligation of “one or two years of national service.”

    Expecting even a small minority of citizens (say 10 percent) to take on these obligations out of a sense of mounting peril to our weakened democracy or worry over what their descendants will inherit, is unrealistic without “facilities” that make it easy to band together in a variety of crucial affinities that would, for example, for starters demand repeal of labor laws that obstruct union organizing, require inserts in billing systems inviting people to band together as consumers with full-time staff to challenge commercial abuses in the banking, insurance, energy and health care industries. (See here).

    Rights without remedies are hard to exercise. Remedies without facilities to band together leave people struggling with their “obligations” one-by-one up against the collective power of business and government.

    One last suggestion to Mr. Haass – Visit https://winningamerica.net/ and invite some of the featured seasoned, accomplished civic leaders to a roundtable with you and other establishmentarians. The civic leaders listed on the Winning America site work daily to build muscular democracy and challenge concentrated power and injustice. They name names.

    You need them. Or do you?

    The post Haass’s Ten Civic Obligations Need Facilities to Address Abuses of Power first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Ralph Nader.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/11/haasss-ten-civic-obligations-need-facilities-to-address-abuses-of-power-2/feed/ 0 378851
    Haass’s Ten Civic Obligations Need Facilities to Address Abuses of Power https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/10/haasss-ten-civic-obligations-need-facilities-to-address-abuses-of-power/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/10/haasss-ten-civic-obligations-need-facilities-to-address-abuses-of-power/#respond Fri, 10 Mar 2023 18:20:40 +0000 https://nader.org/?p=5818
    This content originally appeared on Ralph Nader and was authored by eweisbaum.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/10/haasss-ten-civic-obligations-need-facilities-to-address-abuses-of-power/feed/ 0 378675
    Norfolk Southern Conductor Death in Ohio Shows Need to Boost Rail Safety Rules: Union https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/07/norfolk-southern-conductor-death-in-ohio-shows-need-to-boost-rail-safety-rules-union/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/07/norfolk-southern-conductor-death-in-ohio-shows-need-to-boost-rail-safety-rules-union/#respond Tue, 07 Mar 2023 23:19:32 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/norfolk-southern-conductor-killed

    A Norfolk Southern conductor was killed in Ohio early Tuesday, elevating scrutiny of the rail giant and calls for dramatic improvements to industry safety regulations in the wake of a devastating derailment in the state last month.

    Louis Shuster, president of the Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers and Trainmen (BLET) Division 607, was fatally injured when a dump truck collided with a train while he was on the outside of a railcar at the Cleveland-Cliffs Cleveland Works steel plant.

    "Lou was a passionate and dedicated union brother," said Pat Redmond, local chairman of the BLET division. "He was always there for his coworkers. He was very active in helping veterans who worked on the railroad and veterans all across our community."

    The 46-year-old Army veteran was a father to a 16-year-old son and a caregiver for his elderly parents, according to the union.

    "Norfolk Southern has been in touch with the conductor's family and will do all it can to support them and his colleagues. We are grieving the loss of a colleague today. Our hearts go out to his loved ones during this extremely difficult time," the company said.

    The rail company, which added that it is working with city police and Cleveland-Cliffs representatives to learn everything possible about the deadly collision, has faced national criticism since a train carrying hazardous materials derailed and caught fire in East Palestine, Ohio, near the Pennsylvania border, on February 3, creating an environmental and public health disaster.

    Following another Norfolk Southern derailment in Ohio Saturday afternoon—over two dozen cars came off the tracks between Dayton and Columbus—the company on Monday announced "a six-point plan to immediately enhance the safety of its operations."

    However, the company's plan falls short in terms of recent demands from the Biden administration, Congress, and other critics.

    After Shuster was killed on Tuesday, the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB)—which is already probing the East Palestine disaster—announced a "special investigation" of Norfolk Southern's "organization and safety culture."

    "Given the number and significance of recent Norfolk Southern accidents, the NTSB also urges the company to take immediate action today to review and assess its safety practices, with the input of employees and others, and implement necessary changes to improve safety," the board said in a statement.

    Earlier Tuesday, U.S. Transportation Secretary Pete Buttigieg had tweeted that the NTSB, Federal Railroad Administration, and Occupational Safety and Health Administration are investigating the collision in Cleveland.

    "Our thoughts are with the family facing this preventable tragedy. Now more than ever, it is time for stronger freight railroad accountability and safety," added Buttigieg, who is also under fire for not going far enough to rein in rail safety risks.

    BLET national president Eddie Hall pointed to the conductor's death as more proof of the need for stricter rail safety rules.

    "This was a tragic situation and it's a devastating loss for the Shuster family as well as the members of this union," he said. "All railroad accidents are avoidable. This collision underscores the need for significant improvements in rail safety for both workers and the public."

    As Common Dreamsreported last week, Hall welcomed parts of the bipartisan Railway Safety Act of 2023—introduced by Sen. Sherrod Brown (D-Ohio) after the East Palestine derailment—while also warning that "you can run a freight train through the loopholes."

    Railroad Workers United, an inter-union reform group, has advocated for the nationalization of the U.S. rail sector but, in the absence of such sweeping action, has also proposed immediate changes to prevent future "catastrophic" derailments.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/07/norfolk-southern-conductor-death-in-ohio-shows-need-to-boost-rail-safety-rules-union/feed/ 0 377761
    Cyclones: Vanuatu children ‘need to see their friends’, educator warns https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/07/cyclones-vanuatu-children-need-to-see-their-friends-educator-warns/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/07/cyclones-vanuatu-children-need-to-see-their-friends-educator-warns/#respond Tue, 07 Mar 2023 22:14:12 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=85881 By Caleb Fotheringham, RNZ Pacific reporter

    Tens of thousands of ni-Vanuatu children could be experiencing “stress and trauma” after the double cyclones that tore through the island nation last week, says an educator.

    With widespread damages to infrastructure, many children have lost their homes, had their schools damaged, and neighbourhoods hit hard by tropical cyclones Judy and Kevin.

    Port Vila International School teacher Cassidy Jackson-Caroll told RNZ Pacific it was important to prioritise school-aged children’s wellbeing during these times.

    Jackson-Caroll said that requires all stakeholders to move quickly and restore a sense of normalcy and enable children to return to school.

    “It is quite important [for schools to open],” she said, while noting the large-scale devastation caused by the twin cyclones.

    “One thing I thought is the kids want to see their friends. They have spent a lot of time time at home tucked up with their families, which is very important [during cyclones]. But they also need a little relief to see that their friends are okay.”

    She said no electricity and no running water is an issue across the country which means schools remain affected.

    But she is hoping the situation will improve by next week and those children who can return to school will be able do so.

    “I think it is important even if it is half days or two or three days a week for some kids that is enough because some are going to be traumatiSed,” she said, adding Port Vila International School will have a “soft opening” on Wednesday.

    “Sometimes they might just need to see their friends and go and play some soccer or just have a hug. They just need to laugh away from the anxiety and stress and trauma that they might have at home,” she added.

    The aftermath of cyclones Judy and Kevin in Vanuatu.
    The aftermath of tropical cyclones Judy and Kevin in Vanuatu. Image: VBTC/RNZ Pacific

    Schools, health centres ‘damaged’
    UNICEF estimates up to 58,000 children have been impacted and those in the worst affected provinces of Tafea and Shefa needing urgent assistance.

    The UN agency’s Pacific representative Jonathan Veitch said “with power still out in many places, and boats and planes grounded or damaged, we still don’t have enough information on the impact of children in the outer islands of Tafea.”

    “We know that schools and health centres have been damaged throughout the country.”

    “UNICEF Pacific, in partnership with the government, has begun to support the children and families most affected,” he added.

    Preliminary reports indicate that almost the entire population has been affected.

    World Vision Vanuatu country director Kendra Derouseau said they are expecting similar destruction to Tafea province that occured following Cyclone Pam in 2015.

    “We know that most homes will be partly or completely destroyed,” Derouseau said.

    Food sources scarce
    “The vast majority of the population in Tafea are subsistence agricultural farmers so food sources will be scarce and water sources will be contaminated.”

    She confirmed that there were about 2000 people still in evacuation centres on Efate.

    “People tend to sleep in the evacuation centres, leave vulnerable individuals and a carer in the centres during the day, and then go back to their homes to try and build and repair and then come back to sleep at night.”

    But Derouseau said the number of people in evacuation centres were decreasing as people felt safe to go back to their home.

    Meanwhile, New Zealand has sent relief supplies including water containers, kits for temporary shelters, and family hygiene kits and an initial financial contribution of NZ$150,000.

    Foreign Affairs Minister Nanaia Mahuta said the government was working closely with Vanuatu to support this response, together with France and Australia.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.

    New Zealand Aid to Vanuatu post-cyclones Judy and Kevin.
    New Zealand aid to Vanuatu post-cyclones Judy and Kevin. Image: Hilaire Bule/RNZ Pacific


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/07/cyclones-vanuatu-children-need-to-see-their-friends-educator-warns/feed/ 0 377721
    Cyclones: Vanuatu children ‘need to see their friends’, educator warns https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/07/cyclones-vanuatu-children-need-to-see-their-friends-educator-warns-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/07/cyclones-vanuatu-children-need-to-see-their-friends-educator-warns-2/#respond Tue, 07 Mar 2023 22:14:12 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=85881 By Caleb Fotheringham, RNZ Pacific reporter

    Tens of thousands of ni-Vanuatu children could be experiencing “stress and trauma” after the double cyclones that tore through the island nation last week, says an educator.

    With widespread damages to infrastructure, many children have lost their homes, had their schools damaged, and neighbourhoods hit hard by tropical cyclones Judy and Kevin.

    Port Vila International School teacher Cassidy Jackson-Caroll told RNZ Pacific it was important to prioritise school-aged children’s wellbeing during these times.

    Jackson-Caroll said that requires all stakeholders to move quickly and restore a sense of normalcy and enable children to return to school.

    “It is quite important [for schools to open],” she said, while noting the large-scale devastation caused by the twin cyclones.

    “One thing I thought is the kids want to see their friends. They have spent a lot of time time at home tucked up with their families, which is very important [during cyclones]. But they also need a little relief to see that their friends are okay.”

    She said no electricity and no running water is an issue across the country which means schools remain affected.

    But she is hoping the situation will improve by next week and those children who can return to school will be able do so.

    “I think it is important even if it is half days or two or three days a week for some kids that is enough because some are going to be traumatiSed,” she said, adding Port Vila International School will have a “soft opening” on Wednesday.

    “Sometimes they might just need to see their friends and go and play some soccer or just have a hug. They just need to laugh away from the anxiety and stress and trauma that they might have at home,” she added.

    The aftermath of cyclones Judy and Kevin in Vanuatu.
    The aftermath of tropical cyclones Judy and Kevin in Vanuatu. Image: VBTC/RNZ Pacific

    Schools, health centres ‘damaged’
    UNICEF estimates up to 58,000 children have been impacted and those in the worst affected provinces of Tafea and Shefa needing urgent assistance.

    The UN agency’s Pacific representative Jonathan Veitch said “with power still out in many places, and boats and planes grounded or damaged, we still don’t have enough information on the impact of children in the outer islands of Tafea.”

    “We know that schools and health centres have been damaged throughout the country.”

    “UNICEF Pacific, in partnership with the government, has begun to support the children and families most affected,” he added.

    Preliminary reports indicate that almost the entire population has been affected.

    World Vision Vanuatu country director Kendra Derouseau said they are expecting similar destruction to Tafea province that occured following Cyclone Pam in 2015.

    “We know that most homes will be partly or completely destroyed,” Derouseau said.

    Food sources scarce
    “The vast majority of the population in Tafea are subsistence agricultural farmers so food sources will be scarce and water sources will be contaminated.”

    She confirmed that there were about 2000 people still in evacuation centres on Efate.

    “People tend to sleep in the evacuation centres, leave vulnerable individuals and a carer in the centres during the day, and then go back to their homes to try and build and repair and then come back to sleep at night.”

    But Derouseau said the number of people in evacuation centres were decreasing as people felt safe to go back to their home.

    Meanwhile, New Zealand has sent relief supplies including water containers, kits for temporary shelters, and family hygiene kits and an initial financial contribution of NZ$150,000.

    Foreign Affairs Minister Nanaia Mahuta said the government was working closely with Vanuatu to support this response, together with France and Australia.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.

    New Zealand Aid to Vanuatu post-cyclones Judy and Kevin.
    New Zealand aid to Vanuatu post-cyclones Judy and Kevin. Image: Hilaire Bule/RNZ Pacific


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/07/cyclones-vanuatu-children-need-to-see-their-friends-educator-warns-2/feed/ 0 377722
    Anti-Plastic Coalition: East Palestine Disaster Exposes Need for ‘Systemic Change’ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/03/anti-plastic-coalition-east-palestine-disaster-exposes-need-for-systemic-change/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/03/anti-plastic-coalition-east-palestine-disaster-exposes-need-for-systemic-change/#respond Fri, 03 Mar 2023 22:17:46 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/east-palestine-disaster-plastics-petrochemicals

    One month after a fiery train crash in East Palestine, Ohio sparked an ongoing environmental and public health crisis, an anti-plastic coalition on Friday highlighted how the petrochemical industry poisons communities across the United States and called for "systemic change."

    The Norfolk Southern-owned train that derailed and ignited near the Ohio-Pennsylvania border on February 3 was overloaded with hazardous materials, many of them derived from fossil fuels. To avert a catastrophic explosion, authorities released and burned vinyl chloride—a carcinogenic petrochemical used to make plastic—from five tanker cars, provoking residents' fears about the long-term health impacts of toxic air pollution and groundwater contamination.

    "This is a plastics and petrochemical disaster," the global Break Free From Plastic (BFFP) coalition said Friday in a statement.

    According to the coalition:

    A preliminary report by the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) found that the train derailment was caused by a hot axle that heated one of the train cars carrying polypropylene plastic pellets, according to NTSB Chair Jennifer Homendy. These plastic pellets serve as the pre-production materials that corporations manufacture into shampoo bottles, plastic cups, and other single-use items. The highly combustible, fossil fuel-derived pellets ignited the initial fire aboard the Norfolk Southern train, which led to its derailment.

    In addition to the pellets, yet another plastic building block is at the heart of this disaster: vinyl chloride. Vinyl chloride is a known human carcinogen used almost exclusively to produce polyvinyl chloride, also known as PVC plastic, which is often turned into pipes, flooring, shower curtains, and even plastic food wrap. Not only is vinyl chloride toxic and harmful itself, Norfolk Southern's burning of the chemical likely resulted in dioxins, one of the most persistent and toxic chemicals, even at low levels of exposure.

    In response to public pressure, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) on Thursday ordered Norfolk Southern to test for dioxins, a class of highly toxic industrial byproducts that the agency had previously opted to ignore in the East Palestine disaster zone.

    "While we're glad to see this announcement, we wish it had come sooner," said Graham Hamilton, U.S. policy officer at BFFP. "Justice delayed is justice denied, and we expect more from an administration that claims to prioritize environmental justice."

    Mike Schade, director of Toxic-Free Future's Mind the Store campaign, said that "the EPA must not only test for dioxins in soil, but also in indoor dust, sediments, fish, and on farms impacted by the massive plume."

    "Importantly, the EPA should be conducting the testing itself and/or hiring independent scientists to test for dioxins, rather than requiring the community of East Palestine to rely on Norfolk Southern for that accountability," said Schade.

    "This disaster is yet another painful reminder of the dangers of making, transporting, using, and disposing of chemicals in plastics, especially polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic," Schade added. "Governments, retailers, and brands must redouble their efforts to phase out PVC plastic and other highly hazardous plastics and chemicals and move towards safer solutions."

    The U.S. is home to more than 1,000 train derailments per year, and according to one estimate, the country is averaging one chemical disaster every two days.

    Low-income communities in the Ohio River Valley and along the Gulf Coast are disproportionately harmed by the petrochemical industry.

    "These communities subsidize the cost of cheap disposable plastic at the fenceline of oil rigs, petrochemical plants, incinerators, and the trains and trucks used for transporting the toxic and deadly chemicals," said Yvette Arellano, the founder and director of Fenceline Watch, a Texas-based advocacy group and BFFP member.

    "The price we pay is with our lives, from shortened lifespans [to] reproductive harm [and] developmental issues; these toxics trespass our bodies and harm our communities for generations," added Arellano, whose organization helped pressure the EPA to halt the 1,300-mile shipment of contaminated wastewater from East Palestine to the Houston area, where it had been slated to be injected underground.

    "The petrochemical industry is inherently unsafe. Even standard operations pollute and damage communities, and regulators continue to fail to do the bare minimum to hold polluters accountable."

    As BFFP pointed out, the ongoing East Palestine disaster "is not the only petrochemical crisis" hurting residents of the Ohio River Valley.

    "Less than 15 miles from the derailment site," a new Shell facility in Beaver County, Pennsylvania "has received numerous violations and exceeded its annual emissions limits since coming online in November of 2022," the coalition pointed out.

    As Andie from the Eyes on Shell watchdog group observed: "With the community already on edge, just one week following the release and burn in East Palestine, Shell activated an enormous emergency flare which, without warning, continued flaring for hours. The derailment and emergency flare are terrifying reminders of the risks the petrochemical industry poses to our community every single day."

    Earthworks campaigner Anaïs Peterson stressed that "the petrochemical industry is inherently unsafe."

    "Even standard operations pollute and damage communities," said Peterson, "and regulators continue to fail to do the bare minimum to hold polluters accountable."

    Amanda Kiger of River Valley Organizing (RVO)—a Columbiana County-based group that has been working to support East Palestine residents since the derailment—said that "nobody should have their entire lives upended because Norfolk Southern and makers of these hazardous chemicals put their profits ahead of the safety of our communities and our country."

    "With people developing rashes and breathing problems, it's clear people are still being exposed to dangerous chemicals," said Kiger. "Norfolk Southern should give residents the resources to relocate and should pay for independent testing of the soil, water, and air, as well as medical exams and follow-up for years to come."

    Ultimately, BFFP argued, "we need systemic reforms to stop the petrochemical industry from having carte blanche to profit off of poisoning people and the planet."

    Despite BFFP's demands for a robust, legally binding global plastics treaty that prohibits corporations from manufacturing an endless stream of toxic single-use items, Inside Climate Newsreported this week that the initial proposal from the Biden administration's delegation to the United Nations was described as "low ambition" and "underwhelming" because it "sidesteps calls for cuts in production, praises the benefits of plastics, and focuses on national priorities versus global mandates."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/03/anti-plastic-coalition-east-palestine-disaster-exposes-need-for-systemic-change/feed/ 0 376973
    Anti-Plastic Coalition: East Palestine Disaster Exposes Need for ‘Systemic Change’ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/03/anti-plastic-coalition-east-palestine-disaster-exposes-need-for-systemic-change/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/03/anti-plastic-coalition-east-palestine-disaster-exposes-need-for-systemic-change/#respond Fri, 03 Mar 2023 22:17:46 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/east-palestine-disaster-plastics-petrochemicals

    One month after a fiery train crash in East Palestine, Ohio sparked an ongoing environmental and public health crisis, an anti-plastic coalition on Friday highlighted how the petrochemical industry poisons communities across the United States and called for "systemic change."

    The Norfolk Southern-owned train that derailed and ignited near the Ohio-Pennsylvania border on February 3 was overloaded with hazardous materials, many of them derived from fossil fuels. To avert a catastrophic explosion, authorities released and burned vinyl chloride—a carcinogenic petrochemical used to make plastic—from five tanker cars, provoking residents' fears about the long-term health impacts of toxic air pollution and groundwater contamination.

    "This is a plastics and petrochemical disaster," the global Break Free From Plastic (BFFP) coalition said Friday in a statement.

    According to the coalition:

    A preliminary report by the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) found that the train derailment was caused by a hot axle that heated one of the train cars carrying polypropylene plastic pellets, according to NTSB Chair Jennifer Homendy. These plastic pellets serve as the pre-production materials that corporations manufacture into shampoo bottles, plastic cups, and other single-use items. The highly combustible, fossil fuel-derived pellets ignited the initial fire aboard the Norfolk Southern train, which led to its derailment.

    In addition to the pellets, yet another plastic building block is at the heart of this disaster: vinyl chloride. Vinyl chloride is a known human carcinogen used almost exclusively to produce polyvinyl chloride, also known as PVC plastic, which is often turned into pipes, flooring, shower curtains, and even plastic food wrap. Not only is vinyl chloride toxic and harmful itself, Norfolk Southern's burning of the chemical likely resulted in dioxins, one of the most persistent and toxic chemicals, even at low levels of exposure.

    In response to public pressure, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) on Thursday ordered Norfolk Southern to test for dioxins, a class of highly toxic industrial byproducts that the agency had previously opted to ignore in the East Palestine disaster zone.

    "While we're glad to see this announcement, we wish it had come sooner," said Graham Hamilton, U.S. policy officer at BFFP. "Justice delayed is justice denied, and we expect more from an administration that claims to prioritize environmental justice."

    Mike Schade, director of Toxic-Free Future's Mind the Store campaign, said that "the EPA must not only test for dioxins in soil, but also in indoor dust, sediments, fish, and on farms impacted by the massive plume."

    "Importantly, the EPA should be conducting the testing itself and/or hiring independent scientists to test for dioxins, rather than requiring the community of East Palestine to rely on Norfolk Southern for that accountability," said Schade.

    "This disaster is yet another painful reminder of the dangers of making, transporting, using, and disposing of chemicals in plastics, especially polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic," Schade added. "Governments, retailers, and brands must redouble their efforts to phase out PVC plastic and other highly hazardous plastics and chemicals and move towards safer solutions."

    The U.S. is home to more than 1,000 train derailments per year, and according to one estimate, the country is averaging one chemical disaster every two days.

    Low-income communities in the Ohio River Valley and along the Gulf Coast are disproportionately harmed by the petrochemical industry.

    "These communities subsidize the cost of cheap disposable plastic at the fenceline of oil rigs, petrochemical plants, incinerators, and the trains and trucks used for transporting the toxic and deadly chemicals," said Yvette Arellano, the founder and director of Fenceline Watch, a Texas-based advocacy group and BFFP member.

    "The price we pay is with our lives, from shortened lifespans [to] reproductive harm [and] developmental issues; these toxics trespass our bodies and harm our communities for generations," added Arellano, whose organization helped pressure the EPA to halt the 1,300-mile shipment of contaminated wastewater from East Palestine to the Houston area, where it had been slated to be injected underground.

    "The petrochemical industry is inherently unsafe. Even standard operations pollute and damage communities, and regulators continue to fail to do the bare minimum to hold polluters accountable."

    As BFFP pointed out, the ongoing East Palestine disaster "is not the only petrochemical crisis" hurting residents of the Ohio River Valley.

    "Less than 15 miles from the derailment site," a new Shell facility in Beaver County, Pennsylvania "has received numerous violations and exceeded its annual emissions limits since coming online in November of 2022," the coalition pointed out.

    As Andie from the Eyes on Shell watchdog group observed: "With the community already on edge, just one week following the release and burn in East Palestine, Shell activated an enormous emergency flare which, without warning, continued flaring for hours. The derailment and emergency flare are terrifying reminders of the risks the petrochemical industry poses to our community every single day."

    Earthworks campaigner Anaïs Peterson stressed that "the petrochemical industry is inherently unsafe."

    "Even standard operations pollute and damage communities," said Peterson, "and regulators continue to fail to do the bare minimum to hold polluters accountable."

    Amanda Kiger of River Valley Organizing (RVO)—a Columbiana County-based group that has been working to support East Palestine residents since the derailment—said that "nobody should have their entire lives upended because Norfolk Southern and makers of these hazardous chemicals put their profits ahead of the safety of our communities and our country."

    "With people developing rashes and breathing problems, it's clear people are still being exposed to dangerous chemicals," said Kiger. "Norfolk Southern should give residents the resources to relocate and should pay for independent testing of the soil, water, and air, as well as medical exams and follow-up for years to come."

    Ultimately, BFFP argued, "we need systemic reforms to stop the petrochemical industry from having carte blanche to profit off of poisoning people and the planet."

    Despite BFFP's demands for a robust, legally binding global plastics treaty that prohibits corporations from manufacturing an endless stream of toxic single-use items, Inside Climate Newsreported this week that the initial proposal from the Biden administration's delegation to the United Nations was described as "low ambition" and "underwhelming" because it "sidesteps calls for cuts in production, praises the benefits of plastics, and focuses on national priorities versus global mandates."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/03/anti-plastic-coalition-east-palestine-disaster-exposes-need-for-systemic-change/feed/ 0 376974
    We Need ‘Democracy For All’ to Vanquish Dark Money Flood Unleashed by Citizens United https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/02/we-need-democracy-for-all-to-vanquish-dark-money-flood-unleashed-by-citizens-united/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/02/we-need-democracy-for-all-to-vanquish-dark-money-flood-unleashed-by-citizens-united/#respond Thu, 02 Mar 2023 11:32:01 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/democracy-for-all-amendment

    In the United States government has been privatized by the Citizens United ruling of the SCOTUS. Government is now really up for sale and auctioned off to the highest campaign contributors. The Supreme Court 'Citizen's United' decision opened the floodgates for big money in our politics, allowing giant corporations and a handful of the wealthiest families to spend obscene amounts of money in our elections. Citizens United is just one of a line of terrible Supreme Court decisions holding that money equals speech and corporations are people under the First Amendment — thereby allowing huge corporations and the super wealthy/oligarchs to buy undue access to members of Congress, and to effectively dictate legislative outcomes. This is significant in policy decisions reinforced by influence of corporate lobbies, now further enhanced by the Court's decision which favors the very small 1% sector of the population that dominates the economy. Our society is run by a class-conscious 1% business community dedicated to reducing the political and economic power of the 99%.

    VOTERS DISMISSED AS COUNTERPRODUCTIVE TO THE 1%

    U.S. voters popular desires cannot be achieved because there's no vehicle to express their unhappiness, and there's no way in which American voters can express what they want either in the Democrat or the Republican parties because they are really the same party and are in full agreement with what they are doing. Not only have both major U.S. political parties abandoned ideas and innovation, but also abandoned most voters. Republicans and Democrats alike are merely reactive to events/problems as demanded by their sponsors/donors in big business, oligarchs, and large unaccountable corporations. Today, politics in the US has devolved into one party, the "business party," with two branches—Democrats and Republicans—both of which engage in and promote distracting contests giving us the illusion that they are basically different from one another on basic economic issues. Buffoon politicians from both parties have become shameless, beholden tools and lackeys of corporate America. They offer us a devil's bargain mix of self-serving toxic programs and policies, frequently changing their positions as fast as others change socks.

    The voters don't matter because the American definition of democracy is oligarchy. Polls have shown, for example, large popular support by citizens for Medicare for All, but neither political party has supported it. Economist Michael Hudson writes that by "conquering the brains of a country by shaping how people think, you can twist their view into 'unreality economics' and make them think you are there to help them and not to take money out of them, then you've got them hooked. This is how Big Insurance and Big Pharma maintain control of U.S. health insurance. Our system is privatized, financialized, and unregulated so that private, big insurance companies can make money."

    PRIVATIZING GOVERNMENT/PUBLIC SERVICES

    Like other states, Florida governors from Jeb Bush, Rick Scott to Ron DeSantos, the GOP legislature's plan is to privatize all state-run social services, from schools to prisons to Medicaid. They sought to gain political advantage by upending the system, and would do anything they could do to undercut unions, public social welfare entities, mental health/public health, school teachers, public schools and state employees for a political return from corporate benefactors. GOP and some democrat governors defunded state social services, health/mental health services, contracted with profiteering private corporations, and slashed taxes on the rich.

    On the national level, President Biden and many Democrats have spent their careers defending the financial sector, including Big Insurance and Big Pharma, whose policy is also to maintain and further privatize basic healthcare financing and infrastructure. Economist Hudson further notes that "Biden's long political career has been right-wing. He's the senator from Delaware, the country's most pro-corporate state—which is why most U.S. corporations are incorporated there. As such, he represents the banking and credit-card industry. He sponsored the regressive bankruptcy "reform" written and put into his hands by the credit-card companies. As a budget hawk, he's rejected Modern Monetary Theory (MMT), and also "Medicare for All" as if it is too expensive for the government to afford—thereby making the private sector afford to pay 18% of US GDP for health-insurance monopolies, far more than any other country. That means blocking governments from providing basic services at cost or on a subsidized basis—education, health care/health insurance, roads and communications. Privatized and financialized economies are high-cost."

    RESISTANCE TO CAMPAIGN FINANCE REFORM

    Resistance to true campaign finance reform, and strong support for the U.S.Supreme Court's Citizens United decision by unaccountable/unregulated large corporations and ultra-wealthy individuals/families is based on their Machiavellian understanding of the purpose of dark money in politics: to use dark money to change political outcomes to favor themselves, the 001% oligarchs and becomes a threat to democracy because its source is not made public. Dark money is corruption that erodes confidence and trust in local, state and national government and in both major political parties. It's used to throw referendums and elections from which can come many of today's social, economic, public health, mental health and environmental problems. Dark money is used to hide conflicts of interests and self promotion with bogus scientific controversies, fake news and fake grassroots campaigns.

    Corporate big business ideology asserts that human society is a market, and social relations are commercial transactions with a "natural hierarchy" of winners and losers. Attempts to limit competition, change social outcomes eg, estate tax issue, mandated health insurance, etc. is treated as hostile to liberty and big business interests. Count on the neocons/GOP/ many democrats to crush unions and collective bargaining, minimize or eliminate tax and public protection regulations, privatize public services and promote privatization of all social/mental health/health insurance programs. Inequality is okay since it results from a reward for merit and generates wealth for the tiny .001%, which the false neoliberal myth says trickles down to enrich everyone in the 99%. Tax and other social policies to create a more equal society are dismissed as counterproductive to the interests of the ultra wealthy.001%.

    WALL STREET NOW IN CHARGE OF GOVERNMENT

    Neoliberalism support for privatization of health insurance/other social welfare programs is grounded in the philosophy espoused by University of Chicago economist Milton Friedman. Friedman said, "the corporations should not take into account the public interest" and added that "the government itself should not take into account the public interest. The job of the government is to simply let everybody make as much money as they can, however they can."

    Classical economist Michael Hudson notes that Big Pharma , like Big Insurance, doesn't want any kind of anti-monopoly legislation. "Essentially you have what is called a free market, as advocated by Milton Friedman. A free market means the wealthiest people dominate the market and the supply of credit, the management of the economy that allocates credit, and who gets what shifts from Washington to Wall Street. It shifts from the government to the private financial sector, and allows the financial sector to do the planning. One problem with this is the financial sector lives in the short run. So, it means that they only look for the next three months, the next year's balance sheet, because the free market is so complex you don't know what will happen. Well, of course, since you're managing it from Wall Street you in reality do know what's going to happen but you don't want to tell people exactly what's going to happen."

    The assumption that whatever the market produces is rational and functional is the bedrock of Western economies. And it's wrong, as notes Michael Hudson, because it "negates the fact that you really need some government power strong enough to override the self-serving special interests of oligarchs and other 1% corporate interests. And that takes a very strong government, which is why the free market people have always opposed strong government and why their economic models don't give any acknowledgement for government investment in infrastructure that Biden wants or any government activity that is able to override that of the 1% rentier/profiteering class, the financial class, the property-owning class and the corporate monopolists. That's the problem we have."

    In the Democrat Party, for instance, every Democratic representative has to raise a given amount of money from campaign contributors to give to the Democrat National Committee. Whoever can raise the most money gets to be the committee heads. Big Pharma will give a lot of money to some representative they want to be head of the health committee. Bankers give money to whoever they want to be the head of the banking committee and so on. Once privatized, the basic function of government is to make money for the donor class, which basically is the financial and monopoly class. Banks have always been the mother of monopolies and the financial sector's largest business market is in creating monopolies. So, you have basically the privatization of monopolies.

    POLICYMAKERS AVOID REGULATION OF THEIR DONORS

    Policymakers, regulators, employers, and the media have shown little interest in closely examining, regulating or changing the taxpayer-reliant business practices of large insurance companies, which wield substantial lobbying power that they deploy against any effort to transform the United States' fragmented healthcare system. "They've essentially been bailed out by taxpayers," health policy expert Wendall Potter said of for-profit insurance giants. "And members of Congress, and various administrations, have remained on the sidelines, avoiding paying attention to what their wealthy campaign donors have been doing." Meanwhile, The Commonwealth Fund found that the United States spent nearly twice as much as the average OECD nation on healthcare while achieving worse outcomes in critical areas such as life expectancy at birth and death rates for treatable conditions.

    We now have several decades of experience with neoliberal conversion of mental health services/insurance
    into a business. Our health care is being rationed, with health care insurance guidelines determined by profitability and secrecy decided in private Wall Street corporate boardrooms. To realize large profits demanded by Wall Street investors, our health system must attract the healthy and turn away the sick, disabled, the poor, many of the old, and the mentally ill. So far, this country has been unable to eliminate private control of health insurance even in spite of the small value it offers when 15 to 25 percent of the healthcare dollar is skimmed off for private corporate profit and overhead.

    SUPPORT DEMOCRACY FOR ALL AMENDMENT

    With elected officials spending more and more of their time raising millions of dollars to defend themselves from multi-million dollar smear campaigns from outside groups, it has become harder for everyday Americans living on a budget to be heard in the post-Citizens United era. In addition to concluding that donors receive greater access to legislators than non-donors, several academic studies have now confirmed that elected officials' growing reliance on large dollar donations has skewed the agenda in Washington towards special interests and away from the priorities of ordinary voters. To repair this problem, U.S. citizens should support the joint resolution proposing a constitutional amendment authorizing Congress and the states to set reasonable limits on the raising and spending of money by candidates and others to influence elections. The amendment grants Congress and the states the power to implement and enforce this amendment by legislation.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by F. Douglas Stephenson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/02/we-need-democracy-for-all-to-vanquish-dark-money-flood-unleashed-by-citizens-united/feed/ 0 376488
    Young People Need Solutions-Oriented Climate Education https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/28/young-people-need-solutions-oriented-climate-education/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/28/young-people-need-solutions-oriented-climate-education/#respond Tue, 28 Feb 2023 15:31:31 +0000 https://progressive.org/op-eds/young-people-need-solutions-oriented-climate-education-lenier-230228/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Sage Lenier.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/28/young-people-need-solutions-oriented-climate-education/feed/ 0 375983
    Iranians Need to Drop the Hammer https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/28/iranians-need-to-drop-the-hammer/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/28/iranians-need-to-drop-the-hammer/#respond Tue, 28 Feb 2023 06:23:57 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=275093 The uprising in Iran has transformed into a postponed earthquake, one that is inevitable and most likely will be very destructive. The pent-up anger and frustration will surely come to the surface again but in what shape or form is to be determined. Maybe it will take place when Ali Khamenei dies. The regime has More

    The post Iranians Need to Drop the Hammer appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Dariush X.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/28/iranians-need-to-drop-the-hammer/feed/ 0 375928
    Does South Korea Really Need the F-35? https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/24/does-south-korea-really-need-the-f-35/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/24/does-south-korea-really-need-the-f-35/#respond Fri, 24 Feb 2023 06:47:03 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=274805 In a recent article a retired Republic of Korea Army [ROKA] Lieutenant General talked about how important the F-35 is to the security of his country. General Chun In-bum said: “For reasons of interoperability and to maintain the highest quality armed forces, the South Korean military uses U.S. arms to conduct its mission to maintain More

    The post Does South Korea Really Need the F-35? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Roger Thompson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/24/does-south-korea-really-need-the-f-35/feed/ 0 375295
    The Lesson We Need to Teach Our Nation’s Rich https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/23/the-lesson-we-need-to-teach-our-nations-rich/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/23/the-lesson-we-need-to-teach-our-nations-rich/#respond Thu, 23 Feb 2023 06:57:02 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=274744 How can we measure the work a particular society truly values? Take-home pay can make as good a yardstick as any: The lower an occupation’s compensation, the lower the esteem a society is showing for that occupation. In the United States, our pay data show, no profession faces a reality that makes this link plainer More

    The post The Lesson We Need to Teach Our Nation’s Rich appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Sam Pizzigati.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/23/the-lesson-we-need-to-teach-our-nations-rich/feed/ 0 374764
    The Richest Americans Need to Be Taught This Serious Lesson About Teachers https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/17/the-richest-americans-need-to-be-taught-this-serious-lesson-about-teachers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/17/the-richest-americans-need-to-be-taught-this-serious-lesson-about-teachers/#respond Fri, 17 Feb 2023 12:45:01 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/estate-tax-to-raise-teacher-pay

    How can we measure the work a particular society truly values? Take-home pay can make as good a yardstick as any: The lower an occupation’s compensation, the lower the esteem a society is showing for that occupation.

    In the United States, our pay data show, no profession faces a reality that makes this link plainer — and uglier — than teaching.

    All sorts of metrics can help us measure the level of our society’s esteem for the teaching profession. Are young people, for instance, interested in becoming teachers? Between 2008 and 2019, teacher ed enrollments in the United States plunged by over a third. Are current teachers feeling valued? Between 2019 and 2022, teacher retirements and resignations rose 40 percent.

    But nothing says “esteem” more directly than paychecks, and, by that metric, American society has for years been systematically devaluing the work teachers do. Between 1996 and 2021, the Economic Policy Institute’s Sylvia Allegretto detailed last August, average teacher weekly wages adjusted for inflation rose a miniscule $29. Over the same years, inflation-adjusted weekly wages for other college graduates rose over 15 times faster, up $445.

    What has this shortfall in overall compensation and esteem meant for America’s schools? In the current school year, the U.S. Department of Education reports, every single state in the union has reported teacher shortages, with 46 states citing shortages of science teachers and 44 missing math teachers.

    Overall, some 36,000 teaching positions nationwide are going vacant, with at least 163,000 additional positions getting “filled” with unqualified teachers. Both these numbers, concludes a study by researchers at Brown University’s Annenberg Institute, represent “conservative estimates of the extent of teacher shortages nationally.”

    Some observers of our contemporary education scene are contending, Stanford’s Linda Darling-Hammond noted last month, that the teacher resignations and vacancies we’re experiencing shouldn’t particularly concern us because they appear mostly in certain subjects and parts of the country. But that amounts to arguing, Darling-Hammond observes, that a house isn’t on fire “because only three of its five rooms are burning.”

    Our educational house most definitely isburning, U.S. Senator Bernie Sanderstold a town hall on America’s teacher pay crisis at the U.S. Capitol earlier this week.

    “I want the day to come, sooner than later, when we are going to attract the best and brightest young people in our country into teaching,” said Sanders. “I want those young people to be proud of the profession that they have chosen.”

    All teachers, the Vermont senator believes, should be earning at least $60,000 a year. Some 43 percent of teachers currently fall short of that mark. In Florida, the average teacher earns less than $50,000, just $49,583.

    How do the bargain-basement paychecks that go to teachers compare with compensation for other professions? Not well at all. In Florida, accountants make $76,320 annually, 54 percent more than teachers. And software developers in Florida average $105,200, 112 percent more.

    But the most stunning pay contrasts show up when we contrast teacher pay to the compensation of our nation’s most generously rewarded power suits.

    “The top 15 hedge fund managers on Wall Street,” notes Senator Sanders, “make more money in a single year than every kindergarten teacher in America — over 120,000 teachers.”

    Sanders will soon be introducing legislation, the Pay Teachers Act, to ensure that all teachers make at least $60,000 annually and guarantee significantly higher pay for educators “who have made teaching their profession — working on the job for 10, 20, 30 years.”

    Where could the funding for this teacher pay revolution come from? From a tax revolution.

    Public schools across the nation have historically relied on the local property taxes that average Americans pay. Property taxes today are still supplying 40 percent of total public education funding. These taxes all fall on the primary source of wealth for average families, the owner-occupied home. But America’s rich hold most of their wealth in financial instruments, a category of wealth that essentially goes untaxed, even after death, since the current federal estate tax asks so little from families sitting on grand fortunes.

    Senator Sanders has proposed a fix: a thorough-going reform of the federal estate tax. Rich married couples last year could exempt $23.4 million of their fortunes from all estate tax and pay no more than a 40 percent tax on any dollar of wealth above that. The Sanders legislation — the “For the 99.5 Percent Act” — would lower that estate tax exemption to $7 million per married couple and up the minimal estate tax rate on wealth above that level to 45 percent.

    Wealthier estates would face even higher rates, with wealth over $1 billion facing a 65 percent estate tax.

    The Sanders legislation also takes aim at current loopholes that lower the rate of estate tax that the families of dead deep pockets actually face. Over his legislation’s first 10 years, Senator Sanders notes, the federal treasury would collect an additional $450 billion in estate tax revenue, “precisely how much the Teacher Pay Act would cost.”

    “Let’s be clear,” the senator added at the U.S. Capitol teacher pay town hall Monday. “If we can provide over a trillion dollars in tax breaks to the top 1 percent and large corporations, please don’t tell me that we cannot afford to make sure that every teacher in America is paid at least $60,000 a year.”


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Sam Pizzigati.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/17/the-richest-americans-need-to-be-taught-this-serious-lesson-about-teachers/feed/ 0 373482
    We Need a Huge Rage against the War Machine https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/15/we-need-a-huge-rage-against-the-war-machine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/15/we-need-a-huge-rage-against-the-war-machine/#respond Wed, 15 Feb 2023 23:54:38 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=137846 We urgently need to spark a mass mobilization antiwar movement in North America. There have been good antiwar demonstrations in recent months, but they have been very limited. We need to rapidly expand tenfold. The Rage Against the War Machine initiative, which is organized by a diverse group of anti-war forces, could do just that. […]

    The post We Need a Huge Rage against the War Machine first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    We urgently need to spark a mass mobilization antiwar movement in North America. There have been good antiwar demonstrations in recent months, but they have been very limited. We need to rapidly expand tenfold.

    The Rage Against the War Machine initiative, which is organized by a diverse group of anti-war forces, could do just that. The demands and overall speaker list are very good.

    For example, Demand 1 is “Not one more penny for War in Ukraine”. They explain, “The Democrats and Republicans have armed Ukraine with tens of billions of dollars in weapons and military aid. The war has killed tens of thousands, displaced millions, and is pushing us toward nuclear WW3. Stop funding the war.”

    Demand 2 is “Negotiate Peace.” They explain, “The US instigated the war in Ukraine with a coup on its democratically-elected government in 2014, and then sabotaged a peace deal between Russia and Ukraine in March. Pursue an immediate ceasefire and diplomacy to end the war.”

    The speakers list contains many eloquent voices for peace and against a militarist foreign policy. There are former members of Congress including Cynthia McKinney, Tulsi Gabbard, Dennis Kucinich and Ron Paul. There are peace activists such as Anne Wright and David Swanson. There are journalists such as Chris Hedges, Garland Nixon, Scott Horton, Max Blumenthal, and Kim Iversen. Former Green Party candidate Dr Jill Stein will be there. So will Dan McKnight from the veterans group “Bring our troops home.” And there are many more speakers.

    Most of those who support the Rally believe it is crucial to broaden the movement and that means allying with others who may have different views on other issues.

    The Rage rally focus is on ending the Ukraine war, disbanding NATO and stopping the slide toward nuclear Armageddon. Should they have included other issues such as abortion, trans rights, gay rights, immigrant rights? I have helped organize rallies where those issues were included, but believe it is a mistake to insist on this. The antiwar movement needs to quickly reach way beyond the Left. That means vastly broadening our reach and uniting with some people who think differently about other issues.

    The capitalist system is flexible. Having women, people of color and nonconforming gender individuals in key positions does not threaten the system. The war machine continues, as does the grotesque income inequality, severe poverty and institutional racism.

    To challenge the war machine, we need a mass movement that is broad and inclusive. Agreeing on all issues should not be required. To make this a demand, and to de-platform anyone who does not agree, is counterproductive. It weakens the antiwar movement and keeps us isolated.

    We need to advance our common cause by working together with people who think differently on some issues. We can probably learn from them as they learn from us.

    The ruling elite is content when the mass of working people are divided and fighting over racial, cultural and social issues. What threatens the ruling elite is the possibility of a mass movement demanding a change in US foreign policy of aggression, sanctions and wars. What threatens the ruling class are demands for improvement in the lives of all working people.

    The Occupy Movement demand to support the 99% against the 1% was clear, accurate and uniting. Similarly, the demand to change US foreign policy and dramatically reduce the military budget has the potential to appeal to a broad majority of Americans.

    The current slide toward a catastrophic war between the US and Russia makes it urgent to build a broad movement to oppose militarism and the war machine.

    There needs to be a resurgence of energy and activism across the country. Let’s make this weekend’s Rage Against the War Machine as big and successful as possible and do more in the coming months.

    The post We Need a Huge Rage against the War Machine first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Rick Sterling.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/15/we-need-a-huge-rage-against-the-war-machine/feed/ 0 373001
    As Nikki Haley Holds Her First Presidential Campaign Event Today, Here’s What You Need To Know About Her Record on Democracy. https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/15/as-nikki-haley-holds-her-first-presidential-campaign-event-today-heres-what-you-need-to-know-about-her-record-on-democracy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/15/as-nikki-haley-holds-her-first-presidential-campaign-event-today-heres-what-you-need-to-know-about-her-record-on-democracy/#respond Wed, 15 Feb 2023 18:01:05 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/as-nikki-haley-holds-her-first-presidential-campaign-event-today-heres-what-you-need-to-know-about-her-record-on-democracy

    The group's statement came after Mexico issued a new decree earlier this week that scraps the country's original January 2024 deadline to halt imports of GMO corn for livestock feed and industrial use, a move widely seen as a concession to the U.S., which has been pressuring its southern neighbor to drop the ban since Mexican President Andrés Manuel López Obrador (AMLO) first announced it in 2020.

    But Mexico—the largest destination for U.S. corn exports—reiterated its intention to prohibit GE corn for human consumption by 2024 in its latest decree. Mexico is also aiming to ban imports and use of glyphosate, a cancer-linked chemical that is often sprayed on genetically engineered corn.

    The new decree instructs Mexican authorities to "revoke and refrain from granting permits for the release into the environment in Mexico of genetically modified corn seeds."

    Mexican officials have repeatedly argued that GE corn and the associated use of glyphosate pose threats to human health and pollinators, as well as domestic production.

    "We have to put the right to life, the right to health, the right to a healthy environment ahead of economic and business [interests]," Víctor Suárez Carrera, Mexico's undersecretary of food and competitiveness, toldReuters in 2021.

    Viridiana Lázaro, food and agriculture campaigner at Greenpeace Mexico, said Tuesday that "the ban of GE corn is the first step to transform Mexico's agriculture system from one industrialized, based on pesticides, and dependent on transnational corporations to an agro-ecological system that offers solutions to soil fertility, local pest problems, allows crop diversification, and protects biodiversity and health of farmers and consumers."

    "To carry out the gradual substitution of genetically modified corn for animal feed and industrial corn for human consumption, as is stated in the new decree, is a broad challenge and, in order to ensure that it does not remain only on paper, public policies aimed at the agroecological transition must be issued in order to achieve it," Lázaro continued. "Also, we must ensure that glyphosate and GE corn do not improperly end up in dough and tortillas, which studies have demonstrated has happened before."

    "The United States has refused to respect Mexico's choice, instead working tirelessly to bully the country into accepting GE corn in order to protect the short-term profits of U.S. agribusiness giants."

    The U.S. government claims that Mexico's plans, which have also drawn fierce opposition from industry lobbying groups, would run afoul of provisions in the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (USMCA) and harm American farmers. The Biden administration has threatened to take legal action under the USMCA if Mexico doesn't reverse course.

    The USMCA entered into force in 2020 and replaced the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA), under which U.S. corn flooded the Mexican market.

    In a statement on Tuesday, U.S. Agriculture Secretary Tom Vilsack said he is "disappointed" that Mexico is still pushing ahead with its proposed ban on genetically modified corn. An estimated 90% of U.S. corn production is genetically modified.

    "The U.S. believes in and adheres to a science-based, rules-based trading system and remains committed to preventing disruptions to bilateral agricultural trade and economic harm to U.S. and Mexican producers," Vilsack added. "We are carefully reviewing the details of the new decree and intend to work with [the United States Trade Representative] to ensure our science-based, rules-based commitment remains firm."

    Tom Haag, president of the National Corn Growers Association, a lobbying group, declared that "singling out corn—our number one ag export to Mexico—and hastening an import ban on numerous food-grade uses makes USMCA a dead letter unless it's enforced."

    This week's back-and-forth between the U.S. and Mexico marks a significant escalation in the yearslong trade dispute over the proposed ban on GE corn and glyphosate.

    In February 2021, The Guardianreported that "internal government emails reveal Monsanto owner Bayer AG and industry lobbyist CropLife America have been working closely with U.S. officials to pressure Mexico into abandoning its intended ban on glyphosate, a pesticide linked to cancer that is the key ingredient in Monsanto's Roundup weedkillers."

    The Center for Biological Diversity noted in a Tuesday press release that "the United States has, for months, exerted heavy pressure on Mexico to accept U.S.-produced corn that is genetically engineered to withstand what would normally be a deadly dose of pesticides."

    "Corn's historical role in Mexican diets and culture—and current concerns about the impacts of glyphosate and genetic contamination of Mexico's many varieties of heirloom corn—prompted its leaders to ban GE corn for human consumption and phase out glyphosate," the group added. "The United States has refused to respect Mexico's choice, instead working tirelessly to bully the country into accepting GE corn in order to protect the short-term profits of U.S. agribusiness giants."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/15/as-nikki-haley-holds-her-first-presidential-campaign-event-today-heres-what-you-need-to-know-about-her-record-on-democracy/feed/ 0 372926
    What you need to know about voter ID https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/14/what-you-need-to-know-about-voter-id/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/14/what-you-need-to-know-about-voter-id/#respond Tue, 14 Feb 2023 10:42:54 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/voter-id-elections-act-fraud-disenfranchisement/ Charities say the government has ignored warnings that already marginalised voters could be disenfranchised by changes


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Adam Bychawski.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/14/what-you-need-to-know-about-voter-id/feed/ 0 372467
    We need to protect #immigrant workers. #labor #workers #economy #climatechange (Full convo on YT) https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/we-need-to-protect-immigrant-workers-labor-workers-economy-climatechange-full-convo-on-yt/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/we-need-to-protect-immigrant-workers-labor-workers-economy-climatechange-full-convo-on-yt/#respond Fri, 10 Feb 2023 20:52:04 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=6b8d4fff125df37728e0189af21388b2
    This content originally appeared on The Laura Flanders Show and was authored by The Laura Flanders Show.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/we-need-to-protect-immigrant-workers-labor-workers-economy-climatechange-full-convo-on-yt/feed/ 0 371752
    We Need More, Not Less, Education on Black History and Structural Racism https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/09/we-need-more-not-less-education-on-black-history-and-structural-racism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/09/we-need-more-not-less-education-on-black-history-and-structural-racism/#respond Thu, 09 Feb 2023 16:01:20 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/ap-african-american-studies

    On the first day of Black History month, the College Board stripped down AP African American History, removing references to elements of Black history that some called “politicizing” or “woke indoctrination.” This is a part of a national wave to erase and rewrite Black history--which is, by the way, American history. Proposed state legislation in Missouri, as well as laws passed in Iowa and Florida, uses phrases like “parents’ rights” to justify the banning of books and erasing images, stories and history of Black life from the k-12 curriculum. But I would suggest that what we need is more, not less, education on structural racism and Black history.

    I teach college students about the history of the American school. My students graduated from high school, performing strongly enough to gain admission to a highly ranked university. Yet they often have a limited understanding of racism and the systemic exclusion of specific groups of people in our history. Many of these students, mostly white and from relatively privileged backgrounds, say that they did not learn enough about Black history. They aren’t happy about it either. They are disappointed in us, disappointed that we are not preparing them for the world they are entering.

    Here in my own state, Missouri, lawmakers last week hotly debated new legislation introducing sweeping language on what parents can object to teaching and giving them the power to remove content from the curriculum: the law calls this “transparency.” Missouri is following in the wake of other states attempting to remove "divisive" subjects from public schools. In April, Florida’s Stop W.O.K.E. act restricted the way teachers could discuss Black (again, American) history. Meanwhile, Iowa is experiencing widespread book bans: Des Moines’s largest metro school district may ban six books, including Toni Morrison's The Bluest Eye and Maia Kobabe’s Gender Queer.

    The wording of much of this legislation portrays a failure of education, because it distorts or misrepresents what is actually being taught. For instance, conservative lawmakers conflate the teaching of history with critical race theory. They argue that teaching about past racist policies like segregation somehow accuses white learners of themselves being racist. Statements like Missouri State Senator Andrew Koenig’s claim that “"CRT-type things are being done," betray a vagueness and absence of nuance that no self-respecting high school teacher would tolerate in an essay. Koenig has further claimed that teaching about the historic exclusion of different groups from the basic rights and provisions in America is “white-shaming.” But what I find shameful is that our legislators don’t understand American history enough to comprehend that racism is, in fact, endemic, and that their actions this week (at the start of Black History Month no less) attest to that. This legislation is in fact a continuation of structural racism that is as old as America itself.

    Perhaps if these lawmakers themselves had learned more about Black history, and indigenous history, and yes, even critical race theory, in middle and high school, they would have a more informed and nuanced view of the importance of history.

    These lawmakers might then understand the implications of their actions. Determined families will ensure their children receive this education regardless of support at the school, district, local, or state level. Yet we cannot ignore that legislative action to limit education and continue to force Black history to the margins, outside of the walls and light of the school building, feels a lot like a return to learning in secret, like the “pit schools” of the south--literal pits in the ground concealed in the woods where enslaved people were forced to hide so they could learn to read and write. In Iowa, we are already seeing a resurgence of supplementary education, as legislation has left students, teachers, and administrators with few tools to expand access to these curricula, and have thus resulted to teach-ins, Saturday and evening schools, and other unsanctioned methods to provide the education students are demanding.

    To be sure, legislators argue that important aspects of Black history, such as slavery and civil rights, will continue to be covered in the standard US History curriculum. But the stories of slavery and the civil rights movement are not the sum of the Black experience. Depictions of Black people in those two components history are not the only images my kids should have. In fact, if our children learn that slavery and the fight for civil rights are the sum total of Black history, that could leave white students feeling more shamed than ever, ironically contradicting the legislation Koenig is working so hard to enact.

    American history is wrought with the good, the bad, and the ugly. When we provide access to comprehensive educational opportunities for all students, it instills resilience and empathy for the shared American experience. Comprehensive K-12 education needs to be more, not less inclusive. Comprehensive K-12 education needs to include an unbiased 360-degree rendition of historical facts in relevant cultural contexts. It needs to teach key elements of critical race theory, such as that racism is in fact endemic to American life, that our current social contexts are a reflection of the structural racism and inequity of the past and present. While the nature of education is teaching society's past, teaching the truth allows for greater acceptance when everyone shares the real experiences and real history of the people in society. If we teach more, not less, American history including the fullness of the Black experience, we will create better, emotionally intelligent leaders, more able to critically consider the complex realities of the American experience and better able to help us create a more equitable world. By knowing real history, future generations (and hopefully our legislators) will be more informed to not repeat mistakes of the past.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Kelly Harris.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/09/we-need-more-not-less-education-on-black-history-and-structural-racism/feed/ 0 371409
    Tyre Nichols and the Need for a Cultural Revolution https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/03/tyre-nichols-and-the-need-for-a-cultural-revolution/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/03/tyre-nichols-and-the-need-for-a-cultural-revolution/#respond Fri, 03 Feb 2023 06:57:35 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=273047 The death of Tyre Nichols will be added to a long list of Black, Brown and White U.S. citizens innocently subjected to overwhelming force by those entrusted to protect them. The video of the young man being beaten by five Black policemen will lead to renewed cries of “Enough, enough.” Calls for local, state, and More

    The post Tyre Nichols and the Need for a Cultural Revolution appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Daniel Warner.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/03/tyre-nichols-and-the-need-for-a-cultural-revolution/feed/ 0 369480
    ‘Woke’ is Not Awake: to Confound the Great Ones We Need Our “Base(ness)” https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/03/woke-is-not-awake-to-confound-the-great-ones-we-need-our-baseness/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/03/woke-is-not-awake-to-confound-the-great-ones-we-need-our-baseness/#respond Fri, 03 Feb 2023 06:40:54 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=273206 …he who accepts the ambiguities of his culture without protest and without criticism is rewarded with a sense of security and moral justification. A certain kind of unanimity satisfies our emotions and is easily substituted for truth…In order to protect our common psychic security we readily become blind to the contradictions—or the lies – that More

    The post ‘Woke’ is Not Awake: to Confound the Great Ones We Need Our “Base(ness)” appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Kim C. Domenico.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/03/woke-is-not-awake-to-confound-the-great-ones-we-need-our-baseness/feed/ 0 369605
    We need new greenhouse gas emissions network, insists UN weather agency https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/01/we-need-new-greenhouse-gas-emissions-network-insists-un-weather-agency/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/01/we-need-new-greenhouse-gas-emissions-network-insists-un-weather-agency/#respond Wed, 01 Feb 2023 20:20:57 +0000 https://news.un.org/feed/view/en/audio/2023/02/1133067 The UN climate agency, WMO, has brought together governments and scientists in Geneva to push for the creation of a global greenhouse gas measuring network, that will help countries to adapt to climate change and mitigate its impacts.

    With more on the initiative, here’s Dr Oksana Tarasova, Senior Scientific Officer at the World Meteorological Organization (WMO), speaking to UN News’s Dominika Tomaszewska-Mortimer.


    This content originally appeared on UN News - Global perspective Human stories and was authored by Daniel Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/01/we-need-new-greenhouse-gas-emissions-network-insists-un-weather-agency/feed/ 0 368995
    Independent Media Need You to Get the Word Out on Social Media https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/01/independent-media-need-you-to-get-the-word-out-on-social-media/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/01/independent-media-need-you-to-get-the-word-out-on-social-media/#respond Wed, 01 Feb 2023 15:34:30 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9032009 Engaging with posts on social media is a meaningful way of supporting journalism organizations you are sympathetic to.

    The post Independent Media Need You to Get the Word Out on Social Media appeared first on FAIR.

    ]]>
     

    “Liking” a post on social media might not seem like a high-impact action. But nonprofit media groups actually depend a great deal on their readers’ online engagement.

    When people like, comment, share and click on the links of independent media posts on a site like Facebook, it tells Facebook‘s algorithm that this is content it should show to others. This increases the amount of people the post will reach. Without these engagements, it is safe to assume that Facebook would show these posts to hardly anyone. More than simply co-signing their content, engaging with posts on social media is a meaningful way of supporting journalism organizations you are sympathetic to by ensuring the organization reaches a larger audience.

    To examine the impact of social media engagement, FAIR conducted a study of its effect on our own posts on Facebook. FAIR counted the engagements and total people reached of three of its Facebook posts for each month between November 2020 and October 2022 as of November 1, 2022. These posts were of varied types, including articles, CounterSpin transcripts and promotions.

    We found a clear relationship between the amount of engagement and the number of people the post reached: For every one engagement, there were 10 people reached.

    Only a slim fraction of its audience engages with FAIR’s posts in the form of reactions (as in a “like” or “heart” reaction), comments, shares or clicks. This fraction of those who engaged changed depending on if the post was an article, a transcript or a promotion.

    A Post's Engagements vs. How Many People It Reached

    FAIR found that the more people engaged with its posts, the more people the posts reached. This finding supports existing public knowledge that a post’s reach depends heavily on engagement.

    It’s important that left-leaning social media users take this relationship into account, because right-wing digital actors have proven far more effective at manipulating the algorithms of social media sites (Science, 4/9/20). For all the accusations that social media sites are run by “woke mobs,” there’s actually an overrepresentation of right-wing media on social platforms.

    And because journalists often rely on these platforms to assess which stories should be told and how they should be framed, the online right has exerted significant influence over what stories corporate media decides to cover (Data and Society Research Institute, 2017). This overrepresentation of right-wing views in corporate media makes it all the more important that an organization like FAIR, working to expose corporate media bias, gets its message across on social platforms.

    FAIR’s study found that, on average, only 2.7% of the people reached by one of FAIR’s posts will “like” it. Promotional content like fundraising pitches fared even worse, with only 1.6% of people reached liking these posts.

    It’s easy to understand why this might be. Who truly likes fundraising pitches, anyway? And unless you are extremely well off, you can’t be expected to contribute to every fundraising drive for every nonprofit you support. So you might think the best thing to do is just to keep scrolling. To “like” a fundraising post without donating might seem hypocritical, right?

    Please don’t think that way! It is actually a free method of putting that fundraising pitch in front of someone who might be more willing to contribute this time around.

    The bottom line: If you are interested in helping nonprofit organizations like FAIR to help get their word out on social media, and countering the right’s digital influence, it’s worth interacting more with posts you think others should see.

    The post Independent Media Need You to Get the Word Out on Social Media appeared first on FAIR.


    This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Luca GoldMansour.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/01/independent-media-need-you-to-get-the-word-out-on-social-media/feed/ 0 368911
    Myles Thomas: Debate over public media merger is the proof we need it https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/23/myles-thomas-debate-over-public-media-merger-is-the-proof-we-need-it/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/23/myles-thomas-debate-over-public-media-merger-is-the-proof-we-need-it/#respond Mon, 23 Jan 2023 23:17:29 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=83399 COMMENTARY: By Myles Thomas

    How the RNZ/TVNZ merger went from its first reading in Parliament to the legislative extinction list is an example of why New Zealand actually needs more public media and not less. Let me explain.

    It has been labelled a grenade, a dog and a monolithic, monopolistic monster. Yet it is actually a reasonable policy that would bring New Zealand public media in line with most other developed countries.

    No other developed country has separate national television and radio networks. They have seen how it fails us and said, “no thanks”.

    Most other developed countries spend quite a bit more on their public media platforms too. Brits pay $81 each, Norwegians $110, Germans $142, but Kiwis just $27 each year to fund RNZ, TVNZ and NZ On Air.

    Even with the government’s funding increase over the next three years, we’ll still be spending less per person than Australia, Ireland or any other country we like to compare ourselves to.

    A big part of our public media underspend is successive governments’ policy that TVNZ pay its own way and rely on advertising dollars.

    Other countries subsidise their public media because they realise that a reliable source of news and information is too important to be left in the hands of marketers and advertising departments.

    Other end of the spectrum
    At the other end of the spectrum is the US spending just $3 per person on public media. You have to wonder how different US politics might be if it had fully-funded public media.

    It is true that TVNZ does receive funding for programmes through NZ On Air but those shows still have to be simple and entertaining because TVNZ sells adverts around them. Only Sunday mornings have programmes for minorities or long-form political interviews, and of course, that is when there is no advertising.

    That is the big difference between public media and commercial media. Public media doesn’t rely on advertising so it isn’t so desperate to get your attention and blast adverts at you.

    Public media has time to examine public issues in-depth.

    Commercial media needs to make money and with advertising dollars drifting to Google and Facebook, they work even harder to make content as eye-catching, entertaining and easy to understand as possible.

    You may have noticed it on TVNZ, Newshub, Stuff or at the New Zealand Herald. These days there are more articles about crime, car crashes and weather bombs because they catch people’s attention.

    Political reporting also wants to catch your attention. While public media can spend half an hour discussing a policy in-depth, commercial media want eyeballs so they go for the fun stuff — who’s up and who’s down in the pugilistic soap opera of daily politics. It is entertaining and it’s quick and easy to explain.

    Complicated issues
    Unlike this opinion piece I’m writing for you now — I’m already halfway through my allotted word count, yet I’ve spent all of them just explaining the background. Complicated issues take more time to explain. I had better get on with it.

    It was in this commercial political reporting soap opera that the media merger lost its way. Like many politicians, opposition broadcasting spokesperson Melissa Lee exploited commercial media’s focus on simplification and pugilism to attack the government. She repeatedly claimed the government could not explain why we need the merger, but the government had tried to explain it, only the public hadn’t heard because it is too complicated to explain quickly and simply on commercial media (as I’m trying to do here).

    Political reporting fixated on Willie Jackson’s various stumbles as though this reflected the policy, rather than analysing the policy itself.

    National Party leader Christopher Luxon also exploited commercial media’s lack of examination. He criticised the merger for being “ideological”, claiming it would destroy TVNZ’s business model, and saying he would demerge it if National win the election.

    But none of the interviewers asked Luxon to explain his figures or why the destruction of TVNZ’s business model would be a bad thing. None asked him if demerging would also be “ideological” and none asked if he would get a cost-benefit analysis done before demerging.

    Lee and Luxon’s criticism worked. A Taxpayers Union poll in November claimed 54 percent opposed the merger and 22 percent supported it.

    Different polling outcome
    My organisation, Better Public Media Trust, also polled on the subject but we added some information about the merger, its costs and benefits. We got quite different results with just 29 percent opposing and 44 percent supporting the merger.

    That shows what a little bit of information can do to public opinion. It also shows that reliance on commercial media for political discussion is prone to being style over substance, posturing over policy, soap operas over documentaries.

    That is why the merger should go ahead. People would see it’s not a dog, grenade or monster, but intelligent, diverse and informative public media. Just in time for the election.

    Myles Thomas is chair of the Better Public Media Trust (BPM). He is a television producer and director of various forms of “factual” programming, and in 2012 he established established the Save TVNZ 7 campaign. This article was first published in the New Zealand Herald and is republished here with the author’s permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/23/myles-thomas-debate-over-public-media-merger-is-the-proof-we-need-it/feed/ 0 366615
    We Need Housing for People to Live In, Not for Corporations to Invest In https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/22/we-need-housing-for-people-to-live-in-not-for-corporations-to-invest-in/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/22/we-need-housing-for-people-to-live-in-not-for-corporations-to-invest-in/#respond Sun, 22 Jan 2023 14:00:05 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/housing-for-people-not-corporations

    Anyone who is active in our communities knows that housing insecurity and homelessness are rising fast, due in part to an ever-shrinking lot of affordable rentals and homes. Housing should be the rallying cry right now.

    There are a number of structural reasons for this housing crisis, and the most truly terrifying fact is that while housing becomes less and less affordable, there is no plan to make homes more available. At this time, we have far-right bomb throwers running one branch of government whose wish is to make those who live on SSI or Social Security even more unstable than they currently are. Every day we see these corporate shills threatening to cut or even eliminate entitlements that millions rely on for survival. And it seems that workforce housing is rapidly disappearing.

    One of the major problems that nobody is addressing is the huge number of rental properties and single-family homes that are being snatched up by nameless, faceless corporations in order to evict longstanding residents, slap a new coat of paint on the walls, maybe purchase a shiny new fridge, and double the rent to a new tenant. There seems to be no limit to the number of houses or apartments these huge corporations can own.

    According to The Wall Street Journal in 2021, 200 corporations are aggressively purchasing tens of thousands of homes, and even entire neighborhoods, and jacking up the rents. For example, a Blackrock creation called Invitation Homes merged with another outfit and as of 2021, this conglomerate owned 80,000 rental homes. In 2012, this outfit, also known as Treehouse Homes, went on a buying spree where they were purchasing $150 million dollars worth of homes every week—up to $10 billion.

    Some of these corporate acquisitions will be sold for well over market value. Often the smaller houses that might have been worker housing are considered tear-downs and will be replaced with a 4 or 5,000-square-foot monstrosity. Many others are used to create profit in the short-term rental market.

    While housing becomes less and less affordable, there is no plan to make homes more available... We desperately need a legal framework to make affordable housing possible.

    In my small town, a large corporation bought an apartment complex and is in the process of evicting a 90-year-old wheelchair-bound resident—in a town with a 0.7% vacancy rate. This resident just had his lease not renewed. The idea that you can evict long-term disabled tenants is just disgusting—but there is no law against it now. A local group is working on creating a law to prevent this type of corporate crime.

    If we lived in a country that actually valued its citizens, housing would be a priority. Since the Republicans remade so much of America under Ronald Reagan, there is no federal housing being built. No money for states to build housing. A housing crisis would be almost impossible to avoid in a country where real wages continue to stagnate, and in some years even decline, and there is no legal challenge to the huge corporations who dominate the industry. For-profit developers are who is building now, and in some instances need to put a couple of token affordable units into a large project, but frequently the affordable units are too expensive for many who need homes. And sometimes they even revert to market rates after a certain period.

    The amazing generation of people under 35 is speaking out about opportunity: many younger people will never have the chance to own a home. The stories are rampant: people who bid for a home get outbid by either the corporate buyers or by older people who have capital from having sold a home they were able to purchase when homes were far more affordable. People my age—in our 60's—have owned homes that we bought for $100,000 or less and often when we sell them they go for 5-10 times that price. But young adults have none of those advantages.

    We desperately need a legal framework to make affordable housing possible. I am not a housing expert, or a lawyer. But some things are clear: corporate ownership of millions of units of housing has not been good for our country. Rent control is non-existent in the vast majority of towns and cities in the U.S. Homelessness has spiraled to numbers not seen ever before. The corporate ownership issue must be addressed nationally, but that does not seem to be an issue the Biden administration has been interested in tackling. There is a housing action plan put out in May 2022, but we haven't seen any of that money go into housing in my part of New England.

    States could restrict number of houses used for short-term rentals, but federal intervention is needed in what I think is the biggest obstacle to bending the homelessness curve: limits to corporate ownership of housing. Unhoused people on our sidewalks, in shelters, in motels, in tents: this is our present and our future if we don't see some real, urgent action to legally protect the vulnerable and house us all. Housing is a human need, not a speculative purchase.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Nancy Braus.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/22/we-need-housing-for-people-to-live-in-not-for-corporations-to-invest-in/feed/ 0 366358
    We Need a New Approach to Debt—One Borrowed From the Past https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/22/we-need-a-new-approach-to-debt-one-borrowed-from-the-past/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/22/we-need-a-new-approach-to-debt-one-borrowed-from-the-past/#respond Sun, 22 Jan 2023 13:00:02 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/new-approach-to-us-debt-crisis

    On Friday, Jan. 13, Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen wrote to Congress that the U.S. government will hit its borrowing limit on Jan. 19, forcing the new Congress into negotiations over the debt limit much sooner than expected. She said she will use accounting maneuvers she called “extraordinary measures” to keep U.S. finances running for a few months, pushing the potential date for default to sometime in the summer. But she urged Congress to get to work on raising the debt ceiling.

    Lifting it above its current $31.385 trillion limit won’t be easy with a highly divided and gridlocked Congress. As former Republican politician David Stockman crowed in a Jan. 11 article:

    15 [House] votes and the slings and arrows of MSM opprobrium were well worth it. That’s because the GOP’s anti-McCarthy insurrection obtained concessions which just might slow America’s headlong rush to fiscal armageddon. And just in the nick of time!
    We are referring, of course, to the Speaker elect’s promise that there will be no more debt ceiling increases without off-setting spending cuts; and that in the event of a double-cross a single Member of the House may table a motion to vacate the Speaker’s chair.

    Even if Congress succeeds in raising the debt ceiling, the Federal Reserve’s aggressive interest rate hikes are likely to push interest on the federal debt to unsustainable levels. The problem was detailed by the House Republican Policy Committee like this:

    As of December 8, 2022, the U.S. gross national debt stood at nearly $31.5 trillion, $8.5 trillion higher than it was just three years before and the highest level in our nation’s history. Last year [in March 2021], the Congressional Budget Office (CBO) projected the federal government would spend $282 billion servicing our debt in 2022, but that projection ballooned to nearly $400 billion as the Federal Reserve tightens monetary policy and the debt continues to grow.
    … While interest rates have been low by historical standards, if interest rates rose to 5 percent, where they were as recently as 2007, net interest payments on the current debt level held by the public would be over $1 trillion, more than the federal government spends annually on everything but Social Security [emphasis added; endnotes omitted].

    San Francisco Fed President Mary Daly said during a live-streamed interview with The Wall Street Journal that she expects policymakers to raise interest rates to somewhere above 5%, and JPMorgan CEO Jamie Dimon said it “may very well” raise rates to 6%.

    The global debt cycle has reached the stage where, historically, a major “monetary reset” has been required. In 1913, it was done by instituting the Federal Reserve to backstop a banking system unable to meet withdrawals in gold. In 1933, it was done by taking the dollar off the gold standard domestically; in 1969, by taking the dollar off the gold standard internationally; and in 2008-09, by bailing out the banks with quantitative easing.

    Resetting the Game Board in Line with the Constitution

    What about today? In a Jan. 11 article in Forbes, after discussing the limitations of the “extraordinary measures” to which the Treasury can resort, investment advisor Simon Moore wrote:

    Some have also argued that the government could go further, perhaps invoking the 14th Amendment, or minting an enormously high-value coin as further strategies to sidestep debt ceiling issues. However, these ideas are untested …

    The 14th Amendment says the validity of the government’s debt shall not be questioned. Fixing the budget deficit by minting some trillion dollar coins would be a radical monetary “reset,” but the approach is not actually untested. Abraham Lincoln did something similar to avoid a usurious national debt at 24 to 36% interest during the Civil War, and he was drawing from the playbook of the American colonists a century earlier.

    Article 1, Section 8, of the U.S. Constitution says, “The Congress shall have Power … To coin Money [and] regulate the Value thereof …“ When the Constitution was ratified, coins were the only officially recognized legal tender. By 1860, coins made up only about half the currency; and today, they make up only about $1.19 billion of a $21.352 trillion circulating money supply (M2). These coins, along with about $239 million in U.S. Notes or Greenbacks originally issued during the Civil War, are all that are left of the Treasury’s money-creating power.

    The vast majority of the money supply today is created privately by banks as deposits when they make loans, usurping the power to issue the national money supply from the people to whom it constitutionally belongs. Lincoln avoided a massive debt to private British-backed banks by restoring the government-issued money of the American colonists. In the 1860s, these newly-issued U.S. Notes or Greenbacks constituted 40% of the national currency. Today, 40% of the circulating money supply would be $8.5 trillion. Yet, this massive money-printing during the Civil War did not lead to hyperinflation. Greenbacks suffered a drop in value as against gold, but according to Milton Friedman and Anna Schwarz in A Monetary History of the United States, 1867-1960, this was not due to “printing money.” Rather, it was caused by trade imbalances with foreign trading partners on the gold standard.

    The Greenbacks aided the Union not only in winning the war but in funding a period of unprecedented economic expansion. Lincoln’s government created the greatest industrial giant the world had yet seen. The steel industry was launched, a continental railroad system was created, a new era of farm machinery and cheap tools was promoted, free higher education was established, government support was provided to all branches of science, the Bureau of Mines was organized, and labor productivity was increased by 50 to 75 percent.

    Congress could avoid its debt crisis today by calling for a new issue of debt-free U.S. Notes. That, however, would require legislation, probably a greater uphill battle in the current Congress, even than getting the debt ceiling lifted.

    Reducing the Federal Debt

    Another way to alleviate the debt crisis with government-issued money was proposed by Republican presidential candidate Ron Paul and endorsed by Democratic Representative Alan Grayson during the last debt ceiling crisis: the Federal Reserve could be ordered to transfer to the Treasury the federal securities it has purchased with accounting entries through “quantitative easing.” The Treasury could then just void this part of the debt, which stood at $6.097 trillion as of Dec. 2, 2022. That alternative would be legal, but it would require persuading not just Congress but the Federal Reserve to act.

    A third alternative, which could be done very quickly by executive order, would be for the federal government to exercise its constitutional power to “coin money and regulate the value thereof” by minting one or more trillion dollar platinum coins.

    The idea of minting large denomination coins to solve economic problems was first suggested in the early 1980s by a chairman of the Coinage Subcommittee of the House of Representatives. Not only does the Constitution give Congress the power to coin money and regulate its value, he said, but no limit is put on the value of the coins it creates.

    In 1982, Congress chose to choke off this remaining vestige of its money-creating power by imposing limits on the amounts and denominations of most coins. But it left one exception, the platinum coin, which a special provision allowed to be minted in any amount for commemorative purposes (31 U.S. Code § 5112). When Congress was gridlocked over the debt ceiling in 2013, attorney Carlos Mucha proposed issuing a platinum coin to capitalize on this loophole; and the proposal the proposal got picked up by Paul Krugman and some other economists as a way to move forward.

    Philip Diehl, former head of the U.S. Mint and co-author of the platinum coin law, confirmed that the coin would be legal tender. He said:

    In minting the $1 trillion platinum coin, the Treasury Secretary would be exercising authority which Congress has granted routinely for more than 220 years . . . under power expressly granted to Congress in the Constitution (Article 1, Section 8).

    What about Inflation?

    Prof. Randall Wray explained that the coins would not circulate but would be deposited in the government’s account at the Fed, so they would not inflate the circulating money supply. The budget would still need Congressional approval. To keep a lid on spending, Congress would just need to abide by some basic rules of economics. It could spend on goods and services up to full employment without creating price inflation (since supply and demand would rise together). After that, it would need to tax — not to fund the budget, but to shrink the circulating money supply and avoid driving up prices with excess demand.

    An alternative for stabilizing the money supply and avoiding inflation without resorting to taxes was developed by the Pennsylvania colonists in Benjamin Franklin’s day. The American colonies were then printing paper scrip, following the innovative lead of Massachusetts in 1691. This paper money was considered an advance against taxes, but it was easier to issue the scrip than to collect it back in taxes; and the result was to inflate and devalue the currency.

    The Pennsylvania colonists avoided price inflation by forming a “land bank.” The colonial government issued paper scrip in return for goods and services, and it lent scrip to the farmers at a reasonable rate. The interest returned to the colonial treasury, balancing the budget.

    Today we could do the same: we could offset the money issued for government expenses with interest instead of taxes. But that would effectively mean nationalizing the banking system, again not something that is likely or even desirable in a major economy with many competing economic interests. As U.K. Prof. Richard Werner observes, nationalizing the banking system in Soviet Russia did not work out well. But the Chinese approach, involving many small local public banks, proved to be very efficient and effective; and German local bankers developed such a system long before the Chinese, with their network of local public Sparkassen banks. We could follow suit with a network of public banks spreading to local needs, thus turning banking into a public utility while keeping credit under local management and distribution.

    We Could Go Further…

    As the chairman of the Coinage Subcommittee observed in the 1980s, the entire federal debt could actually be paid with some large denomination coins. Again, the concern will be that it will inflate the money supply and devalue the currency; but the Federal Reserve showed after the “Great Recession” that it could issue trillions of dollars in accounting-entry quantitative easing without triggering hyperinflation. Indeed, the exercise did not trigger even the modest inflation for which it was designed.

    Japan has gone further. As of May 2022, 43.3% of its national debt was held by the Bank of Japan; yet its consumer price index (the annual percentage change in the cost of consumer goods and services) was at negative 0.2%. And China increased its money supply by nearly 1800% over 24 years (from 1996 to 2020) without driving up price inflation. It did that by increasing GDP in step with the money supply.

    As with QE, paying off the federal debt with trillion coins deposited in the Treasury’s account would just be an asset swap, replacing an interest-bearing obligation (bonds) with a non-interest-bearing one (bank deposits paid to the bond sellers). The market for goods and services would not be flooded with “new” money that would inflate the prices of consumer goods, because the bond holders would not consider themselves any richer than before.Joseph Wang, a former senior trader on the Fed’s open market desk, explained the difference between QE and direct payment of stimulus checks in a Jan. 9, 2023 article. He wrote:

    The enormous fiscal stimulus in 2020 created a few trillion out of thin air and just gave it away to the public – predictably supercharging growth and inflation. Note that fiscal stimulus is very different from QE, which merely exchanges Treasuries for cash. QE changes the composition of liquid assets held by non-banks (fewer Treasuries, more cash), but not their purchasing power. In contrast, stimmy checks and forgivable loans are essentially free “helicopter money” that increase potential demand.

    QE changes the composition of liquid assets held by non-banks (fewer Treasuries, more cash), but not their purchasing power.” The non-bank holders of Treasuries could have sold their securities at any time if they had wanted cash. They had their money in government securities in the first place because they wanted to save it rather than spend it. If they were cashed out, they would presumably continue to save the money, probably by investing it in other interest-generating securities.

    Something to Think About at Least

    Granted, those proposals are unlikely to pass now, and it would take unusual courage just to introduce them; but we are living in unusual times. The time will soon come for bold leaders to take the reins and do something radical. The alternative that is barreling down on us is the World Economic Forum’s “Great Reset,” in which “you will own nothing and eat bugs” (basically neo-feudalism).

    The status quo is clearly unsustainable, and the Fed’s current tools cannot set it right. The inflation problem has been thrust in its lap, although fiscal spending and supply shortages are key drivers of today’s price hikes; and the Fed’s traditional tools won’t fix those problems. The higher that interest rates are raised, the harder it will be for people and businesses to pay their credit card debts. That means businesses will go bankrupt, people will get laid off, and tax receipts will go down, further driving up the budget deficit.

    We need a new approach, at least one that is new in modern times. We would do well to return to the solution of our forefathers – a monetary system backed by “the full faith and credit of the United States,” a government “of the people, by the people, and for the people,” as Lincoln intoned. That may not be the government we have now, but it could be and should be. Before we can have a trustworthy national currency, we need a transparent and accountable government that is responsive to the will of the people. When the old system finally breaks and we are primed for a new one, those are the principles that should guide us in its development.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Ellen Brown.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/22/we-need-a-new-approach-to-debt-one-borrowed-from-the-past/feed/ 0 366346
    Manchin-Romney Attack on Social Security Is ‘Last Thing We Need’: Sanders https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/21/manchin-romney-attack-on-social-security-is-last-thing-we-need-sanders/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/21/manchin-romney-attack-on-social-security-is-last-thing-we-need-sanders/#respond Sat, 21 Jan 2023 21:47:40 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/manchin-romney-social-security-cuts-bernie-sanders

    Progressive Sen. Bernie Sanders on Saturday slammed right-wing Democratic Sen. Joe Manchin's widely panned proposal to explore slashing Social Security benefits as part of a debt ceiling pact with Republicans.

    During a Wednesday interview with Fox Business at the ruling class' annual gathering in Davos for the World Economic Forum, Manchin (W.Va.) suggested that members of both major U.S. political parties "work together" on solving the nation's so-called "debt problem." Although Manchin didn't explicitly demand cuts to Social Security and expressed opposition to GOP calls for privatization, he singled out the program for intervention, saying that Congress "should be able to solidify it."

    Given that Republicans are currently threatening to tank the global economy unless Democrats agree to reduce social spending, Manchin's unilateral call for appeasement has set off alarm bells.

    What's especially concerning to progressives is that the corporate-backed lawmaker is the co-author, alongside Sen. Mitt Romney (R-Utah), of the TRUST Act, a bill that would enable Congress to create bipartisan "rescue" committees for the nation's trust fund programs—including Social Security and Medicare—and give the panels 180 days to develop "legislation that restores solvency and otherwise improves each." Measures put forth by the bipartisan committees would be fast-tracked for floor votes in both chambers of Congress, with no amendments allowed.

    Not only is Social Security legally incapable of adding to the federal deficit, but budget analysts have shown that the program is financially sound, requiring just a small increase in payroll tax revenue to ensure full benefits beyond 2035.

    "The last thing we need is another commission to propose cuts to Social Security and Medicare," Sanders (I-Vt.) tweeted Saturday.

    "The disastrous Bowles-Simpson 'fiscal commission' came very close to passing Congress some ten years ago. Bernie led the fight against it. It was a bad idea then, it is an even worse idea now."

    "The last time we had one, it proposed cutting Social Security benefits for middle-class seniors by up to 35% and cutting tax rates for billionaires," Sanders added, referring to the notorious 2010 Bowles-Simpson Commission, on which Manchin and Romney's bill is based.

    Former Clinton White House Chief of Staff Erskine Bowles and former Republican Sen. Alan Simpson (Wyo.), the Obama-appointed chairs of that commission, both endorsed the TRUST Act in 2021, calling it "important and vital."

    Historically informed critics, by contrast, have condemned Manchin and Romney's legislation as "a Trojan horse to cut seniors' benefits."

    Sanders' staff director Warren Gunnels provided additional historical context on Saturday, linking to a 2012 essay in which the senator explained that in addition to seeking to cut wealthy households' tax rates and current retirees' Social Security benefits, the panel also proposed raising the retirement age to 69 years, slashing veterans' benefits, increasing interest rates on student loans, and eliminating 450,000 federal jobs, among other harmful measures.

    On Wednesday, Manchin asserted that his and Romney's bill could be used to secure a debt ceiling deal with House Republicans, many of whom have vowed to not lift the country's borrowing cap—an arbitrary and arguably unconstitutional figure set by Congress—unless Democrats agree to shred vital social programs.

    The U.S. government's outstanding debt officially hit the statutory limit of $31.4 trillion on Thursday, at which point the Treasury Department started repurposing federal funds.

    Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen told congressional leaders last week that "the use of extraordinary measures enables the government to meet its obligations for only a limited amount of time," possibly through early June. She implored Congress to "act in a timely manner to increase or suspend the debt limit," warning that "failure to meet the government's obligations would cause irreparable harm to the U.S. economy, the livelihoods of all Americans, and global financial stability."

    Notably, Capitol Hill's deficit hawks do not support reducing the Pentagon's ever-expanding budget or hiking taxes on the rich to increase revenue. On the contrary, the first bill unveiled by House Republicans in the 118th Congress seeks to rescind most of the Inflation Reduction Act's roughly $80 billion funding boost for the Internal Revenue Service—a move that would help wealthy households evade taxes and add an estimated $114 billion to the federal deficit.

    A 2011 debt ceiling standoff enabled the GOP to impose austerity and also resulted in a historic downgrading of the U.S. government's credit rating, but the country has never defaulted on its debt. Economists warn that doing so would likely trigger chaos in financial markets, leading to millions of job losses and the erasure of $15 trillion in wealth.

    Knowing that a painful recession is at stake, "many leading Republican lawmakers are demanding that their new House majority use the debt limit as leverage to force the Biden administration to accept sweeping spending cuts that Democrats oppose, creating an impasse with no clear resolution at hand," the Washington Post reported last week.

    Manchin claims to have spoken "briefly" with House Speaker Kevin McCarthy (R-Calif.) about the TRUST Act. Asked about the White House's opposition to attaching any policy concessions to a debt ceiling agreement, Manchin said he believes the Biden administration will change its tune and negotiate with Republicans.

    Alex Lawson, the executive director of Social Security Works, told Common Dreams earlier this week that President Joe Biden should "reiterate his commitment to only signing a clean debt limit increase, and specifically rule out a closed-door commission designed to cut Social Security."

    Lawson's sentiment was echoed Saturday by Gunnels, who wrote on social media: "I'm old enough to remember that the disastrous Bowles-Simpson 'fiscal commission' came very close to passing Congress some ten years ago. Bernie led the fight against it. It was a bad idea then, it is an even worse idea now."

    Rather than allowing a bipartisan commission to propose devastating cuts, Sanders argued, "we must instead expand Social Security."

    Surveys have shown that U.S. voters are strongly opposed to cutting or privatizing Social Security and want Congress to expand the program. Last year, Sanders and Sen. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.) led the introduction of the Social Security Expansion Act, which would lift the cap on income that is subject to the Social Security payroll tax and boost the program's annual benefits by $2,400.

    According to Data for Progress, 76% of likely voters—including 83% of Democrats, 73% of Republicans, and 73% of independents—support imposing, for the first time, payroll taxes on individuals with annual incomes above $400,000 per year to fund an expansion of Social Security benefits. Currently, only those making $147,000 or less are subject to the Social Security payroll tax.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/21/manchin-romney-attack-on-social-security-is-last-thing-we-need-sanders/feed/ 0 366280
    Need for Greed: Payback https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/20/need-for-greed-payback/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/20/need-for-greed-payback/#respond Fri, 20 Jan 2023 06:51:50 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=272133

    [JC] told them, “Scripture says, ‘My house will be called a house of prayer,’ but you’re turning it into a gathering place for thieves!”

    Matthew 21:12-13

    The opening credits of the new four-part Netflix series, Madoff: The Monster of Wall Street, features at one point cash raining down from the heavens on Wall Street. You picture bankers smiling inside knowingly on their way to work, say JPMorgan Chase. But, being an aging hippie nearing the extinction of my subspecies, I recalled the happier, spliffier days of street theater and its master practitioner, Abbie Hoffman, and one of his signature gags in August 1967 where he rained dollar bills down on Wall Street brokers from the balcony of the Exchange and watched them drop everything to snorkleporkle for the cash. Larry Sloman, author of the marvelous Steal This Dream, an oral history of the Sixties and the counterculture days, reported on Abbie’s shenanigans at Wall Street this way:

    At first there was a stony surreal silence as the brokers looked up and saw a shower of currency gently wafting down. Then as the bills hit the ground, pandemonium broke out. The brokers started scrambling, pushing each other, grabbing for the money. When the avalanche subsided, they actually looked up at the gallery and demanded more. But Abbie and his friends had run out of bills, so they started throwing some pocket change down. The brokers booed. [p. 3]

    Abbie pulled a similar stunt at the other end of the MIC spectrum, threatening to levitate the Pentagon (and actually getting them to negotiate how high, to Daniel Ellsberg’s delight).

    Madoff: The Monster of Wall Street asks the same old question: How could this happen?

    It’s not exactly an honest query. Rhetorical, maybe. For we know the answer is age-old GREED before we even begin watching. The -patho Madoff rightly blamed the success of the Ponzi on people’s greed, including his own. What comes out in this Netflix production, and no doubt others, is the melange of interests seeking to ride a secret, exclusive process to instant fiscal success, from mainstream investors like Fred Wilpon, owner of the NY Mets, to wealthy investors evading taxes in the Caymans (the funds bundles and put in the hands of Madoff) to far more nefarious players. But there’s more. In Episode 1, “A Liar, Not A Failure,” Harry Markopolos, forensic accounting and financial fraud investigator, who tried repeatedly and unsuccessfully to alert the Security and Exchanges Commission (SEC), added a cogent further explanation — even a paradox — to the willingness of people to invest in Bernie’s wizardry:

    Once you realize that Bernie is managing money for some of the world’s most dangerous people, you start to worry that if you’re discovered trying to turn in Madoff, it could cost the drսg cartels and the Russians a lot of money. Money that they don’t want to lose. So, I’m at risk personally, because I’m seemingly the lone voice in the wilderness going to the authorities saying Madoff’s a fraud. So, I started carrying a gun, and I started checking my vehicle for bombs.

    ( tense music playing )

    At the same time, this threat from the Underworld, its mystique, its self-protectiveness, its implicit habit of putting horses heads in the beds of those who crossed them, no doubt added a sense of security for investors. Besides, many of Madoff’s investors, who sheltered their money from the IRS, and from paying a fair share of their taxes, were criminals anyway. Which is to say, many of them were in love with their own deviance and winky insiderliness and those who knew that shady violent investors were involved must have felt ‘protected’. This is the stinky stench money puts out. Pecunia non olet, aber manus manum lavat, n’est-ce pas?

    By my count, there have now been at least four major versions of the Bernie Madoff Ponzi scheme scandal. “Bernie Madoff: His Life and Crimes,” a documentary (CNBC, 2021); “The Wizard of Lies,” a drama starring Robert DeNiro and Michelle Pfeiffer (ABC, 2016); “The Madoff Affair,” a documentary (PBS, 2009); and this latest Netflix entry to the scandal canon. They have all tried to make sense of this Festival of Darkness that went on for almost 50 years, from roughly 1960 to 2008, and, we’re told, would have gone on longer if not for the too-big-to-fail Wall Street events of 2008, which struck the world like a Pearl Harbor event, devastating global markets almost to the point of market freefall. Wall Street was bailed out with TARP money, but the meltdown precipitated the collapse of Madoff’s Ponzi that had grown to a worth of almost $65 billion. The money might as well have disappeared in a poof of magician’s smoke. Gone. Magician with it.

    So, what can we learn from this latest iteration of the fall of the Madoffs? It can’t be deemed a tragedy — at least not in the classic ancient sense where we watch hubris at work on the psyches of a noble family and pack our hamartia hankies and wait for catharsis and release from emotional tension, with the promise of renewal contained in the moral. Bernie Madoff may have been king of his money jungle, but his story never rises to the gobsmack moment Oedipus Rex has when he realizes he’s married to mom. Ouch. And it doesn’t have any of the drama of Macbeth, although one major contributor to Madoff’s funds, French aristocrat René-Thierry Magon de la Villehuchet, who had enticed half of Europe’s elites to “invest” their money, ends up committing suicide. As Netflix has it, in Episode 4, “It happened 11 days after Bernie turned himself in. Thierry locked himself in his office that night, and he sliced his arms open and bled into a trashcan so he wouldn’t make a mess for the cleaning lady.” How considerate. Don’t the poor suffer enough? the honorable aristocrat seems to be messaging from the grave. But there’s no tragedy here. Pathos, maybe, if you are in a philanthropic mood. One thinks of the Sackler family taking so many lives with oxycontin and blaming those who got hooked on the drug, pushed shamelessly by the family, who only wished to make zillions of dollars. It’s an open question what the Netflix series adds to the unsolved mystery of what made Bernie tick.

    Madoff: The Monster of Wall Street draws the conclusion that Madoff was a sociopath. It really begins that way. In Episode 1, “A Liar, Not A Failure,” we start by empathizing with the trope of not following in the footsteps of a father who failed. So, Bernie would rather be remembered as a liar and fraud before being thought of as a failure. But his plumber-stockbroker father was no failure as a man; he provided for his family. And he gave sound advice to Bernie’s messenger, William Nasi, on working stocks:

    “He told me, ‘Never, ever, ever invest on Wall Street. It is run by crooks, and SOBs [sons of bitches]. I don’t trust them. Put your own money in a savings bank and you control it yourself. A dollar is worth a dollar. Don’t let greed get into your psyche.’” [“Life Inside the Weird World of Bernie Madoff, Who Died on Wednesday,” Joe Lauria, Consortium News, March 22, 2009]

    You would have to presume that Bernie was given the same or similar advice — and intentionally opted to work with crooks. Indeed, in this same piece, Nasi describes Madoff’s shine for making a buck: “Money,” said Nasi. “That activated his neurological circuits to the highest. That lit his brain up.” Interesting way of putting it, as Madoff’s success, and his movement out of penny stocks, began when was one of the first to incorporate computers into his business that accelerated his trading and made his services more attractive to investors — something the episode does a nice job explaining.

    IMDB provides a succinct description of what happens in Episode 2, “Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell Transcript” : As word of Madoff’s seemingly golden touch spreads from Wall Street to Palm Beach, his empire branches out into hedge funds – and draws scrutiny. It draws scrutiny but not enough. The SEC, which could have stopped the proceedings early, simply punted. Madoff had two floors in the so-called Lipstick Building (architectural shape) at his disposal, one for legitimate business (19th) and one for his illegally unlicensed “investment advisory” services (17th floor), where all the fake paper records were generated. The investment advisory floor was run by Frank DiPascali, who is described by Ellen Hales, a fellow employee:

    Frank DiPascali was a guy that you would expect to run numbers or be shooting craps in the street. He was definitely, you know, a smart guy, but, you know, like, a streetwise guy. If Frank had been a mobster, he would have been the one telling people who to hit.

    Bernie hadn’t gone to Harvard, we’re told, and he seems to have preferred to be surrounded by academic underachievers who were keen to learn and serve and were happy to receive wages far in excess of their expectations. Loyalty bought. When the game was over, most pf them pretended that they knew nothing of the Ponzi operation, though we’re shown how they helped ‘launder’ receipts and invoices, smudging them on the floor and cooling them down in the fridge prior to their handover to the SEC. It’s almost a joke to say they suspected but didn’t know the details: Madoff absorbed money and never invested any of it, and refused to do what everybody else had to do, which is openly show how and when. Instead, he threatened to kick over-inquisitive investors out of the club. Bottom line: Bernie had a multi-billion dollar stash of cash at his disposal and as long as long as withdrawal checks didn’t bounce he could go on for a long time. The 2008 meltdown fatally slowed down investment cash.

    IMDB tells us that in Episode 3 “Competitors investigate Madoff’s impossible numbers and alert the Securities and Exchange Commission, but the agency shrugs off multiple red flags.” And in Episode 4, they tell us, “Madoff’s scheme is exposed amid the 2008 financial market crisis. His victims’ lives are upended as they trace years of obstacles to recoup their losses.” So, the SEC failed miserably in multiple instances. Crook. Caught. Devastation of Lives. Lamentations and Recriminations. Harry Markopolos finally gets to say, I told you so, and to lambaste the SEC at a Congressional hearing:

    https://youtu.be/m3mMxkAJpRE

    But, as usual, they all pretend that such failures are a one-off, instead of endemic.

    At the end of Episode 4, there is synthetic dialogue between Bruce Dubinsky, a forensic accountant, and Harry Markopolos, about the future that goes like this:

    Markopolos: People want to believe in good returns without downside risk. Everybody wants that in their portfolio, but they’re chasing the Holy Grail. The Holy Grail doesn’t exist in real life, nor does it exist in finance. Madoff was a fake. There was nothing real there.

    Dubinsky: And so could there be another Bernie Madoff in the future? There will be another Bernie Madoff. That will happen. Mark my words.

    ( dramatic music continues )

    Yes, of course there’ll be more frauds of monster proportions. We are dealing with -pathos, and finance, especially, is where they wink and nod and play like God. We had the Wall Street meltdown of 1987. The day before the 9/11 events, Secretary of Defense, Donald Rumsfeld, told the public, with astonishing nonchalance, that $2.3 Trillion in Pentagon spending could not be accounted for. This should seem impossible, as well as a total outrage, but then the attacks came and the “more important” war on Terror was born and no scandal could be brooked. A few months later, there was the Enron scandal — “likely the largest, most complicated, and most notorious accounting scandal of all time” [CFI] The Bush administration was politically and financially connected to Enron, according to MarketWatch. But the Commander-in-Chief had no time to for such trivialities: A war was on. Then, in 2008, Yes We Can turned into No We Can’t as the Wall Street meltdown ruined Obama’s planned social projects initiative, the earmarked monies becoming the TARP bailout of Too Big To Fail bullshitters. And, just as Madoff was the first to take advantage of computerized trading to pull in “investor” billions, so, too, more recently, has Sam Bankman-Fried (aptly named) found a way to astonish all with crypto fraud (and there have been a rash of others lately, too). Government is the problem, Reagan once said, and that’s so true.

    Even in the Sackler case, we discover in reading that the FDA was a total failure in its regulatory mission of ensuring safety by making sure the medicinal claims were accurate and not fraudulent, and to make pay those who lied about their wares, as the Sacklers did with oxycontin. (The arrogant and totally unrepentant Sacklers, after being heavily fined by courts in the US, although immediately appealed, went on to push its opium-based product to, of all places, China). The system corruption of rotting capitalism stinketh.

    Ordinary Americans appear to be on the brink of total and catastrophic economic meltdown as Wall Street and its investors continue to embrace fraud and subterfuge just 15 years after the last meltdown. Some observers see the chaos such activity creates as a sign of the end of the Gold Rush that began after the fall of the Berlin Wall. In a recent WaPo piece, “The worry in Davos: Globalization is under siege,” they find that the global elites (Madoffians, no doubt) are bumbling around a bit in a sign that chaos is at hand:

    Instead of a “post-crisis” moment, it’s more common to talk of a “permacrisis,” of a world buckling under a never-ending cascade of calamity — war, climate catastrophe, energy price chaos, inflation, epidemics of hunger and disease, political instability and widening economic inequity. This year’s WEF theme, a plaintive appeal to find “cooperation in a fragmented world,” seems more possessed by the ruptures that have already taken place.

    Has the rooster come home to crow?


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by John Kendall Hawkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/20/need-for-greed-payback/feed/ 0 366003
    ‘We Need Medicare for All’: Record Number in US Postponed Healthcare in 2022 https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/17/we-need-medicare-for-all-record-number-in-us-postponed-healthcare-in-2022/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/17/we-need-medicare-for-all-record-number-in-us-postponed-healthcare-in-2022/#respond Tue, 17 Jan 2023 22:25:03 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/record-number-postponed-healthcare-usa-2022

    Nearly 40% of people in the United States said they or a family member delayed medical care last year due to the prohibitively high cost of treatment under the nation's for-profit healthcare model, according to a Gallup survey published Tuesday.

    As U.S. residents faced soaring prices for private insurance, the percentage of them forgoing medical services as a result of the costs climbed 12 points in one year, from 26% in 2021 to 38% in 2022. Of those who reported postponing treatment last year, 27% said they or a family member did so "for a very or somewhat serious condition," up nine points from the previous year.

    "After health insurance companies raised prices 24% last year and made nearly $12 billion in profits last quarter, 38% of Americans now report they or a family member put off needed medical care because it was too expensive," Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.) tweeted in response to the new findings. "We must end this corporate greed. We need Medicare for All."

    Gallup has been collecting self-reported data on this issue since 2001. The firm's latest annual healthcare poll, conducted from November 9 to December 2, found the highest level of cost-related delays in seeking medical care on record, topping the previous high of 33% (2019 and 2014) by five points and marking the sharpest annual increase to date. The proportion of people who said they or a family member postponed treatment for a serious condition in 2022 (27%) also surpassed the previous all-time high of 25% (2019).

    Lower-income households, young adults, and women in the U.S. are especially likely to have postponed medical care due to high costs.

    According to Gallup:

    In 2022, Americans with an annual household income under $40,000 were nearly twice as likely as those with an income of $100,000 or more to say someone in their family delayed medical care for a serious condition (34% vs. 18%, respectively). Those with an income between $40,000 and less than $100,000 were similar to those in the lowest income group when it comes to postponing care, with 29% doing so.

    Reports of putting off care for a serious condition are up 12 points among lower-income U.S. adults, up 11 points among those in the middle-income group, and up seven points among those with a higher income. The latest readings for the middle- and upper-income groups are the highest on record or tied with the highest.

    Another recent survey found that just 12% of Americans think healthcare in the U.S. is handled "extremely" or "very" well. Such data provides further evidence of the unpopularity of a profit-maximizing system that has left 43 million people inadequately insured, kicked millions off of their employer-based plans when the coronavirus caused a spike in unemployment, and contributed to the country's startling decline in life expectancy.

    Last week, prior to the publication of Gallup's poll, Rep. Ro Khanna (D-Calif.) wrote on social media: "If you don’t believe corporate greed has deadly consequences, take a look at the decline in American life expectancy. We need Medicare for All, and we must raise the minimum wage."

    While the current, profit-driven U.S. healthcare system—which forces millions to skip treatments to avoid financial ruin and allows the pharmaceutical and insurance industries to rake in massive profits—is deeply inefficient and unpopular, polling has consistently shown that voters want the federal government to play a more active role in healthcare provision, with a majority expressing support for a publicly run insurance plan.

    Recent research shows that a single-payer system of the kind proposed in Medicare for All legislation introduced by Sanders and Rep. Pramila Jayapal (D-Wash.) could have prevented hundreds of thousands of Covid-19 deaths in the U.S. over the past two and a half years.

    Not only would a single-payer insurance program guarantee coverage for every person in the country, but it would also reduce overall healthcare spending nationwide by an estimated $650 billion per year.

    "Millions of Americans across this country are avoiding seeking lifesaving medical care because they're afraid it will bankrupt them," Khanna, a universal healthcare advocate, tweeted last week. "In many cases, their fears are well-founded. We need Medicare for All."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/17/we-need-medicare-for-all-record-number-in-us-postponed-healthcare-in-2022/feed/ 0 365094
    If Democrats Need a Strong 2024 Ticket, Biden Should Not Be on It https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/17/if-democrats-need-a-strong-2024-ticket-biden-should-not-be-on-it/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/17/if-democrats-need-a-strong-2024-ticket-biden-should-not-be-on-it/#respond Tue, 17 Jan 2023 18:51:19 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/biden-strong-candidate-2024

    For many months, conventional media wisdom has told us that Joe Biden would be the strongest candidate to defeat Donald Trump in 2024 because he did it before. The claim was always on shaky ground -- after all, Trump was the ultimate symbol of the status quo when he lost in 2020, as Biden would be in next year’s election. That’s hardly auspicious when polling shows that the current electorate believes the country is “off on the wrong track” rather than “headed in the right direction” by a margin of more than a 3-to-1.

    But now, the bottom has dropped out of that timeworn spin for Biden in the wake of the discovery of unsecured classified documents under his control, the appointment of a special counsel to investigate and the botched handling of the scandal by the White House.

    Yes, Trump’s handling of classified documents was far more egregious in comparison to what we know of Biden’s. But looking ahead, a Biden campaign would be incapable of making any effective criticism of Trump on the issue.

    We can already see how having Biden at the top of the ticket would be a serious liability up and down Democratic ballots nationwide. “Awkward” just begins to describe the position that recent developments have put leading Democrats in. An early preview came days ago when Rep. Pramila Jayapal, chair of the Congressional Progressive Caucus, appeared on CNN and did the best she -- or just about any fellow Democrat -- could do under the circumstances.

    “Certainly there’s a political problem for all of us as Democrats,” Jayapal acknowledged after being confronted with her tweet from four months ago condemning Trump’s conduct with classified documents, “but I do think that there are significant differences, and I do think it’s important to look at the fact that this president is cooperating completely with the investigation.” Later in the interview, Jayapal said: “So there are significant differences. It doesn’t take away my concern about the overall situation, and I do think we have to continue to look at the facts.”

    As more facts emerged over the weekend, the situation worsened for the party currently hitched to Biden’s star. Under the telling headline “Biden Missteps on Secret Papers Create Self-Inflicted Crisis,” Bloomberg reported that “the decision to wait more than two months, until after midterm elections, to disclose the initial discovery of classified documents has fanned criticism of the president’s commitment to transparency that has only grown as Biden and his team stumbled through the subsequent week.”

    Expanding on its big-type subhead “Drip of incomplete information suggests attempt at cover-up,” the article added: “Statements by the president, his lawyers, and his spokespeople that omitted key details -- including information later revealed in news reports or subsequent statements -- intensified the impression that the White House has something to hide. And the steady stream of revelations knocked Republican dysfunction on Capitol Hill out of the headlines while also offering a lifeline to former President Donald Trump, who is under criminal investigation for his own handling of classified documents.”

    Even one of the most loyally partisan House Democrats, Adam Schiff of California, felt compelled to say during an ABC News interview on Sunday that “I don’t think we can exclude the possibility” that Biden’s handling of classified documents jeopardized national security. On Monday, after several minutes of defending Biden on NBC, consummate corporate asset Rep. Jim Clyburn of South Carolina said: “It’s no question the reporting of all this undercuts all of our credibility as Democrats when it comes to this kind of an issue.”

    Another seasoned Democrat, only willing to be identified as a “former Clinton aide,” presented this analysis of Biden’s political peril in comments to The Hill: “Everyone can say what they want but this weakens him, full stop. This is just one of those things that will stick around and won’t go away.”

    What does all this mean for progressives and anyone else who doesn’t want a Republican to win the White House in 2024?

    Biden's electoral future should be taken off the national table, so we can proceed with focused discussions of crucial issues on their merits rather than everything being constantly subjected to a political calculus as to the president’s prospects for re-election. This country is facing an ongoing cascade of crises, the Republican Party leaders are a clear and present danger to democracy, and Democrats will need the strongest possible ticket to defeat them. Joe Biden definitely should not be on it.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Norman Solomon.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/17/if-democrats-need-a-strong-2024-ticket-biden-should-not-be-on-it/feed/ 0 365114
    New Oxfam Report on Inequality and Extreme Wealth Proves the Need to Tax the Rich https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/16/new-oxfam-report-on-inequality-and-extreme-wealth-proves-the-need-to-tax-the-rich/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/16/new-oxfam-report-on-inequality-and-extreme-wealth-proves-the-need-to-tax-the-rich/#respond Mon, 16 Jan 2023 16:22:46 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/new-oxfam-report-on-inequality-and-extreme-wealth-proves-the-need-to-tax-the-rich

    Billionaires, in particular, have seen their wealth explode since 2020, adding around $1.7 million to their net worth for every $1 in wealth gained by a person in the bottom 90% of the global income distribution. According to Oxfam, billionaires' fortunes have grown by an average of $2.7 billion per day since 2020.

    Meanwhile, nearly 2 billion workers across the globe likely saw inflation rise at a faster pace than their wages, resulting in a real pay cut that has increased poverty, hunger, and other hardships.

    "While ordinary people are making daily sacrifices on essentials like food, the super-rich have outdone even their wildest dreams," said Gabriela Bucher, executive director of Oxfam International. "Just two years in, this decade is shaping up to be the best yet for billionaires—a roaring ‘20s boom for the world's richest."

    Oxfam's report also spotlights how corporations have taken advantage of crises such as pandemic-induced supply chain woes and Russia's war on Ukraine to drive up prices for consumers around the world, making it more difficult for billions of people to afford basic necessities.

    The analysis finds that at least 95 food and energy corporations more than doubled their profits in 2022, bringing in $306 billion in windfall profits and dishing out 84% of it to their shareholders.

    "The Walton dynasty, which owns half of Walmart, received $8.5 billion over the last year," Oxfam notes. "Indian billionaire Gautam Adani, owner of major energy corporations, has seen this wealth soar by $42 billion (46%) in 2022 alone. Excess corporate profits have driven at least half of inflation in Australia, the U.S., and the U.K."

    "Forty years of tax cuts for the super-rich have shown that a rising tide doesn't lift all ships—just the superyachts."

    To combat skyrocketing inequality produced by excess corporate profits and the disproportionate wealth gains of the ultra-rich—who also contribute far more to the climate crisis than the rest of humanity—Oxfam argues that governments around the world should institute "a systemic and wide-ranging increase in taxation" targeting billionaires who often pay astonishingly low tax rates.

    The new report cites the example of Tesla CEO Elon Musk, who—according to Internal Revenue Service documents obtained by ProPublica—paid a true tax rate of just over 3% between 2014 and 2018.

    By comparison, Oxfam observes, "Aber Christine, a flour vendor in Uganda, makes $80 a month and pays a tax rate of 40%."

    The aid group's report makes clear that Musk is hardly alone among billionaires in reaping massive wealth gains—much of it unrealized stock appreciation—while paying little tax.

    "Every billionaire is a policy failure," the report says. "The very existence of booming billionaires and record profits, while most people face austerity, rising poverty, and a cost-of-living crisis, is evidence of an economic system that fails to deliver for humanity. For too long, governments, international financial institutions, and elites have misled the world with a fictional story about trickle-down economics, in which low tax and high gains for a few would ultimately benefit us all. It is a story without any basis in truth."

    It's unclear whether the Davos summit—dominated by individuals and corporations committed to preserving and growing their wealth—will feature discussion of anything close to the tax policy that Oxfam recommends. Specifically, the group calls on policymakers to "permanently increase taxes on the richest 1%... to a minimum of 60% of their income from both labor and capital, with higher rates for multi-millionaires and billionaires."

    Oxfam also urges governments to "tax the wealth of the richest 1% at rates high enough to significantly reduce the numbers and wealth of the richest people, and redistribute these resources. This includes implementing inheritance, property, and land taxes, as well as net wealth taxes."

    Taxation is not mentioned in an overview of the World Economic Forum's central topics.

    In a statement, Bucher said that "taxing the super-rich and big corporations is the door out of today's overlapping crises."

    "It's time we demolish the convenient myth that tax cuts for the richest result in their wealth somehow 'trickling down' to everyone else," said Bucher. "Forty years of tax cuts for the super-rich have shown that a rising tide doesn't lift all ships—just the superyachts."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/16/new-oxfam-report-on-inequality-and-extreme-wealth-proves-the-need-to-tax-the-rich/feed/ 0 364783
    GOP Destruction of House Ethics Committee Tells You Everything You Need to Know https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/13/gop-destruction-of-house-ethics-committee-tells-you-everything-you-need-to-know/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/13/gop-destruction-of-house-ethics-committee-tells-you-everything-you-need-to-know/#respond Fri, 13 Jan 2023 19:39:27 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/house-ethics-committee-gop

    They came to Washington last week ready to represent the constituents who had given them the honor of serving in Congress. They were 39 freshman Republican House Members.

    Harsh reality quickly set in.

    Last week, they sat around as a Greek chorus while 20 extremist Republicans forced 15 ballots – the most since 1859 – before permitting Kevin McCarthy to be elected House Speaker. In the process the extremists drained away much of the Speaker’s powers.

    Following this debacle, as a first order of business on Monday, the newbies were presented with the opportunity to gut the Office of Congressional Ethics (OCE), an effective House Office that has been key for more than a decade to House ethics rules being enforced.

    Without presenting any case against OCE—because there is none—House Republicans, including the 39 Republican freshmen, acted to cripple the agency for only one apparent reason: to enable House Republicans to take actions, free from any oversight or accountability for breaking House ethics rules.

    I am confident in saying that none of those 39 Republican freshmen campaigned on a platform of gutting the Office of Congressional Ethics. But that didn’t stop them from voting to trash the House ethics rules by gutting the House office that is essential to making the House ethics rules work.

    As a result, the 39 new Republican House Members quickly earned their place in the House Hall of Shame.

    Mr. Smith did not come to Washington with this class of House Republican freshmen.

    The most infamous member of this class is Rep. George Santos of New York.

    He ran and won as a complete fiction, lying about nearly every aspect of his life. Santos is facing multiple calls for House ethics investigations (including one from Democracy 21), and federal and local law enforcement bodies are already investigating him.

    While the House Ethics Committee will continue to have the power to determine whether ethics rules have been broken and to recommend sanctions, the Ethics Committee had been a burial ground for ethics complaints and investigations prior to the creation of the independent OCE in 2008.

    If the OCE concluded the Ethics Committee should pursue an investigation, it put pressure on the Committee to do so. If the Committee failed to act, it knew that OCE’s report to the Committee would become public, putting further pressure on the Committee to take appropriate action.

    OCE has done an effective job of preventing the Ethics Committee from deep-sixing ethics problems and has greatly improved ethics oversight and enforcement. And that is why the House Republicans gutted it.

    While House Republicans were trashing ethics oversight, they were at the same time creating a “Select Subcommittee on the Weaponization of the Federal Government.” In reality, they are weaponizing the House to attack the Biden-led executive branch for purely partisan purposes.

    Hypocrisy barely serves to describe these two actions. House Republicans want to investigate and ensure so-called “oversight and accountability” for the executive branch while eliminating effective oversight and accountability for themselves.

    Furthermore, in true Orwellian fashion, Rep. Jim Jordan (R-OH) will head the subcommittee to investigate the January 6th Committee and Justice Department investigators of the Trump coup attempt.

    In 2016, Jordan led a spectacularly unsuccessful effort to impeach IRS Commissioner John Koskinen, one of the nation’s finest public servants. Jordan’s efforts were rejected by an overwhelming bipartisan House vote of 342-to-72. There was no evidence and no basis for impeaching Koskinen. But evidence is not something that matters to Jordan, as we also saw in his effort to deny the presidential election to Biden.

    Jordan is about to embark on an irresponsible attack on the federal government in general and the Justice Department and FBI in particular. As an election denier and a serious participant in supporting Trump’s coup attempt, Jordan is riddled with conflicts of interest in leading this effort.

    This subcommittee should not exist and Jordan certainly should not be serving on it.

    The infamous two-year House Republican Benghazi investigation into Hillary Clinton ended in 2016 with a whimper, finding no new evidence of culpability or wrongdoing by Clinton.

    We can expect that House Republicans will again wildly overreach in their partisan investigations that will end with a similar whimper.

    This column first appeared in Wertheimer’s Political Report.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Fred Wertheimer.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/13/gop-destruction-of-house-ethics-committee-tells-you-everything-you-need-to-know/feed/ 0 364392
    Soaring School Lunch Debt Shows Need for Universal Free Meals https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/12/soaring-school-lunch-debt-shows-need-for-universal-free-meals/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/12/soaring-school-lunch-debt-shows-need-for-universal-free-meals/#respond Thu, 12 Jan 2023 01:01:03 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/school-lunch-debt

    Congress initially responded to the Covid-19 pandemic by enabling U.S. public schools to provide free breakfast and lunch to all 50 million children, but Republicans blocked a continuation of the program last summer—and now, districts and kids are suffering.

    Halfway through the academic year, the nonprofit School Nutrition Association (SNA) on Wednesday released the results of a November survey that shows school meal programs are struggling with increasing costs, staff and menu item shortages, and unpaid charges.

    "Congress has an opportunity to protect this critical lifeline."

    Last June, Congress passed the Keep Kids Fed Act, bipartisan compromise legislation that increased the federal reimbursement rates for the National School Lunch Program (NSLP) by 40 cents and the School Breakfast Program (SBP) by 15 cents for the 2022-23 school year.

    However, only around a quarter of the 1,230 districts that responded to SNA's survey said those levels are sufficient, and 99.2% of them have moderate or serious concern about the raised rates expiring.

    Additionally, a majority of districts that charge for meals said that the loss of the federal pandemic waiver enabling them to feed all students led to a rise in unpaid meal debt (96.3%), complaints and concerns from families (86.8%), administrative burden (86.5%), and stigma for low-income students (66.8%).

    Over two-thirds of the districts reported unpaid meal debt collectively totaling $19.2 million. By district, debt ranged from just $15 to $1.7 million, but the median was $5,164.

    A new position paper outlines SNA's primary recommendations:

    • Make permanent the Keep Kids Fed Act reimbursement rates;
    • Expand NSLP/SBP to offer healthy school meals for all students at no charge;
    • Ensure the U.S. Department of Agriculture maintains current nutrition standards; and
    • Reduce administrative and regulatory burdens.

    "School meal programs are at a tipping point as rising costs, persistent supply chain issues, and labor shortages jeopardize their long-term sustainability," said SNA president Lori Adkins. "Congress has an opportunity to protect this critical lifeline by making reimbursement increases permanent and allowing us to offer free meals to ensure all students are nourished during the school day."

    SNA is far from alone in demanding congressional action—though the dynamic on Capitol Hill is even more complicated now than it was last summer, since a divided Republican Party took narrow control of the U.S. House of Representatives last week.

    "We are experiencing cost increases in food, supplies, and labor like we have never seen before, and the meal reimbursement rate is not sufficient to cover the costs," Katie Wilson, executive director of the Urban School Food Alliance, a nonprofit created by school food service professionals, told The Washington Post, which reported on the SNA survey.

    "We are witnessing large negative balances in schools since free meals have been discontinued," Wilson added, noting that some districts have started giving children with certain levels of debt alternate, lesser meals.

    Highlighting that school meal policies vary by state and district, Wilson's organization tweeted Wednesday that "access to good nutrition should not depend on where a child lives or their family finances!"

    As USA Today—which also reported on SNA's survey Wednesday—detailed:

    After pandemic-era waivers granting universal schools meal expired at the start of the school year, some states effectively extended them this school year, including Massachusetts, Nevada, Vermont, and Pennsylvania.

    California, Maine, and now Colorado are the only states with laws ensuring permanent universal meal programs for all children, regardless of parents' income.

    A few districts, including Chicago and New York City, also offer free meals to kids.

    However, Donna Martin, nutrition director for the Burke County school district in Georgia, warned the Post that "doing universal school meals state by state is way too piecemeal and will ultimately leave needy students out."

    "School districts are incurring hundreds of thousands of dollars in school meal debt that the school districts' budgets—not school nutrition—will eventually have to cover," Martin stressed. "This takes dollars away from teaching and learning."

    Elliot Haspel, author of Crawling Behind: America's Child Care Crisis and How to Fix It, said in a series of tweets Wednesday that "I, too, dislike the state-by-state approach. HOWEVER, given the political makeup of Congress, I think every state that can needs to be passing universal school meals (at solid reimbursement rates) during the '23 legislative session."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/12/soaring-school-lunch-debt-shows-need-for-universal-free-meals/feed/ 0 363884
    To get off fossil fuels, America is going to need a lot more electricians https://grist.org/energy/electrician-shortage-electrify-everything-climate-infrastructure-labor/ https://grist.org/energy/electrician-shortage-electrify-everything-climate-infrastructure-labor/#respond Wed, 11 Jan 2023 11:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=598511 This story was produced in partnership with Post Script Media and Canary Media. You can listen to the podcast version here.

    Chanpory Rith, a 42-year-old product designer at the software company Airtable, bought a house in Berkeley, California, with his partner at the end of 2020. The couple wasn’t planning to buy, but when COVID-19 hit and they both began working from their one-bedroom San Francisco apartment, they developed a new hobby: browsing listings on Zillow and Redfin — “real estate porn,” as Rith put it.

    Their pandemic fantasizing soon became a pandemic fairy tale: They fell for a five-bedroom, midcentury home in the Berkeley hills with views of San Francisco Bay and put down an offer. “And then came the joys and tribulations of homeownership,” Rith said.

    One of those tribulations began with a plan to install solar panels. Rith didn’t consider himself a diehard environmentalist, but he was concerned about climate change and wanted to do his part to help. He didn’t have a car but planned on eventually getting an electric vehicle and also wanted to swap out the house’s natural gas appliances for electric versions. Getting solar panels would be a smart first step, he figured, because it might trim his utility bills. But Rith soon found out that the house’s aging electrical panel would need to be upgraded to support rooftop solar. And he had no idea how hard it would be to find someone to do it.

    A woman walks past a home with solar panels installed on the roof in Oakland, California.
    A woman walks past a home with solar panels installed on the roof in Oakland, California. Paul Chinn/The San Francisco Chronicle via Getty Images

    Many of the electricians Rith reached out to didn’t respond. Those who did were booked out for weeks, if not months. He said they were so busy that the conversations felt like interviews — as if he were being evaluated, to suss out whether his house was worth their time. 

    “It felt like trying to get your kid into a nice kindergarten, where you have to be interviewed and do a lot of things just to get on the radar of these electricians,” Rith told Grist.

    His first-choice contracting company put him on a long waitlist before it would send anyone out to look at the house. Another gave him an exorbitant quote — more than $50,000 to upgrade the electrical panel, along with installing new, grounded outlets to replace the house’s outdated two-prong outlets. Rith wound up putting the project on hold to do some renovations first. 

    Andrew Campbell, executive director of the University of California, Berkeley’s Energy Institute, had a similar experience. Campbell wanted to upgrade the electrical panel on a duplex he owns in Oakland so that he could install electric vehicle chargers for the building’s tenants. But even after finding a company to take the job, a shortage of technicians and the contractor’s overbooked schedule, among other delays, meant it took eight months from the time the first electrician came over until the project was done. 

    a man in a pink shirt and jeans stands outside a gray house with an electrical box on the side
    Andrew Campbell stands near the electrical panel on a duplex he owns in Oakland, California. Emily Pontecorvo / Grist

    “I was feeling like, why am I doing this?” Campbell said. “The electricians who should want the project don’t seem to want it. The utility, which is really going to benefit a lot from electrification, they’re making it hard. It just felt like barrier after barrier.” 

    You could read Rith and Campbell’s troubles as minor inconveniences, or you could read them as warning signs.

    To cut greenhouse gas emissions on pace with the best available science, the United States must prepare for a monumental increase in electricity use. Burning fossil fuels to heat homes and get around isn’t compatible with keeping the planet at a livable temperature. Appliances that can be powered by clean electricity already exist to meet all of these needs. 

    The race to “electrify everything” is picking up. President Joe Biden’s signature climate legislation, the Inflation Reduction Act, signed in August, contains billions of dollars to help Americans electrify their homes, buy electric vehicles, and install solar panels. Meanwhile, cities all over the country, including New York, Boston, Seattle, and San Francisco are requiring that new buildings run only on electricity, after the city of Berkeley, California, pioneered the legislation in 2019. 

    men in suits stand in front of a red display with electric vehicle sign and chargers
    President Joe Biden talks with representatives from a Boston electrician apprentice program during a White House demonstration of an electric vehicle charging station on November 2, 2022. Jim Watson / AFP via Getty Images

    The problem is, most houses aren’t wired to handle the load from electric heating, cooking, and clothes dryers, along with solar panels and vehicle chargers. Rewiring America, a nonprofit that conducts research and advocacy on electrification, estimates that some 60 to 70 percent of single-family homes will need to upgrade to bigger or more modern electrical panels to accommodate a fully electrified house. 

    “It’s going to be the electrification worker, the electricians that are going to see a real surge in demand,” said Panama Bartholomy, executive director of the Building Decarbonization Coalition, a national nonprofit working to get fossil fuels out of homes.

    But in the Bay Area, arguably the birthplace of the movement to “electrify everything,” homeowners are struggling to find technicians to upgrade their electrical panels or install electric heat pumps, let alone for everyday repairs. Residential electrical contractors are swamped with calls and struggling to find experienced people to hire. The schools tasked with training the next generation of electricians are tight on funds and short on teachers. It’s a story that’s playing out across the country. And what might be inconvenient today could soon hamstring attempts to cut carbon emissions even as these efforts become more urgent. 

    “It is hard to imagine tens of millions of households in the U.S. individually undertaking the sort of time consuming, expensive process that I experienced,” wrote Andrew Campbell in a blog post chronicling his experience. 

    The contractor Campbell ended up working with was Boyes Electric, a small company based in Oakland owned by Borin Reyes. 

    Reyes, who’s 28, moved to California from Guatemala when he was 16 and got introduced to electrical work in high school. His dad was a general contractor and would take him out in the field during summer break. On one job, there was an electrical subcontractor who needed an extra set of hands, and Borin started working for him from time to time. He liked the work — but more so he liked the money he was making. After graduating from high school, he saw electrical work as a path to moving out of his parents’ house, so he enrolled in a training program at a now-shuttered for-profit technical school in Oakland to get more experience.

    a man in a black shirt holds a car charger in a garage
    Electrician Borin Reyes holds an electric vehicle charger. Brett Marsh / Grist

    After graduating in 2013, Reyes spent several years working for a larger company before starting his own. Today, he loves the job. “You really have to be focused, because of safety,” he said. “You have to be hands-on most of the time and solving problems. That’s one of the things that I like best — solving problems.”

    Reyes’ company has always focused on rewiring homes undergoing renovations rather than new construction. But at the beginning of 2022, he added a new specialty when his business partnered with a company called QMerit, a middleman between electric vehicle dealerships and electricians. Dealerships send new car owners to QMerit to get help finding qualified technicians to install EV chargers, and QMerit connects them with local businesses like Boyes Electric.

    Electric vehicles make up less than 1 percent of cars on the road, but that’s changing fast as sales soar. The number of electric vehicles registered in the U.S. jumped nearly 43 percent between 2020 and 2021, according to the Department of Energy. Government incentives are sure to give the market another boost: The Inflation Reduction Act offers as much as $7,500 in rebates for new EVs and $4,000 for used EVs. In California, Washington state, and New York, you won’t even be able to buy a new model with an internal combustion engine after 2035. The number of public charging stations is also growing, so EV owners don’t necessarily need to install their own charging equipment at home, though many do. It’s convenient, and can also turn a car into a backup power source when the lights go out. 

    Before Boyes Electric partnered with QMerit, Reyes was installing around one EV charger every week; now it’s up to about five each week. “That’s huge for a small business,” he said. Reyes wants the company to expand into solar installations, too — just not yet.

    Boyes Electric employs 12 technicians, and these days Reyes spends most of his time in the office taking calls and coordinating jobs. His electricians are usually booked up about three weeks to a month out.

    “Customers are literally looking for electricians every single day,” he said. “We’re not taking emergency calls anymore because we don’t have the manpower. All of our current technicians are out on the field, they’re busy trying to get jobs done.”

    Reyes would like to hire more electricians, but he said there just aren’t any experienced people looking for work; they’re already hired. “It is a problem finding people right now,” he said. “Most of the electrical companies, you can ask around, all of them are busy.”

    In 2021, the website Angi, which helps homeowners find services, surveyed 2,400 contractors across different trades. Half reported that they couldn’t fill open positions, and 68 percent said it was a struggle to hire skilled workers. In a recent survey of 661 building contractors by the Associated General Contractors of America, 72 percent reported having open, salaried positions. The number one reason for all the openings: “Available candidates are not qualified to work in the industry.” 

    In the past, Reyes recruited workers out of high school and trained them up. But he’s reluctant to do it again. It costs his technicians time, it costs him money, and there’s no guarantee that the people he invests in will stick around because the job market is so competitive. 

    The workforce is also aging. Reyes said he knows of a few electricians getting ready for retirement who would like to hand over the business to their kids, but they just aren’t interested.  The way he sees it, younger people are getting lured into the tech industry with the promise of big salaries and just aren’t as interested in getting dirty underneath houses. 

    a man in a black t-shirt stands on a blue ladder using tools on a light fixture
    Clayton Ajpuac, a technician for Reyes Electric, works on a light fixture in a house in Oakland, California. Brett Marsh / Grist

    Bureau of Labor Statistics data show that about 21 percent of electricians will have hit retirement age in the next 10 years. The agency estimates that demand for electricians will grow by 7 percent over the same span and that between retirements and new demand, there will be nearly 80,000 job openings in the field every year. That estimate doesn’t account for all the incentives — rebates for solar panels, electrical panels, heat pumps, stoves, cars, and clothes dryers — contained in the Inflation Reduction Act, nor does it account for the possibility that demand might soar if local governments keep pushing to electrify buildings.

    Several contractors and labor experts, when asked why electricians are so hard to find, pointed to the widespread belief that the main path to adulthood runs through a four-year university, and the related decline of vocational education in high schools. According to Pew Research, 39 percent of millennials earned a bachelor’s degree or higher, compared with 29 percent of Gen Xers and 24 to 25 percent of boomers. 

    Even for those drawn to a career in the trades, there’s another obstacle: The technical schools built to train them are short of money and people, too. 


    In the Bay Area, one of the main ways that aspiring electricians can get into the field is by taking classes at Laney College, a community college in Oakland. The school’s electrical technology program is approved by the State of California’s Industrial Relations Board, meaning students at Laney can count their hours toward the requirements to take the state certification exam. More than 380 students have earned an associate degree or certificate in the program over the past five years.

    But this past year, Laney’s program almost fell apart after one of its teachers, Forough Hashemi, announced she would be retiring at the end of the spring 2022 semester. Hashemi had been teaching six classes each semester, essentially holding the program together, and to some students, it felt like the fate of the entire program was in question. 

    The suns shines on Laney College in Oakland, California, Brett Marsh / Grist

    David Pitt, a student at Laney, was worried he wouldn’t be able to finish the required courses. Pitt got interested in becoming an electrician a few years ago while volunteering for a solar company. He enjoyed being outside, working with his hands, and getting away from his computer screen. The volunteering gig soon turned into a paid, part-time job, but all he was really allowed to do was grunt work, like mounting solar panels and running wires. In order to do the interesting stuff — design a system, interpret an electrical panel, actually connect the solar panels to it, and maybe work his way up to owning his own business — he needed to become a certified electrician. So he enrolled part-time in Laney’s electrical program.

    Without Hashemi, however, it was unclear whether the school could keep offering the required classes. So Pitt and his classmates, assisted by an adjunct professor, Mark Prudowsky, arranged a meeting with the school’s deans to ask what would happen next. The deans assured them that they would try to replace Hashemi, though they admitted they were having trouble finding anyone interested.

    “This is an issue for a lot of trade skills disciplines,” said Alejandria Tomas, the career and technical education dean at Laney, in an interview last summer. By that point, Tomas had already tried emailing every electrical business in the county and felt she had exhausted every resource she had in trying to recruit a new teacher. (Borin Reyes was one of those who turned her down.) 

    “Employees usually earn more when they work in the field than teaching, so it’s hard to recruit,” Tomas said. 

    Pitt only needed two more classes to finish his required coursework — one on motors and another on lightbulbs. But by the time the fall semester started, Laney had yet to make any full-time hires, and the lightbulbs class wasn’t offered. 

    Laney College electrical student David Pitt on his boat in the Oakland marina. Emily Pontecorvo / Grist

    Prudowsky blamed the school, the district, and the state for not investing enough in Laney’s electrician program. The lack of funds meant requiring one full-time faculty member to teach up to six classes per semester with up to 40 students in every class. (Hashemi did not respond to multiple requests for an interview.)

    “If California is even going to come close to meeting its very ambitious goals, it’s going to have to train a whole cohort of electricians and technicians,” Prudowsky said. “And if they keep underfunding these programs and overloading these classrooms and not providing enough resources, it won’t happen.” 

    Tomas, the dean, said the school understands the importance of the program and has shielded it from recent budget cuts. The problem, as she saw it, was that it was simply impossible to find more people to teach the courses.

    In January, nearly a year after the search began, the school finally hired a new full-time faculty member. According to Prudowsky, however, the big problem — “a very poor understanding of the need to fund and indeed, expand funding for the program” — remained.

    Community colleges like Laney are one of a handful of pathways into the profession. Another runs through the unions, which offer free classes and paid experience through their apprenticeship programs. There’s often a higher barrier to entry than simply signing up for classes: In the Bay Area, for instance, an aspiring electrician has to pass an exam and go through an interview process to get accepted. And there are limited openings.  

    Labor advocates like Beli Acharya, the executive director of the Construction Trades Workforce Initiative, make the case that California should enact policies that favor union contractors, which would increase demand for apprentices and enable the unions to accept more applicants. Today, according to Acharya, most residential building work is handled by nonunion contractors, though that’s not because union contractors aren’t interested in working on houses. She said they are undercut by cheaper, nonunion companies. 

    Acharya’s organization is a nonprofit partner to several building trades unions in the East Bay. It aims to help people who are currently underrepresented in the trades gain access to these careers. Nearly 90 percent of electricians are white, compared with 78 percent of the country’s workforce, and less than 2 percent are women, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics

    An apprentice electrician, left, bends an electrical pipe while a supervisor looks on. Women make up less than 2 percent of the country’s electrician workforce. David L. Ryan / The Boston Globe via Getty Images

    “Our goal is to ensure that as public dollars become available, quality jobs are being produced,” Acharya said. “If we’re really trying to lift up our communities and create quality jobs, there needs to be labor standards put in place so that our community members are actually benefiting from the work that’s going to be developed through all of this construction.” 

    The Construction Trades Workforce Initiative is one of several organizations in the Bay Area trying to entice more people into jobs connected to clean energy, like electrical work. Another nonprofit headquartered in Oakland, GRID Alternatives, builds solar projects and trains people to install them. GRID partners with local organizations, like Homeboy Industries, a gang intervention program, to introduce former inmates as well as other underrepresented people, to careers in solar. Those admitted to GRID’s training receive “wraparound supportive services” that address barriers they might have to participating, like helping them get driver’s licenses, open bank accounts, or, for those formerly incarcerated, find attorneys.

    GRID’s program isn’t specifically geared toward producing electricians. But Adewale OgunBadejo, its workforce development manager, said that it can act as a gateway into the skilled trades — similar to how David Pitt was inspired to become an electrician after volunteering for a solar company. “It’s really an introduction into the industry,” he said. “We’re training people to become solar installers, but what you find is that as people progress through their careers, a lot of them do become contractors, a good number do end up starting their own businesses, while others go into the union.”

    OgunBadejo said that GRID is also building a network of minority- and women-owned contractors who work on electric vehicle charging infrastructure, home energy storage, and heating systems. The goal is to support these small businesses and help them gain access to funding from the Inflation Reduction Act, so that in turn, they can hire graduates of GRID’s training program.

    90%
    of electricians are white, compared with 78 percent of the country’s workforce

    Several experts interviewed for this story stressed their belief that any workforce development program has to be tightly connected to the people already doing this work — the contractors.

    “The successful programs are tied directly to employer needs,” said Laure-Jeanne Davignon, the vice president for workforce development at the Interstate Renewable Energy Council, a clean energy policy nonprofit. “They have a direct line of communication to employers from the design of the program up through job placement.”

    The Inflation Reduction Act includes $200 million to states over the next decade to train contractors in energy efficiency upgrades and electrification. Bartholomy, from the Building Decarbonization Coalition, said some of that money could go toward paying a portion of a trainee’s wages, enabling contractors like Borin to take on more trainees. (Some states also offer tax credits to employers who bring on apprentices, but California isn’t one of them.) 

    One challenge with involving contractors, though, is that many of them aren’t convinced of the benefits of switching to electric appliances. Take heat pumps. They transfer heat from the outside air indoors, even on very cold days, to provide space heating, and work in reverse to provide cooling in the summertime. They’re more expensive than a gas furnace up front but can pay off with savings in the long run. Even so, homeowners recount encounters with contractors who tried to persuade them out of buying electric heat pumps, raising doubts with customers about the higher price and whether they work as well as natural gas systems. 

    California is trying to change contractors’ minds through a $120 million initiative called TECH Clean California. A big part of it involves training contractors how to install electric heat pumps and water heaters but it also lays out available rebates and other subsidies that would help sell them to customers. The program launched in the middle of 2021, and so far, more than 600 contractors have participated, according to Evan Kamei, a program manager at TECH. Kamei said the initiative is also working to increase cooperation between existing training providers, like community colleges, utilities, and manufacturers.   

    a group of people listens to a man in a suit talk on a microphone
    Jeff Sturgeon of the National Comfort Institute presents to contractors at the Institute of Heating and Air Conditioning Industries trade show in November 2022. TECH Clean California

    While education, training opportunities, funding, and stronger collaboration between the networks of companies, schools, and contractors could all help ensure that people interested in becoming electricians get a shot at making it into the field, they still don’t necessarily address one of the biggest obstacles to “electrifying everything” — getting people interested in the trade in the first place. So how can the United States inspire more people like David Pitts and Borin Reyes?

    “I think one of the big questions is really, do millennials and Zoomers see a career for themselves in crawl spaces and attics doing this work?” said Bartholomy. “You know, it’s, ‘You should be going to four year college and learning C++ programming, not working in the trades.’“

    Asked if he had any ideas for how to get more young people interested in the field, Reyes didn’t skip a beat. “Showing them how much money they can make. That is the key.”

    A trainee for Reyes Electric studies a wire during a workshop. Courtesy of Borin Reyes

    According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, the mean annual wage for an electrician in the U.S. is about $63,000 compared with an average of $58,000 for all occupations. But there’s a big range. In the Bay Area, the top-paying metropolitan area for electricians in the country, the average is $93,900, with many contractors topping six figures.

    Another step is to raise awareness. Davignon’s organization, the Interstate Renewable Energy Council, recently won a $2 million grant from the U.S. Department of Energy to develop an outreach campaign to advertise careers in renovating houses to be more energy efficient, known as “weatherization.” She said she hopes to raise more money to promote other jobs in clean energy, like electricians. One idea is a twist on the classic U.S. Army recruitment ad along the lines of: Your country needs you to be an energy hero.

    “That’s the kind of thing we really need to start to remove the stigma from these trade jobs,” Davignon said. “You know, is the construction job sexy enough for someone or do they also want to be saving the world?”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline To get off fossil fuels, America is going to need a lot more electricians on Jan 11, 2023.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Emily Pontecorvo.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/energy/electrician-shortage-electrify-everything-climate-infrastructure-labor/feed/ 0 363739
    The Urgent Need to Stop a Destructive Environmental Precedent https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/10/the-urgent-need-to-stop-a-destructive-environmental-precedent/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/10/the-urgent-need-to-stop-a-destructive-environmental-precedent/#respond Tue, 10 Jan 2023 18:36:16 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/deb-haaland-alaska-national-parks

    A significant percentage of our nation’s protected public lands are found within the boundaries of one state. On the first day of my Public Lands and Waters class, I ask my smart, upper division university students to guess which state contains approximately 60% of all National Park lands, over 90% of all National Wildlife Refuge Wilderness lands, and our country’s largest National Forest. Some students start guessing: “Utah?” “Colorado?” “California?”

    “No,” I observe. “The answer is Alaska.”

    These extensive, Congressionally safeguarded federal lands in Alaska have never been more important.

    Now more than ever, we cannot retreat on the conservation and environmental justice battlefield.

    Recently, to confront extreme biodiversity loss, over 190 countries came together and agreed to protect 30 percent of our earth’s lands and waters by 2030. Specifically, these nations committed to ensure that in the next seven years, at least 30 per cent of our planet, “especially areas of particular importance for biodiversity and ecosystem functions and services,” will be conserved and managed effectively.

    Previously, in an Executive Order, President Joe Biden also set forth the goal of conserving “at least” 30 percent of our lands and waters by 2030, for biodiversity, climate change mitigation, and environmental justice reasons.

    As the Congressionally designated manager of a majority of federal lands, the U.S. Department of Interior (DOI) has an especially crucial role in helping to achieve the 30 x 30 goal in our country. This includes not only adopting proactive initiatives, but also rejecting actions that “un-conserve” currently protected lands, especially if the lands at issue are of particular ecosystem significance. Now more than ever, we cannot retreat on the conservation and environmental justice battlefield.

    One of the most remarkable and foresighted bi-partisan land conservation laws ever passed in the United States, or in any country, is the Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act (ANILCA). Protecting over 100 million acres of land for conservation and subsistence purposes, ANILCA serves as a model for the world in achieving the 30 x 30 goal.

    In this remarkably foresighted law, Congress made clear its intent to preserve vast unaltered ecosystems in their natural state, together with protecting rural Alaska hunting and fishing subsistence opportunities. For a multitude of reasons, ANILCA has been a success story.

    ANILCA is now under serious threat, and as a result, so is the achievement of our nation’s crucially important conservation and biodiversity goals. During the Trump Administration, without any public process or environmental law compliance whatsoever, two Department of Interior Secretaries entered into precedent-setting land exchange agreements, for the purposes of building a road through one of the most biologically significant areas in the nation: Izembek National Wildlife Refuge Wilderness. This Refuge is also critically important for Alaska Native subsistence , including for the 56 tribes that live in the Yukon-Kuskokwim Delta.

    Each Trump Administration land exchange was declared illegal by different, distinguished Alaska District Court judges. In ANILCA, Congress was extremely explicit regarding the required, extensive process before a road can be authorized through Wilderness, including mandating approval by the President and Congress itself. As held by the Alaska District Court, failing to comply with Congress’s clearly expressed intent by using a land exchange ruse “violates Congress’s single comprehensive statutory authority,” “elevates form over substance,” and “is incorrect and not entitled to deference.” The case is on appeal.

    The precedent-setting consequences of the Trump Administration Izembek land exchange extend far beyond one very significant National Wildlife Refuge Wilderness area. To justify engaging in this exchange, the Trump Administration asserted authoritarian-like powers that would allow future Secretaries—both at the Department of Interior and at the Department of Agriculture—to singlehandedly and without any public process, consultation with tribes or compliance with other environmental laws, engage in land exchanges against the national interest.

    Under this precedent, Alaska Native rural subsistence values can be ignored, and tribal consultation avoided, by future Secretaries in making backroom land exchange deals.

    Under this precedent, Secretaries could trade away any of the over 100 million acres of nationally protected lands in Alaska, if doing so would advance the “economic and social needs of the people of Alaska and its people,” as long as undefined lands to be acquired provide some undefined minimal benefits, even where those lands are clearly less ecologically valuable than the national lands to be relinquished.

    Furthermore, under this precedent, Alaska Native rural subsistence values can be ignored, and tribal consultation avoided, by future Secretaries in making backroom land exchange deals.

    What could this look like under a future Administration? As scientists have documented, old growth trees are especially important for carbon sequestration and biodiversity. A corporation or the State of Alaska could ask the Secretary of Agriculture to provide them with, say, 2,500 acres of prime, financially valuable old growth trees in the middle of the Tongass National Forest in exchange for some cut over non-federal lands adjacent to the Tongass, arguing that this would advance the economic and social needs of Alaska and its people. Once this exchange was signed, the corporation would also have the right to build a road through the Tongass to access and clearcut up to 800-year-old trees. This could happen repeatedly.

    Corporations and the State of Alaska could similarly ask for: 500 acres around Denali National Park’s iconic Wonder Lake, or a pipeline corridor through Lake Clark National Park to fuel the Pebble Mine, or 1,000 acres in the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge Wilderness to develop a mine. They could simply claim that this land exchange advances the economic and social needs of the State of Alaska and its people, and provide some undefined land of minimal ecological value in return.

    Is this farfetched? As someone who was often in the center of public lands issues while living and working in Alaska for decades, I can attest that the answer to this question is most decidedly “no.” Based on past efforts by the State and corporations, it is entirely predictable.

    Everyone in our country has equal ownership of our national public lands. When Congress passed, and President Carter signed into law the Alaska NationalInterest Lands Conservation Act (emphasis added), it was abundantly clear that the protection of these public lands, and the rural Alaska subsistence use of these lands, were the purposes of the legislation. Misreading ANILCA now deprives all of us and future generations of this safeguarded 100 million-acre legacy critical for biodiversity, climate change mitigation, environmental justice, and the achievement of 30 x 30.

    Fortunately, the solution is straight-forward. Secretary Deb Haaland needs to rescind the Trump Administration land exchange and eliminate its destructive precedent. It is entirely within her power to do so, while also pointing to the Congressionally authorized process alternative. For the nation and Alaska Native subsistence, it is time to take this action.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Deborah L. Williams.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/10/the-urgent-need-to-stop-a-destructive-environmental-precedent/feed/ 0 363633
    The Need for a Soul https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/09/the-need-for-a-soul/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/09/the-need-for-a-soul/#respond Mon, 09 Jan 2023 16:00:41 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=136770 On the Star Trek TNG episode "The Measure of a Man," humans of the 24th century pondered whether the android Data was sentient, was property, and whether "he" had a soul (which the JAG officer also wondered about herself).

    The post The Need for a Soul first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post The Need for a Soul first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/09/the-need-for-a-soul/feed/ 0 363205
    30×30 is conservation’s flashy new goal. Now countries need to figure out what it actually means. https://grist.org/article/30x30-is-conservations-flashy-new-goal-now-countries-need-to-figure-out-what-it-actually-means/ https://grist.org/article/30x30-is-conservations-flashy-new-goal-now-countries-need-to-figure-out-what-it-actually-means/#respond Mon, 09 Jan 2023 11:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=598322 Last month, right before the holidays, nearly 200 countries announced a breakthrough deal to protect Earth’s plants and animals. Of the 22 targets established at the United Nations Convention on Biological Diversity, or COP15, one stood out: an agreement to conserve 30 percent of land and seas by the year 2030. 

    The goal, commonly known as 30×30, has been around for a few years, slowly gaining traction in environmental circles since it was first proposed in the journal Science Advances in 2019. It draws inspiration from research by famed biologist E.O. Wilson that at least half the planet needs to be conserved in some way to protect 80 percent of species. The formal adoption of 30×30 by nearly all of the world’s governments at COP15 turned it into the official guiding star for the global conservation movement, with some leaders comparing it to the Paris Agreement in terms of significance.

    Now, with negotiators at home and a new year underway, countries face the monumental task of figuring out what one of the most ambitious goals in conservation history actually means, in practice.

    One of the toughest questions yet to be answered is: What exactly counts towards the 30 percent? Can certain conservation-minded agricultural methods that protect soil and promote a diversity of crops be included, or do only strictly protected areas like national parks count? To what degree will Indigenous territories be considered conserved land? And how will areas that connect fragments and contain the rarest, most species-rich ecosystems be prioritized under the goal? The final language in last month’s global agreement was vague on many of these topics.

    “Underneath that [30×30] number is a huge amount of complexity,” said Claire Kremen, a conservation biology professor at the University of British Columbia who researches how to reconcile biodiversity conservation with agriculture. “It all depends on where and how you do this protection and there hasn’t been a lot of clarity on these points.”

    The United States, while not technically part of last month’s global pact (the Senate since 1993 has refused to join the biodiversity convention), has been wrestling with these same questions independently. President Biden committed to the 30×30 goal within U.S. borders via executive order during his first week in office. And many states have also committed to the target, including California, Maine, New York, Hawaii, and New Mexico. 

    a vast mountainous landscape with a winding river running though the valley
    Gates of the Arctic National Park and Preserve is a national park in northern Alaska. Sean Tevebaugh, National Park Service

    Just as negotiators at COP15 struggled to come to an agreement about what types of ecosystems and actions should count towards the global goal, the U.S. government has yet to define what “conserved” land and sea means under 30×30. 

    Currently, the U.S. has a variety of different protected area designations that are regulated in different ways. Most federal land, which makes up 27 percent of the country, is managed under some form of conservation, be it national parks and wilderness areas or, more commonly, a “mixed-use” mandate that allows for what the government determines to be sustainable levels of extractive activities like forestry and grazing. Add state parks and private land under conservation easements to the mix, and we’ve easily already met the 30 percent target, says Forrest Fleischman, a professor of environmental policy and forest governance at the University of Minnesota.

    But most 30×30 advocates don’t think that all those lands should count towards the target, whose main goal is to protect biodiversity. While the U.S. Geological Survey’s Protected Area Database considers more than 31 percent of the country’s land under some form of protection, only 13 percent has strict mandates for biodiversity protection that don’t allow for any extractive activity. 

    “There’s habitat value to be found in all sorts of lands,” said Helen O’Shea, an expert on land-use and conservation issues at the Natural Resources Defense Council, “but the 30×30 effort is about creating a system that’s protected and ecologically representative. A connected system that’s going to link up areas that are solely being looked at for conservation purposes.” 

    For others, however, the answer isn’t as simple as just increasing the amount of land under strict protection. “If the goal is to move another 17 percent of the U.S. into something equivalent to a national forest or wilderness area, that seems unrealistic,” said Fleischman, who is part of group of experts working to understand the social implications of 30×30, funded by the Science for Nature and People Partnership

    When the 30×30 goal was first announced in the U.S., it received significant pushback from ranching communities and private landowners, who were concerned about impacts to rural economies like grazing and logging. Many also argued that certain productive land uses, especially when planned with biodiversity in mind, are compatible with conservation of species and ecosystems. While the white spotted owl can’t live in logged forests of the Pacific Northwest, for example, open grazing helps to maintain prairie habitats. Some grassland birds also thrive in the early successional forests that grow after timber harvest. 

    “It’s a very complicated, site-specific issue,” said Tom Cors, director of U.S. government relations for The Nature Conservancy. “Some places might have adequate ‘protection,’ but they need more management,” he added, referencing the need to conduct more prescribed burning to support ecosystem function in Western forests.

    a photo of hills where the one in the foreground is covered in green
    Mixed variety cover crops on a farm near St. John, Washington protect and enrich the soil. VW Pics/Universal Images Group via Getty Images

    Globally, the most significant critique of the 30×30 initiative has come from Indigenous peoples, who warn that the protected area conservation model has allowed governments and nonprofit groups to seize control of natural resources and, in many cases, violently remove Indigenous peoples from their lands, from the Democratic Republic of the Congo to Nepal to Peru. Tribes in the U.S. that have historically been excluded from conservation planning, decision-making, and funding wanted to make sure the country’s 30×30 goal didn’t repeat these patterns.

    In an effort to address those concerns, the Biden administration framed its 30×30 pledge as a “collaborative and inclusive approach to conservation,” with topline goals of honoring tribal sovereignty, supporting the priorities of tribal nations, respecting private property rights, and supporting the voluntary efforts of landowners, all with science as a guide. A May 2021 report from the Department of the Interior emphasized the concept of “conservation” rather than “protection,” “recognizing that many uses of our lands and waters, including of working lands, can be consistent with the long-term health and sustainability of natural systems.” 

    An interagency working group is trying to account for different types of land uses while building the American Conservation and Stewardship Atlas, a tool to represent the amount and types of lands and waters that are currently conserved or restored. Part of the group’s mandate is to figure out how contributions from farmers, ranchers, and forest owners, as well as the conservation strategies of Tribal Nations, will count toward the 30×30 goal. A December 2021 progress report did not include a number for how much land and water is currently managed for conservation; in an email to Grist, a Department of the Interior, or DOI, spokesperson had no updates on the Atlas timeline. 

    Beyond “what actions count,” land managers are also thinking about “which lands and waters should be protected?” towards the 30-percent target. Biodiversity tends to be concentrated in certain areas and ecosystem types, so where land protection happens is important. In its comments on the Atlas, The Nature Conservancy recommended distributing conserved areas among 68 ecoregions of the U.S. — the Central Appalachians, Northern tallgrass prairie, and California central coast, for example — and protecting 30 percent of each.

    In the U.S., it’s private lands that contain most of the country’s biodiversity; these also play a role in connecting protected areas, which conservation groups have emphasized as an important priority for the Atlas, as habitat connectivity has been shown to be critical for species’ survival. In addition, the Biden administration wants the tool to promote equity, increasing access to nature in historically marginalized communities, often in urban areas. Yet as the DOI itself notes, “there is no single metric — including a percentage target — that could fully measure progress toward the fulfillment of those interrelated goals [of doing better for people, for fish and wildlife, and for the planet].”

    The 30×30 target established at the U.N. biodiversity conference is global, meaning that countries can sign onto it without necessarily committing to conserve 30-percent of land and waters within their borders. Still, many countries have issued their own 30×30 commitments, including Canada, Australia, Costa Rica, and France. The United Kingdom has been criticized for claiming to protect 28 percent of its land when the included national parks and “areas of outstanding natural beauty” fail to address poor farming practices, pollution, and invasive species. In July, Colombia announced that it had already met the target for land and sea.

    The final agreement reached at COP15 nodded to the inclusion of working lands and the importance of protecting ecologically-representative and high-biodiversity habitats, without setting clear guidelines. It “recognized and respected” the rights of Indigenous peoples, who steward 80% of the world’s biodiversity on their lands, without establishing their territories as a specific category of conserved area, leaving them vulnerable to human rights violations. 

    For Fleischman, having a “political slogan” without a clear meaning isn’t necessarily helpful for achieving biodiversity and environmental justice goals. “Advocates say, ‘Look beyond the numeric spatial target at the language which is about finding ways to pursue conservation at a whole landscape level while taking into account social equity issues such as [urban] parks,’” he said. “But if that’s the case, what is the point of saying ‘30 x 30’? ‘Healthy nature everywhere’ might be a better goal.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline 30×30 is conservation’s flashy new goal. Now countries need to figure out what it actually means. on Jan 9, 2023.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Blanca Begert.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/article/30x30-is-conservations-flashy-new-goal-now-countries-need-to-figure-out-what-it-actually-means/feed/ 0 363112
    "We Need Ceasefires Everywhere": Bishop William Barber’s Message of Peace for Ukraine & the World https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/06/we-need-ceasefires-everywhere-bishop-william-barbers-message-of-peace-for-ukraine-the-world-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/06/we-need-ceasefires-everywhere-bishop-william-barbers-message-of-peace-for-ukraine-the-world-2/#respond Fri, 06 Jan 2023 15:02:24 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=11ab89b4d9bafdd18f6f9da905e7f5b8
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/06/we-need-ceasefires-everywhere-bishop-william-barbers-message-of-peace-for-ukraine-the-world-2/feed/ 0 362517
    “We Need Ceasefires Everywhere”: Bishop William Barber’s Message of Peace for Ukraine & the World https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/06/we-need-ceasefires-everywhere-bishop-william-barbers-message-of-peace-for-ukraine-the-world/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/06/we-need-ceasefires-everywhere-bishop-william-barbers-message-of-peace-for-ukraine-the-world/#respond Fri, 06 Jan 2023 13:36:23 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=5c8faa5c15c2eea31cbfae830d3ebc7c Seg2 barber

    Russian President Vladimir Putin has unilaterally declared a 36-hour ceasefire in Ukraine to mark Russian Orthodox Christmas on January 7. Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky rejected Putin’s overture, however, saying that Russia wants to use Christmas as a pretext to stop Ukrainian advances in the Russian-occupied Donbas region. Putin’s declaration comes after about 1,000 U.S. faith leaders called in an open letter last month for a ceasefire during the holidays, inspired by the Christmas truce of 1914 during World War I, arguing that a pause in the fighting could create room for negotiations to peacefully end the conflict. We air a recent sermon by Bishop William Barber, one of the signatories, in which he discussed the need for a Christmas truce. “We need a ceasefire to interrupt this warring madness,” Barber said. “A ceasefire doesn’t mean both sides are equally culpable for starting the war, but it can have the impact of stopping the massive, massive killing on both sides.”


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/06/we-need-ceasefires-everywhere-bishop-william-barbers-message-of-peace-for-ukraine-the-world/feed/ 0 362500
    Winter Heatwaves in Europe and Blizzards in North America Underline the Need for Urgent Climate Solutions https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/05/winter-heatwaves-in-europe-and-blizzards-in-north-america-underline-the-need-for-urgent-climate-solutions/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/05/winter-heatwaves-in-europe-and-blizzards-in-north-america-underline-the-need-for-urgent-climate-solutions/#respond Thu, 05 Jan 2023 00:50:00 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/winter-heatwaves-in-europe-and-blizzards-in-north-america-underline-the-need-for-urgent-climate-solutions

    Unprecedented and extreme are two words used by meteorologists to describe the current winter heatwave in Europe, with many countries including Poland, Denmark, the Czech Republic, the Netherlands, Belarus, Lithuania and Latvia having experienced their warmest New Years Day on record this past weekend. Germany, France, and Spain have also experienced record breaking warm temperatures for January.

    Described by climatologist Maximiliano Herrera as “the most extreme event in European history” – this winter heatwave serves as a reminder that human-induced global warming is accelerating rapidly and supercharging these unusual weather conditions.

    Nicolò Wojewoda, 350.org Europe Regional Director, said

    “A warm winter might not cause as much immediate, visible destruction as the extreme heat and floods that we saw across the world in 2022, but it is the latest alarm bell warning us that we can’t keep burning fossil fuels”.

    This event follows the EU’s hottest summer on record in mid-2022 when a heatwave swept through the continent and resulted in thousands of deaths.

    It also comes as part of the United States and Canada have been hit by severe snowstorms that have claimed 60 lives and left millions of people without power. Buffalo, New York was inundated with 120 centimeters of snowfall in a 72 hour period as Arctic winds swept through the continent.

    The Arctic is one of the fastest-warming regions in the world, and scientists say anthropogenic climate change is resulting in a destabilization of the polar weather system, driving polar air South as warm air is pushed North.

    Thanu Yakupitiyage, 350.org’s US Communications and Digital Director, said

    “In the United States, not only are northern states facing deadly blizzards, but winter storms knocked out the power grid in southern states for days. This is now causing avoidable deaths annually. Our energy infrastructure is outdated and cannot keep up with extreme weather — we need infrastructure upgrades and a transition to renewable energy now.”

    The need for a just transition to renewable energy

    Climate impacts disproportionately affect communities in the Global South who are the least responsible for fossil-fuel induced climate change.

    In March last year, India experienced the highest temperatures ever recorded and from June to October, Pakistan experienced unprecedented flooding that affected millions of people. A World Bank report released last month suggests that heatwaves in India could soon “break the human survivability limit”.

    Fossil-fuel induced global warming will only increase the frequency and severity of heatwaves unless we make a swift, just transition to a renewable energy charged global economy.

    Accelerated investment in renewable energy and mechanisms to boost climate resilience, adaptation and mitigation are critical for alleviating the worst impacts of climate change. This transition needs to happen now.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/05/winter-heatwaves-in-europe-and-blizzards-in-north-america-underline-the-need-for-urgent-climate-solutions/feed/ 0 362045
    Prisoners Like Me Need PTSD Care https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/04/prisoners-like-me-need-ptsd-care/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/04/prisoners-like-me-need-ptsd-care/#respond Wed, 04 Jan 2023 17:16:29 +0000 https://progressive.org/op-eds/prisoners-ike-me-need-ptsd-care-lindell-230104/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Nate Lindell.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/04/prisoners-like-me-need-ptsd-care/feed/ 0 361943
    David Dayen: Biden Will Need to Use Executive Action for Democrats to Get Things Done in 2023 https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/04/david-dayen-biden-will-need-to-use-executive-action-for-democrats-to-get-things-done-in-2023/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/04/david-dayen-biden-will-need-to-use-executive-action-for-democrats-to-get-things-done-in-2023/#respond Wed, 04 Jan 2023 15:12:26 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=65cd15c115710224e0c5418f0e51df0e
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/04/david-dayen-biden-will-need-to-use-executive-action-for-democrats-to-get-things-done-in-2023/feed/ 0 361923
    David Dayen: Biden Will Need to Use Executive Action for Democrats to Get Things Done in 2023 https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/04/david-dayen-biden-will-need-to-use-executive-action-for-democrats-to-get-things-done-in-2023-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/04/david-dayen-biden-will-need-to-use-executive-action-for-democrats-to-get-things-done-in-2023-2/#respond Wed, 04 Jan 2023 13:36:54 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=3f5dcc507be747943e4525c468d8cb85 Seg2 dayen biden split 2

    With Republicans now controlling the House of Representatives and vowing to fight President Biden’s agenda, journalist David Dayen says Democrats will need to get comfortable using executive action, as a raft of major legislation passed in the previous Congress will need to be put into action by the executive branch. “The next year, the next two years, isn’t going to be about legislative action,” says Dayen, executive editor of The American Prospect. “But it can be a time of real governing changes as these big laws get implemented.”


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/04/david-dayen-biden-will-need-to-use-executive-action-for-democrats-to-get-things-done-in-2023-2/feed/ 0 361940
    In New Year’s Address, UN Chief Says ‘We Need Peace, Now More Than Ever’ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/29/in-new-years-address-un-chief-says-we-need-peace-now-more-than-ever/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/29/in-new-years-address-un-chief-says-we-need-peace-now-more-than-ever/#respond Thu, 29 Dec 2022 17:45:59 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/antonio-guterres-new-year

    United Nations Secretary-General António Guterres on Wednesday beseeched humanity to "make 2023 a year when peace is restored to our lives, our homes, and our world," a message that came as dozens of wars and armed conflicts rage around the world.

    "Every new year is a moment of rebirth. We sweep out the ashes of the old year and prepare for a brighter day," Guterres said in his speech. "In 2022, millions of people around the world literally swept out ashes. From Ukraine to Afghanistan to the Democratic Republic of the Congo and beyond, people left the ruins of their homes and lives in search of something better."

    "In 2022, millions of people around the world literally swept out ashes."

    "In 2023, we need peace, now more than ever," he insisted. "Peace with one another, through dialogue to end conflict. Peace with nature and our climate, to build a more sustainable world. Peace in the home, so women and girls can live in dignity and safety. Peace on the streets and in our communities, with the full protection of all human rights. Peace in our places of worship, with respect for each other's beliefs. And peace online, free from hate speech and abuse."

    "In 2023, let's put peace at the heart of our words and actions," Guterres added.

    In a speech earlier this month, Guterres noted that "geopolitical divides have made global problem-solving ever more difficult—sometimes impossible."

    However, the U.N. chief stressed that "we can't accept things as they are. We owe it to people to find solutions, to fight back, and to act" to tackle humanity's biggest challenges, from wars to the climate emergency.

    Guterres continued:

    In Ethiopia, efforts by the African Union to broker peace are a reason for hope. A cessation of hostilities and implementation agreements are in place. A pathway to assistance in the northern part of the country is emerging.
    In the Democratic Republic of Congo, diplomatic efforts led by Angola and the East African Community have created a framework for political dialogue to resolve the crisis in the eastern region of the country.
    The truce in Yemen has delivered real dividends for people. Since then, even if very fragile, there have been no major military operations in a conflict where innocent people have been paying the highest price. Civilian flights have resumed from Sanaa. Vital supplies are finally getting through the port of Hudaydah.
    And even in the brutal war in Ukraine, we have seen the power of determined, discreet diplomacy to help people and tackle unprecedented levels of global food insecurity. Despite ongoing challenges, the Black Sea Grain Initiative to facilitate exports of food and fertilizers from Ukraine—and a memorandum of understanding for unimpeded exports of Russian food and fertilizers to global markets—are making a difference.

    "I am more determined than ever," the secretary-general added, "to make 2023 a year for peace, a year for action."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/29/in-new-years-address-un-chief-says-we-need-peace-now-more-than-ever/feed/ 0 360942
    Pregnant? Here’s What You Need to Know About NIPTs https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/17/pregnant-heres-what-you-need-to-know-about-nipts/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/17/pregnant-heres-what-you-need-to-know-about-nipts/#respond Sat, 17 Dec 2022 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/pregnant-heres-what-you-need-to-know-about-nipts by Adriana Gallardo, Anna Clark and Mariam Elba

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    Expecting parents want to do the right thing. When the doctor suggests a prenatal screening test, many say yes. Learning more about the baby-to-be seems like it has no downside.

    But they often don’t realize these popular tests aren’t regulated by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. This means that no federal agency makes sure that marketing claims are backed up by evidence before the tests reach patients. Even many health care providers find it hard to understand their nuances.

    Testing companies told ProPublica that, even without the FDA, there is significant oversight over the screening tests. They said health care providers, who order them, should make sure patients understand what they can and cannot do.

    That’s not always how it plays out. We published an investigation about this: “They Trusted Their Prenatal Test. They Didn’t Know the Industry is an Unregulated ‘Wild West’.” During our reporting, we heard from more than a thousand people in six countries, 47 states and Washington, D.C., about their experiences with noninvasive prenatal screening tests — often called NIPTs, or NIPS. Several reached out after reading our story.

    We heard from a lot of people who were grateful for the screenings. They gave them peace of mind. But others told us they were left confused, frustrated and sometimes even shattered. We also heard that it can be difficult to find independent information about NIPTs.

    This guide is meant to help fill the information gap. It includes basics on what the tests are, how to understand the results and even a glossary for the many confusing terms test-makers toss around. Our information is based on hundreds of conversations with parents, health care providers, researchers, genetic counselors and other experts. If you or your family is considering an NIPT, or you’re trying to understand your results, we hope this will help. We also encourage you to do your own research and consult with doctors or genetic counselors you trust.

    TABLE OF CONTENTS:

    What is noninvasive prenatal genetic testing?

    What are NIPTs?

    Noninvasive prenatal tests, or NIPTs, screen for an array of rare genetic conditions. In most cases, the results will say that a genetic condition is unlikely. In some cases, they will flag a possible issue.

    Here’s how it works: A health care provider takes a blood sample. They send it to a lab for analysis. The lab looks for cells from the placenta that float in your bloodstream. They can give a picture of the fetus’s development. The cells don’t come directly from the fetus — that’s why this is a screening test, not one that gives a more definitive diagnosis. The lab then lets you and/or your doctor know what the screening found.

    You can get a screening as early as nine weeks into pregnancy.

    Are NIPTs the same as NIPS?

    Yes. Many health care organizations call them NIPS (noninvasive prenatal screening) instead of NIPT (noninvasive prenatal test).

    There has long been concern about the name. Some experts say that calling it a “test” implies the results are more certain than they really are. In the industry’s early days, some even called it noninvasive prenatal diagnosis, or NIPD.

    They’re also sometimes known as cell-free DNA screening tests, or cfDNA tests.

    What do NIPTs test for?

    NIPTs check for genetic conditions that can affect the health of the fetus. This includes trisomies, or extra chromosomes. The standard bundle of tests usually checks for these conditions:

    It may also check for unexpected numbers of X or Y chromosomes — one or three, for example, instead of the usual two. These are called sex chromosome aneuploidies. They may be associated with certain health and developmental issues.

    Companies may offer extra tests, too, which they often describe as “premium,” “plus” or “advanced” options. These tests screen for even more genetic conditions. But the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists, the leading professional society for OB-GYNs, doesn’t recommend that doctors offer them to patients. Also, as the New York Times reported, when the extra tests have a positive result, they are “usually wrong.”

    NIPTs don’t screen for nongenetic conditions, such as heart defects. For younger people, nongenetic conditions may be more likely to affect their pregnancies.

    Are NIPTs regulated?

    NIPTs are not regulated by the FDA. No federal agency checks to make sure they work the way they claim before they’re sold to health care providers. The FDA doesn’t make sure that marketing claims are backed up by evidence before screenings reach patients. And companies aren’t required to publicly report instances of when the tests get it wrong.

    Testing companies said that, even without the FDA, there is still significant oversight. Labs must abide by state regulations, and another federal agency, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, monitors quality standards. It does not, however, check whether the tests the labs perform are clinically valid.

    You can read more about this in our investigation about the prenatal testing industry.

    Are NIPTs the “gender reveal” test?

    Yes. Hundreds of women told us that this early chance to learn the likely fetal sex was the main reason they got screenings.

    Experts emphasize that NIPTs should be treated primarily as a genetic screening test, rather than as a way to learn the likely sex early.

    It’s rare, but there is a small possibility that the tests will predict the sex incorrectly.

    What if I want an NIPT, but don’t want to learn the sex?

    Let your doctor know. Testing companies can deliver results in a way that doesn’t disclose the sex. Know that if the screening is positive for some conditions, such as Turner syndrome, it may reveal the sex by default.

    Are there other prenatal screening options besides NIPT?

    Yes. ACOG and the Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine, the leading professional societies for doctors who handle pregnancies, wrote about the different prenatal screening options in their guidance on NIPTs. Each test has benefits and limitations. It said that health care providers should discuss NIPTs, along with other screening and testing options, with expectant parents. Counseling can help you decide what to choose.

    ACOG also has a FAQ about screening options.

    How are NIPTs different from carrier screenings?

    Carrier screenings calculate the chances that a person could pass an inherited condition on to their future child. They analyze a blood or tissue sample from one or both prospective parents to learn about their genetic makeup.

    NIPTs, on the other hand, use a blood sample from the pregnant parent to analyze cells from the placenta and learn more about the possible genetic condition of the fetus.

    I’m not sure if I should get an NIPT. How do I decide?

    Deciding whether to get an NIPT depends on your personal situation. Your age, your health and how far along you are in pregnancy are all important considerations, as are your concerns, values and questions.

    Your health care providers and, ideally, a genetic counselor can help you decide if an NIPT is a good choice for you. To think through the benefits and limits, you might want to check out these resources:

    Also, in the next section of this guide, you’ll see more information on factors that affect the performance of the screenings.

    Katie Stoll, executive director of the nonprofit Genetic Support Foundation, said it’s important to weigh what information from a screening will mean for you. She suggested reflecting on the following questions:

    • How would you feel if results indicated a higher chance for a genetic condition or birth defect?
    • Would you consider a diagnostic test, such as amniocentesis, if the NIPT indicated an increased chance for a genetic condition? -- If not, would you be okay waiting until the baby is born to know for sure if the condition is present?
    • Do you think this information would help you feel more prepared?
    • Does more information that comes with the possibility of uncertainty make you anxious?

    Rachel Ray, 36, of Binghamton, New York, said it’s also important to have honest conversations with your partner or loved ones.

    “No one expects the results to come back positive, or worse, false positive,” said Ray, who had the test in 2019. For those who haven’t had these conversations ahead of time, she said, “this kind of result could cause a huge ripple effect on a relationship.”

    We heard from many people who were happy they got these tests. They said that it was helpful for making decisions about pregnancy and future parenting.

    Others said their experience of the tests was traumatic. Alexis Reprogle, 28, from Fort Wayne, Indiana, had an NIPT that came back with inconclusive results. When she got a second screening, she said, it was positive for trisomy 18. But further testing showed that it was a false positive. Her daughter, now 2, has no unusual genetic conditions. “I wish I never would have taken the test,” said Reprogle. “It caused so much stress and the need to go back and forth with the insurance company over costs.”

    Still others said their decision about the screenings is affected by state laws that ban abortions or restrict them to early in pregnancy.

    In many states, abortion bans start before you will be able to confirm the screening results with a diagnostic test. In some places, they become restricted before you can even get the screening.

    To stay up to date on the policies affecting you, The New York Times is tracking the current legal status of abortion in all 50 states and Washington, D.C.

    What happens if I say no to the NIPT?

    You have a right to say no to testing, said Mary-Nevaire Marsh, 34, of Atlanta. In 2020, she had a false positive for trisomy 18.

    “It is meant to be a conversation,” Marsh said. Doctors “are an expert in their field, and you should be going to them for advice and counsel, but ultimately, the decision is completely in your hands and yours alone.”

    If you’re anxious about this conversation, Marsh suggested bringing someone you trust with you.

    “Bring a buddy or a partner with you if you feel like you’re going to need someone to help back you up,” she said. If doctors aren’t accepting your decision, she said, “say, ‘Let’s table it. We’ll talk about it next time.’”

    “Another really good question to ask is ‘If we don’t do this, what other options are there?’” Marsh added.

    Understanding your NIPT results

    How accurate are NIPTs?

    It depends. NIPTs are often quite good at identifying Down syndrome (trisomy 21) and Edwards syndrome (trisomy 18), especially for older parents who are more likely to have pregnancies affected by these conditions. They are less likely to correctly predict Patau syndrome (trisomy 13).

    Test performance drops with the optional extra screenings that look for rarer conditions. The New York Times wrote about this: “When They Warn of Rare Disorders, These Prenatal Tests Are Usually Wrong.”

    What other factors affect the NIPT results?

    A number of factors can affect the performance of NIPTs, though companies sometimes sidestep this in their promotional materials. Readers and experts told us that health care providers, too, may not be clear about it.

    These factors may include:

    • Your age
    • Your body mass index (BMI)
    • Gestational age (how far along you are in the pregnancy)
    • Your race and ethnicity
    • Pregnancy by in vitro fertilization
    • Twin pregnancies or vanishing twins
    • If you have been the recipient of an organ transplant

    Rachel Ray said her providers failed to mention that her weight could affect the performance of her screening. In 2019, she had a false positive for trisomy 18.

    “If I had been informed that higher BMIs have a significant impact on the reliability of the NIPT, I would have still taken the test, but I would not have experienced nearly the amount of stress I did,” said Ray.

    She’s opting to skip an NIPT for her current pregnancy in favor of other screening tests. “I have declined because I do not want to experience what I experienced the first time, as I am still obese,” Ray said. “So far this pregnancy has been healthy and uneventful.”

    How do I read my NIPT results?

    After you have an NIPT done, it can take a week or two to get your results. Companies report results differently. Some describe conditions as "positive" or "negative.” At least one company describes them as "high-risk" or "low-risk,” which, it said, is meant to reinforce that NIPT is screening and not diagnostic.

    A positive or high-risk NIPT result means there may be a higher possibility that the fetus has a genetic condition. This can affect its health and development. A negative or low-risk result means a genetic condition may be less likely.

    To confirm your results — or if you simply want to go straight for a more comprehensive testing option — you may want an amniocentesis or chorionic villus sampling, or CVS, test.

    In some cases, there will not be enough information in the blood sample from your NIPT to report results. It may read as “inconclusive,” “no call” or “no result.” In general, inconclusive results suggest a heightened risk of the fetus being affected by a genetic condition.

    If this happens, you can consult with your doctor about doing the screening again, or getting a diagnostic test.

    I got a positive result! What should I do?

    While you’re probably feeling a lot of fear, please remember the information is not definitive.

    “It is important to remember that NIPT results, just like other screening results, do not give a ‘yes’ or ‘no’ answer to whether a pregnancy has a chromosome condition,” said Stoll of the Genetic Support Foundation.

    Your health care providers should talk to you about diagnostic options for confirming or refuting the results. They may also refer you to a maternal-fetal medicine specialist. Your second trimester scans, instructions from your doctors and further testing can all help you learn more about your pregnancy.

    You also may want to talk with a genetic counselor who can help you understand your NIPT results and think through their implications.

    In some cases, a positive result may have implications for your own health. “This, too, can be discussed with your provider,” Stoll said.

    Also, know you are not alone. The people we talked to say the weeks or months in between the screening and finding out for sure if it’s a true positive can be filled with anxiety.

    “Find somebody who you can talk to who can just listen,” said Daniela Weiss-Bronstein, 43, of Westhampton Beach, New York. She appreciated how one friend put it to her: “Tell me all the things that are in your head that you can’t say.”

    In 2015, Weiss-Bronstein was expecting her fourth child when an NIPT came back positive for Down syndrome. For her, dear friends and the Down Syndrome Diagnosis Network were the most supportive outlets as she struggled with her feelings about the result.

    Mary-Nevaire Marsh recommends taking time to process, even when some decisions need to be made soon.“You do have time,” she said. It’s important to think through your options and “decide what really feels like the right thing for you and your baby and your family.”

    If follow-up testing shows it to be a true positive, this will likely affect your birthing plans. Some people told us they decided to end their pregnancies after a diagnosis. Others adjusted their medical care and parenting expectations.

    Weiss-Bronstein chose not to get a diagnostic test after her positive NIPT. She supports abortion rights, but she knew she wouldn’t end her pregnancy even if an amnio confirmed the presence of Down syndrome. To her, it seemed like an unnecessary risk to add to an already complicated pregnancy. It wasn’t until the day her son was born that she and her husband found out it was a true positive, an experience she and a friend chronicled in a comic.

    For those who receive a positive test for Down syndrome, Weiss-Bronstein said she wishes there was more awareness about how modern interventions and support systems have improved life outcomes for people who have the condition.

    I got a negative result! What should I do?

    Many people said that a negative NIPT result is a huge relief. They told us that it gave them peace of mind during their pregnancies. True negatives are the most common outcome of the screening tests.

    False negatives are extremely rare — far more rare than false positives or inconclusive results — but they do happen, as we reported in our investigation.

    Second trimester scans and diagnostic testing can provide additional information about nongenetic conditions that may affect your pregnancy. Reader V.G. had a negative NIPT in 2019 and declined a CVS test. But she decided to have an amniocentesis to confirm the screening. Between the amnio and the NIPT, she felt reassured that all was well. (For privacy, she asked not to be identified with her full name.). For her, it was a very positive experience.

    I got an inconclusive, or “no-call” result! What does this mean?

    This happens when a lab is unable to provide information about the conditions it screened. There are many possible explanations for this, Stoll said, “and sometimes we are never really able to determine the reason.” It may be that the blood sample contained too low a percentage of DNA from the placenta. This is called “low fetal fraction.” Or it could be a problem with the shipping of the sample, Stoll said.

    In general, an inconclusive result can signal a higher likelihood of a chromosomal condition. But it may not. Your health care provider may recommend a redraw of the blood sample for another NIPT, or a diagnostic test.

    Alexis Reprogle in Indiana, who had a second NIPT after her first was inconclusive, said it’s sometimes helpful to wait to do further testing.

    “Most of the time you will have your blood drawn again for a second test,” she said. “If you are feeling overwhelmed with anxiety over the entire process, you can always back out of the second test. You may have the option to wait a few more weeks, as this could provide a more accurate reading.”

    How can I confirm my NIPT results?

    Diagnostic tests, such as amniocentesis and CVS, offer the most definitive and comprehensive information about the health of the fetus. An “amnio” is a test that analyzes a small amount of amniotic fluid from the area around the fetus. CVS analyzes a small piece of tissue from the placenta.

    Both are considered invasive tests, with a small risk to the pregnancy, though experts say it is extremely low.

    I want more advice and guidance. Where can I find genetic counseling?

    Genetic counselors are trained professionals who can help you understand the tests, think through their results and, potentially, prepare for a pregnancy affected by a genetic condition. ACOG’s guidance on prenatal screening recommends both pre-test and post-test counseling.

    ​​Some testing companies offer patients genetic counseling services with their on-staff experts. They typically offer these at no additional charge and some people said they received helpful guidance. But several experts we spoke to emphasized the value of genetic counselors who aren’t employed by labs. That way, you can be confident there are no conflicts of interest. Independent counseling may be more expensive, though.

    A good place to start is talking with your health care provider about a referral to a genetic counselor in your area. The Genetic Support Foundation in Olympia, Washington, is one source for independent guidance on a range of genetic health decisions, including pregnancy. It offers telehealth appointments. (Stoll, GSF’s executive director, was a source for this guide.)

    The National Society of Genetic Counselors offers a directory of in-person and telehealth options in Canada and in the United States.

    Adriana Ludé, 36, of Oakland, California, enlisted a geneticist after she received an inconclusive result. She said it’s important to find a good communicator, not just someone with technical qualifications.

    “Having someone who is able to explain it in simple words our overwrought and emotional brains could understand was huge,” Ludé said.

    Weiss-Bronstein said those with positive results might also want to consult with a developmental pediatrician’s office. There can be waitlists, she said, but if you can get in the office, it gives you a chance to talk to someone who works with kids with these genetic conditions in real life. It’s a chance to ask, as she put it: “Not pie in the sky, and not doom and gloom, what does this actually look like?”

    Speech and physical therapists who work with kids with these conditions can be helpful too, she said.

    Paying for an NIPT

    How much do NIPTs cost?

    In our reporting, we heard about bills that ranged from a few hundred to many thousands of dollars, even for people who said they had good health insurance. We also heard from people who had the test covered completely by their insurance, or paid low-cost rates offered by the NIPT companies.

    Stoll suggested asking your doctor for details about:

    • Which lab your testing will be sent to
    • Which conditions the test screens for
    • Which CPT codes will be used to bill for this test

    Then, she said, you can follow up directly with your insurance company “to learn about coverage for the specific lab and codes being used.”

    Patients give this advice:

    • Let your doctor know if you have limited funds. The practice may be able to budget for your care, or your doctor may be able to share information about financial assistance options.
    • Keep detailed records of your communication with the testing companies, your doctor and insurance company. Arbitrary billing was among the most common complaints we heard. Confusing pricing often led patients to make multiple phone calls to the labs and their insurers to get clarity on their responsibility for the cost.

    NIPT Glossary

    Aneuploidy: Broad term for conditions that involve an unusual number of chromosomes. (Most people have 46.)

    Chromosomes: Thread-like structures in our cells that are made of our DNA. Together, they make a blueprint for our unique physical characteristics.

    Fetal fraction: Percentage of DNA in the sample of the maternal blood that is from the placenta. If the fetal fraction is too low, it can result in an inconclusive, or “no call,” result.

    False negative: When a screening shows a negative or low-risk result for a certain condition, but it turns out the condition is actually present.

    False positive: When a screening shows a positive or high-risk result for a certain condition, but it turns out the condition is actually not present.

    Karyotype: An individual’s complete set of chromosomes.

    Prevalence: How common, or “prevalent,” a condition is in a certain group of people.

    Positive Predictive Value, or PPV: The likelihood that a positive or high-risk screening result will prove to be true. If you get a positive result for a certain condition, this is an important indicator of how likely it is that the fetus actually has it.

    Different genetic conditions have different PPVs. You can use an online calculator to estimate more personalized PPVs for certain conditions.

    Microdeletion: A missing fragment of a chromosome, which can cause a number of rare genetic conditions, such as DiGeorge syndrome or Prader-Willi syndrome. Many testing companies offer optional extra screenings for microdeletions, as well as additional trisomies. But ACOG does not recommend them.

    Monosomy: Term for having only one chromosome (“mono”) where there would usually be a pair.

    Mosaic, or Mosaicism: When different cells have different numbers of chromosomes in them. Some cells might have the usual 46 chromosomes, but other cells might have 47 chromosomes. This can result in health issues. Mosaicism may also mean there’s a difference between the cells in the placenta — which is what an NIPT analyzes — and the cells in the fetus. This can lead to false positives or false negatives.

    Negative Predictive Value, or NPV: The likelihood that a negative or low-risk screening result will prove to be true. If you get a negative result for a certain condition, this is an important indicator of how likely it is that the fetus is actually unaffected by it.

    Different genetic conditions have different NPVs. You can use an online calculator to estimate more personalized NPVs for certain conditions.

    Sensitivity: The proportion of those who have the condition who are correctly identified by the test. It is the “detection rate.”

    Specificity: The proportion of those who do not have the condition who are correctly identified by the test.

    Soft markers: Features detected in the fetus that aren’t necessarily related to a genetic condition but can be correlated with one. For example, shortened long bones in the arm and leg may be associated with Down syndrome.

    Trisomy: Term for conditions with an extra third (“tri”) chromosome alongside one of the usual pairs of chromosomes. Down syndrome, for example, is known as trisomy 21 because it’s a condition involving three copies of the 21st chromosome.

    True Negative: When a screening has a negative or low-risk result for a certain condition and it turns out the condition is indeed not present.

    True Positive: When a screening has a positive or high-risk result for a certain condition and it turns out the condition is indeed present.

    Have You Had an Experience With Prenatal Genetic Testing? We’d Like to Hear About It — and See the Bill.

    Sophia Kovatch contributed research.


    This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Adriana Gallardo, Anna Clark and Mariam Elba.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/17/pregnant-heres-what-you-need-to-know-about-nipts/feed/ 0 358480
    We Don’t Need Government-Granted Patent Monopolies to Finance Drug Development https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/16/we-dont-need-government-granted-patent-monopolies-to-finance-drug-development/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/16/we-dont-need-government-granted-patent-monopolies-to-finance-drug-development/#respond Fri, 16 Dec 2022 06:42:15 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=268573 I was having an exchange with an old friend on Mastodon (yes, I’m there now @deanbaker13@econtwitter.net), in which I was arguing that the best way to get alternatives to the current patent system was to have examples of successful drugs developed without relying on patent monopolies. Of course, there are great historical examples, like the More

    The post We Don’t Need Government-Granted Patent Monopolies to Finance Drug Development appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Dean Baker.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/16/we-dont-need-government-granted-patent-monopolies-to-finance-drug-development/feed/ 0 358390
    Live: Striking workers need YOUR help to WIN! https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/14/live-striking-workers-need-your-help-to-win/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/14/live-striking-workers-need-your-help-to-win/#respond Wed, 14 Dec 2022 20:18:07 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=4014b6e14118341503b3128f3b7331e9
    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by The Real News Network.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/14/live-striking-workers-need-your-help-to-win/feed/ 0 357725
    What You Need to Know—But Probably Don’t—About the Railway Labor Strike That Wasn’t https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/08/what-you-need-to-know-but-probably-dont-about-the-railway-labor-strike-that-wasnt/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/08/what-you-need-to-know-but-probably-dont-about-the-railway-labor-strike-that-wasnt/#respond Thu, 08 Dec 2022 16:17:35 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/341547

    In November 2019—precipitously close to the Christmas holiday—Teamsters Canada shut down the Canadian National railroad. The Canadian Parliament has similar powers to the U.S. Congress to intervene in rail strikes. Prime Minister Justin Trudeau came under incredible pressure from business groups to pass "back-to-work" legislation, but he refused.  The strike plowed on for 9 days, and the workers largely won the struggle.

    It's time for President O'Brien and the mighty Teamsters Union to step up. The future of railroaders, Amazon workers, and UPS workers is at stake.

    Why did Canadian rail workers get to strike in 2019 and U.S. rail workers not in 2022? It certainly isn't because Trudeau is any more pro-worker than Joe Biden. It is because Trudeau and the Liberals feared the Canadian Labour Movement, whose militant willingness to expand strikes recently forced Ontario Premier Doug Ford into a dramatic policy reversal.

    The 2022 Freight Rail beef in the United States has received incredible coverage. Everyone from Newsmax to the New York Times to The Onion produced stories warning of crippled supply chains already at the breaking point due to overreliance on Just-In-Time inventory management, skeletal staffing levels, and lack of infrastructural investment by the private sector. This attention is a good thing, specifically as a new generation of leftists are now realizing that transportation and logistics are vital vectors for societal change. However, an alarming number of commentators are grafting their ideological purity and baseless suspicions on the situation as they restate half-truths time and again: Joe Biden is in bed with corporations. The Democrats and Republicans screwed over rail workers by taking away their right to strike. And so on.

    Obviously, Joe Biden and both parties are in hock to corporate elites. However, Biden's performance in this case will surprise many.

    Rail Labor leadership makes a key mistake

    When Sean O'Brien was seated as Teamster General President in March 2022, one of his first acts was to visit the White House and plead with Biden to release Rail Labor from Mediation and form a Presidential Emergency Board. The Teamsters Union includes two of the twelve rail unions—the Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employees [BMWED] and the Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers [BLET]. They are both totally autonomous from each other, and have a long history of not working together, to put it kindly. Each union has approximately 25,000 members—down alarmingly in the past seven years as the industry has gone aggressively lean under the false moniker "Precision Scheduled Railroading" or PSR.

    Biden's administration, which includes O'Brien's longtime Boston ally Marty Walsh, was nervous that ending Mediation would enable a national strike just before the 2022 midterms. But O'Brien's legendary charm won the day—he even got the President to let Rail Labor name the majority of the PEB! Unfortunately, the Rail Labor leaders offered up the names of career arbitrators when what was called for were progressive social scientists, economists, or other labor leaders.

    Arbitrators are infamous for splitting the baby. And that's what the PEB 250 did. That's not Biden's fault, nor the fault of the two political parties. It's Rail Labor leadership's fault.

    A Rail Strike was never intended by Rail Labor leaders

    In truth, a railroad strike was never in the cards. Anyone with an appreciation of American Rail Labor History knows this. To back Congress off with their Constitutional right to intervene in anything that endangers interstate commerce, Rail Labor would have needed to wage a multi-year comprehensive contract campaign in advance of the round of bargaining, which began in January 2020. Comprehensive contract campaigns involve internal organizing, communications strategy, legislative strategy, regulatory strategy, legal strategy, and bargaining strategy—all in an intricately synchronized dynamic that puts the members, their escalating actions, and their stories at the center of the struggle.  

    If at the beginning of the round the union suspects that the negotiations will not go smoothly—and they never go smoothly these days—it is important to envision what amount of public support will be needed if striking becomes necessary.  In the context of endangering the national transmission of life-sustaining cargo, this requires intense communication and coalition development across society in an effort to help communities understand that the union is bargaining for the common good. The nurses unions excel at this by forcing the issue of nurse-patient ratios at the table, and then positioning themselves as healthcare warriors in the public sphere.

    Rail Labor has been unwilling to implement such a campaign centered on the members and the common good which is unfortunate given that the Railroads are actually sitting ducks: their safety record is so bad that inevitably a train with explosive or poisonous cargo will derail in or near a large population center unless strident re-regulation and re-staffing take place; their record of environmental destruction is on the scale of other mass industrial bad actors; their record of racist and misogynistic hiring practices is legendary; their price gouging is a key element behind the soaring inflation which has enraged Americans.

    What it'll take for Rail Labor to win next time

    Unfortunately, Rail Labor is in no condition to wage a militant struggle. Aside from the BMWED under the visionary leadership of Freddie Simpson in recent years, none of the Rail Labor unions have done strategic internal organizing at all. Most of the unions are small and spend the majority of their dues-income on the bloated salaries and benefits of their officers.

    Railroad workers know full well how much economic power they have, but they have rarely been organized nationally to wield their power at the point of production.

    In the case of Rail Labor, 12 craft unions represent 85% of the freight railroad workforce. You'd think they could stomp on the employers. But the craft union model—where each department has its own union—has historically led to self-interested selling out of each other. Furthermore, the Railroad "Brotherhoods" are oligarchic—in the rare cases where members directly elect their officers, incumbents have total control of the election machinery, making it all but impossible for reform candidates—assuming they can get on the ballot at all—to win.

    Railroad workers know full well how much economic power they have, but they have rarely been organized nationally to wield their power at the point of production. These workers are suffering horrendous work schedules, occupational sickness, death rates, and in some cases grinding poverty.  The rampant greed of the Railroad Corporations is not new, nor is the willingness of the political elite to suckle at their teats. But in the past 100 years, the Rail Brotherhoods have been unwilling or unable to conduct well-organized, militant strategies to maximize results in bargaining. As a result of all of this, workers are taking advantage of the tight labor market by fleeing the freight railroads for better union jobs. The American public will suffer crippled supply chains and continued horrific rates of train derailments as a result.

    The Teamsters Union can play a unifying role here. Sean O'Brien has already shown the capacity to intervene in rail issues and get results—had it not been for his early intervention, Rail Labor would still be moored in Mediation. The Teamsters have the resources and experienced staff to construct a broadly comprehensive strategic plan, then implement it nationally with the long-abandoned rail union members and their communities. The Teamsters Union is the natural home for all rail workers—Eugene Debs' dream of an industrial union for rail workers can be achieved under the Teamster banner if enough will and perseverance are drummed up. The Teamsters will need rail workers to win big at UPS in 2023, or to organize Amazon—both key priorities for President O'Brien.

    No one else is coming to save railroad workers—not the AFL-CIO. Not the well-meaning DSA chapters, and not the self-styled left-wing commentators.  And certainly not the Rail Labor leaders—one of whom is so right-wing that he's been on Steve Bannon's "War Room" podcast twice in the past week.  

    It's time for President O'Brien and the mighty Teamsters Union to step up. The future of railroaders, Amazon workers, and UPS workers is at stake.

    A version of this op-ed first appeared at The Stansbury Forum.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Carey Dall.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/08/what-you-need-to-know-but-probably-dont-about-the-railway-labor-strike-that-wasnt/feed/ 0 356286
    To Make Debt Relief a Reality, We’ll Need to Reform the Supreme Court https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/07/to-make-debt-relief-a-reality-well-need-to-reform-the-supreme-court/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/07/to-make-debt-relief-a-reality-well-need-to-reform-the-supreme-court/#respond Wed, 07 Dec 2022 19:08:00 +0000 https://inthesetimes.com/article/student-debt-relief-biden-supreme-court-democracy
    This content originally appeared on In These Times and was authored by Scott Remer.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/07/to-make-debt-relief-a-reality-well-need-to-reform-the-supreme-court/feed/ 0 356270
    The Need for Black Male Teachers in Public Education https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/07/the-need-for-black-male-teachers-in-public-education/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/07/the-need-for-black-male-teachers-in-public-education/#respond Wed, 07 Dec 2022 17:45:15 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=27053 Less than seven percent of public school teachers across the United States are Black, notably less than the 15 percent of Black students who attend public schools, Devna Bose reported…

    The post The Need for Black Male Teachers in Public Education appeared first on Project Censored.

    ]]>
    Less than seven percent of public school teachers across the United States are Black, notably less than the 15 percent of Black students who attend public schools, Devna Bose reported for the Hechinger Report in November 2022. The dearth of Black teachers is “deeply felt,” Bose wrote, “especially in states like South Carolina where almost a fifth of students are Black.” Bose’s article cited research showing that the presence of Black teachers can lead to “improved academic performance and higher graduation rates” for Black students.

    Nevertheless, Bose reported, a variety of social factors have been driving “teachers of all demographic backgrounds” out of the field, including low wages, increased public scrutiny, micromanagement, and other issues exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic. Black male teachers and teachers from other underrepresented groups have been particularly impacted.

    Bose reported examples of Black male teachers who have been overlooked for promotions and leadership roles, or “pigeonholed into disciplinarian roles.” Galvanized by the rise of groups such as Moms for Liberty, many white parents have also begun to target Black educators for supposedly teaching Critical Race Theory. There are also national tests for teachers that were “deliberately created to prevent people of color from becoming teachers.”

    The underrepresentation of Black teachers has negative impacts on Black students. Noting that, across the nation, Black boys are overassigned to special education, Bose wrote that Black teachers are less likely to misinterpret Black male students’ emotions and behavior, for example. The ability to “connect on a deeper level” can reduce the likelihood that Black students have “adverse educational experiences.”

    The challenge, Bose noted, is cyclical: When students see school as a negative space and are repeatedly, unfairly penalized for behavioral infractions not experienced by their white peers, they may be less likely to see teaching as a future profession, thereby perpetuating the cycle. The absence of Black male teachers gives the impression to young Black boys that this profession is difficult to access.

    A March 2021 report for NEA Today by Sundjata Sekou corroborated many of the points made in Devna Bose’s article for the Hechinger Report. Drawing on his own experiences as a Black student and as a third-grade math and science teacher, Sekou wrote that the lack of Black male teachers “affects every student, but it affects Black boys disproportionately.” In the context of a racist society that “applauds [Black boys’] athletic abilities yet shuns their intellectual capabilities,” most Black male students find themselves in classrooms with “teachers who may not understand them,” Sekou reported. He vowed to become “the teacher he never had.”

    The importance of Black teachers in public schools has been given only limited coverage by major US news outlets. For example, in December 2019, the Washington Post reported that public schools across the country were becoming “move diverse,” but teachers are “mostly white.” The in-depth article noted the “gap students and teachers” and examined some of the same factors identified in Bose’s article for the Hechinger Report. And, in January 2019, the Chicago Tribune published a profile of a first-year Black teacher in the Chicago public school system. This article addressed the importance of Black students having Black teachers, and it also noted that Black teachers “tend to burn out more frequently than their white counterparts.” But reports such as these are exceptional and, overall, major news outlets have failed to address these issues.

    Source:  Devna Bose, “Schools Can’t Afford to Lose Any More Black Male Educators,” The Hechinger Report, November 23, 2022.

    Student Researchers: Andrew Hill, Brigid Murray, Bryce Souza (University of Massachusetts Amherst)

    Faculty Evaluator: Allison Butler (University of Massachusetts Amherst)

    The post The Need for Black Male Teachers in Public Education appeared first on Project Censored.


    This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Vins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/07/the-need-for-black-male-teachers-in-public-education/feed/ 0 356073
    AI could predict climate crises, but that’s not what climate migrants need https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/07/ai-could-predict-climate-crises-but-thats-not-what-climate-migrants-need/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/07/ai-could-predict-climate-crises-but-thats-not-what-climate-migrants-need/#respond Wed, 07 Dec 2022 10:58:50 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/podcasts/podcast-borders-belonging/climate-migrant-refugee-artificial-intelligence-predict/ States that are more likely to withstand climate change challenges are also more likely to use advanced technologies to prohibit the arrival of climate migrants


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Lucia Nalbandian.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/07/ai-could-predict-climate-crises-but-thats-not-what-climate-migrants-need/feed/ 0 355963
    ‘We Need to Transform What It Means to Be an Academic Worker; the Status Quo Is Untenable’ – CounterSpin interview with Nelson Lichtenstein on UC strike https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/06/we-need-to-transform-what-it-means-to-be-an-academic-worker-the-status-quo-is-untenable-counterspin-interview-with-nelson-lichtenstein-on-uc-strike/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/06/we-need-to-transform-what-it-means-to-be-an-academic-worker-the-status-quo-is-untenable-counterspin-interview-with-nelson-lichtenstein-on-uc-strike/#respond Tue, 06 Dec 2022 20:46:26 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9031259 "This is the way issues get put on the agenda, on the state and the national agenda, by making social disruptions."

    The post ‘We Need to Transform What It Means to Be an Academic Worker; the Status Quo Is Untenable’ appeared first on FAIR.

    ]]>
     

    Janine Jackson interviewed UC Santa Barbara’s Nelson Lichtenstein about the University of California strike for the December 2, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

          CounterSpin221202Lichtenstein.mp3

     

    Janine Jackson: When it comes to corporate news media coverage of labor actions, there are unfortunately a few tropes to look out for, even in 2022.

    First, while strikes in other countries may be presented as signs of freedom, in the US they will often be presented in terms of the disruption they cause.

    NYT: University of California Academic Employees Strike for Higher Pay

    New York Times (11/14/22)

    The New York TimesNovember 14 report on the strike by some 48,000 University of California teaching assistants, researchers and others gave skimming readers the shorthand “highlight” that these people “walked off the job Monday, forcing some classes to be canceled.”

    “Classes were disrupted, research slowed and office hours canceled,” the paper noted, “only a few weeks away from final examinations.”

    Whatever an article goes on to say, the “harmful disruption” presentation encourages readers to understand that the status quo before the action was not harmful and did not disrupt, and that worker actions are therefore willful, selfish and possibly malignant.

    Elite media’s other big idea in these circumstances is to present the idea that, as CNN had it in their very brief mention, UC workers are “demanding higher pay”—”workers demand/owners offer” being among the hardiest perennial media narrative frames. It implies a context of scarcity in which we are to imagine that the money needed to allow academic employees to make their rent would have to be swiped from the pockets of small children or something.

    Of course, the major weapon big media have is the spotlight, which they can shine or shutter as they choose.

    So here to help us see what’s happening and what’s at stake in the largest strike in the history of American higher education is Nelson Lichtenstein. He’s professor of history at the University of California/Santa Barbara, where he directs the Center for the Study of Work, Labor and Democracy.

    He’s also author or editor of a number of books, including Beyond the New Deal Order: US Politics From the Great Depression to the Great Recession, and A Fabulous Failure: The Clinton Presidency and the Transformation of American Capitalism, which is forthcoming in 2023.

    He joins us now by phone from Santa Barbara. Welcome to CounterSpin, Nelson Lichtenstein.

    Nelson Lichtenstein: Glad to be here.

    Truthout: Underpaid Adjunct Professors Sleep in Cars and Rely on Public Aid

    Truthout (6/10/19)

    JJ: Pay is absolutely a key part of this labor action at the University of California, but it’s not as though these are people who are really well-off and looking for still more. The folks teaching at these elite institutions, some of them are living in their cars, but many of them, enough of them, are seriously struggling, as I understand it, to keep a roof over their heads.

    So when we say it’s about money, it’s about the money it takes to live a life, right?

    NL: Right. I mean, this strike has been developing for several years, and the one spur to it has been the enormous increase in housing costs and rents.

    And that’s partly pandemic-induced. That is, lots of people who used to work in downtown LA or New York, they want to, “Let’s get a house on the California coast, or something, and Zoom in to work.” Well, that’s jacked up, generally, housing costs in California. And so that’s one spur to it.

    I think everyone in California, from the left to the right to the governor on down, knows that housing is just an enormous crisis. And here, of course, teaching assistants and other graduate students, they’ve seen their rents go way, way up. And there’s been an erosion in their pay, small as it was, over the last decade or so. And in the last two years, the inflationary spike has done that.

    Now, it used to be that there was an implicit kind of ivory tower bargain: OK, you go to the university, you work for five or six years at low pay as a kind of apprentice, and then you end up with a good job, a high-prestige job, a tenure job, etc.

    Dissent: The Largest Strike in the History of American Higher Ed

    Dissent (11/22/22)

    Well, that bargain has been broken for decades. And the UC’s (I think admirable) recruitment of working-class people and working-class people of color into the university has exacerbated that, because they aren’t ivory tower types, they aren’t Ivy League types. They’re working Americans.

    And so this pressure for a recalibration of the wages and working conditions of thousands and thousands of the people who really stand at the heart of the university—the tenure track professors, they just become a minority, a small minority.

    And it takes these academic researchers, postdocs, mainly in the sciences, and then of course the teaching assistants, to really make the university go. And we can no longer have this contingent labor model that people accept because there’s some reward at the other end. That’s not the case.

    This is their life. And if you’re in your 20s, you have the right to get married, to have kids if you want to. We don’t live in a kind of Victorian Era anymore.

    So this strike is quite large. It has support. Your introductory comments were on target, but this strike actually has support from an enormous range of people.

    The Los Angeles Times endorsed the aims of the strike. And I think it has the potential to really transform, not just higher education, but really well beyond that.

    JJ: And the strike does have support, which I think is so key, in part because that support is in the face of, if we just talk about big media, a kind of, “Oh, this doesn’t work. This is a problem.”

    The wave of labor actions that we’ve seen in the last couple of years have been such a heartening sign of people, not just standing up for their rights, but also talking back in the face of a narrative that’s been pushed on us for a long time.

    And part of that has been, as with Uber drivers and others, and certainly with journalists, we’ve seen a lot of “they aren’t even workers,” and the workers themselves saying, “Well, we’re not workers, we’re individuals; it’s not like we’re building cars.”

    And there’s kind of a push against organizing among so-called culture workers or intellectual workers.

    NL: Right. Glad you brought that up, because I think one of the many sins of former President Trump was to recreate an imagery of what a worker was, a very retrograde image: you know, a white male coal miner or steel worker or something like that. Those are the only people who are really workers.

    And of course, that’s so antiquated and out of date. American culture and political culture has to come to terms with the fact that, today, the heart of the working class in the United States are people who are in the service sector, who do everything from retail work, but also to hospitals, to the media, the universities, etc.

    I mean, the biggest unions in the country today are the teachers unions—mainly secondary, but also higher education.

    So, yes, this is very important. Just to get your head around a sense of “who is a worker?” And take them seriously as a person who works for a living.

    My spouse, Eileen Boris, who teaches feminist studies, did a wonderful little kind of performative act at a rally where faculty were urged to wear their academic regalia, which really comes out of the medieval time.

    So we’re all wearing our gown and our hats, and my spouse, she said, “OK, yes, I’m a distinguished professor, with a chair and everything.”

    And then she took off her gown, and there was a union T-shirt. “But really, I’m a worker.”

    And I think that’s what has to happen in the whole cultural world, that whether you’re museum curators or in the university or any other area of cultural production, that, really, we are in fact workers.

    Prosaic demands for wages and better working conditions are important.

    By the way, the interesting thing about this strike is that the people who are actually on strike are very variegated, cultural, political, racial, gendered, very hip kind of people. But what is their demand? The demand is extraordinarily conventional. It is for higher wages. Nothing could be more conventional than that in terms of labor.

    But that’s essential to their dignity and their capacity, actually, to do their jobs. To write, for example, a dissertation, you have to have time to do it. You can’t be bussing dishes at a restaurant in addition to your job as teaching assistant. You have to have time to write.

    So this is what they’re really demanding.

    JJ: And then in terms of broader implications, I read an article that said, “Campus-area housing has long been a policy concern, vexing state lawmakers and inciting town/gown legal battles.”

    Now, I’m not saying that that’s inaccurate, but it does make it sound like a fight that I don’t necessarily have a dog in, you know?

    But there are broader implications of this strike that go beyond the workers, extending, minimally, to all of their students and their potential students.

    One source says, “I can’t in good conscience tell anyone to come here for their PhD,” because “the cost of living is unsustainable.”

    Nelson Lichtenstein

    Nelson Lichtenstein: “This is the way issues get put on the agenda, on the state and the national agenda, by making social disruptions.”

    NL: Yes, right, yeah. The housing crisis is really a labor question in California. I mean, people commuting from the Central Valley to work in Silicon Valley, that’s a two-hour commute. Well, why are they doing that? Because they can’t afford the housing in the San Francisco Bay Area.

    Obviously that’s also true in the university. We have people, both staff and academic people, who are commuting 40, 50 miles to work at the university.

    This is all because of housing. Everyone recognizes in California this gigantic crisis. It’s this great state with tremendous industries and a really liberal political culture. But the Achilles heel of this state is housing, the housing crisis. And the students here at UC, grad students and others, are really putting this on the agenda, as “you have to do something about it.”

    Now, one way is, you pay us more, you know? OK. And if you don’t want to do that, then you have to figure out some way to reduce the cost of housing. Housing’s at least 40% of the inflationary spike, probably more in California. So something has to be done.

    And I think this is the way issues get put on the agenda, on the state and the national agenda, by making social disruptions.

    And that’s what’s been happening for the last three weeks here at UC.

    JJ: I wanted to point out one article, a New York Times piece by Kimiko de Freytas-Tamura, and it was not about UC; it was about adjunct strikes at the New School (where I got my graduate degree).

    And it was unusual, because it introduced the topic of administrator salaries, and it quoted someone who had looked at compensation data, saying, “The administrators seem to view themselves as essential and everyone else as inessential.”

    NYT: New School and Parsons School of Design Adjunct Professors Go on Strike

    New York Times (1/16/22)

    Without that kind of context, reports on the strike, and “these workers want more pay,” it’s kind of like giving the ball score, “Red Sox six,” you know. You’re missing the context in which more money is being called for.

    And it makes it sound like they’re asking for money to be created out of thin air, when we’re talking about power.

    NL: That’s true. Administrators proliferated. But I would make this point: Some on the left who are supportive of the strike, and supportive of the grad students, would say, “Oh, the money is there. Let’s just take it out of this bloated administrative overhead.”

    And that’s true. You can get some of it. But that’s not going to solve the problem.

    What will solve the problem is we’ve had 40 years of austerity from state legislatures, and the national government as well, in terms of funding higher education.

    What we need to do is to go to the legislatures and have progressive taxation. We have Elon Musk here in California. We have the Facebook people, etc.

    We need to have a revision of the tax code which returns us to the world of 1955, which was a much more progressive era when it came to taxes. And that’s where the money is. That’s where the really big money is. That’s where the billions and billions are.

    And stop this starving of higher education; decade by decade, a smaller portion of the actual operating funds of all the state universities have come from the general tax revenues. We need to reverse that. And a strike like this puts that issue on the agenda, and I think that’s where the money’s going to come from.

    JJ: Let me just ask you, finally, and you’ve just hinted towards it: Do you have thoughts about what truly responsible, thoughtful news media coverage would look like, things it would include, and maybe some things it would leave out?

    NL: Well, yes, actually you indicated that the obstacle to this settlement of the strike is the administration, the people who run it, who want to maintain and continue this untenable model of a kind of impoverished, precarious, large group of grad students in a kind of limbo, they want to continue that, and think that’s tenable. It’s not tenable.

    We need a breakthrough which is going to transform the meaning of what it means to be an academic worker. The status quo is untenable. And I think the facts of this crisis needs to be up front in terms of media coverage of this strike, and many others of that sort.

    We’ve come to a period of increasing inequality and increasing stress at work, and the pandemic demonstrated that, but it’s there. It’s untenable for the future.

    JJ: We’ve been speaking with Nelson Lichtenstein. His article, “The Largest Strike in the History of American Higher Ed,” can be found at DissentMagazine.org. Nelson Lichtenstein, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

    NL: You’re welcome, Janine.

     

    The post ‘We Need to Transform What It Means to Be an Academic Worker; the Status Quo Is Untenable’ appeared first on FAIR.


    This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/06/we-need-to-transform-what-it-means-to-be-an-academic-worker-the-status-quo-is-untenable-counterspin-interview-with-nelson-lichtenstein-on-uc-strike/feed/ 0 355785
    People in Iran still need our attention and action. https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/06/people-in-iran-still-need-our-attention-and-action/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/06/people-in-iran-still-need-our-attention-and-action/#respond Tue, 06 Dec 2022 12:35:41 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=08e88f5a89e22d83d09a9b9321e6408d
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/06/people-in-iran-still-need-our-attention-and-action/feed/ 0 355678
    Why Our Movements Need to Start Singing Again https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/04/why-our-movements-need-to-start-singing-again/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/04/why-our-movements-need-to-start-singing-again/#respond Sun, 04 Dec 2022 11:36:18 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/341445 Social movements are stronger when they sing. That's a lesson that has been amply demonstrated throughout history, and it's one that I have learned personally in working to develop trainings for activists over the past decade and a half. In Momentum, a training program that I co-founded and that many other trainers and organizers have built over the last seven years, song culture is not something we included at the start. And yet, it has since become so indispensable that the trainers I know would never imagine doing without it again.

    The person who taught me the most as I came to appreciate the impact that song can have on movement culture is Stephen Brackett, an activist and hip-hop MC known on stage as Brer Rabbit.

    A tall Denverite with abundant dreadlocks and an easy-going presence, Stephen started rapping for fun in the fourth grade. As a high school student in the 1990s, he and his friend Jamie Laurie started the Flobots, a group they have dubbed a "band with an agenda." Stephen's stage name, Brer Rabbit, came to him one day during a college freestyle, when he picked up a ceramic rabbit from a countertop. In an "act of divine accidents," as he calls it, he named himself after the figure in folklore "that represents most what a rapper is and can be"—namely, "a trickster who succeeds by his wits rather than by brawn, provoking authority figures and bending social mores as he sees fit."

    Because his off-stage persona is so warm and humble, it can be startling to watch Stephen transform into Brer Rabbit when he takes the mic in a show, firing off rhymes that denounce destructive state and corporate power while celebrating human potential. Perhaps best known for their viral 2005 single "Handlebars," which went to number 3 on Billboard's Modern Rock Tracks and has racked up more than 80 million views on YouTube, Jamie and Stephen's sharp phrases can be found throughout the Flobots catalog. In their 2007 song, "Rise," Stephen raps:

    Don't let apathy police the populace. /
    We will march across / those stereotypes that were marked for us. /
    The answer's obvious, / we switch the consonants /
    and change the sword to words and lift continents.

    Stephen was a participant in one of our earliest Momentum trainings, almost a decade ago, and he subsequently joined our team to become a core trainer himself. In large part thanks to his leadership, we developed a session within Momentum devoted to reviving song culture. We named it "Why did we stop singing?" This module teaches how to bring more music to our movements by breaking down common barriers like self-consciousness, discomfort with vulnerability, and lack of a shared repertoire.

    Once Momentum began incorporating it into its curriculum, "Why did we stop singing?" quickly became one of the most popular parts of the training. Over several years, many of the organization's trainers and leaders worked to develop the module and, as they did, some important lessons emerged. Chief among them: Music is a powerful tool that we have too often neglected in our organizing—and members of our movements are hungry to bring it back.

    Recognizing the power of song

    Momentum was created in a moment when several movements—including Occupy and the immigrant Dreamers—had experienced dramatic cycles of mass protest followed by letdown and demobilization. The training was designed to promote a more sustainable culture of direct action, as well as to put traditions of mass protest in dialogue with longer-term models of structure-based organizing. Momentum has since grown into a training institute and movement incubator that also coaches activist leaders, provides skillshares, and helps new groups develop. When Stephen, who was already a prominent activist in the Denver area, attended our training in 2014, he was convinced of the importance of the curriculum. But he felt something was missing.

    In the year before, Stephen had experienced the passing of a mentor, Dr. Vincent Harding, a pastor, scholar, and storied civil rights activist. A colleague of Martin Luther King Jr., Harding had helped draft King's landmark 1967 antiwar speech, "Beyond Vietnam." After King was assassinated in 1968, Harding worked with his widow, Coretta Scott King, to establish the King Center in Atlanta and served as the Center's first director.

    As he left his first Momentum training, Stephen was still wrestling with a question that Harding had posed to him some time before. The elder activist saw collective singing as a key aspect of many movements, including both the U.S. civil rights struggle and the international mobilization against apartheid in South Africa. "Dr. Harding would come to the events we set up when we were organizing, and he was very supportive," Stephan said. "But there was a persistent question he would ask us. He would say, ‘My brothers, where are the songs?' He was always wondering why young folks in the movement weren't singing."

    "After being in the Momentum training, Jamie and I started to ask that question again," Stephen continues. "It became clear that songs were a missing ingredient in movement culture. And we realized that maybe this was our part to play within the movement—as musicians and as people who'd been trained by Dr. Harding. And so, when we thought about adding to Momentum, we thought, ‘Okay, our role is to get people to remember the importance of singing, to remember how strong it can make us.'"

    Stephen began honing his techniques for teaching people how to revive song culture. He tested lessons in the classroom—he has worked as an elementary school teacher and co-founded the non-profit Youth on Record, which brings musicians to work with young people—as well as in movement spaces, as the Flobots members developed their project NO ENEMIES. Soon, he brought this practice to Momentum, making a pitch to our core team that we needed to train organizers in the art of bringing songs back to our movements.

    We were sold. And at the next training, "Why did we stop singing?" was born.

    We are all creators

    Once we began incorporating singing into our work, we discovered that there was a great appetite among activists for reviving song culture. But it did take some work to create an environment where people feel comfortable embracing music-making.

    One key step was conditioning people to be creators—not passive consumers—of song.

    We live in a consumer-capitalist society that trains us to be purchasers and observers, rather than active participants, with regard to the production of art, music and other forms of culture. This is a departure from the norms of almost all ancient cultures, which relied on people to produce their own music and art. The shift has negative effects on social movements, and on democratic society as a whole.

    More than a century ago, the composer John Philip Sousa had expressed concern that new technologies of recorded music would lead to the decline of singing in public life. In a statement for a Congressional hearing in Washington, D.C. in 1906, he argued, "When I was a boy … in front of every house in the summer evenings you would find young people together singing the songs of the day or the old songs. Today you hear these infernal machines going night and day. We will not have a vocal cord left."

    Sousa feared that we would go from a society in which everyone made art and music on a regular basis to one in which creative output was converted into commodities—products to be purchased by consumers who did not, and increasingly could not, make meaningful contributions to a common culture. In a 2007 talk calling for a revival of creative participation, law professor Lawrence Lessig cited Sousa's warnings that this would cause people to become isolated from their own capacities to create and recreate culture, shutting down organic avenues for human communication and connection.

    What Sousa feared has in many ways come to pass, and it's why members of social movements must recommit to creating cultures of our own. Movements require unique and meaningful art, history and stories. They need people capable of creating and sharing forms of expression that strengthen subcultures not represented in the mainstream. We can't rely on the centralized corporations in Hollywood and Nashville that churn out pop commodities to sustain the types of culture needed to further struggle and change.

    Across a wide variety of geographies and time periods, many of the most impressive social movements that have emerged are ones that have created their own particular forms of art that are explicitly designed to address this issue. One powerful example comes from Brazil's Landless Workers' Movement—the Movimento dos Trabalhadores Rurais Sem Terra, or MST—which includes a form of ritualized theatrical and musical performance known as the mística in all of its major gatherings. Drawing on practices of Christian mysticism, the mística features skits, singing and clapping, ecstatic dance, call-and-response greetings, and team-specific chants or gritos, all of which cultivate solidarity and collective identity among its members, while also giving people an embodied experience of the movement's history and aspirations.

    Following such examples, trainers in "Why did we stop singing?" stress the importance of group participation. They emphasize a distinction Harding drew between "songs of performance" and "songs of power." Harding argued that songs of performance are ones sung by someone onstage or behind a microphone. Such performances can be beautiful and moving, of course; but they lend themselves to commodification—suggesting that music is something to be left to highly trained professionals. By contrast, songs of power are sung together by a group; they are used to strengthen bonds among people who have come together for a common purpose. As Stephen explained, "​​Songs of power are about decentralizing the performer and centralizing the people and the needs of the moment."

    The beauty of group singing is that no one person has to be particularly good; people just have to be willing to open their mouths and sing. In a movement, there is no need to demonstrate virtuosity, and so the training encourages people to "turn down their diva" and look for opportunities to encourage everyone to join in. "When we started doing the module, the number one thing that I saw was joyful participation," Stephen said. "Coming from a teaching background, that's always an indication for me that learning is happening."

    "I want people to experience singing together and feel what that does and how that changes the room," he added. "And that's one of the main things the training does. You see people move from whatever states they are in to having a feeling of unity. They've gone through something together. You can feel that, and that's what tells me it's working."

    Four key benefits of song culture

    Stephen often talks about music and group singing as a piece of movement "technology," an advanced tool that can enhance our capabilities in several distinctive ways, provided we practice its use. As Momentum has developed "Why did we stop singing?" over the years, four key benefits of song culture emerged thanks to a talented group of trainers with roots in a diverse set of movements—including Michael McDowell of the Movement for Black Lives, James Hayes of the Ohio Student Association, Dani Moscovitch of IfNotNow, Momentum Training Director Cicia Lee, and Akin Olla, who has worked with Dream Defenders and the United States Student Association.

    The first benefit is that songs allow us to connect with history—both on political and personal levels. In terms of political history, singing connects us with previous movements that have adopted song culture as a means of strengthening their resistance. In labor history, the Wobblies were famous in the early 1900s for adapting songs already in the folk tradition and turning them into pro-worker anthems—just as in the 1960s, activists in the civil rights movement converted Gospel hymns into the "freedom songs" that famously powered their actions.

    There is a caricature that singing activists of the past were hippies who naïvely imagined a world of peace and harmony. But in fact, the use of song could reflect a hard-headed realism, recognizing that cultural expression is essential in helping movement participants form the strong bonds needed to organize in challenging and sometimes dangerous situations.

    "Whenever somebody jokes about ‘Kumbaya,'" Harding said, "my mind goes back to the Mississippi summer experience where the movement folks in Mississippi were inviting coworkers to come from all over the country, especially student types, to come and help with the process of voter registration and Freedom School teaching, and taking great risks on behalf of that state and of this nation."

    Pointing to the radical history of the song, which comes from the Gullah Geechee people, Harding insisted that collective singing was more than just an aesthetic pleasure, and far different from the toothless exercise it's sometimes portrayed as by critics.

    While the songs we sing today can be new and different—reflecting cultural lineages that are always evolving—the very act of participating in movement song culture ties us to those who have advanced the struggle for freedom and justice in previous generations. "When we sing a song and we learn the history behind it, it's like a connective tissue to those who came before us," Stephen said. "We're locating the struggle that the song came out of, and then we're adding to that story. We're finding ourselves in that lineage."

    In terms of personal history, reviving song culture in our movements can be a way of encouraging us to remember and rediscover songs that are part of our family and cultural histories. Many of Momemtum's trainers who are first- or second-generation immigrants have shared stories about how much their families had to give up in order to survive in coming to the United States. For some, it has meant forgetting the songs that their grandparents sang. Rediscovering those songs and reviving them in the present can be a powerful way of honoring cultural traditions from which we have become estranged.

    In "Why did we stop singing?" trainers point out that there is a culture of silence in the United States and a norm of singing only when we can't be heard—like in the shower or the car. Accepting the social imperative to remain silent means erasing our collective history. Leaders in the Momentum training contend that most history books are written to erase the history of dispossessed groups who have fought for power in the past. Singing together can help restore our connection to that shared history.

    A second key benefit of group singing is that it allows us to resonate with one another as a community: physically, emotionally and spiritually. As the term implies, social movements are a social experience. They require interacting with others and coming together in joint purpose. A great deal of a movement's effectiveness is based on how well the people in it can connect with one another. In this context, singing is a singularly effective piece of movement technology. When we speak, and even more when we sing, our bodies emit vibrations. By singing we can express and channel the emotions of the moment more profoundly and lastingly than we can through speech alone. By producing the same sounds and vibrations at the same time, groups of people literally can get on the same wavelength with one another, creating a profound collective experience.

    People who have studied the way that music works in religious communities have observed that activities such as chanting magnify a group's power by concentrating its voice into one chord and one breath. In "Science and Spiritual Practices," biologist Rupert Sheldrake writes, "One advantage of repetitive chanting, or of singing simple songs in unison, is that everyone can join in, even if they think that they do not have a good voice or cannot sing in tune." He adds, "No doubt this experience of connection and unity is a major reason for the use of chanting and singing in practically all traditional societies, communities and religions." Likewise, the theologian Cynthia Bourgeault explains in "Chanting the Psalms" that chanting and singing can help bind together a "far-flung group of human beings" via "what is most simple and universal in the human experience—breath, tone, intentionality and community."

    "Singing allows people to shift emotional states, and it does it very quickly," Stephen said. "If you watch a movie, it might take two hours to deliberately shift through emotional states. A book can do that a few times, but it takes a few hundred pages. A song can do it in 90 seconds. It can do it when just a few people are together, or for thousands of people. In the course of an action you can take people through the emotional states of where your community is at and then move to where they want to be. Better than almost anything else, songs affirm our emotions and also take us someplace aspirationally. That's something that needs to be employed for our communities that are hurting and disempowered."

    Third, songs can be a powerful and succinct form of messaging—allowing movements to convey ideology, slogans, ideas, and demands in a particularly memorable way. As an elevated form of chanting, songs can evoke strong emotions, including feelings of solidarity, freedom, pleasure, and joy, much more quickly than pamphlets or speeches. Joining with others to sing out loud and in public is a radical assertion of purpose, humanity and will. It's a way of saying, "We are here, and we know what's at stake and what we stand to gain—or lose." It's also a way of audibly demonstrating that we are in this struggle together.

    A fourth power of singing as a movement technology is that it lends energy and spirit to protests that might otherwise seem lifeless and repetitive. Or, as Momentum trainers put it more bluntly: Singing makes actions suck less. In "Why did we stop singing?" a presenter asks, "Who's ever been to a shitty action?" There are always immediate laughs and nods of recognition. A lot of demonstrations might have decent turnout—they might even draw a big crowd—and yet they feel dull and uninspired. Singing together changes the emotional depth and power of an action, helping to make them into fun and joyful events. In tense and emotionally fraught moments, it reinforces the group's common purpose. And, by reinforcing our shared humanity, it reminds us that many voices are more powerful than one.

    How we can bring singing back to our movements

    The module pioneered by Stephen and other Momentum leaders has made songs and musical culture a key element of the organization's ethos, and this same ethos has become a part of many of the groups that our core team worked with—including IfNotNow, Sunrise, and Movimiento Cosecha. For some, group singing has been a hallmark of their direct actions. As writer Emily Witt explained in the New Yorker in 2018, "Part of what makes the Sunrise Movement's activists seem so optimistic is that they conduct most of their protests while singing." Critics have branded members of groups like IfNotNow "singing zombies," a charge the group has refuted with Halloween-y humor, posting photos on Twitter of members made up to look like zombies posing with signs with quips such as, "Sh*t, I'm a singing zombie while all my friends are having fun on Birthright." In the end, the ability of singing to evoke derision from opponents only highlights the potency of the technology.

    So how can more movements get their songs back?

    One main piece of advice is, "Just do it." The more people are in the habit of singing together, the easier it becomes. Trainers in "Why did we stop singing?" coach that putting songs back in our meetings and actions is like riding a bicycle: Once you get in the habit of doing it again, you realize that you never really forgot. And in this case, it's not just our bike, but the bike our ancestors rode, and it's just waiting for us to dust off, tune up and get moving.

    To help the process along, it is important to inoculate participants against natural feelings of awkwardness and self-consciousness. A good way of doing this is to ask people in a meeting, "Does it matter if you're a good singer?" As people immediately answer "No!" it gives license to people who may be worried that they can't carry a tune to participate fully regardless of their talents. For his part, Stephen has always contended that singing in a movement context is the opposite of trying out for "American Idol." "We try to destigmatize the idea of people raising their voice by saying that if we're singing together, then the sound of all of our voices is what we will hear," Stephen said. "It's not just one person, and we're not doing this as a show. We're doing this to connect."

    With the initiative of organizational leaders such as Ilana Lerman, IfNotNow worked to codify many best practices for leading and teaching songs, and the group now provides its local groups with concrete tips on how to maximize their impact. One important practice is always having the words to each song written up in a format that's easy to access and distribute. Another is having people share information about a song's origins—where it comes from or what it means to them—when they teach it to others, which can serve both to show respect for forebears and inspire a deeper connection to the music. During group singing, leaders can assign roles to facilitate participation, having some people guide the melody, others focus on keeping the beat, and still others nurture group energy. Finally, it can sometimes be powerful to invite people to enter into a moment of silence afterwards, to let the song land and give participants an opportunity to feel its impact.

    Over time, groups develop a repertoire of songs they can draw from, and having favorites that can be repeated provides a great foundation for a movement's song culture. These do not have to be the freedom songs of old. While many people are intimidated by the idea of coming up with entirely new tunes, remixing popular songs is a way of drawing on our common cultural heritage and connecting people with something familiar. "People say, ‘Well, I'm not a brilliant songwriter.' And I respond, ‘You don't have to be, because so many of the songs from movements in the past have been popular songs that were repurposed. I talk to people about how we can do that now and how easy it is," Stephen explained. "We're taking something that's in the culture and adapting the meaning, so that it represents us.'"

    When you start looking, it becomes clear that there are many such songs to choose from: choruses and catchy hooks that originated in songs of performance can become songs of power when adapted by movements. Once people are given a chance to make lyrics of their own in an environment that's fun and supportive, the creativity flows.

    Participants in trainings have improvised new, protest-inspired lyrics to everything from "Call Me Maybe" to "Single Ladies." On the streets, fresh anthems from Janelle Monae's "Say Her Name" to Chance The Rapper's "Blessings" have found their way into mass marches, just as refrains like Kendrick Lamar's "We gon' be alright" and Beyoncé's "You won't break my soul" have been adapted as protest chants. For the holidays, climate activists have updated "Frosty the Snowman" into a cautionary tale, and anti-racists have transformed "Silent Night" into "Silent Whites." In the hands of striking teachers in West Virginia, Ludacris's 2012 hit, "Move B*tch Get Out Da Way" became "Move, Mitch, get out the way"—a denunciation of State Senate President Mitch Carmichael.

    "Activists in Ohio flipped Lil Jon's ‘Aww skeet skeet god damn' to be ‘Our streets, streets, god damn," Stephen said. "I tell people. ‘It could be Taylor Swift. It could be Young Thug. It could be any of those things."

    The work of reviving song culture is not just about bringing music back to activist spaces. It is only one part of a broader effort to reinvigorate a type of communal culture that can sustain social movements over the long haul. But revitalizing singing is a critical and, for many, a natural place to start. Most people have memories of singing with others at home, in school, or in a place of worship—they have experienced how meaningful it can be as part of a social or spiritual community. By restoring a culture of song, movements can give their members a chance to fulfill this common human desire, and to become stronger and more cohesive in the process.

    "One thing I ask is, ‘What is the price of not doing this?'" Stephen said. "When people are looking at our movements years from now, are they just going to be looking at a bunch of Google Docs? We want them to have something more than that. We want them to be able to sing the songs that we sang—to be part of our understanding, part of our culture."

    Thinking about the start of "Why did we stop singing?" Stephen reflected on how nerve-racking it was the first time they did the module, but also on how it proved to be a great success. "It just struck a chord. I had thought that I would need to spend far more time trying to convince people about the importance of songs and why this shift in culture needed to happen," he said. "But it turned out that I didn't really have to make an intellectual argument. Once we started talking about what had been lost, it was like people's souls were crying for the opportunity to sing together."

    Research assistance for this article provided by Raina Lipsitz.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Paul Engler.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/04/why-our-movements-need-to-start-singing-again/feed/ 0 355305
    Railroads Have Invested Heavily in Congress. They Need Their Payoff in the Senate. https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/30/railroads-have-invested-heavily-in-congress-they-need-their-payoff-in-the-senate/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/30/railroads-have-invested-heavily-in-congress-they-need-their-payoff-in-the-senate/#respond Wed, 30 Nov 2022 20:06:56 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=415858

    A showdown over a looming railroad strike heads to the Senate floor this week, after a group of progressive Democrats, led by Rep. Jamaal Bowman, D-N.Y., pushed to modify a tentative agreement to include seven days of sick leave. The expanded agreement passed the House 220-206 on Wednesday, and the fight now moves to the Senate, where it remains unclear if there is enough Republican support to overcome a filibuster and send the agreement to President Joe Biden’s desk.

    The original agreement was approved by a bipartisan majority, 290-137, with the extra sick days added as an “enrollment correction.” With a strike deadline approaching, Senate Democrats have the choice of insisting Republicans approve the expanded agreement, or folding and allowing the original agreement, which includes just one sick day, to move through. Aside from Sen. Bernie Sanders, I-Vt., and a handful of allies, there appears to be little appetite for such a fight.

    The tentative agreement was brokered by Biden and has been publicly rejected by the rank-and-file members of the union. Federal law, however, allows Congress to impose labor agreements in the rail industry to avert strikes. The single day of sick leave itself represented a breakthrough. Time off is an especially contentious issue because the companies have stripped the number of staff on a single train well below the bare bones. With often just two staff for an entire train, if one calls out sick, the entire system is threatened, leading to draconian attendance policies in order to maximize profits.

    On Monday, House Speaker Nancy Pelosi had told her caucus that there would be an up-or-down vote on the tentative agreement between the companies and the unions, with no amendments allowed. “This week, the House will take up a bill adopting the Tentative Agreement — with no poison pills or changes to the negotiated terms — and send it to the Senate,” she said.

    But Bowman introduced a measure to give seven days of sick leave, joined by the other five members of the Squad and Rep. Chuy Garcia, D-Ill. In the Senate, Sanders floated a companion version. Public pressure quickly led Pelosi to say she would, after all, allow for a vote on changes to the deal, sending out a new letter on Tuesday night amending her approach. On Wednesday, the Congressional Progressive Caucus announced it had reached a deal to support the new floor strategy, which creates two separate votes that would allow the Senate to reject the expanded agreement and pass the original agreement without it needing to come back through the House.

    The Senate vote puts pressure on a Republican Party that has increasingly positioned itself as a champion of the working class. Sen. Marco Rubio, symbolic of that attempted transformation, said Tuesday he would follow the lead of the workers.

    On Tuesday, Sen. John Cornyn, the influential Republican from Texas, signaled openness to expanding sick days to seven, but on Wednesday walked it back. “I just think it’s a bad idea for Congress to try to intervene and renegotiate these collective bargaining agreements between labor and management,” he said.

    Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, D-N.Y., told Punchbowl News’s Jake Sherman she was fighting “tooth and nail” for the seven days of leave, calling it a “showdown.”

    With agreement in the House and a deadline for a strike looming, the dynamics put Senate Republicans in the awkward position of forcing a rail strike in order to block workers from getting an extra six days of sick leave, a position that might be difficult to defend politically amid the economic pain that would be caused by a strike — and that could be ended simply by Republicans agreeing to allow modest time off. But if and when they block the expanded agreement, pressure will be on Democrats to pass the weaker deal and avert the strike.

    “Put up or shut up,” said Sanders on MSNBC. “If you can’t vote for this, to give workers today, who really have hard jobs, dangerous jobs, if you can’t guarantee them paid sick leave, don’t tell anybody that you stand with working families.”

    As lawmakers scramble to pass a deal before the December 9 deadline when workers are allowed to strike, unions have hailed lawmakers’ efforts to add sick days into their contract.

    The Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employes “applauds the representatives in Congress and any Senators that will stand in support of Railroad Workers receiving paid sick leave,” Peter Kennedy, a spokesperson for BMWED, which represents tens of thousands of union rail workers, told The Intercept. “The additional legislation needs to pass so that Railroad Workers will have basic protections against illness, and protection from punishment from the railroads when workers are most vulnerable.”

    Railroad companies have spent years softening legislators in preparation for such a moment. As the fight moves to the Senate, it will do so under a Congress whose members have been the recipients of at least $20 million in campaign cash from the rail industry over the past decade.

    A coalition of over 400 trade groups signed a letter to congressional leaders on Monday, calling for Congress to act to avert a rail strike. “While a voluntary agreement with the four holdout unions is the best outcome, the risks to America’s economy and communities simply make a national rail strike unacceptable,” they wrote.

    A review of campaign finance records shows 19 members of Congress who have received at least $10,000 each from railroad companies in the past election cycle. Another 130 members each received at least a $1,000 contribution from either rail operators or the Association of American Railroads, the largest industry trade group. According to OpenSecrets, AAR has spent over $3.5 million on lobbying this year, consistent with past trends.

    Since 2020, the rail companies Union Pacific and BNSF — which have both been locked in tense negotiations with the unions — spent nearly $1.5 million each in direct contributions and donations to congressional campaign political action committees. The two massive employers, along with rail operator Northern Southern, have spent the past decade scaling back their workforces, refusing to give sick days to workers, and operating dangerously understaffed trains.

    The Teamsters, which absorbed the Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employees in 2004, donated just under $1.5 million to political candidates during the 2022 election cycle. BMWED and two other unions — the Brotherhood of Railroad Signalman and the Sheet Metal, Air, Rail and Transportation Union — also lobbied Congress this year to the tune of $55,000. The PAC for SMART contributed over $1.5 million to political candidates this cycle, while the PAC for the Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers and Trainmen gave $260,000.

    Recipients of Union Pacific’s cash infusion include $30,000 donations to the Democratic Congressional Campaign Committee, the Democratic Senatorial Campaign Committee, the National Republican Senatorial Committee, and the National Republican Congressional Committee. Union Pacific also contributed $10,000 to Sens. Patty Murray, Tammy Duckworth, John Hoeven, John Boozman, and made slightly smaller contributions to Sens. Joe Manchin and Marco Rubio. In the 2022 cycle, the rail company also spent hundreds of thousands of dollars on over 120 House candidates from both parties.

    Following Union Pacific’s lead, BNSF contributed $30,000 donations to the National Republican Congressional Committee, Democratic Congressional Campaign Committee, and Democratic Senatorial Campaign Committee. It also gave contributions of $10,000 or more to the PACs affiliated with Sens. Patty Murray, Jerry Moran, Susan Collins, Lindsey Graham, John Thune, James Lankford, Marsha Blackburn, Ben Sasse, Dan Sullivan, Mitch McConnell, John Hoeven, Jon Tester, John Cornyn, Gary Peters, Jack Reed, Debbie Stabenow, and Mark Warner, alongside Reps. Jim Clyburn and Kay Granger.

    Union Pacific and Norfolk Southern often compete for the first and second-lowest ratings on Glassdoor for any employer in the U.S. In February, BNSF — which is controlled by billionaire Warren Buffett’s firm Berkshire Hathaway — began penalizing workers taking time off for “fatigue, family emergencies, or illness.” At the same time, a federal judge ruled a rail strike illegal.

    “This should not be a political issue,” said Kennedy, the BMWED spokesperson.“This is an issue about protecting our workers who ensure the nation’s rail infrastructure and supply chain function as best as possible. Representatives on both sides of the aisle should unanimously support paid sick days for railroad workers because it is good for the railroads, it is good for their customers, it is good for the American economy, and it is good for the long-term stability and vitality of the railroad industry.”


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Daniel Boguslaw.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/30/railroads-have-invested-heavily-in-congress-they-need-their-payoff-in-the-senate/feed/ 0 354403
    Citing Need for ‘New, Inclusive Leadership,’ Chuy García Files for Chicago Mayoral Race https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/28/citing-need-for-new-inclusive-leadership-chuy-garcia-files-for-chicago-mayoral-race/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/28/citing-need-for-new-inclusive-leadership-chuy-garcia-files-for-chicago-mayoral-race/#respond Mon, 28 Nov 2022 23:59:11 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/341331

    Progressive Congressman Jesús "Chuy" García on Monday filed his nominating petitions for mayor of Chicago, submitting signatures from nearly 50,000 residents of Illinois' biggest city.

    "I'm proud to officially start our journey towards a safer, more prosperous Chicago for all."

    García, a Democrat in his second term representing Illinois' 4th Congressional District, announced his second mayoral run earlier this month. In 2015, he forced a runoff with former Mayor Rahm Emanuel.

    Democratic Mayor Lori Lightfoot, who is seeking another term, and 6th Ward Ald. Roderick Sawyer, the son of former Mayor Eugene Sawyer, also submitted signatures on Monday—meaning there are officially nine contenders.

    "Our city is at a crossroads," García said in a statement. "We have an opportunity to elect a trusted and experienced leader with a history of building coalitions and a vision for a brighter future for all Chicagoans. We deserve safe communities, equitable schools, affordable housing, as well as opportunities for economic and environmental justice—and that requires new, inclusive leadership that reflects the city of Chicago."

    "That's why today, with the support of Chicagoans from every corner of our city, I'm proud to officially start our journey towards a safer, more prosperous Chicago for all," he added. "We have seen an incredible outpouring of support and we are hitting the ground running. We are ready to win this campaign."

    According to the Chicago Tribune:

    At García's side Monday evening was labor fixture Clem Balanoff. In the crowd behind him were Ald. Mike Rodriguez, who holds García's old 22nd Ward seat on the City Council, and Commissioner Alma Anaya, who replaced García on the Cook County Board.

    "This is a demonstration of the type of power and grassroots campaign that I will engage in," García said, noting he had only officially been in the race for three weeks and had already raised substantial funds. "We plan to deliver a sharp message to Chicagoans about how we get Chicago back on track, make it work for everyone, make Chicago a safe city, a clean city, a prosperous city that ensures that everyone has the ability to achieve their full potential."

    Though he did not name Lightfoot, García said Chicagoans were ready for a change, and that he would focus on being a "good listener," a "collaborator," and "inclusive."

    Asked if he could galvanize progressive voters, García said his 40 years of public service were a "testament" to his values. "I don't change with the seasons, that is the record I will share and take to the people of Chicago. …The filing today demonstrates that in a very short amount of time, we connected with Chicagoans all over this city. And that's what will lead us to victory."

    Filing at the end of the day means García could have a potential advantage—his name appearing at the bottom of the list on the ballot.

    Lightfoot, meanwhile, filed more than 40,000 signatures Monday morning. Addressing her decision not to wait until later, the mayor told the Chicago Sun-Times that "it's not about the last spot, the positioning on the ballot, as if you are an unknown and people don't know you. They know who I am."

    "And our voters are going to find us," she added. "So we wanted to get this done this morning, get our folks geared up and ready for the next leg of the journey. And I've actually got a city to run as well, so getting back to the business of the people."

    While Lightfoot's 2019 runoff victory was met with cautious optimism, the Democrat—the first Black and openly gay woman to lead the city—has faced criticism throughout her first term, including from the powerful Chicago Teachers Union.

    The other mayoral candidates are state Rep. Kam Buckner (D-26), activist Ja'Mal Green, Cook County Commissioner Brandon Johnson, 4th Ward Ald. Sophia King, former Chicago Public Schools CEO Paul Vallas, and businessman Willie Wilson.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/28/citing-need-for-new-inclusive-leadership-chuy-garcia-files-for-chicago-mayoral-race/feed/ 0 353970
    We Need a Global Treaty More Powerful Than the Plastics Industry https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/28/we-need-a-global-treaty-more-powerful-than-the-plastics-industry/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/28/we-need-a-global-treaty-more-powerful-than-the-plastics-industry/#respond Mon, 28 Nov 2022 16:37:36 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/341314
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Marian Ledesma.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/28/we-need-a-global-treaty-more-powerful-than-the-plastics-industry/feed/ 0 353911
    Developing countries need trillions for climate action. Where will it come from? https://grist.org/cop27/developing-countries-need-trillions-for-climate-action-where-will-it-come-from/ https://grist.org/cop27/developing-countries-need-trillions-for-climate-action-where-will-it-come-from/#respond Fri, 18 Nov 2022 19:34:06 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=594885 In 2009, when representatives from around the world gathered in Copenhagen, Denmark to discuss global action on climate change, wealthy countries pledged $100 billion a year to help developing nations adapt to the impacts of rising temperatures and curb carbon emissions. 

    The number was arbitrary, tossed into the fray by then-Secretary of State Hillary Clinton as tensions rose over rich countries’ responsibility to pay for the problem they had largely caused. But it stuck, and 2020 was set as a goal for delivering the funds.

    This week, at the United Nations climate conference in Sharm el-Sheikh, Egypt, or COP27, these payments were once again front and center. Wealthy nations have yet to meet their $100 billion a year promise, the costs of mitigating and adapting to climate change are only growing, and developing nations are now calling for reparations for the impacts they are already suffering.

    A report released last week found developing countries, excluding China, will need $2 trillion a year to deal with the worsening impacts of global warming and transition their economies away from fossil fuels. Half of that money “can be reasonably expected” to come from domestic sources, the report said, but international finance — from wealthy countries to the World Bank — must make up the rest.

    How that money will be raised and provided to developing nations has been a focus of negotiations in Egypt. Everything is on the table. 

    “Over the last few months, the role of different institutions has come to the fore,” said Preety Bhandari, a senior advisor in global climate and finance at the World Resources Institute. 

    Here is an overview of the major strategies being discussed to pay for the mounting costs of climate change:

    Unlocking Private Sector Finance

    Historically, the bulk of the money for climate finance has come from the public sector — national coffers as well as multilateral development banks like the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund, or IMF. But with the costs of climate adaptation and mitigation rising, officials say there is simply not enough money in the public sector to meet climate finance goals for developing countries.

    “There is only one place you find the money we need in the trillions of dollars,” U.S. climate envoy John Kerry said in an interview with the Financial Times in May. “That’s the private sector.”

    So far, however, it has been hard to get the private sector to fund projects in the countries that need it most. One report from a climate finance group found that the amount of private capital provided for public-private climate partnerships is actually shrinking. “Every public dollar spent is now mobilizing less than a quarter of private investment,” said Patrick Bigger, research director at the Climate and Community Project.

    Last year, several wealthy governments joined forces with investment banks to launch a Just Energy Transition Partnership, or JETP, with South Africa to help the developing nation phase off coal; money has been slow to materialize and the program is expecting a $39 billion shortfall over the next five years. At COP27, another partnership was announced with Indonesia, one of the world’s top exporters of coal, and more are in the works with India and Senegal.

    Calls to increase funding through such “blended finance” strategies are ongoing, but some countries, like Vietnam, have rejected initial JETP packages because they’re primarily composed of loans instead of grants. John Kerry’s proposal to shore up private investment in JETPs through carbon credits was met with pushback. And developing countries have been wary about relying too much on the private sector to meet the $100 billion goal, saying that rich countries are dodging their own responsibility to pay.

    Of particular concern is relying on the private sector to fund adaptation projects. A restored mangrove swamp or an early storm warning system, for instance, doesn’t generate the financial returns that a solar farm does. Over two-thirds of the money raised toward the $100 billion goal to date has been for climate change mitigation. Developing countries are now asking for a more even split, with half of all climate finance flowing to adaptation. Language in the current draft text released Friday recalls a commitment from last year in Glasgow to double adaptation funding to $40 billion per year and develop a roadmap to get there by 2025.

    In the final days of COP27, United Nations Secretary-General António Guterres called on parties to deliver and expand on climate finance goals for developing countries. Mohamed Abdel Hamid/Anadolu Agency via Getty Images

    More Payouts from Multilateral Development Banks

    Calls for the World Bank, IMF, and other multilateral development banks to open their coffers continue to grow louder. These banks, public institutions established with the goal of rebuilding war-torn nations after WWII, have massive sums of money at their disposal, but they are conservative and slow to spend it. Experts say they are over-concerned with their credit rating and too hesitant to take on financial risk.

    Barbados Prime Minister Mia Mottley has called for a reform of these banks in her Bridgetown Agenda, a proposal to change the global financial architecture to support climate action and sustainable development. The plan has been getting a lot of traction at COP27. It calls on the IMF to, among other things, issue $1 trillion in low-interest, long-term loans to climate-vulnerable countries and simplify fast access to funding. It also calls for a climate mitigation trust that would release $650 billion in special drawing rights, credits that can be exchanged for currency and don’t need to be paid back, or that can be borrowed from other countries at low interest rates. 

    The call to overhaul international finance institutions has found support in the U.S. and Germany; French President Emmanuel Macron agreed to suggest changes with Mottley at the next meetings of the IMF and World Bank governors. And the second version of the COP27 draft retained language on multilateral development bank reform.

    Beyond low-interest lending, developing countries are also calling for more grants from wealthy nations and multilateral development banks. Over 70 percent of climate funding for developing nations has been doled out in the form of loans, which add to already exorbitantly high debt burdens. 

    Addressing the Debt Crisis

    Because of the legacies of colonialism and slavery that funneled labor and resources away from the Global South, many developing countries have had to borrow money to meet basic needs. At the same time, these countries are perceived as riskier investments and have had to pay higher premiums and interest rates than rich countries. Current inflation is only making the whole situation worse. Two-thirds of low-income countries are at high risk of debt distress, and this crisis has made it harder for them to prioritize spending on climate change. 

    “As we run into this economic climate, it’s very easy to go the austerity route,” said Sara Jane Ahmed, financial advisor for the V20, a group of finance ministers from 58 of the countries most vulnerable to climate change. “It’s so important — given the need to invest now and adapt and build resilient economies and communities — that we not go that route.” 

    The section on finance in the COP27 draft text notes the increased indebtedness of developing countries and mentions the importance of scaling-up grants and “non-debt instruments.” Other solutions circling around include debt restructuring at lower interest rates, suspension of loan payments after natural disasters, debt-for-nature swaps, and outright debt cancellation, which public figures in Pakistan have called for after crippling debt restricted the country’s ability to respond to devastating floods this year.

    The Nature Conservancy has orchestrated swaps in places like the Seychelles, Belize, and Barbados, where countries’ debt is refinanced at a lower interest rate and in exchange, the money saved goes to conservation. But as Kevin Bender, who runs these programs in African and Indian Ocean nations notes, it has been hard to get investors on board

    “Some sort of debt restructure is an inevitability,” said Bigger, who co-authored a report with Olúfẹ́mi O. Táíwò on how debt restructuring and cancellation could be a first step toward climate reparations for climate-vulnerable countries. “The question is will there be a concerted push to do it well now, or will it be done through piecemeal initiatives like you had across the 80s and 90s until you get to ‘Heavily Indebted Poor Countries Initiative’?”

    That program, which cleared IMF and World Bank debt for the poorest countries, showed that with enough political will, debt cancellation is possible. 

    two people hold hands and cross a flooded landscape in the Sindh Province of Pakistan
    Pakistan faces over $40 billion of damages after floods this year put a third of the country underwater. Muhammed Semih Ugurlu/Anadolu Agency via Getty Images

    Loss and Damage 

    A concept known as “loss and damage” has become a major driver of discussions at this year’s COP. Separate from but related to adaptation, loss and damage refers to the destruction already being caused by climate change, and the future loss that will be inevitable. Funding for loss and damage has also been referred to as climate reparations.

    Developing countries have been calling for loss and damage funding for years. They bear the brunt of climate impacts despite contributing the least to global warming. In Egypt, nations are demanding that industrialized countries commit to a dedicated funding mechanism for loss and damage, separate from adaptation. The details of how much money would go into the fund and where it would come from would be worked out later, but there have been some suggestions of sources, including taxes on oil and gas profits or on airlines, frequent fliers, and shipping companies. Developing nations have also been adamant that funding for loss and damage be grant-based. While the United States has resisted taking on liability for loss and damage, the idea of taxing private companies was received with openness by John Kerry.

    Earlier this week, a group of some of the most industrialized countries, led by Germany, proposed a program called the Global Shield, which would include insurance, social security, and other financial assistance that could be deployed when disaster strikes. But loss and damage advocates have rejected the proposal on grounds that it is unfair to have people in developing countries pay for insurance, that it detracts from the call for a separate direct funding mechanism, and that payouts for similar schemes have been delayed, withheld, or insufficient. 

    Discussions have hit a breaking point over loss and damage; on Friday morning, the European Union surprised negotiators by agreeing to a new fund. At stake is now whether countries like China, Saudi Arabia, and Russia, who were not considered developed countries when the terms were first defined in 1992 but are now some of the world’s leading economies, will be on the hook to contribute to the fund. 

    Despite the urgency of the climate crisis, final decisions and commitments on how much additional money is needed and where it will come from are still a few years away. Bodies like the IMF and World Bank that decide things like debt forgiveness and special drawing rights operate outside of the UN climate convention, but “this COP can send a signal for changes that will happen over the next few years,” said Bhandari. 

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Developing countries need trillions for climate action. Where will it come from? on Nov 18, 2022.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Blanca Begert.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/cop27/developing-countries-need-trillions-for-climate-action-where-will-it-come-from/feed/ 0 352011
    We need a feminist economic alternative to Sunak and Hunt’s plans https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/17/we-need-a-feminist-economic-alternative-to-sunak-and-hunts-plans/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/17/we-need-a-feminist-economic-alternative-to-sunak-and-hunts-plans/#respond Thu, 17 Nov 2022 11:52:46 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/5050/autumn-statement-jeremy-hunt-rishi-sunak-feminist-economic-alternative/ OPINION: Prioritising profit over people has disproportionately affected women and girls. It shouldn’t be this way


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Awino Okech.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/17/we-need-a-feminist-economic-alternative-to-sunak-and-hunts-plans/feed/ 0 351551
    Democrats Need To Be Even Better on Abortion To Win the “Blue Tsunami” They Need https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/16/democrats-need-to-be-even-better-on-abortion-to-win-the-blue-tsunami-they-need/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/16/democrats-need-to-be-even-better-on-abortion-to-win-the-blue-tsunami-they-need/#respond Wed, 16 Nov 2022 23:00:00 +0000 https://inthesetimes.com/article/democrats-could-do-even-better-on-abortion
    This content originally appeared on In These Times and was authored by Andrea Plaid.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/16/democrats-need-to-be-even-better-on-abortion-to-win-the-blue-tsunami-they-need/feed/ 0 351472
    Democrats Need To Be Even Better on Abortion To Win the “Blue Tsunami” They Need https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/16/democrats-need-to-be-even-better-on-abortion-to-win-the-blue-tsunami-they-need-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/16/democrats-need-to-be-even-better-on-abortion-to-win-the-blue-tsunami-they-need-2/#respond Wed, 16 Nov 2022 23:00:00 +0000 https://inthesetimes.com/article/democrats-could-do-even-better-on-abortion
    This content originally appeared on In These Times and was authored by Andrea Plaid.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/16/democrats-need-to-be-even-better-on-abortion-to-win-the-blue-tsunami-they-need-2/feed/ 0 351473
    Do Not Confuse Industry-Backed ‘Carbon Capture’ With the Urgent Need for Carbon Removal https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/16/do-not-confuse-industry-backed-carbon-capture-with-the-urgent-need-for-carbon-removal/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/16/do-not-confuse-industry-backed-carbon-capture-with-the-urgent-need-for-carbon-removal/#respond Wed, 16 Nov 2022 20:26:43 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/341093

    In 2015, I visited Fiji, Kiribati, and Tuvalu, which had just been hit by a cyclone. There, I learned a slogan—"1.5 to stay alive"—which refers to the 1.5 degrees Celsius (2.7 degrees Fahrenheit) threshold for global warming that, in theory, would avoid disastrous consequences. People living on the Pacific islands are well aware of the grave threat to humanity posed by climate change.

    Leaders of the world's most powerful nations and corporations have chosen to ignore the pleas, with half-hearted responses that fail to offer the scale and pace required.

    Six months later, I met these new comrades again at climate negotiations in Paris. While speaking at an event, I referred to "1.5 to stay alive." I saw people shaking their heads. They told me their slogan had changed. Now, it was "1.5, we might survive."

    This was the sad reality seven years ago. It is even more so today. World leaders are gathered at the United Nations climate change conference in Sharm el-Sheikh. It is past time for them to take action. This means rapidly reducing emissions through just transition pathways.

    However, because we have delayed reducing emissions for so long, it also means acting to restore the climate system and removing existing carbon dioxide (CO2) pollution already causing extreme harm. Leaders must act to accelerate research for carbon dioxide removal strategies and enact equitable policy frameworks that ensure solutions are guided and owned by affected communities. This work can happen at the same time that the crucial work of mitigation takes place.

    The significant 1.2C (2.2F) of warming we are already experiencing, compared with pre-industrial times, is destroying lives and livelihoods, making parts of our world uninhabitable. These horrific effects are felt especially in the Global South, where people who have made negligible contributions to greenhouse gas emissions are paying the first and most brutal price.

    Leaders of the world's most powerful nations and corporations have chosen to ignore the pleas, with half-hearted responses that fail to offer the scale and pace required. Millions of people stand on the brink.

    Enter carbon dioxide removal. While I wish we had acted early enough through emissions reductions so there was not a need for carbon dioxide removal, I recognise now that these strategies must be part of the climate solution. Science agrees. The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change—the global scientific body informing the UN on climate change—says we must remove between 100 and 1,000 gigatons of CO2 build-up in our atmosphere in this century, even as we also pursue all other decarbonisation paths.

    To be clear, just a decade ago, supporting carbon removal was unthinkable for activists like me. Many, including myself, thought these strategies would be an excuse for the fossil fuel industry to avoid action.

    Today, while there is a global consensus that we need to get off fossil fuels, we have no time left to wait. Even if we stop all emissions tomorrow, the problem remains. In fact, the choice between reducing emissions or removing carbon dioxide is one we simply do not have. Rather, affected communities demand we do both, urgently, and equitably.

    When considering carbon dioxide removal, I have feared the effects of intervening in nature. It does not help that CO2 removal is mostly a Global North-led effort in the early stages of pilots—sometimes with exaggerated claims of efficacy. These efforts often have inadequate levels of transparency and accountability.

    Still, the idea of climate restoration—giving to the earth as much or more than we take—itself is squarely in line with ancient wisdom and indigenous knowledge, as well as with the needs of affected communities. Protection is step one. Clean-up and revitalisation are step two.

    Carbon dioxide removal also suffers from being confused with carbon capture and sequestration—a technology and approach led by fossil fuel industry giants that is not delivering on its promise to reduce emissions but instead has been used by these corporations to pollute more. Consider Shell's Quest facility in Canada, built with $1bn in government grants, and Chevron's Gorgon facility, built with $60m in government funding.

    We must not confuse the two. While carbon capture and sequestration allow for the same bad actors that have gotten us into this mess to continue emitting, carbon removal represents a mindset that allows us to clean up pollution while also transitioning from fossil fuels.

    There are, in fact, many forms of carbon removal available. Some are nature-based, or, what some have called "rewilding". These solutions include planting trees, restoring mangroves, cultivating seaweed or growing algae blooms in the open ocean. There are also more technological solutions that claim to augment and speed up natural processes and bring them to larger scales.

    For all solutions, be they natural or technological, it is important that we accelerate science-led research in a transparent and accountable manner. All risks must be considered, including those of no action.

    It is also critical that free, prior and informed consent is secured on the lands of the communities involved. Policy frameworks around carbon removal—and particularly that which occurs in the Global South—should be evolved to include systems whereby solutions and profits from solutions are guided and owned by the most affected communities. For ocean-based solutions, which have fewer chances of land conflict, we must also ensure that benefits flow to affected communities globally.

    So, not only must we act urgently, but we must act thoughtfully. It is our collective moral responsibility as a global community to move forward together. As my friends on the Pacific islands told me: "1.5, we might survive." Let this COP be the one at which we reset our ambition to restore and thrive.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Kumi Naidoo.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/16/do-not-confuse-industry-backed-carbon-capture-with-the-urgent-need-for-carbon-removal/feed/ 0 351398
    Why Governments Need to Send Everyone Washing-Machine Filters—and Fast https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/16/why-governments-need-to-send-everyone-washing-machine-filters-and-fast/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/16/why-governments-need-to-send-everyone-washing-machine-filters-and-fast/#respond Wed, 16 Nov 2022 19:16:42 +0000 https://progressive.org/op-eds/why-governments-need-send-everyone-washing-machine-filter-simon-221116/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Matt Simon.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/16/why-governments-need-to-send-everyone-washing-machine-filters-and-fast/feed/ 0 351384
    “We Need to Defend This Law”: Inside an Anti-Abortion Meeting With Tennessee’s GOP Lawmakers https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/15/we-need-to-defend-this-law-inside-an-anti-abortion-meeting-with-tennessees-gop-lawmakers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/15/we-need-to-defend-this-law-inside-an-anti-abortion-meeting-with-tennessees-gop-lawmakers/#respond Tue, 15 Nov 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/inside-anti-abortion-meeting-with-tennessee-republican-lawmakers by Kavitha Surana

    This story was co-published with WPLN. ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    When state Sen. Richard Briggs voted “yes” on Tennessee’s total abortion ban, he never thought it would actually go into effect.

    It was 2019, and Roe v. Wade was the law of the land. His vote seemed like a political statement, not a decision that would soon impact people’s lives.

    But on Aug. 25, the ban, one of the strictest in the country, kicked in. It contains no explicit exceptions for circumstances under which the procedure would be allowed. Any doctor who performs an abortion in Tennessee faces a felony that carries penalties of up to 15 years in prison and fines of up to $10,000.

    “The way that many state laws work is they’ll say, ‘Abortion, elective abortion, is generally illegal except in these situations.’ … What y’all did is you said, ‘Elective abortion is illegal all the time.’”

    —Katie Glenn, state policy director for Susan B. Anthony Pro-Life America

    Republican state leaders have repeatedly said the law has enough protections for doctors who provide “medically necessary care to pregnant women,” referring to a narrow clause that allows doctors to defend themselves from charges by proving an abortion was necessary to prevent death. But already, some women have made costly rushes across state lines to end nonviable pregnancies or to seek high-risk care that Tennessee doctors weren’t sure they could legally provide.

    Faced with the law’s real-world implications, Briggs and a handful of his fellow Republicans have made statements floating the idea that they will “clean up” or “clarify” the ban when the next legislative session begins in January.

    Briggs, who won reelection last week, told voters he would like to see the law offer clear exceptions for rape, incest, severe fetal anomalies and cases where the pregnant patient’s life or health are at risk.

    Never miss the most important reporting from ProPublica’s newsroom. Subscribe to the Big Story newsletter.

    But any willingness from lawmakers to consider making changes to the ban provokes intense pushback from national anti-abortion lobbyists.

    On Oct. 27, the Tennessee affiliate of National Right to Life held a webinar to encourage GOP legislators to hold the line. The anti-abortion organization helped write and lobby for so-called trigger bans — laws that outlawed abortion in anticipation of Roe being overturned — in Republican-majority statehouses across the country.

    ProPublica reviewed a recording of the call. It provides the clearest examples yet of the strategy that the law’s architects are pursuing to influence legislators and the public amid growing national concerns that abortion bans endanger women’s health care and lives.

    “I encourage you to be able to, in a certain sense, hide behind the skirts of women who’ve actually been there.”

    —David C. Reardon, researcher with the Charlotte Lozier Institute

    During the hourlong meeting, representatives of Tennessee Right to Life and Susan B. Anthony Pro-Life America urged the legislators to stay the course and protect the nation’s “strongest” abortion ban as it stands.

    They said they see Tennessee’s ban, with its tiny carve-out for life-saving procedures and steep penalties for doctors, as the best example of a law that protects every potential life — even when it means pregnant patients must face serious risks or trauma in the process. The group has released model legislation suggesting it would like to see similar language adopted across the country, not weakened by exceptions.

    During the call, one activist reminded the group about the law’s strict requirements for doctors. “The burden of proof, the onus, is on the doctor to prove that he or she was in the right.”

    “It’s not that [the doctor] didn’t violate the text of the statute, it’s that they had a justifiable reason to do so,” said another activist. “And that reason — you’ve drawn it very narrowly — is to save her life, to prevent an organ system from failing.”

    “Abortion Is Illegal, All the Time” Katie Glenn, state policy director at Susan B. Anthony Pro-Life America, discusses how Tennessee’s total abortion ban addresses life-threatening medical emergencies. (Webinar audio reviewed by ProPublica)

    A Tennessee lawmaker on the call suggested health data could be mined to track and investigate doctors, to make sure the abortions they provided to save patients' lives were truly necessary.

    The discussion also captured anti-abortion groups coaching legislators on messages aimed at swaying the wider public to support their stance.

    One researcher said that when lawmakers are challenged about the state’s lack of exceptions for rape and incest cases, they should try to “hide behind the skirts of women” who carried such pregnancies to term and believe abortion is wrong. Others suggested “negativity” toward the law would fade and raised the possibility of regulating contraception and in vitro fertilization in a few years’ time.

    ProPublica reached out to National Right to Life, Tennessee Right to Life, Susan B. Anthony Pro-Life America and the Charlotte Lozier Institute. They did not respond to emails and calls seeking comment.

    In the chat box, state Rep. Susan Lynn, who originally sponsored the law in the House, typed a question: “9 months after the enactment of this law, can we organize with the crisis pregnancy centers to see some of these babies? <3.”

    Will Brewer, the state’s most influential anti-abortion lobbyist, responded: “Yes!”

    “A Lot More Complex”

    Briggs, a heart surgeon and a retired U.S. Army colonel, was unimpressed.

    A Methodist who considers himself a pro-life “Reagan Republican,” Briggs would prefer not to get involved with abortion politics at all. He told ProPublica that he sometimes wishes men would “recuse themselves from the whole thing, because we don’t need to be talking about that.”

    But the trigger law he’d supported was now staring him in the face. As a physician, he felt the anti-abortion lobbyists were “skirting around” serious health care questions that the law’s language fails to address and instead were presenting “a simpleton’s message.”

    “They really don’t want me talking when I bring up these medical issues,” Briggs said. “Because the medical issues are a lot more complex.”

    Tennessee state Sen. Richard Briggs (Jack Sorokin, special to ProPublica)

    When Tennessee Right to Life, the state’s main anti-abortion lobbying group, proposed the trigger ban in 2019, Briggs admits he barely read the two-page bill forwarded to his office.

    He followed the lead of his colleagues, who assured state lawmakers that the bill included medical exceptions. He even added his name as a co-sponsor. “I’m not trying to defend myself,” he says now.

    There was little pushback from advocates, doctors or Democrats at the time. Many took it to be a far-fetched stunt, doomed by the safeguards of Roe v. Wade.

    When a Senate Democrat proposed changes that would allow abortion in cases of rape or incest, Briggs didn’t counter the chorus of “nays.”

    The Democrat then narrowed her amendment to only apply to minors, but it was shot down too. The bill sailed through as originally written.

    Briggs says he didn’t understand it at the time, but the law he voted for so quickly was part of a flurry of legislation that anti-abortion groups had pushed in Republican-majority statehouses after the confirmation of Supreme Court Justice Brett Kavanaugh energized the movement. Many states passed similar trigger bans, and Tennessee ended up with the strictest version: a criminal statute that contains no explicit exceptions. Not even for the life or health of the pregnant person.

    It does include a legal mechanism called the “affirmative defense” that can be used in life-threatening emergencies. The defense is written in such a way that it means doctors who provide an abortion must “prove by a preponderance of evidence” that the procedure was necessary to save the pregnant patient’s life or prevent “irreversible impairment of a major bodily function.” No state agencies have released standards to help clarify what counts. The boundaries of enforcement would be left up to prosecutors and the courts.

    "There has to be medical judgment … [or] you’ve got the legislature practicing medicine, which they have no business at all doing."

    —Tennessee state Sen. Richard Briggs

    In past years, Briggs often earned a 100% rating on Tennessee Right to Life’s scorecard for legislators who support the group’s policy priorities. But as outcry over the ban grew, he found himself agreeing with medical providers who said the law had gone too far.

    “Here, the defendant is guilty until he can prove that he’s not guilty,” he said. “In my opinion, that is a very bad position to put the doctors in — why should this doctor have to pay his own legal bills for saving a woman’s life?”

    A judge blocked a similar “affirmative defense” provision in Idaho’s abortion ban for “injecting tremendous uncertainty” into emergency care for pregnant patients.

    Many Republicans argue that physicians are fearmongering and say it’s inconceivable that a prosecutor would use their discretion to go after a doctor for terminating a pregnancy for someone whose life was at risk. In the more than two months since the law has gone into effect, they point out, zero doctors have been arrested.

    The law’s goal, they say, is to shut down what they call “elective” abortions that often happened at family planning clinics like Planned Parenthood.

    Briggs agrees with that goal. But he looked at abortion bans in other conservative Southern States: They included explicit exceptions.

    His position seems to more closely reflect the attitudes of the majority of Tennesseeans: While 50% identify as “pro-life,” 80% believe abortion should be either completely legal or legal under some conditions.

    But his public statements, particularly in a debate with his Democratic opponent ahead of last week’s election, led to tense meetings with anti-abortion groups, Briggs says.

    The Oct. 27 video meeting was advertised as an opportunity to hear “why Tennessee’s law is on solid ground and how medical facts back it up.” Briggs registered to attend.

    Opening the call, Brewer, the legal counsel and lobbyist for Tennessee Right to Life, implored lawmakers not to tell the press that they had only voted for the law because they thought Roe would never be overturned. He urged them not to agree to any calls for clarification or new exceptions.

    “We Need to Defend This Law” Will Brewer, legal counsel and lobbyist for Tennessee Right to Life, asks lawmakers not to rewrite the state’s abortion ban to include clearer exceptions that would address concerns about doctors’ ability to intervene in high-risk situations for pregnant patients. (Webinar audio reviewed by ProPublica)

    Instead, he advised lawmakers to wait for any backlash to die down and to continue to “play offense” in the abortion wars.

    “It’s not something that we stumbled into,” Brewer said on the call. “It wasn’t just a PR move or to stoke the fires of our base. This was a law that we knew would come into effect, hopefully sooner rather than later, and we wanted Tennessee to be prepared.”

    He was joined by members of the national anti-abortion group Susan B. Anthony Pro-Life America and a researcher affiliated with their nonprofit arm, the Charlotte Lozier Insitute. None of the speakers had medical experience.

    Katie Glenn, Susan B. Anthony Pro-Life America’s state policy director, counseled lawmakers to let the law sit for another 200 days before reacting to any polls that showed Americans want more exceptions. The protests, she assured them, would fade as people moved on.

    “It can feel like, ‘What did we do? We need to go back and like, tear this all apart and open up the law and change all these things,’” she said “But I really want to urge you tonight, if you take away nothing else from what I say in the next few minutes, please have confidence in your work.”

    “Maybe your caucus gets to a point … where you do want to talk about IVF, and how to regulate it in a more ethical way, or deal with some of those contraceptive issues.”

    —Stephen Billy, vice president for state affairs at Susan B. Anthony Pro-Life America

    She laid out why the anti-abortion movement sees Tennessee’s ban as so important: “The way that many state laws work is they’ll say, ‘Abortion, elective abortion, is generally illegal except in these situations.’ … That’s the way they phrase it, is around this word of an ‘exception,’” she said. “What y’all did is you said, ‘Elective abortion is illegal all the time.’”

    Brewer contrasted an “emergency room middle of the night instance, where a woman is bleeding” — which he made clear he believes the law’s affirmative defense covers — with a situation where a woman might want to terminate a pregnancy because of a high-risk medical history.

    “That is not an urgent need,” he said. “We want to make sure that these quasi-elective abortions are being stopped.”

    Glenn said cases involving abortion pills should not be permitted under the law because the process takes multiple days.

    “Nothing about that is an emergency,” she said. Brewer and Glenn did not respond to requests for comment.

    In the chat box, Lynn, the representative who first introduced the trigger ban, asked Brewer to check with the state Department of Health to find out if data could be monitored to flag doctors who performed abortions at a higher rate so they could be investigated to find out if patients’ lives were truly at risk.

    “Do we need to follow up on that at some point and make sure that they are looking for the outliers?” she wrote.

    “Yes we do,” Brewer responded.

    Lynn did not respond to requests for comment.

    After listening to the call, Briggs reflected on his 44 years of medical experience. He could think of plenty of dangerous and heart-wrenching situations that fall into the gray area Brewer and Glenn did not discuss.

    What about ectopic pregnancies that grow outside the uterus, Briggs remembered thinking. If those aren’t dealt with, they could eventually rupture the fallopian tube, where most such pregnancies occur, and lead to death. Rarely, an ectopic pregnancy can attach to a cesarean scar, and in some of those cases, it may be possible to bring the pregnancy to term — though doing so risks serious complications, including uterine rupture and death. Yet the law gives no guidance on how to handle those cases, he thought. It defines a pregnancy simply as having a fertilized egg “within the body,” not specifically within the uterus. (Other abortion bans specify that treating an ectopic pregnancy is legal.)

    Sometimes, Briggs knew, terminating a pregnancy could stop a dangerous condition before it becomes truly life-threatening. He pointed out other cases the law did not address: What about someone was diagnosed early in pregnancy with preeclampsia, which can lead to life-threatening complications? Or a patient whose water broke too early, leaving them nearly certain to eventually miscarry and at risk for sepsis? What about a patient with cancer or preexisting medical conditions that a pregnancy could brutally complicate?

    How sick did a patient need to be before a pregnancy could be terminated? And was a doctor really supposed to wait to provide that care until the patient faced a truly immediate life-or-death situation?

    “I think that’s wrong. I think that’s not the standard of care,” Briggs said. “If you willfully neglect her, then that goes from being malpractice to criminal.”

    “It’s not something that we stumbled into. It wasn’t just a PR move or to stoke the fires of our base. This was a law that we knew would come into effect, hopefully sooner rather than later, and we wanted Tennessee to be prepared.”

    —Will Brewer, legal counsel and lobbyist for Tennessee Right to Life

    More than 1,000 Tennessee medical professionals have publicly opposed the law on the grounds that it interferes with care for miscarriage, ectopic pregnancies, serious infections and cancers during pregnancy. They have joined activists in asking the governor to convene a special legislative session to review the law, but he has repeatedly said he’s comfortable with it.

    Briggs said a woman recently told him she believed 100% of women with cancer would want to continue their pregnancies instead of terminating to undergo chemotherapy. But Briggs knew that wasn’t true. How would a cancer patient who is already a parent assess their chances, for example? “That could mean a child raised without their mother,” he said. “The bottom line is it’s a woman’s decision, it shouldn’t be the decision of the legislature that she can’t do chemotherapy.”

    There are many situations like that, Briggs said. Situations that aren’t black-and-white, that involve an intensely personal risk assessment, where every option comes with some measure of heartbreak.

    As a surgeon, Briggs had dealt with cases of fetal anomalies, including cases where babies would be born without properly developed hearts or brains. Some could be operated on, but others clearly wouldn’t be able to survive. Watching their induced deliveries was bracing. “You really have a little baby there you just let sit there until it dies — to get cold and die,” he said. “I think anybody would be affected.”

    Briggs is one of the few Republican legislators calling for clear exceptions to be added to the state’s total abortion ban in the upcoming legislative session. (Jack Sorokin, special to ProPublica)

    Briggs says some Republican leaders have asked him to further define the health exceptions he’d like to see in the law. But he doesn’t see lists as the answer. The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists has said creating lists of exceptions is dangerous because they can interfere with a medical provider’s ability to assess fast-moving health indicators.

    “You can’t hit every exception — there has to be medical judgment,” Briggs said. Otherwise, “you’ve got the legislature practicing medicine, which they have no business at all doing.”

    “Hide Behind the Skirts of Women”

    To Briggs, the anti-abortion lobbyists were asking lawmakers to respond to legitimate questions from voters with answers that weren’t based in science.

    On the webinar, Briggs listened as the organizers brought on David C. Reardon, a researcher associated with the Charlotte Lozier Institute, the nonprofit research arm of Susan B. Anthony Pro-Life America. Reardon outlined a strategy that lawmakers could lean on when asked about rape and incest exceptions.

    There is “no peer-reviewed medical evidence that shows that abortion in and of itself produces any benefit to women,” he advised the legislators to say. He claimed that abortion is connected with higher mortality and breast cancer rates. Briggs found his arguments suspect.

    “Where in the world that came from, I have no idea,” Briggs said after the call. “I don’t think that Dr. Reardon was a physician.”

    Reardon has a Ph.D. in biomedical ethics from a since-closed unaccredited online university, according to documents he provided to ProPublica. For decades, he has been publishing work that spreads doubts about the safety of abortion but that the wider medical community views as drawing inappropriate conclusions from cherry-picked data to serve an agenda.

    “The flaws in his research are so profound that no person with minimal training in biostatistics and epidemiology would use these methods,” said Elizabeth Janiak, an assistant professor of social and behavioral science at Harvard T.H. Chan School of Public Health.

    “[Anti-abortion lobbyists] don’t want to change it one bit. It’s like: We won the election and we got what we want, and we’re not going to compromise.”

    —Tennessee state Sen. Richard Briggs

    The American Cancer Society says scientific evidence does not support the theory that abortions raise the risk of breast cancer. The National Academies of Sciences, Engineering and Medicine reviewed existing research and found the risk of death after a legal abortion is a small fraction of the risk of carrying a pregnancy to term. They also found that previous studies linking abortion and long-term mortality rates had not adjusted for social risk factors and “no clear conclusions” could be drawn from them. A large body of peer-reviewed work finds that having a wanted abortion is not associated with worse health or mental health outcomes. Instead, denying a woman a wanted abortion is linked to worse economic and health outcomes and can strengthen a woman’s ties to a violent partner.

    Reardon told the lawmakers he recently co-authored a book that was based on interviews with nearly 200 women who became pregnant due to rape or incest and felt misunderstood by the public discussion around abortion. Some of them, he said on the call, were coerced into an abortion by the parent or abuser who sexually assaulted them “to cover up their crime.” Those who carried to term, he said, “were overwhelmingly glad that they did.” He suggested lawmakers use their stories when talking to voters.

    “It’s a dangerous assumption that women who have rape pregnancies have to have an abortion,” Reardon said. “I encourage you to be able to, in a certain sense, hide behind the skirts of women who’ve actually been there. Bring their voices forward. Challenge the other side to demonstrate that abortion actually benefits women.”

    When reached for comment, Reardon said the phrase “hide behind the skirts of women” wasn’t the word choice he intended.

    “Even as it slipped out, I knew it wasn’t what and how I wanted to say it,” he said. “What I have been advocating for years is that politicians should invite the women who have actually had sexual assault pregnancies, no matter what side they are politically, to testify before their legislatures.”

    “Hide Behind the Skirts of Women” David C. Reardon, a researcher affiliated with the Charlotte Lozier Institute, advises lawmakers to read a book he co-authored interviewing nearly 200 women who became pregnant due to sexual assault. He encouraged them to use those stories in public discussions about allowing abortion to be legal in cases of rape or incest. (Webinar audio reviewed by ProPublica)

    Reardon said many of the experts and studies on this topic have ties to pro-abortion-rights groups and disputed that his research is misleading. He said he enrolled in a Ph.D. program at Pacific Western University at a time when no accredited programs in biomedical ethics existed, and because it allowed him to combine his studies with full time work and raising a family. He said the coursework involved reading, writing and submitting nearly 50 papers that demonstrated a solid understanding of foundational literature in addition to his dissertation, and that he has since been published in medical journals and invited to serve as a peer reviewer of other researchers looking into abortion issues.

    In a detailed response, he also acknowledged more complexity than he had expressed on the call.

    To lawmakers in the webinar, he said that abortion is “something we know increases mortality rates of women.”

    In response to ProPublica, he said: “While it is difficult to prove when, if ever, abortion is ever the direct and sole cause of any negative effect, it is equally (and perhaps harder) to prove when, if ever, abortion is the direct cause of any positive effects.”

    On the call, Stephen Billy, Susan B. Anthony Pro-Life America’s vice president for state affairs, advised lawmakers to follow the “mantra” of “contrast and compassion.” When questioned about rape and incest exceptions, he said, they could turn the question around.

    “The other side’s position is an assumption that abortion is going to be the right decision at every point in time,” Billy said. “Voters in Tennessee will be with us when we say our position is to protect that child and just stand with that mother so she can love her child.”

    But Briggs recalled wondering who was going to support those children, from buying diapers to paying for college. Those arguments rang hollow, he said, at a time when family health insurance costs businesses a reported $22,000 a year per employee and Republicans in his state have repeatedly blocked Medicaid expansion.

    During his years working at a hospital, Briggs said, he had seen pregnancies carried by girls as young as 11. He believes there are ways to support children and adults who have been sexually assaulted and still allow the option of terminating the pregnancy. In the next legislative session, he said, he plans to support a bill that would test the DNA of any fetus aborted due to rape in order to confirm the attacker’s identity.

    The Next Battle

    In the chat, Lynn asked for advice on answering questions about in vitro fertilization and the morning-after pill. IVF, a fertility treatment, generally involves creating multiple embryos, and some may ultimately be discarded. The morning-after pill is emergency contraception that prevents pregnancy if taken soon after unprotected sex. Some wings of the anti-abortion movement would like to see both banned or tightly limited because they believe those procedures amount to terminating human lives. The definition of an “unborn child” in Tennessee’s law starts at fertilization.

    Responding to Lynn, the speakers suggested keeping the focus on the current law and reminding voters that IVF clinics and contraception are still available in Tennessee.

    IVF and Contraception Stephen Billy, the vice president of state affairs for Susan B. Anthony Pro-Life America, advises lawmakers not to discuss regulating in vitro fertilization and contraception with voters when discussing the current law. They can revisit the topic in a few years’ time, he tells them. (Webinar audio reviewed by ProPublica)

    “Maybe your caucus gets to a point next year, two years from now, three years from now, where you do want to talk about IVF, and how to regulate it in a more ethical way, or deal with some of those contraceptive issues,” said Billy. “But I don’t think that that’s the conversation that you need to have now.” He did not respond to requests for comment.

    As Billy wrapped up, he advised: “I think we have to be really careful that we don’t present our side of the argument as if we’re making the best decision for individual women.”

    ProPublica asked about 70 lawmakers who sponsored the law if they wanted to see changes to it in the next legislative session. Two responded.

    “Based upon our findings, it seems the current language is clear,” said state Rep. Ryan Williams.

    “Just because somebody’s life started in a traumatic way does not mean that life should be destroyed,” said state Sen. Mark Pody.

    In interviews, Brewer has said that he wants lawmakers to introduce bills that strike at the remaining avenues through which Tennesseans can access abortion. That could include passing laws that more tightly regulate online access to abortion pills and block companies from subsidizing employees’ travel to other states to terminate pregnancies. He said he would also like to stop “marketing efforts” from out-of-state abortion clinics that advertise within the state.

    Brewer reminded the lawmakers: “We passed this law to put our state in a strong position. And we need to defend this law.”

    Briggs didn’t raise any of his concerns during the webinar. He said he had already voiced them to Brewer in private conversations.

    “They don’t want to change it one bit,” Briggs said of Tennessee Right to Life. “It’s like: We won the election and we got what we want, and we’re not going to compromise.”

    Are You in a State That Banned Abortion? Tell Us How Changes in Medical Care Impact You.

    Mollie Simon contributed research.


    This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Kavitha Surana.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/15/we-need-to-defend-this-law-inside-an-anti-abortion-meeting-with-tennessees-gop-lawmakers/feed/ 0 351039
    We need to talk about the FIFA World Cup Qatar https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/14/we-need-to-talk-about-the-fifa-world-cup-qatar/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/14/we-need-to-talk-about-the-fifa-world-cup-qatar/#respond Mon, 14 Nov 2022 21:16:54 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=2b13f437d05930a29d238c20203c2074
    This content originally appeared on Just Stop Oil and was authored by Just Stop Oil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/14/we-need-to-talk-about-the-fifa-world-cup-qatar/feed/ 0 351147
    Democrats Need to Fire Their Corporate-Conflicted Political Consultants https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/12/democrats-need-to-fire-their-corporate-conflicted-political-consultants/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/12/democrats-need-to-fire-their-corporate-conflicted-political-consultants/#respond Sat, 12 Nov 2022 11:45:00 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/341005
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Ralph Nader.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/12/democrats-need-to-fire-their-corporate-conflicted-political-consultants/feed/ 0 350167
    Midterm Elections Too Close: Dems Need to Fire Their Corporate-Conflicted Political Consultants https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/11/midterm-elections-too-close-dems-need-to-fire-their-corporate-conflicted-political-consultants/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/11/midterm-elections-too-close-dems-need-to-fire-their-corporate-conflicted-political-consultants/#respond Fri, 11 Nov 2022 16:35:22 +0000 https://nader.org/?p=5711
    This content originally appeared on Ralph Nader and was authored by eweisbaum.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/11/midterm-elections-too-close-dems-need-to-fire-their-corporate-conflicted-political-consultants/feed/ 0 350085
    We Know How to Stop the Decimation of Grizzlies, We Just Need the Will to Act https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/09/we-know-how-to-stop-the-decimation-of-grizzlies-we-just-need-the-will-to-act/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/09/we-know-how-to-stop-the-decimation-of-grizzlies-we-just-need-the-will-to-act/#respond Wed, 09 Nov 2022 06:46:16 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=263920 When grizzly populations expand, they run up against more armed people. This has resulted in unsustainable mortality for bears, especially where livestock graze on public land. Many more grizzlies are ending up dead in recent years. Same for confrontations in elk hunting camps in the backcountry. Bears learn gunfire means dinner and they smell and More

    The post We Know How to Stop the Decimation of Grizzlies, We Just Need the Will to Act appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Barrie Gilbert.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/09/we-know-how-to-stop-the-decimation-of-grizzlies-we-just-need-the-will-to-act/feed/ 0 349234
    By 2030, Poor Nations Will Need $2.4 Trillion Per Year to Fight Climate Crisis: Report https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/08/by-2030-poor-nations-will-need-2-4-trillion-per-year-to-fight-climate-crisis-report/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/08/by-2030-poor-nations-will-need-2-4-trillion-per-year-to-fight-climate-crisis-report/#respond Tue, 08 Nov 2022 14:32:36 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/340905

    By 2030, poor countries will need a combined total of $2.4 trillion per year to slash greenhouse gas pollution and respond to escalating extreme weather disasters, according to a new report presented Monday at the United Nations COP27 climate summit.

    That amount of money (6.5% of annual world GDP) would be enough for every developing country except China to make the changes required to cap global warming at 1.5°C above preindustrial levels, say the report's authors, but it dwarfs the level of annual funding that has so far been provided to help low-income nations mitigate and adapt to the fossil fuel-driven climate emergency.

    "Humanity has a choice: cooperate or perish. It is either a climate solidarity pact—or a collective suicide pact."

    "Around half of the required financing can be reasonably expected to come from local sources, from strengthening domestic public finance and domestic capital markets, including tapping into large pools of local finance that national development banks are able to mobilize," the report says.

    But "around $1 trillion per year of external finance will be required by 2030 to meet the scale of the investment needs," the report adds, referring to grants and loans from rich nations, multilateral development banks, and the private sector.

    In a statement, report co-author Nicholas Stern said: "Rich countries should recognize that it is in their vital self-interest, as well as a matter of justice given the severe impacts caused by their high levels of current and past emissions, to invest in climate action in emerging market and developing countries."

    "Most of the growth in energy infrastructure and consumption projected to occur over the next decade will be in emerging market and developing countries," said Stern. "If they lock in dependence on fossil fuels and emissions, the world will not be able to avoid dangerous climate change, damaging and destroying billions of lives and livelihoods in both rich and poor countries."

    The report on poor nations' climate finance needs came the same day as a Carbon Brief analysis revealed the extent of wealthy countries' failures to mobilize far smaller sums of money for sustainable development.

    Developing countries have been promised since COP15 in 2009 that rich nations would provide at least $100 billion in climate aid each year by 2020. However, just over $83 billion was delivered in 2020—the most recent year for which data is available—and the Global North is not expected to hit its insufficient target until 2023.

    The United States has been by far the biggest laggard, chipping in less than $8 billion toward the $100 billion figure in 2020. That represents just 19% of the country's roughly $40 billion "fair share," or what it should be paying based on its cumulative contribution to global greenhouse gas pollution.

    Related Content

    U.S. President Joe Biden has promised to shell out $11.4 billion per year in climate aid by 2024—less than 2% of the annual Pentagon budget and still far less than Washington's fair share—but congressional lawmakers approved just $1 billion in a $1.5 trillion spending bill passed earlier this year. To make matters worse, the U.S. government has spent 13 times more on fossil fuels than renewables in Africa since the Paris agreement was adopted in 2015, data shows.

    Given that Republican victories would further hurt the chances of the U.S. providing international climate finance at a level commensurate with its culpability, COP27 participants are paying close attention to the outcome of Tuesday's midterm elections.

    Canada, Australia, and the United Kingdom also fell far short, Carbon Brief found, while countries that contributed green funding in excess of their estimated historical responsibility were more likely to provide interest-bearing loans—which must be repaid by low-income nations that have done the least to cause the life-threatening climate crisis and have fewer resources to cope with it—rather than grants.

    Wealthy countries are not the only actors coming up short on the climate finance front. The World Bank, currently led by widely criticized Trump appointee David Malpass, has pumped roughly $15 billion into fossil fuel projects since 2015, directly undermining the billions of dollars it is spending on clean energy each year.

    "Unlocking substantial climate finance is the key to solving today's development challenges."

    "Given the pressure on public budgets in all countries, the role of the multilateral development banks, including the World Bank, will be critical in increasing the scale of external finance for emerging market and developing countries, and bringing down the cost of capital for investors," Stern said.

    According to the British economist: "The flow of [green development] finance from these institutions should triple from about $60 billion a year today to around $180 billion a year within the next five years. This requires a strong sense of direction and support from the country shareholders, and real leadership from the top of these institutions."

    Report co-author Vera Songwe added that "countries must have access to affordable, sustainable low-cost financing from the multilateral development banks to help crowd in investments from the private sector and philanthropy."

    "Unlocking substantial climate finance is the key to solving today's development challenges," said Songwe, though the executive secretary of the U.N. Economic Commission for Africa stressed that "financing alone is not enough and must be coupled with the right instruments and good policies to accelerate and scale up impact."

    Increasing the amount of funding that rich countries and development banks are allocating to address the deadly consequences of decades of unabated fossil fuel emissions—and ensuring that money comes in the form of grants instead of loans—are among the key issues at COP27, which began Sunday in Sharm El-Sheikh, Egypt.

    A series of reports published in recent days have made clear that humanity is currently barreling toward climate catastrophe, necessitating more far-reaching interventions and funding to support them.

    Existing climate targets and policies are so inadequate that the planet is currently projected to be 2.1 to 2.9°C hotter by 2100. The U.N. warned that there is "no credible path to 1.5°C in place" and demanded "urgent system-wide transformation" to prevent wholesale calamity.

    If annual public and private investments in the Global South excluding China are increased from the current level of $500 billion to $2.4 trillion by 2030, developing countries would be better able to quickly transition to clean energy and other low-carbon technologies, says Monday's report on green finance, which was commissioned by the governments of Egypt and the U.K. In addition to reducing planet-heating pollution, decarbonizing economies would also create jobs and help lift billions of people out of poverty.

    As The Guardian reported, "The money is also needed to help poor countries adapt to the effects of the climate crisis, for instance by building more robust infrastructure and protections such as seawalls and early warning systems."

    "For the most severe impacts of climate breakdown, which countries cannot adapt to, known as loss and damage, the money would help to rescue those at risk, repair vital infrastructure, and help to heal the social fabric—services such as health and education—of countries torn apart by" devastating floods, droughts, heatwaves, wildfires, and storms that are growing in frequency and intensity, the newspaper noted.

    So far, however, just a handful of countries have pledged a combined total of around $250 million to a U.N.-backed loss and damage fund even as fossil fuels are estimated to generate more than $5 trillion in unpaid damages each year.

    In a Monday speech at COP27, U.N. Secretary-General António Guterres warned that "we are on a highway to climate hell with our foot still on the accelerator."

    "Humanity has a choice: cooperate or perish," said Guterres. "It is either a climate solidarity pact—or a collective suicide pact."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/08/by-2030-poor-nations-will-need-2-4-trillion-per-year-to-fight-climate-crisis-report/feed/ 0 349103
    Report: Countries need an impossible amount of land to meet climate pledges https://grist.org/cop27/report-countries-need-an-impossible-amount-of-land-to-meet-climate-pledges/ https://grist.org/cop27/report-countries-need-an-impossible-amount-of-land-to-meet-climate-pledges/#respond Thu, 03 Nov 2022 10:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=593316 To reach net-zero carbon goals with their current plans, countries around the world will need 1.2 billion hectares of land, an area larger than the United States and equivalent to the world’s total cropland, for carbon removal projects. More than half of that land would need to be transformed into new forests. According to a new study, countries are over reliant on massive tree planting projects, and other land-based carbon removal schemes, to meet climate targets and avoid more effective measures like cutting fossil fuel use or conserving primary forests. 

    The “Land Gap” report, compiled by 20 researchers around the world and released this week by Melbourne Climate Futures, is the first to calculate the massive gap between governments’ reliance on land for carbon mitigation and the role that land can realistically play given availability and competing needs. The report also highlights that using land for carbon removal via tree planting programs will have negative impacts on ecosystems, Indigenous communities, food security, and human rights.

    “There are assumptions that land can save you somehow from having to do deeper cuts in terms of fossil fuel production and use,” said Anne Larson, one of the authors of the report. “It’s distracting and it’s not going to work.” 

    For years Indigenous groups have warned about the dangers of depending on forests to remove carbon from the atmosphere without clear guarantees of Indigenous rights. The report shows global climate pledges have the potential to put communities at higher risk of danger. Repurposing land for plantations and other tree planting-based carbon removal could push Indigenous peoples from their land ultimately weakening the environment. 

    “We will lose everything,” said Levi Sucre, Bribri from Costa Rica and the Coordinator of the Mesoamerican Alliance of Peoples and Forests. “We have to figure out an alternative way to sustain our lands, our communities.”

    Tree planting has been shown to be a tenuous strategy to mitigate climate change, and part of the problem is the accounting system used to track carbon emissions. Cutting fossil fuel use is a guaranteed way to reduce atmospheric carbon while trees are unreliable: they take a long time to grow, need land that often isn’t available, can be harvested, or can even burn down. However, countries treat cutting fossil fuels and planting trees as the same. That means countries can make ambitious pledges based on future land use changes instead of jeopardizing short term economic interests by cutting fossil fuels. The report recommends countries make deep cuts in emissions from industrial agriculture, deforestation and fossil fuels instead of relying on unavailable land for carbon offsets. “We should really be seeing reductions and removals as two different things,” said Kate Dooley, one of the report’s authors. 

    As well, researchers found that if land-based strategies are to work as a complement to emission cuts, they’ll need to be oriented away from simply planting trees in order to be just and effective. To that end, the study emphasized safeguarding the rights of Indigenous peoples in order to protect forests. Research has shown that the world’s healthiest forests are on protected Indigenous lands, and securing Indigenous land tenure rights, as well as political status, would protect communities and the lands they call home.

    “We are under constant threat due to land disputes. We need to have a clear demarcation of indigenous lands. We need effective land protection policy, and also protection of those of us who live in these areas,” said Sonia Guajajara, the first Indigenous person to be elected federal deputy in São Paulo. “That is urgent. That is fundamental.” 

    Tree planting and reforestation projects typically prioritize monocultures of fast growing commercial trees over biodiversity. Offering limited ecosystem integrity, they are extremely susceptible to fires and droughts, emit carbon when they are harvested, and, even in the best case scenarios, they don’t provide immediate, critical carbon storage payoffs because trees need time to grow. Instead, the report emphasizes protecting standing forests from extractive industries like logging, mining, and agriculture as the first priority. Most critical are primary forests, which store the most carbon and are the most stable and resilient to climate change. 

    The report encourages restoring degraded natural ecosystems instead of planting new forests, or creating monoculture plantations. The U.N.’s Global Land Outlook report estimates 5 billion hectares of land is suitable for restoration, but at the moment, countries’ pledges examined in the study only account for restoring 551 million hectares of degraded ecosystems leaving room for world leaders to focus on ecological restoration, natural regeneration, and agroforestry. However, only twenty countries mention agroforestry in their climate plans. 

    Countries that signed the Paris Climate Accords are supposed to update their commitments every five years at least, and in 2021, the U.S. set a goal of reducing net greenhouse gas emissions by at least 50 percent below 2005 levels in the next eight years. The authors of the report hope that as world leaders head to the COP27 climate summit to discuss their climate pledges and make new, more ambitious commitments, they will reconsider the impact of carbon removal and refocus on ecosystem restoration, primary forests, and protecting Indigenous rights. 

    “It isn’t too late for countries to rethink the way they use land to achieve their climate goals,” said Brendan Mackey, a report co-author.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Report: Countries need an impossible amount of land to meet climate pledges on Nov 3, 2022.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Blanca Begert.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/cop27/report-countries-need-an-impossible-amount-of-land-to-meet-climate-pledges/feed/ 0 347602
    Healthy Ecosystems Need Birds, but Billions Fatally Strike Our Windows Every Year https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/03/healthy-ecosystems-need-birds-but-billions-fatally-strike-our-windows-every-year/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/03/healthy-ecosystems-need-birds-but-billions-fatally-strike-our-windows-every-year/#respond Thu, 03 Nov 2022 04:43:34 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=263075 Glass windows have existed since as long ago as 290 CE, if only in a limited supply of small sheets. It seems fair to say that window glass has enriched human aesthetic, cultural, physiological, and psychological well-being for at least 16 centuries. Even one small pane is enough to admit a bit of the sun’s light and warmth into an enclosed space. The tendency of builders—and the willingness of their clients—to use this product in large quantities apparently resulted from the need of human society to seek safety within the solid walls of dwellings away from the reach of marauders. Sheet glass permitted viewing the out-of-doors from the comfort and protection of indoors. In the Middle Ages, ecclesiastical interests led to the lavish use of both tinted and clear panes. These windows were used in the cathedrals of Europe and then in the domestic dwellings of the rich, especially in Tudor England. The technical ability to manufacture large sheets of glass was developed at the turn of the 20th century. With the building boom that followed World War II, 1945 to the present, flat glass has become a prominent, even dominating, construction material used in the majority of human dwellings and other structures. In 2009, 6.6 billion square miles (17 billion square kilometers) ) of flat glass was manufactured worldwide, which is about the area of the U.S. state of Delaware, at a value of $23.54 billion. The amount of glass used in construction has continued to increase annually.

    The history of window glass as a source of bird fatalities is similarly ancient and progressive. The confirming obituaries, however, do not begin to appear in the literature until well after 1800, with the development of modern ornithology in Europe and North America. Thomas Nuttall published the first scientifically documented window fatality in his 1832 “A Manual of the Ornithology of the United States and of Canada.” He described how a hawk in pursuit of prey flew through two panes of greenhouse glass only to be stopped by a third. The next account was by Spencer F. Baird and his colleagues Thomas M. Brewer and Robert Ridgway in Volume 1 of their 1874 three-volume work “A History of North American Birds.” They described how a shrike struck the outside of a clear pane while attempting to reach a caged canary.

    To put the scale of losses by various human-related bird killers in perspective, my speaking and writing, starting in the late 1980s, included “sound bite” tactics. The purpose was to capture the attention of anyone who might be moved to listen and take action. One such tactic involves comparing bird losses at windows to those from higher-visibility oil spills. Prominent oil spills that have captured international attention as environmental disasters include the Exxon Valdez disaster and the more recent Deepwater Horizon fire and spill in the Gulf of Mexico. By any assessment, the Exxon Valdez oil spill was a horrific environmental disaster. The oil tanker Exxon Valdez released 260,000 barrels of crude oil into Alaska’s Prince William Sound on March 24, 1989. The spill was estimated to have killed 100,000 to 300,000 marine birds. The 2010 Deepwater Horizon spill is estimated to have caused as many as 2 million bird deaths. By contrast, in the 1970s my original and lowest estimate of losses from window collisions in the U.S. alone was 100 million bird kills a year. This minimum window-kill number equals the toll from 333 annual Exxon Valdez disasters and 100 Deepwater Horizon oil spills every year. Yet those writing in the media about assaults on the Earth’s environment are either unaware, unconvinced, or willing to overlook the horrific loss of bird life occurring at windows.

    In 2013, expressing concern and emphasizing the interconnectedness of life, Travis Longcore and P.A. Smith, writing in the journal Avian Conservation and Ecology, warned that avian deaths from windows and other human-associated mortality factors pose a growing deleterious effect on the world’s ecosystems and the goods and services birds provide them.

    In a money-centered world, those goods and services are getting increased attention, especially considering what it might cost to have humans try to do the same work. Pest control is one service birds provide that contributes to productive yields of valuable crops such as coffee and grapes. They also provide public health benefits such as consuming insect disease vectors and scavenging the dead. They play a role in pollination and seed dispersal and provide high-quality fertilizer from seabird guano. Birds also serve as ultra-sensitive indicators of environmental health on the local, regional, and global levels. The “web of life” that Alexander von Humboldt described as essential to the health and very existence of humankind is as relevant today as it was when he wrote about it two centuries ago. Like every other living being, birds are an essential part of that complex, interacting super-organism that encompasses all life.

    One of the most dramatic pest control events occurred in 1848, in what is now the city of Great Salt Lake, Utah. To many, the event was a true miracle. California gulls (Larus californicus) descended on the so-called “Mormon crickets” (Anabrus simplex), an insect that is not actually a cricket but a katydid that grows to 8 centimeters (3 inches) and voraciously consumes vegetation. Crops and even their own are on the menu during their swarming phase that can see them move across 2 kilometers (1.2 miles) of agricultural fields in a day. These gulls were credited with saving about 4,000 Mormon pioneers by eating the katydids and preventing them from consuming their second harvest. As a grateful tribute, a monument to the California gull today stands prominently in Salt Lake City, commemorating the life-saving service of this bird to people.

    The services of mosquito-eating birds contribute to limiting the spread and prevention of malaria, yellow fever, and other diseases. This is a particularly important aid in tropical climates, where several species, but especially martins and swallows, have protected Indigenous people from the earliest times until now. Vultures the world over are specifically adapted to removing the dead and with them the accompanying organisms that spread diseases among humans and other animals. At the turn of the 21st century, the dramatic disappearance of vultures in India virtually eliminated the service they provided in scavenging livestock carcasses. The consequence of this loss was an estimated 48,000 human deaths between 1992 to 2006 from rabies and a cost of $34 billion to the national economy. Other vulture-connected health-related costs of $24 billion were linked to the increase in scavenging feral dogs and rats that carry rabies and bubonic plague, respectively, in addition to other human-susceptible diseases.
    Hummingbirds offer pollinating services for commercial flowering plants and many human foods. The dispersal of seeds by fruit-eating birds ensures reforestation and with it ecological succession that consists of a chain of changes in habitat that provides homes to variously adapted life—including diverse bird species and the food and shelter they require to survive and sustain healthy populations.

    One practical service birds provide is preying on insects across the boreal and temperate forests of North America. Given the number of species preying on insects, collectively the presence of birds can have meaningful consequences for the health of the trees in these forests. Martin Nyffeler and his colleagues, writing in the journal the Science of Nature in 2018, estimated that the world’s insectivorous birds annually consume 400 to 500 million metric tons of insects per year. Forest birds account for 70 percent of this amount, or greater than 300 million tons a year. Especially for forests, the ecological and economic importance of birds eating harmful insect pests has tangible worldwide value.

    This excerpt is from Solid Air: Invisible Killer—Saving Billions of Birds from Windows by Daniel Klem Jr. (Hancock House, 2021) and was edited and produced for the web by Earth | Food | Life, a project of the Independent Media Institute.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Daniel Klem Jr.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/03/healthy-ecosystems-need-birds-but-billions-fatally-strike-our-windows-every-year/feed/ 0 347533
    Democrats Need to Stop Running From Biden https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/02/democrats-need-to-stop-running-from-biden/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/02/democrats-need-to-stop-running-from-biden/#respond Wed, 02 Nov 2022 16:16:06 +0000 https://progressive.org/magazine/democrats-need-to-stop-running-from-biden-conniff/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Ruth Conniff.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/02/democrats-need-to-stop-running-from-biden/feed/ 0 347303
    World Nuclear Industry Status Report Delivers All the Empirical Data We Need to Know About Nuclear Power’s Decline https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/02/world-nuclear-industry-status-report-delivers-all-the-empirical-data-we-need-to-know-about-nuclear-powers-decline/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/02/world-nuclear-industry-status-report-delivers-all-the-empirical-data-we-need-to-know-about-nuclear-powers-decline/#respond Wed, 02 Nov 2022 05:55:13 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=262874

    Chooz nuclear power plant in France by Raimond Spekking/Wikimedia Commons.

    The annual goldmine of empirical data on nuclear power that is the World Nuclear Industry Status Report (WNISR) was duly rolled out on October 5th, this year in Berlin. The 2022 edition is available for download here and is an indispensable reference source, updated each year.

    While delivering an in-depth overview, as its title suggests, of the status of nuclear power worldwide, the report also provides sections focused on particular areas of the technology or on certain countries or regions of the world.

    As its principal author, Mycle Schneider, pointed out during the rollout, the report’s authors are big fans of empirical data. Indeed, many of the findings in the report are taken from the nuclear industry itself. Facts and physics are pretty much immutable when it comes to nuclear power, and neither favor the industry very well.  No amount of nuclear industry aspirational rhetoric can hide the truth about a waning and outdated technology.

    The over-riding finding of the 2022 edition of the report is that nuclear power’s share of global commercial gross electricity generation in 2021 dropped to below 10 percent for the first time ever, sinking to its lowest in four decades.

    As in past years, if you take China out of the picture — a country with 21 new reactors under construction as of mid-2022 — the decline of nuclear power worldwide is even more dramatic.

    At close to 400 pages, the WNISR is a tome, but it is packed full of essential detail on every important topic related to nuclear power and its declining place in the world. Whether you are interested in new builds or closure, decommissioning or small modular reactors, or a specific country, there is something in the report that will flesh out the details.

    And this year, there is an important chapter late in the report — Nuclear Power and War— dealing with the fate of nuclear power plants caught up in the Russian invasion of Ukraine and the warfare that is exploding around them.

    We have of course been talking, writing and warning about the perils of reactors in a war zone since the time a Russian invasion was first intimated late in 2021. But the WNISRhelpfully lays out all the possible causes and consequences of a nuclear disaster in Ukraine. It answers the many questions we have about the robustness, or not, of reactors, fuel pools and radioactive waste casks to withstand and survive a bombardment or even a prolonged power outage.

    As former IAEA director of nuclear safety, Aybars Gurpinar, told Bloomberg when addressing the risks to reactors in Ukraine: “Even if structures are extremely well designed, you cannot expect them to withstand a military-style attack. They are not designed for this.”

    The WNISR concludes, on page 259: “Nuclear power plants are immediately vulnerable in war situations. This is directly due to the constant and permanent need for cooling. Extensive failure of the necessary electrical power or destruction of the cooling systems would lead to overheating of the reactor core. It is relatively unimportant whether this damage is intentional, unintentional, or of indeterminate cause and motivation.

    “On the other hand, with increasing duration, the specific stress on the personnel and poorer maintenance worsens the operating conditions which also increases the probability of triggering serious accidents.”

    In addition to covering the most obviously disastrous impacts, such as loss of coolant leading to fires and meltdowns, the report also explores some of the other essentials that could be lost during war but that are less often discussed.

    These include lack of access to the plant due to the destruction of roadways; absence of diesel fuel supplies for backup generators; the continued presence of a fire department with necessary equipment and access; the availability of a skilled operating personnel and the consequences of staff working under duress or takeover; and the necessity of continued maintenance, repairs and inspections.

    These add to the already long list of technical things that could go wrong at a reactor under war conditions. This makes it particularly important to focus on the prevention of such a disaster, rather than speculating about who is at fault.

    Speculation is not to be found in the WNISR. Accordingly, the authors chose to point out in conclusion that the reports coming in about who is firing on what and why are not necessarily reliable. All they, and we, can assess, is what the damage might be and what the consequences of that damage could lead to.

    “In a war situation, it is particularly difficult to verify whether certain reports cover indisputable facts, are exaggerated, or false,” the WNISR authors write. “The warring parties, as well as organizations and individuals interacting with them, have an interest in a representation that is not necessarily objective.

    Wars will happen and the fog of war will mask and confuse what is actually going on. But the one abiding problem is the nuclear power plants being there in the first place. And that’s the one thing we do have the power to change.

    This first appeared on Beyond Nuclear.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Linda Pentz Gunter.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/02/world-nuclear-industry-status-report-delivers-all-the-empirical-data-we-need-to-know-about-nuclear-powers-decline/feed/ 0 347139
    I’m A Doctor. Here’s Why We Need Universal Healthcare https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/01/im-a-doctor-heres-why-we-need-universal-healthcare/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/01/im-a-doctor-heres-why-we-need-universal-healthcare/#respond Tue, 01 Nov 2022 17:45:09 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/340749

    On September 19th, Atlanta became one of the latest municipalities to pass a resolution endorsing national universal health coverage. This important local action is aspirational in its urging of the United States Congress to pass the Medicare for All Act of 2021 - 2022 (H.R. 1976). However, the need for the affordable insurance this legislation would provide for every American is huge and pressing.

    Corporations are about profits. We need a national single payer health insurance program. It is time to join the growing wave of support for passage of the Medicare for All Act of 2021.

    Luckily, the momentum behind Medicare for All is growing as Americans increasingly see that access to adequate, affordable, and equitable healthcare is an urgent need. The passage of this resolution comes just weeks after the Georgia State Democratic Convention adopted a similar resolution in support of an improved Medicare for All national health insurance program. Since 2018, over 100 cities and counties across the country have passed resolutions in support of Medicare for All. Last October, the American Public Health Association issued a policy statement declaring that healthcare is a human right and calling for the adoption of a single-payer health system to provide universal coverage in the best, most efficient, and equitable way.

    Here is why national universal health coverage is so important to me. I am a private practice physician, a mother, and a cancer survivor. As a physician, I spend countless hours fighting with insurance companies to help my patients get the care they need. I watch them struggle to pay their medical bills. And I see the negative outcomes when they decline recommended treatments because they simply cannot afford to pay. As a physician who trained and worked in private and public healthcare systems for twenty years, I regularly see the encroachment of health management corporations into medical decision-making. As a private practice physician and a small business owner with a pre-existing health condition, I struggle to find appropriate health coverage for myself and my family. 

    From each vantage point—as a patient, a provider, and a small business owner—I see everyday how for-profit corporations fail to provide adequate access and coverage for vital health care services. I had to do something different. So I joined Physicians for a National Health Program and began advocating for change. 

    On September 27th, the same day that I addressed the Atlanta City Council's Community Development/Human Services Committee and thanked them for passing the resolution in support of Medicare for All, I attended a rally on the steps of Grady Hospital, Atlanta's largest public hospital. Doctors were gathered there to protest Governor Brian Kemp's disastrous and stubborn refusal to expand Medicaid in Georgia, a policy that prevents access to care, results in negative health outcomes, and exacerbates a concerning trend of rural hospital closures. Georgia is one of only twelve states that has not expanded Medicaid, a provision in the Affordable Care Act that extends Medicaid coverage to almost all adults earning up to 138% of the federal poverty level. Georgia also ranks 41st in healthcare access and 43rd in healthcare outcomes. 

    The action taken by Atlanta City Council in passing a resolution endorsing Medicare for All comes at a critical time when Atlanta is experiencing a monumental casualty due to the failed policy of the Georgia's Governor and its state legislature—the closure of a large city hospital.

    In early September, Wellstar Health Systems, which owns and operates the Atlanta Medical Center (AMC), announced that the hospital will be closing its doors on November 1. AMC is one of two hospitals that the city of Atlanta relies on to care for the uninsured and most economically disadvantaged residents of Fulton and Dekalb Counties. Besides Grady, AMC is also the only other Level 1 trauma center in the city, providing treatment for the most severely injured. In the shadow of the impending crisis of AMC's closure, doctors from Grady addressed the public about the importance of expanding Medicaid in Georgia, a move that would insure hundreds of thousands of Georgians who live in poverty, bring revenue to the hospitals who serve them, and potentially avert more disastrous hospital closures. In the past ten years, eight rural hospitals in Georgia have closed, with deadly consequences. Now similar impacts will be felt on a large city scale within a ten-minute walk of City Hall and a short drive from the state Capitol.  

    Expanding Medicaid in Georgia is one part of the solution to our healthcare dilemma. But it is not enough. We must guarantee adequate and equitable health coverage for all Americans regardless of their socioeconomic status, their zip code, or whether or not they are employed. 

    The Atlanta City Council, in passing a resolution in support of Medicare for All, inspires those in other cities and counties to take similar stands for affordable healthcare. Such actions amplify the voices of Americans who lack health insurance or are dissatisfied with their health care coverage. A recent AP-NORC pollshowed that 56% of Americans are dissatisfied with America's healthcare system and only 10% of respondents said that our health care is handled well or very well. 

    Perhaps the radical idea was thinking that corporations could be relied upon to provide reasonable coverage at a reasonable cost for the majority of Americans. As it turns out, that is simply not what corporations are about. Corporations are about profits. We need a national single payer health insurance program. It is time to join the growing wave of support for passage of the Medicare for All Act of 2021.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Dr. Belinda McIntosh.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/01/im-a-doctor-heres-why-we-need-universal-healthcare/feed/ 0 347012
    Musician Nilüfer Yanya on why you don’t need to suffer for your art https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/01/musician-nilufer-yanya-on-why-you-dont-need-to-suffer-for-your-art/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/01/musician-nilufer-yanya-on-why-you-dont-need-to-suffer-for-your-art/#respond Tue, 01 Nov 2022 07:00:00 +0000 https://thecreativeindependent.com/people/musician-nilufer-yanya-on-why-you-dont-really-need-to-suffer-for-your-art How did you start writing your own songs?

    Through writing. I knew I loved songs and I always had notebooks when I was younger and wrote down ideas and lyrics and I wanted to write songs from quite young, even 10 years old. I remember trying to write songs because I really love music, but I didn’t have a lot of CDs. I didn’t have my own music collection because I was so shy and reserved. I was always worried that people were going to judge me. When you’re younger and people are like, “Oh, what are you listening to?” or “Who’s your favorite singer?,” I remember thinking, “I don’t want to tell you, what if you don’t like them?” I was very reserved in that way. So I always worked on a lot of things in my head. Then when I started playing guitar, I started making them a bit more obvious songs. It was a process. I’m still learning.

    Do you remember how you developed your singing style?

    I knew I didn’t have a super high strong voice. I can sing high, but it’s more like a falsetto kind of vibe. I was aware my voice has kind of deeper and lower tones. When I was growing up, I don’t think I listened to a lot of female vocalists. I was listening to a lot of male vocalists and I wasn’t really thinking about their voices, I just thought it sounded cool. So when I started writing, I was aware I didn’t have a stereotypical good, beautiful voice. It was my own voice so I had to write for the way it worked.

    When you were younger a manager wanted to recruit you to be in a girl band but you were not interested in participating. Was this a difficult decision to make?

    I did think about it because they were messaging me. They were like, “Oh we’ve got a proposition,” and they’re a management company. At the time, I didn’t have a manager so I was like, “Okay, obviously I’m going to go see what they’re talking about.” They were like, “Oh, I can’t tell you what it is over the phone so you have to come to an office.” Then I came to the office and straight away I was like, “This is going to be some girl band thing, isn’t it?” They were like, “Yeah, so we’re starting a group and we really want you to be the singer. We’re going to be like Haim, but better.” I was flattered that they were asking me because I was like “Oh, someone thinks I’m good.” It just wasn’t for me, then I found out later that it didn’t work out anyways, so I was lucky.

    You come from a family of artists who are also your close collaborators. Does that make you feel more comfortable and familiar with all the hustles and challenges of being an artist?

    Yeah. I didn’t plan it that way. Me and my sister always made videos together and that was quite a natural evolution from our relationship because we were making little films or doing photos. And I knew she had an interest in film and photography. So when I started doing music videos, naturally, she was the first person I asked to be involved. From then on, we’ve just kind of grown that relationship and kept working together.

    I think a lot of the time you either start to work with one person anyways. So it just happens to be that she was there from the beginning, which is great. Then because of that, we get a lot of our other family involved in the whole process. My mom makes a lot of set design and my sister helps, my younger sister helps as well. My brother helps sometimes. Aside from that, I’ve got an uncle who is a producer and has a studio that I used to help out in or work in. I recorded my first demos there and I still do some recording there sometimes when I’m working on an album or some writing.

    It seems that they are supportive and provide some kind of mentorship.

    Exactly. I knew that from the beginning my uncle was one of the first people to be like, “Oh, you should sing your own songs and you should do it or you’ll get too scared about it when you’re older.” And my sister would always be like, “Yeah, you should go and do those gigs.” So everyone’s been very supportive and now it’s just happening that we can all work together, so it makes sense.

    Your first album, Miss Universe was well received. Did you have any expectations on what you wanted to achieve and express with PAINLESS?

    I didn’t really, I just hoped people would listen to it and they wouldn’t hate it. Because, with second albums, everyone’s like, “Oh, it’s going to be different,” or you’re a bit worried people wouldn’t like it as much. I was just quite relieved when it came out and people actually still liked my music and they didn’t hate it because it is different from Miss Universe. I actually think it is better in a way, more refined. But I try not to read reviews because I don’t really care. Because it’s nice that people listen to it anyway and they gave their opinion, so that’s what counts.

    With social media, it seems like everybody is a critic. Do you look at yourself online?

    Sometimes I end up doing it by accident and then I’m like, “Why did I do that?” And then I think about it all day. Everyone has an opinion, and it’s interesting because once I’ve released the music, I’ve also detached from it. So even if someone hates it and leaves really harsh review I’ve already moved on. The ideas I’m working on now are always going to be different from the things I’ve done. I’m always working on the next thing, and that’s why I try not to judge other people’s albums too much or their music because it’s like, their music is also the music they haven’t made yet. Reviewing is kind of a weird process. I always think about it. If you were at school and you had a student, you wouldn’t want to review someone’s work too harshly because you want to keep encouraging them to keep creating.

    Is it easy for you to detach from an album after your release it?

    By the time your work comes out, you’ve already moved on because it’s been six months, a year, or nine months. It’s different when you go on stage and you have to perform the songs again. And to be honest, those reviews are harder because the crowd’s feedback is immediate. When I’m playing the songs you have to reconnect with them and be there again. But as a record, I don’t really go back and listen to the songs unless I have to for a reason.

    I was reading an NPR interview you did. In it, you mentioned the idea of assuming everything has to be hard when it comes to music. There’s the assumption that artists need to be in some kind of pain or suffering to produce their best work, the idea of the tormented artist going through some kind of struggle or crisis and that led them to their current process.

    The whole notion that have to suffer for art… Making something isn’t always easy, but making something is a great way of healing and working through things. Whenever you write something, you’re working out problems in your head. So, it’s not straightforward. But I think we’ve over-romanticized the idea that something has to be really bad before it gets good.

    To be creative you need to be in a healthy, happy state. We don’t expect people to do other things when they’re sad or suffering. People know that they can’t do their best work when they’re really upset about something. Think about building a house. If you’re sick, how can you build the house? It’s not really possible. Or, if everyone was always sad, how would we do things? When you ask people about their process, a lot of the time they’re trying to get to a good place in order to make the work. They’re building their studio. Or, they found a really nice place they want to write in. Or, they’ve got all their band around them, and they want to write like that.

    That’s a lot more exciting than being like, “Oh I need to go for a break-off,” “Oh, I need to have a divorce,” “I can only do something when something terrible has happened.” It kind of says a lot about our society more than everything else.

    What do you think?

    I think that maybe this idea that artists suffer contributes to their precarization.

    Exactly. I don’t think it’s going to help things evolve or help society. Of course, art at the end of the day does do that. It does contribute to the world and society and people’s lives and it’s like, if we always keep it just reserved for something when we are reacting, and we’re just being totally instinctive and hurt, then it’s not giving it the space it deserves. It’s rubbish to think that all artists are expected to be poor and not make any money from their work forever.

    Since art has been really present in your life because both of your parents are artists. I’m wondering if you ever thought of other career paths.

    I probably would’ve gone to art school if I didn’t do music because love painting and drawing and making things. But for some reason I felt like with music there was a bit of a ticking time bomb and I was like if I don’t do it now, I might get too worried, I might get too nervous. I think there’s a lot of pressure as well. I definitely felt that pressure of being successful when you are young and I felt like I needed to focus on music otherwise it’s never going to happen, which isn’t true. I definitely could have taken my time to go to art school if I wanted, maybe it would’ve been better, but that’s what I chose.

    You just mentioned that you felt the pressure of being successful while you were younger. I’m wondering if this is something that you put on yourself or was it more related to your environment.

    The pressure came from wanting to be a professional singer/songwriter. And all these artists that I was listening to were really young so I was like wow, if they’re doing it now, surely, I need to do this as well. I need to do this now before it’s too late, which isn’t true because I think even if I started now, it would’ve been fine. Now I’m seeing loads of examples of artists that I really like who are in their 30s and they are just releasing music for the first time. I kind of wish I didn’t feel that pressure and I took a more chilled-out route. But I also had a lot of drive to make music and anxiety around being able to not sit and think about it too long, just to do it. Because I was also the kind of person who, if I thought about it too long, might not do it. And it definitely helped me grow a lot of confidence.

    I also had lots of friends that were in bands and I wanted to do the same. I wanted to be performing and even though I didn’t really performing, I wanted to release music. I was really excited about making an EP, so I just wanted to do it straight away.

    You didn’t like performing when you were starting?

    I did it because I felt like I should because I knew that I needed to at some point and I was like, if I do it now then I’ll feel better about it in a few weeks or in a year, I won’t have to worry about doing it. But even now I still don’t really love performing. It’s like, “Ugh, do we have to? Do we have to go to the show? Can we just make music? Do we have to do the tour?” I really enjoy it and the way it’s grown because it’s got to a stage where I have a really good band. It’s cool and it’s nice to be able to bring that to shows and bring that to festivals, but it’s not the place where I feel most comfortable. I definitely wasn’t born and was not meant to be on stage. I’m a bit awkward, but it just felt necessary.

    You mentioned earlier that you felt the pressure of being successful since you started your career. After all these years, what does success looks like for you now?

    If you have an idea and you want to do it and you do it, that’s successful — regardless of if it goes well or not. That you feel free enough to carry something through is a success. It means you’re really going to progress, regardless. Even if it doesn’t go according to plan, you can do the next idea you have or the next thing or the next. If you’re not phased by the idea of success, that’s successful. Not letting bad thoughts get to you, and not letting negative criticism get to you, that’s success.

    What advice do you have for young artists that might share the same pressure of being in the spotlight or successful from a young age or when they are just starting out?

    I think just not rushing. It’s also really good to turn off your phone and not go near it and just focus on your work and not always have to be connecting and communicating with people. I am really lucky because when I was younger I didn’t have a phone for a long time so I didn’t have to worry about promoting myself as I do now.

    Nilüfer Yanya Recommends:

    Athens (the city)

    If you are in London, visit the vegan restaurant Mallow

    My friend has a really cool gallery, it’s called Home, and my sister works there, actually. It’s in North London. If you like art and photography and fashion, it’s a really good place to go.

    Bomb: It’s a really nice magazine They get artists to interview other artists and there are no official interviews, it’s just more like conversations.

    The book “Lady Sings the Blues” by Billie Holiday.


    This content originally appeared on The Creative Independent and was authored by Miriam Garcia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/01/musician-nilufer-yanya-on-why-you-dont-need-to-suffer-for-your-art/feed/ 0 346835
    Musician Nilüfer Yanya on why you don’t need to suffer for your art https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/01/musician-nilufer-yanya-on-why-you-dont-need-to-suffer-for-your-art/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/01/musician-nilufer-yanya-on-why-you-dont-need-to-suffer-for-your-art/#respond Tue, 01 Nov 2022 07:00:00 +0000 https://thecreativeindependent.com/people/musician-nilufer-yanya-on-why-you-dont-really-need-to-suffer-for-your-art How did you start writing your own songs?

    Through writing. I knew I loved songs and I always had notebooks when I was younger and wrote down ideas and lyrics and I wanted to write songs from quite young, even 10 years old. I remember trying to write songs because I really love music, but I didn’t have a lot of CDs. I didn’t have my own music collection because I was so shy and reserved. I was always worried that people were going to judge me. When you’re younger and people are like, “Oh, what are you listening to?” or “Who’s your favorite singer?,” I remember thinking, “I don’t want to tell you, what if you don’t like them?” I was very reserved in that way. So I always worked on a lot of things in my head. Then when I started playing guitar, I started making them a bit more obvious songs. It was a process. I’m still learning.

    Do you remember how you developed your singing style?

    I knew I didn’t have a super high strong voice. I can sing high, but it’s more like a falsetto kind of vibe. I was aware my voice has kind of deeper and lower tones. When I was growing up, I don’t think I listened to a lot of female vocalists. I was listening to a lot of male vocalists and I wasn’t really thinking about their voices, I just thought it sounded cool. So when I started writing, I was aware I didn’t have a stereotypical good, beautiful voice. It was my own voice so I had to write for the way it worked.

    When you were younger a manager wanted to recruit you to be in a girl band but you were not interested in participating. Was this a difficult decision to make?

    I did think about it because they were messaging me. They were like, “Oh we’ve got a proposition,” and they’re a management company. At the time, I didn’t have a manager so I was like, “Okay, obviously I’m going to go see what they’re talking about.” They were like, “Oh, I can’t tell you what it is over the phone so you have to come to an office.” Then I came to the office and straight away I was like, “This is going to be some girl band thing, isn’t it?” They were like, “Yeah, so we’re starting a group and we really want you to be the singer. We’re going to be like Haim, but better.” I was flattered that they were asking me because I was like “Oh, someone thinks I’m good.” It just wasn’t for me, then I found out later that it didn’t work out anyways, so I was lucky.

    You come from a family of artists who are also your close collaborators. Does that make you feel more comfortable and familiar with all the hustles and challenges of being an artist?

    Yeah. I didn’t plan it that way. Me and my sister always made videos together and that was quite a natural evolution from our relationship because we were making little films or doing photos. And I knew she had an interest in film and photography. So when I started doing music videos, naturally, she was the first person I asked to be involved. From then on, we’ve just kind of grown that relationship and kept working together.

    I think a lot of the time you either start to work with one person anyways. So it just happens to be that she was there from the beginning, which is great. Then because of that, we get a lot of our other family involved in the whole process. My mom makes a lot of set design and my sister helps, my younger sister helps as well. My brother helps sometimes. Aside from that, I’ve got an uncle who is a producer and has a studio that I used to help out in or work in. I recorded my first demos there and I still do some recording there sometimes when I’m working on an album or some writing.

    It seems that they are supportive and provide some kind of mentorship.

    Exactly. I knew that from the beginning my uncle was one of the first people to be like, “Oh, you should sing your own songs and you should do it or you’ll get too scared about it when you’re older.” And my sister would always be like, “Yeah, you should go and do those gigs.” So everyone’s been very supportive and now it’s just happening that we can all work together, so it makes sense.

    Your first album, Miss Universe was well received. Did you have any expectations on what you wanted to achieve and express with PAINLESS?

    I didn’t really, I just hoped people would listen to it and they wouldn’t hate it. Because, with second albums, everyone’s like, “Oh, it’s going to be different,” or you’re a bit worried people wouldn’t like it as much. I was just quite relieved when it came out and people actually still liked my music and they didn’t hate it because it is different from Miss Universe. I actually think it is better in a way, more refined. But I try not to read reviews because I don’t really care. Because it’s nice that people listen to it anyway and they gave their opinion, so that’s what counts.

    With social media, it seems like everybody is a critic. Do you look at yourself online?

    Sometimes I end up doing it by accident and then I’m like, “Why did I do that?” And then I think about it all day. Everyone has an opinion, and it’s interesting because once I’ve released the music, I’ve also detached from it. So even if someone hates it and leaves really harsh review I’ve already moved on. The ideas I’m working on now are always going to be different from the things I’ve done. I’m always working on the next thing, and that’s why I try not to judge other people’s albums too much or their music because it’s like, their music is also the music they haven’t made yet. Reviewing is kind of a weird process. I always think about it. If you were at school and you had a student, you wouldn’t want to review someone’s work too harshly because you want to keep encouraging them to keep creating.

    Is it easy for you to detach from an album after your release it?

    By the time your work comes out, you’ve already moved on because it’s been six months, a year, or nine months. It’s different when you go on stage and you have to perform the songs again. And to be honest, those reviews are harder because the crowd’s feedback is immediate. When I’m playing the songs you have to reconnect with them and be there again. But as a record, I don’t really go back and listen to the songs unless I have to for a reason.

    I was reading an NPR interview you did. In it, you mentioned the idea of assuming everything has to be hard when it comes to music. There’s the assumption that artists need to be in some kind of pain or suffering to produce their best work, the idea of the tormented artist going through some kind of struggle or crisis and that led them to their current process.

    The whole notion that have to suffer for art… Making something isn’t always easy, but making something is a great way of healing and working through things. Whenever you write something, you’re working out problems in your head. So, it’s not straightforward. But I think we’ve over-romanticized the idea that something has to be really bad before it gets good.

    To be creative you need to be in a healthy, happy state. We don’t expect people to do other things when they’re sad or suffering. People know that they can’t do their best work when they’re really upset about something. Think about building a house. If you’re sick, how can you build the house? It’s not really possible. Or, if everyone was always sad, how would we do things? When you ask people about their process, a lot of the time they’re trying to get to a good place in order to make the work. They’re building their studio. Or, they found a really nice place they want to write in. Or, they’ve got all their band around them, and they want to write like that.

    That’s a lot more exciting than being like, “Oh I need to go for a break-off,” “Oh, I need to have a divorce,” “I can only do something when something terrible has happened.” It kind of says a lot about our society more than everything else.

    What do you think?

    I think that maybe this idea that artists suffer contributes to their precarization.

    Exactly. I don’t think it’s going to help things evolve or help society. Of course, art at the end of the day does do that. It does contribute to the world and society and people’s lives and it’s like, if we always keep it just reserved for something when we are reacting, and we’re just being totally instinctive and hurt, then it’s not giving it the space it deserves. It’s rubbish to think that all artists are expected to be poor and not make any money from their work forever.

    Since art has been really present in your life because both of your parents are artists. I’m wondering if you ever thought of other career paths.

    I probably would’ve gone to art school if I didn’t do music because love painting and drawing and making things. But for some reason I felt like with music there was a bit of a ticking time bomb and I was like if I don’t do it now, I might get too worried, I might get too nervous. I think there’s a lot of pressure as well. I definitely felt that pressure of being successful when you are young and I felt like I needed to focus on music otherwise it’s never going to happen, which isn’t true. I definitely could have taken my time to go to art school if I wanted, maybe it would’ve been better, but that’s what I chose.

    You just mentioned that you felt the pressure of being successful while you were younger. I’m wondering if this is something that you put on yourself or was it more related to your environment.

    The pressure came from wanting to be a professional singer/songwriter. And all these artists that I was listening to were really young so I was like wow, if they’re doing it now, surely, I need to do this as well. I need to do this now before it’s too late, which isn’t true because I think even if I started now, it would’ve been fine. Now I’m seeing loads of examples of artists that I really like who are in their 30s and they are just releasing music for the first time. I kind of wish I didn’t feel that pressure and I took a more chilled-out route. But I also had a lot of drive to make music and anxiety around being able to not sit and think about it too long, just to do it. Because I was also the kind of person who, if I thought about it too long, might not do it. And it definitely helped me grow a lot of confidence.

    I also had lots of friends that were in bands and I wanted to do the same. I wanted to be performing and even though I didn’t really performing, I wanted to release music. I was really excited about making an EP, so I just wanted to do it straight away.

    You didn’t like performing when you were starting?

    I did it because I felt like I should because I knew that I needed to at some point and I was like, if I do it now then I’ll feel better about it in a few weeks or in a year, I won’t have to worry about doing it. But even now I still don’t really love performing. It’s like, “Ugh, do we have to? Do we have to go to the show? Can we just make music? Do we have to do the tour?” I really enjoy it and the way it’s grown because it’s got to a stage where I have a really good band. It’s cool and it’s nice to be able to bring that to shows and bring that to festivals, but it’s not the place where I feel most comfortable. I definitely wasn’t born and was not meant to be on stage. I’m a bit awkward, but it just felt necessary.

    You mentioned earlier that you felt the pressure of being successful since you started your career. After all these years, what does success looks like for you now?

    If you have an idea and you want to do it and you do it, that’s successful — regardless of if it goes well or not. That you feel free enough to carry something through is a success. It means you’re really going to progress, regardless. Even if it doesn’t go according to plan, you can do the next idea you have or the next thing or the next. If you’re not phased by the idea of success, that’s successful. Not letting bad thoughts get to you, and not letting negative criticism get to you, that’s success.

    What advice do you have for young artists that might share the same pressure of being in the spotlight or successful from a young age or when they are just starting out?

    I think just not rushing. It’s also really good to turn off your phone and not go near it and just focus on your work and not always have to be connecting and communicating with people. I am really lucky because when I was younger I didn’t have a phone for a long time so I didn’t have to worry about promoting myself as I do now.

    Nilüfer Yanya Recommends:

    Athens (the city)

    If you are in London, visit the vegan restaurant Mallow

    My friend has a really cool gallery, it’s called Home, and my sister works there, actually. It’s in North London. If you like art and photography and fashion, it’s a really good place to go.

    Bomb: It’s a really nice magazine They get artists to interview other artists and there are no official interviews, it’s just more like conversations.

    The book “Lady Sings the Blues” by Billie Holiday.


    This content originally appeared on The Creative Independent and was authored by Miriam Garcia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/01/musician-nilufer-yanya-on-why-you-dont-need-to-suffer-for-your-art/feed/ 0 346836
    Biden Nuclear Posture Review Better Than Trump’s But Not the Vision We Need https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/31/biden-nuclear-posture-review-better-than-trumps-but-not-the-vision-we-need/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/31/biden-nuclear-posture-review-better-than-trumps-but-not-the-vision-we-need/#respond Mon, 31 Oct 2022 14:30:00 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/340708
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Emma Claire Foley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/31/biden-nuclear-posture-review-better-than-trumps-but-not-the-vision-we-need/feed/ 0 346621
    We Need a New Trade Union of the Poor Rooted in the Global South https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/29/we-need-a-new-trade-union-of-the-poor-rooted-in-the-global-south/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/29/we-need-a-new-trade-union-of-the-poor-rooted-in-the-global-south/#respond Sat, 29 Oct 2022 18:56:29 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=134917 Raquel Forner (Argentina), Fin-Principio (‘End-Beginning’), 1980. Chaos reigns in the United Kingdom, where the prime minister’s residence in London – 10 Downing Street – prepares for the entry of Rishi Sunak, one of the richest men in the country. Liz Truss remained in office for a mere 45 days, convulsed as her government was by […]

    The post We Need a New Trade Union of the Poor Rooted in the Global South first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    Raquel Forner (Argentina), Fin-Principio (‘End-Beginning’), 1980.

    Chaos reigns in the United Kingdom, where the prime minister’s residence in London – 10 Downing Street – prepares for the entry of Rishi Sunak, one of the richest men in the country. Liz Truss remained in office for a mere 45 days, convulsed as her government was by a cycle of workers’ strikes and the mediocrity of her policies. In her mini budget, which doomed her government, Truss opted for a full-scale neoliberal assault on the British public with both tax cuts and unacknowledged cuts to social benefits. The policies startled the international financial class, whose political role emerged clearly as wealthy bondholders indicated their loss of faith in the UK by junking government bonds, thereby increasing the cost of government borrowing and raising the mortgage payments for homeowners. It was this wealthy bondholder class that acted as the real opposition to the Truss government. Even the International Monetary Fund (IMF) weighed in with a strong statement, saying that ‘the nature of the UK measures will likely increase inequality’.

    Duilio Pierri (Argentina), Retorno de los restos (‘Return of the Remains’), 1987.

    Duilio Pierri (Argentina), Retorno de los restos (‘Return of the Remains’), 1987.

    What is stunning here is the IMF’s worry about increased inequality. Over the IMF’s seventy-eight-year history, since it was founded in 1944, the fund has rarely paid attention to the phenomenon of increased inequality. In fact, in large part due to its policies, most of the countries of the Global South are stuck in an ‘austerity trap’, which was shaped by the following processes:

    • Old colonial histories of plunder meant that the new nations of the post-World War II era had to borrow money from their former colonial rulers.
    • Borrowing this money to build key infrastructure that was not built during colonial times meant that the loans were sunk into long-term projects that did not pay for themselves.
    • Most of these countries were forced to borrow more money to settle the interest payment on the loans, which resulted in the Third World Debt Crisis of the 1980s.
    • The IMF used Structural Adjustment Programmes to enforce austerity within these countries as a condition of being able to borrow to pay off the loans. Austerity impoverished billions of people, whose labour continued to be drawn into cycles of accumulation and was used – often very productively – to enrich the few at the expense of the many who poured their sweat into the global commodity chain.
    • A poorer population meant less social wealth in the countries of the Global South, despite increased industrialisation, and this lowered social wealth alongside the plunder of resources meant that there was both less surplus to improve the public’s conditions of life and that these countries’ governments had to pay higher rates to borrow money to pay off their debts. That is why from 1980, the countries of the Global South saw an outflow of public funds to the tune of $4.2 trillion to pay for the interest on their loans. Further compounding this plunder is the fact that an additional $16.3 trillion left the countries of the Global South from 1980 to 2016 through trade misinvoicing and mispricing as well as leakages in the balance of payments and recorded financial transfers.

    Antonio Berni (Argentina), Ramona espera (‘Ramona Waits’), 1964.

    The ugly detritus of this process of the Global South’s routine impoverishment is documented in detail in our dossier no. 57, The Geopolitics of Inequality: Discussing Pathways Towards a More Just World (October 2022). The dossier, produced by our office in Buenos Aires based on a detailed analysis of the available data sets, shows that whereas inequality is a global phenomenon, the deeper cuts in livelihood are experienced in the countries of the Global South. For example, the dossier recounts that ‘in the world’s 163 countries, only 32% of households have incomes above the global average. Of this total, only a few countries in the periphery have above average incomes, while 100% of the core countries are above the average’.

    This ‘geopolitics of inequality’ persists, even though industrial production has moved from the Global North to the Global South. Industrialisation in the context of the global division of labour and the global ownership of intellectual property rights means that while countries in the Global South house industrial production, they do not receive the gains from this production. ‘A paradigmatic case is that of the region of North Africa and the Middle East, which represents 185% of the manufacturing output of the North but only accounts for 15% of the per capita income of rich countries,’ the dossier notes. Furthermore, ‘[t]he Global South produces 26% more manufactured goods than the North but accounts for 80% less income per capita’.

    Industrialisation is taking place in the Global South, but ‘the centres of global capitalism still control the productive process and the monetary capital that allow the initiation of cycles of productive accumulation’. These forms of control over the capitalist system (industry and finance) lead to the ceaseless increase of the wealth of billionaires (such as the UK’s new prime minister, Rishi Sunak) alongside the pauperisation of the many, most of whom live in poverty no matter how hard or how much they work. During the early years of pandemic, for instance, ‘a new billionaire appeared every 26 hours, while the incomes of 99% of the population declined’.

    Nora Patrich and Carlos Sessano (Argentina), Historia, verdad, leyes (‘History, Truth, Laws’), 2012.

    In the interest of building a pathway towards a more just world, our dossier’s analysis of the reproduction of inequality closes with a five-point plan. These points are an invitation to a dialogue.

    1. The partial disconnection of global chains. Here, we call for new trade and development regimes that see greater South-South participation and greater regionalism rather than being bound to global commodity chains that are anchored by the needs of the Global North.
    2. The appropriation of revenue by the state. The state’s concrete intervention through taxation (or nationalisation) in appropriating revenue (such as land rents as well as mining and technological revenues) is key to reducing the ruling class’s income growth.
    3. The taxation of speculative capital. Large volumes of capital flee the countries of the Global South, which cannot be captured unless there are capital controls or taxes on speculative capital.
    4. The nationalisation of strategic goods and services. Key sectors of the economies of the Global South have been privatised and purchased by global finance capital, which expatriate profits and make decisions about these sectors based on their interests and not those of the workers.
    5. The taxation of corporate and individual windfall profits. Firms’ astronomical profits are largely put into speculation rather than production or towards raising the incomes and quality of life of the majority. Imposing a tax on super profits would be a step towards closing this gap.

    Baya Mahieddine (Algeria), Woman and Peacock, 1973.

    Almost fifty years ago, the countries of the Global South, organised by the Non-Aligned Movement (NAM) and the G77, drafted a resolution called the New International Economic Order (NIEO) and won its passage at the UN General Assembly on 1 May 1974. The NIEO articulated a vision for trade and development that did not rely upon the Global South’s dependency on the Global North, with specific proposals around science and technology transfer, the creation of a new global monetary system, the maintenance of import substitution, cartelisation, and other strategies to enhance food sovereignty and earn higher prices for raw material sales, as well as greater South-South cooperation.

    Many of the proposals outlined in our dossier and refined for our era are drawn from the NIEO. Algeria’s president, Houari Boumédiène, pushed the NIEO at the 1973 NAM meeting in Algiers. The year after the resolution passed at the UN, Boumédiène argued that the world was gripped by the ‘dialectic of domination and plundering on the one hand, and the dialectic of emancipation and recovery on the other’. If the NIEO did not pass and if the Global North refused to transfer the ‘control and use of the fruits of resources belonging to the countries of the Third World’, Boumédiène said that an ‘uncontrollable conflagration’ would result. However, rather than permit the NIEO to be established, the West drove a policy that created the Third World Debt Crisis, leading to the ‘austerity trap’ on the one hand and the anti-IMF riots on the other. History, since then, has not advanced.

    In 1979, Tanzania’s President Julius Nyerere said in the aftermath of the death of the NIEO and the birth of the Third World Debt Crisis that there was a need to create a ‘Trade Union of the Poor.’ Such a political unity did not emerge at that time, nor is there any such ‘trade union’ in our time. Its construction is a necessity.

    The post We Need a New Trade Union of the Poor Rooted in the Global South first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Vijay Prashad.

    ]]> https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/29/we-need-a-new-trade-union-of-the-poor-rooted-in-the-global-south/feed/ 0 346389 We Need You in Our Corner https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/28/we-need-you-in-our-corner/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/28/we-need-you-in-our-corner/#respond Fri, 28 Oct 2022 06:00:25 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=262024 Please, consider donating today. We accept monthly donations, PayPal, and crypto, or call: 1 (707) 629-3683, or mail us a check at: CounterPunch PO Box 228 Petrolia, CA 95558

    The post We Need You in Our Corner appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Nathaniel St. Clair.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/28/we-need-you-in-our-corner/feed/ 0 345841
    ‘You Need To Do Something’: Russian Cartoonist Draws Anti-War Images In Exile https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/25/you-need-to-do-something-russian-cartoonist-draws-anti-war-images-in-exile/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/25/you-need-to-do-something-russian-cartoonist-draws-anti-war-images-in-exile/#respond Tue, 25 Oct 2022 13:28:45 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=df11f90251237223ddb6bac7ae3d6744
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/25/you-need-to-do-something-russian-cartoonist-draws-anti-war-images-in-exile/feed/ 0 344471
    Pacific climate stories need to be ‘heard and told’, says USP award winner https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/18/pacific-climate-stories-need-to-be-heard-and-told-says-usp-award-winner/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/18/pacific-climate-stories-need-to-be-heard-and-told-says-usp-award-winner/#respond Tue, 18 Oct 2022 23:25:22 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=80113 By Akansha Narayan in Suva

    Award-winning University of the South Pacific student journalist Sera Tikotikoivatu-Sefeti says Pacific voices on the climate fight need to be amplified for big nations to notice and be accountable for their actions.

    The final-year student recently won the top prize in the tertiary level journalism students category at the 2022 Vision Pasifika Media Award with her two submissions on the environmental impacts of Tonga’s volcanic eruption on villagers of Moce Island in Fiji, and declining fish populations on the livelihoods of Fijian fishermen in Suva.

    Tikotikoivatu-Sefeti said she was “beyond humbled” to receive the award and expressed her gratitude to God for the opportunity to amplify Pacific voices on climate change.

    Originally from Dravuni village on beautiful Kadavu island, Tikotikoivatu-Sefeti said Pacific Island countries contributed the least towards climate change and global carbon emissions — but were the most affected.

    “We are known to have a close relationship to the land and sea. To have that severely affected by big world countries whose activities are a big cause of this is unacceptable,” said the student editor of Wansolwara, USP Journalism’s award-winning print and online publication.

    USP student journalist Sera Tikotikoivatu-Sefeti lines up a shot
    USP student journalist Sera Tikotikoivatu-Sefeti lines up a shot while covering the impact of Tonga’s volcanic eruption on the villagers of Moce Island in Lau, Fiji. Image: Wansolwara

    “I am passionate about environmental issues and human interest stories. I believe the Pacific stories should be ‘heard’ and ‘told’ from the Pacific Islanders’ perspective and words as it is a crisis they live by and survive every day.

    “In Fiji, there aren’t enough journalists covering stories of the environment and how it’s affecting the people. I understand it can be a resource constraint and financially limited area.

    Filling the gap
    “I want to fill that gap in the industry and be able to do something I’m passionate about because it’s incredibly important to tell our people’s story.”

    Tikotikoivatu-Sefeti dedicated her award to her family, USP Journalism students, staff, peers and indigenous women.

    “So many times, we limit ourselves to what others perceive us, and it will take you to step out of your comfort zone to be able to experience your full capabilities,” said Tikotikoivatu-Sefeti, who was also a recipient of the EJN story grant for indigenous reporting.

    She was recently one of the first recipients of the Native American Journalists Association and the Asian American Journalists Association (NAJA-AAJA) Pacific Islander Journalism Scholarship.

    The Pacific Regional Environmental Programme’s (SPREP) acting communications and outreach adviser, Nanette Woonton, reaffirmed that SPREP recognised the critical role of all media in disseminating public information, education and influencing behaviour for the better.

    “At the secretariat, we are excited to be able to offer the opportunity through these awards to honour and recognise the hard work by our media colleagues in protecting our people and the environment,” she said.

    Vision Pasifika Media Award
    The 2022 Vision Pasifika Media Award was facilitated through a collaboration between the SPREP, Pacific Islands News Association (PINA), Internews Earth Journalism Network (EJN), and the Pacific Environment Journalists Network (PEJN), with financial support from Aotearoa New Zealand.

    The award comprised five categories — television news, radio production, online content, print media, and tertiary-level journalism students.

    • Other category winners were: Fabian Randerath (television news), Jeremy Gwao (online content) and Moffat Mamu (print). Randerath was also named the overall winner for his story “Rising Tides – Precious Lives” on Fiji Broadcasting Corporation (FBC).

    Akansha Narayan is a final-year student journalist at USP’s Laucala campus, Suva. USP and Wansolwara collaborate on Pacific stories, and for several years USP and the AUT’s Pacific Media Centre collaborated on a joint Bearing Witness climate journalism project.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Wansolwara.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/18/pacific-climate-stories-need-to-be-heard-and-told-says-usp-award-winner/feed/ 0 342906
    Readers – Need Your Help Getting Through to Callees! https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/14/readers-need-your-help-getting-through-to-callees/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/14/readers-need-your-help-getting-through-to-callees/#respond Fri, 14 Oct 2022 19:16:57 +0000 https://nader.org/?p=5691
    This content originally appeared on Ralph Nader and was authored by eweisbaum.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/14/readers-need-your-help-getting-through-to-callees/feed/ 0 342188
    We Need a Green Wave: Confronting “Blue Tsunami” Bullshit on Abortion Rights https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/14/we-need-a-green-wave-confronting-blue-tsunami-bullshit-on-abortion-rights/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/14/we-need-a-green-wave-confronting-blue-tsunami-bullshit-on-abortion-rights/#respond Fri, 14 Oct 2022 05:57:08 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=259329 “Democrats we call your bluff, voting blue is not enough!” — chant led by Rise Up 4 Abortion Rights activists at Women’s March rallies across the United States on Saturday, October 8, 2022. The arch-patriarchal Christian fascist war on abortion that rose to new Hellish heights after the United States Supreme Court’s Dobbs v. Jackson decision reversed More

    The post We Need a Green Wave: Confronting “Blue Tsunami” Bullshit on Abortion Rights appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Paul Street.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/14/we-need-a-green-wave-confronting-blue-tsunami-bullshit-on-abortion-rights/feed/ 0 341903
    Social Security Cost-of-Living Boost Spotlights ‘Need to Expand, Not Cut, Benefits’ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/13/social-security-cost-of-living-boost-spotlights-need-to-expand-not-cut-benefits/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/13/social-security-cost-of-living-boost-spotlights-need-to-expand-not-cut-benefits/#respond Thu, 13 Oct 2022 13:36:19 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/340336

    Advocates for senior citizens and millions of other people who receive monthly benefits from the Social Security Administration applauded Thursday as the agency announced a historic increase in monthly payments, and called on Congress to further expand Social Security to ensure future beneficiaries can afford housing and other essentials.

    "Retirees must be vigilant and make sure they are voting for candidates who will protect the benefits they earn, not put them on the chopping block."

    More than 70 million people will benefit from the 8.7% cost-of-living adjustment (COLA), including about eight million children and adults who have disabilities or low incomes and receive Supplemental Security Income (SSI) benefits.

    On average, beneficiaries will receive $145 more per month in response to the fastest inflation in four decades. The COLA is the largest boost to the New Deal-era program since 1981.

    The agency's announcement "highlights what seniors have always known—that Social Security's automatic inflation protection is vital," said Rep. John Larson (D-Conn.), a lead sponsor of legislation to expand the program. "This increase is good news as it protects benefits against losing their purchasing power over time, but we must do more to help beneficiaries now!"

    The adjustment comes as Republicans repeat false claims that Social Security is an unsustainable burden on the U.S. government, with lawmakers including Sens. Rick Scott (Fla.) and Ron Johnson (Wis.) proposing that Congress review the program every five years or annually.

    "Republicans in the House and Senate and on the campaign trail are tripping over each other to put forward their own extreme and risky schemes to cut or end Social Security as we know it," said Richard Fiesta, executive director of the Alliance for Retired Americans, in a statement Thursday. "Retirees must be vigilant and make sure they are voting for candidates who will protect the benefits they earn, not put them on the chopping block."

    Proponents of social safety net programs have long countered Republican attacks on Social Security, with Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.) noting earlier this year that the program is currently funded to pay 90% of benefits for the next 25 years and 80% of benefits for the next 75 years.

    Congressional action to expand the program would ensure senior citizens now and in the future can afford necessities, said advocacy group Social Security Works, noting that other forms of income for retirees cannot be adjusted the way Social Security can.

    "The annual cost of living adjustment is one of Social Security's most essential and unique features," said Nancy Altman, president of the group. "Unlike private-sector pension plans, whose benefits erode over time, Social Security is designed to keep up with rising prices."

    Related Content

    "Unfortunately, even with today's COLA, many simply cannot make ends meet, because their earned Social Security benefits are inadequately low," Altman added. "Congress should pass legislation to protect and expand Social Security, and pay for it by requiring the wealthiest to contribute their fair share."

    The vast majority of Democrats in the U.S. House have co-sponsored the Social Security 2100 Act, which would improve minimum benefits, the COLA, and benefits for people who are widowed, as well as raising the cap on payments by wealthy Americans, who contribute as little as .08% of their income to Social Security, compared to the 6.2% rate contributed by most workers.

    Despite the bill's popularity and Republicans' attacks on the program ahead of the midterm elections, House Speaker Nancy Pelosi (D-Calif.) has not allowed a vote on the Social Security 2100 Act.

    "Social Security's annual cost of living adjustment is a reminder of how valuable Social Security is, but also of how modest the underlying benefits are," said Altman. "We must expand, not cut, benefits."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Julia Conley.

    ]]> https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/13/social-security-cost-of-living-boost-spotlights-need-to-expand-not-cut-benefits/feed/ 0 341711 Nobel Peace Prize Winner: “What We Need Today Is Weapons” https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/nobel-peace-prize-winner-what-we-need-today-is-weapons/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/nobel-peace-prize-winner-what-we-need-today-is-weapons/#respond Fri, 07 Oct 2022 18:04:52 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=410122

    A Ukrainian human rights organization which has been documenting Russian abuses in Ukraine was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize today. The group, the Center for Civil Liberties, was one of three recipients of this year’s award, which also went to the Russian human rights group Memorial and to the imprisoned Belarus activist Ales Bialiatski.

    Last month, The Intercept spoke with Oleksandra Matviichuk, who heads the Center for Civil Liberties. She talked about her group’s effort documenting human rights abuses that began long before Russia’s February invasion of Ukraine, how the international community’s failure to hold Russia accountable for earlier crimes led to the invasion, and why countries that want to support Ukraine should provide military assistance. As she put it: “What we need today is weapons, and maybe it’s weird to hear that from a human rights lawyer, but I’ll be very honest with you: I have spent 20 years defending human rights, and now I have no legal instrument which has worked in this situation.”

    What follows is a transcript of that interview, condensed for length and clarity.

    Oleksandra Matviichuk: We were the first organization who sent mobile groups when the war started. I mean, when the worst started not in February 2022 but in February 2014, when Russia occupied Crimea, and parts of the Luhansk and Donetsk regions. So we have been documenting war crimes for eight years already. When the large-scale Russian invasion started in February this year, we understood that we were not able to cope with the enormous amount of crimes and document them by our own efforts. That’s why we restored our volunteer initiative, from Maidan Square, and allowed ordinary people to become volunteers. We use a methodology which I call screening, because it’s not like documentation under international criteria. Ordinary people have no solid knowledge of international humanitarian law or fieldwork, etc. So we elaborated a very simple methodology: We asked people to use our very simple questionnaire, with five questions, and to make a video or audio or written report of testimonies of victims and send this material to us. Because this was very easy to do, we received a lot of stories, very quickly, and contacts of people with whom we can follow up later to ask for more detail.

    In parallel, we united our efforts with several dozen organizations, mostly regional ones, into the Tribunal For Putin initiative. This is professional documentation; we use one methodology and one database and work throughout the country to document war crimes and crimes against humanity. We have an ambitious goal: to document each war crime episode in the smallest village in each oblast of Ukraine under Russian attack. Working together for these seven months, we have documented more than 18,000 crimes — and this is just the tip of the iceberg because Russia uses war crimes as a method of war. Russia tried to break people and to conquer the country by inflicting immense pain on the civilian population. The Russian army intentionally ruins residential buildings, churches, hospitals, schools; they persecute and terrorize civilians in occupied territories by abduction, sexual violence, etc. They use indiscriminate weapons in densely populated areas. They do everything in order to take control over this region.


    Alice Speri: Is all this documentation geared toward a future prosecution? Is this done with an eye at a legal process, or is it more about collecting a public record?

    OM: I ask this question to myself, for whom are we documenting all these war crimes? Because we’re not historians, we’re not doing this for the national archives. We do it for future justice, and I see a clear gap of accountability. At the current moment, the Office of the General Prosecutor of Ukraine opened more than 32,000 criminal proceedings. It’s obvious that even the most effective national system in the world wouldn’t be able to effectively investigate each episode of these 32,000 criminal proceedings. And we can’t rely upon the International Criminal Court in this regard, because the ICC will limit itself only to several selected cases.

    “All this which we have observed in Ukraine is the result of total impunity, which Russia enjoyed for decades.”

    So the question is: Who will deliver justice for hundreds of thousands of victims of war crimes? And that’s why we don’t only document war crimes, we do advocacy at the international level. We have to create an international tribunal on war crimes, crimes against humanity, and genocide, and hold Russian perpetrators accountable. Because all this which we have observed in Ukraine is the result of total impunity, which Russia enjoyed for decades, because the Russian army committed the same war crimes in Chechnya, in Moldova, in Georgia, in Mali, in Libya, in Syria, and they have never been punished. And this led to a situation where Russians started to think that they can do whatever they want.

    AS: While the focus has been mostly on war crimes and crimes against humanity, there doesn’t seem an avenue yet to prosecute the crime of aggression.

    OM: It’s another gap. Ukrainian authorities promote the idea of creating a special tribunal on aggression because the ICC has no jurisdiction on this crime in Ukraine. And this crime is very reasonable. It doesn’t take years to investigate; the fact of the invasion is obvious, the case could be done in months, not years.

    “This war is not between two countries, but between two systems: between authoritarianism and democracy.”

    We need to have an agreement between states to break this circle of impunity, but also we need to obtain the endorsement of international organization. The better option would be to create such a tribunal in the framework of the United Nations. We need to obtain the majority of votes in the General Assembly. Another variant is to create this tribunal in the framework of the EU, which is also possible because this war is going on in Europe, and this war is not between two countries, but between two systems: between authoritarianism and democracy. We are fighting not only for our freedom, but for the right to have freedom and democracy, for all.

    We need to ensure justice, but justice takes time. And when we speak about the creation of additional international mechanisms, it can’t be done tomorrow. So what we need today is weapons, and maybe it’s weird to hear that from a human rights lawyer, but I’ll be very honest with you: I have spent 20 years defending human rights, and now I have no legal instrument which has worked in this situation. The whole U.N. system couldn’t stop Russian atrocities. And first of all, we need to survive. And that’s why we need weapons, and especially long-range weapons, in efficient amounts, because we need to stop Russian troops, and also, we have to de-occupy territories where the horror against civilians is still going on. Now the Ukraine army has liberated the Kharkiv region, and we see they used mass graves in Izium and other cities in the Kharkiv, region, and we see they used torture chambers, where people were tortured, raped, and killed. And what we see now in liberated areas going on right now, in this second, in other territories that are still under Russian occupation.

    “What is still lacking in the 21st century is an effective mechanism to bring perpetrators to justice.”

    Also, there are a lot of digital tools to document this. Now everyone can be a documentarian. In the 21st century, because of technology, we have a lot of ways to document war crimes. What is still lacking in the 21st century is an effective mechanism to bring perpetrators to justice.

    AS: Is Ukraine a test for our international accountability mechanisms?

    OM: Ukraine is a chance. The test has already failed, for example, in Syria. They were faced with the same situation, even worse, because their national government did not want to investigate crimes because the Assad regime committed these crimes. But why do I say that Ukraine is a chance? Because when we develop additional mechanisms and hold perpetrators accountable, it will show other authoritarian leaders in the world that such behavior is not tolerated anymore. Ukraine’s lessons can save people’s lives in other countries.

    AS: Is there enough support internationally to deliver this accountability?

    OM: I’m not a politician or a diplomat, I’m a human rights defender, and that’s why I’m very direct. I don’t see a huge demand for justice at the international level; I see a demand for peace. But the problem is that sustainable peace is not possible in our region without justice. The decades of Russian wars in different countries are proof of this: We need to achieve justice, and then we will be able to have sustainable peace in our region, when we hold Russian perpetrators accountable. And this understanding is very slowly coming to the minds of people who take decisions at the international level and in other countries. And I hope that this perception and this understanding sooner or later will prevail.


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Alice Speri.

    ]]> https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/nobel-peace-prize-winner-what-we-need-today-is-weapons/feed/ 0 339922 Americans Need a Say in How Far the US is Goes in Backing Ukraine https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/americans-need-a-say-in-how-far-the-us-is-goes-in-backing-ukraine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/americans-need-a-say-in-how-far-the-us-is-goes-in-backing-ukraine/#respond Fri, 07 Oct 2022 05:47:01 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=257563 Russian President Vladimir Putin is playing a dangerous game by making threats to use ‘small’ so-called theater nuclear weapons with explosive power this fraction of the power of the city-busting bombs the US used on Japan in August 1945. But so is the White House and the Pentagon playing a dangerous game in having unidentified More

    The post Americans Need a Say in How Far the US is Goes in Backing Ukraine appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Dave Lindorff.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/americans-need-a-say-in-how-far-the-us-is-goes-in-backing-ukraine/feed/ 0 339785
    ‘Carbon offsetting’ is just greenwash. Here’s what we need instead https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/03/carbon-offsetting-is-just-greenwash-heres-what-we-need-instead/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/03/carbon-offsetting-is-just-greenwash-heres-what-we-need-instead/#respond Mon, 03 Oct 2022 00:02:00 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/british-gas-greenwash-carbon-credits-offset-scandal/ openDemocracy caught British Gas trying to ‘offset’ CO2 with worthless carbon credits. But the rot goes deeper


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Adam Ramsay.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/03/carbon-offsetting-is-just-greenwash-heres-what-we-need-instead/feed/ 0 338330
    What South Sudan Needs and Doesn’t Need https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/30/what-south-sudan-needs-and-doesnt-need-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/30/what-south-sudan-needs-and-doesnt-need-2/#respond Fri, 30 Sep 2022 05:51:09 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=256389

    By every conceivable measure, South Sudan is a nation in acute crisis. According to the World Bank, eighty percent of the South Sudanese population lives below the international poverty line, only one percent of people have access to electricity, and this month a UN Security Council delegation warned that another full-fledged civil war could break out at any moment.

    What South Sudan has in abundance however are guns, violence, and US sanctions that are preventing the government from helping its people.

    South Sudan is the embodiment of so many ills that affect the world—colonialism, militarization, civil war, climate change, famine, and sexual violence. By the mid-20th century, Sudan, encompassing what is now South Sudan and Sudan, began to fill up with firearms. By 1966, the country had received 30,000 G3 rifles from West Germany. By the late 1970s/mid-eighties, with the US-Soviet proxy wars in full swing, US arms transfers to Sudan were so large ($1.4 billion) that combined with arms transfers from other countries, the country was dubbed “Africa’s arms dump.”

    Global food security was among the priority issues discussed last week at the UN General Assembly in New York and its adjacent meetings. With the prediction that South Sudan will experience famine unless billions of dollars in aid are not obtained immediately, it is among the countries being considered for urgent action.

    But, and this must be understood, the multiple crises facing South Sudan weren’t of its own making.

    Located along the Nile River the land that is now Sudan and South Sudan was once part of the ancient Christian Nubian kingdoms. It was renowned for its arts and culture, had its own written language, high literacy rates, and enjoyed high levels of gender equality.

    Nubia eventually declined and fell to successive conquerors. Eventually, revolted against Egypt. However, only a decade later, Britain, which was the ruling power in Egypt, retook Sudan and placed it under joint Egyptian-British rule.

    Sudan finally gained its independence in 1956. But, independence did not give way to peace. A civil war, which was already underway between the predominantly Muslim north and majority Christian south, would last until 72. During that time both sides were handing out arms to civilians, including children, for self-protection. By the end of a second civil war which lasted until 2005 and was largely a continuation of the first civil war, an estimated 1.9–3.2 million small arms circulating among the population, an arms culture that aspired to reach US levels, was well established.

    In 2011, South Sudanese citizens voted by 99% to secede from the north and become their own country. While optimism was widespread and infectious, by the end of 2013, yet another civil war had broken out in the fledgling country after President Kiir accused Riek Machar, attempting a coup d’état, leading to multiple sides fighting to rule the country.

    By 2016, 6 million people in South Sudan were facing starvation. By 2017, the country’s economy was in tatters and famine had been declared. By 2018, around 400,000 people had been killed and over 4 million displaced.

    Despite the formation of a unity government in 2020, inter-community violence in South Sudan has increased. Human and civil rights are barely existent and the country has been declared one of the most dangerous places on earth for aid workers. A September 2022, joint human rights report documented 131 cases of rape and gang rape, including of girls as young as eight.

    In a declared effort to “choke off war funds,” the US has imposed sanctions on the South Sudanese oil industry.

    Amnesty International and Human Rights Watch want an arms embargo, but US sanctions include South Sudan’s oil industry.

    Sanctions on South Sudan’s gas industry prevent the country from using its natural resources (3.5 billion barrels of proven oil reserves) to reduce its extreme energy poverty. While one might think this is positive for the environment, without the ability to sell its gas, there are no funds for the development of renewable energy systems.

    The African Energy Chamber has urged the US to remove its gas industry sanctions. The Crisis Group has stated that sanctions on South Sudan must be specific in their targets and timeframes, and have clear off-ramps.

    Violent conflict isn’t the only factor putting South Sudan in urgent danger of famine. Climate change has wreaked havoc on crops in the Horn of Africa and the war in Ukraine is compounding the global food security crisis. That said, as we rush to see that the necessary aid funds are raised to avoid all-out famine in time and pray for peace in the war-torn country, we must ensure that the US, and other Western countries, don’t exacerbate the already dire situation and are held accountable for the role they played in creating the crisis.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Ariel Gold.

    ]]> https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/30/what-south-sudan-needs-and-doesnt-need-2/feed/ 0 337539 The Democrats Need to Keep Their Promises on Marijuana Reform https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/30/the-democrats-need-to-keep-their-promises-on-marijuana-reform/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/30/the-democrats-need-to-keep-their-promises-on-marijuana-reform/#respond Fri, 30 Sep 2022 05:50:23 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=256511 In this era of hyper-partisan politics, it’s difficult to find an issue that appeals to voters across party lines. But Democratic leaders successfully identified one in the run up to the 2020 election when they pledged to reform America’s archaic and unpopular marijuana prohibition laws. “No one should be in jail because of marijuana,” then-candidate Biden insisted on the More

    The post The Democrats Need to Keep Their Promises on Marijuana Reform appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Paul Armentano.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/30/the-democrats-need-to-keep-their-promises-on-marijuana-reform/feed/ 0 337570
    What South Sudan Needs and Doesn’t Need https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/29/what-south-sudan-needs-and-doesnt-need/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/29/what-south-sudan-needs-and-doesnt-need/#respond Thu, 29 Sep 2022 16:09:41 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/340025

    By every conceivable measure, South Sudan is a nation in acute crisis. According to the World Bank, eighty percent of the South Sudanese population lives below the international poverty line, only one percent of people have access to electricity, and this month a UN Security Council delegation warned that another full-fledged civil war could break out at any moment.

    What South Sudan has in abundance however are guns, violence, and US sanctions that are preventing the government from helping its people.

    South Sudan is the embodiment of so many ills that affect the world—colonialism, militarization, civil war, climate change, famine, and sexual violence. By the mid-20th century, Sudan, encompassing what is now South Sudan and Sudan, began to fill up with firearms. By 1966, the country had received 30,000 G3 rifles from West Germany. By the late 1970s/mid-eighties, with the US-Soviet proxy wars in full swing, US arms transfers to Sudan were so large ($1.4 billion) that combined with arms transfers from other countries, the country was dubbed "Africa's arms dump." 

    What South Sudan has in abundance however are guns, violence, and US sanctions that are preventing the government from helping its people.

    Global food security was among the priority issues discussed last week at the UN General Assembly in New York and its adjacent meetings. With the prediction that South Sudan will experience famine unless billions of dollars in aid are not obtained immediately, it is among the countries being considered for urgent action.  

    But, and this must be understood, the multiple crises facing South Sudan weren't of its own making. 

    Located along the Nile River the land that is now Sudan and South Sudan was once part of the ancient Christian Nubian kingdoms. It was renowned for its arts and culture, had its own written language, high literacy rates, and enjoyed high levels of gender equality.

    Nubia eventually declined and fell to successive conquerors. Eventually, revolted against Egypt. However, only a decade later, Britain, which was the ruling power in Egypt, retook Sudan and placed it under joint Egyptian-British rule.

    Sudan finally gained its independence in 1956. But, independence did not give way to peace. A civil war, which was already underway between the predominantly Muslim north and majority Christian south, would last until 72. During that time both sides were handing out arms to civilians, including children, for self-protection. By the end of a second civil war which lasted until 2005 and was largely a continuation of the first civil war, an estimated 1.9–3.2 million small arms circulating among the population, an arms culture that aspired to reach US levels, was well established. 

    In 2011, South Sudanese citizens voted by 99% to secede from the north and become their own country. While optimism was widespread and infectious, by the end of 2013, yet another civil war had broken out in the fledgling country after President Kiir accused Riek Machar, attempting a coup d'état, leading to multiple sides fighting to rule the country.

    By 2016, 6 million people in South Sudan were facing starvation. By 2017, the country's economy was in tatters and famine had been declared. By 2018, around 400,000 people had been killed and over 4 million displaced.

    Despite the formation of a unity government in 2020, inter-community violence in South Sudan has increased. Human and civil rights are barely existent and the country has been declared one of the most dangerous places on earth for aid workers. A September 2022, joint human rights report documented 131 cases of rape and gang rape, including of girls as young as eight. 

    In a declared effort to "choke off war funds," the US has imposed sanctions on the South Sudanese oil industry. 

    Amnesty International and Human Rights Watch want an arms embargo, but US sanctions include South Sudan's oil industry.

    Sanctions on South Sudan's gas industry prevent the country from using its natural resources (3.5 billion barrels of proven oil reserves) to reduce its extreme energy poverty. While one might think this is positive for the environment, without the ability to sell its gas, there are no funds for the development of renewable energy systems. 

    The African Energy Chamber has urged the US to remove its gas industry sanctions. The Crisis Group has stated that sanctions on South Sudan must be specific in their targets and timeframes, and have clear off-ramps. 

    Violent conflict isn't the only factor putting South Sudan in urgent danger of famine. Climate change has wreaked havoc on crops in the Horn of Africa and the war in Ukraine is compounding the global food security crisis. That said, as we rush to see that the necessary aid funds are raised to avoid all-out famine in time and pray for peace in the war-torn country, we must ensure that the US, and other Western countries, don't exacerbate the already dire situation and are held accountable for the role they played in creating the crisis.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Ariel Gold.

    ]]> https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/29/what-south-sudan-needs-and-doesnt-need/feed/ 0 337383 The Urgent Need for a Draft Ukraine-Russia Peace Agreement https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/29/the-urgent-need-for-a-draft-ukraine-russia-peace-agreement/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/29/the-urgent-need-for-a-draft-ukraine-russia-peace-agreement/#respond Thu, 29 Sep 2022 12:37:37 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/340018

    Former US National Security Advisor Zbigniew Brzezinski famously described Ukraine as a “geopolitical pivot” of Eurasia, central to both US and Russian power.  Since Russia views its vital security interests to be at stake in the current conflict, the war in Ukraine is rapidly escalating to a nuclear showdown.  It’s urgent for both the US and Russia to exercise restraint before disaster hits.  

    Since the middle of the 19th Century, the West has competed with Russia over Crimea and more specifically, naval power in the Black Sea.  In the Crimean War (1853-6), Britain and France captured Sevastopol and temporarily banished Russia’s navy from the Black Sea. The current conflict is, in essence, the Second Crimean War.  This time, a US-led military alliance seeks to expand NATO to Ukraine and Georgia, so that five NATO members would encircle the Black Sea. 

    The US has long regarded any encroachment by great powers in the Western Hemisphere as a direct threat to US security, dating back to the Monroe Doctrine of 1823, which states: “We owe it, therefore, to candor and to the amicable relations existing between the United States and those [European] powers to declare that we should consider any attempt on their part to extend their system to any portion of this hemisphere as dangerous to our peace and safety.”   

    In 1961, the US invaded Cuba when Cuba’s revolutionary leader Fidel Castro looked to the Soviet Union for support.  The US was not much interested in Cuba’s “right” to align with whichever country it wanted – the claim the US asserts regarding Ukraine’s supposed right to join NATO.  The failed US invasion in 1961 led to the Soviet Union’s decision to place offensive nuclear weapons in Cuba in 1962, which in turn led to the Cuban Missile Crisis exactly 60 years ago this month.  That crisis brought the world to the brink of nuclear war.   

    Yet America’s regard for its own security interests in the Americas has not stopped it from encroaching on Russia’s core security interests in Russia’s neighborhood.  As the Soviet Union weakened, US policy leaders came to believe that the US military could operate as it pleases.  In 1991, Undersecretary of Defense Paul Wolfowitz explained to General Wesley Clark that the US can deploy its military force in the Middle East “and the Soviet Union won’t stop us.” America’s national security officials decided to overthrow Middle East regimes allied to the Soviet Union, and to encroach on Russia’s security interests.   

    In 1990, Germany and the US gave assurances to Soviet President Mikhail Gorbachev that the Soviet Union could disband its own military alliance, the Warsaw Pact, without fear that NATO would enlarge eastward to replace the Soviet Union. It won Gorbachev’s assent to German reunification in 1990 on this basis.  Yet with the Soviet Union’s demise, President Bill Clinton reneged by supporting the eastward expansion of NATO. 

    Russian President Boris Yeltsin protested vociferously but could do nothing to stop it. America’s dean of statecraft with Russia, George Kennan, declared that NATO expansion “is the beginning of a new cold war.”   

    Under Clinton’s watch, NATO expanded to Poland, Hungary, and the Czech Republic in 1999. Five years later, under President George W. Bush, Jr. NATO expanded to seven more countries: the Baltic states (Estonia, Latvia, and Lithuania), the Black Sea (Bulgaria and Romania), the Balkans (Slovenia), and Slovakia. Under President Barack Obama, NATO expanded to Albania and Croatia in 2009, and under President Donald Trump, to Montenegro in 2019.     

    Russia’s opposition to NATO enlargement intensified sharply in 1999 when NATO countries disregarded the UN and attacked Russia’s ally Serbia, and stiffened further in the 2000’s with the US wars of choice in Iraq, Syria, and Libya. At the Munich Security conference in 2007, President Putin declared that NATO enlargement represents a “serious provocation that reduces the level of mutual trust.” 

    Putin continued: “And we have the right to ask: against whom is this expansion intended?  And what happened to the assurances [of no NATO enlargement] our western partners made after the dissolution of the Warsaw Pact?” Where are those declarations today? No one even remembers them. But I will allow myself to remind this audience what was said. I would like to quote the speech of NATO General Secretary Mr. Woerner in Brussels on 17 May 1990. He said at the time that: “the fact that we are ready not to place a NATO army outside of German territory gives the Soviet Union a firm security guarantee. Where are these guarantees?”  

    Also in 2007, with the NATO admission of two Black Sea countries, Bulgaria and Romania, the US established the Black Sea Area Task Group (originally the Task Force East). Then in 2008, the US raised the US-Russia tensions still further by declaring that NATO would expand to the very heart of the Black Sea, by incorporating Ukraine and Georgia, threatening Russia’s naval access to the Black Sea, Mediterranean, and Middle East.  With Ukraine’s and Georgia’s entry, Russia would be surrounded by five NATO countries in the Black Sea: Bulgaria, Georgia, Romania, Turkey, and Ukraine.  

    Russia was initially protected from NATO enlargement to Ukraine by Ukraine’s pro-Russian president Viktor Yanukovych, who led the Ukrainian parliament to declare Ukraine’s neutrality in 2010. Yet in 2014, the US helped to overthrow Yanukovych and bring to power a staunchly anti-Russian government. The Ukraine War broke out at that point, with Russia quickly reclaiming Crimea and supporting pro-Russian separatists in the Donbas, the region of Eastern Ukraine with a relatively high proportion of Russian population. Ukraine’s parliament formally abandoned neutrality later in 2014.   

    Ukraine and Russian-backed separatists in the Donbas have been fighting a brutal war for 8 years. Attempts to end the war in the Donbas through the Minsk Agreements failed when Ukraine’s leaders decided not to honor the agreements, which called for autonomy for the Donbas.  After 2014, the US poured in massive armaments to Ukraine and helped to restructure Ukraine’s military to be interoperable with NATO, as evidenced in this year’s fighting.    

    The Russian invasion in 2022 would likely have been averted had Biden agreed with Putin’s demand at the end of 2021 to end NATO’s eastward enlargement. The war would likely have been ended in March 2022, when the governments of Ukraine and Russia exchanged a draft peace agreement based on Ukrainian neutrality. Behind the scenes, the US and UK pushed Zelensky to reject any agreement with Putin and to fight on.  At that point, Ukraine walked away from the negotiations.   

    Russia will escalate as necessary, possibly to nuclear weapons, to avoid military defeat and NATO’s further eastward enlargement. The nuclear threat is not empty, but a measure of the Russian leadership’s perception of its security interests at stake.  Terrifyingly, the US was also prepared to use nuclear weapons in the Cuban Missile Crisis, and a senior Ukrainian official recently urged the US to launch nuclear strikes “as soon as Russia even thinks of carrying out nuclear strikes,” surely a recipe for World War III. We are again on the brink of nuclear catastrophe.  

    President John F. Kennedy learned about nuclear confrontation during the Cuban missile crisis. He defused that crisis not by force of will or US military might, but by diplomacy and compromise, removing US nuclear missiles in Turkey in exchange for the Soviet Union removing its nuclear missiles in Cuba. The following year, he pursued peace with the Soviet Union, signing the Partial Nuclear Test Ban Treaty.   

    In June 1963, Kennedy uttered the essential truth that can keep us alive today: “Above all, while defending our own vital interests, nuclear powers must avert those confrontations which bring an adversary to a choice of either a humiliating retreat or a nuclear war. To adopt that kind of course in the nuclear age would be evidence only of the bankruptcy of our policy–or of a collective death-wish for the world.”  

    It is urgent to return to the draft peace agreement between Russia and Ukraine of late March, based on the non-enlargement of NATO. Today’s fraught situation can easily spin out of control, as the world has done on so many past occasions – yet this time with the possibility of nuclear catastrophe. The world’s very survival depends on prudence, diplomacy, and compromise by all sides.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jeffrey D. Sachs.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/29/the-urgent-need-for-a-draft-ukraine-russia-peace-agreement/feed/ 0 337200
    Why We Need #TamponsForAll https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/27/why-we-need-tamponsforall/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/27/why-we-need-tamponsforall/#respond Tue, 27 Sep 2022 18:08:48 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339974

    Have you had a hard time finding tampons recently? You’re not alone. Tampons have been more difficult to come by in recent months especially if you live in certain states, like West Virginia, or have a preferred brand, which many people do. With headlines about tampon shortages, many are looking for answers.

    Like businesses in other industries, Procter & Gamble—which owns Tampax, America’s most popular tampon brand—has blamed rising prices on supply chain challenges and rising costs for raw materials, like cotton. But this appears to be only partially true. 

    While everyday people struggle to make ends meet, corporations like Procter & Gamble pull in massive profits, much of which is funneled to shareholders through stock buybacks.

    Smaller brands, such as LOLA, say they haven’t experienced product shortages or raised their prices since the pandemic began. Kotex—the third most popular brand—has reported the same. Supply chain issues are undeniably part of the problem. But Procter & Gamble has been consistently raising prices for years. In October 2018, the company raised prices, citing increases in costs for raw materials, even though the company’s sales and profits were both sky high

    Even so, Procter & Gamble⁠ plans to hike prices again late this fall. Meanwhile, media coverage of the so-called tampon shortage is driving up sales.

    This situation exposes a glaring truth: Access to menstrual products and other basic necessities is too important to the wellbeing of our society to leave up to corporations. We should use this opportunity to start treating menstrual products like what they are: a public good.  

    Price increases for essential goods are tolerated by consumers not because they can afford them, but because they cannot go without basics like tampons, diapers, toilet paper, and toothpaste (all products sold by Procter & Gamble brands, by the way). While everyday people struggle to make ends meet, corporations like Procter & Gamble pull in massive profits, much of which is funneled to shareholders through stock buybacks. Procter & Gamble’s CEO pocketed $24 million in 2021, while the company’s median employee earns about $70,000 per year.

    Price increases for basic necessities like tampons have a real cost. A study of low-income women in St. Louis, Missouri, found that nearly half could not afford both menstrual products and food in the previous year. Many of the women had to make due with rags or paper towels, which increases the risk of infection. Another study found that 10 percent of the college-aged participants could not afford the menstrual products they needed. Lack of access has been linked to higher anxiety and depression.  According to Alliance for Period Supplies, one in four teens has missed class because they lacked access to menstrual products. 

    Period poverty—the lack of access to sanitary products due to financial constraints—is a public health crisis deserving of a coordinated response that profit-driven private corporations are neither motivated nor prepared to provide.

    Period poverty—the lack of access to sanitary products due to financial constraints—is a public health crisis deserving of a coordinated response that profit-driven private corporations are neither motivated nor prepared to provide.

    Advocates have been pushing policymakers to expand access to tampons and other menstrual products for decades, and have made important strides. Roughly half of states no longer apply sales tax to tampons. The CARES Act included a provision that allows consumers to buy tampons and pads with pre-tax Flexible Spending Accounts. A variety of bills designed to advance menstrual equity have been passed in states in recent years. 

    Yet, there is more work to be done. All students should have access to free menstrual products at school. Tampons and pads should be as commonplace in public restrooms as toilet paper. Scotland recently became the first country to offer menstrual products to anyone who needs them free of cost. The U.S. should follow suit.

    We must also ask ourselves why we have supply chains that are so vulnerable to price shocks. We need resilient supply chains that can be relied on to get basic necessities into the hands of the people who need them—and that will surely require public investment and accountability for powerful corporations.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Cara Brumfield.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/27/why-we-need-tamponsforall/feed/ 0 336744
    Why We Need To Teach Nuclear War https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/27/why-we-need-to-teach-nuclear-war/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/27/why-we-need-to-teach-nuclear-war/#respond Tue, 27 Sep 2022 16:41:08 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339964

    We do not teach nuclear war, but we need to.

    Make no mistake, the invasion of Ukraine is a nuclear-fueled conflict and students are ill-prepared to understand it. We need to be clear about this. Any military intervention by a nuclear power is a nuclear conflict. Russia threatened a nuclear retaliation if the United States became directly involved in the invasion of Ukraine; Sweden and Norway have asked for and been granted entrance into NATO placing increased pressure on Russia; and the New York Times reported that Russia is advancing on a nuclear reactor in Ukraine. It is a nuclear conflict.

    The horror of nuclear war, an analysis of a country’s nuclear strategies and policies, nor the immediate and active resistance to the creation, positioning and use of nuclear weapons is taught. Content standards, guidelines and textbooks discuss nuclear weapons little if at all. They typically describe the dropping of the two atomic bombs framing them as the only reasonable conclusion to World War II. Students have little background and understanding of nuclear weapons, their proliferation, or how they are used as threat and bargaining chip in every conflict and war since their introduction to the field of combat. During recent interviews several students indicated they were shocked when North Korea's leader Kim Jung Un indicated that he was going to hit Guam with a missile strike. They had an assumption that nuclear strike capabilities were something from a time long ago. Students were also disturbed when President Trump threatened North Korea with total annihilation from a U.S. missile strike. The students shared that they had a vague sense that other countries had nuclear weapons but indicated that they only time nuclear weaponry, tactics, or strategy were shared was as part of a short lesson focused on the dropping of the atomic bombs on Hiroshima and Nagasaki. Several students indicated that they were confused as they had thought there was only one atomic bomb dropped not two. 

    Though it may not seem like it, the teaching of war is a controversial topic in American classrooms. This is shocking as it is overwhelmingly the main topic in social studies standards, curriculum, and testing. War is often taught as something which occurred, is over, as something bad but necessary and is too often taught as parables of heroics by reluctant Americans. Little time is typically spent on the messy beginnings and endings of wars, examining the morality of them, or discussing the choices and decisions made by leaders and soldiers, and even more rarely, the actions of the always present anti-war movements. As the students suggested, nuclear war is taught even less. Often in a one-day lesson on the actions of the Enola Gay and Boxcar, the planes that dropped the two bombs or as background, almost a white noise to briefly learning about the Cold War.

    There are several reasons for this. Teachers report feeling lack of support in the teaching of complex things. Teachers indicate that they feel enormous community pressure to not teach a more thorough, honest, and critical examination of war. Some teachers say that to critique a war in the past is to critique a war in the present and the soldiers involved. If they do this, they fear accusations of indoctrination and anti-American sentiment. This is mostly from more conservative ideological and political spaces, but teachers also report feeling a different form of pressure from schools situated in more left-leaning spaces. These parents do not want their children exposed to the horror of war even in high school. They seem to fear this examination of historical reality could damage or traumatize their children. This pressure to fail to offer robust examinations became ever more exacerbated during the polarization and America First approach of the Trump administration. Things which had not been seen as controversial have become controversial. As Diana Hess has pointed out (2009) things are not controversial on their own, but rather they become controversial because of time and community context and community interpretation of the issues.

    Some if not much of our history is disturbing. This is particularly true of war. Much of the anti-Critical Race Theory legislation passing through state legislatures makes the argument that no student should be made to feel bad while learning history or studying literature. This is impossible without shading or obfuscating the truth or just outright lying to children. An authentic examination of our past will lead to students feeling things, likely bad over the enormity of what has been done. In the hands of thoughtful, capable teachers’ students can experience history honestly, have time to thoughtfully discuss, examine documents, and investigate, thinking about what happened and what could have happened. Also understanding that there has been and always will be resistance to the use of and expansion of nuclear weapons. 

    Fear of traumatizing students is a concern surfaced by teachers who choose to not teach honestly. This is a legitimate concern. With the rise of our awareness and understanding of trauma and generational trauma and how it affects our youth teachers are right to be concerned. Too often, this concern leads to avoidance which in turn leads to not teaching necessary topics. If we want our children to grow into strong participants in our democracy and thoughtful stewards of our world students need to be made aware of the world-ending disaster that could be just around the corner. As the Los Angeles Times reported American weaponry has been given to Ukraine under the rules that it be used to repel Russian forces in Ukraine, but not to attack Russian forces on Russian soil. The reason for this is clear. Use of American equipment in attacks on Russia would be seen by Russa as aggressive acts directly supported by the United States. Which could in turn lead to direct military involvement in the war by the United States. Though nuclear missiles might not be used if this conflict were to occur it would absolutely be a nuclear war. 

    Any conflict or military action by a nuclear power has the potential to quickly escalate and spiral into a nuclear conflict. Our children do not understand this fully and they will not understand it if we continue to avoid the topic. The only way to prevent this is for thoughtful teachers to educate their students slowly and honestly about the history of our nuclear past, including our use of the atomic bombs at the end of World War II. The alienation between the United States and the Soviet Union in the post-War World II era must be studied. So must the history of atomic weapons and the development of more advanced systems that continues to this day.

    Students need to understand the aging and deteriorating state of the missiles and safety measures the United States and Russia have and the consequence of an accidental launch. Likewise, students need to understand the litany of nuclear treaties, non-proliferation pacts, and the deep history of citizen resistance groups that have and continue to resist the possession, testing of, and continued development of nuclear weapons. This knowledge, this understanding, when taught well, over time, through discussion and inquiry, in the hands of a thoughtful teacher can help empower rather than overwhelm students. Knowledge and understanding help dispel feelings of fear, more importantly it can help students at a young age begin to develop ways out and solutions for a more peaceful world. 

    The mission of most schools includes the creation of active and engaged humans prepared to help guide and change the world. This is as it should be. Part of this is honest and authentic examinations of our past and possible futures. This will allow students to develop into thoughtful adults who can make educated decisions about warfare, foreign policy, and nuclear war. It is absolutely necessary.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Brian Gibbs.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/27/why-we-need-to-teach-nuclear-war/feed/ 0 336692
    Joe Manchin Is My Senator, But We Need Your Help to Defeat His Dirty Deal https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/24/joe-manchin-is-my-senator-but-we-need-your-help-to-defeat-his-dirty-deal/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/24/joe-manchin-is-my-senator-but-we-need-your-help-to-defeat-his-dirty-deal/#respond Sat, 24 Sep 2022 15:24:46 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339916

    In 2014 I was notified that a group of fossil fuel corporations wanted to build the 42-inch Mountain Valley Pipeline across my organic farm in rural, southern West Virginia. I had no idea the twist and turn my life would be thrust into. Over the last 8 years, I have witnessed both state and federal agencies try on numerous occasions to short circuit and pervert the very laws and policies that we all depend upon to protect our homes, farms, and communities from devastating environmental destruction. This is a story about social justice and community protection.

    Fortunately, the 4th Circuit Federal Court of Appeals has vacated numerous, illegal and faulty permits and stood up for the rule of law. Now my very own representative in the Senate, Sen. Joe Manchin (D-W.Va.), is trying to change the law and gut these bedrock environmental laws. Key among those is the National Environmental Policy Act, or NEPA, which was passed in 1970. NEPA gives communities and other affected citizens say in extremely important decisions, such as when a dangerous pipeline is proposed in your neighborhood or when a massive, costly freeway is proposed to cross a critical water resource or other fragile areas.

    NEPA ensures citizens have a voice in major projects built in their community. This "dirty" backroom deal negotiated by Senator Manchin, Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer of New York, and others could gut NEPA on behalf of oil and gas companies as well as other corporations that find community input a blockade to their industry goals. The so-called "dirty permitting side deal" would allow government and industry to fast-track fossil fuel and other harmful projects while ignoring native, minority and low-income Americans, who live in the most sacrificed areas of the country such as Appalachia, Alaska, and the Gulf Coast. It will produce more pollution all the while ignoring the reality of the climate crisis.

    NEPA is essential to building a sustainable, just, and equitable future. It is not a barrier as some would falsely suggest. When communities are engaged from the beginning of proposed projects the result is rejection of unneeded and harmful projects in favor of stronger proposals, which avoid cycles of social and environmental injustices.  

    NEPA is the nation’s oldest environmental law. Built to ensure that the federal government informs and engages the public it serves, it has a simple mandate—Transparency, Informed Decision-Making, Public Input and Consultation—resulting in major beneficial effects. 

    In the past 50 years, NEPA has saved lives, preserved community integrity, protected endangered species and public land, and saved billions of dollars. It has often been the first and last line of defense against government and industry abuse, fraud, and waste. NEPA success stories can be found across the nation.

    NEPA has helped to restore 138 acres of contaminated land in Georgia into a safe place to live and work. It has given Alaskans near the Tongass National Forest a fair chance to voice their opinion about the destruction of centuries-old forests in their state. It saved Michigan $1.5 billion in a massive and unnecessary highway while preventing the single largest loss of wetlands in the state to date. In Appalachia, developers canceled plans to build the Atlantic Coast Pipeline through 600 miles of forest and farmlands, including the siting of the only compressor station in Virginia in the middle of the historic African American community of Union Hill because of NEPA concerns.  NEPA has preserved prime farmland, fisheries, beaches, forests, and coral reefs in the North Pacific. 

    I urge readers to contact their members of Congress and ask them to reject Manchin’s dirty permitting side deal. Our elected congressional representatives cannot bless a backroom deal brokered by fossil fuel industry lobbyists that promise untold damage to American communities like mine by denying them a voice in the permitting process for polluting industries. NEPA is a critical tool for sacrificed communities from across the country to fight back against corporations and the government who have enormous resources and no incentive to protect public health and the long-term stability of the environment. 

    Demand that your elected representatives walk the talk of democracy. Tell Congress today to reject this dirty side deal which is nothing less than a shameless gift to the fossil fuel and other polluting industries. Instead, urge them to pass the Environmental Justice for All Act. This bill ensures that timely and meaningful public notification for new energy projects, allowing for thorough community review. It will establish procedures (protocols) that will help avoid delays on critically needed renewable energy and other truly necessary infrastructure projects. Call your legislators today and then call them again tomorrow until this deal is defeated. 

    If you would like to read more about the impact of NEPA and easily contact your member of Congress, visit my friends at earthjustice.org/features/nepa.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Maury Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/24/joe-manchin-is-my-senator-but-we-need-your-help-to-defeat-his-dirty-deal/feed/ 0 336070
    What You Need to Know About the Energy Crisis https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/23/what-you-need-to-know-about-the-energy-crisis/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/23/what-you-need-to-know-about-the-energy-crisis/#respond Fri, 23 Sep 2022 11:30:48 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339885 In May I wrote about the emerging energy and food crisis gripping the world due largely to the Russia-Ukraine conflict. The crisis continues to unfold. However, most people are aware of it only via high prices—for gasoline, electricity, natural gas, and food—and through widespread chatter among economists about inflation and what should be done to tame it. Sadly, prices by themselves are not helpful in understanding why the crisis has emerged and how it is likely to develop in coming months. Periodic overviews of the situation that emphasize systemic causal connections and feedbacks may serve that purpose better, so consider this the second in a series of such overviews. I'll sort information and analysis by region.

    Europe and UK: Hungry and Freezing in the Dark?

    Scarcity will be inevitable in coming years as the world's oversized industrial economy crashes against nature's limits. The sooner we learn to respond creatively to scarcity via rationing, the less pain will have to be endured.

    In Europe especially, the word "crisis" is fully justified. Sharply curtailed availability of natural gas from Russia will not be fully compensated for by LNG shipments from the US or other gas-exporting countries. Therefore, Europe's leaders are now discussing how to ration existing supplies—and are preparing for a worst-case scenario in which winter weather is particularly severe. Energy bills for European households may surge by 2 trillion euros ($2 trillion) early next year, according to Goldman Sachs (divided equally, that would be nearly $2700 for every adult and child).

    The UK is now dealing with the consequences of its neoliberal privatization of utilities (energy, water, and rail), many of which were bought up by nationally-owned utilities in continental Europe. So far, the energy crisis is costing UK households more than those in any country in western Europe. The British government has failed to subsidize the insulation of homes, and households are highly dependent on gas for heating and cooking.

    European energy ministers have told political leadership that nations must somehow reduce electricity consumption by 10 percent. Electricity prices are at record levels, with futures prices surging to ten times the past decade's average. At such price levels, whole industries are having to shut down or consider doing so. Germany is importing coal by rail for electricity generation to make up for shortfalls of natural gas that was formerly delivered by pipeline. The country had been in the process of shutting all its nuclear power plants, but has decided to keep the last three online.

    European farm and food groups fear that steep natural gas and electricity prices could lead to shortages of fruit and vegetables by forcing companies to curb production. Refrigeration is electricity intensive, and the heating of greenhouses often relies on natural gas. 

    In addition to electricity generation, natural gas is used for industrial purposes, often to supply high levels of heat for metallurgy, as a feedstock for chemicals, and for the manufacture of fertilizers. Compared to the US, Europe has relied more on manufacturing and heavy industry for its economic output in recent decades, so the impact of high prices on EU economies will likely be more systemic. According to reports, roughly half of steel, aluminum, and zinc production in the EU is already shuttered and facing an existential crisis.

    Natural gas is also used to heat homes and buildings, and it is this application that is likely to cause the most direct discomfort to the largest number of ordinary people. Firewood is suddenly in critically short supply in France, Germany, and other countries. High gas prices through the winter raise the potential for protests and social unrest (Slovenia and Czechia are already seeing them). Governments are trying to head off that risk with caps on the electricity rates that residents will actually be charged. But price caps will leave governments on the hook for the difference between generating costs and what households pay, possibly leading to huge spending deficits over the short term. Leaders hope to minimize deficits by heavily taxing energy companies.

    One visibly prominent gauge of the seriousness of the electricity crisis in Europe: the mayor of Paris has said that lights on the Eiffel Tower will be turned off several hours earlier than usual in order to save energy.

    North America: Excused for Now

    So far, Americans have been spared the brunt of the energy crisis. Indeed, motorists have recently enjoyed lower gasoline prices due to a slump in the cost of oil, due in turn to a fall in demand from China (see below) and fears of an economic slowdown. The US is somewhat insulated from energy supply problems because it is currently the world's foremost producer of oil and natural gas, and has the lowest domestic natural gas prices of any industrial country except Canada.

    Since March, at the discretion of President Biden, the US has been drawing down its Strategic Petroleum Reserve by a million barrels per day to moderate oil prices. But the SPR is now at its lowest level since 1984, and there is talk of stopping withdrawals in October and starting to refill it if oil prices continue to fall. Of course, this would put some upward pressure on oil prices. As always, demand is as important as supply in determining the actual price: if a recession begins, that would reduce demand, lowering oil prices.

    Energy Chart

    Global supplies of crude have remained mostly stagnant recently (after crashing, as a result of depressed demand, during the COVID pandemic in 2020). Earlier this year, after some groveling by Biden, OPEC promised a short-term bump in output, and Saudi Arabia has indeed pumped more. But OPEC as a whole has seen better days. August's crude-only OPEC production clocked in at about 30 million barrels per day, which is over 2 million barrels per day below the high 12-month average that OPEC reached in August 2017.

    Over the short run, America's biggest fuel supply problem is likely to center on diesel, inventories of which have been declining for months and are poised to fall even further if refiners continue to export large amounts to Europe, Latin America, and Asia. Diesel, lest we forget, is the fuel of commerce.

    Meanwhile, US oil production is struggling to grow. Output from the Permian Basin (the last remaining region where fracking might yield higher extraction rates) is at a record high, but elsewhere production is falling. The time is fast approaching when the Permian will no longer be able to offset declines elsewhere, and total US production will decrease, as it did during the decades from 1970 to 2010. America's ability to extract oil is a global economic issue, since there's hardly anyplace else capable of increasing production and hence lowering prices. With oil prices high, one might expect a drilling frenzy in the US fracking patch, but there's little sign of one. That's partly due to demands by investors for oil companies to pay dividends rather than spend more on drilling. It's also partly a result of spiking materials prices: the cost of steel pipe has soared in recent months. It's simply getting more expensive to drill.

    Annual inflation in the US is still running at over 8 percent, which is causing conniptions at the Federal Reserve. The Fed has only one main tool with which to intervene in the economy—interest rates—and the effectiveness of that tool is likely to be minimal in fighting inflation that's being caused by novel events having little to do with the usual business cycle. Indeed, higher interest rates risk triggering a recession at least, and a debt default crisis at worst. Fed chairman Jerome Powell recently admitted that reducing inflation is likely to inflict pain on households and businesses—including higher unemployment rates and lower profits.

    As a result of the fracking revolution, the US has become the world's top liquefied natural gas (LNG) exporter, and has been throwing lifelines in Europe's direction (gas producers are happy to help if it means getting a higher price for their product). However, this has raised domestic natural gas prices, which are nearly three times last year's level. (Note to Jerome Powell: higher interest rates won't fix this.) With their production levels already maxed out, US shale industry executives have told European leaders that an increase in LNG exports is not in the cards. Plus, there's a tanker shortage. US natural gas inventories are very low for this time of year, and, given the high LNG demand expected this winter, domestic supplies could be insufficient.

    Russia and Ukraine: The Crux of the Matter

    So much hinges on the course of the Russia-Ukraine war. If it drags on, so will the global economic pain, which could deepen dramatically this winter. If the war were to end soon, near-term economic risks could lessen substantially.

    For Russia, the war is going badly, following humiliating defeats during a Ukrainian counter-offensive early this month. Local Russian officials have taken the brave step of urging Vladimir Putin to resign, though many of his domestic critics are hardliners who say he is not prosecuting the war ruthlessly enough. During the first couple of months after the invasion, Russia's economy seemed resilient in the face of severe sanctions on the part of the US, Britain, and the EU, largely as a result of high oil prices. While Russia's oil exports to Europe are way down, those exports have largely been redirected to China and India, and high prices have partly made up for sanctions. As time wears on, though, the economic impact of sanctions is deepening. Russia is suffering a brain drain as talented people exit the country, and a leaked internally-produced Russian governmental report concludes that Western sanctions are in fact having devastating results. There is a small, though not insignificant, possibility of Putin losing power, which might unleash political instability within Russia.

    Even though Russia has been able to export oil to China and India, its oil production is expected to fall 2 percent in 2022 and will likely continue declining in coming years, largely due to lack of investment and expertise following the departure of Western oil companies and oil service providers. Even if the war ends soon, Russia's role in the global oil industry is forever changed. It is now a fading energy giant, and will need new pipelines or tanker loading terminals to move its product east and south instead of west.

    For Ukraine, the energy crisis is only one of the hardships that war has brought. Recently, the country's largest nuclear power plant suffered shelling damage and risked meltdown. Fortunately, power to the reactors has been restored, making the worst outcome less likely, at least for the time being. However, Russia has since also shelled other power plants, leaving thousands of Ukrainians without electricity, even as their country has been exporting power to Europe. Energy planners are having to get creative, with a much reduced population (after millions fled in the face of the invasion) and therefore periodic surplus electricity generating capacity on one hand, but with constant threats from Russia to the grid and power stations on the other.  

    China and India: Coal and COVID

    China's oil consumption has fallen more this year that at any time in the past three decades due to renewed COVID-19 lockdowns—part of the country's "zero-COVID policy"—and a property crisis that together have slowed economic growth to a crawl. From a global perspective, China's depressed demand is the main source of downward pressure on oil prices. The International Energy Agency estimates that Chinese oil consumption will plunge a startling 2.7 percent this year. As a result of lower domestic demand, the country's gasoline and diesel exports are surging.

    With the output of some of its hydroelectric dams now threatened by drought, China is investing in more coal mines and more coal-fired power plants, even as it also installs solar panels and wind turbines at record rates. This follows roughly eight years of slowed growth in coal dependency, starting in 2014. China is committed to building 270 gigawatts of new coal-fueled power plants during the next five years—the equivalent of one huge (1,000 megawatt) plant each week during that period. Much of the coal will be sourced from the world's largest open pit mines in Inner Mongolia and shipped via the new $30 billion Haoji railway.

    India is likewise building more coal-based infrastructure, with up to 28 gigawatts in new power plants needed by 2032, according to a national advisory body. The country's electricity demand is projected to double in the next decade. India's determination to pursue more coal dependency is only stiffened by higher international LNG prices brought on by higher European demand, in turn brought on by the Russia-Ukraine war.

    World coal consumption has been on a plateau since about 2010 (and fell during the first half of this year), but plans by China and India for expanding coal-based power generation could result in global coal usage rates reaching new heights—if (or as long as) physical resources permit. Parts of India are already subject to periodic blackouts due to heat waves and insufficient coal supplies. Even though Coal India is the world's largest coal company and has increased extraction rates by 12 percent in recent months, plans for greatly increased consumption of the fuel depend on the availability of imports from Australia, Indonesia, and other countries.

    Africa: Food Prices and . . . More Coal

    Nigeria, for many years the continent's foremost oil producer, has seen its production decline due to depletion, and its exports collapse due to theft of fuel and pipeline vandalism. Angola and Libya have overtaken Nigeria as top producers, though these countries face problems of their own in expanding production or even keeping it steady.

    Egyptian energy officials claim the country has sufficient natural gas resources to weather the energy crisis, but have announced a strict plan to ration energy consumption, including reducing street lighting and regulating the use of air conditioners in public buildings.

    South Africa, the continent's third biggest economy after Nigeria and Egypt, is heavily coal dependent, but hoping to change that with a Just Transition Framework agreement with the US, UK, and the EU to unlock $8.5 billion of investment in energy alternatives. According to a study conducted by COP26, South Africa will need to spend over $250 billion over the next 30 years to kick its coal habit. However, as a result of the Russia-Ukraine war, South Africa's coal exports to Europe have surged, and prices have reached unprecedented highs, incentivizing more mining and providing more income for the country.

    South Africa's state-owned power utility, Eskom, has cut power to its customers on 100 days so far in 2022, with more blackouts to come. Eskom is struggling to meet electricity demand because its old and poorly maintained power stations continually break down. The energy shortages hurt businesses, and have contributed to a contraction in the economy.

    FAO

    Over all, the biggest impact of the energy crisis on Africa is via food. East Africa (Ethiopia, Somalia, Kenya) is facing famine largely as the result of an epic drought. On top of this, grain prices have increased significantly this year. In March, prices were shooting up alarmingly, but they've moderated somewhat since then (though they're still at historically high levels). Much hinges on crop harvest prospects for this year and next. Maximo Torero, chief economist of the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) of the United Nations, recently told Bloomberg TV that unaffordable fertilizer prices (due to soaring natural gas prices) could reduce global grain production by up to 40 percent in the next planting season. 

    Elsewhere in Brief

    Australia: Coal and gas companies are profiting mightily from exports, while ordinary Aussies pay extra.
    South and Central America: High fuel prices are yielding higher profits for exporting countries (Brazil, Mexico, Colombia, Venezuela) but threaten political stability in Chile, Argentina, Ecuador, and other nations.

    Japan and South Korea are turning to nuclear power in response to high fuel prices.

    Middle East: High fuel prices—that's good news, right? According to the IMF, Middle Eastern states will rake in a $1.3 trillion windfall in extra revenues as a result of the energy crisis.

    Conclusion: A Global Learning Opportunity

    The Russia-Ukraine war is a tragedy all around. For the people of Ukraine, it is a fight for the right to exist. But due to the issues of global energy supply that the war has raised, suffering is occurring, and will occur, far beyond the zone of conflict. This winter will reveal the scope and depth of that suffering.

    This winter will also show how countries control demand in order to deal with stagnant or shrunken energy and food supplies. If prices and interest rates are the only mechanisms for adaptation, suffering will be greater. If supplies of energy or food are rationed, suffering will likely be less. The fact that European politicians are discussing rationing is an indication of the seriousness of the situation, but also suggests a cooperative and fair way of dealing with scarcity. Rationing should occur not just between nations, but also at the household level. Scarcity will be inevitable in coming years as the world's oversized industrial economy crashes against nature's limits. The sooner we learn to respond creatively to scarcity via rationing, the less pain will have to be endured.

    Near-term impacts of climate change are a wild card in this deadly game. By throwing power plants offline, by increasing social conflict in countries that produce energy, or by reducing harvests in breadbasket regions, floods, heat waves, wildfires, and droughts could make a bad situation much worse.

    In this article, I haven't discussed the potential for renewable energy sources to make a significant difference in the global energy supply picture. That's the subject of a separate article.

    Every discussion about energy should begin or end with a reminder that building a global industrial economy on the basis of ever-increasing rates of extracting and burning finite fossil fuel resources, with polluting byproducts, was and is utterly insane. It's within the context of that understanding that we should view the details of how economic growth ends and reverses itself over the coming years. Maintaining this bigger view could help prevent all sorts of unnecessary blundering and suffering.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Richard Heinberg.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/23/what-you-need-to-know-about-the-energy-crisis/feed/ 0 335784
    What You Need to Know About the Energy Crisis https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/23/what-you-need-to-know-about-the-energy-crisis-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/23/what-you-need-to-know-about-the-energy-crisis-2/#respond Fri, 23 Sep 2022 11:30:48 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339885 In May I wrote about the emerging energy and food crisis gripping the world due largely to the Russia-Ukraine conflict. The crisis continues to unfold. However, most people are aware of it only via high prices—for gasoline, electricity, natural gas, and food—and through widespread chatter among economists about inflation and what should be done to tame it. Sadly, prices by themselves are not helpful in understanding why the crisis has emerged and how it is likely to develop in coming months. Periodic overviews of the situation that emphasize systemic causal connections and feedbacks may serve that purpose better, so consider this the second in a series of such overviews. I'll sort information and analysis by region.

    Europe and UK: Hungry and Freezing in the Dark?

    Scarcity will be inevitable in coming years as the world's oversized industrial economy crashes against nature's limits. The sooner we learn to respond creatively to scarcity via rationing, the less pain will have to be endured.

    In Europe especially, the word "crisis" is fully justified. Sharply curtailed availability of natural gas from Russia will not be fully compensated for by LNG shipments from the US or other gas-exporting countries. Therefore, Europe's leaders are now discussing how to ration existing supplies—and are preparing for a worst-case scenario in which winter weather is particularly severe. Energy bills for European households may surge by 2 trillion euros ($2 trillion) early next year, according to Goldman Sachs (divided equally, that would be nearly $2700 for every adult and child).

    The UK is now dealing with the consequences of its neoliberal privatization of utilities (energy, water, and rail), many of which were bought up by nationally-owned utilities in continental Europe. So far, the energy crisis is costing UK households more than those in any country in western Europe. The British government has failed to subsidize the insulation of homes, and households are highly dependent on gas for heating and cooking.

    European energy ministers have told political leadership that nations must somehow reduce electricity consumption by 10 percent. Electricity prices are at record levels, with futures prices surging to ten times the past decade's average. At such price levels, whole industries are having to shut down or consider doing so. Germany is importing coal by rail for electricity generation to make up for shortfalls of natural gas that was formerly delivered by pipeline. The country had been in the process of shutting all its nuclear power plants, but has decided to keep the last three online.

    European farm and food groups fear that steep natural gas and electricity prices could lead to shortages of fruit and vegetables by forcing companies to curb production. Refrigeration is electricity intensive, and the heating of greenhouses often relies on natural gas. 

    In addition to electricity generation, natural gas is used for industrial purposes, often to supply high levels of heat for metallurgy, as a feedstock for chemicals, and for the manufacture of fertilizers. Compared to the US, Europe has relied more on manufacturing and heavy industry for its economic output in recent decades, so the impact of high prices on EU economies will likely be more systemic. According to reports, roughly half of steel, aluminum, and zinc production in the EU is already shuttered and facing an existential crisis.

    Natural gas is also used to heat homes and buildings, and it is this application that is likely to cause the most direct discomfort to the largest number of ordinary people. Firewood is suddenly in critically short supply in France, Germany, and other countries. High gas prices through the winter raise the potential for protests and social unrest (Slovenia and Czechia are already seeing them). Governments are trying to head off that risk with caps on the electricity rates that residents will actually be charged. But price caps will leave governments on the hook for the difference between generating costs and what households pay, possibly leading to huge spending deficits over the short term. Leaders hope to minimize deficits by heavily taxing energy companies.

    One visibly prominent gauge of the seriousness of the electricity crisis in Europe: the mayor of Paris has said that lights on the Eiffel Tower will be turned off several hours earlier than usual in order to save energy.

    North America: Excused for Now

    So far, Americans have been spared the brunt of the energy crisis. Indeed, motorists have recently enjoyed lower gasoline prices due to a slump in the cost of oil, due in turn to a fall in demand from China (see below) and fears of an economic slowdown. The US is somewhat insulated from energy supply problems because it is currently the world's foremost producer of oil and natural gas, and has the lowest domestic natural gas prices of any industrial country except Canada.

    Since March, at the discretion of President Biden, the US has been drawing down its Strategic Petroleum Reserve by a million barrels per day to moderate oil prices. But the SPR is now at its lowest level since 1984, and there is talk of stopping withdrawals in October and starting to refill it if oil prices continue to fall. Of course, this would put some upward pressure on oil prices. As always, demand is as important as supply in determining the actual price: if a recession begins, that would reduce demand, lowering oil prices.

    Energy Chart

    Global supplies of crude have remained mostly stagnant recently (after crashing, as a result of depressed demand, during the COVID pandemic in 2020). Earlier this year, after some groveling by Biden, OPEC promised a short-term bump in output, and Saudi Arabia has indeed pumped more. But OPEC as a whole has seen better days. August's crude-only OPEC production clocked in at about 30 million barrels per day, which is over 2 million barrels per day below the high 12-month average that OPEC reached in August 2017.

    Over the short run, America's biggest fuel supply problem is likely to center on diesel, inventories of which have been declining for months and are poised to fall even further if refiners continue to export large amounts to Europe, Latin America, and Asia. Diesel, lest we forget, is the fuel of commerce.

    Meanwhile, US oil production is struggling to grow. Output from the Permian Basin (the last remaining region where fracking might yield higher extraction rates) is at a record high, but elsewhere production is falling. The time is fast approaching when the Permian will no longer be able to offset declines elsewhere, and total US production will decrease, as it did during the decades from 1970 to 2010. America's ability to extract oil is a global economic issue, since there's hardly anyplace else capable of increasing production and hence lowering prices. With oil prices high, one might expect a drilling frenzy in the US fracking patch, but there's little sign of one. That's partly due to demands by investors for oil companies to pay dividends rather than spend more on drilling. It's also partly a result of spiking materials prices: the cost of steel pipe has soared in recent months. It's simply getting more expensive to drill.

    Annual inflation in the US is still running at over 8 percent, which is causing conniptions at the Federal Reserve. The Fed has only one main tool with which to intervene in the economy—interest rates—and the effectiveness of that tool is likely to be minimal in fighting inflation that's being caused by novel events having little to do with the usual business cycle. Indeed, higher interest rates risk triggering a recession at least, and a debt default crisis at worst. Fed chairman Jerome Powell recently admitted that reducing inflation is likely to inflict pain on households and businesses—including higher unemployment rates and lower profits.

    As a result of the fracking revolution, the US has become the world's top liquefied natural gas (LNG) exporter, and has been throwing lifelines in Europe's direction (gas producers are happy to help if it means getting a higher price for their product). However, this has raised domestic natural gas prices, which are nearly three times last year's level. (Note to Jerome Powell: higher interest rates won't fix this.) With their production levels already maxed out, US shale industry executives have told European leaders that an increase in LNG exports is not in the cards. Plus, there's a tanker shortage. US natural gas inventories are very low for this time of year, and, given the high LNG demand expected this winter, domestic supplies could be insufficient.

    Russia and Ukraine: The Crux of the Matter

    So much hinges on the course of the Russia-Ukraine war. If it drags on, so will the global economic pain, which could deepen dramatically this winter. If the war were to end soon, near-term economic risks could lessen substantially.

    For Russia, the war is going badly, following humiliating defeats during a Ukrainian counter-offensive early this month. Local Russian officials have taken the brave step of urging Vladimir Putin to resign, though many of his domestic critics are hardliners who say he is not prosecuting the war ruthlessly enough. During the first couple of months after the invasion, Russia's economy seemed resilient in the face of severe sanctions on the part of the US, Britain, and the EU, largely as a result of high oil prices. While Russia's oil exports to Europe are way down, those exports have largely been redirected to China and India, and high prices have partly made up for sanctions. As time wears on, though, the economic impact of sanctions is deepening. Russia is suffering a brain drain as talented people exit the country, and a leaked internally-produced Russian governmental report concludes that Western sanctions are in fact having devastating results. There is a small, though not insignificant, possibility of Putin losing power, which might unleash political instability within Russia.

    Even though Russia has been able to export oil to China and India, its oil production is expected to fall 2 percent in 2022 and will likely continue declining in coming years, largely due to lack of investment and expertise following the departure of Western oil companies and oil service providers. Even if the war ends soon, Russia's role in the global oil industry is forever changed. It is now a fading energy giant, and will need new pipelines or tanker loading terminals to move its product east and south instead of west.

    For Ukraine, the energy crisis is only one of the hardships that war has brought. Recently, the country's largest nuclear power plant suffered shelling damage and risked meltdown. Fortunately, power to the reactors has been restored, making the worst outcome less likely, at least for the time being. However, Russia has since also shelled other power plants, leaving thousands of Ukrainians without electricity, even as their country has been exporting power to Europe. Energy planners are having to get creative, with a much reduced population (after millions fled in the face of the invasion) and therefore periodic surplus electricity generating capacity on one hand, but with constant threats from Russia to the grid and power stations on the other.  

    China and India: Coal and COVID

    China's oil consumption has fallen more this year that at any time in the past three decades due to renewed COVID-19 lockdowns—part of the country's "zero-COVID policy"—and a property crisis that together have slowed economic growth to a crawl. From a global perspective, China's depressed demand is the main source of downward pressure on oil prices. The International Energy Agency estimates that Chinese oil consumption will plunge a startling 2.7 percent this year. As a result of lower domestic demand, the country's gasoline and diesel exports are surging.

    With the output of some of its hydroelectric dams now threatened by drought, China is investing in more coal mines and more coal-fired power plants, even as it also installs solar panels and wind turbines at record rates. This follows roughly eight years of slowed growth in coal dependency, starting in 2014. China is committed to building 270 gigawatts of new coal-fueled power plants during the next five years—the equivalent of one huge (1,000 megawatt) plant each week during that period. Much of the coal will be sourced from the world's largest open pit mines in Inner Mongolia and shipped via the new $30 billion Haoji railway.

    India is likewise building more coal-based infrastructure, with up to 28 gigawatts in new power plants needed by 2032, according to a national advisory body. The country's electricity demand is projected to double in the next decade. India's determination to pursue more coal dependency is only stiffened by higher international LNG prices brought on by higher European demand, in turn brought on by the Russia-Ukraine war.

    World coal consumption has been on a plateau since about 2010 (and fell during the first half of this year), but plans by China and India for expanding coal-based power generation could result in global coal usage rates reaching new heights—if (or as long as) physical resources permit. Parts of India are already subject to periodic blackouts due to heat waves and insufficient coal supplies. Even though Coal India is the world's largest coal company and has increased extraction rates by 12 percent in recent months, plans for greatly increased consumption of the fuel depend on the availability of imports from Australia, Indonesia, and other countries.

    Africa: Food Prices and . . . More Coal

    Nigeria, for many years the continent's foremost oil producer, has seen its production decline due to depletion, and its exports collapse due to theft of fuel and pipeline vandalism. Angola and Libya have overtaken Nigeria as top producers, though these countries face problems of their own in expanding production or even keeping it steady.

    Egyptian energy officials claim the country has sufficient natural gas resources to weather the energy crisis, but have announced a strict plan to ration energy consumption, including reducing street lighting and regulating the use of air conditioners in public buildings.

    South Africa, the continent's third biggest economy after Nigeria and Egypt, is heavily coal dependent, but hoping to change that with a Just Transition Framework agreement with the US, UK, and the EU to unlock $8.5 billion of investment in energy alternatives. According to a study conducted by COP26, South Africa will need to spend over $250 billion over the next 30 years to kick its coal habit. However, as a result of the Russia-Ukraine war, South Africa's coal exports to Europe have surged, and prices have reached unprecedented highs, incentivizing more mining and providing more income for the country.

    South Africa's state-owned power utility, Eskom, has cut power to its customers on 100 days so far in 2022, with more blackouts to come. Eskom is struggling to meet electricity demand because its old and poorly maintained power stations continually break down. The energy shortages hurt businesses, and have contributed to a contraction in the economy.

    FAO

    Over all, the biggest impact of the energy crisis on Africa is via food. East Africa (Ethiopia, Somalia, Kenya) is facing famine largely as the result of an epic drought. On top of this, grain prices have increased significantly this year. In March, prices were shooting up alarmingly, but they've moderated somewhat since then (though they're still at historically high levels). Much hinges on crop harvest prospects for this year and next. Maximo Torero, chief economist of the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) of the United Nations, recently told Bloomberg TV that unaffordable fertilizer prices (due to soaring natural gas prices) could reduce global grain production by up to 40 percent in the next planting season. 

    Elsewhere in Brief

    Australia: Coal and gas companies are profiting mightily from exports, while ordinary Aussies pay extra.
    South and Central America: High fuel prices are yielding higher profits for exporting countries (Brazil, Mexico, Colombia, Venezuela) but threaten political stability in Chile, Argentina, Ecuador, and other nations.

    Japan and South Korea are turning to nuclear power in response to high fuel prices.

    Middle East: High fuel prices—that's good news, right? According to the IMF, Middle Eastern states will rake in a $1.3 trillion windfall in extra revenues as a result of the energy crisis.

    Conclusion: A Global Learning Opportunity

    The Russia-Ukraine war is a tragedy all around. For the people of Ukraine, it is a fight for the right to exist. But due to the issues of global energy supply that the war has raised, suffering is occurring, and will occur, far beyond the zone of conflict. This winter will reveal the scope and depth of that suffering.

    This winter will also show how countries control demand in order to deal with stagnant or shrunken energy and food supplies. If prices and interest rates are the only mechanisms for adaptation, suffering will be greater. If supplies of energy or food are rationed, suffering will likely be less. The fact that European politicians are discussing rationing is an indication of the seriousness of the situation, but also suggests a cooperative and fair way of dealing with scarcity. Rationing should occur not just between nations, but also at the household level. Scarcity will be inevitable in coming years as the world's oversized industrial economy crashes against nature's limits. The sooner we learn to respond creatively to scarcity via rationing, the less pain will have to be endured.

    Near-term impacts of climate change are a wild card in this deadly game. By throwing power plants offline, by increasing social conflict in countries that produce energy, or by reducing harvests in breadbasket regions, floods, heat waves, wildfires, and droughts could make a bad situation much worse.

    In this article, I haven't discussed the potential for renewable energy sources to make a significant difference in the global energy supply picture. That's the subject of a separate article.

    Every discussion about energy should begin or end with a reminder that building a global industrial economy on the basis of ever-increasing rates of extracting and burning finite fossil fuel resources, with polluting byproducts, was and is utterly insane. It's within the context of that understanding that we should view the details of how economic growth ends and reverses itself over the coming years. Maintaining this bigger view could help prevent all sorts of unnecessary blundering and suffering.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Richard Heinberg.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/23/what-you-need-to-know-about-the-energy-crisis-2/feed/ 0 335785
    Artist and designer Serge Mouangue on creating because you truly need to https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/21/artist-and-designer-serge-mouangue-on-creating-because-you-truly-need-to-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/21/artist-and-designer-serge-mouangue-on-creating-because-you-truly-need-to-2/#respond Wed, 21 Sep 2022 07:00:00 +0000 https://thecreativeindependent.com/people/artist-and-designer-serge-mouangue-on-creating-because-you-truly-need-to Your work involves sculpture, scent, performance, fabrics, design. When you have an idea, how do you decide which form the idea will take?

    When I’m thinking about something new to create, the material, the medium, the shape, the light, the density, the message, the story, all that takes place at the same time. At the end of the day, if something has to be made with the feathers, it would be feathers because that’s where the process took me. Has to be lacquered, well, it’s going to be lacquered. If it has to be a performance, it will be a performance. I don’t really have the kind of thinking process where I separate the idea from the medium or the message—everything really comes together in my mind.

    Have you ever started a piece and while it’s just starting to come together, lost interest in it or, if you start something, do you tend to complete the project?

    It’s fairly rare I’ve changed direction while doing something. A slight diversion maybe. But change direction suddenly and stop, that doesn’t really happen. It takes me so long before I decide to get involved in something that it’s usually nearly finished. I have a clear mental image, or a sound image, or a visual image. When it takes shape in 3D dimension, I tend to finish what I start.

    Wafrica-II_Mouangue.jpeg

    When you started out, you were doing car design. How did you decide you would work on that? Was art something you always did on the side? Or was it something you did in tandem with designing?

    I did art school, then design school, then I joined an automotive maker in France to design cars. Then I was sent to Japan. While I was in Japan, I felt like doing a side project. And the side project was about trying to tell a story about where I come from and also where I lived in Tokyo. I couldn’t do that at work, so I took some more time outside my office work time to explore that new territory, that new vocabulary, that new field, that new aesthetic that I came to create.

    When you started doing this as a side project, did you think of yourself as an artist? Or did you think, “I’m a car designer and I’m doing this as a side project?” Because I know for a lot of people I talk to, they always, there’s a moment where they’re like, “Oh, wait a second, I’m an artist.” Did you always think of yourself as an artist?

    To be honest with you? I don’t see myself as anything else but just someone who likes creating things. Artists, non-artist, designer, non-designer. For me, the frontiers are very blurry. It’s a question of life or death. Either you really need to do it and you have to do it and you do anything it takes to do it, or you don’t really need to do it. I’ve done it because it was a question of putting together a story that would help me answer some questions I had at that time, at that moment.

    It wasn’t really a question of knowing if I was either a designer or an artist. It was knowing that something had to be done. And I put all my energy into that side project, regardless of the time constraints, of the fatigue, of the difficulty to build something in Japan when you’re not Japanese, and to put it together, and have an impact on Japanese people. I don’t know if I’m an artist, I’m just someone who likes doing stuff.

    I feel that way, too. I was talking to a class earlier today; my friend teaches at a school in Philadelphia and asked me to speak to his class about becoming a musician, making music. I said to them you can make things and not share it with the world and that’s still art. You can make something just because you need to make it. You don’t need to share it with anyone and that’s still very valid. If you made this work and nobody responded to it, would you still keep making it?

    Absolutely. I don’t have an Instagram account, I don’t have Facebook, I don’t have Twitter. I just like to do what I do. If it has an impact, great, if it doesn’t have any impact, I would still do it because it responds to some fundamental question I have about being a human, about the question of identity. Since I believe that identity now seems to be a fantasy, really. Most of what we believe is our identity is probably 70% fantasy. That’s the conclusion I draw from my work. Artists or not artist, if you’re a cook and you need to try it, who’s going to stop you, if you really believe you have to try those ingredients and cook them under the sun, put them under the earth for four or five hours, let the sun hit them through the sand, pick them up, smoke them, slide honey on it, spray with some kind of, I don’t know what ingredient. If you feel like you have to try that, you just do. You don’t look and see if people are looking or staring at you and congratulating you.

    7-Sisters-Serge-Mouangue.jpeg

    You were saying, you think 70% of identity is often a fantasy. Can you explain that a little bit more, this idea of identity?

    Some people came to me and said, “Oh, you design kimonos with, you said African fabrics, but those African fabrics are wax and wax is made in Holland and in Holland, they don’t know too much about Africans taste and things like that.” I said, yes, it’s true. They’re made in Holland, they’re made in Switzerland and they’re made in Africa as well. The fact is, African people wear them and when you see the fabric, you connect them with African people.

    Coffee doesn’t come from Italy. Of course, they don’t have any coffee fields, it came from, I think, Ethiopia. The original name of coffee is Ethiopian. The same as kimonos. Kimonos didn’t come from Japan, they came from China originally more or less, as far as we know. And the wax techniques are from the Danish; the wax fabrics come from Indonesia.

    It’s okay to defend identity, as long as you know that most of it is fantasy. You can defend your identity, but make sure it doesn’t take a scale of emotion that will not make sense if you look deep inside the facts of what happened to build that identity.

    So much of your art involves identity and community and gathering…Now that we’re all separate, how do you stay focused on what you’re doing? How do you stay optimistic? How do you stay engaged with the work and feel good about it?

    I’m a positive person in general. I’m not the kind of person who gets de-motivated quickly. Unfortunately for some of my family members, when I start something, it’s hard to stop, it’s very difficult to stop. I can’t stop, I don’t know how to stop. I would have to have, even… No, I don’t… I can’t stop, there’s no retirement for me. It doesn’t exist and I’m bringing people together. I have noticed also that when I work with people, it seems they understand fairly quickly where I’m trying to go and they easily get it, bond with the idea and work overtime to succeed, so that we can succeed all together. They like the message, they believe in that there’s something more to tell. There’s a deep story about who we are as a human species.

    Have you ever had burnout? Have you ever reached a point where you just had to stop because you work too much or were juggling too many projects?

    Never. I sleep a lot during the weekends. I like to stay in bed and do nothing at all, I love it. And just stare at the ceiling and just sit there. I think that’s when I’m the most productive. When I lie down in bed and I stare at the ceiling, there’s so much happening in my head. And when I stand up, it’s all done, things are set up and I just have to execute. I’m a big observer. I’m very contemplative as well, I contemplate things, sound; I love sound. So, no, I don’t burn out. I don’t know what may happen to me but for the moment I feel like I’m in a cloud and I’m not really here. I’m not really where I am.

    Golgoth-III Serge Mouangue.jpg

    Do you work from a separate studio or do you work from home? You were saying you like to lay it out and observe, do your ideas come from your everyday surroundings or do you like to remove yourself and work from a separate spot?

    Most of my ideas come from a situation where I’m alone. Walking, listening to music, and having a movie take place in my head, in my ears. That’s how ideas get captured, then they go somewhere in the corner of my head, they come back hours, weeks after. They grow and they grow and they grow again and they get simplified and they have a trajectory in my head, until the moment where they can’t really go anywhere else. They have to be built, they have to take shape.

    I’ve got my studio here in the basement of my house, it’s a good space. I have the garden right outside here, there’s a big window. We have a nice piece of land and that’s where the ideas come from. Or I have to go outside in Paris and walk; or again in Tokyo, walk; or when I’m in Africa and I see people, I hear stories and connect things.

    As long as you have imagination, things can start coming together in your mind. Those are the most important tools to your practice, really. Just having that initial idea then giving it the space to grow, essentially.

    Yes. And trusting where these ideas are going in your head. Just let the idea travel in your head. Trust in the idea until the idea itself says, “I need to get home. I need to get outside.” That’s when you have to execute it.

    Have you always had such confidence in your ideas or did it take time to develop that sort of confidence and letting things grow on their own and giving them the space to grow?

    Honestly speaking, I’m not bad at creating what doesn’t exist yet. That’s something that I know how to do. So I tend to trust my ideas, often. It may sound a bit arrogant but at my age, that’s one of the conclusions that I have. Not that the ideas are always good, but I trust them enough to give shape to them to the end and then see if it’s worth it or not.

    I feel like it takes a while to reach that. When someone’s first starting out, maybe they’re a teenager, you don’t trust the ideas necessarily, but yeah, as I’ve gotten older, I’m like, “Oh yeah, I’m going to go with this thing, I trust it.” It saves so much more time; it makes you more efficient when you have trust in your work. You just kind of let it go.

    Exactly. You’ve said it, it makes you more efficient because there’s a system; you throw away what’s not interesting and keep what’s the most constructive and worth doing. At the end, the path has taken place by itself and you just have to accomplish what you had in your head. The environment and improvisation is important as well. For me, in West Africa, to improvise is key. I often had that problem where at work in the corporate design space, you have to prepare [rather than improvise]. We rehearse so much before we present something. Whereas naturally, I just know what I have to say or what I have to show or what I have to do.

    Something I read in the description of your work was how you realized that in African culture there’s spontaneity and improvisation and perhaps in Japanese culture, more scheduling and things like that. You have the idea and you trust the idea, sure, but once it comes out and faces reality, you have to allow for improvisation and shifting in the idea. You can’t just be like, “This is the only idea,” because maybe it changes once it’s outside of your head.

    In Japan, one of the things I struggled with was the fact that everything is planned. That there’s no room for improvisation means you’re taking a risk of losing face or of not being organized and missing the point because everything is based on harmony with execution. In Japanese culture, you are very much attached to execution. It’s not about conceptual ideas, how crazy your ideas are. It’s how you execute things. That’s what’s important. It’s better to repeat something perfectly than to take the risk of trying something new that is not finished. Whereas, where I originally come from, you have to adapt to new things all the time because you simply may die.

    The environment is dangerous. It’s different. You have to be extremely flexible with how you behave every day. Whereas in Japan, things are safer, let’s say, and you want to keep them safe. There’s no room for someone who’s either too messy, too creative, too challenging, too individual…Those concepts are not the safe concept. The group, the consensus. You have to be team spirited. It’s a different kind of position to how you socialize in Japan and in Africa, there’s a lot of difference on that aspect, while there’s lots of connections as well.

    Do you ever wonder, if you had not gone to Japan for work, what kind of art you’d be making?

    I think I would be more of a conceptual artist. Too conceptual, I think. It really made me reconnect with West Africa and also with the culture that I didn’t really know, the culture where you have to show things, you have to again, as I said, execute things. You have to do them. You don’t talk so much in Japan because it’s dangerous, it’s weak, it’s not well seen, someone who talks too much. So although those things were new for someone who was born in Africa and raised in Europe; in France, in Japan, it’s a very different perspective. You don’t speak so much. I would have become much more of a Western conceptual artist so to speak.

    Serge Mouangue10314.jpg

    Serge Mouangue Recommends:

    Draw. Make your autoportrait. Especially if you think you don’t know how. You will produce the most unpredictable inner photographs.

    Walk.

    Find your delightful soundscape location on the planet.

    A country like Japan with low natural resources, regular earthquakes and typhoon, unfriendly neighbors, constant nuclear hurdles through history and very limited living space with high density. This culture made determination a survival and competitive mantra. From my African eyes it is literally stunning.

    https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=G-VYwC28KXI


    This content originally appeared on The Creative Independent and was authored by Brandon Stosuy.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/21/artist-and-designer-serge-mouangue-on-creating-because-you-truly-need-to-2/feed/ 0 334987
    The Need for Alienation https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/20/the-need-for-alienation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/20/the-need-for-alienation/#respond Tue, 20 Sep 2022 00:15:30 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=133523 Cloudless contentment is not open to man, and if he trades his freedom or integrity for it, the time will come when he feels cheated. — Walter Kaufmann1 In his early Paris manuscripts (1844), the young Karl Marx defined “alienation” as an estrangement from the product of one’s labor.  The modern factory, with its specialized […]

    The post The Need for Alienation first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    Cloudless contentment is not open to man, and if he trades his freedom or integrity for it, the time will come when he feels cheated.

    — Walter Kaufmann1


    In his early Paris manuscripts (1844), the young Karl Marx defined “alienation” as an estrangement from the product of one’s labor.  The modern factory, with its specialized division-of-labor (which even Adam Smith deplored as necessary but dehumanizing), exponentially increased productive output–but at the price of deskilling and condemning the worker to a single, repetitive task. (The psychological damage imposed on such workers was satirically dramatized in Chaplin’s unforgettable movie Modern Times, above.). In The German Ideology (1846), the young Marx and Engels idealized a communitarian, pre-industrial way of life in which one could “hunt in the morning, fish in the afternoon, rear cattle in the evening, and criticize after dinner–without ever becoming any one of these.”

    But in a broader sense–and in this article I am heavily indebted to the existentialist-humanist philosopher Walter Kaufmann (1921-1980),1 alienation refers to the independent, rational thinker’s questioning of the prevailing norms and practices of his community or nation. For the vast majority, who crave a regressive “belonging to the community” and “feeling at home,” the non-conformist free-thinker and critical rationalist are unwelcome.  But such alienation, Kaufmann demurs, is not the enemy of self-realization but its positive prerequisite:

    It is those who are easily satisfied that we should worry about, and it is grounds for melancholy that most people cease so soon to find the world strange and questionable…. [A]s perception increases, any sensitive person will feel a deep sense of estrangement. Seeing how society is riddled with dishonesty, stupidity, and brutality, he will feel estranged from society, and seeing how most of one’s fellow men are not deeply troubled by all this, he will feel estranged from them. (p. 146-147).

    Kaufmann highlights Shakespeare’s Hamlet, who, morbidly sensitive to the endemic hypocrisy and deceit all around him, is profoundly alienated and filled with a loathing for the social world he inhabits. The critical rationalist and free-thinker, skeptical of a corrupt status quo (“business as usual”), invokes his autonomous right to independent judgment — based on evaluation of the respective evidence and objective substantiation involved. He optimally values his autonomy, which he equates with intellectual integrity. Moreover, he is skeptical of the communitarian dream of total group-identification and reciprocal caring. He thus revises Jesus’ famous saying to: “Do not do to others what you would not have them do to you.”

    In the present-day, one thinks with admiration of courageous “whistleblowers” (usually women), who, alienated from the corrupt “corporate cultures” they inhabit, confront the power of those organizations–exercising their integrity and autonomous judgment. Their truth-revealing information, quite beneficial to a propagandized citizenry, is often only ambivalently received–by a public who may “prefer not to know.” I’m reminded of Henrik Ibsen’s Dr. Stockmann, tragic hero of The Enemy of the People. Although he originated and executed the plan for a health spa to bolster the economy of his beloved hometown, when he finds that the waters are in actuality contaminated and unhealthy from tannery wastes upstream, the townsfolk violently turn against him, repress his findings, and virtually drive him and his family out of town.

     

    1. Without Guilt and Justice: From Decidophobia to Autonomy. Peter Wyden, Inc., 1973.
    The post The Need for Alienation first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by William Manson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/20/the-need-for-alienation/feed/ 0 334552
    Abolish the Need for Student Debt With Free Public Higher Ed https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/19/abolish-the-need-for-student-debt-with-free-public-higher-ed/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/19/abolish-the-need-for-student-debt-with-free-public-higher-ed/#respond Mon, 19 Sep 2022 20:14:35 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339799

    As a student borrower, I've experienced a flood of emotions since hearing President Joe Biden's announcement about federal student loan relief. This is an enormously welcome surprise. I'm among the 60% of all federal student loan borrowers who were Pell Grant recipients and will receive a $20,000 reprieve. But that joy is tempered by the reminder that I'll still be saddled with $60,000 left to pay.

    As a Native woman, I carry the privilege and responsibility of improving the lives of my family, my extended kin, and my tribe.

    As the cost of higher education continues to grow, debt that large is all too common for members of communities like mine. I'm a proud citizen of both the Shinnecock Indian Nation of Long Island, New York and the Kiowa Tribe of Oklahoma. The federal government has historically failed to honor its treaty obligations to tribal communities like ours, much less make deep investments in our education.

    So for the majority of us, the only way to get a college education is to take on debt—76% of us take out student loans to attend college. We also have the costliest monthly repayments.

    I was raised on a small reservation. My father had only a middle-school education. But my mother, who was in the first generation of her family to attend college, made sure my siblings and I understood that the pathway to a better life for ourselves and our community was a college education. 

    As a Native woman, I carry the privilege and responsibility of improving the lives of my family, my extended kin, and my tribe. So I took on the debt, went to college, and earned a master's degree in social work.

    I did this because I felt called to service work that would benefit my people. Unfortunately, I've learned this kind of employment doesn't pay remotely enough to afford my student loan payments. But I've pursued a career in social work anyway in order to support my community.

    Biden's student debt relief program costs just a fraction of what the GOP tax cuts for the wealthy cost us.

    So to learn my debt burden will now drop by $20,000 is incredible. It's not nearly enough, but it gives me some breathing room to live and work and help my community. Of course, I'm not the only one who benefits: Around 90% of the relief benefits will go to lower- and middle-income borrowers, with the most relief headed to those most in need—including communities of color and working families of all races.

    Biden's student debt relief program costs just a fraction of what the GOP tax cuts for the wealthy cost us. In fact, the cost of the program just about equals the revenues raised by the corporate tax reforms in the recently passed Inflation Reduction Act.

    Taxing the extremely wealthy and corporations more fairly to pay for student debt relief is an important step toward equity, but it still leaves borrowers like me with plenty left to pay. And it doesn't address the underlying problem: our fundamentally unjust debt-for-diploma higher education system.

    For real equity, we must eliminate the need for student debt altogether by pushing to make all public higher education free. For that, we'll need to make our voices heard at the ballot box and in our lawmakers' inboxes.

    We are all stronger when we can all afford an education and the ability to help ourselves, our families, and our communities.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Lacina Onco.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/19/abolish-the-need-for-student-debt-with-free-public-higher-ed/feed/ 0 334464
    On the Shambles of the American Health Care System and the Need for Medicare-for-All https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/on-the-shambles-of-the-american-health-care-system-and-the-need-for-medicare-for-all/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/on-the-shambles-of-the-american-health-care-system-and-the-need-for-medicare-for-all/#respond Fri, 16 Sep 2022 05:51:17 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=255086 I understand that there is a lot that is going on in this world today. We’re worried about climate change. We’re worried about the terrible war in Ukraine. We’re worried about inflation and the fact that wages are not keeping up with prices. We’re worried about massive income and wealth inequality and the increased concentration More

    The post On the Shambles of the American Health Care System and the Need for Medicare-for-All appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Bernie Sanders.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/on-the-shambles-of-the-american-health-care-system-and-the-need-for-medicare-for-all/feed/ 0 333821
    On the Shambles of the American Health Care System and the Need for Medicare-for-All https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/on-the-shambles-of-the-american-health-care-system-and-the-need-for-medicare-for-all/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/on-the-shambles-of-the-american-health-care-system-and-the-need-for-medicare-for-all/#respond Fri, 16 Sep 2022 05:51:17 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=255086 I understand that there is a lot that is going on in this world today. We’re worried about climate change. We’re worried about the terrible war in Ukraine. We’re worried about inflation and the fact that wages are not keeping up with prices. We’re worried about massive income and wealth inequality and the increased concentration More

    The post On the Shambles of the American Health Care System and the Need for Medicare-for-All appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Bernie Sanders.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/on-the-shambles-of-the-american-health-care-system-and-the-need-for-medicare-for-all/feed/ 0 333822
    Railway Workers Fight Shows Need for Paid Sick and Family Leave, Says Economist https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/15/railway-workers-fight-shows-need-for-paid-sick-and-family-leave-says-economist/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/15/railway-workers-fight-shows-need-for-paid-sick-and-family-leave-says-economist/#respond Thu, 15 Sep 2022 21:58:24 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339746

    With paid time off for family and medical leave—and the glaring lack thereof—taking center stage Thursday as the Biden administration announced a tentative agreement to avert a crippling railway strike, a leading progressive economist underscored the need for paid leave in the only country in the developed world that doesn't guarantee it.

    "Top brass at the railroads were willing to have a strike and plunge the nation back into supply chain hell."

    "It staggers the imagination that in September 2022 the workers who keep the trains running did not have even one sick day to care for themselves," Eileen Appelbaum, co-director of the Center for Economic and Policy Research, said in a statement.

    "Railroad management was intransigent on this point, a key union demand, until President [Joe] Biden got involved in the negotiations," she continued. "Top brass at the railroads were willing to have a strike and plunge the nation back into supply chain hell, rather than grant this reasonable request."

    Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.) on Wednesday blocked a Republican effort to force 115,000 rail workers to settle for a contract pushed by a nonpartisan presidential panel, an agreement that did not include a single day of paid sick leave.

    "The details have not been made public yet," said Appelbaum, "but it appears that railroad workers will get one—let me repeat that—one paid sick day a year."

    They had asked for 15. The average among Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development nations is nearly 45 days of paid family leave per year, while paid time off for illness generally runs from five to 15 days, "but can be several weeks or months, as in Austria, Germany, Italy, and Switzerland, and even up to two years in the Netherlands," according to the OECD.

    Calls for national paid leave grew during the Covid-19 pandemic as workers—especially lower-income ones—faced the stark choice of staying home without pay at the risk of losing their jobs or reporting to work and possibly infecting colleagues and customers.

    "Even in the face of this pandemic, Congress is reluctant to permanently mandate a paid sick leave program," said Appelbaum. "According to the most recent data, there are about 540,000 workers still out due to Covid-19."

    "It is very disappointing that the recently passed Inflation Reduction Act left the provisions addressing the care economy on the cutting room floor," she added. "The U.S. came very close to joining the rest of the industrialized world by enacting a national paid family and medical leave program."

    Unlike the Build Back Better Act from which it was born, the IRA was largely stripped of its progressive social programs and policies in order to win the support of conservative Democrats like Sens. Joe Manchin (W.Va.) and Kyrsten Sinema (Ariz.).

    Paid sick and family leave, universal pre-kindergarten and childcare, free community college—and the tax hike on wealthy individuals that would have paid for it all—were excluded from the package that was passed by Congress and signed by Biden last month.

    Appelbaum emphasized "the need for the U.S. to guarantee sick workers some form of paid sick days and paid medical and family leave legislation."

    "Not including a robust paid leave program as the nation continues to struggle with public health crises places unreasonable burdens on all workers," she added, "and not just the millions of low-income workers unlikely to have access to benefits through their jobs."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/15/railway-workers-fight-shows-need-for-paid-sick-and-family-leave-says-economist/feed/ 0 333555
    In this age of chronic uncertainty, we need a basic income https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/13/in-this-age-of-chronic-uncertainty-we-need-a-basic-income/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/13/in-this-age-of-chronic-uncertainty-we-need-a-basic-income/#respond Tue, 13 Sep 2022 09:41:23 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/basic-income-insecurity-commons-economic-policy/ OPINION: Millions in the UK are facing insecurity, impoverishment, stress and ill-health. Radical change is needed


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Guy Standing.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/13/in-this-age-of-chronic-uncertainty-we-need-a-basic-income/feed/ 0 332419
    Barbara Ehrenreich Showed Us the Need for Socialist Policies https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/11/barbara-ehrenreich-showed-us-the-need-for-socialist-policies/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/11/barbara-ehrenreich-showed-us-the-need-for-socialist-policies/#respond Sun, 11 Sep 2022 02:19:47 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339628

    In 2009, as a deep recession triggered an epidemic of layoffs and foreclosures, The New York Times asked Barbara Ehrenreich to write a series of articles about poverty in the United States. She visited Los Angeles, where I introduced her to community, tenants' rights, and union organizers. She also traveled to Detroit, Dallas, Baltimore, Saint Louis, Racine, Wisconsin, Wilmington, Delaware, and New York, talking with low-income people as well as with poverty researchers and activists. When she got back to her home in Virginia, she emailed me, "I'm ready to look over my notes and see where I've gotten to. It's a bit overwhelming, but I'm feeling my anger level rising, so I better figure something out."

    She made radical ideas sound like common sense.

    What she figured out was that the composition of poverty was changing. In four remarkable articles ( "Is It Now a Crime to Be Poor?," "The Recession's Racial Divide," "Too Poor to Make the News," and "A Homespun Safety Net"), she described two groups of Americans enduring hardship and destitution: the downwardly mobile middle class and those who had been poor before the economic downturn and for whom conditions had gotten even worse. But she also noted a burgeoning movement among the poor and their allies to challenge America's indifference to poverty, low wages, and a bare-bones safety net.

    Her reporting reflected her two unrelenting outlooks on life: outrage and hope. It was a tightrope that Ehrenreich—who died of a stroke on Thursday at 81 at a hospice facility in Alexandria, Virginia—walked during most of her life.

    Turning the Radical Into the Commonsense

    The headline on The New York Times' obituary called Ehrenreich an "Explorer of Prosperity's Dark Side." It is true that, like many other muckraking reporters and radical reformers, Ehrenreich exposed the dark (and human) side of the United States' inequality, injustice, and needless suffering. But she wasn't just a social critic lobbing rhetorical grenades from the sidelines. She was also an activist who converted her hot anger into action.

    Ehrenreich was on the frontlines of the progressive crusades of her lifetime: labor, feminism, anti-war, civil rights, and democratic socialism. She fought injustice with her prolific writing, many speeches, and deep involvement in these movements. She dared to envision a better world—in the short term and the long term.

    Ehrenreich wrote 23 books, some of them collections of her essays, columns, and investigative reports for publications like The New York Times, Time, and Harper's. She is best known for her 2001 book, Nickel and Dimed: On (Not) Getting By in America, about the working poor.

    Her wit, biting sarcasm, caustic irreverence, and underlying idealism made it easy for mainstream readers to accept, or at least take seriously, Ehrenreich's leftist views on the economy, unions, women's rights, big business, and politics. She made radical ideas sound like common sense.

    She inherited her parents' working-class pride and suspicion of powerful elites.

    Ehrenreich was born Barbara Alexander on August 26, 1941, to Isabelle Oxley and Ben Howes Alexander in Butte, Montana, which she described as then being "a bustling, brawling, blue-collar mining town."

    Barbara Ehrenreich made radical ideas sound like common sense. Her mother, a homemaker, came from a mining family. As an alternate delegate to the Democratic Party convention in 1964, she joined the protest by the Mississippi Freedom Democratic Party that tried to unseat that state's segregated delegation.

    Her father, a third-generation copper miner, eventually escaped that grueling occupation by attending the Montana State School of Mines (later called Montana Technological University) and then Carnegie Mellon University, rising to become a senior executive at the Gillette Corporation. As her father pursued his education and career, the family moved frequently, from Montana to Pennsylvania, New York, Massachusetts, and finally Los Angeles. Her parents later divorced.

    In an interview with C-SPAN, she described her parents as "strong union people." They had two strong rules, she recalled: "Never cross a picket line and never vote Republican."

    "As a little girl," she told The New York Times:

    I would go to school and have to decide if my parents were the evil people they were talking about, part of the Red Menace we read about in the Weekly Reader, just because my mother was a liberal Democrat who would always talk about racial injustice.

    In her 1990 collection of essays, The Worst Years of Our Lives, she described her father, who had Alzheimer's disease but whose political memory remained sharp. During the mental assessment performed by a neurologist, he was asked the name of the president of the United States. As Ehrenreich recalled, "His blue eyes would widen incredulously, surprised at the neurologist's ignorance, then he would snort in majestic indignation, ‘Reagan, that dumb son of a bitch.'"

    Ehrenreich graduated from Reed College in 1963 with a degree in physical chemistry and earned a Ph.D. in cellular immunology from Rockefeller University in 1968. She quickly abandoned a career in science for writing and activism. In 1969 she and her first husband, John Ehrenreich, a clinical psychologist whom she met in the anti-war movement, wrote Long March, Short Spring, an account of the student rebellion against the Vietnam War. Ehrenreich used her science background in her early works about healthcare, becoming a major critic of corporate-oriented healthcare and of doctors' and hospitals' mistreatment of women.

    In 1969 she went to work for a small nonprofit organization, the Health Policy Advisory Center, which advocated for better healthcare for low-income people. Ehrenreich wrote investigative pieces for the organization's monthly newsletter, some of which were incorporated into her co-authored book The American Health Empire: Power, Profits, and Politics (1971).

    The birth of her first child Rosa, in a public clinic in New York in 1970, changed Ehrenreich's self-awareness. "I was the only white patient at the clinic," she explained to The Globe and Mail, a Canadian newspaper, in 1987,

    and I found out this was the healthcare women got. They induced my labor because it was late in the evening and the doctor wanted to go home. I was enraged. The experience made me a feminist.... The prenatal care I received at a hospital clinic showed me that PhDs were not immune from the vilest forms of sexism.

    In the early 1970s, Ehrenreich's expertise in healthcare issues merged with her feminism. Her 1972 pamphlet (co-authored with Deirdre English), Witches, Midwives, and Nurses: A History of Women Healers, became a manifesto of the burgeoning women's health movement. She followed this with Complaints and Disorders: The Sexual Politics of Sickness (1977) and For Her Own Good: 150 Years of the Experts' Advice to Women (1989), which helped popularize the idea that the healthcare system controls women's choices by mystifying the alleged expertise of (mostly male) physicians. In 1971 she became an assistant professor of health sciences at the State University of New York, Old Westbury, but quit after three years to devote herself to full-time writing and activism.

    In 1980 Ehrenreich shared the National Magazine Award with colleagues at Mother Jones for excellence in reporting, for the cover story "The Corporate Crime of the Century," about "what happens after the U.S. government forces a dangerous drug, pesticide, or other product off the domestic market, then the manufacturer sells that same product, frequently with the direct support of the State Department, throughout the rest of the world." Between 1994 and 1998, Ehrenreich was a regular columnist for Time magazine. After that came her best-known work: Nickel and Dimed.

    Not Getting By

    In 1998 she began her most ambitious and best-known writing project by taking a series of low-wage jobs to explore how Americans at the bottom of the economy cope with persistent poverty. The idea emerged at an expensive lunch at an American nouveau restaurant with Harper's editor Lewis Lapham, who encouraged her to go "undercover" to challenge the stereotypes about the poor.

    The project took her to Key West, Florida, where she waited tables; to Portland, Maine, where she toiled as a dietary aide in a nursing home and a maid for a cleaning service; and to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where she worked as a clerk for Walmart.

    Ehrenreich set certain rules for herself: no relying on her education or writing skills to land a job, take the highest-paid job offered her, and find the cheapest accommodations she could. Her goal was not only to experience poverty but also to do the math: as a low-wage worker, could she actually make ends meet?

    You might think that unskilled jobs would be a snap for someone who holds a Ph.D. and whose normal line of work requires learning entirely new things every couple of weeks. Not so. The first thing I discovered is that no job, no matter how lowly, is truly "unskilled."

    She earned about half a living wage, and she could not imagine supporting children or paying for medical expenses on the $7 an hour or so she earned.

    Her 1999 Harper's article about those experiences earned her a Sidney Hillman Award and became a chapter in her book, Nickel and Dimed: On (Not) Getting By in America, published in 2001. She observed:

    What surprised and offended me most about the low-wage workplace was the extent to which one is required to surrender one's basic civil rights and self-respect. I learned this at the very beginning of my stint as a waitress, when I was warned that my purse could be searched by management at any time. I wasn't carrying stolen salt shakers or anything else of a compromising nature, but still, there's something about the prospect of a purse search that makes a woman feel a few buttons short of fully dressed.

    The book quickly struck a nerve. Five years earlier President Bill Clinton and the Republican Congress had enacted so-called welfare reform, restricting family assistance for women and children, and pushing many former welfare recipients into the labor market. After a few years, many economists and politicians celebrated the plan as a huge success, pointing to a dramatic decline in the relief rolls.

    But others noted that although the number of people on welfare had shrunk, welfare reform had not done much to reduce the poverty rate, because so many of them ended up in dead-end low-wage jobs, usually without health insurance—leaving them worse off than before.

    As late as 2010, Nickel and Dimed still made the American Library Association's annual list of the top 10 most frequently challenged books.

    Nickel and Dimed spent more than 100 weeks on The New York Times bestseller list and sold more than 1.5 million copies. Many colleges assigned the book in classes.

    A small but vocal group raised objections to the book. In July 2003, for example, conservatives in North Carolina purchased a full-page ad in the Raleigh News & Observer complaining that students at the University of North Carolina were required to read "a classic Marxist rant" that "mounts an all-out assault on Christians, conservatives, and capitalism." But other faculty, students, and politicians used the book to lobby for an increase in the minimum wage.

    As late as 2010, Nickel and Dimed still made the American Library Association's annual list of the top 10 most frequently challenged books—books that some Americans sought to keep off library shelves and school reading lists.

    For many Americans, including my own students, Nickel and Dimed was an eye-opening revelation. Affluent students got to experience, vicariously through Ehrenreich's perspective and the stories of her fellow workers, the harsh realities of working for poverty wages and living on a daily financial and emotional precipice. For low-income students, the book helped them understand that their own families' suffering was not the result of personal failure but a societal one.

    Nickel and Dimed was not an organizing handbook, but its deeply humanizing portrayal of injustice inspired many readers—including some of my students—to become activists and even to pursue careers as organizers.

    In many ways, Nickel and Dimed resembled two earlier depictions of poverty amid affluence that stirred the nation's conscience: Michael Harrington's The Other America (1962) and Jonathan Kozol's Savage Inequalities (1991). What made Nickel and Dimed different, however, was Ehrenreich's first-person immersion in the world of the working poor and its description of hard-working, skilled, and resourceful people who earned their poverty on the job. She refused to see them as helpless victims. She gave them a voice to express their frustrations and to expose society's injustice.

    Nickel and Dimed helped alter the nation's understanding of inequality and poverty. More and more Americans came to recognize that most poor adults, even many homeless people, collected paychecks, not welfare checks. By 2001, polls revealed that a vast majority of Americans wanted to raise the federal minimum wage. Local campaigns for living-wage laws and growing protests against Walmart (the nation's largest employer of low-wage workers) also reflected the changing tide of public opinion that Nickel and Dimed helped shape, along with campaigns to raise wages among janitors, fast-food workers, and hotel employees. The shrinking middle class and the proliferation of poverty-wage jobs accounts for the finding of a recent Gallup poll that 71% of Americans support unions—the highest level since 1965. It also helps explain the current upsurge of union organizing—among Amazon warehouse workers, Starbucks baristas, minor league baseball players, and other low-wage employees.

    "Many people praised me for my bravery for having done this—to which I could only say: millions of people do this kind of work every day for their entire lives—haven't you noticed them?" she said in a 2018 speech accepting the Erasmus Prize for her investigative reporting.

    To make sure they were noticed, in 2012 she founded the Economic Hardship Reporting Project, which supports independent journalists to write about the lives of the poor, especially those in rural areas.

    Putting Her Ideas to Good Use

    Ehrenreich's economic reporting did not focus exclusively on the poor. In 2008, she published This Land Is Their Land: Reports From a Divided Nation about the widening gap between the nation's rich and everyone else. Three years later, the Occupy Wall Street movement erupted across the country. Even after the occupations ended, its slogan—the 1% and the 99%—captured the country's imagination and helped fuel a new wave of activism.

    Like many middle-class Americans radicalized by the civil rights, anti-war, and feminist movements, Ehrenreich sought to find ways for well-educated leftists to challenge America's class and race system even as they worked—as teachers, social workers, planners, lawyers, administrators of nonprofit organizations, foundation staffers, and journalists—within the system. In a 1977 article for Radical America, she and John Ehrenreich coined the phrase "professional-managerial class" (PMC) to describe the growing number of "salaried mental workers" torn between the working class and the corporate elite. How, they wondered, could the PMC's expertise be employed in the service of movements designed to dismantle systems of oppression?

    She wasn'' into guilt-tripping or admonishing people to give up their privilege. Instead, she encouraged people to use their talents and positions to support movements led by poor and working-class people.

    But within a decade, even many well-educated Americans were experiencing financial insecurities of their own. In her 1989 book, Fear of Falling: The Inner Life of the Middle Class, she examined the anxieties and self-doubt of the professional middle class about sliding down the income ladder. After writing Bait and Switch: The (Futile) Pursuit of the American Dream (2005), about the white-collar workforce, she launched an organization, with help from the Service Employees International Union, called United Professionals to lobby for better benefits for white-collar employees, as well as legislation related to age discrimination, layoffs, and underemployment.

    In a 2020 interview with In These Times, Ehrenreich discussed how the professional-managerial class had undergone a profound transformation.

    "We have seen vast swaths of the professional managerial class dumped down to the level of the working class," she said:

    This is the big lesson of Occupy. There were homeless blue-collar workers with graduate students who knew they were going nowhere or who had Ph.D.s even and were going nowhere. So there's been a huge demotion for traditional PMC professions such as college teaching, which is over 70% adjunct now.

    Ehrenreich's books reflected her wide-ranging interests, include writings about men's lack of commitment to emotional relationships (The Hearts of Men: American Dreams and the Flight From Commitment, 1987), the origins of war and humanity's attraction to violence (Blood Rites: Origins and History of the Passions of War, 1997), the exploitation of women workers around the world by multinational corporations (Global Woman: Nannies, Maids, and Sex Workers in the New Economy, 2004), the human impulse for communal celebration (Dancing in the Streets: A History of Collective Joy, 2007), and her experiences as a precocious teenager (Living With a Wild God: A Nonbeliever's Search for the Truth About Everything, 2014).

    In 2000 Ehrenreich was diagnosed with breast cancer and wrote an essay for Harper's, "Welcome to Cancerland," about the "breast cancer cult," which, she claimed, "serves as an accomplice in global poisoning—normalizing cancer, prettying it up, even presenting it, perversely, as a positive and enviable experience." It earned her a second National Magazine Award.

    Her experience with breast cancer also led to her critique of the "think positive" movement in popular psychology, religion, and health, explored in her 2009 book, Bright-sided: How Positive Thinking Is Undermining America. For me and many other readers, this book was a reminder that progressive change happens when people honestly assess the opportunities and pitfalls, including the power of opposition forces, rather than get ensnared by what Ehrenreich called "reckless optimism."

    "We need to brace ourselves for a struggle against terrifying obstacles," Ehrenreich wrote, "both of our own making and imposed by the natural world. And the first step is to recover from the mass delusion that is positive thinking."

    Far from being paralyzing, this outlook provided Ehrenreich with the fortitude to fight for a better world. For many years she served as honorary co-chair of Democratic Socialists of America. In her books, columns, and speeches, she always directed her readers and audiences to grassroots community organizations, unions, and women's groups that were fighting for social justice. She was arrested at a rally in support of Yale's blue-collar workers, joined picket lines with hotel workers and janitors, distributed leaflets for living-wage campaigns, and protested in favor of women's reproductive rights. On her website, Ehrenreich posted articles by activists describing their organizing campaigns.

    "If we are serious about collective survival in the face of our multiple crises, we have to build organizations, including explicitly socialist ones, that can mobilize this talent, develop leadership, and advance local struggles," Ehrenreich wrote in The Nation in March 2009 with Bill Fletcher Jr. "And we have to be serious, because the capitalist elites who have run things so far have forfeited all trust or even respect, and we—progressives of all stripes—are now the only grown-ups around."

    In 2016 and 2020 she endorsed Sen. Bernie Sanders's presidential campaigns. She explained, "He's the candidate that most represents me. He's a democratic socialist." But when Sanders didn't win the Democratic Party's nomination, she publicly supported Hillary Clinton and Joe Biden.

    Biden and almost every Democrat have now embraced Sanders's and Ehrenreich's calls to raise the federal minimum wage—which has remained at $7.25 since 2009—to $15 an hour. In January Biden issued an executive order for federal workers and employees of federal contractors to receive a $15 minimum wage, but due to opposition from every Republican and Sen. Joe Manchin, he hasn't be able to get Congress to adopt an across-the-board increase. Two polls last year, by Pew Research Center and by Hart Research Associates, found that 62% of Americans, and the same number among voters in swing congressional districts, support raising the minimum wage to $15.

    In December 2016, a month after Donald Trump won the presidency, Ehrenreich expressed concern that his opposition to abortion could eventually put women's reproductive rights in serious jeopardy.

    "We're basically going to be left with some big cities where one can go for an abortion," she said in what has turned out to be a prophetic statement.

    In a 2020 interview with The New Yorker, she described her persistent outrage at the nation's indifference to working-class Americans.

    "We turn out to be so vulnerable in the United States," she observed. "Not only because we have no safety net, or very little of one, but because we have no emergency preparedness, no social infrastructure."

    Although she abandoned a formal career in academia, she was a high-profile public intellectual whose work had a major influence on both academics and policy makers. No academic during the past half-century—with the exception of William Julius Wilson and Frances Fox Piven—had as much impact as Ehrenreich on public opinion and public policy about poverty.

    In addition to her two National Magazine Awards and her Sidney Hillman and Erasmus awards, Ehrenreich garnered the Freedom From Want Medal from the Roosevelt Institute, which rewards work that embodies FDR's Four Freedoms, and the Puffin/Nation Prize to Creative Citizenship awarded jointly by the Puffin Foundation and the Nation Institute to an American who challenges the status quo "through distinctive, courageous, imaginative, socially responsible work of significance." I included her in my book The 100 Greatest Americans of the 20th Century: A Social Justice Hall of Fame (2012).

    She taught at Brandeis University and the Graduate School of Journalism at the University of California, Berkeley. She received honorary degrees from Reed College, the State University of New York at Old Westbury, the College of Wooster in Ohio, John Jay College, the University of Massachusetts at Lowell, and La Trobe University in Melbourne, Australia.

    Ehrenreich married John Ehrenreich in 1966. They had two children and were divorced in 1982. She married Gary Stevenson, an organizer with the Teamsters union, in 1983; they divorced in 1993.

    Her daughter, Rosa Brooks, is a law professor at Georgetown University, served as senior adviser to the assistant secretary of state for democracy, human rights, and labor, was a former columnist for the Los Angeles Times, and is the author of several books about politics, human rights, and foreign policy. Just as her mother had taken several low-wage jobs as research for Nickel and Dimed, Brooks became a sworn armed reserve police officer with the Washington, D.C., Metropolitan Police Department to write Tangled Up in Blue: Policing the American City (2021). Son Ben Ehrenreich is a journalist, essayist, and novelist who has written for The New York Times, Los Angeles Times, The Nation, LA Weekly, and Village Voice and is author of The Way to the Spring: Life and Death in Palestine (2016) and Desert Notebooks: A Road Map for the End of Time (2020).

    In announcing his mother's death, Ben Ehrenreich tweeted: "She was never much for thoughts and prayers, but you can honor her memory by loving one another, and by fighting like hell."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Peter Dreier.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/11/barbara-ehrenreich-showed-us-the-need-for-socialist-policies/feed/ 0 331904
    Czech Foreign Minister Stresses Need To Protect EU Borders With Russian Visa Ban https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/02/czech-foreign-minister-stresses-need-to-protect-eu-borders-with-russian-visa-ban/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/02/czech-foreign-minister-stresses-need-to-protect-eu-borders-with-russian-visa-ban/#respond Fri, 02 Sep 2022 11:22:52 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=b71713b1a706af727788408a24b8ac9a
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/02/czech-foreign-minister-stresses-need-to-protect-eu-borders-with-russian-visa-ban/feed/ 0 328950
    Prison air conditioning is coming too slowly for those who need it most https://grist.org/equity/prison-air-conditioning-american-rescue-plan/ https://grist.org/equity/prison-air-conditioning-american-rescue-plan/#respond Thu, 01 Sep 2022 10:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=587091 “We are basically sitting in an oven, slow-cooking,” said Demetrius Cotchery, who is incarcerated in Alabama’s Childersburg Community Work Center, a prison that lacks air conditioning despite outdoor temperatures that hover above 90 degrees Fahrenheit in summer. “People are very, very agitated because of the heat.”

    As record-breaking heat waves make headlines across the country this summer, well over 100,000 people in the U.S. South sit locked inside state prisons with no air conditioning. At the Buckingham Correctional Facility outside of Richmond, Virginia, even the unairconditioned facility’s ventilation system was broken much of the summer, according to Chad Miller, who is incarcerated there and works with the building and grounds crew. (When contacted by Grist, Virginia’s corrections department disputed this claim.) Miller recently witnessed another prisoner fainting from heat stress.

    In Texas, where temperatures inside state prisons regularly hit 110 degrees F, some prisoners work seven days a week to implement the state’s heat mitigation policies, by, for example, distributing water and ice. Marcus Teamer, who is incarcerated at the Byrd Unit in Huntsville, has been scolded when other prisoners pass out from the heat, for failing to hand out water fast enough. One day, he began to feel dizzy himself and developed chest pain while working. His fiancé, Tonya Grimes, worries that heat sensitivity exacerbated by his blood pressure medicine makes him especially vulnerable.

    “The main topic of conversation on a hot day is why we don’t have AC,” Teamer told Grist.

    Texas lawmakers have repeatedly failed to pass legislation funding universal air conditioning in state prisons, even as climate change exacerbates stifling conditions. However, people incarcerated in other parts of the U.S. may soon see some relief from extreme heat. A handful of southern states that once seemed unlikely to budge on prison cooling — including North Carolina, Mississippi, and Louisiana — are now taking steps to invest in climate control. All three states include areas where the heat index will spike to 125 degrees F at least one day annually by 2053, according to recent data from the First Street Foundation, a nonprofit research group.

    Some prisoner advocates, however, argue that the solution to increasingly hot prison conditions is to incarcerate fewer people through policies like sentencing reforms, rather than pouring more money into mass incarceration — particularly given the disproportionate incarceration of people of color. The fact that tens of millions of dollars’ worth of investment in air-conditioned incarceration is coming from the American Rescue Plan Act, the federal coronavirus relief bill signed by President Biden last year, has further raised eyebrows.

    The entrance gate to Mississippi State Penitentiary
    AP Photo / Rogelio V. Solis

    After a Department of Justice investigation last spring documented temperatures as high as 145 degrees F inside a Mississippi prison, the state’s head of corrections announced that his department would install air conditioning in all of Mississippi’s prisons. North Carolina’s legislature approved $30 million for prison air conditioning last fall. All of North Carolina’s air conditioning spending and part of Mississippi’s will come from American Rescue Plan funds. Other states are taking smaller steps: The secretary of Louisiana’s corrections department, Jimmy LeBlanc — who fought a lawsuit filed by death row prisoners arguing for cooling and used to claim that maintaining air conditioners would be too expensive — recently began pressing for funding to air condition the state’s prisons.

    The secretary has cited corrections officer staffing shortages — a nationwide phenomenon — as a reason for the request. “You got correctional officers changing clothes three times per day,” he said. LeBlanc has directed around $2 million appropriated in the last legislative session to hire engineers to determine the cost of installation, and he has also dipped into the department’s repairs budget to begin installing cooling in dorms for people ages 60 to 90.

    Virginia and Texas prison officials point out that they, too, are adding more air conditioning every year. Virginia’s Department of Corrections recently added 100 air-conditioned beds to a section of the Haynesville Correctional Center, and it has set aside more than $32 million for air conditioning upgrades in 2023, according to Director of Communications Benjamin Jarvela. (As for allegations about the broken ventilation system at the Buckingham Correctional Facility, he told Grist, “With the exception of one fan, all are in working order and have been. We are currently sourcing parts for the single disabled and will have it back online as soon as those parts have been located.”)

    The Texas Department of Criminal Justice expects to add about 6,000 air-conditioned beds by the end of 2023, according to recent testimony that executive director Bryan Collier gave to members of the Texas House of Representatives. Although the agency has already created a plan to fully air-condition all facilities, it estimates the installation would cost $1.1 billion, a total that some advocates say is inflated and that has not been granted by Texas’s Republican-controlled legislature. Last year, prisoner advocates fought for American Rescue Plan funds to be allocated for prison air conditioning, but the measure failed without support from the legislature or Republican Governor Greg Abbott.

    Everywhere, change is coming too slowly for those suffering in the heat. In Virginia and Texas, large swaths of the incarcerated populations — around 5,700 out of 25,000 in Virginia and 79,000 out of 120,000 in Texas — remain vulnerable to extreme heat. In Louisiana, the installation process is expected to take years to complete, even if funding is approved. In North Carolina, where 15,400 incarcerated people lack air conditioning, the state has already come under fire for failing to begin renovations months after funding was made available. Meanwhile, in northern states, where prisoners are less acclimated to increasingly severe heat waves, the air conditioning debate is just getting off the ground.

    The moves toward prison air conditioning can be credited partly to summers that are becoming increasingly brutal due to climate change. An investigation by The Intercept found that a third of U.S. prisons are located in counties that have historically seen more than 50 days annually with a heat index over 90 degrees F. By the end of the century, that proportion will balloon to a full three quarters.

    Rising prison temperatures don’t just threaten prisoners — they also endanger thousands of corrections employees in southern states. Lawmakers and state officials, including in Mississippi and Louisiana, have repeatedly pointed out a need to retain staff as justification for new prison air conditioning. Across the U.S., prison employees have quit in droves since 2020, forcing corrections departments to take drastic actions to manage increasingly dangerous and restrictive conditions for prisoners. Some corrections union officials have cited extreme heat, alongside poor pay and benefits, as a reason behind the prison staffing shortage. 

    Grimes herself used to work soaked in sweat in an unairconditioned prison kitchen, and she quit in part due to the stifling conditions and their impact on prisoners like her fiancé. “I refused to be a part of it,” she told Grist.

    A hot prison climate also means legal liability for states. Texas and Louisiana have both spent more than $1 million fighting heat-related lawsuits from incarcerated people and their families. Mississippi’s legal pressure comes directly from the federal government. In the wake of massive cuts to corrections department funding over the past decade, Mississippi facilities saw an increase in violent deaths, gangs taking control of prisons, and staff vacancy rates reaching around 50 percent — all culminating in a deadly, weekslong riot in January 2020. The following month, the U.S. Department of Justice’s Civil Rights Division launched an investigation into the Mississippi State Penitentiary at Parchman and three other state prisons.

    The Louisiana State Penitentiary at Angola, LA
    An aerial view of the Louisiana State Penitentiary at Angola. AP Photo / Patrick Semansky

    The department’s report on Parchman, released last April, identified extreme heat as one of the factors behind unconstitutionally dangerous conditions. Investigators reviewed temperature logs for the penitentiary’s largest housing unit, which can hold up to 1,500 people, and found heat reaching above 100 degrees F on two-thirds of the recorded dates. (Investigators did not say what time period they reviewed, and the Department of Justice declined Grist’s requests for comment.) “The highest temperature in that unit was recorded at the dangerously hot 145.1 degrees,” the report stated.

    Faulty infrastructure and neglect from prison staff was at times more to blame than the weather outside, the report indicated. One harrowing passage described the February 2021 suicide of a man who had spent years in restrictive housing, which is made up of isolated cells housing one or two people. In the week leading up to his death, he had begged corrections officers to turn down the heat. Records showed that temperatures hovered well above 120 degrees that week, despite the mild weather outside.

    The report concluded that extreme heat in restrictive housing contributed to “harsh environmental conditions” constituting cruel and unusual punishment — a violation of the Constitution’s Eighth Amendment. The Justice Department warned that if its concerns weren’t rapidly addressed, the federal government would sue Mississippi. The state appears to have acted on that threat: In response to inquiries from Grist, a corrections department official said that, thanks to work completed this year, 70 percent of Parchman’s population is now air-conditioned.

    The Mississippi Department of Corrections appears to see using American Rescue Plan Act funds to pay for air conditioning as a way to avoid further federal scrutiny. “We’ll dodge maybe the Justice Department and save the state of Mississippi a whole lot of money,” Department of Corrections Commissioner Burl Cain told the local NBC affiliate WLBT. According to the department official who answered Grist’s inquiries, $4 million of those federal funds will go to HVAC projects at Parchman alone.

    Prisoner advocates say the federal government could do more to push states to ensure that prisoners are not suffering in extreme heat. “We support more federal investigations of prison facilities. A lot of prisons are in terrible shape and the federal government carries a big hammer,” said Molly Gill, vice president for policy of Families Against Mandatory Minimums, a nonprofit that pushes for shorter sentences and better prison conditions.

    Protestors in front of the Mississippi Capitol in Jackson
    Several hundred people gather in front of the Mississippi Capitol in Jackson to protest the state’s prison conditions in January 2020. AP Photo / Rogelio V. Solis

    Gill added that more federal funding for prison air conditioning can make it easier for states to get approval for politically unpopular prison investments. “Some lawmakers see it as a thankless task to improve prison conditions,” she said. In June, for example, Florida Governor Ron DeSantis vetoed $840 million in funding for a new climate-friendly prison and prison hospital, which would have been air conditioned and built to withstand hurricanes.

    To Sandra Hardee, director of North Carolina Citizens United for Restorative Effectiveness, which advocates for people who are incarcerated, air conditioning investments can’t come soon enough. “Funding for AC should have been done years and years ago,” she said. “To know that so many people were forced to live in those stagnant conditions in prison for so long — that’s dehumanizing.”

    However, others have raised concerns that funding prison air conditioning means pouring new money into a mass incarceration system that locks away more people per capita than any other nation in the world. Particular criticism has been reserved for Alabama, which recently approved construction of two new 4,000-bed, air-conditioned prisons, using $400 million in American Rescue Plan funds.

    As in Mississippi, Alabama’s road to new investment started with a 2019 Justice Department investigation that described uncontrolled violence, severe understaffing, and overcrowded, crumbling prisons. Alleging that Alabama didn’t act fast enough to address the problems, the Justice Department sued.

    In response, the state promised to open new prisons that would have been privately financed and operated. Although the Justice Department investigation did not mention extreme heat, air conditioning was part of the plan and intended to address issues cited by the department: Reporters at the Montgomery Advertiser found that more assaults at state prisons occur in the dog days of July than any other time of year.  

    A coalition of grassroots organizers and national organizations called Communities not Prisons fought back, helping convince the banks behind the projects to pull out. The plans seemed dead before the influx of American Rescue Plan funds revived them.

    The projects are now facing two funding-related lawsuits, arguing that the funding would violate American Rescue Plan rules and that the state didn’t conduct sufficient community consultation or review of the environmental impacts of the project. U.S. Treasury Department rules governing American Rescue Plan funds suggest that the “construction of new correctional facilities as a response to an increase in rate of crime” is ineligible. Nevertheless, 20 counties in 18 states plan to use the federal money to build or expand prisons, according to reporting by The Nation.

    “Using federal dollars earmarked for COVID relief funds to finance part of a prison construc­tion plan should have been uncon­scion­able to Alabama lawmakers,” wrote Lauren-Brooke Eisen, director of the Brennan Center’s Justice Program in an op-ed for The Hill. “The state should instead invest resources in divert­ing people away from the crim­inal legal system and support­ing drug treat­ment, mental health program­ming, and re-entry service.”

    The Treasury’s rules do appear to support states using funds for air conditioning, repeatedly mentioning improvement of ventilation in congregate settings as an acceptable way to use the money.

    To Cotchery, incarcerated at Alabama’s Childersburg Community Work Center, what’s most desperately needed is a pathway for people locked in the state’s hot prisons to walk out the door and live a good life with their loved ones. “Instead of $400 million in buildings, I would spend $20 million on programs,” he said. “When people leave an Alabama prison they’re not better people. You put them in a cage and poked them the whole time.”

    In Texas, Teamer laughed when asked if it would be better to reduce sentences than to invest in air conditioning. “I’m all for letting people out. I’ve been locked up 21 years, since I was 15 years old,” he said. “But I’m in Texas, and I know that’s not gonna happen.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Prison air conditioning is coming too slowly for those who need it most on Sep 1, 2022.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Alleen Brown.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/equity/prison-air-conditioning-american-rescue-plan/feed/ 0 328420
    We Need Public Utilities and We Need Them Now https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/29/we-need-public-utilities-and-we-need-them-now/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/29/we-need-public-utilities-and-we-need-them-now/#respond Mon, 29 Aug 2022 17:57:14 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339356

    The blades of the wind turbines on the mountain range opposite my window are turning especially energetically today. Last night’s storm has abated but high winds continue, contributing extra kilowatts to the electricity grid at precisely zero additional cost (or marginal cost, in the language of the economists). But the people struggling to make ends meet during a dreadful cost-of-living crisis must pay for these kilowatts as if they were produced by the most expensive liquefied natural gas transported to Greece’s shores from Texas. This absurdity, which prevails well beyond Greece and Europe, must end.

    We need a large-scale Manhattan Project-like investment in the green technologies of the future (such as green hydrogen and large-scale offshore floating windfarms).

    The absurdity stems from the delusion that states can simulate a competitive, and thus efficient, electricity market. Because only one electricity cable enters our homes or businesses, leaving matters to the market would lead to a perfect monopoly – an outcome that nobody wants. But governments decided that they could simulate a competitive market to replace the public utilities that used to generate and distribute power. They can’t.

    The Euroean Union’s power sector is a good example of what market fundamentalism has done to electricity networks the world over. The EU obliged its member states to split the electricity grid from the power-generating stations and privatize the power stations to create new firms, which would compete with one another to provide electricity to a new company owning the grid. This company, in turn, would lease its cables to another host of companies that would buy the electricity wholesale and compete among themselves for the retail business of homes and firms. Competition among producers would minimize the wholesale price, while competition among retailers would ensure that final consumers benefit from low prices and high-quality service.

    Alas, none of this could be made to work in theory, let alone in practice.

    The simulated market faced contradictory imperatives: to ensure a minimum amount of electricity within the grid at every point in time, and to channel investment into green energy. The solution proposed by market fundamentalists was twofold: create another market for permissions to emit greenhouse gases, and introduce marginal-cost pricing, which meant that the wholesale price of every kilowatt should equal that of the costliest kilowatt.

    The emission-permit market was meant to motivate electricity producers to shift to less polluting fuels. Unlike a fixed tax, the cost of emitting a ton of carbon dioxide would be determined by the market. In theory, the more industry relied on terrible fuels like lignite, the larger the demand for the EU-issued emission permits. This would drive up their price, strengthening the incentive to switch to natural gas and, ultimately, to renewables.

    Marginal-cost pricing was intended to ensure the minimum level of electricity supply, by preventing low-cost producers from undercutting higher-cost power companies. The prices would give low-cost producers enough profits and reasons to invest in cheaper, less polluting energy sources.

    To see what the regulators had in mind, consider a hydroelectric power station and a lignite-fired one. The fixed cost of building the hydroelectric station is large but the marginal cost is zero: once water turns its turbine, the next kilowatt the station produces costs nothing. In contrast, the lignite-fired power station is much cheaper to build, but the marginal cost is positive, reflecting the fixed amount of costly lignite per kilowatt produced.

    By fixing the price of every kilowatt produced hydroelectrically to be no less than the marginal cost of producing a kilowatt using lignite, the EU wanted to reward the hydroelectric company with a fat profit, which, regulators hoped, would be invested in additional renewable-energy capacity. Meanwhile, the lignite-fueled power station would have next to no profits (as the price would just about cover its marginal costs) and a growing bill for the permits it needed to buy in order to pollute.

    But reality was less forgiving than the theory. As the pandemic wreaked havoc on global supply chains, the price of natural gas rose, before trebling after Russia invaded Ukraine. Suddenly, the most polluting fuel (lignite) was not the most expensive, motivating more long-term investment in fossil fuels and infrastructure for LNG. Marginal-cost pricing helped power companies extract huge rents from outraged retail consumers, who realized they were paying much more than the average cost of electricity. Not surprisingly, publics, seeing no benefits – to them or to the environment – from the blades rotating above their heads and spoiling their scenery, turned against wind turbines.

    The rise in natural gas prices has exposed the endemic failures that occur when a simulated market is grafted onto a natural monopoly. We have seen it all: How easily producers could collude in fixing the wholesale price. How their obscene profits, especially from renewables, turned citizens against the green transition. How the simulated market regime impeded common procurement that would have alleviated poorer countries’ energy costs. How the retail electricity market became a casino with companies speculating on future electricity prices, profiting during the good times, and demanding state bailouts when their bets turn bad.

    It’s time to wind down simulated electricity markets. What we need, instead, are public energy networks in which electricity prices represent average costs plus a small mark-up. We need a carbon tax, whose proceeds must compensate poorer citizens. We need a large-scale Manhattan Project-like investment in the green technologies of the future (such as green hydrogen and large-scale offshore floating windfarms). And, lastly, we need municipally-owned local networks of existing renewables (solar, wind, and batteries) that turn communities into owners, managers, and beneficiaries of the power they need.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Yanis Varoufakis.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/29/we-need-public-utilities-and-we-need-them-now/feed/ 0 327421
    Anatol Lieven: Ukraine Has Become a Bloody Stalemate. We Need a Settlement to End the Fighting. https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/anatol-lieven-ukraine-has-become-a-bloody-stalemate-we-need-a-settlement-to-end-the-fighting-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/anatol-lieven-ukraine-has-become-a-bloody-stalemate-we-need-a-settlement-to-end-the-fighting-2/#respond Fri, 26 Aug 2022 14:11:01 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=f4f8a8c8b0953d77fd2c9b6d84d51de3
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/anatol-lieven-ukraine-has-become-a-bloody-stalemate-we-need-a-settlement-to-end-the-fighting-2/feed/ 0 326779
    Anatol Lieven: Ukraine Has Become a Bloody Stalemate. We Need a Settlement to End the Fighting. https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/anatol-lieven-ukraine-has-become-a-bloody-stalemate-we-need-a-settlement-to-end-the-fighting/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/anatol-lieven-ukraine-has-become-a-bloody-stalemate-we-need-a-settlement-to-end-the-fighting/#respond Fri, 26 Aug 2022 12:15:29 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=38ac34eefda112dbc1b352a99751f8b5 Seg1 ukraine

    Six months after the Russian invasion of Ukraine, the war has reached a stalemate. We speak with Anatol Lieven, senior fellow at the Quincy Institute for Responsible Statecraft, who says a possible path to a general ceasefire can begin with securing the safety of the region around the Zaporizhzhia nuclear power plant.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/anatol-lieven-ukraine-has-become-a-bloody-stalemate-we-need-a-settlement-to-end-the-fighting/feed/ 0 326755
    Cancel It All: Debt Collective’s Astra Taylor on Biden Plan & Need for Full Student Debt Relief https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/cancel-it-all-debt-collectives-astra-taylor-on-biden-plan-need-for-full-student-debt-relief/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/cancel-it-all-debt-collectives-astra-taylor-on-biden-plan-need-for-full-student-debt-relief/#respond Thu, 25 Aug 2022 14:02:07 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=5c23ffe26a1146bd58ca9b9e921afd56
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/cancel-it-all-debt-collectives-astra-taylor-on-biden-plan-need-for-full-student-debt-relief/feed/ 0 326396
    Cancel It All: Debt Collective’s Astra Taylor on Biden Plan & Need for Full Student Debt Relief https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/cancel-it-all-debt-collectives-astra-taylor-on-biden-plan-need-for-full-student-debt-relief-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/cancel-it-all-debt-collectives-astra-taylor-on-biden-plan-need-for-full-student-debt-relief-2/#respond Thu, 25 Aug 2022 12:12:41 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=8422c2538f388639a708b74a8501aa51 Seg1 guest split

    In a much-anticipated move, President Biden has signed an executive order Wednesday for student debt relief that could help more than 40 million borrowers by canceling up to $20,000 of their federal loans. Many advocates for canceling student debt say Biden’s plan doesn’t go far enough, while Republicans decry the plan as “student debt socialism.” We speak to Astra Taylor, writer, filmmaker and co-director of the Debt Collective, a union for debtors and one of the original advocates for a debt jubilee that would cancel all student debt. Despite the mixed reaction, “this is incredibly significant when you think about where we began as a movement not that long ago,” says Taylor, who also notes that debt strikes and the fight for full cancellation will continue.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/cancel-it-all-debt-collectives-astra-taylor-on-biden-plan-need-for-full-student-debt-relief-2/feed/ 0 326412
    We Don’t Need Government-Granted Patent Monopolies to Finance Drug Research https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/we-dont-need-government-granted-patent-monopolies-to-finance-drug-research/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/we-dont-need-government-granted-patent-monopolies-to-finance-drug-research/#respond Thu, 25 Aug 2022 05:53:44 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=253280

    Photo by CDC

    These are remarkable times, and they just keep getting more remarkable. The latest is an oped in the Washington Post that actually cites Sanders’ approvingly. The Post ran a pieceby Caleb Watney and Heidi Williams arguing for alternatives to patent monopolies for financing the development of new drugs. The piece approvingly cites a proposal from Sanders from 2013, which would have created innovation prizes to reward drug companies for developing important new drugs.

    The context for the mention of Sanders is the concerns raised by the pharmaceutical industry that the lower prices for its drugs, as a result of provisions in the Inflation Reduction Act, will lead them to develop fewer new drugs. Watney and Williams accept that the industry will likely spend somewhat less on research, but make the obvious point that this can be offset by additional government funding for research.

    This is an incredibly important point that seems to have largely escaped almost everyone in the debate over limited drug prices. While it is true that if the industry has more money, it will likely invest more in research, there is no reason we have to rely on patent monopolies as the only mechanism for financing research.

    As Watney and Williams note, we already rely on the government to support a large amount of biomedical research. While much of this is more basic research supported through the National Institutes of Health, government funding often does support the actual development and testing of new drugs and vaccines, as was the case with the Moderna Covid vaccine developed with funds from Operation Warp Speed. Watney and Williams propose a variety of mechanisms for increased public funding, including something along the lines of Sanders’ innovation prize.

    Recognizing the trade-off between patent monopoly supported research and other mechanisms is a huge step forward, but the Watney and Williams piece only gives us part of the picture. Drugs are cheap. The government makes them expensive by issuing patent monopolies and providing other forms of protection.

    We will spend roughly $520 billion this year on prescription drugs this year. This is 2.2 percent of GDP or 60 percent of the size of the military budget. If drugs were sold in a free market, without patent monopolies or related protections, we would likely pay less than $100 billion. Drugs that current sell for tens or hundreds of thousands of dollars would likely sell for several hundred dollars. It is rare that drugs are expensive to manufacture and distribute. The high prices stem from the fact that drug companies have a monopoly on a drug that may be necessary for someone’s health or life.

    For the extra $400 billion plus that we spend on buying drugs, we get a bit more than $100 billion in research from the pharmaceutical industry. While much of this spending goes to developing important new drugs, much also goes to developing copycat drugs, or innovations that allow drug companies to extend their period of patent protection or other forms of exclusivity in the market.

    We can look to replace the patent monopoly financing with other forms of government supported research. We can use routes like the Sanders’ innovation prize, but my preferred route would be the direct funding route, similar to what the National Institutes of Health now pursues with its $50 billion plus budget.

    My route would add two additional features. First, it would have the funding go through private companies on long-term contracts, similar to what the Defense Department does with prime contractors on major weapons systems.[1] The other difference would be that I would require that all results be posted as quickly as practical on the web and that all patents would be in the public domain. This means that all new drugs, vaccines, and medical equipment could be sold as cheap generics from the day they are approved by the Food and Drug Administration.

    By making all research fully public as quickly as possible, we are likely to see more rapid progress in developing new and better treatments. Researchers could quickly build on successes of other researchers, and avoid taking routes that other researchers had determined to be dead ends.

    By having all drugs sell in a free market, as opposed to patent protected prices, we would also avoid much of the corruption resulting from patent monopolies. While all economists recognize that tariffs of 10 or 25 percent can lead to corruption, for some reason they have trouble recognizing that patent monopolies, that raise the price of drugs by 1000 percent or even 10,000 percent above the free market price, can also lead to corruption.

    This is especially surprising since the evidence is all around us, starting with the drug pushing that fed the opioid crisis, but with plenty of other prominent examples. When drug companies can sell drugs at prices that are so far above their cost of production, it would be shocking if they didn’t do everything possible to promote their drugs as widely as possible. This is exactly what economics predicts will happen.

    Anyhow, moving away from a system of supporting prescription drug research through government-granted patent monopolies to a system of direct public funding will be a long process. But we have to get the debate started. It is great to see the Washington Post taking the first small step on its opinion page.

    Notes.

    [1] I describe this system in more detail here and in Chapter 5 of Rigged [it’s free].


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Dean Baker.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/we-dont-need-government-granted-patent-monopolies-to-finance-drug-research/feed/ 0 326287
    Colonial ideas have kept NZ and Australia in a rut of policy failure. We need policy by Indigenous people, for the people https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/22/colonial-ideas-have-kept-nz-and-australia-in-a-rut-of-policy-failure-we-need-policy-by-indigenous-people-for-the-people/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/22/colonial-ideas-have-kept-nz-and-australia-in-a-rut-of-policy-failure-we-need-policy-by-indigenous-people-for-the-people/#respond Mon, 22 Aug 2022 00:53:59 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=78205 ANALYSIS: By Dominic O’Sullivan, Charles Sturt University

    Crisis is a word often used in politics and the media — the covid crisis, the housing crisis, the cost of living crisis, and so on. The term usually refers to single events at odds with common ideas of what’s acceptable, fair or good.

    But in New Zealand, Australia and elsewhere, Indigenous policy can be portrayed as a different kind of crisis altogether.

    Indeed, it can often just seem like one crisis after another, one policy failure after another: poor health, poor education, all kinds of poor statistics. A kind of permanent crisis.

    Policy success, on the other hand, often doesn’t fit the crisis narrative: record low Māori unemployment, for instance, or the Māori economy being worth NZ$70 billion and forecast to grow 5 percent annually.

    It may be that crisis makes better headlines. But we also need to ask why, and what the deeper implications might be for Indigenous peoples and policy in Aotearoa New Zealand and Australia.

    Sharing the sovereign?
    Sharing the sovereign? The Australian Aboriginal flag and Australian national flag fly above Sydney harbour bridge. Image: The Conversation/GettyImages

    Colonialism as crisis
    Last month, I published a journal article titled “The crisis of policy failure or the moral crisis of an idea: colonial politics in contemporary Australia and New Zealand”. In it I argue that when public services don’t work well for Indigenous peoples, the explanation does not just come down to isolated examples of policy failure.

    The solution is not that governments simply get better at making policy. Instead, colonialism itself is what I call “the moral crisis of an idea”.

    Earlier this year, former Australian Prime Minister Scott Morrison said that Indigenous policy usually fails because:

    [Governments] perpetuated an ingrained way of thinking, passed down over two centuries and more, and it was the belief that we knew better than our Indigenous peoples. We don’t. We also thought we understood their problems better than they did. We don’t. They live them.

    Morrison was describing a problem with the way the system ordinarily works. Yet a crisis is supposed to be something out of the ordinary, something that needs fixing. How, then, do we fix an idea?

    Listening, reflection and justification
    Colonialism presumes a moral hierarchy of human worth. It presumes Indigenous people shouldn’t have the same influence over public decision making as others (for example, ensuring a hospital or school works in their favour).

    Addressing this problem is the point of the Māori Health Authority, established in New Zealand last month, and the Māori Education Strategy released in 2020.

    The democratic theorist John Dryzek says there is a crisis of communication in modern democracy. This is because people understate the importance of listening, reflection and justification in public decision making.

    Colonialism, however, doesn’t require listening, reflection or justification. Its essential idea is that some people just aren’t as entitled as others to a meaningful say in public policy.

    Entrenching listening, reflection and justification in the workings of democratic politics would support different and non-colonial aspirations. This is something I have called “sharing the sovereign” in my 2021 book of the same name.

    Sharing the sovereign
    Sharing the sovereign means recognising many sites of decision-making authority. This is the point of the treaties being considered in Victoria, the Northern Territory and Queensland. It’s also the point of Te Tiriti o Waitangi/the Treaty of Waitangi in Aotearoa New Zealand.

    The Sharing The Sovereign book cover.
    The Sharing The Sovereign book cover. Image: The Conversation

    Te Tiriti affirmed the Māori right to authority (rangatiratanga) over their own affairs. It also conferred on Māori the rights and privileges of British subjects, which continue to evolve as New Zealand citizenship. This was the right to influence the affairs of the new state — the right to be part of the new state in a meaningful way.

    Successive Waitangi Tribunal reports show that crisis in Māori policy occurs when these two simple ideas of independent authority and meaningful participation in the state are absent.

    In Australia, the Victorian Treaty Assembly says: “Treaty is a chance to address [the] future together as equals”. The idea of an Indigenous voice to Parliament, which the new Australian government is supporting, is also a step towards sharing the sovereign among all citizens.

    In Aotearoa New Zealand, sharing the sovereign would mean the Crown is not, in the words of the first Māori judge of the Supreme Court, Justice Joe Williams, “Pakeha, English-speaking, and distinct from Māori”.

    Political equality then becomes possible because the sovereign is not an ethnically exclusive entity. It’s not an all-powerful authority over which Indigenous people should not expect any real influence.

    Colonialism under permanent scrutiny
    Equality through inclusivity is fundamentally different from colonialism and its inherent moral crisis. Equality and inclusivity make different assumptions about what the state is and to whom it belongs.

    However, normalising public institutions to work for Indigenous peoples as well as they work for anyone else is still a contested idea. In 2019, for example, the New Zealand cabinet instructed public servants on the questions they should consider when advising ministers on Treaty/Tiriti policy.

    On one hand, cabinet affirmed Māori influence in the policy process. On the other, it didn’t consider the possibility that governments might sometimes stand aside entirely in the making of effective and fair public policy. So, cabinet didn’t require advisers to ask questions such as:

    • Why is the government presuming to make this decision?
    • And why does the decision not belong (partly or entirely) to the sphere of tino rangatiratanga (self-determination, sovereignty)?

    Asking these kinds of questions involves sharing the sovereign. They presume listening, reflection and justification to put colonialism, as the moral crisis of an idea, under permanent scrutiny.The Conversation

    Dr Dominic O’Sullivan, is adjunct professor, Faculty of Health and Environmental Sciences, Auckland University of Technology, and professor of political science, Charles Sturt University. This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons licence. Read the original article.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/22/colonial-ideas-have-kept-nz-and-australia-in-a-rut-of-policy-failure-we-need-policy-by-indigenous-people-for-the-people/feed/ 0 325418
    Afghanistan quake victims need our help now more than ever https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/20/afghanistan-quake-victims-need-our-help-now-more-than-ever/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/20/afghanistan-quake-victims-need-our-help-now-more-than-ever/#respond Sat, 20 Aug 2022 17:03:43 +0000 https://news.un.org/feed/view/en/audio/2022/08/1125122 When a massive earthquake hit remote communities in Afghanistan’s Khost and Paktika provinces on 21 June, UN Children’s Fund staffer Veronica Houser knew it was going to be a tough assignment. So many families had been buried in rubble and mud while they slept. To highlight the work of aid workers for this year’s World Humanitarian Day, here’s her first-hand account of the relief effort. 


    This content originally appeared on UN News and was authored by UNICEF/ Veronica Houser.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/20/afghanistan-quake-victims-need-our-help-now-more-than-ever/feed/ 0 325204
    Droughts and wildfires prove we need to end private land ownership https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/16/droughts-and-wildfires-prove-we-need-to-end-private-land-ownership/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/16/droughts-and-wildfires-prove-we-need-to-end-private-land-ownership/#respond Tue, 16 Aug 2022 00:02:00 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/climate-crisis-land-ownership-wetlands-grouse-moor/ We can’t accept an annual lurch from droughts to floods – we must take our land back from the aristocracy


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Adam Ramsay.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/16/droughts-and-wildfires-prove-we-need-to-end-private-land-ownership/feed/ 0 323944
    We Need Truly Free Community College for All https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/15/we-need-truly-free-community-college-for-all/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/15/we-need-truly-free-community-college-for-all/#respond Mon, 15 Aug 2022 19:37:23 +0000 https://progressive.org/magazine/we-need-truly-free-community-college-berryhill/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Nora-Kathleen Berryhill.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/15/we-need-truly-free-community-college-for-all/feed/ 0 323764
    Pesticide Exposure Killed my Husband—Farm Workers Need Better Protections https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/15/pesticide-exposure-killed-my-husband-farm-workers-need-better-protections/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/15/pesticide-exposure-killed-my-husband-farm-workers-need-better-protections/#respond Mon, 15 Aug 2022 17:13:17 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339047

    My husband, Alejandro, died from lung cancer in 2010. He was just 50 years old. For years, one of my husband's jobs was to tend to the lettuce fields where we worked in Greenfield. Right after spraying pesticides and weed killers, he would go into the fields, working up the soil with a short-handled hoe so that the lettuce could grow. He would get really close to the ground, breathing in the dust and also the chemical residue that was there.

    These facts of farmworker life are not simply tragedy. They are the result of policy decisions the U.S. government can change right now. 

    A few years before he died, Alejandro developed a severe respiratory condition. He couldn't lay down because when he did, it felt like he was drowning. A doctor told us that he needed a lung transplant. We waited, but no donors were found.

    His breathing worsened to the point that he needed to be hospitalized and put on a ventilator. One day, as the nurses were getting him ready for his walk, he suffered a stroke. I rushed to his side. He died there in my arms, saying "mis hijos, mis hijos." [My kids, my kids]

    This is my family's story, but it's like too many others. Each year as many as 20,000 farmworkers are poisoned and an estimated 11,000 fatalities occur worldwide. Consider: In a country where the average life expectancy is 78 years, the people who work in the fields tend to live to be just 42.

    The families left behind have few resources to turn to. When Alejandro passed away, a doctor who knew that he was a farmworker told me that the cause of his death was most likely the result of regular exposure to pesticides at work. Then a lawyer who heard about what happened told us that we could sue the company that manufactured the chemicals that Alejandro had been exposed to. 

    But we didn't. One problem was a lack of direct evidence. Another issue was that my husband's employer never told him or the workers the names of the chemicals that were used on the farm.

    I felt depressed, helpless, and alone when Alejandro passed away. He was too young. We were confident we knew why he died, but we couldn't do anything about it.

    As for myself: working thirteen years on grape vineyards and also with chemicals has left me with asthma and psoriasis. I was seriously injured specifically after I fell while tying grape vines in one orchard, which has required multiple surgeries and regular medical attention. I had to leave work completely. 

    What has helped me turn all this pain into positive action was in 2013 getting involved in the California-based group, Lideres Campesinas. Connecting with other women who run the group, I have learned that what happened to my husband is all too common. Our country's approximately three million farmworkers daily risk their lives when they work with hazardous chemicals so that the rest of us can eat.

    Pesticides have been linked to cause birth defects, neurodevelopmental delays and cognitive impairment among pregnant farmworkers.  

    These facts of farmworker life are not simply tragedy. They are the result of policy decisions the U.S. government can change right now. 

    For instance, the Environmental Protection Agency and Occupational Safety and Health Agency should make greater efforts to conduct unannounced inspections.  As is, OSHA's workplace inspection policy authorizes such workplace inspections, while the EPA according to a rule from 2020, recognizes that inspections may or may not be announced. The problem is that many farmworker women report that their employers too often receive advance notice before inspectors arrive. Without unannounced inspections, employers superficially improve their work environments to just pass inspection, avoiding to make real, necessary changes that would actually benefit worker welfare."

    The EPA also needs to reverse recent decisions that have drawn lawsuits from Alianza Nacional de Campesinas, along with other advocacy and community health groups. The first is the agency's 2020 decision to weaken safeguards—namely a rule saying that pesticides can't be applied when anyone is within 100 feet of the site—that prevented farmworkers and rural residents from being accidentally sprayed with toxins. The other problematic decision is the EPA's 2021 approval of the continued use of the deadly pesticide paraquat for 15 more years, even though this chemical is currently banned in 32 countries and has been linked to Parkinson's Disease. The safeguards should be restored, and paraquat banned from use. 

    U.S. lawmakers have a role to play too. The Protect America's Children from Toxic Pesticides Act, introduced last year by Senator Cory Booker (D-NJ), aims to remove dangerous pesticides within our farm system by updating the 1972 Fungicide and Rodenticide Act to ban the most damaging pesticides that have been scientifically proven to harm the safety of people and our environment.

    Improved oversight and new laws will not bring my husband back. Yet in working together, I hope that in Alejandro's memory we can make changes that would help heal those of us who have been harmed by working in our country's food system, and prevent more senseless deaths.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Audelia Garcia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/15/pesticide-exposure-killed-my-husband-farm-workers-need-better-protections/feed/ 0 323756
    We don’t need the CIA – The Chris Hedges Report https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/12/we-dont-need-the-cia-the-chris-hedges-report/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/12/we-dont-need-the-cia-the-chris-hedges-report/#respond Fri, 12 Aug 2022 02:47:21 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=5cfd4dd719a457d42e3a30645776ebac
    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by The Real News Network.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/12/we-dont-need-the-cia-the-chris-hedges-report/feed/ 0 323206
    No Outsiders Need Apply: Why One City Settled for a Police Chief Accused of Harassment https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/11/no-outsiders-need-apply-why-one-city-settled-for-a-police-chief-accused-of-harassment/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/11/no-outsiders-need-apply-why-one-city-settled-for-a-police-chief-accused-of-harassment/#respond Thu, 11 Aug 2022 09:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/police-toxic-culture-massachusetts-revere#1392166 by Shannon Dooling and Christine Willmsen, WBUR

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up for Dispatches, a newsletter that spotlights wrongdoing around the country, to receive our stories in your inbox every week.

    This story was produced in partnership with WBUR. WBUR’s investigations team is uncovering stories of abuse, fraud and wrongdoing across Boston, Massachusetts and New England. Get their latest reports in your inbox.

    When the mayor of Revere, a working-class city north of Boston, began looking for a new police chief in 2017, he wanted a leader to clean up what he described as the “toxic culture” within the department.

    Mayor Brian Arrigo brought in a consultant to help pick the city’s top cop, who oversees more than 100 officers and civilian employees. The consultant, a former police chief in another Boston suburb, tested four candidates — all internal — for attributes such as decisiveness, initiative, leadership and communication skills. None of the candidates scored high enough to persuade the consultant that they would do the job well.

    “No city should settle for a Police Chief who cannot deliver an ‘Excellent’ performance when competing for the Police Chief’s position,” he reported to the mayor.

    Nevertheless, Arrigo chose one of those four candidates for a three-year interim chief role and appointed another, then-Lt. David Callahan, as chief in 2020. An investigation by WBUR and ProPublica found Callahan not only fell short on the assessment but was also steeped in the toxic culture the mayor deplored.

    In 2017, the same year that Arrigo started searching for a chief, Callahan was accused of bullying and sexually harassing a patrolman and “creating an atmosphere of fear.” In the fallout, the 40-year-old patrolman has been on paid leave for more than a year and is seeking an “injured on duty” retirement status, which would cost the city at least $750,000 before the typical retirement age of 55. Callahan disputes those allegations. He did acknowledge in an interview with WBUR and ProPublica that, before becoming chief, he sent a sexually explicit image to another officer.

    “It was a mistake,” he said. “It shouldn’t have happened. And I owned up to it and it’ll never happen again.”

    Callahan’s selection from an underwhelming pool of candidates illustrates the predicament of Revere and other municipalities that are constrained by regulations from hiring outsiders for the key position of police chief.

    “If you restrict the search process to somebody who is already inside the department, you’re making it a lot more difficult for any sort of substantive change to take place,” said Carl Takei, a senior staff attorney at the ACLU focused on police practices.

    In a wide-ranging 90-minute conversation in a conference room at Revere police headquarters, Callahan defended his record. He said that he is revising the department’s policies so it can obtain state accreditation, and that he is trying to make it more diverse and welcoming. “It’s not like the kind of good old boys’ network anymore,” he said.

    He added that he’s willing to take unpopular steps when necessary, citing an investigation a decade ago of a Revere colleague in a public corruption case, for which he received a commendation from the FBI. “I’ve gone against the grain, and I’ve taken a lot of heat for it,” he said.

    In a separate interview with WBUR, Arrigo said he would give Callahan an “A” for his performance as chief. While some critics say Callahan has applied discipline unevenly, Arrigo said the chief has stood up to the department’s culture as if he were an outsider rather than a veteran of three decades on Revere’s force. Still, the mayor emphasized that his options were limited by a decades-old requirement that the chief of police in Revere be chosen from within the department.

    In fact, after Arrigo received the candidates’ assessment scores in 2017, the mayor urged the City Council to amend the hiring rule so he could look outside the Police Department. “The fact of the matter is we are currently constraining ourselves to a limited pool of candidates when selecting someone for one of the most important jobs in the city of Revere,” he told the council. His goal, he said, was to choose from the best candidates anywhere “in the name of public safety.” The council didn’t budge.

    Restrictions on hiring police chiefs from outside department ranks are common in Massachusetts. In Waltham, which has an ordinance similar to Revere’s, two chiefs who were promoted internally became embroiled in scandal. More than 60 other Massachusetts municipalities abide by state Civil Service Commission rules for how to appoint a chief. This means that the chief is selected from within the department, based on the highest scores on the civil service exam, unless the city specifically requests a statewide search, which hardly ever happens. According to Massachusetts officials, there have been 32 civil service appointments for police chiefs within the last five years. All have been internal promotions, and none of the municipalities considered outside candidates.

    The colonel who heads the Massachusetts State Police also had to be hired from within its ranks until 2020. The legislature dropped the requirement in the wake of a sweeping overtime pay scam in which more than 45 troopers were implicated and at least eight pleaded guilty.

    Police departments in at least two other states face similar constraints. New Jersey law prevents most municipalities from looking outside their departments for chiefs, and California authorities linked internal hiring mandates in one city to alleged civil rights abuses by police.

    Police unions and local elected officials often support hiring from within. It’s seen as a way to reward veterans of the force for their service and to keep political allies close. Having a chief who grew up in the area and knows the community may also be an advantage.

    Revere Mayor Brian Arrigo. He said he would give Callahan an “A” for his performance as chief. (Jesse Costa/WBUR)

    Callahan pointed to these homegrown benefits when asked about internal hiring mandates for police chiefs. He said while it depends on what an individual department needs, it can be difficult to bring in someone from the outside.

    “There’s a lot of animosity because you’re going to have people in the department that are upset that they weren’t chosen for the position,” he said. “They’re not necessarily going to cooperate with the new person who’s hired, and there’s going to be some friction.”

    But with police departments facing demands for reform nationwide, some experts say one way to address problems such as toxic cultures, racial discrimination, poor training or use of excessive force is to bring in an outsider.

    Chuck Wexler, executive director of the Police Executive Research Forum, a Washington, D.C.-based think tank, said internal hiring mandates are outdated and can be counterproductive for troubled departments.

    “To simply limit your department and say, ‘We’re not going to look at anyone outside,’ I don’t think that’s good management, period,” Wexler said.

    For more than four decades, the Revere Police Department has struggled with corruption and ineffective leadership by chiefs hired from within. A Revere lieutenant was promoted to chief in 1980 after attaining the highest score on the civil service exam. He had purchased a stolen copy of the test from an exam theft ring and was sentenced to four years in prison in 1987.

    In that era, Revere typically chose the internal candidate for chief of police who scored highest on the state civil service exam. That changed in 2001, when then-Mayor Thomas Ambrosino wanted the freedom to hire someone regardless of exam results and to have more control over the terms and length of the appointment.

    “My recollection is that I was anxious to remove the police chief position in Revere from civil service because I didn’t think that was the most effective way of choosing a police chief,” Ambrosino, who is now city manager in Chelsea, said in an interview.

    First, he needed the support of the City Council. They reached a compromise. The council agreed to take the chief’s position out of civil service, and the state approved the move. From now on, the chief would be chosen from within the ranks of the Police Department and no civil service exam was required.

    Ambrosino recalled that the council wanted to please the police unions by making sure that the chief continued to be hired from inside. Ambrosino said he considered it the cost of getting the deal done. But he now says the ordinance hamstrings the mayor’s ability to choose the best candidate for the job.

    “As a chief executive, you want to have maximum flexibility. You would want to have the ability to go outside the department if you felt you didn’t have a really strong qualified candidate within the department,” he said. “So for that reason, it’s, in my opinion, not a great policy.”

    More recent mayors have sought the power to choose someone from outside the department, but they couldn’t persuade the City Council. In 2012, under pressure from then-Mayor Dan Rizzo, the chief resigned and stayed on as a captain, according to the Revere Journal. Rizzo said the Police Department lacked leadership and clear direction, and he wanted the option to pick an outside candidate.

    None of the four candidates for Revere police chief scored “excellent” or “very good” on an assessment. (Jesse Costa/WBUR)

    Two consultants to the city would later express similar concerns. In 2015, the year that Arrigo was elected mayor, the Collins Center consulting group said in a draft report that the department’s culture was “very militaristic” and the “lack of unity between the command staff members is most alarming.” Deploring the “fair amount of distrust” among Revere police at all levels, the consultant concluded the city’s internal hiring requirement for its police chief “limits the ability of the department to get the best candidate for the job.”

    The other consultant, Ryan Strategies Group, evaluated Callahan and the other three internal candidates in 2017 for police chief. Headed by a former Arlington, Massachusetts, police chief, it administered a series of exercises and tests over multiple days. Each candidate role-played a counseling session with a disgruntled subordinate, led a mock community meeting and completed a written take-home essay.

    No candidate scored in either of the two highest ranges, “excellent” and “very good.” The highest of the four scored a low “good,” and the others were “satisfactory,” according to Ryan group’s report. Callahan was one of the top two scorers, according to a person who requested anonymity to discuss individual results. Callahan said that he didn’t know his score or receive any feedback on his performance. He, like the other three candidates, said that the testing was fair and thorough.

    The Ryan group did not review personnel records. Besides Callahan’s issues, the city had settled a sexual harassment complaint in 2008 against 13 defendants, including one of the other candidates, Steven Ford. He did not admit any wrongdoing. Another candidate, James Guido, whom Arrigo named as interim chief in 2017, would be sued in 2019, along with the Revere police department, by a female officer who accused him of unfair discipline and retaliation because of her gender. In a deposition, Guido disputed the allegations. The case is pending.

    During a heated 2017 meeting with the council, Arrigo said that both the Collins report and the candidates’ scores on the Ryan group’s assessment showed why the city needed to look outside the department for the next police chief. “We owe it to ourselves, we owe it to our city, to have an expanded pool of candidates,” he said.

    Ryan Strategies Group also performed an organizational review of the department at Arrigo’s request. It revealed concerns about morale. It also found the department was shirking best practices by not conducting regular audits of property and evidence, and had failed to report to the Suffolk County District Attorney’s Office that an audit found discrepancies in drugs and guns.

    The Ryan group’s report strongly opposed a requirement to hire an internal candidate as chief. “There are times when the culture of a community and/or Department become so politicized or polarized that it is necessary to be able to consider a candidate who is not overly involved with local politics or enmeshed in long standing conflicts,” it said.

    The council sent Arrigo’s request to change the ordinance to its public safety committee, where it was never brought to a vote. Revere City Councilor Patrick Keefe, who opposed the mayor’s proposal at the time, said that he’s confident in Callahan’s leadership, but he would be open to expanding the pool of candidates for chief in the future.

    “I would probably prefer to have the chief of police be an internal candidate, but if you don’t have the best candidate, sometimes you have to think of other options,” he said.

    WBUR reached out to multiple city councilors to ask their opinion on the ordinance. Only Keefe responded.

    At Callahan’s swearing-in ceremony in July 2020 on the steps of City Hall, the new chief told a crowd thinned by the pandemic that he would honor the same values he’d practiced for almost 30 years at the department. “Since my first day, I have always treated everyone fairly and with the respect they were due,” he said. “I’m committed to serving the community this way, and I will instill these values in the men and women that will be following my lead in the Revere Police Department in the future.”

    His appointment capped a steady rise through the ranks. After joining the department in 1991, the Revere native became a lieutenant in 2003. He served as the commander of the Drug Control Unit and was assigned to the Criminal Investigation Unit. In 2012, the FBI recognized Callahan for his “exceptional assistance” in the bureau’s investigation into a public corruption case involving a Revere police officer. As a lieutenant, he was among the highest paid Revere employees. In 2019, he made $213,500, including $72,700 for working details or overtime. Callahan has a five-year contract as chief, and his current salary is $192,000.

    But Callahan’s behavior hasn’t always been exemplary. This past May, Callahan testified at an arbitration hearing in City Hall over his role in the firing of an officer. Under cross-examination by union attorney Patrick Bryant, and again in an interview with WBUR and ProPublica, Callahan admitted that, while he was a lieutenant, he texted a sexually explicit image to a patrolman. The patrolman passed the image, which depicted the Virgin Mary superimposed on a vagina, to others in the department, according to screenshots seen by WBUR and ProPublica. According to notes of the testimony taken by Bryant’s law clerk, Callahan said he was never disciplined for his actions.

    The most serious allegation against Callahan emerged in March 2017, when Revere police officer Marc Birritteri filed a formal complaint to then-police Chief Joseph Cafarelli. It outlined “harassment and bullying concerns that I have had with Lt. David Callahan over the past several years,” according to documents obtained by WBUR and ProPublica.

    “I feel like I have become a target of Lt. Callahan’s disrespectful torment and jokes that have had a negative impact on my job and personal life,” Birritteri wrote. “I have actually had to seek therapy on more than one occasion which is still ongoing due to this continuing harassment in the work place.”

    In his complaint, Birritteri alleged that Callahan repeatedly called him a “rapist” in front of fellow employees, apparently alluding to a sexual assault allegation against him. Birritteri wrote that a three-month investigation determined that he had not committed any wrongdoing, and he was never disciplined.

    Callahan also told Birritteri that he needed “to drop a load in another whore so she can take the rest of your paycheck,” according to Birritteri’s complaint. The comment referred to a child custody dispute that Birritteri was going through at the time, the complaint stated.

    At least three officers told WBUR they witnessed Callahan’s taunting of Birritteri and described it as relentless, including Revere Police Patrol Officers Association President Joseph Duca and two others who declined to be named for fear of retaliation.

    Callahan disputed these allegations. He said no one told him about the complaint for 11 months after it was filed. “I never knew there was a problem,” he said.

    A review of Revere police records shows that Birritteri’s complaints were never investigated by internal affairs, and Callahan was not disciplined. Department policy prohibits “harassing conduct” that “creates an intimidating, hostile, or offensive work environment.”

    “I have actually had to seek therapy on more than one occasion which is still ongoing due to this continuing harassment in the work place,” Marc Birritteri wrote in a formal complaint about Callahan, then a lieutenant. (Jesse Costa/WBUR)

    In a letter sent to Arrigo on April 12, 2017, then-chief Cafarelli informed the mayor that he had been made aware of an “ongoing pattern of psychological abuse directed at Officer Birritteri at the hand of Lieutenant Callahan.” The verbal abuse, Cafarelli wrote, was “occasionally sexual in nature in the presence of other officers.” Describing Callahan as a “domineering supervisor who leads by creating an atmosphere of fear,” Cafarelli recommended that the mayor place Callahan on administrative leave pending a full investigation by an outside body. The recommendation wasn’t followed.

    Two months later, Birritteri reported to the department that the bullying was continuing. “I am being further harassed and intimidated by employees and supervisors,” he stated. He was referring to friends of Callahan’s in the department, according to two officers, who declined to be identified for fear of retribution.

    That October, the city reached a settlement with Birritteri, acknowledging that he presented “credible complaints of harassment” while on duty. The city paid for his legal fees and insurance co-pays for mental health therapy, and it reinstated 38 sick days.

    In 2018, when he was no longer chief, Cafarelli sued the city and the mayor. He alleged that Arrigo failed to restore him to his former position as lieutenant because Cafarelli had advocated for Birritteri and had recommended putting Callahan on leave, according to court documents. Cafarelli said in the lawsuit that Arrigo and Callahan were “very good friends” and that the mayor had already decided to name Callahan as police chief. The city and the mayor responded in court documents that Cafarelli had not given timely notice of his intent to return to his old rank. This past April, a superior court judge dismissed the retaliation claim but allowed a breach of contract claim to go forward. Cafarelli said he now works as a private contractor for the U.S. government.

    Arrigo acknowledged that the city substantiated Birritteri’s complaints and said that he had spoken with Callahan about the allegations. Still, the mayor said the harassment did not give him pause when he appointed Callahan as chief.

    Birritteri continued to receive counseling, according to his correspondence with the city. In 2021, he and the mayor reached another agreement that would pay him $65,000. The patrolman promised not to disparage the city, the mayor or Police Department. The mayor also agreed to not fight Birritteri’s request with the city Retirement Board for a special type of retirement for officers injured on duty. That claim is pending. If granted, he would likely collect pay of more than $50,000 a year, or almost three-fourths of his highest salary.

    Allegations about Birritteri’s own conduct as a police officer have also cost the city. In 2012, he was sued by a man who said he was assaulted at a parade and alleged that Birritteri failed to intervene. The city settled the case for $15,000, according to the city solicitor, and all claims were dismissed. And in a September 2021 lawsuit, a woman alleged that Birritteri violated her civil rights by wrongfully arresting her and unlawfully searching her car. A $36,000 settlement was reached in April, according to the solicitor. Duca, in his capacity as union president, said that Birritteri denies wrongdoing.

    Like many internally hired police chiefs, Callahan is a political ally of the mayor’s. Callahan has donated close to $5,000 to Arrigo’s campaigns over the last six years and has knocked on doors on Arrigo’s behalf. He said he was “very active” in supporting Arrigo’s election because he agreed with the mayor’s vision for the city. Both Callahan and Arrigo said that his political support for the mayor had nothing to do with his hiring as chief. Arrigo interviewed the top two candidates, according to people familiar with the process. The mayor said he also sought feedback from other police officers and community members.

    As chief, Callahan has feuded vehemently with the patrolman’s union — for example, over his decision to restore a shift schedule that the union criticized for contributing to burnout. Callahan, who has the shift rotations posted on the wall of his spacious office, said the schedule he has implemented is better for public safety. Duca is so dismayed with Callahan that he’s now open to hiring an outsider as chief. Duca said the police force would benefit from looking elsewhere for future chiefs instead of having to “choose from the best of the worst” candidates.

    Arrigo said he has seen Callahan “hold the department to a higher standard than prior chiefs.” The mayor cited the firing of a patrolman, Rick Griffin, the son of a retired sergeant. The mayor determined that Griffin, while in his probationary period, was allegedly untruthful when questioned by the police’s internal affairs department, according to court documents. Griffin was asked about an evening in which he argued with his girlfriend and then was in a car accident, according to Griffin and Duca. Griffin denied the allegations and said he was not formally interviewed before he was let go. He filed a complaint in superior court against the Civil Service Commission, the city and the mayor, alleging that his termination was politically motivated, because his family backed an opponent of Arrigo’s, and that he was denied due process. The case against the city and the mayor is pending, while the complaint against the Civil Service Commission is on appeal.

    Also fired was another patrolman, Youness Elalam, who had sexual contact with a custodian in a private room at the police station while off duty, according to a state police investigation. Elalam and the custodian told investigators that, while she was uncomfortable with having sex at work, they were in a consensual relationship, documents show. Elalam told WBUR that he was treated harsher than other officers facing discipline because he is Muslim and Moroccan. Elalam’s firing was the subject of the arbitration hearing that Callahan testified at in May.

    During that hearing, Callahan said that, as a lieutenant, he had become aware of allegations that another senior officer had sex with a 911 dispatcher throughout the police station and in department vehicles while on duty. Callahan acknowledged at the hearing that he had an obligation to investigate the information he received but didn’t do it thoroughly, according to notes of the testimony. The senior officer, who denied the allegations, wasn’t reprimanded.

    “If you’re friendly with the chief and supportive of his interests, you again have your own kind of private internal affairs process,” said Bryant, the union attorney representing Elalam.

    Callahan declined to comment on the case, saying it’s still pending. According to Elalam, a tentative settlement was reached last month, in which the city will pay him $25,000 and reinstate him on the force. He will be placed on unpaid administrative leave and will be allowed to resign in good standing, with favorable letters of recommendation from the chief and the mayor.

    “It’s a huge win and relief. I fought so hard so I could continue to be a police officer,” he said. “I don’t have to deal with Revere anymore, and I can move on to another chapter of my life doing the job I love.”

    Youness Elalam. He says he was disciplined more harshly than other officers because he is Muslim. (Jesse Costa/WBUR)

    In 1999, two years before Revere adopted its ordinance requiring police chiefs be hired from within, Waltham instituted a similar policy. Promoted under the new rule, Edward Drew became chief in 2000 after 26 years in the Waltham department. In 2008, Drew paid a $1,000 fine to the State Ethics Commission for interfering with the hiring process to help his daughter gain a position on the force. Drew, who waived his right to contest the commission’s findings, did not respond to emails or phone messages.

    While Drew was being criticized for favoritism, Waltham Mayor Jeannette McCarthy tried to broaden the selection process to external candidates. The measure was tabled by the City Council and hasn’t been brought up again. McCarthy, who has been mayor since 2004, did not respond to requests for comment.

    After Drew retired from Waltham’s force, he was replaced by Thomas LaCroix, who resigned after being found guilty in 2013 on two counts of assaulting his wife. LaCroix died the following year.

    Waltham City Councilor Kathleen McMenimen said she voted in favor of the internal hiring mandate in 1999 after hearing several potential candidates for chief voice their support during a council meeting. McMenimen, still a councilor, said she remains supportive of the ordinance, despite the tarnished chiefs, because she believes internal candidates are the most knowledgeable about the city.

    “They understand their rank and file, they understand their superior police officers, they understand the city, its neighborhoods and its population, and its demographics,” she said. “And they understand the laws that they are required to adhere to.”

    Scandals involving chiefs hired from within have also cropped up in New Jersey. As a result of a century-old state law and Civil Service Commission rules, most smaller New Jersey municipalities must hire chiefs internally.

    In Caldwell, a few miles northwest of Newark, Chief James Bongiorno, who joined the force in 1996, was accused of creating a hostile work environment and violating the civil rights of two female officers.The town settled the cases in 2019 for a total of $240,000. Two years later, the town reached a $375,000 settlement with a former lieutenant who alleged Bongiorno created a hostile work environment. Bongiorno did not acknowledge wrongdoing either time. He remains at the helm of the department.

    South of Trenton, in Bordentown, then-police Chief Frank Nucera allegedly assaulted a Black teenager while the young man was handcuffed. Nucera, who then retired after 34 years on the force, was convicted in 2019 of lying to the FBI in connection with the investigation. Federal hate crime charges were dropped after two juries failed to reach a verdict.

    Police unions in New Jersey have pushed to keep the internal hiring requirements.

    “Many times police unions are in support of not bringing an outsider because even though they’re not the chief, everybody below has this hope that they might be chief,” said Brian Higgins, retired chief of the Bergen County police and a lecturer at the John Jay College of Criminal Justice.

    In 2021, the Atlantic City Police Department’s largest union sued the state, which is in charge of staffing decisions for the department, when officials signaled a move to expand the search for chief to external candidates. Union President Jules Schwenger said that a new chief will soon be named. “He is from our department and very qualified for the position,” Schwenger said, adding the lawsuit is “on standby.”

    Bakersfield, California, reached a settlement in 2021 with the state’s Department of Justice, which had been investigating alleged civil rights abuses by city police officers. As part of that settlement, and to avoid further litigation with the state DOJ, the city will have a ballot referendum on whether to remove a requirement to select the police chief from within the department. This November, voters will have the final say on how the chief is hired.

    Arrigo, Revere’s mayor, is up for reelection next year. He said that he would still like to see the ordinance amended to allow the hiring of an outsider as chief, but he doesn’t expect it to happen soon. “That may be for the next mayor,” he said.

    Alex Mierjeski of ProPublica contributed research. Yasmin Amer of WBUR contributed reporting.


    This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Shannon Dooling and Christine Willmsen, WBUR.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/11/no-outsiders-need-apply-why-one-city-settled-for-a-police-chief-accused-of-harassment/feed/ 0 322491
    Amazon Admits to Staggering 18% Increase in Emissions Last Year—We Need to Be Concerned https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/09/amazon-admits-to-staggering-18-increase-in-emissions-last-year-we-need-to-be-concerned/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/09/amazon-admits-to-staggering-18-increase-in-emissions-last-year-we-need-to-be-concerned/#respond Tue, 09 Aug 2022 10:16:49 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/338888
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Dawny'all Heydari.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/09/amazon-admits-to-staggering-18-increase-in-emissions-last-year-we-need-to-be-concerned/feed/ 0 321977
    LGBTQ+ Youth Need Inclusive Health Care https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/08/lgbtq-youth-need-inclusive-health-care/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/08/lgbtq-youth-need-inclusive-health-care/#respond Mon, 08 Aug 2022 20:50:47 +0000 https://progressive.org/op-eds/lgbtq-youth-need-inclusive-healthcare-baldino-220808/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Andrew Baldino.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/08/lgbtq-youth-need-inclusive-health-care/feed/ 0 321779
    To Turn Back the ‘Clock of Doom’ Millions of Us Need to Step Forward https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/06/to-turn-back-the-clock-of-doom-millions-of-us-need-to-step-forward/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/06/to-turn-back-the-clock-of-doom-millions-of-us-need-to-step-forward/#respond Sat, 06 Aug 2022 11:15:16 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/338833

    On the 6th and 9th day of August 1945 a new dark age began. Two unarmed Japanese cities were each destroyed by a single atomic bomb dropped from the sky. From the beginning of the nuclear age until this present moment human beings across the globe have struggled to turn back the clock of doom.

    On January 22, 2021 an internationally binding treaty calling for the prohibition of nuclear weapons was ratified under the auspices of the United Nations. For the first time in our lives, nuclear weapons have been declared illegal under international law.

    Seventy-seven years after thousands of defenseless civilians living in Hiroshima and Nagasaki were vaporized by nuclear weapons, people on every continent continue to be haunted by the mushroom cloud. For decades millions who yearn for peace have organized, marched, and even gone to jail to bring about an end to our collective nuclear nightmare. Despite a few years of substantial reductions negotiated by the leaders of the former Soviet Union and the United States in the late 1980s and early 1990s, the threat of nuclear annihilation has not only continued but has intensified. In 2022 nine nuclear-armed nations continue to possess and deploy nuclear weapons. Some of these nations have openly threatened to use them.

    In the year 2007, carried on the wings of youth, a new peace group was formed. In ten short years the International Committee to Abolish Nuclear Weapons (known as ICAN) won the 2017 Nobel Prize for Peace. Four years later, amid an unprecedented global pandemic, 50 nations on Mother Earth made history. On January 22, 2021 an internationally binding treaty calling for the prohibition of nuclear weapons was ratified under the auspices of the United Nations. For the first time in our lives, nuclear weapons have been declared illegal under international law.

    Over a half century ago, in a Commencement address he delivered at American University, President John F. Kennedy spoke frankly about the grave danger nuclear weapons posed to the survival of the United States of America and the Soviet Union.

    "Today, should total war ever break out again, no matter how, our two countries will be the primary targets. It is an ironic but accurate fact that the two strongest powers are the two in the most danger of devastation. All we have built, all we have worked for, would be destroyed in the first 24 hours."

    In 1991 the Soviet Union was dissolved. Tragically, in the years since the Cold War between the two most powerful nuclear-armed nations came to an end, humanity's greatest opportunity to achieve world peace has been squandered. A new Cold War with Russia has turned into a hot war in Ukraine. Recently the United States has placed missiles in Poland and Romania, literally on Russia's doorstep. Both nations' doomsday machines, programmed to inflict mass death in a matter of minutes, continue to cast a dark shadow upon us all.

    If the heightened risk of nuclear war is indeed a reality, the question arises: how can peace activists turn our dire situation into headline news? Corporate-owned major media conglomerates, heavily invested in the trillion dollar weapons industry, regularly censor voices for peace. What can ordinary people do to break through the deafening silence?

    ICAN has laid the groundwork for an invigorated movement for nuclear disarmament. But in spite of their extraordinary accomplishments so far, our struggle for nuclear disarmament and a peaceful future has just begun.

    If ICAN can work to build a world at peace, then each and every one of us can too.

    A massive education campaign which tells the truth about the senseless and monumental danger we face as a species is urgently needed. Misrulers and their media stenographers, blindly leading us to catastrophe, must be exposed, confronted and pressured to change course. A re-invigorated global movement demanding the abolition of nuclear weapons from the face of the Earth must become our top priority. The elimination of these weapons from national budgets will liberate trillions of dollars of taxpayer funds to protect and restore our increasingly endangered eco-system. Our children's futures and the future of Creation itself are at stake.

    Less than six months before he was assassinated in Dallas President John F. Kennedy eloquently and courageously spoke out to end nuclear madness.

    "Is not peace, in the last analysis, basically a matter of human rights . . . the right to live out our lives without fear of devastation . . . the right to breathe air as Nature provided it . . . the right of future generations to a healthy existence?"

    We must act quickly to awaken our sisters and brothers before it's too late. The stakes have never been higher and voices for peace have never been more desperately needed. To turn back the clock of doom millions of us need to step forward. Now it's up to you and me!


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Sharleen Leahey.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/06/to-turn-back-the-clock-of-doom-millions-of-us-need-to-step-forward/feed/ 0 321324
    You Need To Know How To Shoot’: Lviv Students Are Taught The ABCs Of Self-Defense https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/01/you-need-to-know-how-to-shoot-lviv-students-are-taught-the-abcs-of-self-defense/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/01/you-need-to-know-how-to-shoot-lviv-students-are-taught-the-abcs-of-self-defense/#respond Mon, 01 Aug 2022 16:31:12 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=9b41718c76a76d977a043d5c16523981
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/01/you-need-to-know-how-to-shoot-lviv-students-are-taught-the-abcs-of-self-defense/feed/ 0 319821
    We Need a New Constitution https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/01/we-need-a-new-constitution/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/01/we-need-a-new-constitution/#respond Mon, 01 Aug 2022 14:52:00 +0000 https://inthesetimes.com/article/constitution-democracy-supreme-court-climate-change-epa
    This content originally appeared on In These Times and was authored by Basav Sen.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/01/we-need-a-new-constitution/feed/ 0 319810
    After Manchin Deal, Advocates Say ‘We Still Need Biden to Declare a Climate Emergency’ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/28/after-manchin-deal-advocates-say-we-still-need-biden-to-declare-a-climate-emergency/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/28/after-manchin-deal-advocates-say-we-still-need-biden-to-declare-a-climate-emergency/#respond Thu, 28 Jul 2022 17:09:33 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/338644

    Climate advocates made clear Thursday that they have no intention of dropping their calls for U.S. President Joe Biden to declare a climate emergency after Democratic leaders cut a legislative deal with Sen. Joe Manchin that includes tens of billions of dollars in green energy investments.

    "The climate doesn't give out prizes for getting 70% of the way there," said Fossil Free Media director Jamie Henn, referring to estimates that Senate Democrats' newly proposed bill, if passed, would bring the U.S. significantly closer to meeting Biden's goal of cutting the nation's greenhouse gas emissions in half by the end of the decade.

    "What the world needs now is an unequivocal commitment by those in power to shut down the fossil fuel industry."

    "We still need Biden to declare a climate emergency," Henn added, "and stop approving fossil fuel projects that take us further from that goal."

    Climate organizations have responded with alarm to provisions of the Inflation Reduction Act that would expand oil and gas drilling and potentially lock in future greenhouse gas emissions, even as it bolsters renewable energy manufacturing, slashes methane pollution, and invests in electric vehicle production.

    Brett Hartl, government affairs director at the Center for Biological Diversity, noted that the bill's proposed green energy funding is "paltry compared to the $800 billion we spend on our military every year and the trillions needed to solve the climate crisis."

    "No matter what," said Hartl, "none of this should deter President Biden from declaring a climate emergency and taking bold executive action to address this crisis."

    There's also the possibility of the bill hitting a snag and failing to pass the Senate, where it needs unanimous support from the Democratic caucus. Sen. Kyrsten Sinema (D-Ariz.), a key swing vote, has yet to endorse the legislative text unveiled late Wednesday.

    Related Content

    In a statement earlier this month, Biden vowed that "if the Senate will not move to tackle the climate crisis and strengthen our domestic clean energy industry, I will take strong executive action to meet this moment."

    Days later, The Washington Post reported that Biden was considering the option of declaring a climate emergency, a move that proponents say would unlock key federal authorities and resources needed to accelerate the country's renewable energy transition and slash carbon pollution.

    During a press conference on Thursday, the president hailed the Inflation Reduction Act as "the most important investment we've ever made in our energy security" and provided no indication that a climate emergency declaration is forthcoming.

    JL Andrepont, senior policy campaigner and policy analyst at 350.org, warned that "the Biden administration, in a desperate need to capitulate to Manchin, is engaging in a bait and switch tactic on climate legislation."

    "With these and the many other underhanded gifts to him and the fossil fuel industry, this bill is more of a climate scam bill than a climate change bill," said Andrepont. "How are we supposed to hit our emission reduction targets, be a beacon to the rest of the world, and show that we are committed to addressing climate change if our best efforts are two steps backward?"

    "What the world needs now," Andrepont added, "is an unequivocal commitment by those in power to shut down the fossil fuel industry and do everything possible to support the frontline communities who contribute the least to this crisis, but are already suffering the most from it."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/28/after-manchin-deal-advocates-say-we-still-need-biden-to-declare-a-climate-emergency/feed/ 0 319012
    Ukrainian Feminist: We Need Western Solidarity in Fighting Russian Imperialism https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/28/ukrainian-feminist-we-need-western-solidarity-in-fighting-russian-imperialism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/28/ukrainian-feminist-we-need-western-solidarity-in-fighting-russian-imperialism/#respond Thu, 28 Jul 2022 14:20:39 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=3c8e96f8a2e2096ef61c527ed0fe7c1e
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/28/ukrainian-feminist-we-need-western-solidarity-in-fighting-russian-imperialism/feed/ 0 318955
    Ukrainian Feminist: We Need Western Solidarity in Fighting Russian Imperialism https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/28/ukrainian-feminist-we-need-western-solidarity-in-fighting-russian-imperialism-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/28/ukrainian-feminist-we-need-western-solidarity-in-fighting-russian-imperialism-2/#respond Thu, 28 Jul 2022 12:11:34 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=1535fcd097a802df4815674c84be758d Seg1 solidarity

    We speak to Oksana Dutchak, a Ukrainian feminist and co-editor of the leftist journal Spilne, who fled to Germany because of the “inability to live under the constant pressure of fear” as Russian invaded. She says Western leftists and feminists who have misgivings about Western military support for Ukraine often overlook that Ukrainians are fighting for self-determination and against imperialism. “What does it mean to stop the war? How it should be stopped? There are questions which should be in the center if you want to give a political answer to the challenges Ukrainian society is facing,” she adds.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/28/ukrainian-feminist-we-need-western-solidarity-in-fighting-russian-imperialism-2/feed/ 0 318977
    Nonprofits Need Unions, Too https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/25/nonprofits-need-unions-too/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/25/nonprofits-need-unions-too/#respond Mon, 25 Jul 2022 18:36:42 +0000 https://progressive.org/op-eds/nonprofits-need-unions-too-barrows-brown-220725/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Katie Barrows.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/25/nonprofits-need-unions-too/feed/ 0 318058
    8 Billion Humans? Population Is a Difficult Conversation, but We Need to Start Getting Real https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/22/8-billion-humans-population-is-a-difficult-conversation-but-we-need-to-start-getting-real/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/22/8-billion-humans-population-is-a-difficult-conversation-but-we-need-to-start-getting-real/#respond Fri, 22 Jul 2022 05:49:06 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=250103 July 11 was World Population Day, an observance established by the United Nations aiming to highlight population issues, particularly how the human population relates to the environment. The UN’s Department of Economic and Social Affairs (UNDESA) marked the occasion by releasing its World Population Prospects 2022 report, which announced that the global human population is on target to reach More

    The post 8 Billion Humans? Population Is a Difficult Conversation, but We Need to Start Getting Real appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Carter Dillard.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/22/8-billion-humans-population-is-a-difficult-conversation-but-we-need-to-start-getting-real/feed/ 0 317311
    The Activist Offering: We Need Over-the-Counter Birth Control https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/19/the-activist-offering-we-need-over-the-counter-birth-control/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/19/the-activist-offering-we-need-over-the-counter-birth-control/#respond Tue, 19 Jul 2022 20:18:05 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/the-activist-offering-we-need-over-the-counter-birth-control-black-220712/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Steph Black.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/19/the-activist-offering-we-need-over-the-counter-birth-control/feed/ 0 316472
    The Activist Offering: We Need Over-the-Counter Birth Control https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/19/the-activist-offering-we-need-over-the-counter-birth-control-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/19/the-activist-offering-we-need-over-the-counter-birth-control-2/#respond Tue, 19 Jul 2022 20:18:05 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/the-activist-offering-over-the-counter-birth-control-black-220719/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Steph Black.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/19/the-activist-offering-we-need-over-the-counter-birth-control-2/feed/ 0 316484
    Joe Manchin Just Proved Why We Need the OLIGARCH Act https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/19/joe-manchin-just-proved-why-we-need-the-oligarch-act/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/19/joe-manchin-just-proved-why-we-need-the-oligarch-act/#respond Tue, 19 Jul 2022 15:08:51 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/338408

    Last week, Senator Manchin blindsided his Democratic colleagues when he reversed course on his previous demands that their agenda be focused on tax reform and declared that he would not vote to raise taxes on the rich or massive corporations. In doing so, he dashed Democrats' hopes to pass any sort of meaningful tax legislation before November. He also ironically proved, by showing the country just how shamelessly he is controlled by his wealthy donors and peers, just how important it is for us to tax the rich.

    With so much wealth floating around in our political system, politicians are incentivized to follow the whims of their wealthy donors and ignore the wishes of the average American or West Virginian (both of whom overwhelmingly support raising taxes on the rich).

    It all comes down to money and the power it buys. With so much wealth floating around in our political system, politicians are incentivized to follow the whims of their wealthy donors and ignore the wishes of the average American or West Virginian (both of whom overwhelmingly support raising taxes on the rich).

    So how do we fix this? The problem of money in politics pre-dates Citizens United. However, in that case the Supreme Court, an institution captured by a long-term political project of many of those same special interests, ruled that, barring Constitutional amendments or a dramatically different set of judges, we cannot limit how much money the powerful can dump into corrupting the political system. So the only vehicle left is to constrain the wealth that fuels it. 

    Earlier this month, the Patriotic Millionaires, an organization of hundreds of wealthy "class traitors" who are fighting to reduce economic and political inequality, introduced a new proposal we're calling the Oppose Limitless Inequality Growth and Restore Civil Harmony (OLIGARCH) Act, which would directly address the source of the flood of dirty money taking over our electoral system.

    The OLIGARCH Act is an annual tax on extreme wealth, based on how rich someone is compared to the wealth of the median American household. It would have four brackets: 2% on wealth between 1,000 and 10,000 times median household wealth, 4% on wealth between 10,000 and 100,000 times median household wealth, 6% on wealth between 100,000 and 1,000,000 times median household wealth, and 8% on wealth over 1,000,000 times median household wealth. Currently, someone would need to have over $120 million in wealth to pay a penny of this tax. 

    While it would raise plenty of revenue, that's hardly the point. This proposal is designed to reduce inequality, and constrain "runaway" wealth- wealth that is so great living expenses or lifestyle spending won't meaningfully slow its growth. 

    This is the kind of wealth that can destabilize democracy. People with this level of wealth can fund endless political campaigns to protect their own self interest. They can spend hundreds of millions on media efforts and ads and propaganda campaigns. They can buy up local news networks, talk radio channels, and fund entire media outlets to permeate the airwaves and internet with their talking points and misinformation, and use them to gin up hatred against immigrants, LGBTQ+ Americans, women, and other vulnerable groups to distract from their own accumulation of more wealth. In short, it's the kind of wealth that is already creating an American Oligarchy. 

    That Oligarchy kicked into action when Senator Manchin indicated he was enthusiastic about reversing Trump tax cuts and taxing the rich. It's the driving force behind the phone calls and fundraiser conversations from the Senator's fellow yacht owners and coal-mine investors. It's what funds the dark money political groups and corporate PACs who used some combination of threats, ego stroking, and (technically legal) bribes to convince him it was time for a change of heart. 

    Taxing wealth is the only way to meaningfully constrain inequality and its destabilizing effect on our Democracy, and our tax code's traditional focus on income as the primary source of personal taxes does not impact the uber-wealthy who are able to declare little to no income while their overall wealth skyrockets. We need to ensure that the richest people in the country can no longer subvert the overwhelming will of voters by buying the goodwill of elected officials. Inequality is destabilizing our Democracy, and it's time to use the tax code to attack it head on.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Dylan Dusseault, Bob Lord.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/19/joe-manchin-just-proved-why-we-need-the-oligarch-act/feed/ 0 316395
    We Need Honest Debate, Not Unprincipled Attacks: A Further Response to the Attacks On Rise Up 4 Abortion Rights https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/19/we-need-honest-debate-not-unprincipled-attacks-a-further-response-to-the-attacks-on-rise-up-4-abortion-rights/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/19/we-need-honest-debate-not-unprincipled-attacks-a-further-response-to-the-attacks-on-rise-up-4-abortion-rights/#respond Tue, 19 Jul 2022 05:51:27 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=249825

    Photograph Source: Conatw95 – CC BY-SA 4.0

    When a journalist wants to run a panic-inducing story but lacks the facts to back it up, one cheap tactic they can deploy is to put their headline in the form of a question. This allows them to plant an outlandish idea in readers’ minds, without the burden of having to show that there is any proof to the idea at all. Such is the case with Will Sommer’s irresponsible piece in the Daily Beast on July 11 titled, “Is This Communist ‘Cult’ Trying to Hijack the Abortion Movement?”

    Never mind that Rise Up 4 Abortion Rights already thoroughly rebutted the dishonest claims against it that Sommers elevated and attempted to legitimize. Never mind that, from their own perspective, the Revcoms rebutted the attacks on them and their leader, Bob Avakian, as well.

    It is necessary for organizations and individuals to substantively debate differences of analysis and strategy. This is a process that everyone can learn from and which serves to forge unity in the fight against injustice. But it is something else entirely to traffic in lies, slanders, and libel, as do the attacks Sommers is legitimizing.

    People should also be aware, that Rise Up 4 Abortion Rights is represented by counsel, and this counsel has already put all parties on notice to refrain from disseminating false and defamatory information about RiseUp.

    These kinds of unprincipled attacks objectively do the dirty work of the fascists and the repressive agents of the state in attempting to destroy serious movements of opposition. The rebuttals linked above, each from their own perspective, make this case well.

    Anyone with an ounce of principle, devotion to the truth and/or desire to forge the broadest unity in the fight against injustice, should read both of these responses now and tell those spreading these attacks to cease and desist.

    When you read these rebuttals, you will quickly notice that rather than presenting a substantial excerpt of either of these rebuttals, Sommers quotes only 14 words from them combined!

    Instead, he cites the fact that Rise Up 4 Abortion Rights was “ever-present at rallies responding to the [Supreme Court’s] ruling” as if this is something nefarious. To the contrary.

    There is a very simple reason that Rise Up was “ever-present” at these rallies. It is because Rise Up organized the great bulk of them. Like it or not, this is an irrefutable fact. Why did we do this? For the very reasons that are made clear on all of our signs, in our speeches, on our website, through our social media, in every fundraising letter we ever sent, and through all our media exposure.

    From our founding statement:

    The attack on abortion rights is part of a patriarchal Christian fascist program that takes aim at contraception as well as LGBTQ rights. Denying the right to abortion hits poor women, and especially Black and other women of color, with vicious consequence – tightening the chains of both white supremacy and the subjugation of women.

    Denying the right to abortion forces women to bear children against their will. This does grotesque physical, emotional, societal, and psychic violence to women by reducing them to baby-making machines…

    Forced motherhood is female enslavement. When women are not free, no one is free.

    Preventing this nightmare is why we poured our time, experience, energies, resources, and hearts into mobilizing tens of thousands of people in protest over the last six months. It is why we involved artists and writers, communities with ties to the Latin American Green Wave, thousands of students and young people, many older women with the courage to tell their pre-Roe abortion stories, and a great many more. It is why we put it on the line, nonviolently disrupting business-as-usual, some of us going to jail, and fighting to unite all who could possibly be united from many diverse political perspectives.

    It is why we fought even up to the very last days to mobilize the vast majority in this country who support abortion rights in nonviolent resistance powerful enough to stop the Supreme Court from overturning Roe, protesting every day of a potential decision in front of the Supreme Court for weeks. And when the decision finally came, just as we did with others at all of our protests, we welcomed Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez when she showed up and happily gave her a turn on the mic to speak from her own perspective.

    So, we must ask, exactly what “movement” is Sommers claiming we might be “hijacking”? The unfortunate fact is that the only reason we felt the need to initiate Rise Up 4 Abortion Rights back in January was because the vast majority of the women’s “movement” was capitulating in advance to the fall of Roe.

    Again, from our founding statement:

    [A]ll too many pro-choice leaders and Democratic Party politicians preach a “realism” of accepting the Court’s gutting of abortion rights. They tell us to dig in for the “long-haul” of the electoral process or to focus on helping women induce their own abortions. Whatever their intent, this amounts to capitulating in advance to the enslavement of women and an overall nightmare for humanity.

    This, too, is an irrefutable fact. Most of the “movement,” in one form or another, had already moved on and accepted the fall of Roe as “inevitable.” This is why it was Rise Up, not these other organizations, mobilizing mass protest in a consistent way.

    We sincerely wish this hadn’t been the case and repeatedly reached out to others, both inside the “movement” and very far beyond it. Such was the case in the open letter issued by Rise Up co-initiators following the leak of Samuel Alito’s draft decision that made clear the Court was on track to overturn Roe, calling for the greatest unified protest in the streets. This is also the case in the much-distorted polemic issued by Sunsara Taylor, one of Rise Up’s initiators, making the case from her own perspective (not in the name of Rise Up) that Abortion Funds provide a crucial service, but are not a strategy to defeat the escalating attack on abortion rights and have no chance of keeping up with the demand that would be created by the overturning of Roe.

    If more people – including some of the very groups that sat on the sidelines and now are attacking Rise Up – had joined them in mobilizing truly massive nonviolent sustained protests, we might have stopped Roe from being overturned. Even outright fascists and woman-haters worry about losing the perceived legitimacy of their institutions when faced with un-ignorable and truly relentless, unceasing mass protest.

    We know some won’t agree. Some will believe Rise Up was wrong for ever thinking it might be possible to stop the overturning of Roe. Some will believe that this proves that the other organizations were right to spend the last six months (and for many, much longer) focused on preparing for post-Roe. Some will argue that instead of continuing to demand as Rise Up has that the federal government take action now to restore legal abortion nationwide now, it is time to turn the focus to the state-by-state battle and the upcoming elections.

    To those who think that way, have the courage of your convictions. Make your argument with substance. Whatever you do, stop hiding behind lies and McCarthyite scare tactics that can only weaken serious opposition at a time when it is more urgent than ever.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Merle Hoffman, Lori Sokol, Sunsara Taylor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/19/we-need-honest-debate-not-unprincipled-attacks-a-further-response-to-the-attacks-on-rise-up-4-abortion-rights/feed/ 0 316312
    University journalism courses need to teach about cultural safety before students enter the workforce https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/18/university-journalism-courses-need-to-teach-about-cultural-safety-before-students-enter-the-workforce/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/18/university-journalism-courses-need-to-teach-about-cultural-safety-before-students-enter-the-workforce/#respond Mon, 18 Jul 2022 23:17:36 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=76518 ANALYSIS: By T.J. Thomson, Queensland University of Technology; Julie McLaughlin, Queensland University of Technology, and Leah King-Smith, Queensland University of Technology

    Content warning: this article contains mentions of racial discrimination against First Nations people.

    The ABC recently apologised to staff for racism and cultural insensitivity in its newsrooms. This came after Indigenous and culturally and linguistically diverse ABC staff told an internal group they felt unwelcome in their workplace, their ideas were not being listened to and they received online abuse from the public.

    Unfortunately these issues are not unique to the ABC and exist at other media outlets and newsrooms.

    We also know media organisations can produce content that is racist or hostile towards First Nations people. Decades of research show, with few exceptions, many mainstream Australian media organisations have unfairly reported on First Nations Peoples over the years, and continue to do so.

    This reporting has included racist cartoons, prejudiced stereotypes, questions of cultural identity and portrayals of First Nations people as either violent or victimised.

    Racist and inappropriate portrayals of First Nations people can also make newsrooms and other media outlets unsafe places to work for Indigenous journalists, as well as influencing how First Nations issues are covered and thought about.

    But it doesn’t have to be this way. Australians working in media can improve their cultural competency during their university education. This way, they can enter and contribute to workplaces prepared to ethically and respectfully interact with and report on stories outside their own cultures.

    However, our new study shows many Australian universities with journalism programmes have significant work to do in including cultural safety in their curricula.

    Australia needs cultural safety in its newsrooms
    Journalists can help shape national conversations and can influence audiences’ attitudes through how they choose to report. That’s why it’s critical for these journalists to be culturally safe in how they communicate about communities and individuals outside their own culture.

    Cultural safety aims to create a space where “there is no assault, challenge or denial of” Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people’s identities and experiences.

    It is built through non-Indigenous people deeply listening to First Nations perspectives. It means sharing power and resources in a way that supports Indigenous self determination and empowerment. It also requires non-Indigenous people address unconscious biases, racism and discrimination in and outside the workplace.

    First Nations groups and high-level institutions have been calling for more expertise and training in this area for decades.

    The 1991 Royal Commission into Aboriginal Deaths in Custody report called for journalism education to consider

    in consultation with media industry and media unions, the creation of specific units of study dedicated to Aboriginal affairs and the reporting thereof.

    The National Congress of Australia’s First Peoples notes Australian news outlets too often spread “myths and ill-informed or false stereotypes about Australia’s First Peoples, which in turn influence public opinion in unfavourable ways.”

    This racism creates

    a debilitating individual impact on Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people, devaluing their cultural pride and identity and having adverse impacts on their physical and mental health.

    In 2009 The National Indigenous Higher Education Network recommended universities “systematically embed Indigenous perspectives in curriculum”.

    In 2011, Universities Australia issued an expectation that “all graduates of Australian universities will have the knowledge and skills necessary to interact in a culturally competent way with Indigenous communities”.

    Our study
    In our study, we reviewed in 2021 more than 100 media/journalism assessments from a sample of more than 10 percent of Australian universities with journalism programmes. We found only one had an explicit focus on an Indigenous topic. Our interviews with 17 journalism students revealed how absent or minimal their education on Indigenous affairs has been.

    In the words of a second-year university student:

    There is definitely more that should be done because stories and issues concerning Indigenous people is, like, such a big topic. And it would be very useful for people becoming journalists to understand their role in communication and storytelling and the influence their words have on the public perception of Indigenous peoples as well.

    The students we interviewed largely expressed desire for more training on Indigenous affairs in Australia. They stated this would help them achieve confidence in reporting on First Nations Peoples in respectful and culturally safe ways.

    The students also thought their universities could integrate Indigenous content and perspectives in a more sustained and concentrated way. “It can’t just be that one week we talk about racism,” according to a third-year university student. More education on Indigenous affairs would also benefit First Nations students. One Indigenous participant from our study stated:

    Even just having some more Indigenous journalists come through, you can talk to them, find out what it’s really like for them being like a black sheep, essentially, from a very white-dominated industry. I think that there’s a need to be able to put more perspectives and Indigenous knowledges in education in there.

    Journalism training needs to include cultural safety
    A possible solution could be increasing First Nations journalists in Australian newsrooms. However, the burnout rate for these journalists is high due to toxic workplace conditions. This contributes to the low proportion of Indigenous journalists in Australia.

    Universities need to provide their staff and students with time and resources to thoughtfully consider how to work with and report on First Nations Peoples. This would allow for a more culturally safe way of working. This could also provide a safer space for Indigenous people wanting to pursue a role in journalism. It could hopefully address the burnout of these journalists when they join the media workforce.

    The integrity of our media system and the way our nation engages with Indigenous affairs depend on it.The Conversation

    Dr T.J. Thomson, senior lecturer in visual communication & Media, Queensland University of Technology; Julie McLaughlin, senior lecturer, Queensland University of Technology, and Leah King-Smith, lecturer and academic lead (Indigenous) in learning and teaching in the School of Creative Practice, Queensland University of Technology. This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons licence. Read the original article.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/18/university-journalism-courses-need-to-teach-about-cultural-safety-before-students-enter-the-workforce/feed/ 0 316250
    ‘We Need to Fight’: Cori Bush, Tina Smith Unveil Bill to Bolster Access to Medication Abortion https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/18/we-need-to-fight-cori-bush-tina-smith-unveil-bill-to-bolster-access-to-medication-abortion/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/18/we-need-to-fight-cori-bush-tina-smith-unveil-bill-to-bolster-access-to-medication-abortion/#respond Mon, 18 Jul 2022 17:18:18 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/338390

    Rep. Cori Bush and Sen. Tina Smith introduced bicameral legislation Monday aimed at bolstering access to medication abortion as Republican-led states across the U.S. attempt to restrict distribution of the pills in their drive to ban abortion entirely.

    If passed, the Protecting Access to Medication Abortion Act would codify into federal law the Food and Drug Administration's Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy (REMS) for mifepristone, one of two medications commonly used in tandem to end a pregnancy. In December, the FDA permanently lifted its requirement that mifepristone be administered in person, allowing patients to receive the medication through the mail.

    "Extremist Republicans are attacking and undermining access to a safe and effective medication."

    The new bill would also "ensure those seeking abortion care can always access medication abortion through telehealth and certified pharmacies, including mail-order pharmacies," according to a summary released by Bush's office.

    While the U.S. Postal Service has said it won't actively help GOP-led states block access to medication abortion and the Biden administration has warned pharmacists against denying people access to the pills, news reports indicate that some patients have been turned away when seeking mifepristone and misoprostol in states that have banned abortion following the Supreme Court's decision overturning Roe v. Wade.

    "Abortion care is healthcare and, therefore, a human right—period," Bush (D-Mo.) said in a statement. "While extremist anti-abortion lawmakers in states like Missouri use the recent decision made by the stolen Supreme Court to attack a person's right to bodily autonomy, I remain committed to ensuring everyone in this country can have access to an abortion—no matter where they live."

    The high court's ruling in Dobbs v. Jackson Women's Health Organization prompted a surge of interest in abortion care via telemedicine, but sweeping state-level abortion bans enacted in recent weeks have raised questions about the legality of medication abortion and whether pregnant people will still be able to access the pills.

    According to the Guttmacher Institute, 19 U.S. states "require the clinician providing a medication abortion to be physically present when the medication is administered, thereby prohibiting the use of telemedicine to prescribe medication for abortion."

    As ABC News reported earlier this month, "Some legal scholars believe that state restrictions on medication abortion are subject to preemption challenges—meaning that federal oversight of the drug trumps state laws."

    "Because the FDA has approved and regulates mifepristone," the outlet explained, "it may not be lawful for states to ban it."

    Some of the laws currently in place in Republican-led states are highly draconian. The Tampa Bay Times notes that "a physician who mails the medication to a Louisiana resident could face up to 10 years in prison and a $75,000 fine."

    "A new law in Tennessee makes distributing abortion pills through the mail a felony punishable by up to $50,000 in fines," the Florida paper observes. "And South Dakota Gov. Kristi Noem recently called for a special legislative session to craft new laws barring the practice. A 2015 law prohibits Florida physicians from prescribing the medications without an in-person visit at least 24 hours in advance—effectively outlawing telehealth abortions."

    Smith (D-Minn.), the only U.S. senator to have worked at Planned Parenthood, said Monday that "right now, extremist Republicans are attacking and undermining access to a safe and effective medication because they believe that the government—not women, not their healthcare providers—should control the healthcare that doctors provide women."

    "We need to fight back against Republicans' ongoing efforts to chip away at women's reproductive freedoms," said Smith. "Our bill, which would safeguard access to medication abortion, is a critical step that would help protect what remaining access exists to reproductive healthcare."

    In a one-pager outlining the new legislation—which faces an uphill battle in the U.S. Senate due to likely opposition from the GOP and at least one right-wing Democrat—Bush's office states that "extremist anti-abortion lawmakers are attacking access to medication abortion, and even going so far as to criminalize it."

    "States have imposed restrictions that contradict scientific evidence," the document continues, "by requiring healthcare providers to be physically present when administering the drug to a patient, prohibiting medication abortion before 10 weeks gestation, or only allowing physicians—and not other healthcare professionals—to administer medication abortion."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/18/we-need-to-fight-cori-bush-tina-smith-unveil-bill-to-bolster-access-to-medication-abortion/feed/ 0 316215
    We Need a Post-Roe Strategy for the Long Haul. Global Feminists Offer a Blueprint. https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/16/we-need-a-post-roe-strategy-for-the-long-haul-global-feminists-offer-a-blueprint/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/16/we-need-a-post-roe-strategy-for-the-long-haul-global-feminists-offer-a-blueprint/#respond Sat, 16 Jul 2022 10:34:03 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/338343

    After the initial shock over the Supreme Court's action against abortion rights, we're all grappling with an inevitable, fundamental question: what now?

    Authoritarians attack bodily autonomy because the social, economic, and political independence of historically marginalized communities is a building block of change.

    We now face a future rewritten by this attack on abortion access, a right-wing power grab over our bodies that threatens our safety, rights, and freedom and that was facilitated by a decades-long coordinated anti-choice effort. US reproductive justice activists will need just as much stamina and determination in our defense of our bodily autonomy and freedom.

    But we have allies and teachers in this fight—including in feminist movements worldwide.

    As we build a long-term strategy for reproductive justice, we must look towards feminist allies around the world who are fighting for reproductive justice and abortion care for all who seek it, despite legal and political obstacles. From movements to decriminalize abortion in Colombia and Mexico, to frontline workers providing abortion care despite criminalization: their work illuminates a path towards safe and accessible abortion care that we can build here at home.

    El Salvador is one of the 24 nations in the world where abortion is illegal in all circumstances. Federal prosectors visit hospitals and encourage doctors to report any woman suspected of self-inducing abortion. These women face jail sentences of up to 40 years, even when they are simply treating a miscarriage, which requires the same medication used for abortion. Frontline feminist organizations like Agrupación Ciudadana por la Despenalización del Aborto El Salvador and Red Salvadoreña de defensoras de derechos humanos are working against criminalization.

    Despite the legal risk, about 5,000 abortion procedures are performed on El Salvador's black market every year. One doctor providing abortion care reports "I've seen fathers bringing their teenage daughters, taken by force, raped by gang leaders and left pregnant… If those of us who are technically trained don't help, women will have to go elsewhere. They will go to people who have no experience or training."

    For pregnant people in their first trimester, abortion care doesn't always depend on surgery: it can also depend on access to the medication mifepristone and misoprostal, aka "the abortion pill."

    A Canada-based service, Women on Web, ships the abortion pill to people living in countries where abortion is illegal. Until the abortion ban was repealed in May 2021, people living in Ireland either received abortion pills in the mail from services like Women on Web or traveled to England to get abortions, often using a fake English address. People in the US may face similar options: travel to other states, or even to other countries like Mexico or Canada, where the procedure is not banned, or find services that will ship the abortion pill to you, despite the legal risks. In Mexico, a coalition of feminist organizations are working together to create "a cross-border network of support for safe abortion for Texan women" with plans to expand the network to other states.

    Doctors, activists, and patients take on the legal risks of abortion because the alternative is desperation and death. In Brazil, where abortion is illegal, it's estimated that every year 250,000 women are hospitalized, and 200 die, from complications from abortion. When abortion was criminalized in Nicaragua, a prominent gynecologist called it "a government death penalty imposed on women." He was right: maternal mortality increased as people died in childbirth, from pregnancy complications, and from pre-existing conditions exacerbated by pregnancy. And they died from desperation: among the pregnant women who died from causes 'unrelated' to pregnancy, 63% died of suicide.

    It's simple: abortion care saves lives.

    It saves the lives of people who want to be pregnant but have miscarriages or complications. It saves the lives of parents who cannot take care of one more child. It saves the lives of people who desperately do not want to be pregnant. It saves the lives of people like Rosaura, who died at 16 in the Dominican Republic because she was denied chemotherapy, life-saving treatment, because she was pregnant. Her mother, Rosa Hernandez, cried "they let my daughter die."

    Medical providers, networks distributing abortion pills, and legal support networks are the frontline defense of our bodily autonomy, but they are not alone: feminist political groups are organizing political pressure to end punitive abortion laws. And, these feminist movements are winning: over the last 25 years, nearly 50 countries have liberalized their abortion laws.

    In Latin America, new and transformative abortion laws were secured by "the green tide": an international feminist movement for bodily autonomy and abortion access that crossed state borders, identified by the green scarves activists wear at demonstrations. The imagery has historic roots in feminist and economic justice movements, including movements against domestic violence, international feminist strikes, and popular resistance to military rule led by the Mothers of the Plaza de Mayo. During COVID-19, millions of women wearing green scarves joined protests demanding abortion care across Latin America under the banner: "Ni Una Menos. Vivas y libres nos queremos" ("Not One Woman Less. We want to be alive and free"). This feminist framing of abortion as a human rights issue drove home the message that abortion is not a discrete issue, but part of the spectrum of rights that guarantees the safety and wellbeing of people across the region.

    It worked. New abortion laws in Mexico and Colombia have been transformative. In 2020, MADRE joined a case at the Colombian Constitutional Court, brought by Causa Justa, to legalize abortion access. We won. In February 2022, abortion was legalized in Colombia through the 24th week of pregnancy, making it one of the most liberal laws in the world. In Mexico, since the 2021 Supreme Court ruling that abortion is not a crime, hospitals are no longer required to report abortions as a criminal activity, saving the futures of poor women in particular who depend on public hospitals for abortion treatment and care.

    Bodily autonomy is fundamental: it determines our ability to care for ourselves, to care for others, to exercise economic independence, to build a life of pleasure, and to transform political systems. Authoritarians attack bodily autonomy because the social, economic, and political independence of historically marginalized communities is a building block of change. And that independence rests on the ability to control, and care for, our bodies.

    In the US, the criminalization of abortion care won't just dictate the health outcomes of pregnant people: this attack will reverberate throughout the LGBTQ community as an attack on the right to privacy, the right to marriage, and the right to non-discrimination, with consequences as far-ranging as undermining our digital privacy to limiting access to condoms and birth control.

    The Supreme Court has taken away a constitutional right and a human right. But the court cannot take away the care we show for one another. The court cannot stop us from providing abortion care if we guarantee it for one another. MADRE remains committed to supporting abortion funds and reproductive justice organizations working to guarantee bodily autonomy and accessible abortion care for all pregnant persons, especially Black, Indigenous, people of color, LGBTQ, and disabled communities who face systemic and historic barriers to non-discriminatory healthcare.

    The court cannot stop us from standing shoulder-to-shoulder with feminists around the world and working towards that promised future where we see ourselves, alive, and free.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Yifat Susskind.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/16/we-need-a-post-roe-strategy-for-the-long-haul-global-feminists-offer-a-blueprint/feed/ 0 315842
    21st Century Citizenship: Four Civic Skills We Need to Keep our Democracy https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/14/21st-century-citizenship-four-civic-skills-we-need-to-keep-our-democracy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/14/21st-century-citizenship-four-civic-skills-we-need-to-keep-our-democracy/#respond Thu, 14 Jul 2022 05:33:33 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=249132

    As primaries roll out around the country, we’re tracking voter turnout. Raised on Schoolhouse Rock’s cartoon civics lessons, I know that being a good American means voting.

    Those 1970’s cartoons weren’t wrong. Voting is the most fundamental act of democratic citizenship. That’s why it has been fiercely contested throughout our history.

    But now we’re in the 21st century, deluged by information, increasingly divided, with few models of bipartisanship.

    Democracy now requires much more than voting. What should a 21st century Schoolhouse Rocks teach?

    Finding information

    Most fundamentally, we need to be skilled seekers of information. In this era of deepfakes, bots, and fragmenting media platforms, the ability to access and evaluate information is key. Algorithms push us ever more deeply into one point of view. To address multifaceted 21st century issues, we need deliberately to seek a variety of information, including backstories about controversial events, from differing sources to construct the whole picture.

    Understanding our own biases

    We must process information skillfully, getting around our inherent neurobiological biases. For example, we naturally lap up information that confirms what we already think but ignore information that challenges our world view. We also are wired for double standards: we attribute another person’s bad behavior to their personality (“she’s late because she’s disrespectful”) while giving ourselves a pass for the same behavior (“I’m late because traffic was bad”). Understanding these natural biases lets us challenge ourselves to explore issues more fully.

    Having conversations – not arguments – across divides

    Understanding biases promotes a third democratic skill: truly talking with one another. Research, including my own, shows that liberals and conservatives alike often experience cross-divide conversations as an assault on their values. Yet most people also believe these conversations are important and would like to have them to feel connected and informed.

    Constructive conversations require listening and asking good questions. Political scientist Andrew Dobson describes listening as our “democratic deficit.” We rarely listen closely to the other side. This undermines our ability to create policy which is seen as a legitimate outcome of democratic debate. Nor do we ask enough genuinely curious questions to learn why others think what they do to help find common ground. As Steve Benjamin, former head of the National Conference of Mayors, noted, “We all suffer from some degree of experiential blindness and need to become experts at learning about others’ perspectives.”

    Having complicated relationships

    Perhaps the most important – and most difficult — 21st century citizenship skill is maintaining relationships with people who think differently. For a democracy to function, we need not only a robust marketplace of ideas, but also the ability to work together for policy that meets widespread needs. A conservative interviewee in my study remarked, “Everybody is so comfortable being polarized – they are not happy unless they’re mad.”

    It’s challenging to hold conflicting feelings about people, appreciating their good qualities while disagreeing on politics. But perhaps we make it harder than it is.

    Research shows we overestimate both how much the other party dislikes us as well as how much they disagree with us about policy. Asking genuinely curious questions and remembering what we appreciate just might help us find that we have more in common than we think. Our 21st century democracy needs us to develop these skills.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Melinda Burrell.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/14/21st-century-citizenship-four-civic-skills-we-need-to-keep-our-democracy/feed/ 0 315151
    We need a new Bretton Woods – but this time it must be truly inclusive https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/11/we-need-a-new-bretton-woods-but-this-time-it-must-be-truly-inclusive/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/11/we-need-a-new-bretton-woods-but-this-time-it-must-be-truly-inclusive/#respond Mon, 11 Jul 2022 15:45:24 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/oureconomy/global-economic-crisis-new-bretton-woods-janet-yellin/ Our global economic system is failing. We need a fresh start to address the inequities of the past 80 years


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Richard Kozul-Wright, Kevin P. Gallagher.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/11/we-need-a-new-bretton-woods-but-this-time-it-must-be-truly-inclusive/feed/ 0 314322
    Do You Need Luck To Get Really Rich? https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/11/do-you-need-luck-to-get-really-rich/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/11/do-you-need-luck-to-get-really-rich/#respond Mon, 11 Jul 2022 05:56:00 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=248776

    The bottom line for Ali and Kubba: Our most “successful” owe their good fortune to leveraging one or another of the “unfair advantages” we all individually carry.

    But could other factors ever come into pivotal play? Could our super rich, for instance, owe formidable chunks of their fortunes to simple ruthlessness?

    Worth magazine, on the eve of the 21st century, put that question to a cross-sample of American top-1 percenters, deep pockets earning, in today’s dollars, close to $500,000 a year or holding assets worth close to $5 million. Only 2 percent of the wealthy Worthpolled called “being more ruthless” a significant key to success.

    What keys did these wealthy credit? Some 98 percent of them attributed financial success to “greater determination.” Almost as many, 95 percent, tied success to “greater ability or talent,” and 91 percent told the pollsters the financially successful have “greater intelligence.”

    All this hard work, talent, and intelligence, the wealthy appear to believe, contribute much more to financial success than mere happenstance — or unsavory personal qualities. The wealthy polled by Worth rated intelligence over twice as important to accumulating wealth as “knowing the right people” and talent as twice as important as “luck.” A willingness to take risks, they suggested, makes success in life four times more likely than “being born into privilege.” In sum, the wealthy agree, people worth multiple millions rate as determined and smart, able and bold.

    But ruthless? Nah.

    So how would these wealthy characterize Elon Musk’s behavior in the early months of the Covid pandemic? In those deadly days, a Guardian analysis points out, Musk “dared authorities to arrest him for restarting production at Tesla’s northern California car plant, in defiance of the local shelter-in-place order.”

    Earlier that first pandemic spring, notes Niraj Chokshi of the New York Times, everything had “seemed to be going Elon Musk’s way.” His “upstart electric car company” had suddenly become “worth more than General Motors, Ford Motor, and Fiat Chrysler combined,” and Musk’s California factory stood “poised to accelerate production of a highly anticipated new sport utility vehicle, the Model Y.”

    A prolonged closure of Tesla’s Fremont plant in California would have endangered that Model Y rollout. Could Musk have chosen to endanger worker lives instead? Many workers at the plant certainly felt endangered.

    “This is a life-and-death situation,” one of those workers would tell SF Weekly at the time. “You’re basically just breathing on each other.”

    Another worker told Electrek, a news website devoted to electrical transport, that Tesla had pandemic-time employees working “on top of each other, touching the same equipment.”

    Was Musk behaving ruthlessly here or just leveraging his own personal “unfair advantages”?

    And was Musk ruthless or just leveraging the year before, in pre-pandemic times, when Tesla was incurring more fines for workplace safety violations, as Forbesreported, “than its rivals’ main U.S. auto plants in the past half decade”?

    We can’t trace all of the Musk fortune, of course, to ruthlessness — or any other unsavory personal behavior Musk may have engaged in over the years. Why can’t we? Musk has had plenty of helping hands on his way to grand fortune, and many of those hands have belonged to lawmakers and other public officials. Over the years, these hands have bestowed upon Musk voluminous varieties of taxpayer-financed subsidies.

    The companies Musk runs, the Los Angeles Times has detailed, have benefited royally from “grants, tax breaks, factory construction, discounted loans, and environmental credits,” on top of the tax credits and rebates consumers get for buying his products. These subsidies all reflect “Musk’s strategy of incubating high-risk, high-tech companies with public money.”

    “In recent years,” researchers at Grid added this past spring, “Tesla has sold at least $6 billion worth of government-backed electric vehicle credits,” sales that “have twice in recent years made the difference between the company posting a profit instead of a loss.”

    Wait a second. Given facts like these, maybe luck does totally explain the fortunes of our most fortunate. Deep pockets like Musk have taken us all to the cleaners — and we let them. You can’t get much luckier than that.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Sam Pizzigati.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/11/do-you-need-luck-to-get-really-rich/feed/ 0 314176
    ‘Giving Students the History They Need’ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/09/giving-students-the-history-they-need/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/09/giving-students-the-history-they-need/#respond Sat, 09 Jul 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/giving-students-history-they-need-bader-220709/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Eleanor J. Bader.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/09/giving-students-the-history-they-need/feed/ 0 313969
    The rules failed to hold Boris Johnson to account. We need radical change https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/07/the-rules-failed-to-hold-boris-johnson-to-account-we-need-radical-change/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/07/the-rules-failed-to-hold-boris-johnson-to-account-we-need-radical-change/#respond Thu, 07 Jul 2022 12:45:17 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/peter-geoghegan-boris-johnson-resignation-democracy-broken/ Government refusal to release ministers’ official pandemic diaries was latest in a litany of transparency failures


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Peter Geoghegan.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/07/the-rules-failed-to-hold-boris-johnson-to-account-we-need-radical-change/feed/ 0 313339
    We Need Racial Solidarity to Restore Abortion Rights https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/01/we-need-racial-solidarity-to-restore-abortion-rights/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/01/we-need-racial-solidarity-to-restore-abortion-rights/#respond Fri, 01 Jul 2022 07:55:21 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=248069

    The Supreme Court’s ruling overturning the right to an abortion is an act of White supremacy. But not in the way you might think.

    I’ve heard many complaints from women of color about how the ruling targets them and how the Whiteness of the pro-choice movement is to blame for the loss of reproductive rights. I reject these complaints for a specific reason.

    The restrictions on birth control, sex education, and abortion are about coercing White women into having more babies. The architects of these restrictions are not scheming for more Brown or Black babies to be born. Nothing they’ve ever done indicates that they care about the survival of Black and Brown children.

    Instead, their restrictions on abortion, birth control, and sex education are consistently aimed at increasing births among White women, not people of color.

    Therefore, it is racially consistent and appropriate for it to be White women on the front lines of arguing for abortion rights, because it is White women’s wombs and their White children that are the commodities in this fight, as the June 24 Supreme Court reversal of Roe v. Wade makes clear.

    The Dobbs v. Jackson ruling is the new Dred Scott, but along the axis of gender instead of race, that confers second-class citizenship on specific groups of people in this country, namely women and all people capable of becoming pregnant.

    The Supreme Court’s Decision Promotes Eugenics

    The walls between reproductive politics and White supremacist ideology are paper-thin; I am not sure that there is even separation between them. The politics of abortion revolve around the role White supremacy plays in trying to manage the reproduction of different racialized populations—discouraging and preventing reproduction from some populations, while forcing it in another.

    This fascistic, eugenical thinking that led to the Nazi Holocaust against Jews and other vulnerable people during World War II has never retreated; it just regrouped under new euphemisms, like “protecting the unborn.” We see eugenics resurging in today’s SCOTUS decision, a ruling that also tees up attacks on contraception, queer people, immigrants, and all vulnerable populations.

    By asserting that abortion bans are aimed at White women, I don’t mean that vulnerable populations, such as Black, Indigenous, and people of color and LGBTQIA+ people, will be exempt from harm. Yes, we will be injured—disproportionately so—as we are always harmed by racist and sexist policies, because it is anticipated that Black deaths from abortion restrictions may increase by 33%. We are not the primary targets of the restrictions; we are collateral damage.

    As I explained in a 2004 book I co-wrote, Undivided Rights: Women of Color Organize for Reproductive Justice, our Black feminist theories of intersectionality and reproductive justice have predicted this attack on human rights for decades, ever since the Brown v. Board of Education decision in 1954, which outlawed segregation. That was the first major judicial setback for the promoters of White supremacy, who have been systematically organizing ever since, because they recognize that a “one man, one vote” democracy would not permanently protect White supremacy as the dominant framework for laws of the land. We should expect continuing attacks on the 14th Amendment, which provides citizenship rights for everyone who is not a White male, to follow this unprecedented rollback to 19th-century standards of who counts as an American. Perhaps women’s 19th Amendment voting rights will follow.

    The White supremacists’ demographic nightmare is that people of color are poised to outnumber whites by 2045. “Respectable” racists like Donald Trump and Tucker Carlson sound the alarm about “White replacement” theories that lead to violent vigilantes massacring Black, Indigenous, Jewish, Muslim, and Latino people, such as the mass shooting of Black people in Buffalo, New York.

    The Supreme Court Ruling is in Fact About Enslavement

    Let’s be clear about what the Supreme Court ruling means. I’ve heard some people, including White women, say forced pregnancy is analogous to slavery—a statement others consider racist.

    In fact, I think the analogy is appropriate. Anytime you are forced to submit your body to the improvement of someone else’s well-being, it is an enslavement. While every historic genocidal horror has its own specific characteristics, there are some consistencies across the board: the unequal treatment of human beings, the wanton disregard for life, the disregard for the human rights of the people who are vulnerable, and the manipulation of bodies for the enrichment of a privileged population.

    People are risking death in childbirth, not to mention the years of sacrifice that go into raising a child. Caring for others should be a choice if it involves sacrificing your body and risking your life. This overturning of Roe is the unwarranted imprisonment, killing, and coercion of people to achieve state-sanctioned goals, and, in that particular way, the slavery analogy works on abortion bans. It even extends to the role of bounty hunters in Texas’ abortion ban SB 8, not unlike the fugitive slave catchers of a century ago.

    Black people have rarely had the luxury of believing the U.S. jurisprudence system was going to lead to our liberation. In fact, we have been disabused of that hope too many times when the Supreme Court has denied us our human rights. I’ve always maintained that U.S. laws upholding human rights are only as good as the social movements that support them. We need, therefore, to make sure our social movements are clear in our agendas and that we have solidarity with each other.

    Here’s How We Fight Back

    We’re going to do whatever is necessary to save women’s lives.

    We will continue to do what we always have done, which is to center the most vulnerable people in our communities and to make sure they have access to the services they need, whether via paying for abortions through our abortion funds, providing safe transport, protecting human rights defenders, or creating a black market for abortion pills.

    We will rely on others to participate in the struggle with us—or at least get the hell out of the way so we can do what we need to do.

    I’m disheartened by the infighting I see within the reproductive justice movement. It leads me to wonder whether we can use “calling in” practices of the kind I train people in via my online courses, to bring all defenders of abortion rights together.

    White supremacy is the ideological driver of reproductive politics, and to resist the social engineering the Supreme Court ruling engenders, we’re going to have to call each other in to understand the simultaneities of our struggles. Instead of critiquing the predictable Whiteness of the movement, we can sophisticate our analyses to recognize the actual appropriateness of the Whiteness of the movement. Simplistic racial optics are not what we need at this time. We need to stay focused on defeating the opponents to all human rights as the real threats to our survival.

    Fascism is definitely in our future unless we work together in these tumultuous times.

    A version of this article originally appeared in Yes! Magazine.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Loretta J. Ross.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/01/we-need-racial-solidarity-to-restore-abortion-rights/feed/ 0 311677
    We Don’t Need Magic Technologies for Renewable Energy Transformation https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/30/we-dont-need-magic-technologies-for-renewable-energy-transformation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/30/we-dont-need-magic-technologies-for-renewable-energy-transformation/#respond Thu, 30 Jun 2022 17:56:18 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/338021

    The world is experiencing unprecedented fuel price increases, energy blackmail between countries, up to 7 million air pollution deaths per year worldwide and one climate-related disaster after another. Critics contend that a switch to renewable energy to solve these problems will create unstable electricity grids and drive prices up further. However, a new study from my research group at Stanford University concludes that these problems can be solved in each of the 145 countries we examined—without blackouts and at low cost using almost all existing technologies.

    We found that the overall upfront cost to replace all energy in the 145 countries, which emit 99.7 percent of world carbon dioxide, is about $62 trillion.

    The study concludes that we do not need miracle technologies to solve these problems. By electrifying all energy sectors; producing electricity from clean, renewable sources; creating heat, cold, and hydrogen from such electricity; storing electricity, heat, cold and the hydrogen; expanding transmission; and shifting the time of some electricity use, we can create safe, cheap and reliable energy everywhere.

    On top of that, a new system also reduces the cost per unit energy by another 12 percent on average, resulting in a 63 percent lower annual energy cost worldwide. Adding onto that health and climate cost savings gives a 92 percent reduction in social costs, which are energy plus health plus climate costs, relative to the current system.

    The energy-producing technologies considered include only onshore and offshore wind electricity, solar photovoltaics for electricity on rooftops and in power plants, concentrated solar power, solar heat, geothermal electricity and heat, hydroelectricity, as well as small amounts of tidal and wave electricity. The most important electricity storage technology considered was batteries, although pumped hydroelectric storage, existing hydroelectric dam storage and concentrated solar power electricity storage were also treated. We found that no batteries with more than four hours of storage were needed. Instead, long-duration storage was obtained by concatenating batteries with four-hour storage together. In a sensitivity test, we found that even if battery prices were 50 percent higher, overall costs would be only 3.2 percent higher than their base estimate.

    We also considered seasonal heat storage underground in soil plus short-term heat storage in water tanks. Seasonal heat storage is useful for district heating. With district heating, heat is produced and stored in a centralized location then piped via hot water to buildings for air and water heating. The alternative to district heating is using heat pumps in each building. The study found that the more district heating available, the easier it was to keep the electric grid stable at lower cost since it reduced the need for batteries to provide immediate electricity to heat pumps. Batteries are more expensive than underground heat storage.

    We found that the overall upfront cost to replace all energy in the 145 countries, which emit 99.7 percent of world carbon dioxide, is about $62 trillion. However, due to the $11 trillion annual energy cost savings, the payback time for the new system is less than six years.

    The new system may also create over 28 million more long-term, full-time jobs than lost worldwide and require only about 0.53 percent of the world's land for new energy, with most of this area being empty space between wind turbines on land that can be used for multiple purposes. Thus, we found that the new system may require less energy, cost less and creates more jobs than the current system.

    According to Anna von Krauland, a Stanford Ph.D. student who participated in the study, a main implication is that it "tells us that for the 145 countries examined, energy security is within reach, and more importantly, how to obtain it."

    It's important to note that we did not include technologies that did not address air pollution, global warming and energy security together. It did not include bioenergy, natural gas, fossil fuels or bioenergy with carbon dioxide capture, direct air capture of carbon dioxide, blue hydrogen or nuclear power. We concluded that these technologies are not needed and provide less benefit than those we included.

    Finally, our findings contend that a transition to 100 percent clean, renewable energy in each country should occur ideally by 2035, and no later than 2050, with an 80 percent transition by 2030.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Mark Z. Jacobson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/30/we-dont-need-magic-technologies-for-renewable-energy-transformation/feed/ 0 311500
    Palestinians “Are Not Animals in a Zoo”: On Kanafani and the Need to Redefine the Role of the “Victim Intellectual” https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/30/palestinians-are-not-animals-in-a-zoo-on-kanafani-and-the-need-to-redefine-the-role-of-the-victim-intellectual/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/30/palestinians-are-not-animals-in-a-zoo-on-kanafani-and-the-need-to-redefine-the-role-of-the-victim-intellectual/#respond Thu, 30 Jun 2022 08:53:03 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=131060 Years before the United States invaded Iraq in 2003, US media introduced many new characters, promoting them as ‘experts’ who helped ratchet up US propaganda, ultimately allowing the US government to secure enough popular support for the war. Though enthusiasm for war began dwindling in later years, the invasion of Iraq had begun with a […]

    The post Palestinians “Are Not Animals in a Zoo”: On Kanafani and the Need to Redefine the Role of the “Victim Intellectual” first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Years before the United States invaded Iraq in 2003, US media introduced many new characters, promoting them as ‘experts’ who helped ratchet up US propaganda, ultimately allowing the US government to secure enough popular support for the war.

    Though enthusiasm for war began dwindling in later years, the invasion of Iraq had begun with a relatively strong popular mandate that allowed US President George W Bush to claim the role of liberator of Iraq, the fighter of ‘terrorism’ and the champion of US global interests. According to a CNN/USA Today/Gallup poll conducted on March 24, 2003 – a few days after the invasion – seventy-two percent of Americans were in favor of the war.

    Only now are we beginning to fully appreciate the massive edifice of lies, deceit and forgery involved in shaping the war narrative, and the sinister role played by mainstream media in demonizing Iraq and dehumanizing its people. Future historians will continue with the task of unpacking the war conspiracy for years to come.

    Consequently, it is also important to acknowledge the role played by Iraq’s own ‘native informants’, as late professor Edward Said would describe them. The “native informant (is a) willing servant of imperialism”, according to the influential Palestinian intellectual.

    Thanks to the various American invasions and military interventions, these ‘informants’ have grown in number and usefulness to the extent that, in various western intellectual and media circles, they define what is erroneously viewed as ‘facts’ concerning most Arab and Muslim countries. From Afghanistan, to Iran, to Syria, Palestine, Libya and, of course, Iraq, among others, these ‘experts’ are constantly parroting messages that are tailored to fit US-western agendas.

    These ‘experts’ are often depicted as political dissidents. They are recruited – whether officially via government-funded think tanks or otherwise – by western governments to provide a convenient depiction of the ‘realities’ in the Middle East – and elsewhere – as a rational, political or moral justification for war and various other forms of intervention.

    Though this phenomenon is being widely understood – especially as its dangerous consequences became too apparent in the cases of Iraq and Afghanistan – another phenomenon rarely receives the necessary attention. In the second scenario, the ‘intellectual’ is not necessarily an ‘informant’, but a victim, whose message is entirely shaped by his sense of self-pity and victim-hood. In the process of communicating that collective victim-hood, this intellectual does his people a disfavor by presenting them as hapless and having no human agency whatsoever.

    Palestine is a case in point.

    The Palestine ‘victim intellectual’ is not an intellectual in any classic definition. Said refers to the intellectual as “an individual endowed with a faculty for representing, embodying, articulating a message, a view, an attitude, philosophy or opinion”.  Gramsci argued that intellectuals are “(those) who sustain, modify and alter modes of thinking and behavior of the masses”. He referred to them as “purveyors of consciousness”. The ‘victim intellectual’ is none of these.

    In the case of Palestine, this phenomenon was not accidental. Due to the limited spaces available to Palestinian thinkers to speak openly and truly about Israeli crimes and about Palestinian resistance to military occupation and apartheid, some have strategically chosen to use whatever available margins to communicate any kind of messaging that could be nominally accepted by western media and audiences.

    In other words, in order for Palestinian intellectuals to be able to operate within the margins of mainstream western society, or even within the space allocated by certain pro-Palestinian groups, they can only be ‘allowed to narrate’ as ‘purveyors’ of victim-hood. Nothing more.

    Those familiar with the Palestinian intellectual discourse, in general, especially following the first major Israeli war on Gaza in 2008-9, must have noticed how accepted Palestinian narratives regarding the war rarely deviate from the decontextualized and depoliticized Palestinian victim discourse. While understanding the depravity of Israel and the horrondousness of its war crimes is critical, Palestinian voices which are given a stage to address these crimes are frequently denied the chance to present their narratives in the form of strong political or geopolitical analyses, let alone denounce Israel’s Zionist ideology or proudly defend Palestinian resistance.

    Much has been written about the hypocrisy of the West in handling the aftermath of the Russia-Ukraine war, especially when compared to the decades-long Israeli occupation of Palestine or the genocidal Israeli wars in Gaza. But little has been said about the nature of the Ukrainian messaging if compared to those of Palestinians: the former demanding and entitled, while the latter mostly passive and bashful.

    While top Ukrainian officials often tweet such statements that western officials can “go f**k yourselves”, Palestinian officials are constantly begging and pleading. The irony is that Ukrainian officials are attacking the very nations that have supplied them with billions of dollars of ‘lethal weapons’, while Palestinian officials are careful not to offend the same nations that support Israel with the very weapons used to kill Palestinian civilians.

    One may argue that Palestinians are tailoring their language to accommodate whichever political and media spaces that are available to them. This, however, hardly explains why many Palestinians, even within ‘friendly’ political and academic environments, can only see their people as victims and nothing else.

    This is hardly a new phenomenon. It goes back to the early years of the Israeli war on the Palestinian people. Palestinian leftist intellectual Ghassan Kanafani, like others, was aware of this dichotomy.

    Kanafani contributed to the intellectual awareness among various revolutionary societies in the Global South during a critical era for national liberation struggles everywhere. He was the posthumous recipient of the Afro-Asia Writers’ Conference’s Lotus Prize for Literature in 1975, three years after he was assassinated by Israel in Beirut, in July 1972.

    Like others in his generation, Kanafani was adamant in presenting Palestinian victimization as part and parcel of a complex political reality of Israeli military occupation, western colonialism and US-led imperialism. A famous story is often told about how he met his wife, Anni, in South Lebanon. When Anni, a Danish journalist, arrived in Lebanon in 1961, she asked Kanafani if she could visit the Palestinian refugee camps. “My people are not animals in a zoo,” Kanafani replied, adding, “You must have a good background about them before you go and visit.” The same logic can be applied to Gaza, to Sheikh Jarrah and Jenin.

    The Palestinian struggle cannot be reduced to a conversation about poverty or the horrors of war, but must be expanded to include wider political contexts that led to the current tragedies in the first place. The role of the Palestinian intellectual cannot stop at conveying the victimization of the people of Palestine, leaving the much more consequential – and intellectually demanding – role of unpacking historical, political and geopolitical facts to others, some of whom often speak on behalf of Palestinians.

    It is quite uplifting and rewarding to finally see more Palestinian voices included in the discussion about Palestine. In some cases, Palestinians are even taking center stage in these conversations. However, for the Palestinian narrative to be truly relevant, Palestinians must assume the role of the Gramscian intellectual, as “purveyors of consciousness” and abandon the role of the ‘victim intellectual’ altogether. Indeed, the Palestinian people are not ‘animals in a zoo’ but a nation with political agency, capable of articulating, resisting and, ultimately, winning their freedom, as part of a much greater fight for justice and liberation throughout the world.

    The post Palestinians “Are Not Animals in a Zoo”: On Kanafani and the Need to Redefine the Role of the “Victim Intellectual” first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Ramzy Baroud.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/30/palestinians-are-not-animals-in-a-zoo-on-kanafani-and-the-need-to-redefine-the-role-of-the-victim-intellectual/feed/ 0 311290
    The Activist Offering: We Need You in the Movement for Abortion Rights https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/27/the-activist-offering-we-need-you-in-the-movement-for-abortion-rights/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/27/the-activist-offering-we-need-you-in-the-movement-for-abortion-rights/#respond Mon, 27 Jun 2022 17:05:50 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/we-need-you-movement-for-abortion-black-220627/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Steph Black.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/27/the-activist-offering-we-need-you-in-the-movement-for-abortion-rights/feed/ 0 310364
    IS Africa IN need OF smart cities? https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/26/is-africa-in-need-of-smart-cities/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/26/is-africa-in-need-of-smart-cities/#respond Sun, 26 Jun 2022 18:37:57 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=308703 A unique example of urban life in Africa. This is also one of the areas where in the face of imaginary chaos we often see great hopes in the sky among its viewers. You will be interested to learn how a researcher reads Africa and decides to have the largest cities in the world by 2100.

    But there may be reasons to support it. One study shows that Africa’s urban growth rate is the fastest in the world. Others predict that by the end of this century, Africa will be the only continent where the population will grow, out of 13 of the 20 metropolitan areas. All of these great predictions come when there are only two cities on the continent on this list. And it doesn’t matter if you believe them or not. But the interesting thing is that people are starting to build new cities in Africa. Well, not just cities – smart cities.

    A view of Eko Atlantic facing east.

    You are hardly aware that new planned cities are growing all over Africa today. These cities always promise to be a paradise, without addressing the challenges faced by those present. But not all of these programs seem to have the same Achilles’ heel – they may not be needed.In 2010, in Lagos, Nigeria, a project called Ego Atlantic City promised to provide housing for 250,000 people on land reclaimed from the sea. But twelve years later, the city is still empty.

    Konza Tecnocity Kenya has pledged to become the largest smart city in sub-Saharan Africa. But thirteen years after fertilization Echo Atlantic is empty.

    More interestingly, the appearance, technology and budget of the city have begun to shape Africa’s continental trend towards smart cities to take itself to the next level.The list goes on and on. Ghana has a city of hope, a city of Waganda in Ethiopia (inspired by the film Black Panther), a city of innovation Kigali in Rwanda and a city of Econ in Senegal – all of which promise to solve poverty and the recession in these countries through creativity. Technology.

    Senegal Prototype of $2 Billion Futuristic Buildings

    ‘Dakhla Smart City’ Kingdom of Morocco: A New Vision for Developing Southern Regions

    This is part of Morocco’s new vision for the development of the southern regions, said the current head of Al-Imran Development, Construction and Housing Group Badr. He emphasized that the Takla Smart City project is motivating and based on the principles of sustainable development.

    Kanuni explained that the project will help accelerate urbanization in the region and build a new generation of infrastructure to meet the needs of Douglas residents.He added that the Tekla Smart City project will provide the city with a system infrastructure that can accelerate investment and economic activity in the region.

    Zaha Hadid, Theater in Rabat- Morocco.

    At a meeting last week to present the results of the Tekla Smart City project, 30 architectural firms took part in a tender for a construction contract with the city of Tekla. At the meeting, the El-Omran government group signed a joint venture agreement with the private sector to implement the “Smart City of Struggle” project. El Omran Group has completed a $ 7 billion ($ 773.4 million) cross-border housing project in the southern regions. Kanuni noted that 145,000 families, 60% of the region’s population, benefited from this housing project. The center estimated the budget for urban development projects at 2.56 billion dinars ($ 282.843 million).

    In May, Morocco announced plans to turn the battle into a smart city by investing in digital infrastructure. The project, called Takla Smart City, was developed in collaboration with the Takla Regional Municipality and the Chinese technology company Huawei.

    No one has progressed. wait. What is a “wise city”?

    Ecosystem, the rise of Africa’s Silicon valleys.

    There is no single definition of smart cities. No need because they are complicated. The theoretical and practical contexts of smart cities are not always the same. But mostly smart cities are urban areas that are more efficient, environmentally friendly and socially inclusive of data and digital technologies than ordinary cities.

    Yes, they are real Cities such as Seoul, New York and Helsinki have made significant progress in their efforts to create a smart city. In Zurich, for example, it all started with a streetlight project. The city has introduced street lights in traffic conditions with the help of sensors that increase or decrease their brightness.

    The project helped save 70 percent of the city’s electricity. Since then, the city has expanded the use of sensor technology to collect environmental data, measure traffic and provide public Wi-Fi. Another example is Singapore, where contactless payments are widely used among the 7.5 million passengers who use public transport.

    So what about Africa?Efforts to build new cities in Africa are based on two theories. First, the growing population needs more space.

    Second, most existing cities are not working. Both of these things should be beneficial to new cities. But it ignores an important fact: cities often reflect the lives of citizens. In Lagos, Dar es Salaam, Dakar, Mogadishu, Windhoek and Asmari, African cities face similar problems: poor sanitation, irregular and unsafe public transport, insufficient water, pollution, dirty energy sources, insecurity, poor drainage and drainage houses.

    According to the AFDB, Africa needs $ 170 billion a year to meet infrastructure needs, but has a deficit of about $ 110 billion. You don’t need to create new cities to solve these problems. Conversely, statistics show that it is urgent to repair existing elements. So why all this investment?The first thing to focus on here is not the idea, but who is driving it.

    There is no guarantee that structural leaks in existing cities will not extend to new cities. This has happened many times in Africa and other parts of the world.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/26/is-africa-in-need-of-smart-cities/feed/ 0 308703
    ‘We Need Action’: Biden, Democrats Urged to Protect Abortion Access in Post-Roe US https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/25/we-need-action-biden-democrats-urged-to-protect-abortion-access-in-post-roe-us/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/25/we-need-action-biden-democrats-urged-to-protect-abortion-access-in-post-roe-us/#respond Sat, 25 Jun 2022 18:51:12 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/337895

    "We need action, and we need it now."

    So wrote Sens. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.) and Tina Smith (D-Minn.) in a New York Times opinion piece published Saturday, one day after the U.S. Supreme Court's reactionary majority struck down Roe v. Wade, imperiling reproductive freedom and other civil rights for millions of people nationwide.

    "We must restore our democracy so that a radical minority can no longer drown out the will of the people."

    "The Supreme Court doesn't get the final say on abortion," the lawmakers argued. "The American people will have the last word through their representatives in Congress and the White House."

    Although President Joe Biden denounced the high court's deeply unpopular 6-3 ruling in Dobbs v. Jackson Women's Health Organization on Friday, he offered no concrete plans for protecting abortion access beyond urging voters to elect more Democrats in November's pivotal midterms.

    Warren and Smith agree with the president's contention that protections once guaranteed by Roe are "on the ballot," but they also insisted that numerous steps can and must be taken immediately to secure people's ability to control their own bodies.

    "Each of us can and should act—both elected officials and everyday Americans," wrote Warren and Smith, the only senator to have ever worked at Planned Parenthood. "We can start by helping those who need access to an abortion."

    The pair continued:

    Support Planned Parenthood and other organizations that are expanding their services in states where abortion is available. Contribute to abortion funds. Encourage state legislators to protect reproductive rights in states like New Mexico and Minnesota that border places where abortion services will most likely be severely restricted and even criminalized. Encourage employers in states with abortion bans to give their employees adequate time off and money for travel to find the abortion care they need. Do all you can—and demand the same all-you-can approach from all of our elected leaders.

    While the Senate's passage of the House-approved Women's Health Protection Act, which would enshrine reproductive rights into federal law, depends on convincing Sen. Joe Manchin (D-W.Va.) and other right-wing holdouts to repeal the chamber's anti-democratic 60-vote filibuster rule, Warren and Smith argued that the White House has the power to swiftly protect access to abortion care.

    Earlier this month, the duo joined Sen. Patty Murray (D-Wash.) and half the Senate Democratic Caucus in sending a letter to Biden outlining executive actions his administration can take to defend reproductive freedom in the face of the GOP's onslaught.

    Related Content

    Suggested actions, which Warren and Smith reiterated in their new essay, include "increasing access to abortion medication, providing federal resources for individuals seeking abortion care in other states, and using federal property and resources to protect people seeking abortion services locally."

    Attorney General Merrick Garland, for his part, did suggest Friday that the Justice Department will crack down on states that attempt to ban Mifepristone, abortion medication that has been approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration.

    But while Biden is reportedly considering a number of executive orders, it remains unclear if his administration is planning to subsidize individuals' increasingly long trips to out-of-state abortion clinics or utilize federal lands to expand access to the procedure.

    During a press conference outside the Massachusetts State House on Friday, Warren told reporters that Biden and congressional Democrats should "explore just how much we can start using federal lands as a way to protect people who need access to abortions in all the states that either have banned abortions or are clearly on the threshold of doing so."

    "We need to treat this like the national emergency that it is."

    At least 11 states banned or severely restricted abortion within the first 24 hours of the Supreme Court's decision. Fifteen more are expected to eliminate or drastically reduce legal access to abortion in the coming weeks, endangering the health and economic well-being of women across the U.S.

    Addressing a crowd of protestors gathered in New York's Union Square, Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez (D-N.Y.) echoed the idea of using federal property to circumvent state-level abortion bans.

    There are "actions at President Biden's disposal that he can mobilize," Ocasio-Cortez told the crowd. "I'll start with the babiest of the babiest of the baby steps: Open abortion clinics on federal lands in red states right now. Right now."

    Pleas for action come as the GOP is laying the groundwork for a federal abortion ban if they retake Congress and the White House, an idea that Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell (R-Ky.) is open to.

    "We need to treat this like the national emergency that it is," Warren said Friday.

    In their opinion piece, Warren and Smith urged the president "to declare a public health emergency to protect abortion access for all Americans, unlocking critical resources and authority that states and the federal government can use to meet the surge in demand for reproductive health services."

    A coalition of Black congresswomen led by Reps. Ayanna Pressley (D-Mass.), Barbara Lee (D-Calif.), and Cori Bush (D-Mo.) made a similar push just before the high court issued its judgment on Friday morning.

    The current predicament is the outcome of a 50-year campaign waged by "right-wing extremists [who] rejected the beliefs held by an overwhelming majority of Americans," Warren and Smith argued. They explained:

    We're in this dark moment because right-wing politicians and their allies have spent decades scheming to overrule a right many Americans considered sacrosanct. Passing state laws to restrict access to abortion care. Giving personhood rights to fertilized eggs. Threatening to criminalize in vitro fertilization. Offering bounties for reporting doctors who provide abortion services. Abusing the filibuster and turning Congress into a broken institution. Advancing judicial nominees who claimed to be committed to protecting "settled law" while they winked at their Republican sponsors in the Senate. Stealing two seats on the Supreme Court.

    "We can't undo in five months the damage it took Republicans five decades to accomplish, but we can immediately start repairing our democracy," Warren and Smith noted.

    "We need broad democracy reform," they emphasized. That means "changing the composition of the courts, reforming Senate rules like the filibuster, and even fixing the outdated Electoral College that allowed presidential candidates who lost the popular vote to take office and nominate five of the justices who agreed to end the right to an abortion."

    "Simply put," Warren and Smith continued, "we must restore our democracy so that a radical minority can no longer drown out the will of the people."

    "This will be a long, hard fight, and the path to victory is not yet certain," the pair added. "But it’s a righteous fight that we must win—no matter how long it takes. The two of us lived in an America without Roe, and we are not going back. Not now. Not ever."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/25/we-need-action-biden-democrats-urged-to-protect-abortion-access-in-post-roe-us/feed/ 0 310043
    Here’s what you need to know about the ‘Rights Removal Bill’ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/24/heres-what-you-need-to-know-about-the-rights-removal-bill/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/24/heres-what-you-need-to-know-about-the-rights-removal-bill/#respond Fri, 24 Jun 2022 12:36:04 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/bill-repeal-human-rights-act/ The UK government says it’s about sovereignty, but it will weaken human rights – especially for the most vulnerable


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Anita Mureithi.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/24/heres-what-you-need-to-know-about-the-rights-removal-bill/feed/ 0 309699
    We Need to Build the Architecture of Our Future https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/23/we-need-to-build-the-architecture-of-our-future/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/23/we-need-to-build-the-architecture-of-our-future/#respond Thu, 23 Jun 2022 17:55:22 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=130885 Diego Rivera (Mexico), Frozen Assets, 1931. In April 2022, the United Nations established the Global Crisis Response Group on Food, Energy, and Finance. This group is tracking the three major crises of food inflation, fuel inflation, and financial distress. Their second briefing, released on 8 June 2022, noted that, after two years of the COVID-19 […]

    The post We Need to Build the Architecture of Our Future first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Diego Rivera (Mexico), Frozen Assets, 1931.

    Diego Rivera (Mexico), Frozen Assets, 1931.

    In April 2022, the United Nations established the Global Crisis Response Group on Food, Energy, and Finance. This group is tracking the three major crises of food inflation, fuel inflation, and financial distress. Their second briefing, released on 8 June 2022, noted that, after two years of the COVID-19 pandemic:

    the world economy has been left in a fragile state. Today, 60 per cent of workers have lower real incomes than before the pandemic; 60 per cent of the poorest countries are in debt distress or at high risk of it; developing countries miss $1.2 trillion per year to fill the social protection gap; and $4.3 trillion is needed per year – more money than ever before – to meet the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).

    This is a perfectly reasonable description of the distressing global situation, and things are likely to get worse.

    According to the UN Global Crisis Response Group, most capitalist states have already rolled back the relief funds they provided during the pandemic. ‘If social protection systems and safety nets are not adequately extended’, the report states, ‘poor families in developing countries facing hunger may reduce health-related spending; children who temporarily left school due to COVID-19 may now be permanently out of the education system; or smallholder or micro-entrepreneurs may close shop due to higher energy bills’.

    Renato Guttuso (Italy), La Vucciria, 1974.

    Renato Guttuso (Italy), La Vucciria, 1974.

    The World Bank reports that food and fuel prices will remain at very high levels until at least the end of 2024. As wheat and oilseed prices have escalated, reports are coming in from across the globe – including in wealthy countries – that working-class families have started to skip meals. This tense food situation has led United Nations (UN) Secretary-General’s Special Advocate for Inclusive Finance for Development, Queen Máxima of the Netherlands, to predict that many families will move to one meal a day, which, she says, ‘will be the source of even more instability’ in the world. The World Economic Forum (WEF) adds that we are in the midst of ‘a perfect storm’ if you take into account the impact of increasing interest rates on mortgage payments as well as inadequate salaries. The managing director of the International Monetary Fund (IMF), Kristalina Georgieva-Kinova, said late last month that the ‘horizon has darkened’.

    Cândido Portinari (Brazil), Coffee Bean Mowers, 1935.

    Cândido Portinari (Brazil), Coffee Bean Mowers, 1935.

    These assessments come from people at the heart of powerful global institutions – the IMF, World Bank, WEF, and the UN (and even from a queen). Although they all recognise the structural nature of the crisis, they are reluctant to be honest about the underlying economic processes, or even about how to adequately name the situation. David M. Rubenstein, the head of global investment firm The Carlyle Group, said that when he was part of US President Jimmy Carter’s administration, their inflation advisor Alfred Kahn warned them not to use the ‘R’ word – recession – which ‘scares people’. Instead, Kahn advised, use the word ‘banana’. Along those lines, Rubenstein said of the current situation, ‘I don’t want to say we’re in a banana, but I would say a banana may not be that far away from where we are today’.

    Marxist economist Michael Roberts does not hide behind words such as banana. Roberts has studied the global average rate of profit on capital, which he shows has been falling, with minor reverses, since 1997. This trend was exacerbated by the global financial crash of 2007–08 which led to the Great Recession in 2008. Since then, he argues, the world economy has been in the grip of a ‘long depression’, with the rate of profit at a historic low in 2019 (just before the pandemic).

    Yildiz Moran (Turkey), Mother, 1956.

    Yildiz Moran (Turkey), Mother, 1956.

    ‘Profit drives investment in capitalism’, writes Roberts, ‘and so falling and low profitability has led to slow growth in productive investment’. Capitalist institutions have shifted from investment in productive activity to, as Roberts puts it, ‘the fantasy world of stock and bond markets and cryptocurrencies’. The cryptocurrency market, by the way, has collapsed by over 60% this year. Dwindling profits in the Global North have led capitalists to seek profits in the Global South and beat back any country (especially China and Russia) that threatens their financial and political hegemony, with military force if necessary.

    Ghastly is the way of inflation, but inflation is merely the symptom of a deeper problem and not its cause. That problem is not merely the war in Ukraine or the pandemic, but something that is confirmed by data but denied in press conferences: the capitalist system, plunged into a long-term depression, cannot heal itself. Later this year, notebook no. 4 on the theory of crisis from Tricontinental: Institute for Social Research, written by Marxist economists Sungur Savran and E. Ahmet Tonak, will establish these points very clearly.

    Aboudia (Côte d’Ivoire), Untitled, 2013.

    Aboudia (Côte d’Ivoire), Untitled, 2013.

    For now, capitalist economic theory starts with the assumption that any attempt to settle an economic crisis, such as an inflationary crisis, must not, as John Maynard Keynes wrote in 1923, ‘disappoint the rentier’. Wealthy bondholders and major capitalist institutions control the policy orientation of the Global North so that the value of their money – trillions of dollars held by a minority – is secure. They cannot, as Keynes wrote nearly a hundred years ago, be disappointed.

    The anti-inflation policies driven by the US and the Eurozone are not going to ease the burdens on the working class in their countries, and certainly not in the debt-ridden Global South. Chairman of the US Federal Reserve Jerome Powell admitted that his monetary policy ‘will cause some pain’, but not across the entire population. More honestly, Amazon’s Jeff Bezos tweeted that ‘Inflation is a regressive tax that most hurts the least affluent’. Rising interest rates in the North Atlantic make money far more expensive for ordinary people in that region, but they also make borrowing in dollars to pay off national debts in the Global South virtually impossible. Raising interest rates and tightening the labour market are direct attacks on the working class and developing nations.

    There is nothing inevitable about the class warfare of the governments of the Global North. Other policies are possible; a few of them are listed below:

    1. Tax the global wealthy. There are 2,668 billionaires in the world who are worth $12.7 trillion; the money they hide in illicit tax havens adds up to about $40 trillion. This wealth could be brought into productive social use. As Oxfam notes, the richest ten men have more wealth than 3.1 billion people (40% of the world population).
    2. Tax large corporations, whose profits have escalated beyond imagination. US corporate profits are up by 37%, far ahead of inflation and compensation increases. Ellen Zentner, the chief US economist of the leading financial services company Morgan Stanley, argues that, during the long depression, there has been an ‘unprecedented’ plunge in the share of Gross Domestic Product earned by the working class in the United States. She has called for a return to a more just profit-wages balance.
    3. Use this social wealth to enhance social expenditures, such as funds to end hunger and illiteracy and build health care systems as well as non-carbon forms of public transportation.
    4. Institute price controls for goods that specifically drive-up inflation – such as prices for food, fertilisers, fuel, and medicines.

    The great Bajan writer George Lamming (1927–2022) left us recently. In his 1966 essay, ‘The West Indian People’, Lamming said, ‘The architecture of our future is not only unfinished; the scaffolding has hardly gone up’. This was a powerful sentiment from a powerful visionary, who hoped that his home in the Caribbean, the West Indies, would be shaped into a sovereign region that could relieve its people of great problems. This was not to be. Strangely, the IMF’s Georgieva-Kinova quoted this line in a recent article while making the case for the region to collaborate with the IMF. It is likely that Georgieva-Kinova and her staff did not read all of Lamming’s speech, for this paragraph is instructive today as it was in 1966:

    There is, I believe, a formidable regiment of economists in this hall. They teach the statistics of survival. They anticipate and warn about the relative price of freedom… [I] would just like you to bear in mind the story of an ordinary Barbadian working man. When he was asked by another West Indian whom he had not seen for about ten years, ‘and how are things?’, he replied: ‘The pasture green, but they got me tied on a short rope’.

    The post We Need to Build the Architecture of Our Future first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Vijay Prashad.

    ]]> https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/23/we-need-to-build-the-architecture-of-our-future/feed/ 0 309440 Gun safety bills advance in U.S. Senate and in California; Right to abortion may be enshrined in California constitution; Security guards say they need risk pay after two years of COVID conditions – June 14, 2022 https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/14/gun-safety-bills-advance-in-u-s-senate-and-in-california-right-to-abortion-may-be-enshrined-in-california-constitution-security-guards-say-they-need-risk-pay-after-two-years-of-covid-conditions/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/14/gun-safety-bills-advance-in-u-s-senate-and-in-california-right-to-abortion-may-be-enshrined-in-california-constitution-security-guards-say-they-need-risk-pay-after-two-years-of-covid-conditions/#respond Tue, 14 Jun 2022 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=f50956451b3ded216c420dc253197b8f
    This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/14/gun-safety-bills-advance-in-u-s-senate-and-in-california-right-to-abortion-may-be-enshrined-in-california-constitution-security-guards-say-they-need-risk-pay-after-two-years-of-covid-conditions/feed/ 0 307004
    Is Metallica the Voice We Need on Gun Control? https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/14/is-metallica-the-voice-we-need-on-gun-control/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/14/is-metallica-the-voice-we-need-on-gun-control/#respond Tue, 14 Jun 2022 16:52:05 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/is-metallica-the-voice-we-need-gun-control-beram-220614/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Nell Beram.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/14/is-metallica-the-voice-we-need-on-gun-control/feed/ 0 306849
    Inflation is squeezing workers. We need a £15 minimum wage https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/08/inflation-is-squeezing-workers-we-need-a-15-minimum-wage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/08/inflation-is-squeezing-workers-we-need-a-15-minimum-wage/#respond Wed, 08 Jun 2022 00:02:00 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/oureconomy/minimum-wage-inflation-cost-of-living-15-pounds/ To fairly protect those most impacted by the cost of living crisis we need to squash profits – not pay


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by James Meadway.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/08/inflation-is-squeezing-workers-we-need-a-15-minimum-wage/feed/ 0 305071
    Democrats Need the Independent Voters to Keep the Senate https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/07/democrats-need-the-independent-voters-to-keep-the-senate/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/07/democrats-need-the-independent-voters-to-keep-the-senate/#respond Tue, 07 Jun 2022 07:53:58 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=245641 If the Democrats can keep the support of Independent Voters, they can win key swing States and maintain control of the Senate. But who are they? And what do they want? A popular image of an independent voter is a white middle-class suburbanite. But that image, if it was ever true, is far more complex. More

    The post Democrats Need the Independent Voters to Keep the Senate appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Nick Licata.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/07/democrats-need-the-independent-voters-to-keep-the-senate/feed/ 0 304718
    We Need a Strong “Wealth Squad” to Counter the Endless Defenses of the Megarich https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/05/we-need-a-strong-wealth-squad-to-counter-the-endless-defenses-of-the-megarich/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/05/we-need-a-strong-wealth-squad-to-counter-the-endless-defenses-of-the-megarich/#respond Sun, 05 Jun 2022 13:37:15 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/337375

    Whenever there are new or proposed changes to tax law, your eyes may glaze over as they skim the headlines. Meanwhile, the wealth defense industry — and its legions of accountants, financial advisors, and lawyers — is quietly mobilizing.

    Last year, the Biden administration unveiled a proposal for a revitalized IRS, including a stronger “wealth squad” to take on tax evasion by the extremely wealthy, that is, people with tens of millions of dollars. Soon after, the wealth defense industry announced strategies that wealth advisors should use to prepare.

    The wealth squad, officially called the Global High Wealth Industry Group, was formed in 2009. But the following year was a pivotal shift in U.S. politics, and due to conservative blowback against the agency, the IRS has since bled funding. Combine budget cuts with the power of billionaires and multimillionaires to hire seemingly endless teams of lawyers and accountants, and it’s clear how the wealth squad has not always been an effective force.

    The reduction in audits of the wealthy is concerning not only because of the substantial revenue lost from tax evasion, but also because of the explosion of wealth—and wealth hiding—over the past decade.

    Emphasizing both the unrealized purpose of the squad and the hope that enforcement will increase, a recent report from the Government Accountability Office (GAO) highlights how audit rates have significantly declined over the past decade. This is particularly true for high-income households. Between 2010 and 2019, audit rates of households earning more than $5 million per year declined by 86 percent, falling from a more than 16 percent audit rate to just over 2 percent.

    The reduction in audits of the wealthy is concerning not only because of the substantial revenue lost from tax evasion, but also because of the explosion of wealth — and wealth hiding — over the past decade.

    Let’s take, for example, the wealth of the top ten billionaires from Forbes’ list of billionaires in 2010. That year, the list was topped by Mexican billionaire Carlos Slim; Jeff Bezos had yet to break the top 40 and Elon Musk’s Tesla had only just gone public. The total wealth of the world’s ten richest people totaled $342.2 billion.

    Fast forward almost a decade later, to 2019, when Bezos was number one. By then, the total wealth of the top ten billionaires in the world had more than doubled, to $744 billion.

    The start of the pandemic the following year was particularly lucrative, too. As the Institute for Policy Studies reports, U.S. billionaire wealth has soared by more than half — $1.7 trillion — since the pandemic began.

    As the rich get richer, they need somewhere to park their billions beyond the traditional financial markets. That’s why the uber-wealthy choose a wide variety of physical assets, like real estate, yachts, and expensive art, as vessels for wealth storage. They also create complex trusts to house their wealth, hiring skilled lawyers to extort loopholes and manipulate laws to protect wealth from the worst thing that could happen to it: taxation.

    The International Consortium of Investigative Journalists revealed in last year’s Pandora Papers how exactly the world’s wealthy use trusts to avoid taxes and accountability. Some of the world’s top destinations for trusts are U.S. states like South Dakota, Nevada, Alaska, and Delaware. These states have passed laws that attract the wealthy to state trust companies; both international and domestic ultra-high-net-worth people are increasingly setting up trusts in these states. South Dakota, for example, hosts more than $500 billion in trust assets, up from $57 billion in 2010. Nationwide, according to estimates by Gabriel Zucman, Thomas Piketty, and Emmanuel Saez, the U.S. was home to at least $5.6 trillion in trust assets in 2021, more than double the approximately $2.3 trillion it hosted in 2010.

    In short, strong IRS oversight is needed now more than ever. But as the GAO report contends, that’s not what we’ve seen.

    Unfortunately, the IRS doesn’t exactly have the resources for a robust effort against tax evasion and avoidance. In a comment on a draft of the GAO report, IRS deputy commissioner Douglas O’Donnell said that budget cuts have hampered the agency’s ability to fully carry out its mission. He wrote that reduced funds have led to a staffing shortage that “has resulted in challenges to overall tax administration, including our ability to deliver adequate customer service, audit coverage, collecting on taxes owed, closing the tax gap, funding the government, and IT modernization.”

    In inflation-adjusted dollars, IRS funding has fallen by approximately 21 percent since 2010. More than 13,000 enforcement employees were lost to attrition between 2010 and 2020, and the number of agents handling complex cases specifically fell by more than a third.

    Though higher-income individuals are more likely to misreport their taxes, those who claim the Earned Income Tax Credit (EITC) — low- and middle-income households — are audited at higher-than-average rates. According to the IRS, this is because EITC audits can be automated, while high-income audits require much more work by teams with specialized skills — skills that the IRS has increasingly lost.

    The IRS itself estimates underreporting and underpayment led to a $441 billion annual gap between taxes owed and taxes paid between 2011 and 2013, and that just $60 billion of that would eventually be collected. In recent years, more than half of what’s known as the “tax gap” is due to underpayment by those in the top 5 percent of income — and more than a quarter of the gap is the responsibility of the top 1 percent.

    Over the next decade, the tax gap is estimated to reach approximately $7 trillion.

    Multimillionaires and billionaires have immeasurable resources to defend their wealth... If the IRS continues to hobble and the capacity of the IRS wealth squad recedes, those resources will only continue to grow.

    To crack down on tax abuse, the Biden administration hopes to give the IRS a shot in the arm through an infusion of $80 billion over the next ten years, funds that would go toward enforcement efforts and better technology. The funding was included in the languishing Build Back Better plan. It’s unclear whether it the funding plan will pass, even if it’s an investment that would yield substantial revenue.

    “[W]hen you have fewer employees doing compliance work, you end up leaving tax revenue on the table,” said then IRS commissioner John Koskinen in 2015, addressing the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants at its National Tax Conference. “In cutting the IRS budget, the government is forgoing billions just to achieve budget savings of a few hundred million dollars.”

    The Treasury Department estimated that the $80 billion investment in the IRS would generate $480 billion in revenue over the next decade due to increased tax enforcement. This is consistent with IRS data that suggest each dollar invested in enforcement yields a return of about $5.

    Yet, even if the IRS gets increased appropriations, the wealth defense industry will be prepared — it began preparing when there were mere whispers of a better-funded wealth squad. A spring 2021 webinar from WealthManagement.com suggested that clients should expect a “holistic” and “intrusive” auditing process and to start preparing immediately — an excellent way to advertise wealth advisor services.

    Multimillionaires and billionaires have immeasurable resources to defend their wealth against taxation and creditors. If the IRS continues to hobble and the capacity of the IRS wealth squad recedes, those resources will only continue to grow — and inequality will only continue to widen.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Kalena Thomhave.

    ]]> https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/05/we-need-a-strong-wealth-squad-to-counter-the-endless-defenses-of-the-megarich/feed/ 0 304371 ‘Why did Deng feel the need to conspire in this way?’ https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/tiananmen-baotong-06032022134831.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/tiananmen-baotong-06032022134831.html#respond Fri, 03 Jun 2022 21:59:11 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/tiananmen-baotong-06032022134831.html In the first part of this two-part essay, Bao Tong, a former political secretary to late, ousted Chinese leader Zhao Ziyang, comments on then Premier Li Peng's accounts of the events leading up to the June 4, 1989 bloodshed by the People's Liberation Army that put an end to weeks of student-led protests on Tiananmen Square. An English-language version of the diary was published in 2010 as "The Critical Moment – Li Peng Diaries."  Zhao was later removed from office and spent the rest of his life under house arrest at his Beijing home, dying in early 2005. Bao, who before the events of 1989 worked as director of the Office of Political Reform of the Central Committee of the Chinese Communist Party, served a seven-year jail term for "revealing state secrets and counter-revolutionary propagandizing." The 89-year-old Bao, a long-time contributor of commentary on a wide range of Chinese and international issues for RFA Mandarin, including a column titled "Under House Arrest," remains under close police surveillance in Beijing.

    This article is addressed to those working in the free press and to researchers.

    Let's start with a few key events from the spring and summer of 1989:

    April 15, 1989: Hu Yaobang dies. He had been one of the best-loved Chinese Communist Party (CCP) leaders because of his commitment to reversing millions of miscarriages of justice from the days of the Cultural Revolution, and for his advocacy of free thinking, and because his ouster at the hands of Deng Xiaoping in early 1987 elicited widespread public sympathy.

    April 16, 1989: Li Jing asks then general secretary Zhao Ziyang what the official line should be on the students' mass mourning for Hu on Tiananmen Square. Zhao answers, in front of the entire Politburo standing committee and Deng Xiaoping's secretary: "It's fine. Yaobang was our leader. If we mourn him ourselves, then how can we forbid the students from doing the same?

    April 19, 1989: Deng Xiaoping tells Zhao Ziyang he should still go on his scheduled trip to North Korea.

    April 22, 1989: As the official memorial service for Hu Yaobang concludes, Zhao announces that he will leave for North Korea on the following day.

    "I have three things to say about the students," he says.

    "1. The mourning period is over, and the students should be told to go back to class. 2. There is to be no deployment of the police or military unless there is smashing and looting. 3. We should seriously study the students' demands and resolve this through consultation and dialogue with all sectors."

    All of this was endorsed by the entire Politburo standing committee, and by Deng himself. These three points were effectively a resolution by the standing committee. Zhao also told me at the time that, with regard to political reform, we should focus all of our efforts on achieving dialogue and consultation, because that in itself was a kind of reform.  

    I was present for all of the above, and I take responsibility for authenticating it. As the events described below, I have no knowledge of them other than via the account provided in "Li Peng: June 4th Diary."

    Beijing youths chant as they drive to Tiananmen Square to lend their enthusiastic support to striking university students, May 19, 1989, Beijing, China. Credit: AP
    Beijing youths chant as they drive to Tiananmen Square to lend their enthusiastic support to striking university students, May 19, 1989, Beijing, China. Credit: AP
    Two Li Pengs

     Regarding the events of April 23, we see two Li Pengs described by Li in his diary.

    Let's look at the afternoon Li Peng first. That Li Peng accompanies Zhao to the railway station, where he will take a train to North Korea, and asks him if there are any other instructions. Zhao replies: "No. Just get it done."

    Li returns to CCP headquarters in Zhongnanhai, immediately seeks out then National People's Congress (NPC) chairman Qiao Shi, and they send out the communique together. That was the Li Peng we see in the afternoon.  

    Now let's look at the evening Li Peng. Li writes that Yang Shangkun, president of the People's Republic of China, told him to go and see Deng, that Li asked if Yang would come too, and that Yang agreed. So, did Yang and Li actually go visit Deng that evening? If so, what did they talk about? What actually happened? What made Li, Yang and Deng feel the need to meet up the moment Zhao's back was turned? The diary doesn't say they actually went, but neither does it say they only talked about going, but wound up not going. There's nothing in Deng's official annual report about any meeting, planned or actual, with Li and Yang that night. It claims that Deng didn't meet with Li and Yang to hear their reports until the following morning, on April 25. This is entirely understandable, as Deng's annual reports are CCP records that are kept confidential within the party.  

    To find out the truth of the matter, we need to go back to Li Peng's diary and take a closer look at what Li Peng was doing and thinking on the evening of April 23. I believe with 100 percent certainty that Li Peng had figured out what Deng Xiaoping was prepared to do to quash the student protests by the evening of April 23. Because there must be a reason for Li Peng's apparent transformation starting from that evening. Because Li wasn't the same premier after that point, the premier who had been in such a hurry to send out documents conveying general secretary Zhao Ziyang's three-point opinion earlier the same day. Instead, he singlehandedly rejects this important communique from general secretary Zhao Ziyang that had already been endorsed by the entire Politburo standing committee.

    According to his diary, Li was worried that the students would bring back the chaos of the Cultural Revolution to China. So he decided to instruct the Beijing municipal party committee to make a report on the student unrest to the standing committee immediately. He also took unusual care to prime Wen Jiabao, then head of the General Affairs Office that coordinates the workings of the party and its leaders, not to say anything about the extraordinary meeting at which the Beijing party committee made this report to me, despite the fact that it was my bounden duty as sole political secretary to attend all meetings of the Politburo standing committee, whether scheduled or extraordinary.

    Wen Jiabao told me four days later, just before the standing committee met again on April 28, that it was Li Peng who had taken the decision not to have me at the meeting on the evening of April 24. I'm grateful to Wen Jiabao for his kindness, but such an authoritative and secret plan is far more likely to have come from Deng Xiaoping and Yang Shangkun than Li Peng.  

    According to Li's diary, it was Deng's secretary who called up Li and Yang late in the evening of April 24, telling them to present themselves to Deng on the morning of April 25, to relay to him what happened at the standing committee meeting. DEng took a hard line at this meeting, claiming that "the students of Beijing are in uproar!"

    This was followed with the famous editorial that appeared in the April 26 edition of the People's Daily on behalf of the CCP Central Committee, which talked about the students as "creating turmoil," and spreading revolutionary momentum all around the country. The biggest protest march in Chinese history followed on April 27, with not just students but regular citizens taking part.

    Beijing's Tiananmen Square is filled with thousands of student strikers and sympathizers, Tuesday, May 16, 1989 in Beijing. Credit: AP
    Beijing's Tiananmen Square is filled with thousands of student strikers and sympathizers, Tuesday, May 16, 1989 in Beijing. Credit: AP
    Key omissions by Li and Deng

    All of this shows us that on the evening that Zhao Ziyang left Beijing, Deng, Li and Yang must have had some kind of contact they couldn't tell anyone about, be it direct or indirect. Why else would both Li Peng's diary and Deng Xiaoping's annual report both omit what actually took place on that historically important evening of April 23?

    Deng was lauded throughout the CCP media as the savior of both party and nation. But were the students really the issue that was bothering Deng? Li's diary states that, on May 21, Li Peng was anxious for a meeting with Deng as soon as possible to "resolve the matter of Zhao Ziyang."

    Deng's secretary, primed by Deng's Machiavellian instincts, told Li that such a meeting couldn't take place until the People's Liberation Army had entered Beijing, "so as to be more sure of things."

    And there you have it. They couldn't be sure of the outcome of the meeting without a few bayonets as back-up. So, we see that the crux of the matter for both Deng and Li wasn't so much what to do about the students but what to do about Zhao Ziyang.  

    We must now explore a whole new question. Did Deng Xiaoping describe the student protests as "turmoil" in a bid to stop them, or was it deliberately intended to irritate students who had already shown they weren't afraid to take to the streets?

    Imagine for the sake of argument that the students just gave up, and life went back to normal. What would have transpired after that? Would Deng and Li still have had enough justification to hold an extraordinary meeting to deal with Zhao Ziyang? Why would the party or nation even need a savior?

    I should point out that while Zhao might have been seen as an adversary by Li Peng at the time, he had never been a natural enemy of Deng Xiaoping. According to the May 28 entry in Li Peng's diary, Deng's card-playing buddy Ding Guangan, who knew much of Deng's internal processes, told Li Peng that Deng had been warned as early as 1988 by then president Li Xiannian that he would have to get rid of Zhao Ziyang. Deng had replied then that the time wasn't yet ripe. Deng pondered this heavily, but didn't get up the resolve to actually do it until May 1989. Deng wasn't receptive to Li Xiannian's roundabout warning because Zhao was the Great Wall upon which Deng was relying at that time, so Li Xiannian could dream on! But Deng's answer meant that the moment Zhao innocently expressed his support for the student memorials for Hu Yaobang, he could hardly fail to secretly criticize Deng after his death, hardly fail to bring up all of the miscarriages of justice righted by Hu Yaobang, and hardly fail to become China's Khruschev.

    But was Deng Xiaoping really that petty? Hu Yaobang knew it better than anyone. He found that Deng would readily approve any injustices that had been the work of Mao Zedong, but it was well-nigh impossible to overturn any cases in which Deng himself had a hand. The cases of Gao Xiao and Liu Bocheng were a case in point. Even though 99.999 cases brought during the Anti-Rightist movement of the 1950s have been overturned, that movement was still regarded as "necessary" by Deng Xiaoping. The reason is that Deng Xiaoping headed the Anti-Rightist leadership group, back in the day.  

    From left: Deng Xiaoping, Li Peng and Zhao Ziyang. Credit: AP
    From left: Deng Xiaoping, Li Peng and Zhao Ziyang. Credit: AP
    Zhao brushed off by Deng

    But this article will stay away from matters of personal integrity. The entry for the afternoon of May 13 in Li Peng's diary is rather cryptic. It reads: "Xiaoping told president Yang Shangkun to hurry over and tell me (Li Peng) that Deng is a little deaf today, and that he didn't hear anything of what Zhao Ziyang had told him this afternoon. “Who can decipher the meaning of this mysterious message? I happen to know what Zhao Ziyang told Deng Xiaoping on the afternoon of May 13, and I also happen to know what Deng was referring to when he replied: "All agreed. “Deng told Zhao Ziyang that afternoon, in the presence of Yang Shangkun, that he agreed with all of Zhao's proposals for dealing with the student protests. No sooner had Zhao left than Deng turned to Zhao had told him to tell Li Peng that Deng was deaf, and had heard nothing of Zhao's plan, thereby invalidating his apparent agreement to it.

    How do I know this? Because Zhao had been seeking a meeting with Deng Xiaoping to discuss the student movement ever since he had gotten back to Beijing on April 30, and been brushed off on a daily basis by Deng. Eventually, he got a phone call on the morning of May 13 informing him that Deng would see him that afternoon. Zhao Ziyang was very pleased that day. Zhao had been working flat out during the previous 13 days, in consultation with all kinds of people about how best to engage in dialogue and consultation within the framework of democracy and the rule of law. He had also begun implementing some preliminary reforms of administration and governance among high-ranking officials, and had basically achieved a consensus at meetings of the Politburo standing committee on May 8 and at the plenary Politburo meeting on May 10. So he was anxious to hear Deng's thoughts. I was also really excited, and spent the entire afternoon in Zhao's personal office, which was empty.

    Ziyang got back just before dinnertime.

    "So what did Comrade Xiaoping have to say?" I asked him.

    "Yeah, he agreed with all of it," Zhao replied slowly, as was his way.

    So I went straight over to the think-tank and told the researchers that Deng had agreed with all of it.  

    In this April 23, 2014 photo, Bao Tong, aide to the late reform-minded former Communist Party general secretary, Zhao Ziyang, holds up a photo of Zhao as he speaks from his home in Beijing, China. Credit: AP
    In this April 23, 2014 photo, Bao Tong, aide to the late reform-minded former Communist Party general secretary, Zhao Ziyang, holds up a photo of Zhao as he speaks from his home in Beijing, China. Credit: AP
    Backpedaling on reforms

    Deng Xiaoping was a little deaf, but not very. Besides, he had all kinds of people reporting back to him on a daily basis, through a variety of channels, what Zhao was up to. He backpedaled on Zhao's plan precisely because he knew all too well what it entailed. He was afraid Zhao would call a meeting to tell everyone about it. Why did Deng feel the need to conspire in this way? Far be it from me to stray from the official line, but it had nothing to do with clearing up a misunderstanding. If there had been one, he would have sent Yang to talk to Zhao. Why send his soldier-messenger off in such a tearing hurry to convey a secret order to Li Peng, who wasn't even involved?

    The first item in Zhao Ziyang's package of measures was the formal withdrawal of the April 26 People's Daily editorial, that had been issued in the name of the Politburo standing committee. I think that this was probably the focus of his briefing to Deng on the afternoon of May 13, because during the 13 days that elapsed when Deng was refusing him a meeting, Zhao had talked several times to Yang about the plan, and asked Yan Ming and Xu Jiatun to recommend it to him as well. It was Zhao's belief that the editorial had struck the wrong tone, and was hurtful to the students, who were patriotic. But this wrong could only be righted by the person who had caused it in the first place. This was unavoidable. They would have to admit that the April 26 editorial was wrong, if they wanted to start a dialogue with the students. Without that sign of good faith, any dialogue would be pointless. And only such a show of sincerity would have the power to unite students and citizens and turn them into partners in the process of negotiation and reform.

    But Yang had all along kept his views about Zhao's plan to himself, just telling him not to rush things, to take it more slowly. That's why I believe that this was the most important topic of discussion when Zhao finally got his meeting with Deng on May 13.

    It's highly unlikely that it wasn't included in the "all" that Deng was referring to when he responded: "All agreed."

    I think my suppositions are well-founded, but I can't be totally certain of them. I can only hope that a recording of this May 13, 1989 meeting between Deng and Zhao still exists, and hasn't been destroyed.

    Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by A commentary by Bao Tong.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/tiananmen-baotong-06032022134831.html/feed/ 0 304194
    Does America Need an Emmett Till Moment for Mass School Shootings? https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/01/does-america-need-an-emmett-till-moment-for-mass-school-shootings/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/01/does-america-need-an-emmett-till-moment-for-mass-school-shootings/#respond Wed, 01 Jun 2022 20:38:51 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/337295

    In the days since the Uvalde shooting, media outlets have shared heartbreaking images of the small victims as they were cherished in life. As Americans, we’re forced to look into their young, innocent eyes and accept our shame that we failed to protect them.

    These disturbing images could ignite the public conscience. They could also be put before gun buyers themselves.

    What we haven’t seen is what they looked like after their lives were ripped away by AR-15 bullets. Many of the children were reportedly so mutilated they could only be identified by DNA.

    It is understandable that a newspaper would be loath to publish such photographs. Most human beings would be loath to look at them.

    But in the past, such disturbing images have been used to galvanize action—by forcing us to examine painful realities. When I was a civil rights organizer in the South back in the 1960s, one episode still loomed large in the minds of those who took part in the freedom struggle.

    On an August night in 1955, two white men forced their way into a house in rural Mississippi, and abducted a 14-year-old Black child from Chicago named Emmett Till. Emmett had been visiting his Mississippi relatives for the summer.

    Earlier that same day, in response to a “dare,” Emmett allegedly committed the “crime” of whistling at a white woman in a local grocery store.

    The two men kidnapped Emmett and brutally beat and mutilated him before shooting him in the head. Using barbed wire, they tied the dead teenager to a heavy metal fan and dumped his body in the Tallahatchie River. His body wasn’t taken from the river for another week.

    His mother insisted on an open casket funeral. “Everybody needs to know what happened to Emmett Till,” she said.

    Tens of thousands viewed the body as it was, and Jet magazine and the Chicago Defender ran photographs of the brutalized child. The resulting anger and grief stiffened the determination of the civil rights movement.

    Just as children in America today face the reality that a deranged or racist person with an assault rifle can invade their school and take their lives, in 1955 young Black children in the South bore the knowledge that any white man who chose to could pull them out of their home in the night and murder them—and that their society would grant the killer complete impunity.

    That bitter knowledge helped mobilize a generation of African Americans and their white allies to fight against segregation and white supremacy. Could the horrific images of the unrecognizable bodies of murdered schoolchildren move more Americans toward confronting our gun problem?

    The families of the Uvalde victims will make their own painful decisions regarding the remains of their children. They owe us nothing—it is we who owe them our shamed apologies for failing to protect their children from the now well-known danger of mass murder.

    The families of the Uvalde victims will make their own painful decisions regarding the remains of their children. They owe us nothing—it is we who owe them our shamed apologies for failing to protect their children from the now well-known danger of mass murder.

    No one can demand the right to use photographs of the victims.

    But children aren’t the only ones whose bodies have been torn apart and rendered unrecognizable by modern assault weapons. Photographs from both wartime and the home front can doubtless be found to illustrate the costs of so-called “gun rights.”

    These disturbing images could ignite the public conscience. They could also be put before gun buyers themselves.

    A number of states force women exercising their constitutional right to abortion to look at fetal sonograms before ending their pregnancy. What if states required anyone who wants to buy an assault rifle, or other semi-automatic weapon, to first see photos or films that show what such weapons do to human bodies?

    Some buyers would no doubt harden their hearts and persuade themselves they must have a weapon of war to defend their homes from an attack by imaginary hordes or other fictitious threats — or to overthrow a government so tyrannical as to consider regulating firearms.

    But perhaps some would reconsider whether they really need this kind of weapon to hunt or engage in target shooting.

    There is no Second Amendment right to protection from reality.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Mitchell Zimmerman.

    ]]> https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/01/does-america-need-an-emmett-till-moment-for-mass-school-shootings/feed/ 0 303518 The Activist Offering: Birth Control Is Not Going to End the Need for Abortions https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/01/the-activist-offering-birth-control-is-not-going-to-end-the-need-for-abortions/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/01/the-activist-offering-birth-control-is-not-going-to-end-the-need-for-abortions/#respond Wed, 01 Jun 2022 18:13:55 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/birth-control-not-going-to-end-abortions-black-220601/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Steph Black.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/01/the-activist-offering-birth-control-is-not-going-to-end-the-need-for-abortions/feed/ 0 303486
    The Activist Offering: Birth Control Is Not Going to End the Need for Abortions https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/01/the-activist-offering-birth-control-is-not-going-to-end-the-need-for-abortions-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/01/the-activist-offering-birth-control-is-not-going-to-end-the-need-for-abortions-2/#respond Wed, 01 Jun 2022 18:13:55 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/birth-control-not-going-to-end-abortions-black-220601/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Steph Black.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/01/the-activist-offering-birth-control-is-not-going-to-end-the-need-for-abortions-2/feed/ 0 303487
    ‘We Need Change, Governor!’ Abbott Booed at Uvalde Memorial Site https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/30/we-need-change-governor-abbott-booed-at-uvalde-memorial-site/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/30/we-need-change-governor-abbott-booed-at-uvalde-memorial-site/#respond Mon, 30 May 2022 09:13:30 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/337239

    Texas Gov. Greg Abbott was met with boos Sunday as he arrived at a memorial site for victims of the elementary school massacre in Uvalde, which sparked a nationwide wave of grief and anger over lawmakers' persistent—and industry-funded—inaction on gun violence.

    "We need change, governor!" yelled one member of a crowd gathered at Robb Elementary School as Abbott, a Republican who just two days earlier delivered video remarks at the National Rifle Association's annual convention, arrived at the site.

    "Shame on you, Abbott!" others shouted at the governor, who has overseen and approved the GOP-dominated state legislature's further weakening of Texas' gun regulations in recent years even in the wake of deadly shootings.

    The Texas Tribune noted last week that "in the last two legislative sessions, Texas legislators have loosened gun laws, most notably by passing permitless carry in 2021, less than two years after mass shootings in El Paso and Odessa took the lives of 30 people."

    Child gun deaths in Texas have more than doubled during Abbott's tenure.

    Recycling the well-worn talking point that mental illness is the primary driver of gun violence, Abbott has signaled following the Uvalde massacre—the deadliest school shooting in Texas history—that he has no intention of supporting proposals such as those put forth in recent days by Democrats in the state Senate.

    The Democratic lawmakers are pushing the governor to call an emergency legislative session—something he has done to attack voting rights—and endorse passage of laws raising the minimum age to purchase a firearm to 21, requiring universal background checks for gun purchases, restricting ownership of high-capacity magazines, and other changes.

    "Texas has suffered more mass shootings over the past decade than any other state," all 13 members of Texas' Senate Democratic caucus wrote in a letter to Abbott over the weekend. "In Sutherland Springs, 26 people died. At Santa Fe High School outside Houston, 10 people died. In El Paso, 23 people died at a Walmart. Seven people died in Midland-Odessa."

    "After each of these mass killings, you have held press conferences and roundtables promising things would change," the lawmakers continued. "After the slaughter of 19 children and two teachers in Uvalde, those broken promises have never rung more hollow. The time to take real action is now."

    The parents of children killed in Uvalde have echoed that message. 

    Kimberly Rubio, whose daughter was among the 21 victims, told the New York Times last week that she and her husband declined an invitation to meet with Abbott, citing his opposition to basic and broadly popular gun-safety measures.

    "We live in this really small town in this red state, and everyone keeps telling us, you know, that it's not the time to be political, but it is—it is," Rubio said. "Don't let this happen to anybody else."

    People gathered in Uvalde on Sunday also demanded action at the federal level, where Republican lawmakers and right-wing Democrats have obstructed gun-control legislation for years.

    "Do something!" onlookers shouted at President Joe Biden as he departed a mass service in the grieving Texas city.

    Gun control advocates have accused the president of offering little more than platitudes in the aftermath of the Uvalde shooting, which spurred limited bipartisan talks in Congress that—like similar legislative efforts over the past decade—are likely to end in failure amid near-unanimous GOP opposition.

    Two Democrats in the Senate—Joe Manchin of West Virginia and Kyrsten Sinema of Arizona—are refusing to drop their support for the 60-vote legislative filibuster, meaning at least 10 Republican votes are needed in the chamber to pass a gun control bill.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]> https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/30/we-need-change-governor-abbott-booed-at-uvalde-memorial-site/feed/ 0 302836 Beyond Gun Control, We Need Hatred Control https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/30/beyond-gun-control-we-need-hatred-control-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/30/beyond-gun-control-we-need-hatred-control-2/#respond Mon, 30 May 2022 08:33:55 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=244846 Another terrorist slips into the classroom, into the news. Does anyone understand this? Even if guns are easily, readily available, why, why, why? I find it impossible even to be angry — it’s hard to be angry under incomprehensible circumstances. Instead, I find myself imagining George W. Bush giving a speech in which he condemns More

    The post Beyond Gun Control, We Need Hatred Control appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Robert Koehler.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/30/beyond-gun-control-we-need-hatred-control-2/feed/ 0 302846
    Native Hawaiians Are Split Over How to Spend $600 Million to Help Those Who Need Housing https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/27/native-hawaiians-are-split-over-how-to-spend-600-million-to-help-those-who-need-housing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/27/native-hawaiians-are-split-over-how-to-spend-600-million-to-help-those-who-need-housing/#respond Fri, 27 May 2022 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/native-hawaiians-are-split-over-how-to-spend-600-million-to-help-those-who-need-housing#1340343 by Rob Perez, Honolulu Star-Advertiser

    This article was produced for ProPublica’s Local Reporting Network in partnership with the Honolulu Star-Advertiser. Sign up for Dispatches to get stories like this one as soon as they are published.

    When Hawaii lawmakers moved this month to pump $600 million into the state’s Native Hawaiian homesteading program, they said they wanted to help those who are most in need. The problem: They didn’t say whom, exactly, they had in mind.

    Now, the state Department of Hawaiian Home Lands, the agency that oversees the long-troubled program, faces the difficult task of setting priorities and crafting a plan for how to spend the single largest injection of funds in the history of the century-old initiative. Under the program, anyone who is at least 50% Native Hawaiian is entitled to lease land for $1 a year and to either build or buy a home there. DHHL officials could use the new appropriation for a variety of measures, from developing residential lots to acquiring land to offering mortgage and rental subsidies.

    At issue is how to help two different groups languishing on a waitlist of nearly 29,000 people. One is made up of Native Hawaiians who can afford a home but face a long line for DHHL housing. The other is made up of those who can’t.

    In 2020, the Honolulu Star-Advertiser and ProPublica found that the homesteading program was leaving behind thousands of low-income beneficiaries in that second category, in part because DHHL was developing new subdivision housing that was too expensive for them to afford. The average price was $300,000 to $400,000.

    In positioning the $600 million bill for final passage, legislators amended it to give DHHL greater flexibility in deciding how to spend the money, including deleting a provision that allocated the bulk of funding to 17 planned projects totaling about 3,000 lots — a provision that would have helped those ready to purchase units that had yet to be built.

    Legislators said they gave the agency more latitude so it could better address the wide range of needs and preferences of people on the waitlist. “DHHL is in a better position to do that, not the Legislature,” House Speaker Scott Saiki said.

    For its part, DHHL said it is reviewing legislative reports and testimony, including written comments from beneficiaries. “Our goal is to signal to the community what implementation will look like as soon as possible,” department spokesperson Cedric Duarte said.

    Gov. David Ige is expected to sign the $600 million legislation, and the department has until Dec. 10 to submit a spending plan. But because Ige’s term ends in December, implementation will fall to the next administration.

    Native Hawaiians are not waiting though.

    Leaders of the two largest beneficiary organizations said they do not trust the department, which has been blasted by federal and state watchdogs for mismanagement over the years, to craft an effective plan. Those groups, the Sovereign Council of Hawaiian Homestead Associations and the Association of Hawaiians for Homestead Lands, have teamed up to develop their own. The spending roadmap, those leaders say, must be developed by the people who own the land trust, have suffered from the long waits for homesteads and will be directly affected by how the money is used.

    “It’s time for nonbeneficiaries to mind their manners and sit down,” Robin Danner, chair of the council, said in an interview. “We beneficiaries are taking responsibility.”

    This month, the two groups held the first of a series of meetings to gather feedback from beneficiaries. And if early conversations are any indication, the organizations will have to reconcile divergent views among Native Hawaiians. Some say any financial aid should first go to those on the waitlist who otherwise cannot afford to purchase a home.

    Oahu beneficiary Gregory Ah Yat, who turns 70 in August, has been a renter all his adult life. He has been on the waitlist since the late 1980s and passed on several potential lease offerings over the years because he couldn’t afford them. He favors DHHL providing need-based aid. “I know some people will still grumble, but that’s the purpose of the help,” he said.

    The legislation does permit DHHL to use an applicant’s income to set priorities on who to help, and it authorizes the department to provide down-payment, mortgage and rental subsidies to waitlisters, though the department must first establish guidelines for such assistance.

    But others think help should be offered uniformly, based strictly on an applicant’s position on the waitlist. They want to see the money used to develop more housing, which typically costs the program’s beneficiaries roughly half the market price because they are not paying for the land — a valuable benefit in a state with one of the hottest real estate markets in the country.

    Liberta Hussey-Albao, 78, said she first applied for a homestead in the 1970s and remains on the Kauai waitlist even though she owns a home there. Hussey-Albao wants the homestead for her adult son, who also lives on Kauai but is not a homeowner and doesn’t meet the blood-level requirement to be on the waitlist; beneficiaries must be at least 50% Native Hawaiian.

    If DHHL bases financial assistance on need, some applicants who have waited decades for a homestead will be passed over, depriving them of something they are entitled to, according to Hussey-Albao. “Let’s be fair,” she said. “Those on the top of the list are old and dying.”

    Either way, policymakers have another key factor to consider: a tight deadline. The legislation requires DHHL to allocate the $600 million by June 30, 2025; any remaining money must be returned to the state’s general fund. “If even $1 of this lapses because it went unused, I think that will be a disaster,” said state Sen. Jarrett Keohokalole, co-chair of the Legislature’s Native Hawaiian caucus. “Maybe there's some hyperbole there, but you get what I’m trying to say.”


    This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Rob Perez, Honolulu Star-Advertiser.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/27/native-hawaiians-are-split-over-how-to-spend-600-million-to-help-those-who-need-housing/feed/ 0 302313
    The Need to Organize https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/27/the-need-to-organize/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/27/the-need-to-organize/#respond Fri, 27 May 2022 08:43:13 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=244705 To begin, an anecdote. This past summer, a pigeon walked through my open balcony door while my attention was elsewhere. I shooed it out, but when I turned around two more pigeons walked out of my bedroom. In the 20 years I’ve lived in my apartment, this had never happened to me, though my balcony More

    The post The Need to Organize appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Beverly Gologorsky.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/27/the-need-to-organize/feed/ 0 302345
    ‘We Need Fewer Guns in Schools, Not More’: Teachers Reject GOP Call for Armed Educators https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/26/we-need-fewer-guns-in-schools-not-more-teachers-reject-gop-call-for-armed-educators/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/26/we-need-fewer-guns-in-schools-not-more-teachers-reject-gop-call-for-armed-educators/#respond Thu, 26 May 2022 18:18:34 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/337188

    The heads of the two largest U.S. teachers' unions on Thursday roundly rejected renewed calls by Republican politicians—some of them funded by the firearms industry lobby—to arm educators following the massacre of more than 20 children and staff at a Texas elementary school.

    "Bringing more guns into schools makes schools more dangerous and does nothing to shield our students and educators from gun violence."

    "Teachers should be teaching, not acting as armed security guards," National Education Association (NEA) president Becky Pringle asserted in a statement.

    "Our public schools should be the safest places for students and educators, yet the gunshots from a lone shooter armed with a military-grade weapon shattered the physical safety of the school community in Uvalde, Texas," she added. "The powerful gun lobby and their allies did not waste a second after the horrific killing of 19 students and two teachers at Robb Elementary School to call for arming teachers."

    "Bringing more guns into schools makes schools more dangerous and does nothing to shield our students and educators from gun violence," Pringle said. "We need fewer guns in schools, not more."

    Pringle continued:

    We need common-sense solutions now. Schools need more mental health professionals, not pistols; teachers need more resources, not revolvers. Arming teachers makes schools more dangerous and does nothing to protect students and their families when they go off to school, shop at the grocery store, attend church services, ride the subway, or simply walk down the streets of their neighborhoods. Those lawmakers pushing to arm teachers and fortify school buildings are simply trying to distract us from their failure to prevent another mass shooting.    

    "Educators and parents overwhelmingly reject the idea of arming school staff. Rather than arming educators with guns, we need to be giving them the tools needed to inspire their students," she said. "Rather than putting the responsibility on individual teachers, our elected leaders need to pass laws that protect children from gun violence and bring an end to senseless and preventable killings."

    "Americans want the carnage to stop," Pringle added. "My message to Congress: What are you going to do?"

    Polling has shown that teachers are overwhelmingly opposed to being armed in the classroom.

    "I think that arming a bunch of people without the training or desire to shoot guns is a disaster in the making," explained one respondent to a 2019 survey of U.S. educators by California State University professor Lauren Willner that found 88% of teachers were opposed to being armed. "I worry about students getting their hands on guns, and I worry far more about gun accidents than about school shootings."

    Echoing Pringle's stance, American Federation of Teachers president Randi Weingarten said in a statement that "only in America do people go grocery shopping and get mowed down by a shooter with hate in his heart; only in this country are parents not assured that their kids will be safe at school."

    "Gun violence is a cancer, and it's one that none of us should tolerate for one single moment longer," she added. "We have made a choice to let this continue, and we can make a choice to finally do something—do anything—to put a stop to this madness."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]> https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/26/we-need-fewer-guns-in-schools-not-more-teachers-reject-gop-call-for-armed-educators/feed/ 0 302101 Beyond Gun Control, We Need Hatred Control https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/26/beyond-gun-control-we-need-hatred-control/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/26/beyond-gun-control-we-need-hatred-control/#respond Thu, 26 May 2022 15:06:03 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/337176

    Another terrorist slips into the classroom, into the news.

    Does anyone understand this? Even if guns are easily, readily available, why, why, why? I find it impossible even to be angry—it’s hard to be angry under incomprehensible circumstances.

    Instead, I find myself imagining George W. Bush giving a speech in which he condemns the latest horrific murders at . . . but instead of saying Robb Elementary School in Uvalde, Texas, he blurts out “Iraq.”

    The human race will not evolve by waging endless war and killing itself.

    These killers aren’t acting alone. No one acts alone. There’s a cultural and structural connection here. As I noted in a recent column, quoting from the book A Promise to Our Children: A Field Guide to Peace, by Charles P. Busch, the ratio of civilian to combatant deaths in the wars we wage has changed astonishingly over the last century. During World War I, one civilian was killed for every nine combatants. Today that figure has been flipped on its head. In recent wars — in Afghanistan, Iraq, Syria, and no doubt Ukraine — the ratio is nine civilians (including children, of course) killed for every combatant.

    And war is what nation-states believe in, all across the planet, but nowhere with such religious commitment as here in the USA, with our trillion-dollar annual military budget. And I confess: I kind of understand why this is the case. It’s not easy to run a country, to cohere a populace, to herd 300 million cats. But rallying the cause with a good, solid enemy — evil itself — works pretty well. In the old days, we had krauts and nips; then of course there were the commies (and their Southeast Asian allies, the gooks); and when they went away, we found the terrorists, along with Saddam Hussein, the iconic face of evil, whose anti-blessing gave us permission to launch a shock-and-awe campaign in his country and turn every school in Iraq into a potential Robb Elementary School.

    When we wage war, we dehumanize whole populations. Killing isn’t easy — perhaps it isn’t even possible — without doing so. And the dehumanization process is collective. I can’t let go of this fact. We cannot embrace militarism as our go-to method of self-defense without giving our tacit blessing to murder, though for some reason we don’t call it that. That nine-to-one, civilian-to-combatant death ratio? That’s collateral damage.

    And beyond the actual waging of war, we clutch the concept as our favorite metaphor. Everything difficult is a war. And thus over the years we have waged wars on pretty much every problem we have: from cancer to drugs to crime to poverty, etc., etc., etc. By calling these (losing) campaigns “wars,” we unite ourselves in the battle against a specific enemy — a specific evil. It’s us vs. them! Us vs. drugs, us vs. crime, us vs. cancer . . .

    Here’s President Biden two months ago, speaking about Ukraine at the Royal Castle in Warsaw, Poland. His words are both bellicose and metaphorical:

    “But we emerged anew in the great battle for freedom: a battle between democracy and autocracy, between liberty and repression, between a rules-based order and one governed by brute force.

    “In this battle, we need to be clear-eyed. This battle will not be won in days or months either. We need to steel ourselves for the long fight ahead.”

    And so we embrace the Great Battle for Freedom — with many people embracing it in their own way. Enemies are always knocking on the door, or hiding under our beds. The enemy wants to make our children uncomfortable. It wants to replace us!

    And indeed this is a dangerous world, in many ways. The problem is that we’re essentially blinding ourselves to the actual dangers by turning analysis and self-reflection into hatred and blame. To a large extent, the dangers we face are without an enemy.

    Winslow Myers puts it this way: “In a possible emerging planetary story, we have the chance to see that we have more in common than what divides us, based in the challenges we face together. Tanks, fighter jets and nuclear missiles — and the greed, hatred and paranoia motivating their endless deployment — do nothing to address the death of coral reefs, the breakdown of ocean ecosystems and fisheries, the rise in sea levels, the mass migrations of refugees.”

    And so much more! But as Michael Klare writes: “Sadly, geopolitical rivalry, not cooperation, is now the order of the day. Thanks to Russia’s invasion and the harsh reaction it’s provoked in Washington and other Western capitals, ‘great-power competition’ (as the Pentagon calls it) has overtaken all other considerations. Not only has diplomatic engagement between Washington, Moscow, and Beijing essentially ground to a halt, making international cooperation on climate change (or any other global concern) nearly impossible, but an all-too-militarized competition has been launched that’s unlikely to abate for years to come.”

    This “all-too-militarized competition” isn’t just between the great powers, as the flow of news informs us. It’s also between deeply lost (and armed) souls and their inner demons. Barely a week ago, a crazed 18-year-old, shot and killed ten people at a grocery store in Buffalo, N.Y. Eleven days later, another 18-year-old killed, my God, 21 people (19 of them students) at the Texas elementary school. I kneel in grief and try my best to put this into context.

    Gun control isn’t enough. We also need hatred control. The lone wolves out there, the lost souls, who have chosen to play real war in response to their own demons, might seek another course of action if they had fewer political and corporate role models. The human race will not evolve by waging endless war and killing itself.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Robert C. Koehler.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/26/beyond-gun-control-we-need-hatred-control/feed/ 0 302036
    The Deep Need to Organize for a Better World https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/26/the-deep-need-to-organize-for-a-better-world/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/26/the-deep-need-to-organize-for-a-better-world/#respond Thu, 26 May 2022 14:13:47 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/337173

    To begin, an anecdote. This past summer, a pigeon walked through my open balcony door while my attention was elsewhere. I shooed it out, but when I turned around two more pigeons walked out of my bedroom. In the 20 years I’ve lived in my apartment, this had never happened to me, though my balcony door was often open. All I could imagine was that those poor birds had gotten as disoriented as the rest of us in these pandemic years when nothing feels faintly normal.

    But what is normal, anyway?  Decades filled with war, inequity, poverty, and injustice? Really?  Is this what we want — a society clearly failing its people?

    There are, of course, many groups working in wonderful ways to improve our lives, each of them a harbinger of what’s possible. These would certainly include Black Lives Matter, reproductive-rights organizations, and climate-change groups, as well as newly empowered union organizing, and that’s just to mention a few obvious examples.

    But here’s the truly worrisome thing. These days such social-justice groups, inspirational as they may be, can barely be heard above the clamor of right-wing organizing and conspiratorial thinking, which seems to be gathering strength, leading toward an accretion of power across this land of ours. They’re doing so locally by getting onto school boards and city councils; by using social media to spread ever wilder racist, misogynist ideas; by encouraging racial hatred that results in nightmarish murders, most recently in Buffalo, New York, where a young white man slaughtered African-Americans in a supermarket. And by doing all this and more, the right wing has grown into a set of movements that continue to flourish nationwide with far too little forceful opposition.

    Right-wing politicians, extremist groups, and their social-media outlets are anything but new. For years, however, they lingered in the shadows. Donald Trump’s presidency gave them permission to emerge all too vocally and capture the fealty of so many Republican lawmakers and voters. The threats to legal abortion, voting rights, marriage equality, and education (via book banning and curriculum reshaping) are just a few obvious aspects of American life now being menaced by a set of authoritarian, nationalist, racist political movements that are unfolding daily.  The question, of course, is: What should the rest of us do to counter all of this?

    We live on an ever more climate-endangered planet and in a society threatened by growing amounts of disinformation, misinformation, and a tendency toward extreme individualism. Consider just the growing number of anti-vax, anti-masking Republicans who equate their choices with the personification of freedom, which is really a fear of loss of control — white control, rich control, male control.

    Sadly enough, progressive ideas aren’t permeating our society anywhere near as quickly or defiantly as right-wing ones. In the increasingly dangerous world we inhabit, it’s not enough to fire up anger by sending people into the streets for a single day of protest, even to shout No!, Stop!, Not in our name! It’s a shame — since they should matter — but such flare-ups don’t engender real change. Only consistent, visible grassroots organizing, local and national, might lead to the kinds of change that could affect political consciousness and alter a country that may be going the way of Trump far too quickly.

    History as Proof

    It’s encouraging to look back and note that, throughout our history, grassroots movements have made a genuine difference. Those who worked at change, day in, day out, year in, year out often succeeded in their struggles. They won child-labor laws and social security, promoted women’s suffrage and civil rights, and remade American society in other equally important ways. Sustained grassroots organizing by laborers, miners, teachers, and so many others created national unions, some of which then fought successfully for legislation of all kinds, not to speak of the creation of the Department of Labor itself in 1913 to give that movement a “voice in the cabinet.” Through determined organizing, unionization reached a high point during the 1940s and 1950s.

    Unfortunately, by the early 1980s, during the administration of President Ronald Reagan, unions began losing members and clout, a defeat only compounded by their inability to stop a great migration of plants and factories overseas. That phenomenon would, of course, devastate large swaths of the country, especially the industrial Midwest. In its wake, it left blue-collar workers in economic despair and losing confidence in both unions and government. Over time, those feelings would only enhance a rightward political shift.

    After so many years, however, a new uptick in unionization seems to be underway. The recent surprise vote in favor of unionizing an Amazon warehouse in Staten Island, New York, after two years of organizing efforts, offers a striking example of how a vigorous, progressive, and consistent grassroots movement can achieve change and spur yet more organizing by others.

    But what is organizing anyway? Who can do it? How is it done?

    Let me try to answer those questions in a personal way. In 1969, in the midst of this country’s war in Vietnam that swept so many of us into the streets, I became a member of a collective that organized an antiwar coffee shop. We opened it close to an Army base and many young soldiers came in. We offered them free coffee and cookies, music popular at the time, and of course ourselves to chat with every day of the week. We even left coins in a jar on the counter that could be used in a pay telephone booth to get in touch with family or friends.

    I can remember talking with soldiers, many of them destined for Vietnam. We discussed the state of the country, class, race, and especially, of course, the ongoing war and what to do about it. We listened as well, learning much about those mostly working-class soldiers of all races and creeds: how they grew up, how they felt about basic training, and how they had learned what they knew. We, in turn, began to understand what influenced the thinking of those young men, many from rural areas of the country, including the role of disinformation in their political consciousness. That coffee-shop collective offered soldiers knowledge as power, knowledge to change consciousness.

    While antiwar demonstrations spread in those years, often filling the streets, such coffee shops and other antiwar projects spread, too. And of course — though it took far too long and far too many of those young lives — that war did end and we played our small part in that, something I tried to capture in my new novel, Can You See the Wind?

    Movements Then and Now

    That was, of course, so long ago, but in the world of today, perhaps such activities might still have a place.  What if, for example, organizers were now to begin setting up social-justice cafes — storefronts offering free coffee, music, talk, and educational materials aimed at informing and affecting political consciousness in this ever more social-mediated moment? Such cafés, or whatever their twenty-first-century equivalents might be, would offer an up-close, face-to-face way of countering rightwing disinformation, conspiracy thinking, and propaganda.

    Many social-justice groups now do aim to reach out and educate. There’s a problem, however. Their good work isn’t coalescing into the kind of massive effort that can influence deeply. Much of the protest work of this moment, of course, begins (and ends) online — sometimes followed by sporadic flare-ups of street protests, little of it as effective as it should be when it comes to influencing opinion. Though helpful in spreading the word, social-media platforms are inadequate substitutes for street-by-street, action-by-action grassroots work that anyone can join because it’s visible, out there, and noisy rather than one person alone at her computer.

    From the early 1960s through the mid-1970s, street mobilizations and public action were remarkably commonplace. Though initially such movements were anything but well covered by mainstream news outlets, a growing alternative media offered them much-needed attention. Soon enough, though, mainstream newspapers and the TV news had little choice but to report on what was so obviously happening in the streets. How could they not, since the insistent demands for social justice were so noisy, ongoing, and hard to miss — and, in the process, people’s opinions began to change.

    During those years, the creative actions taken included civil rights bus boycotts, sit-ins of many kinds, and protest marches of all sorts. There were also public teach-ins, women’s consciousness-raising groups, and storefront child-care centers that allowed parents to attend protests and speak-ins in those pre-Roe v. Wade days to demand the right to abortion. Though that right, won then, is now threatened, there will no doubt be a sustained fight to maintain it. A law may be rescinded but it’s difficult to erase from consciousness something that so many women have benefited from.

    The messages of such actions were hard to miss and did indeed change public consciousness, as in the case of the civil rights movement. They not only led to desperately needed voting-rights laws, but also inspired generations of young people to become involved in progressive movements.

    Unfortunately, these days, those on social media and in the streets are all too often right-wing organizers doing all they can to eviscerate voting-rights laws, aided and abetted by Republican state legislatures and a Supreme Court essentially taken over by right-wingers.

    Another example of a protest movement that worked thanks to an organized grassroots struggle is the anti-Vietnam War movement. At the start of that conflict, most Americans were either supportive of or indifferent to it. After the growth of a massive antiwar movement and waves of protest and education to end that nightmarish conflict, much of it taking place in the streets or on university campuses, public opinion did turn against the war and helped force its end.

    A more recent example of progressive action would be Occupy Wall Street in 2011 — essentially a tent city set up in New York’s financial district. Though it didn’t bring concrete change to Wall Street, it did change consciousness in this country about the growing inequality between the rich 1% and the rest of us. Perhaps one day an Occupy successor will develop, a grassroots movement in support of taxing the wealthiest Americans to finance so much of what society still needs.

    The Black Lives Matter movement is the most recent example of how a consistent mobilization, not just online but out in the streets of cities across the country, can increase awareness of society’s injustice. Through it, systemic racism was brought to the consciousness of Americans in a new way, even as this country was all too sadly being increasingly barraged from the right by white nationalism and the great replacement theory. Sadly, there can be no real social justice as long as the messages of white nationalists proliferate.

    What Does Change Mean Now?

    In some sense, change is invisible until it succeeds and one thing is guaranteed: it won’t succeed if we wait for it to happen from the top down. History proves that. Though it feels like a nearly impossible task to shake up a nation already thoroughly rattled by Donald Trump and his Republican followers, it can happen. After all, in the end, the real lawmakers are indeed the people.

    No doubt the pandemic has created a kind of vacuum in which each of us has been forced to make decisions for her or himself: to take a train, or not; to eat in a restaurant, or not; to meet a friend, or not — decisions that need to be made again and again as the next Covid-19 variant or subvariant hits. No wonder sitting at a computer feels like the least endangering act around, the best way to communicate and relate right now.

    We’re born without political consciousness. It’s learned, handed down, exchanged, and absorbed. Think of this essay then as my way of reassuring you that a sense of helplessness has been overcome before and can be again. Each generation learns anew how to cope and bring about change. But history does teach us that sustained grassroots movements have a special impact on political consciousness, even as they influence legislators to meet public demands if they wish to remain in office. In addition, the solidarity of many acting in unison offers a sense of strength and a path out of despair for those involved.

    However perilous and unnerving these times may be, they belong to us to either live with or change.  


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Beverly Gologorsky.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/26/the-deep-need-to-organize-for-a-better-world/feed/ 0 301998
    If Banks Want to Be Seen as Climate-Friendly, They Need to Exit Fossil Fuels https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/23/if-banks-want-to-be-seen-as-climate-friendly-they-need-to-exit-fossil-fuels/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/23/if-banks-want-to-be-seen-as-climate-friendly-they-need-to-exit-fossil-fuels/#respond Mon, 23 May 2022 16:12:00 +0000 https://inthesetimes.com/article/banks-climate-change-fossil-fuels-environment
    This content originally appeared on In These Times and was authored by Arielle Swernoff.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/23/if-banks-want-to-be-seen-as-climate-friendly-they-need-to-exit-fossil-fuels/feed/ 0 301098
    Progressives Need to Understand Why the Son of a Hated Dictator Won the Philippine Election https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/21/progressives-need-to-understand-why-the-son-of-a-hated-dictator-won-the-philippine-election/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/21/progressives-need-to-understand-why-the-son-of-a-hated-dictator-won-the-philippine-election/#respond Sat, 21 May 2022 11:42:13 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/337064

    As a progressive activist, I am dismayed at the election of Ferdinand Marcos Jr., son of the former dictator, by a landslide in the recent Philippine presidential election. But as a sociologist, I can understand why.

    The vote for Duterte and the even larger vote for Marcos were propelled by widespread resentment at the persistence of gross inequality.

    I am not referring to the malfunction, intended or unintended, of 1,000-plus voting machines. I am not alluding to the massive release of billions of pesos for vote buying that made the 2022 elections one of the dirtiest in recent years. Nor do I have in mind the decade-long online campaign of disinformation that transmogrified the nightmare years of martial law during the senior Marcos's rule into a "golden age."

    Undoubtedly, each of these factors played a role in the electoral result. But 31 million plus votes—59 percent of the electorate—is simply too massive to attribute to them alone.

    The truth is the Marcos victory was largely a democratic outcome in the narrow electoral sense. The challenge for progressives is to understand why a runaway majority of the Philippine electorate voted to bring an unrepentant, thieving family back to power after 36 years.

    How could democracy produce such a wayward outcome?

    Illiberalism Is Popular

    No matter how slick or sophisticated the internet campaign was, it would have made little impact had there not already been a receptive audience for it.

    While the Marcos revisionist message also drew support from among the middle and upper classes, that audience was in absolute numbers largely working class. It was also a largely youth audience, more than half of whom were either small children during the late martial law period or born after the 1986 uprising that ousted Marcos—better known as the "EDSA Revolution."

    That audience had no direct experience of the Marcos years. But what they had a direct experience of was the gap between the extravagant rhetoric of democratic restoration and a just and egalitarian future of the EDSA Uprising and the hard realities of continuing inequality and poverty and frustration of the last 36 years.

    That gap can be called the "hypocrisy gap," and it's one that created greater and greater resentment every year the EDSA establishment celebrated the uprising on February 25 or mourned the imposition of martial law on September 21. Seen from this angle, the Marcos vote can be interpreted as being largely a protest vote that first surfaced in a dramatic fashion in the 2016 elections that propelled Rodrigo Duterte to the presidency.

    Though probably inchoate and diffuse at the level of conscious motivation, the vote for Duterte and the even larger vote for Marcos were propelled by widespread resentment at the persistence of gross inequality in a country where less than 5 percent of the population corners over 50 percent of the wealth. It was a protest against the extreme poverty that engulfs 25 percent of the people and the poverty, broadly defined, that has about 40 percent of them in its clutches.

    Against the loss of decent jobs and livelihoods owing to the destruction of our manufacturing sector and our agriculture by the policies imposed on us by the World Bank, International Monetary Fund, World Trade Organization, and the United States.

    Against the despair and cynicism that engulf the youth of the working masses who grow up in a society where they learn that the only way to get a decent job that allows you to get ahead in life is to go abroad.

    Against the daily blows to one's dignity inflicted by a rotten public transport system in a country where 95 percent of the population doesn't own a car.

    These are the conditions that most working class voters experienced directly, not the horrors of the Marcos period, and their subjective resentment primed them for the seductive appeals of a return to a fictive "Golden Age."

    In the presidential elections, the full force of this resentment against the EDSA status quo was directed at Marcos's main opponent, Vice President Leni Robredo. Unfairly, since she is a woman of great personal integrity.

    The problem is that in the eyes of the marginalized and the poor that went for Marcos, Robredo was not able to separate her image from its associations with the Liberal Party, the conservative neoliberal Makati Business Club, the family of the assassinated Benigno Aquino, Jr., the double standards on corruption that rendered Benigno Aquino III's "where there is no corruption, there is no poverty" slogan an object of ridicule, and—above all—  with the devastating failure of the 36 year old EDSA Republic to deliver.

    The rhetoric of "good governance" may have resonated with Robredo's middle class and elite base, but for the masa (masses) it smacked of the same old hypocrisy. Good governance or "tapat na papamalakad" sounded in their ears much like the Liberals' painting themselves as the "gente decente" or "decent people" that led to their rout in the 2016 elections and the ascendancy of Rodrigo Duterte.

    Moreover, the Marcos base was not a passive, inert mass. Fed with lies by the Marcos troll machinery, a very large number of them eagerly battled on the internet with the Robredo camp, the media, historians, the left—with all those that dared to question their certainties. They plastered the comment sections of news sites with pro-Marcos propaganda, much of it memes either glorifying Marcos or unfairly satirizing Robredo.

    Generational Rebellion

    This protest against the EDSA Republic had a generational component.

    Now, it is not unusual that a new generation sets itself against that which the old generation holds dear. But it is usually the case that the younger generation rebels in the service of a vision of the future, of a more just order of things.

    What was unusual with the millennial and Gen Z generations of the working masses was that they were not inspired by a vision of the future but by a fabricated image of the past—the persuasiveness of which was enhanced by what sociologists like Nicole Curato have called the "toxic positivity" of Marcos Junior's online persona. He was reconstructed by cybersurgery to come across as a normal, indeed benign, fellow who simply wanted the best for everyone.

    From the French Revolution to the Philippine Revolution to the Chinese Revolution to the global anti-war movement of the 1960's to the First Quarter Storm, it was the left that usually offered the vision that youth latched on to to express their generational rebellion.

    Unfortunately, in the case of the Philippines, the left has simply been unable to offer that dream of a future order worth fighting for. Ever since it failed to influence the course of events in 1986 by assuming the role of bystander during the EDSA Uprising, the left has failed to recapture the dynamism that made it so attractive to youth during martial law.

    The left's decision to deliberately sideline itself during the EDSA Uprising led to the splintering of the progressive movement in the early 1990s. Moreover, socialism, which had served as the beacon for generations since the late 19th century, was badly tarnished by the collapse of the centralized socialist bureaucracies in Eastern Europe.

    But perhaps most damaging was a failure of political imagination. The left failed to offer an attractive alternative to the neoliberal order that reigned from the late 1980s on, with its presence on the national scene being reduced to a voice yapping at the failures and abuses of successive administrations.

    This failure of vision was coupled with the incapacity to come up with a discourse that would capture and express people's deepest needs, with its continued reliance on stilted, formulaic phrases from the 1970s that simply came across as noise in the new era. There was also the continuing influence of a "vanguardist" mass organizing strategy that might have been appropriate under a dictatorship but was disconnected from people's desire for genuine participation in a more open democratic system.

    The times called for Gramsci, but much of the left here stuck with Lenin.

    This vanguardism in mass organizing was coupled, paradoxically, with an electoral strategy that de-emphasized class rhetoric, threw overboard practically all references to socialism, and satisfied itself with being a mini partner in elections with contending factions of the capitalist elite. To be sure, one cannot overemphasize significant state repression exercised against some sectors of the left, but what was decisive was the perception that the left was irrelevant or, worse, a nuisance by large sectors of the population as memories of its heroic role during martial law faded away.

    Nature abhors a vacuum, as they say, and when it came to capturing the generational energy of working class youth in the late EDSA period, that vacuum was filled by the Marcos revisionist myth.

    The Coming Instability

    This is the history against which the 2016 and 2022 elections unfolded. But the great thing about history is that it is open-ended and to a great extent indeterminate.

    As one philosopher observed, women and men make history, but not under conditions of their own choosing. The ruling elite may strive for control of where society is headed, but this is often frustrated by the emergence of contradictions that create the space for the subordinate sectors to intervene and influence the direction of history.

    The Marcos-Duterte camp is currently gloating behind the façade of calls for "burying the hatchet," and we should expect this froth to overflow in the period leading up to June 30. Beginning that date, when it formally assumes power, reality will catch up with this gang.

    The Marcos-Duterte alliance, or what is now the circle of multiple political dynasties around the Marcos-Duterte axis, is a connivance of convenience among powerful families. Like most alliances of this type, which are built purely on the sharing of spoils, it will prove to be very unstable.

    One would not be surprised if after a year, the Marcoses and Dutertes will be at each other's throats—something that might be foreshadowed by Vice President-elect Sara Duterte's being denied the powerful post of chief of the Department of National Defense and given instead the relatively powerless position of Education Secretary.

    This inevitable struggle for power will unfold against a backdrop of millions realizing they have not been led to the promised land of milk and honey and the 20 pesos per kilo of rice, disarray in a business sector that still has memories of the crony capitalism of the Marcos Sr. years, and splits in a military that will have to work overtime to contain the instability triggered by the return of a controversial dynasty that the military itself—or a faction of which—contributed to overthrowing in 1986.

    But probably the most important element in this volatile scenario is a large sector, indeed millions, who are determined not to provide the slightest legitimacy to a gang that have cheated and lied and stolen and bribed their way to power.

    In voting for Marcos, 31 million people voted for six years of instability. That is unfortunate. But that is also the silver lining in this otherwise bleak scenario. One of the world's most successful organizers of change observed, "There is great disorder under the Heavens but, hey guys, the situation is excellent."

    The inevitable crises of the Marcos-Duterte regime offer opportunities to organize for an alternative future, and this time we Filipino progressives better get it right.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Walden Bello.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/21/progressives-need-to-understand-why-the-son-of-a-hated-dictator-won-the-philippine-election/feed/ 0 300811
    Buffalo: India Walton on the Racist Massacre & Community’s Need for Gun Control, Good Jobs, Housing https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/20/buffalo-india-walton-on-the-racist-massacre-communitys-need-for-gun-control-good-jobs-housing-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/20/buffalo-india-walton-on-the-racist-massacre-communitys-need-for-gun-control-good-jobs-housing-2/#respond Fri, 20 May 2022 14:26:54 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=5bf59b4f1a788afb8719ebb8f1a21d5a
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/20/buffalo-india-walton-on-the-racist-massacre-communitys-need-for-gun-control-good-jobs-housing-2/feed/ 0 300527
    Buffalo: India Walton on the Racist Massacre & Community’s Need for Gun Control, Good Jobs, Housing https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/20/buffalo-india-walton-on-the-racist-massacre-communitys-need-for-gun-control-good-jobs-housing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/20/buffalo-india-walton-on-the-racist-massacre-communitys-need-for-gun-control-good-jobs-housing/#respond Fri, 20 May 2022 12:24:34 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=67ae4cc1c5056c556f3a3a6c8c78592f Seg2 split

    As Buffalo, New York, mourns the loss of the 10 people killed Saturday in a racist rampage at a local grocery store in the heart of the city’s African American community, we get an update from longtime community activist and former mayoral candidate India Walton about the lack of attention to the structural issues that made the Black community vulnerable and the ineffectiveness of police. “My question is: What happens when the cameras leave? How do we continue to support the people who have been negatively impacted?” says Walton. “What decreases gun violence, particularly in places like East Buffalo, is going to be good living wage jobs, affordable housing, a quality education and access to the basic needs that this community has lacked for so long.”


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/20/buffalo-india-walton-on-the-racist-massacre-communitys-need-for-gun-control-good-jobs-housing/feed/ 0 300494
    To Tax the Rich, We Need to Debunk the Myth of Fleeing Millionaires https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/20/to-tax-the-rich-we-need-to-debunk-the-myth-of-fleeing-millionaires/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/20/to-tax-the-rich-we-need-to-debunk-the-myth-of-fleeing-millionaires/#respond Fri, 20 May 2022 11:07:05 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/337036
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Omar Ocampo.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/20/to-tax-the-rich-we-need-to-debunk-the-myth-of-fleeing-millionaires/feed/ 0 300447
    We Need a Functional FCC https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/20/we-need-a-functional-fcc/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/20/we-need-a-functional-fcc/#respond Fri, 20 May 2022 08:49:00 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=244215 Most Americans don’t think much about the Federal Communications Commission, or FCC. But if you watch TV, use the internet, or own a phone, it plays a major role in your life. The FCC regulates the airwaves, including the corporations that own your local TV and radio stations. And it plays an important role in More

    The post We Need a Functional FCC appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Julie Hollar.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/20/we-need-a-functional-fcc/feed/ 0 300506
    Why cash is the best way to help Ukrainians in need https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/18/why-cash-is-the-best-way-to-help-ukrainians-in-need/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/18/why-cash-is-the-best-way-to-help-ukrainians-in-need/#respond Wed, 18 May 2022 17:58:12 +0000 https://news.un.org/feed/view/en/audio/2022/05/1118552 Since the Russian invasion of Ukraine on 24 February, the consequences of the war have been devastating for many millions of people in then country.

    Many of those forced to flee left behind friends and communities, their homes, belongings, and jobs.

    The UN's Nathalie Minard spoke to Ukrainian refugees in neighbouring Poland, to find out how cash transfers from the UN are helping them, and why the UN refugee agency (UNHCR) considers cash to be the most efficient way to help vulnerable people.
     


    This content originally appeared on UN News and was authored by UNOG/ Nathalie Minard.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/18/why-cash-is-the-best-way-to-help-ukrainians-in-need/feed/ 0 299877
    Abortion Activists Need to Win Back the Culture Before We Can Win Back the Court https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/18/abortion-activists-need-to-win-back-the-culture-before-we-can-win-back-the-court/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/18/abortion-activists-need-to-win-back-the-culture-before-we-can-win-back-the-court/#respond Wed, 18 May 2022 11:00:53 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=397101
    WASHINGTON, DC - MAY 14: Pro choice activists gather for a rally organized by The Womens March, Planned Parenthood and other liberal groups march in Washington, D.C., May 14, 2022, to declare bans off our bodies. The organizers of this protest obtained a permit for 17,000 people in D.C., and will met at the Washington Monument before marching to the US Supreme Court. (Photo by Astrid Riecken for The Washington Post via Getty Images)

    An abortion rights activist holds a sign reading “Compulsory pregnancy is abuse” during a rally in Washington, D.C., on May 14, 2022.

    Photo: Astrid Riecken for the Washington Post via Getty Images

    Let’s face it: The legal strategy for saving abortion anywhere outside the bright blue states is over for now. Red-state legislatures are dominated by Republicans, and their districts are gerrymandered to keep it that way. Their attacks on Roe v. Wade have escalated from sniping to carpet-bombing. According to the Guttmacher Institute, of over 1,300 state restrictions since 1973, 44 percent were enacted in the last decade. More than 100 are from 2021, the most of any single year. In the first two months of 2022 alone, over 230 bills were filed in 39 legislatures.

    An increasing number of state anti-abortion laws contain no exceptions for rape or incest. Utah may prohibit abortion even to save the mother’s life. Fetal homicide laws in 38 states could make abortion murder. If the 6-3 conservative majority on the Supreme Court endures, which it is likely to do, we cannot expect it to defend reproductive rights for the next 40 years.

    This does not mean that the reproductive justice movement should wave the white flag and abandon the 33.6 million women of reproductive age, plus all those who will be born with uteruses, in the 26 states poised to ban abortion. It does not mean that we should quit passing laws to protect it — and let the other side waste its money challenging them.

    It means we must rejoin the culture wars. We’ll know we have won when abortion is normal again.

    Legislation is a major weapon of the anti-abortion movement — of any movement. Still, the opponents of abortion have long recognized what feminists once knew: Legislation follows cultural change. Laws encode the zeitgeist, but they don’t create it, and they’re enforced only so long as the culture endorses them. Justice Samuel Alito’s draft opinion overturning Roe v. Wade includes an appendix listing 51 abortion criminalization statutes, all but four dating to the mid-to-late 19th century and the latest passed in 1952 — approximately the end of history, as Alito sees it. But history — cultural change wrought by feminism — buried them all, even if they remained on the books. If they can now be disinterred and revivified, it is because the ground has been softened.

    “If propaganda is as central to politics as I think, the opponents of legal abortion have been winning a psychological victory as important as their tangible goals.”

    “If propaganda is as central to politics as I think, the opponents of legal abortion have been winning a psychological victory as important as their tangible goals,” wrote Ellen Willis in 1979, six years after the Roe v. Wade ruling. “Two years ago, abortion was almost always discussed in feminist terms—as a political issue affecting the condition of women,” she continued. Since then, increasingly, “the right-to-life movement has succeeded in getting the public and the media to see abortion as an abstract moral issue having solely to do with the rights of fetuses.”

    In fact, Willis’s timeline starts a bit late. The National Right to Life Committee — then called the Right to Life League — was founded in 1967. By 1969 the movement had begun circulating its blood-and-gore pictures. One showed the product of a late-term abortion: a fetus at the bottom of a bucket, “curled against the metal as though in nasty parody of a newborn tucked inside its cradle,” writes Cynthia Gorney in “Articles of Faith: A Frontline History of the Abortion Wars.” Others were of the taut-skinned “candy-apple babies” of saline abortions or the severed fetal body parts extracted in suction procedures. In this first period of activism, the aim was to arouse disgust and pity — disgust at abortion doctors and their patients, pity for the fetuses they destroyed. “Nobody could look directly at these pictures and launch into a speech about the right of women to do what they wished with their bodies,” Gorney comments on the strategy.

    The idea that fetuses were babies with a right to life also preceded Roe. In the 1971 case Rodgers v. Danforth, one of several legal actions challenging criminalization that would vie for Supreme Court review, the Missouri attorney general appointed a Catholic doctor as guardian ad litem for a class of infants the legal papers called “children presently in existence but unborn.” The group was rolled into one fictitious individual, Intervenor Defendant Infant Doe; the doctor’s role, when mentioned in the press, was to “defend the fetus.”

    The images of butchery repelled at least as many people as they moved toward anti-abortion activism. But the adorable Infant Doe, endowed with a sensate body and a sensitive consciousness, would carry the movement to where it is today. In 1970, an Oregon urologist photographed a formaldehyde-preserved 10-week-old fetus, with only its minuscule feet poking out between seemingly gargantuan fingers. The “precious feet” became an international pro-life symbol in 1979; today the search term produces nearly 4,000 results on Etsy for gold and silver lapel pins, necklaces, and charms. “The Silent Scream,” a 1984 Right to Life film, claimed to document the fetus’s physical and emotional distress during abortion — at a stage long before it has a nervous system. “Partial-birth abortion,” coined in 1995, confounds a method of dilation and extraction used in second-trimester abortions with childbirth. Congress banned this medically approved procedure in 2003, and the Supreme Court upheld the law in 2007.

    For anyone not vigilantly resisting it, this language persuades.

    The “fetal heartbeat” — whose detection by ultrasound at around six weeks’ gestation marks the end of legal abortion in many states — performs a similar rhetorical function. Renaming an embryo a fetus and describing as a “heartbeat” what Dr. Saima Aftab, medical director of fetal care at Nicklaus Children’s Hospital in Miami, calls a “flutter in the area that will become the future heart of the baby,” the term turns a barely developed potential life into a recognizably babylike being. Whereas the “precious feet” signify something utterly dependent, “fetal heartbeat” conflates a sign of life with autonomous personhood. Since the leak of the draft Supreme Court opinion, abortion opponents have calmly entertained killing a mother to save a “baby” the size of a pomegranate seed. When they call this “pro-life,” they have hijacked the meanings of babies, killing, and human life itself.

    For anyone not vigilantly resisting it, this language persuades. For instance, in a Pew poll released May 6, almost two-thirds of respondents said the statement “Human life begins at conception, so a fetus is a person with rights” described their views “not too well or not well at all.” In other words, Americans do not broadly believe that a fetus’s interests are equal to or exceed those of its mother. Yet only 4 in 10 agreed that “the decision to have an abortion should belong solely to the pregnant woman.”

    To whom should the decision belong? The doctor? The father? Marjorie Taylor Greene? Pew did not ask. But this tepid support for women’s autonomy signals sympathy for the rising star of the drama: the fetus. Sympathetic or not, even Pew’s researchers were affected by the religious right’s disinformation. One question in the survey identifies six weeks’ gestation as “about when cardiac activity (sometimes called a fetal heartbeat) can be detected.”

    Cultural change is always contested. But once established, a zeitgeist is not only what we feel or think consciously.

    Cultural change is always contested. But once established, a zeitgeist is not only what we feel or think consciously. It’s what we don’t notice: what is normal, what does not alert the skepticism of a fact-checker. One of the arguments against the abortion bans is that they are out of step with the mainstream. But as the stream is diverted, the left drifts to the center, the center to the right, and the right off the edge of the Earth. The radical becomes unremarkable.

    This drift can be observed in Louisiana. After the Alito leak, a bill was introduced in the Legislature to amend the state criminal code to define abortion as homicide, punishable by execution. “No compromises,” declared the Baptist pastor who co-authored the bill with Republican Rep. Danny McCormick. But some in Louisiana’s anti-abortion community, while on board with the end, were queasy about the means. “Our longstanding policy,” read a press release from Right to Life Louisiana, “is that abortion-vulnerable women should not be treated as criminals.”

    Advocates of choice found this hesitation encouraging. “I am relieved that Louisiana Right to Life and the Louisiana Family Forum think the criminalization of pregnancy is one step too far,” said Melissa Flournoy, board chair of the Coalition for Louisiana Progress and co-founder of 10,000 Women Louisiana. Only one step?

    In fact, when it became clear that his bill would not survive floor debate intact, McCormick withdrew it. But no one had forfeited the prize. Louisiana’s trigger law, in place since 2006, bans abortion if Roe is overturned. And speaking of drift, that prohibition has only one exception: to save the mother’s life. The law was authored and signed by Democrats.

    In 1973, with feminism in full flower, it felt as if the abortion wars were approaching an end, or at least a truce. But the religious right was mustering for more intense and wider combat, and when Ronald Reagan became president in 1981, it set about reshaping the culture in the image of the white, fundamentalist Christian, patriarchal family. At the same time, influential voices in the male left were denigrating the culture wars as a right-wing ruse to distract the working classes from the “real” economic issues. Everyday life — sexuality, reproduction, the family — was a boutique, “women’s” issue.

    Paradoxically, the political struggle to claw back abortion rights and advance reproductive justice means extracting pregnancy from politics and returning it to everyday life. Abortion is a normal part of the sexual lives of both people with uteruses and those without (May 14 rally sign: “Men are responsible for 100% of unplanned pregnancies”). Pregnant mothers experience the fetuses inside them variously — as part of their bodies, beloved children, parasitic invaders, or all three — but it is their experience. For many centuries, these facts were self-evident. Pregnancy was women’s own business.

    FORT WORTH, TEXAS - MAY 14: Abortion rights demonstrators gather during a nationwide rally in support of abortion rights in Fort Worth, Texas, United States, on May 14, 2022. (Photo by Charles C. Peebles/Anadolu Agency via Getty Images)

    A sign reads “Vasectomy prevents abortions” during a nationwide rally in support of abortion rights in Fort Worth, Texas, on May 14, 2022.

    Photo: Charles C. Peebles/Anadolu Agency via Getty Images

    Recapturing the reasonable does not entail speaking from the middle, however. Our propaganda, as as the poet Amanda Gorman puts it, must “fight fire with feminism.” It must be as emotionally powerful as the words and images that have brought us to where we are. Already there are good examples. We will need many more. The Democratic Socialists of America have adopted the no-bullshit second-wave slogan “Free abortion on demand without apology.” Sean Tipton of the American Society for Reproductive Medicine calls the anti-abortion movement “the forced-birth movement.” Rise Up 4 Abortion Rights, which organized a big rally in New York City, is promoting the slogan “Forced Pregnancy is Female Enslavement.”

    The first slogan demands what we want, not what we think we can get. The second calls out the hard, corporeal tyranny of abortion criminalization. And the third? When I’ve seen placards with similar messages at recent marches, the effect was simultaneously thrilling and discomfiting. In 1982, No More Nice Girls, a street theater group of which I was a member, padded our bellies, draped ourselves in black cloth and chains, and unfurled a banner reading “Forced pregnancy = Slavery.” Some feminists of color objected. They felt the words trivialized chattel slavery. We stopped using it.

    Should we use it now? The more radical the religious right becomes, I think the more necessary it is to name what it is up to. The antis’ post-Roe dystopia is one in which women happily surrender self-determination to the cause of making and caring for babies. No one will chose to be childless. The ultimate goal, says Jeanne Mancini, president of the March for Life Education and Defense Fund, is “to make abortion unthinkable. To change hearts and minds so that women don’t want the right of an abortion — the so-called right of abortion.” This fantasy is oxymoronic: voluntary slavery. Let us call it what it is.

    The late Pamela D. Bridgewater, an African American legal scholar and reproductive justice activist, suggests “slavery” is an apt description. In “Breeding a Nation: Reproductive Slavery, the Thirteenth Amendment, and the Pursuit of Freedom,” published in 2014, she argued that compelling people to carry and birth babies they don’t want constitutes “involuntary servitude.” Moreover, she claimed, in abolishing slavery, the 13th Amendment also abolished reproductive coercion, so fundamental was the practice of slave-breeding to the economy and human oppression of the institution. Under the 13th, therefore, state control over pregnancy and parenthood, including the criminalization of abortion, is unconstitutional. That contemporary reproductive abuses and injustices — substandard health care, disproportionate rates of maternal and infant morbidity and death, involuntary sterilization, criminalization of miscarriage, abortion bans — disproportionately afflict Black and brown people strengthens Bridgewater’s argument.

    The anti-abortion movement has made the normal perverse and the perverse normal. To restore to public thought and emotion the once self-evident understanding that pregnancy belongs to the pregnant, and only to them, feminists must do the radical work and use the radical language that will make abortion unremarkable again.


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Judith Levine.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/18/abortion-activists-need-to-win-back-the-culture-before-we-can-win-back-the-court/feed/ 0 299743
    The State Behind Roe’s Likely Demise Also Does the Least for New Parents in Need https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/16/the-state-behind-roes-likely-demise-also-does-the-least-for-new-parents-in-need/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/16/the-state-behind-roes-likely-demise-also-does-the-least-for-new-parents-in-need/#respond Mon, 16 May 2022 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/mississippi-abortion-medicaid-roe-wade-scotus#1332199 by Sarah Smith

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up for Dispatches, a newsletter that spotlights wrongdoing around the country, to receive our stories in your inbox every week.

    When it comes to reproductive care, Mississippi has a dual distinction. The state spawned the law that likely will lead to the Supreme Court striking down Roe v. Wade. It is also unique among Deep South states for doing the least to provide health care coverage to low-income people who have given birth.

    Mississippians on Medicaid, the government health insurance program for the poor, lose coverage a mere 60 days after childbirth. That’s often well before the onset of postpartum depression or life-threatening, birth-related infections: A 2020 study found that people racked up 81% of their postpartum expenses between 60 days and a year after delivery. And Mississippi’s own Maternal Mortality Review Committee found that 37% of pregnancy-related deaths between 2013 and 2016 occurred more than six weeks postpartum.

    Every other state in the Deep South has extended or is in the process of extending Medicaid coverage to 12 months postpartum. Wyoming and South Dakota are the only other states where trigger laws will outlaw nearly all abortions if Roe falls and where lawmakers haven’t expanded Medicaid or extended postpartum coverage.

    “It’s hypocrisy to say that we are pro-life on one end, that we want to protect the baby, but yet you don’t want to pass this kind of legislation that will protect that mom who has to bear the responsibility of that child,” said Cassandra Welchlin, executive director of the MS Black Women’s Roundtable, a nonprofit that works at the intersection of race, gender and economic justice.

    Efforts to extend coverage past 60 days have repeatedly failed in Mississippi — where 60% of births are covered by Medicaid — despite support from major medical associations and legislators on both sides of the aisle.

    Mississippi House Speaker Philip Gunn, a Republican, said shortly after he killed the most recent bill that would’ve extended postpartum coverage that he’s against expanding any form of Medicaid. “We need to look for ways to keep people off, not put them on,” he told The Associated Press in March. When asked about the issue during a May 8 interview on CNN, Mississippi Gov. Tate Reeves said, “When you talk about these young ladies, the best thing we can do for them is to provide and improve educational opportunities for them.” (Neither Gunn nor Reeves responded to requests for comment.)

    During the pandemic, a change in federal rules prevented states from cutting off Medicaid recipients, which has allowed people in Mississippi and elsewhere to retain postpartum coverage beyond 60 days. But at the end of the federal public health emergency declaration — which is set to expire in July 2022 — states will revert to their prior policies. “What we are afraid of is that when that does end, it will go back to what we knew was pre-pandemic health care,” Welchlin said.

    We discussed the implications of Mississippi’s post-Roe reality with Welchlin and two other experts in the field: Alina Salganicoff, the Kaiser Family Foundation’s director for women’s health policy, and Andrea Miller, president of the National Institute for Reproductive Health. Their answers have been lightly edited for length and clarity.

    What services does Medicaid provide postpartum?

    Salganicoff: Typically, everything from assistance if the person is having problems breastfeeding to screening for depression services.

    Welchlin: We know the struggles of so many who have had life threatening illnesses such as heart conditions and hypertension. We know of course that Medicaid helps in that.

    What have you seen in terms of postpartum needs in Mississippi?

    Welchlin: One of the stories that really touched me over the course of this pandemic was that of a mom who already had a child, and she needed access to child care so she could get back and forth to the doctor. During this particular pregnancy she had a severe heart disorder where she couldn’t breathe, and she had to get rushed to the hospital. Because she was so connected to doulas and a supportive care organization like us, she was able to get admitted and sure enough that’s when they diagnosed her with that heart condition. And she was a mom on Medicaid.

    What happens when mothers lose Medicaid coverage postpartum?

    Miller: Only giving someone two months postpartum doesn’t allow for the kind of continuation of care that you need. If there are indications of problems in the postpartum period, they don’t all necessarily show up within the first two months. And we certainly know that the ability to have a healthy infant and keep an infant healthy is also related to whether you have coverage. The extension to 12 months really allows for that kind of continuum of care.

    Welchlin: We know in the state of Mississippi, women die at higher rates, and of course it’s higher for Black women. And so, when women don’t have that coverage, what happens is they die.

    What does it mean to not extend postpartum Medicaid coverage if Roe falls?

    Miller: These bans on abortion are going to be layered on top of an already-unconscionable maternal and infant health crisis that most particularly impacts those who are struggling to make ends meet. It particularly impacts Black women and other communities of color. ... A state like Mississippi that is so clearly wanting to ban abortions — the fact that they refuse to extend basic health care benefits that will help during pregnancy and postpartum just clearly indicates that they are not interested in the health and well-being of women and families and children, that they are purely on an ideological crusade.

    Anything else that you wanted to add?

    Salganicoff: We’re very focused on that first year of life. But if you’re speaking about a woman who is not going to be able to get an abortion that she seeks and ends up carrying the pregnancy, the supports that she’s going to need and her child is going to need go far beyond the first year of life.

    Miller: You can’t have a conversation about legality or soon-to-be illegality of abortion in these states and not have a conversation simultaneously about the existing crisis around maternal and infant health. These things are all interconnected, and that’s why it is so deeply disturbing that the states trying to ban abortion are the same states that are refusing to expand Medicaid under the ACA, that are failing to take advantage of the ability to extend postpartum [coverage] by 12 months, that don’t invest in child care, that don’t invest in education — these are all part of the same conversation.

    Welchlin: Audre Lorde said, “There is no such thing as a single-issue struggle because we do not live single-issue lives.” So, abortion access, reproductive justice, voting rights, racial justice, gender equity — these are not separate issues, they are intersecting issues that collectively determine the quality of our lives.


    This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Sarah Smith.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/16/the-state-behind-roes-likely-demise-also-does-the-least-for-new-parents-in-need/feed/ 0 299094
    ’We need to take an unusual step’: a Polish feminist’s message to her US sisters https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/12/we-need-to-take-an-unusual-step-a-polish-feminists-message-to-her-us-sisters/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/12/we-need-to-take-an-unusual-step-a-polish-feminists-message-to-her-us-sisters/#respond Thu, 12 May 2022 00:02:00 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/5050/abortion-laws-in-poland-us-and-russian-interference/ I’ve seen what a draconian abortion law can do in Poland. Here is what I think we should do


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Klementyna Suchanow.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/12/we-need-to-take-an-unusual-step-a-polish-feminists-message-to-her-us-sisters/feed/ 0 298179
    No Half Measures, We Need Biden to Cancel All Student Loan Debt https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/09/no-half-measures-we-need-biden-to-cancel-all-student-loan-debt/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/09/no-half-measures-we-need-biden-to-cancel-all-student-loan-debt/#respond Mon, 09 May 2022 19:39:00 +0000 https://inthesetimes.com/article/biden-cancel-student-loan-debt-collective
    This content originally appeared on In These Times and was authored by Frederick Bell Jr..

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/09/no-half-measures-we-need-biden-to-cancel-all-student-loan-debt/feed/ 0 297362
    What You Need to Know When You Give Birth in a Country With Rising Maternal Mortality Rates https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/09/what-you-need-to-know-when-you-give-birth-in-a-country-with-rising-maternal-mortality-rates/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/09/what-you-need-to-know-when-you-give-birth-in-a-country-with-rising-maternal-mortality-rates/#respond Mon, 09 May 2022 09:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/what-you-need-to-know-when-you-give-birth-in-a-country-with-rising-maternal-mortality-rates#1326261 by Adriana Gallardo

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    The original version of this story, which was co-published with NPR, is available here. The version below contains updated links and statistics and has been condensed for clarity.

    In 2017, ProPublica and NPR launched a project shedding light on maternal deaths and near-deaths in the U.S. We explored better ways to track and understand preventable deaths, and the intergenerational trauma caused by childbirth complications and chronic racial disparities in who suffers from them. We heard from more than 5,000 people who endured, or watched a loved one endure, life-threatening pregnancy and childbirth complications, often resulting in long-lasting physical and emotional effects.

    These people who sent us their stories frequently told us they knew little to nothing beforehand about the potentially fatal complications that they or their loved ones faced. They wanted to help others. So we decided to publish some of their wisdom.

    They told us what they wish they had known ahead of their severe complications: How do I get medical professionals to listen? When are changes in my body normal, and when are they a warning? How do I navigate the postpartum period? In the years since, other readers have told us this advice was critical.

    Recent data shows maternal deaths, including deaths in the first six weeks after childbirth, rose in the first year of the pandemic. The increase puts the nation’s maternal mortality rate at 23.8 deaths per 100,000 live births in 2020, up from 20.1 deaths in 2019.

    If the U.S. Supreme Court strikes down Roe v. Wade, they’ll do so in a country where pregnancy and childbirth continue to become more dangerous. We’re republishing this advice today, in a shortened and easier-to-navigate format, because self-advocacy and community knowledge are important when systems fail.

    Choosing a Provider

    “A lot of data on specific doctors and hospitals can be found publicly. Knowing how your physician and hospital rates as compared to others (cesarean rates, infection rates, readmission rates) can give you valuable insight into how they perform. ‘Liking’ your doctor as a person is nice, but not nearly as important as their and their facility’s culture and track record.”

    — Kristen Terlizzi, survivor of a 2014 placenta accreta spectrum (a disorder in which the placenta grows into or through the uterine wall) and cofounder of the National Accreta Foundation

    Key pieces of information every woman should know before choosing a hospital are: What are their safety protocols for adverse maternal events? No one likes to think about this while pregnant, and providers will probably tell you that it’s unlikely to happen. But it does happen and it’s good to know that the hospital and providers have practiced for such scenarios and have proper protocols in place.”

    — Marianne Drexler, survived a hemorrhage and emergency hysterectomy in 2014

    If a birthing center is your choice, discuss what happens in an emergency — how far away is the closest hospital with an ICU? Because a lot of hospitals don’t have them. Another thing many women don’t realize is that not every hospital has an obstetrician there 24/7. Ask your doctors: If they’re not able to be there the whole time you’re in labor, will there be another ob/gyn on site 24 hours a day if something goes wrong?”

    — Miranda Klassen, survivor of amniotic fluid embolism in 2008 and founder/executive director of the Amniotic Fluid Embolism Foundation

    Preparing for an Emergency

    “A conversation about possible things that could go wrong is prudent to have with your doctor or in one of these childbirth classes. I don’t think that it needs to be done in a way to terrify the new parents, but as a way to provide knowledge. The pregnant woman should be taught warning signs, and know when to speak up so that she can be treated as quickly and accurately as possible.”

    — Susan Lewis, survived disseminated Intravascular Coagulation (DIC) in 2016

    “Always have somebody with you in a medical setting to ask the questions you might not think of and to advocate on your behalf if your ability to communicate is compromised by being in poor health. ... And get emotional support to steel you against the naysayers. It may feel really unnatural or difficult to push back [against doctors and nurses]. Online forums and Facebook groups can be helpful to ensure you’re not losing your mind.”

    — Eleni Tsigas, survivor of preeclampsia in 1998 and 1999 and chief executive officer of the Preeclampsia Foundation

    “In case you ever are unable to respond, someone needs to step in and be your voice! Know as much thorough medical history as possible, and let your spouse or support person know [in depth] your history as well.”

    — Kristina Landrus, survived a hemorrhage in 2013

    “Also be sure your spouse and your other family members, like your parents or siblings, are on the same page about your care. And if you aren’t married, who will be making the decisions on your behalf? You should put things in order, designate the person who will be the decision maker, and give that person power of attorney. Other important things to have are a medical directive or a living will — be sure to bring a copy with you to the hospital. I also recommend packing a journal to record everything that happens.”

    — Miranda Klassen

    Make a list of your questions and make sure you get the full answer. I went to every appointment the second time around with a notebook. I would apologize for being ‘that patient,’ but I had been through this before and I wasn’t going to be confused again. I wanted to know everything. Honestly, it was as harmful as it was helpful. I knew what I was getting into, which made it much scarier. The first time, my ignorance was bliss. I didn’t realize I almost died until two weeks after I had left the hospital. I didn’t even start researching what had happened to me until months later. The second time I was an advocate for myself. Medical journals and support groups were a part of every single visit. And thankfully, I was in good hands.”

    — Carrie Anthony, survived placenta accreta and hemorrhage in 2008 and 2015 as well as placenta previa in the second pregnancy

    Write down what each specialty says to you. ... They paraded in on a schedule, checked up on me, asked if I had any questions. I always did, but I regret not writing down what each said each time (along with names!). I got so many different answers regarding how I would be anesthetized, and on the day it all had to happen in an emergency, there were disagreements above me in the OR between the specialists. It was like children arguing on a playground and my life was in danger. Had I kept a more vigilant record of what each specialty reported to me, perhaps prior to the day I could have confronted each with the details that weren’t matching up.”

    — Megan Moody, survived placenta percreta (when the placenta penetrates through the uterine wall) in 2016

    People should know that they have a right to ask for more time with the doctor or more follow-up if they feel something is not right. The OB-GYNs (at least in Pennsylvania) are so busy and sometimes appointments are quite quick and rushed. Make the doctors slow down and take the time with you.”

    — Dani Leiman, survived HELLP syndrome (a particularly dangerous variant of preeclampsia) in 2011

    You have a legal right to your medical records throughout pregnancy and anytime afterwards. Get a copy of your lab results each time blood is drawn, and a copy of your prenatal and hospital reports. Ask about concerning or unclear results.”

    — Eleni Tsigas

    Getting Your Provider to Listen

    Understand the system. Ask a nurse or a trusted loved one in the ‘industry’ how it all works. I’ve found that medical professionals are more likely to listen to you if you demonstrate an understanding of their roles and the kind of questions they can/cannot answer. Know your ‘silos.’ Don’t ask an anesthesiologist how they plan on stitching up your cervix. Specialists are often incredibly impatient. You need to get the details out of them regarding their very specific roles.”

    — Megan Moody

    “If your provider tells you, ‘You are pregnant. What you’re experiencing is normal,’ remember — that may be true. [But it’s also true] that preeclampsia can mimic many normal symptoms of pregnancy. Ask, ‘What else could this be?’ Expect a thoughtful answer that includes consideration of ‘differential diagnoses’ — in other words, other conditions that could be causing the same symptoms.”

    — Eleni Tsigas

    They only listen if the pain is a 10 or higher. Most of us don’t understand what a 10 is. I’d always imagined a 10 would feel like having a limb blown off in combat. When asked to evaluate your pain on a scale of 1 to 10, when you are in your most vulnerable moment, it is very hard to assess this logically, for you and for your partner witnessing your pain. I later saw a pain chart with pictures. A 10 was demonstrated with an illustration of a crying face. You may not actually be shedding tears, but you are most likely crying on the inside in pain, so I suggest to always say a 10. My pain from the brain hemorrhage was probably a 100, but I’m not sure if I even said 10 at the time.”

    — Emily McLaughlin, survived a postpartum stroke in 2015

    “So many women do speak up about the strange pain they have, and a nurse may brush it off as normal without consulting a doctor and running any tests. Be annoying if you must, this is your life. ... Thankfully, I never had to be so assertive. I owe my life to the team of doctors and nurses who acted swiftly and accurately, and I am eternally grateful.”

    — Susan Lewis

    If you have a hemorrhage, don’t clean up after yourself! Make sure the doctor is fully aware of how much blood you are losing. I had a very nice nurse who was helping to keep me clean and helping to change my (rapidly filling) pads. If the doctor had seen the pools of blood himself, rather than just being told about them, he might not have been so quick to dismiss me.”

    — Valerie Bradford, survived a hemorrhage in 2016

    Paying Attention to Your Symptoms

    “I had heard of preeclampsia but I was naïve. [I believed] that it was something women developed who didn’t watch what they ate and didn’t focus on good health prior and/or during pregnancy. I was in great health and shape prior to getting pregnant, during my pregnancy I continued to make good food choices and worked out up until 36 hours before the baby had to be taken. I gained healthy weight and kept my BMI at an optimum number. I thought due to my good health, I was not susceptible to anything and my labor would be easy. So although I had felt bad for 1 1/2 weeks, I chalked it up to the fact that I was almost 8 months into this pregnancy, so you’re not supposed to feel great. … I walked into my doctor’s office that Friday and not one hour later I was in an emergency C-section delivering a baby. I had to fully be put under due to the severity of the HELLP, so I didn’t wake up until the next day.”

    — Kelli Davis, survived HELLP syndrome in 2016

    “Understand that severe, sustained pain is not normal. So many people told me that the final trimester of pregnancy is sooo uncomfortable. It was my first pregnancy, I have a generally high threshold for pain, and my son was breech so I thought his head was causing bad pain under my ribs [when it was really epigastric pain from the HELLP syndrome]. I kept thinking it was normal to be in pain and I let it go until it was almost too late.

    — Dani Leiman

    Know the way your blood pressure should be taken. And ask for the results. Politely challenge the technician or nurse if it’s not being done correctly or if they suggest ‘changing positions to get a lower reading.’ Very high blood pressure (anything over 160/110) is a ‘hypertensive crisis’ and requires immediate intervention.”

    — Eleni Tsigas

    Please ask for a heart monitor for yourself while in labor, not just for the baby. I think if I had one on, seconds or minutes could have been erased from reaction time by the nurses. They were alerted to an issue because the baby’s heart stopped during labor, and while the nurse was checking that machine, my husband noticed I was also non-responsive. That’s when everything happened.”

    — Kristy Kummer-Pred, survived amniotic fluid embolism and cardiac arrest in 2012

    After the Delivery

    “My swelling in my hands and feet never went away. My uterus hadn’t shrunk. I wasn’t bleeding that bad, but there was a strange odor to it. My breasts were swollen and my milk wasn’t coming in. I was misdiagnosed with mastitis [a painful inflammation of the breast tissue that sometimes occurs when milk ducts become plugged and engorged]. The real problem was that I still had pieces of placenta inside my uterus. Know that your placenta should not come out in multiple pieces. It should come out in one piece. If it is broken apart, demand an ultrasound to ensure the doctors got it all. If you have flu-like symptoms, demand to be seen by a doctor. If you don’t like your doctor, demand another one.”

    — Brandi Miller, survived placenta accreta and hemorrhage in 2015

    “There is a period in the days and weeks after delivery where your blood pressure can escalate and you can have a seizure, stroke, or heart attack, even well after a healthy birth. You should take your own blood pressure at home if your doctor doesn’t tell you to. ... Unfortunately, I went home from [all my postpartum] appointments with my blood pressure so high that I started having a brain hemorrhage. Not one single person ever thought of taking my blood pressure when I was complaining about my discomfort and showing telltale warning signs of [preeclampsia].”

    — Emily McLaughlin

    The postpartum period is when a lot of pregnancy-related heart problems like cardiomyopathy emerge. If there is still difficulty breathing, fluid buildup in ankles, shortness of breath and you are unable to lie flat on your back, go see a cardiologist ASAP. If you have to go to an emergency room, request to have the following tests performed: echocardiogram (echo) test, ejection fraction test, B-type natriuretic peptides (BNP), EKG test and chest X-ray test. These tests will determine if your heart is failing and will save your life.”

    — Anner Porter, survivor of peripartum cardiomyopathy in 1992

    Rest as much as possible — for as long as possible. Being in too big a rush to get ‘back to normal’ can exacerbate postpartum health risks. Things that are not normal: heavy bleeding longer than 6 weeks, or bleeding that stops and starts again, not producing milk, fevers, severe pain (especially around incision sites), excessive fatigue, and anxiety/depression. If you don’t feel like yourself, get help.”

    — Amy Barron Smolinski, a survivor of preeclampsia, postpartum hemorrhage and other complications in three pregnancies in 2006, 2011 and 2012 and executive director of Mom2Mom Global, a breastfeeding support group

    Know that your preexisting health conditions may be impacted by having a baby (hormone changes, sleep deprivation, stress). Record your health and your baby’s in a journal or app to track any changes. Reach out to the nurse or doctor when there are noticeable changes that you have tracked.”

    — Noelle Garcia, survived placental abruption (placenta separating from the uterine wall during pregnancy) in 2007

    If your hospital discharges you on tons of Motrin or pain killers, be aware that this can mask the warning signs of headache, which is sometimes the only warning sign of preeclampsia coming on postpartum.”

    — Emily McLaughlin

    Grappling With the Emotional Fallout

    I wish I had known that postpartum PTSD was possible. Most people associate PTSD with the effects of war, but I was diagnosed with PTSD after my traumatic birth and near-death experience. Almost 6 years later, I still experience symptoms sporadically.”

    — Meagan Raymer, survived severe preeclampsia and HELLP syndrome in 2011

    I recommend therapy with a female therapist specializing in trauma. Honestly, I avoided it for 8 months. I was then in therapy for 12 months. I still have ongoing anxiety ... but I would be in a very bad place (potentially depression and self-harm due to self-blame) were it not for therapy. It was so hard to admit [what was happening]. I started to get a suspicion when I heard an NPR story about a veteran with PTSD. I thought ... that sounds like me. And I started Googling.”

    — Jessica Rae Hoffman, survived severe sepsis and other complications in 2015

    “The emotional constructs our society puts around pregnancy and childbirth make the ideas of severe injury and death taboo. Childbirth is a messy, traumatic experience. ... Many women don’t seek care even when they instinctively believe something is wrong because they’re supposed to ‘be happy.’ Awareness and transparency are so important.”

    — Leah Soule, survived a hemorrhage in 2015

    I wish I had understood how significant the impact was on my husband. Emotionally, the experience was much more difficult and long-lasting for him than for me, and it continued to affect his relationship with both me and our baby for quite a while, at a time when I didn’t think it was a thing at all.”

    — Elizabeth Venstra, survived HELLP syndrome in 2014

    I would suggest establishing yourself ahead of time with a doula or midwife that can make postpartum visits to your home, which can promote health even if everything goes smoothly. Many communities have those services available if you can’t afford them. [A doula] wasn’t covered through our insurance, but the social worker at the hospital arranged for someone paid for by [San Diego County] to come and do several checks on me and my son, which was very reassuring to both my husband and me.”

    — Miranda Klassen

    Other Resources

    Help us continue reporting on pregnancy and childbirth. Have you had an experience with prenatal genetic testing? Tell us here. We want to understand more about your interactions with genetic screening providers.


    This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Adriana Gallardo.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/09/what-you-need-to-know-when-you-give-birth-in-a-country-with-rising-maternal-mortality-rates/feed/ 0 297197
    I’m a West Virginian Farmer. My Brothers Work in Oil and Coal. And We Need Manchin to Act on Climate https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/05/im-a-west-virginian-farmer-my-brothers-work-in-oil-and-coal-and-we-need-manchin-to-act-on-climate/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/05/im-a-west-virginian-farmer-my-brothers-work-in-oil-and-coal-and-we-need-manchin-to-act-on-climate/#respond Thu, 05 May 2022 19:11:03 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/336674
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Holly Bradley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/05/im-a-west-virginian-farmer-my-brothers-work-in-oil-and-coal-and-we-need-manchin-to-act-on-climate/feed/ 0 296380
    We Need an International Antiwar Movement, Not a Cheerleading Squad for the Arms Industry https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/03/we-need-an-international-antiwar-movement-not-a-cheerleading-squad-for-the-arms-industry/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/03/we-need-an-international-antiwar-movement-not-a-cheerleading-squad-for-the-arms-industry/#respond Tue, 03 May 2022 08:57:41 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=241482

    Painting: Paths Of Glory by Christopher R. W. Nevinson (1917)

    A ceasefire between the warring parties, a Russian withdrawal, a halt to arms shipments, a negotiated peace and an end to NATO. This is what the international left should be organizing around in regards to the Russia-Ukraine war. It shouldn’t be calling for stepped up arms shipments to Ukraine’s military or defending Moscow’s invasion. When all is said and done and this war is stopped, the most likely situation for the vast majority of Ukrainian working people will be one where their greatest enemy could well be the Ukrainian government. Likewise, if the war goes on long enough, the greatest enemy of the vast majority of Russian working people could well be their government. The oligarchs in both nations will still be oligarchs, while the Russian and Ukrainian people will bear the costs—human, financial, and otherwise—for the war.

    If the reader thinks the current conflict will somehow end with a different outcome, they need to revisit the history of war, especially war of the modern kind. You know, where civilian populations are bombed, conscripts are forced to kill and die in the thousands; where international bankers make loans to all sides until the battle begins. All the while generals and politicians talk nonsense about the principles being defended as if most of them had any principles that couldn’t be purchased.

    It’s becoming clearer to more and more people that this war is truly a proxy war and that Ukrainians are being sacrificed by Washington and its clients (including the government in Kyiv) while Russians are being sacrificed by their government. Neither position—Ukrainian or Russian—is one to be envied. As an acquaintance and Vietnam Veteran Against the War member pointed out on Facebook, this is the perfect war for the US-dominated military-industrial complex. There are no body bags coming home, no anti-war demonstrations, and virtually no pressure to negotiate. Indeed, a substantial part of what usually constitutes the US antiwar movement is actually cheering on the Ukrainian military in this conflict. In short, this is a dream situation and Washington and its minions will fight to the last Ukrainian to keep the war industry’s profits rolling in.

    The fears that the war will continue to escalate are genuine. Once again, the rulers of the capitalist world prove that the only thing they can really do effectively is make war. By effectively, I mean these rulers are masters at wreaking havoc, destruction and death. Furthermore, they are once again proving they can convince the bulk of their populations that this is not only a good thing, but also moral and honorable. In this narrative, it is those of us who refuse to accept their wars and their rationales for those wars who are accused of being wrong. Since my first piece published after the Russian invasion of Ukraine, emails have arrived in my mailbox stating that my antiwar stance is criminal. My response is simple—it is not criminal to oppose the crime of war. This isn’t the first war where such accusations have been hurled at those opposed to wars. I consider myself fortunate that this isn’t World War One or Two. Many US opponents of those wars were locked up.

    Of course, given the censorship of antiwar views by public and private entities across the west and in Russia, who’s to say that won’t occur in the future? Indeed, the US Department of Homeland Security (an Orwellian presence already) recently announced that it was creating a new division called the Disinformation Governance Board. The head of this board will be Nina Jankowicz, who (and I quote the DHS press release) “advised the Ukrainian government on strategic communications.” (https://www.hstoday.us/federal-pages/dhs/dhs-standing-up-disinformation-governance-board-led-by-information-warfare-expert/) In other words, she advised them on how to write and spread propaganda. She is now taking her scriptwriting to the US public. One assumes she will be working with various manipulators of public opinion in the broadcast, print and social media fields. One can be certain that she will maintain and intensify the stories about Kyiv, Moscow, Washington and NATO already saturating the US and much of Europe. In recent days, I have been accused (along with what one so-called socialist writer dismisses as the “peace and justice” crowd) of supporting war because I am against the escalation of the conflict between Russia and Ukraine and think the Left should be organizing a non-aligned international antiwar movement, not joining the cheerleading squad for NATO and its arms shipments.

    . My response to the charge is simple. To claim that escalating the war will prevent a longer war is just nonsense. It can already be argued that the escalation has already extended it. Very few actual wars end when a war escalates. In fact, escalation usually extends the conflict and the horror that involves. It seems to me that the people who really care about the people under fire are those calling for a ceasefire and negotiations, not those cheering the arms shipments. By rejecting the call that begins this piece, one is rejecting the only internationalist response to this conflict. In rejecting this response, they are accepting a binary choice that means more war, no matter which side one chooses. That choice is one defined by the militaries doing the fighting and the rulers pulling their strings. Making that choice is not making a choice for peace or even the consideration of peace. Plain and simple, it is choosing more war.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Ron Jacobs.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/03/we-need-an-international-antiwar-movement-not-a-cheerleading-squad-for-the-arms-industry/feed/ 0 295499
    Jan Egeland: We Need Negotiations, Not an Arms Race, to End War in Ukraine & Prevent a New Cold War https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/02/jan-egeland-we-need-negotiations-not-an-arms-race-to-end-war-in-ukraine-prevent-a-new-cold-war-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/02/jan-egeland-we-need-negotiations-not-an-arms-race-to-end-war-in-ukraine-prevent-a-new-cold-war-2/#respond Mon, 02 May 2022 15:01:46 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=97478c2cdd03a105f6a4ada67f409ec5
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/02/jan-egeland-we-need-negotiations-not-an-arms-race-to-end-war-in-ukraine-prevent-a-new-cold-war-2/feed/ 0 295316
    Jan Egeland: We Need Negotiations, Not an Arms Race, to End War in Ukraine & Prevent a New Cold War https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/02/jan-egeland-we-need-negotiations-not-an-arms-race-to-end-war-in-ukraine-prevent-a-new-cold-war/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/02/jan-egeland-we-need-negotiations-not-an-arms-race-to-end-war-in-ukraine-prevent-a-new-cold-war/#respond Mon, 02 May 2022 12:40:14 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=062cc30b72b756e899bb21d5744349f2 Seg3 evacuees

    The Ukrainian government says about 100 people have been able to evacuate the besieged steel plant in Mariupol, where thousands of civilians and fighters have taken shelter in recent weeks as Russian forces took over most of the strategic port city. This comes after several previously arranged “humanitarian corridors” fell apart. Meanwhile, U.S. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi became the highest-ranking American official to visit Kyiv, days after President Joe Biden asked Congress for an additional $33 billion in military and humanitarian aid for Ukraine. For more on the war in Ukraine, now in its 10th week, we speak with Norwegian Refugee Council head Jan Egeland, who has been visiting Ukrainian cities “devastated beyond belief” by the Russian invasion. “I don’t think the world has understood enough that this suffering will become even deeper, especially in the east and the south, if the war is allowed to rage on like now.” Egeland says the only way to end the war is through talks, and warns against an “arms race” that could continue to fuel the conflict.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/02/jan-egeland-we-need-negotiations-not-an-arms-race-to-end-war-in-ukraine-prevent-a-new-cold-war/feed/ 0 295293
    ‘I Need Some Corpses’: Ukrainian Recounts Russians Staging Fake Executions https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/27/i-need-some-corpses-ukrainian-recounts-russians-staging-fake-executions/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/27/i-need-some-corpses-ukrainian-recounts-russians-staging-fake-executions/#respond Wed, 27 Apr 2022 12:59:25 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=65564a18af46761f5b9d6702e9bba449
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/27/i-need-some-corpses-ukrainian-recounts-russians-staging-fake-executions/feed/ 0 293980
    The Growing Need for Insurgent Black Studies https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/24/the-growing-need-for-insurgent-black-studies/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/24/the-growing-need-for-insurgent-black-studies/#respond Sun, 24 Apr 2022 08:43:45 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=240494

    Black studies or Africana Studies emerged from the larger social and political movement of global Black liberation in the late 1960s as a nascent academic field. Notably, Black students at San Francisco State College in 1968 mobilized a mass protest strike to demand their ‘white’ controlled institution alter its curricula centering Europeans to study people of the African diaspora, and to re-center their teaching and scholarship to meet the needs of everyday people, particularly African people. Their protest led to the creation of the first Black Studies department in the United States. According to Turner and McGann, the intellectual foundation of Black Studies began with sociologist W.E.B. Du Bois who maintained that within the context of a white supremacy capitalist society only skilled Black scholars could provide an accurate interpretation of Black life. Historian Carter G. Woodson was also a founding framer of Black Studies who created the Association for the Study of Afro-American Life and History in 1915 to promote the study of Black life and history in order to “bring about harmony between the ‘races’ by interpreting one to the other.” Du Bois and Woodson’s contribution to the development of Black Studies is often erased, just as are the various movements throughout history that called for the recognition of Black contributions to the advancement of humanity and knowledge.

    To read this article, log in here or subscribe here.

    In order to read CP+ articles, your web browser must be set to accept cookies.

    More

    The post The Growing Need for Insurgent Black Studies appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Johnny Eric Williams – David G. Embrick.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/24/the-growing-need-for-insurgent-black-studies/feed/ 0 293186
    Don’t-Say-Gov: What Queer Kids Need Now is Anarchy https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/22/dont-say-gov-what-queer-kids-need-now-is-anarchy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/22/dont-say-gov-what-queer-kids-need-now-is-anarchy/#respond Fri, 22 Apr 2022 08:40:48 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=240233 There is a growing conspiracy against your children in this country and it’s being waged by Queer genderbending perverts like me. We have successfully infiltrated your schools and your doctor’s offices and we are using them to peddle our evil pagan agenda of sexual liberation. We are grooming your children to reject the gender rewarded More

    The post Don’t-Say-Gov: What Queer Kids Need Now is Anarchy appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Nicky Reid.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/22/dont-say-gov-what-queer-kids-need-now-is-anarchy/feed/ 0 292776
    Media Need to Treat Every Day as Earth Day if We Want a Livable Planet https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/21/media-need-to-treat-every-day-as-earth-day-if-we-want-a-livable-planet/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/21/media-need-to-treat-every-day-as-earth-day-if-we-want-a-livable-planet/#respond Thu, 21 Apr 2022 19:55:12 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9028299 On Earth Day, no doubt most major media will pay lip service to the extreme dangers of climate change. But what happens the next day?

    The post Media Need to Treat Every Day as Earth Day if We Want a Livable Planet appeared first on FAIR.

    ]]>
     

    LA Times: Earth on track to be 'unlivable'

    The LA Times‘ decision (4/5/22) to put the news that the planet is becoming uninhabitable on page 3 summed up the problem with corporate media’s climate change coverage.

    On Earth Day, no doubt most major media will pay lip service to the extreme dangers of climate change. But what happens the next day?

    A major Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change report, released at the end of February, could scarcely have been more clear—or more dire:

    Any further delay in concerted anticipatory global action on adaptation and mitigation will miss a brief and rapidly closing window of opportunity to secure a livable and sustainable future for all.

    The IPCC released a follow-up report on April 4 focused on how to limit the damage; the co-chair of the report’s working group warned that “it’s now or never.” It’s too late to avoid many of the effects of our addiction to fossil fuels, but drastic action must be taken immediately if the planet has any hopes of avoiding catastrophic levels of warming.

    US media, however, are largely treating the climate crisis as just another news story among many.

    When the dramatic IPCC report was released on February 28, most major outlets covered it in prime time. CBS Evening News, NBC Nightly News, ABC World News Tonight and PBS NewsHour mentioned the report that day. But in the subsequent six weeks, the climate crisis dropped almost entirely off the radar of most of these shows.

    NBC Nightly News and ABC World News Tonight mentioned climate change (or the “climate crisis,” or “global warming”) only one other night during that period—a month later, when the next IPCC report came out (4/4/22). CBS Evening News returned to the subject only twice (3/31/22, 4/5/22). PBS NewsHour, to its credit, ran eight more shows that mentioned the crisis.

    Incredibly, cable news was even worse. None of the 6 pm CNN, MSNBC or Fox news programs even mentioned either IPCC report. CNN‘s Situation Room mentioned climate change only once (3/7/22) during the entire six weeks. MSNBC‘s The Beat aired two shows that touched on it (3/2/22, 3/3/22). Fox News Special Report named climate change nine times—but almost always in the context of attacking a Democratic statement or action to address it.

    Gloomy reports on the fate of our planet don’t drive ratings, nor do corporations thrill to the thought of their ads running next to such reports. But as the IPCC reports made abundantly clear, the climate crisis is an emergency that demands urgent, sustained attention and action—not a fleeting mention once a month.


    Featured image: The IPCC’s Sixth Assessment Report‘s illustration of the threat to small islands.

    The post Media Need to Treat Every Day as Earth Day if We Want a Livable Planet appeared first on FAIR.


    This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Julie Hollar.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/21/media-need-to-treat-every-day-as-earth-day-if-we-want-a-livable-planet/feed/ 0 292572
    Washington Post Columnists Badly Need to Learn About Corporate Power https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/15/washington-post-columnists-badly-need-to-learn-about-corporate-power/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/15/washington-post-columnists-badly-need-to-learn-about-corporate-power/#respond Fri, 15 Apr 2022 08:02:00 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=239662

    Megan McArdle had a bizarre column in the Washington Post telling readers “the left learns the limit of corporate power.” The gist of the piece is that Disney wasn’t able to use its power to block Florida Governor Ron DeSantis’ various efforts to beat up LGBTQ children, as well as public school teachers. McArdle interprets this failure as proof that corporations don’t have the power that many on the left attribute to them.

    This is a bizarre conclusion based on the evidence here. While we don’t know what is in the heads of Disney executives, the company’s profits are not likely to be threatened in a major way by DeSantis’ election theatrics. This is not like Florida imposing a 5 percent corporate income tax.

    It’s entirely possible that Disney’s executives really are offended by this attack on a segment of the population that experiences an enormous amount of discrimination, especially children who are struggling with their sexual identity. But they also were clearly responding to pressure from their workers and shareholders.

    In any case, losing on this issue will likely not be a major blow to Disney’s profits. In fact, taking a stand that enjoys majority support across the country may actually be good for its finances, even if Disney proves unsuccessful in changing the law.

    But few on the left held the naïve view McArdle is attributing to them. It was hardly plausible that even a very powerful corporation could, on its own, force an ambitious politician to give up a signature campaign issue for his re-election campaign, as well as a possible future run for president.

    Over time, and with other corporations, along with a large grassroots efforts, DeSantis and other opportunistic Republicans may be forced to beat a retreat, as they did on civil rights many decades ago. But no one thought this was just a question of Disney saying that it didn’t like the bill.

    The real story of corporations holding enormous political power is on the obscure issues, that almost no one follows, but nonetheless have an enormous impact on our economy. For example, the pharmaceutical industry has vigorously pushed for longer and stronger patent protection.

    As a result, the amount we pay for prescription drugs has risen from 0.4 percent of GDP in 1980 to more than 2.2 percent of GDP at present. The difference comes to $400 billion a year or more than $3,000 a family. It’s unlikely that even 1.0 percent of the population is familiar with measures like the Bayh-Dole bill or the TRIPS provisions of the WTO, which meant a fortune for the drug industry. Needless to say, the pharmaceutical industry’s lobbyists were all over these and other measures which meant transferring tens of billions of dollars from the rest of us to the industry.

    This is the typical story with a wide range of legislation. Many of the richest people in the country are able to benefit from the special tax treatment for “carried interest” which allows hedge fund and private equity partners to pay a tax rate of just 20 percent on their millions, tens of millions, or even hundreds of millions in earnings. Less than the marginal tax rate paid by many school teachers and firefighters.

    Their lobbyists fight like crazy to preserve their special treatment. The general public is at best faintly aware of this handout to the country’s richest people.

    There are endless other tales like this of lobbyists getting special interest legislation through for the financial industry, the oil industry, and every other major special interest group you might name. This is what the left is upset about in complaining about the excessive power of large corporations. They are not wrong.

    This first appeared on Dean Baker’s Beat the Press blog. 


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Dean Baker.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/15/washington-post-columnists-badly-need-to-learn-about-corporate-power/feed/ 0 290937
    What You Really Need to Know About the Latest IPCC Climate Report https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/10/what-you-really-need-to-know-about-the-latest-ipcc-climate-report/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/10/what-you-really-need-to-know-about-the-latest-ipcc-climate-report/#respond Sun, 10 Apr 2022 12:44:08 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/336046
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Kaisa Kosonen.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/10/what-you-really-need-to-know-about-the-latest-ipcc-climate-report/feed/ 0 289494
    From US Invasion in Iraq to Russia’s Assault on Ukraine, We Need a Global Standard for War Crimes https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/08/from-us-invasion-in-iraq-to-russias-assault-on-ukraine-we-need-a-global-standard-for-war-crimes/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/08/from-us-invasion-in-iraq-to-russias-assault-on-ukraine-we-need-a-global-standard-for-war-crimes/#respond Fri, 08 Apr 2022 10:45:43 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/336020
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Amy Goodman, Denis Moynihan.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/08/from-us-invasion-in-iraq-to-russias-assault-on-ukraine-we-need-a-global-standard-for-war-crimes/feed/ 0 289126
    We Need Student Debt Cancellation: Astra Taylor Responds to Biden Extending Payment Moratorium https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/07/we-need-student-debt-cancellation-astra-taylor-responds-to-biden-extending-payment-moratorium-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/07/we-need-student-debt-cancellation-astra-taylor-responds-to-biden-extending-payment-moratorium-2/#respond Thu, 07 Apr 2022 14:27:58 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=958b8ef60b68425bba6746aac60c5d30
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/07/we-need-student-debt-cancellation-astra-taylor-responds-to-biden-extending-payment-moratorium-2/feed/ 0 288791
    We Need Student Debt Cancellation: Astra Taylor Responds to Biden Extending Payment Moratorium https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/07/we-need-student-debt-cancellation-astra-taylor-responds-to-biden-extending-payment-moratorium/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/07/we-need-student-debt-cancellation-astra-taylor-responds-to-biden-extending-payment-moratorium/#respond Thu, 07 Apr 2022 12:50:07 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=96a22fae25a22040297d2090c06d275e Seg5 astra biden 2

    President Biden announced Tuesday he would extend the pandemic pause on federal student loan payments until August 31, but debtors are demanding total cancellation. We speak with Astra Taylor, co-director of the Debt Collective, who discusses the implications of the latest extension, economically and politically. Taylor says Biden should stop letting loan servicers profiteer from borrowers and cancel student loans, which would immediately narrow the racial wealth gap.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/07/we-need-student-debt-cancellation-astra-taylor-responds-to-biden-extending-payment-moratorium/feed/ 0 288757
    We Urgently Need an Economic Bill of Rights—One That Includes the Disabled https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/07/we-urgently-need-an-economic-bill-of-rights-one-that-includes-the-disabled/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/07/we-urgently-need-an-economic-bill-of-rights-one-that-includes-the-disabled/#respond Thu, 07 Apr 2022 11:03:35 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/335905

    Professor Harvey Kaye and Alan Minsky, Executive Director of Progressive Democrats of America, recently launched a proposal here on Common Dreams calling for a 21st century Economic Bill of Rights. It is a necessary proposal that creates a clear agenda for Progressive Democrats that distinguishes them from centrists. The policy implications can't be understated either, if adopted these proposals would lift millions out of poverty. I’m writing this response article to emphasize the importance of bringing the disabled into the forefront of the conversation, and shed light on the struggles we face engaging with society. Discrimination against the disabled is often hard to see, especially as it relates to our participation in the economy. We're discouraged from seeking the American dream by our laws, the economy, and physical barriers. We’re discouraged from living independently, owning a home, even from marriage.

    This response is not meant to tear down the proposal but to offer important considerations as these ideas shift from proposals to legislation, from the perspective of a disabled progressive. I will go through Kaye and Minsky’s proposed Economic Bill of Rights point-by-point and address the concerns related specifically to the disabled.

    1. The right to a useful job that pays a living wage- Many disabled Americans can't work full time, and for many of those who can, such as myself, a traditional blue-collar job isn't feasible. Those of us who can't work shouldn't be forgotten about.

    2. The right to a voice in the workplace through a union and collective bargaining- All too often, disabled Americans are mistreated in the workplace, either by malicious actors or pure indifference. A union must represent all workers, regardless of need or ability status. Unfortunately, this hasn't always been the case. The wage for those with "severe" disabilities is $3.34 an hour; union negotiations have yet to fix that issue.

    3. The right to comprehensive quality health care- Comprehensive healthcare looks entirely different to me and many other disabled individuals compared to the average American. Therefore, we must first explicitly define the right to comprehensive healthcare. I require 24/7 care to function. I have no practical use of my arms or legs, so I'm typing this article with my head and big toe. I am fortunately able to rely on parental support to supplement partial care from an aide. However, many are not as fortunate, and even in my situation, I cannot be economically independent from my dad. Therefore, I am unable to live as an independent individual. Public healthcare, as it is, is inadequate. We need to expand in-home care, regulate prescription drug prices, and tailor our plans to individuals' needs.

    4. The right to a complete cost-free public education (child care through university) and access to broadband internet- Public education and broadband internet have tremendous benefits for the development and socialization of everyone, but especially for disabled Americans who often feel isolated. I would include special education and vocational training for disabled Americans where necessary. Oftentimes, disabled students are left behind by schools that don’t quite know how to deal with them, and by a job market that’s only interested in exploiting them.

    5. The right to a meaningful endowment of resources at birth, free child care, and a secure retirement- Cash benefits to those with disabilities are currently severely lacking. SSI benefits cap at $841 per month; there isn't a single state where you can live on that. In Mississippi, the state with the lowest cost of living, the average rent for a two-bedroom apartment is $795 a month without including utilities or necessary expenses such as food or transportation. Even with the maximum benefit, a disabled individual would have to scrape by with $50 left for other expenses. Yes, there are programs to help, but welfare and food stamps are inadequate. "A meaningful endowment of resources" is a start, but it could justify a massive expansion in assistance to disabled Americans who cannot work.

    6. The right to an equitable and economically fair justice system- Disabled Americans are discouraged from controlling their own assets. For example, my money has to go into a trust that I don't control to receive benefits.

    A disabled person can be stripped of their autonomy relatively easily through conservatorships where others make even the most basic decisions. We saw earlier last year how hard it is to break a conservatorship, even for someone with perceived power and status like Brittney Spears. Imagine how hard it is for someone without status, with physical or mental limitations to break out of a conservatorship.

    When the Supreme Court legalized gay marriage, that was an incredible win for equality, but we still haven’t achieved full marriage equality. People in the disabled community still can't marry without their benefits being threatened. None of these issues would be the case in an equitable justice system.

    7. The right to recreation and participation in civic and democratic life- Participation in public life is something most people take for granted, but for the disabled, participation in public life is anything but guaranteed. There are a multitude of obstacles, both physical and legal, that need to be overcome to achieve this end. Any proposals to allow for more participation in everyday life need to take into account the issue of physical accessibility. Cities are not easily accessible for those in wheelchairs, and this is despite legal requirements that buildings be built with accessibility in mind. People who don't spend all day in wheelchairs have a very understandable but different definition of accessibility. Accessibility isn't a ramp, it’s elevators that don’t break down, it’s doors that wheelchairs can fit through, tables where wheelchairs can park and not disrupt traffic. We can't have robust participation in public life if we don't make it accessible.

    As far as participation in Democratic life goes, if we're going to make voting accessible to all, we should take notes from blue states' responses to the pandemic. Universal mail-in ballots are the best way to make sure disabled voters are heard. But, making sure that voting lines move quickly is also a critical reform to undertake; many disabled people don't have the physical capability to stand or even sit in line for hours on end.

    Moving away from the points Alan and Harvey made, I have an additional right that I believe to be a worthy addition to the Economic Bill of Rights: The right to independence. This basic right to independence is taken for granted as, for many, living alone is a part of growing up. But, for many people like me, it's a pipe dream. We've made significant progress, people in my situation used to be institutionalized, but because we understand the need for socialization, group homes have become the "independent living option." But, we can make even more significant progress towards a more inclusive society by recognizing that everyone should be allowed the opportunity for independence if they so choose.

    We need an Economic Bill of Rights now more than ever; people are falling into poverty every day, people can't make ends meet despite working full time; it is a genuine crisis. But, in our haste to fix the problems the average American faces, we can’t forget about the disabled community. As progressives, we strive to bring everyone to the table, let’s continue doing so.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Dylan Brown.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/07/we-urgently-need-an-economic-bill-of-rights-one-that-includes-the-disabled/feed/ 0 288719
    Win the War. Invest in Peace. The Conversation We Need to Be Having Now https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/07/win-the-war-invest-in-peace-the-conversation-we-need-to-be-having-now/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/07/win-the-war-invest-in-peace-the-conversation-we-need-to-be-having-now/#respond Thu, 07 Apr 2022 08:16:59 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=239195 In the middle of a brutal assault, it’s difficult to talk about demilitarization. And so, it was with trepidation that I recently convened a conversation about exactly that. One of my guests, Anastasiya Leukhina, a war refugee from Ukraine, has a degree in peacebuilding from Notre Dame. In regular times, she said, she’d describe herself More

    The post Win the War. Invest in Peace. The Conversation We Need to Be Having Now appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Laura Flanders.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/07/win-the-war-invest-in-peace-the-conversation-we-need-to-be-having-now/feed/ 0 288651
    Win the War, Invest in Peace: Thats Conversation We Need to Be Having Now https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/06/win-the-war-invest-in-peace-thats-conversation-we-need-to-be-having-now/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/06/win-the-war-invest-in-peace-thats-conversation-we-need-to-be-having-now/#respond Wed, 06 Apr 2022 11:12:23 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/335937

    In the middle of a brutal assault, it's difficult to talk about demilitarization. And so, it was with trepidation that I recently convened a conversation about exactly that.

    One of my guests, Anastasiya Leukhina, a war refugee from Ukraine, has a degree in peacebuilding from Notre Dame. In regular times, she said, she'd describe herself as a sort of peacenik, but now, "considering the situation and the losses that we have on the ground, we really need military assistance and we really need modern warfare and we need as much of it as we can get, as soon as possible."

    The payment of billions of dollars on new weapons systems failed to prevent Russia's invasion. Indeed, Vladimir Putin used NATO's build up as an excuse for it.

    More warfare is certainly coming. Even if Russian forces draw back from Kyiv and negotiations reach a deal, the conflict has already seen massive growth in weapons spending by the EU and NATO, even by countries like Germany and Denmark who've been spending down for years. Russian spending is up, and the US leads the pack. The Biden administration’s proposed Pentagon budget for 2023 stands at $813 billion. It's bigger in real terms than ever before, as bloated as ever and spending on Ukraine is only a tiny fraction of it. 

    As Phyllis Bennis of the Institute for Policy Studies pointed out in our conversation, the payment of billions of dollars on new weapons systems failed to prevent Russia's invasion. Indeed, Vladimir Putin used NATO's build up as an excuse for it.

    As Phyllis put it, "while there's an inevitable urgency for all things military right now, we know that greater militarization creates more problems after."

    The idea of a neutral Ukrainian state gets fainter with every war crime, but if the US and NATO resume their military exercises in Ukraine, the risk of war with Russia will always be with us. In the end, my guests agreed that what's needed for sustainable peace will be an equal investment in the architecture of peace, and not just the president-to-president kind, but the people-to-people sort.

    Gesturing to a book on his shelf, published by anti-war activists in 1913, Dmitri Makarov, zooming in from Russia, suggested that in today's interconnected world, we're much better equipped to communicate globally now than we ever were, and every local crisis has global implications.

    Could the OSCE, the UN, or the Council of Europe be empowered to monitor and constrain not just Russia's arms deals, but everyone's? Could today's sanctions regime provide a model?

    Conversations like this aren't easy but we're going to need more of them. And they won't come on media networks underwritten by arms-makers. That's why I'm happy to be launching season three of the Laura Flanders Show on public television this week.

    Scholars of authoritarianism say that mind control begins with the limiting of options, a lopping off of a whole set of realities and choices. Dissenters say that what makes a difference is practice, and this conversation felt to me like practice; practice in holding two things together at the same time: the need to stop this war, and to work across national boundaries to prevent the next one.

    You can find my conversation with Ukrainian professor Anastasiya Leukhina, Russian human rights defender, Dmitri Makarov, and Phyllis Bennis, director of the New Internationalism Project at the Institute for Policy Studies, on PBS stations all across the country this week. Or find it on YouTube.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Laura Flanders.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/06/win-the-war-invest-in-peace-thats-conversation-we-need-to-be-having-now/feed/ 0 288363
    Why We Need to Challenge Russia’s Human Shields Narrative https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/03/why-we-need-to-challenge-russias-human-shields-narrative/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/03/why-we-need-to-challenge-russias-human-shields-narrative/#respond Sun, 03 Apr 2022 16:20:31 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/335864

    Since Russia's invasion began in late February 2022, universities, schools, theatres, hospitals, and many other civilian sites in Ukraine have been destroyed by Russian shelling and more than four million people have so far fled the country. Faced with the devastating consequences of its actions, Russia has increasingly fallen back on a single legal justification: human shields. Indeed, Moscow repeatedly suggested that Ukraine’s military is deliberately using civilians as a screen to defend legitimate military targets.

    On February 25, just hours after the invasion began, Russian President Vladimir Putin appealed directly to the “personnel of the armed forces of Ukraine: "do not allow neo-Nazis and (Ukrainian right-wing radical nationalists) to use your children, wives and elders as human shields.”

    Echoing his leader, Major General Igor Konashenkov, chief spokesman for the Russian Ministry of Defence, stated in a press conference on February 28 that “the armed forces of the Russian Federation strike only at military targets.” Discussing the capital Kyiv he added that “the leadership of Ukraine and the authorities of the city, having announced a curfew, are persuading the residents of the capital to stay in their homes.” This, he concluded, “once again proves that the Kyiv regime uses the residents of the city as a ‘human shield’ for the nationalists who have deployed artillery units and military equipment in residential areas of the capital.”

    Then on March 3, Moscow accused Ukrainian authorities of holding a group of 6,000 Indian students and other foreign nationals as “human shields”. Indian authorities themselves denied the claim. A couple of days later, Putin declared that “the neo-Nazis” were obstructing the creation of humanitarian corridors requested by the Ukrainian government to evacuate civilians trapped in the line of fire, claiming “the militants” were keeping the potential evacuees as human shields.

    The shielding accusation

    Russia has repeated similar claims in diplomatic arenas such as the United Nations Security Council. On social media too Russian diplomats have attempted to shape perceptions of the battlefield, portraying the Ukrainian resistance as guilty of war crimes by insisting that they have used “human shields”.

    Thus, alongside the war on the ground, we have been witnessing an intense information war, which, as the Russian ambassador at the UN exclaimed, appears to be a vital element of Russia’s so-called “special operation”.

    The human shield accusation has actually become an increasingly common defence when states act immorally. As we show in our recent book on human shields, Saudi Arabia, Syria, Israel, Sri Lanka, and India are just some of the states that have deployed the argument to justify high civilian casualties in recent years.

    This is partly because legally it appears to be such a useful get-out clause. The legal provision within international law pertaining to human shields states that “the presence or movements of the civilian population or individual civilians shall not be used to render certain points or areas immune from military operations, in particular in attempts to shield military objectives from attacks or to shield, favour or impede military operations.”

    According to international law, using human shields constitutes a war crime, while the party responsible for the death of human shields is not the one killing them - if the attack is proportionate - but instead, the one deploying them. Indeed, the very day Russia invaded Ukraine, Human Rights Watch published a Q&A On Occupation, Armed Conflict and Human Rights stating that if an attack is proportionate armed forces can legitimately strike “a military target that is making use of human shields” - though HRW also notes that “it is shielding only when there is a specific intent to use the civilians to deter an attack.”

    Hence, by accusing Ukraine of using human shields Russia is in effect claiming that it is not legally responsible for the civilians it kills. And while Russia might be losing the info-war, the legal Trojan Horse of its aggression - the human shielding accusation - is not yet receiving significant opposition. Not merely states, but also human rights organisations have largely failed to voice a consistent critique of the allegations. When the United States and Sri Lankan governments accused ISIL (ISIS) in Mosul or the Tamil Tigers in the Safe Zones of using hundreds of thousands of people as human shields, for example, Amnesty International and Human Rights Watch did not dismiss or raise any significant doubts against such narratives.

    4.5 million civilians

    Once the Russians saw that Western states and human rights organisations were not challenging their allegation that Ukrainians are using human shields, they seem to have decided to up the ante. On March 8, the Russian Defence Ministryaccused the Ukrainian “militants” of holding “more than 4.5 million civilians hostage as a human shield.” Basically, Moscow applied its legal argument to ten percent of the Ukrainian population, transforming millions of civilians into a potentially legitimate target.

    This has dramatic consequences. As we have shown in a recent article in the context of the Sri Lankan civil war, prominent legal scholars and investigators have helped rationalise the killing of thousands of innocent people after they had been framed as human shields simply because they were located in proximity to the fighting. The former chief prosecutors in international war crime tribunals David Crane and Desmond de Silva – who provided their legal opinion to the Sri Lankan government’s commission of investigation on the civil war – argued that killing 12 percent of a group being used as human shields constitutes proportionate killing. If one adopted the same calculations while accepting uncritically the Russian human shielding accusations, then half a million Ukrainian civilians could be killed without violating the law.

    There has unfortunately been no real discussion of how, over the past decade, the human shield charge has been routinely used by Israel, Sri Lanka, Russia and other warring parties in numerous theatres of violence as a pre-emptive legal defence to justify the killing of civilians. In a similar vein, governments haven’t said anything about this form of legal manipulation.

    Decades of repetition, without any significant state or non-state challenge, nor any significant legal scholarship problematising the use of the human shielding accusation, have created a customary legal consensus whereby the human shields provisions can be used to justify the killing of civilians.

    In order to contest the legal arguments that Russia invokes to justify the slaying of innocents, investigative agencies, humanitarian organisations, and human rights groups first need to confront the ease with which warring parties cast hundreds of thousands and at times even millions of civilians as human shields. They failed to do so in Mosul, Gaza, Aleppo, and Sana’a - perhaps in Kyiv they will finally debunk human shield accusations.

    First Published in Al Jazeera.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Nicola Perugini, Neve Gordon.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/03/why-we-need-to-challenge-russias-human-shields-narrative/feed/ 0 287586
    We Still Need to Ban These 10 Russian Things https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/02/we-still-need-to-ban-these-10-russian-things/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/02/we-still-need-to-ban-these-10-russian-things/#respond Sat, 02 Apr 2022 10:00:12 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=392201
    russian-things-ban_21

    Photo illustration: Elise Swain/The Intercept; Photos: Getty Images

    In response to Russia’s attack on Ukraine, YouTube has totally disappeared archives of RT shows, included those of journalists Chris Hedges and Abby Martin. Netflix has stopped production on an adaptation of Leo Tolstoy’s novel “Anna Karenina,” even though it had already finished shooting in Russia and Tolstoy was one of history’s greatest pacifists. A North Carolina restaurant has renamed the Russian dressing on its Reuben sandwiches. The International Cat Federation has banned Russian cats from competition.

    At first glance, the above may seem like a bizarre, panicked overreaction to Russian culture that’s an obvious violation of our supposed principles. But consider this: What if it’s an overly rational, far-too-calm underreaction? What if we could end this dreadful war by going much further, and banning far more things, in a way that makes absolutely no sense whatsoever?

    So here are 10 things that are Russian, arguably, at least tangentially in some way, that we should eliminate because a) it will make us feel like we’re doing something and b) why not?

    Russian Roulette

    This is a good place to start banning because it may not actually have anything to do with Russia. Once we let go of such picayune concerns, the sky’s the limit.

    The term “Russian roulette” seems to have been coined in a 1937 short story by an American writer. It describes Russian officers at the end of World War I removing one bullet from a six-shot revolver, then spinning the cylinder, pointing the gun at their heads, and pulling the trigger.

    This would give participants a 5-in-6, or 83 percent, chance of killing themselves. If indeed lots of Russian soldiers from 1917 onward had been blowing their brains out in front of curious onlookers, it seems someone else might have mentioned it in the subsequent 20 years.

    In any case, Russian roulette now means just putting one bullet in a gun, thus giving yourself a 5-in-6 chance of living, you coward. Also, there do not seem to be any recorded examples of women playing Russian roulette, which just goes to show how ladies don’t have a spirit of adventure.

    But the overall point here is that we must get rid of Russian roulette. That doesn’t mean that Americans have to stop playing dangerous games of chance, whether it’s pointing revolvers at our heads or eating 14 meals per week at Denny’s. Instead, let’s start calling it Freedom Roulette, a term that can cover both the gun game and the Denny’s thing.

    Russian Hats

    The ushanka, a distinctive Russian fur cap with flaps that can cover your ears or be tied up out of the way in warmer weather, was issued to all Warsaw Pact armies during the Cold War. When President Gerald Ford visited the Soviet Union during a period of relaxed tensions in the 1970s, a famous picture was taken of him wearing a ushanka. This is the origin of the term “détente,” which literally means “let’s wear each other’s hats.” [FACT CHECK]

    Today, of course, we must not wear hats with military implications (with the exception of helicopter hats).

    Russian Banyas

    America has quite a few Russian bath establishments, especially in New York City. There you sit in a hot sauna, dip in an ice-cold pool, and then the staff thrashes you with oak or birch branches for some reason.

    Does this have anything to do with war? At first it seems it does not, but there is a scene in the movie “Eastern Promises” in which Viggo Mortensen’s character kills several people in a Russian bath. This is close enough: banned.

    The Russian Farewell

    When I was a child, my mother always made us engage in a “Russian farewell” at the end of vacation visits to our relatives. This involved sitting with our extended family for three minutes, in silence, all of us thinking about each other, just before we went out the door.

    Only now have I discovered that she seems to have made this up. There is a Russian folk tradition that’s in the ballpark, but it happens before you leave for vacation and is done to prevent domestic spirits from following you.

    So this one will be easy to ban. No one will have do anything except me, and all I have to do is come to terms with my mother’s decades-old deceit. You might wonder whether she’ll have anything to say about this, but fortunately she has an extremely busy social life and does not read my articles.

    The Russian Tea Room

    The website of the Russian Tea Room, a famous Manhattan restaurant popular with celebrities, now features a long, eloquent statement denouncing Russia’s war on Ukraine.

    This isn’t good enough. There are over 200 countries on Earth, most of which have tea, yet somehow the Tea Room has to be “Russian”? There are four choices just among the countries starting with V. The Vatican City Tea Room sounds good, plus then the Pope might start eating there. You could get a table next to the Pope!

    Their menu must also be changed, as it includes borscht, which — like all beet-based foods — is problematic. All who have engaged in heavy beet consumption know the experience of forgetting that you ate them and then, 12 to 24 hours later, becoming briefly convinced you are bleeding internally.

    Poutine

    Believe it or not, in the French media “Putin” is spelled “Poutine.” This is probably a courtesy to Putin, as in French a word spelled “putin” would sound much like “putain,” France’s most popular expletive.

    Of course, the problem here is that “poutine” is also the word for a Quebec dish: French fries with cheese curds and gravy on top. A restaurant whose signature dish is poutine has reported on Twitter that it is receiving threats. But poutine is delicious, so perhaps we can all vow to immediately eat any poutine as soon as we become aware of it, which essentially would be “banning” it.

    The Cyrillic Alphabet

    Many people will object to the banning of the Cyrillic alphabet, since it’s used not just for the Russian language but also for Ukrainian. But it’s too late! We have too much momentum to stop banning now!

    St. Cyril(s)

    The Cyrillic alphabet was co-created by St. Cyril in the 9th century. Plus there are two additional St. Cyrils: Cyril of Alexandria and Cyril of Jerusalem. Banned. Banned. Banned.

    Madonna

    Madonna worked briefly as a coat check girl at the Russian Tea Room in the 1970s. Banning her over this could potentially be described as “going too far” or “absolutely preposterous and sick,” so perhaps this should be a stretch goal.

    Everything on the Internet That Isn’t About Russia’s Censorship

    Russia is now blocking Facebook and has enacted a law threatening up to 15 years in jail for anyone who spreads “false information” about its attack on Ukraine. To show our support for free speech, we must not permit anything to appear online that is not about Putin’s terrible censorship.

    Some might call this “ironic,” but is it? The Cambridge Dictionary defines “ironic” as “showing that you really mean the opposite of what you are saying.” So just think about that for a second.

    Well — actually, OK, now that we think about it, that does seem ironic. But perhaps there are better things than being 100 percent sincere.


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Jon Schwarz.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/02/we-still-need-to-ban-these-10-russian-things/feed/ 0 287466
    We Need Massive Civic Action to Take On Indefensible US Budget Violations https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/01/we-need-massive-civic-action-to-take-on-indefensible-us-budget-violations/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/01/we-need-massive-civic-action-to-take-on-indefensible-us-budget-violations/#respond Fri, 01 Apr 2022 16:37:27 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/335837
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Ralph Nader.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/01/we-need-massive-civic-action-to-take-on-indefensible-us-budget-violations/feed/ 0 287289
    How the pandemic highlighted the need for Medicare for All https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/31/how-the-pandemic-highlighted-the-need-for-medicare-for-all/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/31/how-the-pandemic-highlighted-the-need-for-medicare-for-all/#respond Thu, 31 Mar 2022 16:12:35 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=e022554d04c4505a2a6e7633f99b902d
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/31/how-the-pandemic-highlighted-the-need-for-medicare-for-all/feed/ 0 286782
    Financialized Care Is Not Care at All: Maximizing Profits at the Expense of Those in Need https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/31/financialized-care-is-not-care-at-all-maximizing-profits-at-the-expense-of-those-in-need/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/31/financialized-care-is-not-care-at-all-maximizing-profits-at-the-expense-of-those-in-need/#respond Thu, 31 Mar 2022 10:05:28 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/335779

    The promise of 300 million jobs in care as a key feature of recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic is a tempting invitation for investors seeking new profit opportunities, especially if more public monies are committed. Mature segments of the care sector that have received massive private investments—such as health care, nursing homes, and long-term care—tell us that we need democratised finance to build a care economy that ensures alignment of women’s rights, workers’ rights, and care receivers’ rights.

    To generate 300 million jobs by 2035, annual investment of 3.2 per cent of global GDP will be required. More than three-quarters of the new employment will benefit women, and over 80 per cent of these new jobs will be formal work, according to a new ILO report. Women’s rights organisations want increased public spending on care to redistribute responsibilities between families or households and care provided by government agencies. Meanwhile, care gaps have been filled by arranging services from a spectrum of care givers spanning domestic workers, non-profit or volunteer groups, and corporate or even multinational providers. Should public investments deliver, we can expect a trend towards consolidation in the sector, making it even more attractive for private investors.

    Increasingly privatised and financialised

    Public spending crowds-in private investment, as health care and long-term care has shown. However, other policies also entice private-sector investment in care, such as public-sector management practices focused on efficiency and productivity (as in Canada, UK, and USA), more liberal foreign-ownership rules (as in India, China, and some Southeast Asian countries), and greater opening of procurement policies to foreign contractors (as in Turkey). Labour market flexibilisation is an essential ingredient, as demonstrated by the long-term care home sector in British Columbia in Canada, where sectoral bargaining and contracting protections for care workers have been removed.

    Private equity investments in health care in particular spark serious concerns. Between 2010 and 2019, such investment in the health care sector rose from $41.5 billion to $119.9 billion in the US, with new investments focused on in-home health care and outpatient care. Multilateral financial institutions, such as International Finance Corporation (IFC) and CDC Group, have partnered with private equity investors in health care to support sustainable development goals for health. In Africa, the IFC launched the Africa Health Care Fund, whose first closing raised $57 million to support small and medium-scale enterprises in health clinics and diagnostic centres.

    An estimated 20% of global infrastructure projects in health care are in developing countries. Public-private partnerships are a frequent financing option for health care delivery, blending design, build, finance, maintain, operate and manage components. Lesotho and Peru already have complex projects in operation combining infrastructure with clinical and non-clinical services. A few other countries in  Latin America are planning or operating PPPs in health care and many other countries are looking to join the club.

    Venture capital firms chasing high returns on technological innovations are interested in telehealth and telemedicine. One major market entrant, Amazon Care, launched nationally in the US in February 2022, having entered into a partnership in 2019 with the UK’s National Health Service to provide health care information.

    Unhealthy outcomes

    Private equity investors in health care are gaining notoriety, however, as their profit motives conflict with well-being outcomes for care recipients in their institutions. Case studies bear out concerns about the quality of care and ethical standards in health facilities owned by private equity investors due to the pronounced focus on revenues. Studies comparing for-profit with not-for-profit facilities find lower staffing ratios in the former or highly skilled staff replaced by less skilled teams, all with a view to reducing personnel costs. One study between 2000 and 2017 using data on nursing homes merged with patient-level data in the US found that “going to a PE [private equity]-owned facility increases 90-day mortality by about 10% for short-stay Medicare patients, while taxpayer spending over the 90 days increases by 11%”. The same study found a higher probability that patients in private-equity owned facilities would be on anti-psychotic medications, experience reduced mobility, and report more intense pain.

    Democratise finance to build care economies

    The association of poor health outcomes with private equity raises the question of the feasibility of designing democratic—even egalitarian—financial institutions to fund well-being outcomes. Some proposals include expanding into non-profit credit unions, public investment banking, progressive management of sovereign wealth funds, inclusive ownership funds within corporations controlled by their workers, anti-trust regulation to reduce concentration in finance, and even nationalising banking. When finance cares, we might have a genuine care economy.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Marina Durano.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/31/financialized-care-is-not-care-at-all-maximizing-profits-at-the-expense-of-those-in-need/feed/ 0 286907
    Depicting Putin as ‘Madman’ Eliminates Need for Diplomacy https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/30/depicting-putin-as-madman-eliminates-need-for-diplomacy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/30/depicting-putin-as-madman-eliminates-need-for-diplomacy/#respond Wed, 30 Mar 2022 18:26:49 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9027911 If one believes that Putin is a "madman," the implication is that meaningful diplomatic negotiations with Russia are impossible.

    The post Depicting Putin as ‘Madman’ Eliminates Need for Diplomacy appeared first on FAIR.

    ]]>
     

    Even before Russia invaded Ukraine, Western media have depicted Russian President Vladimir Putin as an irrational—perhaps mentally ill—leader who cannot be reasoned or bargained with. Such portrayals have only intensified as the Ukraine crisis came to dominate the news agenda.

    The implications underlying these media debates and speculations about Putin’s psyche are immense. If one believes that Putin is a “madman,” the implication is that meaningful diplomatic negotiations with Russia are impossible, pushing military options to the forefront as the means of resolving the Ukraine situation.

    If Putin is not a rational actor, the implication is that no kind of diplomacy could have prevented the Russian invasion, and therefore no other country besides Russia shares blame for ongoing violence. (See FAIR.org, 3/4/22.) Yet another implication is that if Putin’s defects made Russia’s invasion unavoidable, then regime change may be necessary to resolve the conflict.

    ‘Increasingly insane’

    Western media have for years been debating whether Putin is insane (Extra!, 5/14; FAIR.org, 2/12/15) or merely pretending to be—speculation that has only intensified in recent weeks:

    • Guardian (2/24/22): “Decision to Invade Ukraine Raises Questions Over Putin’s ‘Sense of Reality’”
    • Daily Beast (3/1/22): “The Russian People May Be Starting to Think Putin Is Insane”
    • Vanity Fair (3/1/22): “Report: An ‘Increasingly Frustrated’ Putin, a Madman With Nuclear Weapons, Is Lashing Out at His Inner Circle”
    • New York (3/4/22): “Putin’s War Looks Increasingly Insane”
    Guardian: This article is more than 1 month old Decision to invade Ukraine raises questions over Putin’s ‘sense of reality’

    Guardian (2/24/22) : “A member of the European parliament for Macron’s grouping told France Inter radio…he thought Putin had gone mad.”

    The Guardian report (2/24/22) cited concerns raised in European official circles about Putin’s mental state:

    They worry about a 69-year-old man whose tendency towards insularity has been amplified by his precautions against Covid, leaving him surrounded by an ever-shrinking coterie of fearful obedient courtiers. He appears increasingly uncoupled from the contemporary world, preferring to burrow deep into history and a personal quest for greatness.

    Even when other media analysts argued that Putin’s alleged mental illness was merely a ruse to wrest concessions from the west, this was not presented as a rationale for negotiating with him, but rather as a reason to reject de-escalation and diplomacy. Forbes (3/1/22) claimed that although Putin is “obviously capable of massive errors in judgment,” that doesn’t necessarily mean that “he’s lost his marbles,” as Putin has only “gotten this far by being calculating and cunning.” Forbes‘ Michael Krepon went on to explain that the “mad man theory only works when the threatener is convincingly mad,” and that Western countries should proceed to call Putin’s bluff: “Help Ukrainians with military, economic and humanitarian assistance,” he urged, rather than pursuing diplomatic negotiations with Russia.

    ‘Detached from reality’

    Daily Beast: The Russian People May Be Starting to Think Putin Is Insane

    Daily Beast (3/1/22): There is a lot of talk in the West about Russian President Vladimir Putin being mentally unhinged.”

    In the Daily Beast (3/1/22), Amy Knight, a historian of Russia and the USSR, displayed a remarkable ability to read Putin’s mind, discerning the real motivations of someone she describes as possibly “detached from reality.” She attributed Putin’s decision to invade to a feeling of insecurity over his “hold on power,” because he “knows that he was not democratically elected to the presidency in 2018, or even in 2012, because serious contenders were barred from participating.”

    This alleged feeling of “insecurity” has apparently driven Putin to hate “democratic states on his country’s border,” because he doesn’t “want his people to get ideas.” Knight claimed that all Putin’s rhetoric about “the West destroying Russian values and NATO threatening Russia with nuclear weapons” merely “camouflages his intense fear of democratic aspirations in his own country.” Strangely, although Knight speculates about Putin’s possible insanity, she also provides largely rational explanations for Putin’s actions, because if a leader is afraid they weren’t legitimately elected, they might opt to launch a war to generate a “rally ’round the flag” effect, as George W. Bush did. This undermines the suggestion that Putin is an irrational actor.

    Knight suggested that Putin was more dangerous than Soviet leaders like Nikita Khrushchev or Joseph Stalin, or even Germany’s Adolf Hitler. Khrushchev, she wrote, was someone who wasn’t “consumed by the historical grudges and the need to show off his masculine credentials,” and “had to consider the views of fellow Politburo members” instead of making key decisions on his own, like Putin allegedly does.

    One of Khrushchev’s decisions, jointly made or otherwise, was launching the 1956 Soviet invasion of Hungary, which kept that country in the Warsaw Pact at the cost of several thousand lives. That invasion does not seem obviously different in kind from Putin’s attempt to keep Ukraine from leaving what Russia considers to be its sphere of influence.

    ‘Reason is not going to work’

    Other Western media headlines offered quite specific, though varying, evaluations of Putin’s mental state from a distance. (This sometimes also happens with domestic figures like former President Donald Trump.) A few instances:

    • Atlantic (4/15/14): “Vladimir Putin, Narcissist?”
    • Independent (2/1/15): “President Putin Is a Dangerous Psychopath—Reason Is Not Going to Work With Him”
    • USA Today (2/4/15): “Pentagon 2008 Study Claims Putin Has Asperger’s Syndrome”
    • Sun (2/28/22): “Vladimir Putin Is Egocentric, Narcissistic & Exhibits Key Traits of a Psychopath”
    • Fox News (3/2/22): “Russian President Vladimir Putin Has Features of a Psychopath: Expert”

    These diagnoses from afar have been going on for a long time. In 2014, psychotherapist Joseph Burgo (Atlantic, 4/15/14) argued that “Putin may or may not be a clinical narcissist,” because it’s “impossible actually to diagnose the man at a distance.” Nevertheless, Burgo encouraged the US foreign policy establishment to assume he is a narcissist, in order to help “mitigate risk in the ways it deals with him.”

    USA Today: Pentagon 2008 study claims Putin has Asperger's syndrome

    USA Today (2/4/15) quoted a Pentagon report: “Project neurologists confirm this research project’s earlier hypothesis that very early in life perhaps, even in utero, Putin suffered a huge hemispheric event to the left temporal lobe of the prefrontal cortex.”

    In 2015, USA Today (2/4/15) reported on a 2008 study from a Pentagon think tank that theorized that Putin has Asperger’s syndrome, an “autistic disorder which affects all of his decisions.” It speculated that Putin’s “neurological development was significantly interrupted in infancy,” although the report acknowledged that it couldn’t prove the theory because they weren’t able to conduct a brain scan on the Russian president.

    The 2008 study was based on “movement pattern analysis,” essentially watching videos of Putin’s body movements to gain clues on how he makes decisions and reacts to events. Further reporting on the study (Guardian, 2/5/15) noted that the authors don’t claim to make a diagnosis, because that would be impossible based on so little evidence. The work was primarily inspired by Brenda Connors, a former State Department official, professional dancer and “movement patterns analysis” expert at the US Naval War College.

    Psychologist Pete Etchells (Guardian, 2/7/15) mocked the Pentagon study because the methodology of using movement pattern analysis to diagnose Asperger’s syndrome is “so generic as to be meaningless,” and that trying to “figure out someone’s state of mind based solely on how they move is a hugely subjective endeavor, easily prone to misinterpretation.” He also noted that it is not possible to diagnose whether people are on the autism spectrum with brain scans.

    Some writers (e.g., Guardian, 2/22/17; Daily Beast, 8/9/21) have criticized what is known as “Putinology”—the reduction of Russian politics to the analysis of incomplete, and occasionally false, information about Putin and his motives. It is a common Western media tactic to equate and reduce an entire country to its singular (and often caricatured) head of state, usually presented as a cartoon villain with sadistic and irrational motives, to justify further Western hostility towards those countries (Passage, 12/14/21; Extra!, 11–12/90, 4/91, 7–8/99).

    ‘Violation of ethical rules’ 

    Some contemporary attempts to explain Russia’s invasion of Ukraine by psychoanalyzing Putin make sweeping judgments about his mental state, even while insisting that a professional diagnosis would be necessary to confirm their speculative perceptions of him.

    Fox News: Russian President Vladimir Putin has features of a psychopath: expert

    Fox News‘ expert (3/2/22) is not violating ethical rules because when he refers to Putin as a “psychopath,” he’s not “diagnos[ing] a public figure who he has not personally examined,” but rather “assess[ing] Putin’s actions in the framework of a personality type.”

    Fox News (3/2/22; reposted by Yahoo!, 3/2/22) cited forensic psychiatrist Dr. Ziv Cohen, who averred it would be a “violation of his profession’s ethical rules to diagnose a public figure he has not personally examined.” He went on to seemingly violate those ethics by opining that diplomatic negotiations with a “psychopath” like Putin were pointless:

    “He’s not crazy,” Cohen said. “He’s charming, calculated and manipulative. With psychopaths, you cannot develop a common understanding. You cannot have agreements with them. They really only respond to superior power, to a credible threat of force.”

    Fox actually cited one other source, Rebekah Koffler, a former Defense Intelligence Agency officer for Russia, who noted that “other psychiatrists have evaluated Putin’s mental stability and concluded he is a typical authoritarian with no anomalies,” and that Putin’s actions “reflect Russian cultural norms and standards of behavior.” Koffler argued that the comparisons being made between Putin and figures like Stalin and Hitler are exaggerated, yet Fox only included Dr. Cohen’s pathologized opinion in its headline: “Russian President Vladimir Putin has Features of a Psychopath: Expert.”

    Psychologist Emma Kenny claimed for the British tabloid Sun (2/26/22) that although she’s “unable to bring him to the consulting room for assessment,” she nevertheless feels comfortable making declarations like:

    Putin continues to manufacture an “alpha male” persona. He is incredibly egocentric, and has a confidence and arrogance he does not try to hide…. Emotions such as guilt and shame do not seem to ­register with him—another key example of a potentially ­psychopathic nature.

    As of this writing, Secretary of State Antony Blinken hasn’t attempted any conversations with his counterpart, Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov, while Russian military commanders are declining calls from the Pentagon, likely due to the US sharing military intelligence with the Ukrainian government. This silence on both the diplomatic and military fronts risks further escalation instead of a quick negotiated end to the war.

    The Western media caricature of Putin as a psychopathic leader acting on irrational and idiosyncratic beliefs is a  convenient propaganda narrative that excuses US officials from taking diplomacy seriously—at the expense of Ukrainian lives and nuclear brinkmanship (Antiwar.com, 3/10/22). Recent negotiations between Russia and Ukraine in Istanbul were hailed by both parties as constructive, with Russia vowing to reduce military activity around Kyiv and northern Ukraine as a result (NPR, 3/29/22). It’s important not to let US officials subvert peace negotiations between the two parties on the evidence-free grounds that negotiations with Russia are pointless.

    The post Depicting Putin as ‘Madman’ Eliminates Need for Diplomacy appeared first on FAIR.


    This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Joshua Cho.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/30/depicting-putin-as-madman-eliminates-need-for-diplomacy/feed/ 0 286519
    ‘We Do Not Need a Massive Increase’: Sanders Criticizes Biden’s $813 Billion Military Budget https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/28/we-do-not-need-a-massive-increase-sanders-criticizes-bidens-813-billion-military-budget/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/28/we-do-not-need-a-massive-increase-sanders-criticizes-bidens-813-billion-military-budget/#respond Mon, 28 Mar 2022 16:12:24 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/335698
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/28/we-do-not-need-a-massive-increase-sanders-criticizes-bidens-813-billion-military-budget/feed/ 0 285815
    Two Years in and We Still Need to Learn the Lessons of This Pandemic https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/25/two-years-in-and-we-still-need-to-learn-the-lessons-of-this-pandemic/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/25/two-years-in-and-we-still-need-to-learn-the-lessons-of-this-pandemic/#respond Fri, 25 Mar 2022 08:49:22 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=237994 Two years ago I was panicking, making hundreds of phone calls to postpone my wedding that was a few days away. It was March 2020. A global pandemic had reached the United States and changed each of our lives in ways we never imagined. Millions of Americans would lose jobs, friends, family, and even their More

    The post Two Years in and We Still Need to Learn the Lessons of This Pandemic appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Domenica Ghanem.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/25/two-years-in-and-we-still-need-to-learn-the-lessons-of-this-pandemic/feed/ 0 285055
    Ukraine war shows ‘nuclear deterrence’ doesn’t work. We need disarmament https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/24/ukraine-war-shows-nuclear-deterrence-doesnt-work-we-need-disarmament/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/24/ukraine-war-shows-nuclear-deterrence-doesnt-work-we-need-disarmament/#respond Thu, 24 Mar 2022 14:17:11 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/odr/ukraine-russia-war-putin-nuclear-weapons-disarmament-deterrence/ Despite leaders’ claims, nuclear weapons don’t prevent war or make life safer or more peaceful – they put the survival of the whole planet at risk


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Rebecca Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/24/ukraine-war-shows-nuclear-deterrence-doesnt-work-we-need-disarmament/feed/ 0 284795
    Afghan Evacuees Living in France Need Mental Health Support https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/24/afghan-evacuees-living-in-france-need-mental-health-support/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/24/afghan-evacuees-living-in-france-need-mental-health-support/#respond Thu, 24 Mar 2022 11:10:02 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d9c816f9eeb2bf86fb3d5f1e9632dde3
    This content originally appeared on Human Rights Watch and was authored by Human Rights Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/24/afghan-evacuees-living-in-france-need-mental-health-support/feed/ 0 284734
    Organizing for the Future We Need: Economic Democracy https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/24/organizing-for-the-future-we-need-economic-democracy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/24/organizing-for-the-future-we-need-economic-democracy/#respond Thu, 24 Mar 2022 08:30:47 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=237756 As economists and policymakers are seeking to explain the “Great Resignation” sweeping the labor market, the traditional wage and hour issues became less important to employees than in the recent past, according to a recent report. A big takeaway from the data is that organizing people as workers is not enough. Economic democracy in the twenty-first century cannot be achieved solely More

    The post Organizing for the Future We Need: Economic Democracy appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Erica Smiley – Sarita Gupta.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/24/organizing-for-the-future-we-need-economic-democracy/feed/ 0 284708
    We Need a Peace Settlement: Ukrainian Scholar Volodymyr Ishchenko on Russia’s Invasion https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/23/we-need-a-peace-settlement-ukrainian-scholar-volodymyr-ishchenko-on-russias-invasion/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/23/we-need-a-peace-settlement-ukrainian-scholar-volodymyr-ishchenko-on-russias-invasion/#respond Wed, 23 Mar 2022 12:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=0cbd4157c62c60da35686d8b7b2a9064
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! Audio and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/23/we-need-a-peace-settlement-ukrainian-scholar-volodymyr-ishchenko-on-russias-invasion/feed/ 0 284496
    ‘We Need Action’: Disney Workers Stage Walkout Over Company’s Failure to Fight ‘Don’t Say Gay’ Bill https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/we-need-action-disney-workers-stage-walkout-over-companys-failure-to-fight-dont-say-gay-bill/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/we-need-action-disney-workers-stage-walkout-over-companys-failure-to-fight-dont-say-gay-bill/#respond Tue, 22 Mar 2022 17:07:17 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/335563
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Julia Conley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/we-need-action-disney-workers-stage-walkout-over-companys-failure-to-fight-dont-say-gay-bill/feed/ 0 284144
    The People of Yemen Need Our Help, Too https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/21/the-people-of-yemen-need-our-help-too/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/21/the-people-of-yemen-need-our-help-too/#respond Mon, 21 Mar 2022 20:32:33 +0000 https://progressive.org/op-eds/yemen-needs-help-too-kelly-220321/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Kathy Kelly.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/21/the-people-of-yemen-need-our-help-too/feed/ 0 283756
    Biden Throws Labor a Bone, When We Need Steak https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/17/biden-throws-labor-a-bone-when-we-need-steak/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/17/biden-throws-labor-a-bone-when-we-need-steak/#respond Thu, 17 Mar 2022 12:00:00 +0000 https://inthesetimes.com/article/biden-administration-falls-short-in-organized-labor
    This content originally appeared on In These Times and was authored by Hamilton Nolan.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/17/biden-throws-labor-a-bone-when-we-need-steak/feed/ 0 282730
    Ukraine: People with Disabilities Need to Evacuate Safely from Shelling #shorts https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/16/ukraine-people-with-disabilities-need-to-evacuate-safely-shorts/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/16/ukraine-people-with-disabilities-need-to-evacuate-safely-shorts/#respond Wed, 16 Mar 2022 14:33:07 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=f11c3f99643ca278d9893edf0aca112e
    This content originally appeared on Human Rights Watch and was authored by Human Rights Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/16/ukraine-people-with-disabilities-need-to-evacuate-safely-shorts/feed/ 0 282394
    The UK’s trade deal with New Zealand is a baby step. We need a giant leap https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/13/the-uks-trade-deal-with-new-zealand-is-a-baby-step-we-need-a-giant-leap/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/13/the-uks-trade-deal-with-new-zealand-is-a-baby-step-we-need-a-giant-leap/#respond Sun, 13 Mar 2022 00:02:00 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/oureconomy/uk-new-zealand-trade-deal-is-a-baby-step-we-need-a-giant-leap/ The UK’s trade deal with New Zealand: great if you like wine, not so good if you’re worried about the climate crisis


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by George Holt.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/13/the-uks-trade-deal-with-new-zealand-is-a-baby-step-we-need-a-giant-leap/feed/ 0 281505
    Ukrainian refugees need security. EU’s temporary protection can’t give it https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/11/ukrainian-refugees-need-security-eus-temporary-protection-cant-give-it/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/11/ukrainian-refugees-need-security-eus-temporary-protection-cant-give-it/#respond Fri, 11 Mar 2022 13:13:33 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/pandemic-border/ukraine-refugee-asylum-europe-temporary-protection/ I’m an immigrant as well as a researcher, so I know well why the EU’s emergency response scheme isn’t as generous as it looks


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Zeynep Sahin Mencutek.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/11/ukrainian-refugees-need-security-eus-temporary-protection-cant-give-it/feed/ 0 281095
    Politics and Sports Do Mix: On FIFA’s Hypocrisy in Palestine and the Need to Isolate Apartheid Israel https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/11/politics-and-sports-do-mix-on-fifas-hypocrisy-in-palestine-and-the-need-to-isolate-apartheid-israel-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/11/politics-and-sports-do-mix-on-fifas-hypocrisy-in-palestine-and-the-need-to-isolate-apartheid-israel-2/#respond Fri, 11 Mar 2022 09:56:59 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=236663 Israel’s war on Palestinian sports is as old as the Israeli state itself. For Palestinians, sport is a critical aspect of their popular culture, and since Palestinian culture itself is a target for the ongoing Israeli attack on Palestinian life in all of its manifestations, sports and athletes have been purposely targeted as well. Yet, More

    The post Politics and Sports Do Mix: On FIFA’s Hypocrisy in Palestine and the Need to Isolate Apartheid Israel appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Ramzy Baroud.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/11/politics-and-sports-do-mix-on-fifas-hypocrisy-in-palestine-and-the-need-to-isolate-apartheid-israel-2/feed/ 0 280995
    Politics and Sports Do Mix: On FIFA’s Hypocrisy in Palestine and the Need to Isolate Apartheid Israel https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/10/politics-and-sports-do-mix-on-fifas-hypocrisy-in-palestine-and-the-need-to-isolate-apartheid-israel/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/10/politics-and-sports-do-mix-on-fifas-hypocrisy-in-palestine-and-the-need-to-isolate-apartheid-israel/#respond Thu, 10 Mar 2022 01:51:17 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=127551 Israel’s war on Palestinian sports is as old as the Israeli state itself. For Palestinians, sport is a critical aspect of their popular culture, and since Palestinian culture itself is a target for the ongoing Israeli attack on Palestinian life in all of its manifestations, sports and athletes have been purposely targeted as well. Yet, […]

    The post Politics and Sports Do Mix: On FIFA’s Hypocrisy in Palestine and the Need to Isolate Apartheid Israel first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Israel’s war on Palestinian sports is as old as the Israeli state itself.

    For Palestinians, sport is a critical aspect of their popular culture, and since Palestinian culture itself is a target for the ongoing Israeli attack on Palestinian life in all of its manifestations, sports and athletes have been purposely targeted as well. Yet, the world’s main football governing body, FIFA, along with other international sports organizations, has done nothing to hold Israel accountable for its crimes against Palestinian sports.

    Now that FIFA, along with UEFA, the International Olympic Committee (IOC) and others have swiftly joined the West’s anti-Russia measures as a result of the latter’s invasion of Ukraine on February 24, Palestinians and their supporters are puzzled. Years of relentless advocacy to sanction Israel at international sports competitions have paid little or no dividends. This has continued to be the case, despite the numerous documented facts of Israel’s intentional targeting of Palestinian stadiums, travel restrictions on athletes, the cancellation of sports events, the arrest and even killing of Palestinian footballers.

    Many Palestinians, Arabs and international activists have already highlighted the issue of western hypocrisy in the case of the Israeli military occupation of Palestine by apartheid Israel within hours of the start of the Russian military operations. Almost immediately, an unprecedented wave of boycotts and sanctions of everything Russian, including music, art, theater, literature and, of course, sports, kicked in. What took the anti-Apartheid movement in South Africa decades to achieve was carried out against Russia in a matter of hours and days.

    Palestinians are justified to be baffled, since they have been informed by FIFA, time and again, that “sports and politics don’t mix”. Marvel at this hypocrisy to truly appreciate Palestinian frustration:

    The FIFA Council acknowledges that the current situation (in Palestine and Israel) is, for reasons that have nothing to do with football, characterized by an exceptional complexity and sensitivity and by certain de facto circumstances that can neither be ignored nor changed unilaterally by non-governmental organizations such as FIFA.

    That was, in part, the official FIFA position declared in October 2017, in response to a Palestinian request that the “six Israeli football clubs based in illegal settlements in the occupied Palestinian territories should either relocate to Israel or be banned from FIFA-recognized competitions”.

    Two years later, Israel so callously canceled the FIFA Palestine Cup that was meant to bring Gaza’s top football team, Khadamat Rafah Club, and the West Bank’s FC Balata together in a dramatic final.

    Palestinians perceive football as a respite from the hardship of life under siege and occupation. The highly anticipated event would have been a moment of precious unity among Palestinians and would have been followed by a large number of people, regardless of their political affiliation or geographic location. But, and “for no apparent reason”, as reported in The Nation, Israel decided to deny Palestinians that brief moment of joy.

    Even then, FIFA did nothing, despite the fact that the event itself carried the name ‘FIFA’. Meanwhile, outright racist Israeli football teams, the likes of Beitar Jerusalem Football Club, are allowed to play unhindered, to travel unrestricted and to echo their favorite racist cheers, “Death to the Arabs,” as if racism in sports is the accepted routine.

    FIFA’s double standards are abhorrent, to say the least. But FIFA is not the only hypocrite. On March 3, the International Paralympics Committee (IPC) went as far as denying athletes from Russia and Belarus the right to compete at this year’s Winter Paralympics held in Beijing. The decision was justified on the basis that having these athletes participate in the Games was “jeopardizing the viability” of the events and, supposedly, making the safety of the athletes “untenable,” despite the fact that the Russian and Belarusian athletes were, due to the political context, set to take part as ‘neutrals.’

    Not only are Israeli athletes welcomed in all international sports events, the mere attempt by individual athletes to register a moral stance in support of Palestinians, by refusing to compete against Israelis, can be very costly. Algerian Judoka Fehi Nourine, for example, was suspended along with his coach for 10 years for withdrawing from the 2020 Tokyo Olympics to avoid meeting an Israeli opponent. The same course of action was taken against other players and teams for displaying symbolic solidarity with Palestine, or even fans for merely raising Palestinian flags or chanting for Palestinian freedom.

    Mohammed Aboutrika, the former Captain of the Egyptian National Football Team, was censured by FIFA in 2009 for merely displaying a shirt that read, in both Arabic and English, “Sympathize with Gaza”. For that supposedly egregious act, the Confederation of African Football (CAF) – a branch of FIFA – warned him against “mixing politics with sports”.

    About the double standards of FIFA, Aboutrika recently said in a media interview that the “decision to suspend Russian clubs and teams from all competitions must be accompanied by a ban on those affiliated with Israel (because Israel) has been killing children and women in Palestine for years.”

    It must be stated that the hypocrisy here goes well beyond Palestine and Israel, into numerous situations where those demanding justice and accountability are often affiliated with poor nations from the Global South, or causes that challenge the status quo, such as the Black Lives Matter movement, among others.

    But there is much more that can be done aside from merely delineating the double standards or decrying the hypocrisy. True, it took the South African Anti-Apartheid movement many years to isolate the racist Apartheid government in Pretoria at international sports platforms around the world, but that seemingly impossible task was eventually achieved.

    Palestinians, too, must now use these channels and platforms to continue pushing for justice and accountability. It will not take days, as is the case with Russia and Ukraine, but they will eventually succeed in isolating Israel, for, as it turned out, politics and sports do mix after all.

    The post Politics and Sports Do Mix: On FIFA’s Hypocrisy in Palestine and the Need to Isolate Apartheid Israel first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Ramzy Baroud.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/10/politics-and-sports-do-mix-on-fifas-hypocrisy-in-palestine-and-the-need-to-isolate-apartheid-israel/feed/ 0 280577
    “They Need the Oil”: Venezuelan Pres. Maduro & U.S. Officials Meet After Biden Bans Imports from Russia https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/09/they-need-the-oil-venezuelan-pres-maduro-u-s-officials-meet-after-biden-bans-imports-from-russia/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/09/they-need-the-oil-venezuelan-pres-maduro-u-s-officials-meet-after-biden-bans-imports-from-russia/#respond Wed, 09 Mar 2022 13:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=febc86d052a0cc1495fc9c2d6fe1dadc
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! Audio and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/09/they-need-the-oil-venezuelan-pres-maduro-u-s-officials-meet-after-biden-bans-imports-from-russia/feed/ 0 280502
    Restaurant Workers Need a Bill of Rights https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/08/restaurant-workers-need-a-bill-of-rights/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/08/restaurant-workers-need-a-bill-of-rights/#respond Tue, 08 Mar 2022 09:34:22 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=236255 Before the pandemic, nearly 14 million people worked in the restaurant industry. Because the crisis hit restaurants so hard, that number today is closer to 11 million – and the plight of restaurant workers has not improved. Clearly, the Covid-19 pandemic has decimated the restaurant industry. Nearly all restaurant workers have experienced a dramatic change More

    The post Restaurant Workers Need a Bill of Rights appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Sekou Siby.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/08/restaurant-workers-need-a-bill-of-rights/feed/ 0 279943
    Ukraine doesn’t need the Russian diaspora’s shame. It needs its voice https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/07/ukraine-doesnt-need-the-russian-diasporas-shame-it-needs-its-voice/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/07/ukraine-doesnt-need-the-russian-diasporas-shame-it-needs-its-voice/#respond Mon, 07 Mar 2022 15:42:58 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/odr/ukraine-doesnt-need-the-russian-diasporas-shame-it-needs-its-voice/ Russians abroad must not allow Putin to define them but must shape a new national identity, one that can take a stand against a perverted state


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Polina Bachlakova.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/07/ukraine-doesnt-need-the-russian-diasporas-shame-it-needs-its-voice/feed/ 0 279668
    The Invasion of Ukraine and the Need for Enforceable World Law https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/06/the-invasion-of-ukraine-and-the-need-for-enforceable-world-law/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/06/the-invasion-of-ukraine-and-the-need-for-enforceable-world-law/#respond Sun, 06 Mar 2022 17:10:42 +0000 /node/335108
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jane Shevtsov.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/06/the-invasion-of-ukraine-and-the-need-for-enforceable-world-law/feed/ 0 279491
    The Invasion of Ukraine and the Need for Enforceable World Law https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/06/the-invasion-of-ukraine-and-the-need-for-enforceable-world-law-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/06/the-invasion-of-ukraine-and-the-need-for-enforceable-world-law-2/#respond Sun, 06 Mar 2022 17:10:42 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/335108
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jane Shevtsov.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/06/the-invasion-of-ukraine-and-the-need-for-enforceable-world-law-2/feed/ 0 281347
    The Need for Climate Reparations Is Now Undeniable https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/05/the-need-for-climate-reparations-is-now-undeniable/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/05/the-need-for-climate-reparations-is-now-undeniable/#respond Sat, 05 Mar 2022 12:45:49 +0000 /node/335094
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Daniel Willis.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/05/the-need-for-climate-reparations-is-now-undeniable/feed/ 0 279381
    The Need for Climate Reparations Is Now Undeniable https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/05/the-need-for-climate-reparations-is-now-undeniable-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/05/the-need-for-climate-reparations-is-now-undeniable-2/#respond Sat, 05 Mar 2022 12:45:49 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/335094
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Daniel Willis.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/05/the-need-for-climate-reparations-is-now-undeniable-2/feed/ 0 281488
    New Analysis Says US Doesn’t Need ‘Bigger Military Budget to Deter Putin’ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/03/new-analysis-says-us-doesnt-need-bigger-military-budget-to-deter-putin/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/03/new-analysis-says-us-doesnt-need-bigger-military-budget-to-deter-putin/#respond Thu, 03 Mar 2022 17:59:56 +0000 /node/335054
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/03/new-analysis-says-us-doesnt-need-bigger-military-budget-to-deter-putin/feed/ 0 278794
    New Analysis Says US Doesn’t Need ‘Bigger Military Budget to Deter Putin’ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/03/new-analysis-says-us-doesnt-need-bigger-military-budget-to-deter-putin-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/03/new-analysis-says-us-doesnt-need-bigger-military-budget-to-deter-putin-2/#respond Thu, 03 Mar 2022 17:59:56 +0000 /node/335054
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/03/new-analysis-says-us-doesnt-need-bigger-military-budget-to-deter-putin-2/feed/ 0 278795